augsburg in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in 18 academic disciplines
as well as internships and independent studies.
A detailed listing of courses begins
o n page 8.
-
summer session I
May 27 to June 27
summer session I
July 7 to Augu... Show more
augsburg in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in 18 academic disciplines
as well as internships and independent studies.
A detailed listing of courses begins
o n page 8.
-
summer session I
May 27 to June 27
summer session I
July 7 to August 7
summer session info
Course loads in Summer Session:
Students may take up to two courses in
each session. However, W E C students
taking two or more classes in the spring
trimester are not eligible to take classes
in Summer Session I. Unless otherwise
indicated, all courses carry a value of
one course credit. O n e Augsburg course
credit is the equivalent of four semester
credits and six quarter credits.
Augsburg general education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills
requirements are so noted along with
the description of the course.
Course levels: The first digit of the
about
augsburg
Augsburg College is a fouryear, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.*
The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is
enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area.
Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational
activities.
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Employer reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
to pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at 612-330-1488.
information
Additional information may be
obtained at:
www.augsburg.edu/summer
Augsburg College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330-1025 (Academic Advising)
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next fall term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
Session. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
' N o ]th C s ~ t ~Association
ul
of Colleges and Schools, Cor~anissionoil h~stittitionsof Highel Ed~icutini~,
312-263-0456. Web site <wtmu.i~cociheerg>
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
carefully planned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated
by a faculty member. Consult the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning
at 612-330-1148 for more information.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree
program at Augsburg should apply to
the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions, 612-330-1001, or the
Weekend College Admissions Office,
612-330-1743.
-
calendar
I1 students may begin to register for
>ummer ~ e s s i h ncourses o n April 7.
Web registrarion will remain open
until May 2 (Session I) and June 13
(Session 11). Web registration hours
will be 9 a
p.m. daily. Augsburg
students are encou;aged to use Web
registration. Non-Augsburg stud--+.
must reglster In person at tfieF
Enrollment Center between 8:31
a.m.-4:30 p.m. M-F (extended hours to
6 p.m. o n the first and secona.day of
#classes for each session; open .Thursdays
12-4 p.m.). The Enrollment Center is
located in Sverdrup Hall. We
recommend that you schedule your
courses as early as possible.
;*
3-
If a discrepancy is found between this
catalog and course information found
through AugNet, AugNet should be
considered the most current, and thus,
correct.
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by May 27.
Students registering for Summer
Session 11 must complete their
registration by July 7.
Augsburg students will be billed through
Student Accounts. Non-Augsburg
students must pay 50 percent of tuition
at the time of registration. All students
must be paid in full by May 9 for
Summer Session I and June 20 for
Summer Session 11. Tuition must be
paid in full (see calendar), or you will
be dropped from your course(s).
Augsburg students who have unpaid
balances from previous terms must
pay these balances before they may
register for Summer Session.
Change in Registration: Many courses
fill early and courses with low
enrollments will be canceled one week
before the first day of the session.
Students who cancel their registration
prior to the first day of the session must
complete a drop/add form at the
Enrollment Center (this must be done
in person). There is a charge of $100.
For refund information please see
schedule of refunds o n next page.
A late fee of $75 will be assessed for
students who register after the first day
of the term. No Session I registrations
will be accepted after May 30. No
Session I1 registrations will be accepted
after July 10.
m
rn
ummer ruu3
sessZon I session I 1
map of augsburg
:UUJ aummer
Session courses is:
$1320 for full-credit courses
$660 for half-credit courses
Audits are charged at the tuition rates
listed abov
financial aid
F
No aid is given iur a u l u l l l r l Session I as
it runs concurre
with the WEC
spring trimester
dl!
led in Summer
WEC stude
Session I1 may be eligible for financial
aid if their course load is at least 1.0
-a
Eligibility for SummLL
Session attendees
Students who maintain half-time status
(as defined by the program in which they
are enrolled) are eligible to apply for
financial aid.
Day program
Students enrolled in either Session I or
11, or both sessions combined may be
eligible to apply for financial aid if their
course load is at least 1.5 credits over the
two sessions.
..b
Lig!?
---A:-
TO
*
avvlv
-- .
L
The only forms of financial aid available
for Summer Session attendees are the
Federal Pell Grant (for students who
meet eligibility requirements) and
student loans. The financial aid priority
deadline for Summer Session is April
15, 2003. Visit the Enrollment Center
Web site to download an application
form at <www.augsburg~edu/enro~~>.
COLLEGE MAP INFORMATION
1. Admissions Weekday Program
2. Admissions Annex and Weekend
Admissions
3. Air Structure Entrance
(November through March)
4, Edor-Nelson Athletic
Field and Seasonal Air Structure
5. Christensen Center
6. East Hall
7. Faculty Guest House
8. Foss. Lobeck, Miles, Center for
Wonhip. Drama &Communication
9. Sverdrup Hall
10. Husby-Slmmmen Tennis Couris
I I. Ice Arena
12. Development, PR/Communications.
and Alumnimarent Relations
13. Lindell Library
14. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
15. Moriensen Hall
16. Murphy Place
17. Murphy Park
18. Music Hall
19.New Residence Hall
20. Old Msin
21. Anderson Hall
22. Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Security Dispatch Center
25. Shipping and Receiving
26. Melby Hall
27. Sverdrup-Ofledal Memorial Hall
28. Umess Hall
campus location
PARKING INFORMATION
A-Visitor Parking
B. Resident Parking
C. Commuter Parking
D. FacullylStafflCommuter/Resident
Parking
E. Resident Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Admissions/Faculty/StaffParking
H. FacultyIStaff Parking
I. Visitor Parking
J . FacultyISlaff Parking
K. FacultyIStaff Parking
L. Visitor Parking
M. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking
N. Faculty/Staff/Commuler Parking
0. Fairview-University Parking Ramp
3 5 W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left o n
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left
at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from MinneapolisAugsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not dtniminote o n the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national o r ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public msistance, or
disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship a n d loan programs, athletic andlor school
administered pmgrams, except in those instances where religion is a bonafide occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees a n d its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal o r state regulations implementing equal access a n d
opportunity can be directed to Betty Wade, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, C B 79,
Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave , Minneapolis, M N 55454. She can be reached by telephone,
612-330-1023; or by e-mail, <wadeb@augsburg.edu>.
Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue
South.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 2lst Avenue South.
3 5 W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after
each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue
South.
session I
Please refer t o
may 27 to june 27
http:llaugnet.augsbu~~g.edu
for
the m o s t c u r r e n t classroom i n f o n n a t i o i ~ .
Kapoor
ECO 1 1 3 - S
Principles o f Microeconomics
location
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory o f
perspcctivdskill:
and
the household, f i r m , market structures, a n d income
6-9:30
BUS 3 3 1 3
Financial Management
ART 132-S
Topicr related to theory acclulsiti
Photography
Raschke
.,<.., ~ visual
r
T h e camera u... ,
,,
,
,
,
,black a n d white
creativity and expression
and nianagcment, SOL
lncl 11:
short-term funds, can
,sts/huogetin:.,
Ieueragc,
distribution. Application o f elementary economic
Z O 112 o r 113, a n d MPC; 3)
independently o f E C O 110 o r 112. E C O 112 and
(Prereq.: A C C 221,
35 m n i , single-lens reflex camera. Estimated cost o f
6-9:30 11.m
MWF
O l d M a i n 26
113 may b e taken in either order.
(Prereq.: M P G 2 )
f i l m , etc.: $200
Perspcctive/SI
6-9:30 p i n
Old Maill 4
BUS 3794
Quantitativ
Isaacson
A n i n t r o d u c t ~ o nt o quantitative
reasoning
PerspcctivJSkill:
Social W o r l d 1, 2
8:30 a . m -noon
?; TI1
Suerdnrp 201
to assist
students i n reading and interpreting clnta Topics
Life Drawing
include descriptive measures, probability, sampling
-
T h i s course w ~ l ~l n t r o d u c et l ~ estuclent t o the
distributions, estimation, and I~ypotliesistesting
EDC 2 2 0 3 (.5 c r e d i t course)
w i t h emphasis o n a~>l>licdp r o b l c ~ n sin business and
E d u c a t i o n a l Technology
eC,IllOIlIICS.
Y o u w i l l be cxposed to basic theories o f
ART 247-S
methods anti tcchniqucs o f drawing the humar
form through tlie use o f live moilels Emphasis w i l l
bc placed o n dc\,clopnicnt o f perceptual drawing
( P r ~ r c i ~ .M: I S
skills to accurately render tlie h u m a n form i n a
6-9:30 p.m.
spatial e ~ l v i r o n m c n tTopics covered w i l l include:
MKT 2 5 2 3
gesture, prnportio11, foreshortening, skeletal and
~nusculatureanatomy, s l i a ~ l i n gand rendering, and
composition. N O T E : There w i l l be a $50 fee
model.
M, W
Erickson
Become skilled in some o f tlie digital tools used in
today's schools. Learn h o w t o choose appropriate
Meziou
Principles o f basic policy and strategy issues i n
M,W
O l d M a i r ~18
H i s t o r y o f U.S. F o r e i g n R e l a t i o n s
8:30 a m -noon
M, W
Suerd?up 2 0 4
Kader
emphasizing changing definitions o f war a n d peace,
tensions between internationalism a n d
isolationism, the emergence o f the U.S as a n
ENG 2 2 5 - S
Swanson
I n t r o i l u c t i o n to business activities, basic concepts
and f u ~ i d a m e n t a l so f accounting, the accounting
cycle, a n d preparation o f financial statements
8:30 u.111 -11uor1
M, W
O l d M o i r ~2 9
BUS 2423
Principles o f Management
Cerrito
D e w l o p n i e n t u f the theory o f management,
organization, staffing, planning, a n d control. T h e
stresses style a n d organization, the process o f
Gilsdorf
A n i n t r o J u c t i o n t n macroeconumics: national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
~ n t c r n a t i i n i a tmde.
l
Application o f clcmcntary
ecc~nomict l i e o ~ yto current economic prohlerns.
May be taken indcpendcntly o f E C O 113 o r 110.
Staff
A survey o f U.S. foreign relations f r o m the
American Re\,olution through the C o l d War,
Effective W r i t i n g ( E N G 111). Its workshop format
Principles o f Accounting I
I
H I S 33223
T h i s course builds o n the practices a n d methoils o f
..
112.
Principles o f Macroeconomics
evaluate their learning w i t h tlie Director o f tlie
Center for Service, W o r k , a n d Learning.
Satisfactory conipletion fulfills the Augsburg
Experience (AE).
educational settings.
a n d technological factors as they affect proiluct,
O l d M a i n 17
A C C 221-S
Old M a i n 23
G S T 009-S
Cooperative Education
Olson
Cooperative Education is a w o r k experience related
to a student's m a j o r / ~ n i n o r o r career interests, b u t
n o t done f o r academic credit. T h e goal is f o r
applications o f theories a n d tcchniqi~esfor
Intermediate Expository W r i t i n g
. .
?: T I \
communication, selection, e\nluation, a n d researcl~.
Suerdl.~ip 2 0 6
Principles o f M a r k e t i n g
6-9:30 p,nl.
western
it^^^
stuLlcnt\ t o n1lp.y t l i c ~ ~ rr,)) pr.I.rlLc III 1111i~~)pr<)vc.l
\vc,rk seulng. Sru.lunt> ser tmrn.ng peen ~tn.1
1
price, p r o m o t i o n a n d distribution decisions.
Perspective: Aesthctics
6-9:30 p m.
)0 o r 370 a n d M P G 3 )
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitiue, economic
payable o n tlie first day o f class for the cost o f the
to American thought by w o m e n and people o f
color.
theory t o market policy. M a y b e taken
and dividend policy
photographic processes. Students need access t o a
Stein
revision, self a n d peer evaluation, a n d the
M,W
O l d M a i n 13
0
Studies
Rrspective/Skill: W r i t i n g
T
6-9:30 p.m
I N S 105-S
Introduction to American Indian
relationship henveen reading a n d writing.
(Prcreq.: E N G 111)
4-7:30 p.m.
economic a n d military power.
TI1
Old Main 26
Weston
T h i s course is intended t o intrucluce students to
American I n d i a n Studies. Concepts and topics t o
E C O 112 a n d I 1 3 may he taken i n c ~ t l i eo~r ~ l e r
ENG 2 5 1 - S
(Prcrcq.: M P G 2)
Readings in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e
Perspecti\-e/Skill: Western Heritapc
An introduction t o selected texts o f literary and
contemporary issues, a n d tlie arts Minnesota
historical importance that yield a n ~ ~ n d e r s t a n c l i n g
Indians w i l l bc emphasized where appropriate.
1 4 3 0 p.111.
M, W
Soerdrlil~202
be covered include, alnong others, history,
Clayton
language, culture, literature, policy, images,
nature o f a u t l ~ o r i ~ accountability,
y,
responsibility,
o f o u r Western heritage a n d contemporary
Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness I
a n d analysis o f thc professiunal manager
American worldviews Themes could include the
6-9:30
6-9:30 p . m
T; Th
Music 2 4
emergence o f a national identity, the shaping o f a
collective American memory, a n d the contributions
pm
M, W
Old M a i n 23
b
session
I may 27 to june 27
r
W S 1991399-S
Internship
hallenge of balancing economic development,
~ ~ I C I . Lharmony,
I
and envi~onmentalsustainability.
faculty sponsor, and site supervisor design a
learn~ngagleenient plan that links classroon~
theory, the liberal arts perspectives and graduation
skills with the opportunities inhcrent in the
internship. The student must complete a lear~iing
portfolio based on the internship. Student should
consult with the faculty sponsor regarding
requirements and get permission to register. P/N
grading
4ASL 101-S
Beginning Sign Language I
Mikkelson
An introduction to denf culture and the signs and
syntax of ASL Students obscrve the demonstration
of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
facial expressions and hociy langi~ageneeded to
co~uniunicateclearly with denf and har<i.of.hcaring
people.
Perspective/Skill: Inrerculturnl Awareness
6 4 : 3 0 p.11~.
?; W Th
Old Maill 2 9
SPA I l l - S
Kingsley
Beginning Spanish I
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish, introduction to tlic culture of the Spanishspeaking world.
Perspccti\.dSkill: Intercultural Awareness
8:30 a in.-! 1 a.m.
T; K( TI1
Old Mnit~2 6
There will be weekly excursions to explore the river
in the Twin Cities and meet with local policy
~nakersand stakeholders. Students will report to
the class on a research project on a topic of their
choosiny.
Perspectiw/Skill:
linking, Social World 1 or 2
6-9:30 p.m.
Old Main 2 7
n
!
i
SWK 699(D)-S
Comparing Family Practice, Child
Welfare & Social Services i n the U S N K Link
This is a n international travel experience. T h e
course provides both an overview of social policy,
family, and child welfare services in England and
an opporti~nityto observe the approach to social
work practice with families and children. Students
pal ticipate in an orientation to the European
Union and British social services at Augshurg then
PSY 362.!
Abnormal Psychology
Hanson
An introduction to psychological disorders and
treat~nent.
"SY 105)
(Prereq.: PT" '^'
6-9:30 p.m
,
ww ,
Old Main
25
REL 3 7 0 3
American Indian Spirituality
and Philosophical Thought
Jacobson
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy
of North Anierican Indians arc studied. Tribal
similarities and differences are explored, as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious o\rersight of life
cycles, sacrcd ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an
afterlife.
(Prereq.: ENG I l l , junior standing, and REL 111,
221, or 331)
Pcrspectivc/Skill: Intercultural Awareness 1 or
Christian Faith 3, Writing
6-9:30 p,nl.
T TI1
M~rsic22
travel to Bristol University, England, for tlie
program. Participants work with American and
British students, faculty, and community
practitioners. The course inclu~lcslccturcs and
visits to a variety of agencies and student have
British tutors for in-depth analysis of policy and
practice in (their choice): healthcare, child welfare,
and family service Orientation in June, travel to
UKJuly 2-17, August debriefing. Undergraduate
students !nay apply to their department chair to
take this course as a n independent study. For Inore
information contact Rosemary Link at 612.3301147.
S P C 329-S
Intercultural Communication
implications for conimunication, including
differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems.
6-9:30 p.m.
POL 2 4 1 8
Environmental and River Politics Underhill-Cady
This coursc explores thc politics and policies
relating to the communities and ecosystem5 of the
Upper Mississippi River watershed Issues co\rerecl
include controversies about river pollution, tlie lock
and clam system, rcgional water supply, flood
control, cconomic development in the river
corri~lor,farming practices, and energy production.
In r e ~ a r dto each of these, the class will examine
REL 4 9 0 3
Topics: Vocation and the Christian Faith Tranvik
What are lily gifts! What are the needs of the
comniunity! What am I called to do? In this course
we will reflect on these questions using the Bible,
the Cl~ristiantradition, literature, film, and popular
culture as our guides.
(Prereq.: REL 111, 221 or 331)
Pcrspecti\,e/Skill: Christian Faith I, 2, or 3
Lapakko
This coursc explores cultural differences and their
7: Tit
Old Main
13
S P C 4803
Public Relations/PromotionaI
Com~nunication
Hanson
Public relations in the modern world of
communication, marketing, government, and
business. An overview of public relations as a career
and a survey of basic promot~onalcommunication
in profit and non-profit organizations.
6-9:30 p m.
M,
W
Old Mair~16
session I 1 july 7 to august 7
Please refer to http:llaugnet.augsburg.edufor the most current classmom information.
'
A R T 33023
Graphic Design ,
Allen
This course is a n advanced study of the graphic
Bollman
Irawing course. Students work
This is a first
with a variety of traditional and non-traditional
drawing media and explore important concepts of
drawing. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and
design of typography and visual imagery for print
~ r o d u c t i o nusing the comuuter. Studies include
identification of
blems and presentation
B U S 4 9 5 N A L 599-S
Topics: Leadership through
Influence: Coaching and Consulting Lashbrook
The purpose of this course is to explore how to
lead through influence rather than authority. We
to client.
will examine consulting and coaching models to
determine appropriate processes and practices. You
(Prereq.: A K
will have opportunities to apply these models
critiques complete I
lrning experience.
through both consulting and coaching assignments.
Perspective/Skill A
.ire
(Prereq.: senior or graduate student status)
6-9:30 p.m
6-9:30 p.m.
A R T 11823
Painting
.S
Bollman
In this first level painting course, students learn
Principles of Accounting 11
Kader
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost
M,
W
Suerdrup 206
MIS 1 7 5 3
Principles of Computing for Business Isaacson
An introductory course to develop understanding
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future.
(Prereq,: MPG 2)
Perspective/Skill: Natural World 2
8:30 a.m.-noon
D
I
7; Th
Science 3 15
@
E D C 2061566-S
DiversityNinnesota American Indians Gresczyk
This course examines human diversity and Iiunian
relations. It fulfills the Education Department
human relations and Minnesota American Indian
requirements and is a n option within the licensure
program.
important concepts of painting. Most class time is
spent painting. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and
accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and
of basic computing concepts and specific skills in
fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning
using microcomputer software (Windows, Word,
critiques complete the learning experience.
and controlling processes, decision-making, and
Perspective/Skill: Aesthetics
behavioral considerations.
Excel, Access, Power Point, e-mail and the Internet).
Emphasis o n solving business related problems
E D C 4801580-S
School and Society
using software.
(Prereq.: MPG 3)
Emphasis on points of view about the role of
school in modern society, relationships with
T; Th
6-9:30 p.m.
A R T 225-S
Graphic Design
Old Main 17
(Prereq.: ACC 221)
8:30 a.m.-noon
I
Allen
1; Th
Old Main 29
6-9:30 p,m
This course is a n introduction to the principles and
B U S 24023
Personal Finance
techniques of graphic design using page layout
Introduction to personal financial planning and
software. Emphasis will be placed on designing
with text and image.
budgeting, credit management, income taxes,
Perspective/Skill: Aesthetics, Speaking
estate planning.
6-9:30 p m
M ,W
Foss 22B
Kapoor
insurance, real estate, investments, retirement, and
6-9:30 p.m
M,
W
Old Main 2 6
This course addresses the designed environment,
the intentionally designed laces in which we live.
We will investigate arcliitecture, landscape
architecture, and urban design; class sessions
consist almost exclusively of walking tours and site
visits to prominent examples of design excellence.
(Prereq.: for upper division-an art, history, or
urban studies course, and E N C 111)
Perspective/Skill: Aesthetics or City; Writing (upper
division only)
1 4 3 0 p.m.
M, W
Science 123
Foss 22A
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, economic,
and technological factors as they affect product,
price, promotion, and distribution decisions.
T; Th
Old Main 2 7
B U S 34023
H u m a n Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society.
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Music 2 4
of operating functions taught from a managerial
viewpoint with examples from various industries
and sectors.
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
T; TI1
Meziou
This thought-provoking course examines those
issues and activities unique to marketing in an
international setting. Emphasis is placcd o n
adaptation of a marketing nix according to the
B U S 4403
Cerrito
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to the management
6-9:30 p m
M K T 466-S
International Marketing
Music 2 4
international markcting environment.
(Prereq.: MKT 252)
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
M, W
Suerdrup 1
Erickson
parents and community, collaborative models,
leadership, and professional development. Serves as
final theoretical preparation for student teaching
Fieldwork experience.
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
6-9:30 p in
A R T 2491349-S (with H I S 2491349-S)
Designed Environment
Anderson
T; Th
MKT 2 5 2 3
Principles of Marketing
6-9:30 p.m.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
Perspective/Skill: Social World 1 and 2 , Writing
8:30 a in -nooil
CHM 100-S
Chemistry for Changing Times
Gyberg
This course introduces basic chcmistry concepts in
the context of numerous science-hnsed issues in our
everyday lives with the goal of students having a
Svrrdrup 17
EED 2 0 0 3
Elementary Education Earth Science
Stangl
This course is designed for elementary cclucation
majors and includes earth science "hands-on"
inquiry based activities that model the teaching and
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
earth science subject matter standards for initial
licensu re.
5:30-9 p.m.
Old Main 2 7
M, W
M, W
Old Main 4
B
E N G 2821482-S
1 9 t h Century British Novel:
Investigating the Victorian Thriller
Liddle
This course studies the novel of suspense, mystery
and terror i n ~ ~ t h . c e n t l l B
ry
~fron, ~
~
~~~~k~~~~~~~
in
century to ~~~~~l~ a t its
~
~
~
ften challenging and sometimes subversive,
vels drew intense public scrutiny by raising
issues that politer domestic fiction hardly hinted at.
We will read several of the best of these thrillers,
investigate the culture that produced them, and
work to determine why they have continued to
appeal to successive generations of readers.
(Prereq.: ENG 111)
Perspective/Skill: Wester
+r
1+:3(
HIS 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3
1
A R T 2491349.;
Designed Environment
.cimball
This course addresses the designed environment, the
INS 2 6 0 3
Contemporary American Indians
Weston
This course examines the situation of American
intentionally designed places in which we live. We
Indians in the United States since the Indian
will investigate architecture, landscape architecture,
and urban design, both in class and in site visits to
prominent examples of design excellence.
Reorganization Act of 1934. Emphasis is o n current
Underhill-Cady
A n introduction to the workings of the course
issues such as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights,
system in the United States, focused on the concepts
reservation economics and Indian education.
of power, justice, rights, and freedom. Topics include
studies course, and ENG 111)
Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness
leducation.
war on terrorism, criminal and civil law, torts,
Perspective/Skill: HIS 349-City or nesrurtics;
6-9:30
(Prereq.: for upper division-an ar
.itage
^
:rdrup 206
POL 1 7 0 4
Law i n the United States
ory, or urban
p m.
M,
W
Old Main 13
Writing (Upper division only)
civil rights and civil liberties in the context of the
racism and discrimination, and environmental law.
Guest speakers will include local lawyers, judges,
civil rights activists, and police
Perspective/Skill: Social World 2 or 3
M A L 5 9 9 B U S 495-S
Topics: Leadership through Influence:
Coaching and Consulting
Lashbrook
G S T 00923
Cooperative Education
Olson
Cooperative Education is a work experience related
6-9:30
p m.
?; Th
Old Main 23
The purpose of this course is to explore how to lead
not done for academic credit. The goal is for
Internship
Olson
A work or service experience in which the student,
students to apply theory to practice in a n approved
faculty sponsor, and site supervisor design a learning
examine consulting and coaching models to
work setting. Students set learning goals and
agreement plan that links classroom theory, the
determine appropriate processes and practices. You
evaluate their learning with the Director of the
liberal arts perspectives and grnduation skills with
will have opportunities to apply these models
through both consulting and coaching assignments.
This course surveys the most important
(Prereq.: senior or graduate student status)
religiousness and spirituality. Topics include the
relationship between science and religion; the nature
to a student's majodniinor or career interests, but
Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Satisfactory
completion fi~lfillsthe Augsburg Experience (AE).
the opportunities inherent in the internship. The
student must complete a learning portfolio based o n
the internship. Student should consult with the
through influence rather than authority. We will
6-9:30
M, W
p.m.
Sverdrup 206
INS 225-S
for the abuser. Includes information about school
Introduction to Islam
Kader
The course covers the ideological foundations of
health education and services.
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
p.m,
M only
Music 22
Shariff
A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to
industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of
ASL 1023
Beginning Sign Language 11
over the life course; conversion; religion and coping
with stressful life events; religiousness, physical
Mikkelson
motivations and attitudes; forgiveness; meaning-in-
(Shariah), Islamic economic and political systems,
syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration
of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
life; and gratitude.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
and lsla~nicpatterns of life.
Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness I
facial expressions and body language needed to
communicate clearly with deaf and hard-of-hearing
1 4 3 00m
p m.
M,W
I N S 255-S
Paideia Seminars
Music 23
64:30
p.m
T W( TI1
Old Main 2 9
Kaufman
SPA 11223
Beginning Spanish 11
the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal
government, the implications of increasing racial
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
and ethnic diversity, and the impact of affluence.
Perspective/Skill: Western Heritage, Critical
emphasize selections that help students to think
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully,
and question thoughtfully.
Spanish, Introduction to the culture of the Spanishspeaking world.
Perspective/Skill: Critical Thinking
Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness
6-9:30
p.m.
7; T h
Old Main 18
8:30
a.m.+ p.m.
July 21-25
Old Main 18
7; TII
Old Main 25
people.
Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness
Students will participate in a series of seminar
discussions following the Paideia seminar format as
Thinking
health, and well-being; religion as culture; religious
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
6-9:30
HIS 2 2 2 3
2 0 t h Century United States
psychological theory and research related to personal
religiousness and spirituality; religious development
permission to register. P/N grading only.
6-9:30
Tix
and nurture of religiousness; the neuropsychology of
faculty sponsor regarding requirements and get
H P E 1153
Chemical Dependency (.5 credit)
Broek
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done
PSY 2953
Topics: Psychological Research o n
Religion and Spirituality
8:30-11:OO a.m.
?; W Th
REL 1 1 1 3
Introduction to Theology
Staff
An introduction to the academic discipline of
Old Main 2 6
theology and to the dialogue between the church
and the world that concerns Christian doctrine.
(Not accepted for credit for students who have taken
REL 331).
Perspective/Skill: Christian Faith 2 or 3
6-9:30
p.m.
?; Th
Old Main 10
'
center for
global education
REL 3 2 0 4
Buddhism a n o L n
(See full descriptior
nlry m 1 nailand
Holt
:r offerings through Center
for Global Educatic
:he end of this section)
SWK 6 9 9 3
Assessment a n d U~agnosisi n
Mental Health Practice
BoisenByers
T h ~ course
s
examines assessment and d~apnnslsof
rl nn
mental health in individuals. Emphasis is
--
understanding mental health disorders fr,
systems and ecological perspective as well as
understanding bio/psycho/social influences o n
incidence and course.
6-9:30 p.m.
M,W
SPC I l l - S
Introduction to Public Speaking
~ r d n r pLUL
Groven
This course teaches both the theory and practice of
creating public speeches. It focuses o n preparation,
organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and
overcoming speech anxiety.
1 4 3 0 p.m
7; TI1
SPC 3 5 1 3
Argumentation
Swcrdrup 202
Groven
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the
summer II:international courses
upcoming program:
REL 320: Buddhism and Christianity in Thailand
During this course the focus will be primarily o n the encounter of these two
world religions, Buddhism and Christianity. A special opportunity o n this
course will be participation in the international conference, "Religion and
Globalization." Representatives of many world religions will consider the
implications of globalization for religion and vice versa. We will have lectures,
class discussions, readings, and conversations with Thai people, visits to
amazing Buddhist temples, and some other experiences just for fun. As a
result of this course, students will encounter a culture and religious situation
very different from the Upper Midwest, and have a n opportunity to think
C
critically about the meaning of being Chris$n, Buddhist, or any other
*
8
tradition in a religiously and culturally plur'al worl
(Prereq.: REL 111, 221 or 331)
Perspective/Skill: Christian Faith
theory and practice of argument, evidcnce, fallacies,
and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze
arguments in everyday life.
Perspective/Skill: Critical Thinking
6-9:30 p.m,
7; TI1
For information and other possible
for Global Education at
-
summer session
application form
Summer Session applications are available online at:
<~~~.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar~
then click o n
"Download Registrar Forms."
Show less
augsburg in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in 18 academic disciplines
as well as internships and independent studies.
A detailed listing of courses begins
o n page 8.
summer sessi-
Course loads i n Summer Session:
Students may take up t... Show more
augsburg in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in 18 academic disciplines
as well as internships and independent studies.
A detailed listing of courses begins
o n page 8.
summer sessi-
Course loads i n Summer Session:
Students may take up to two credits in
each session. However, W E C students
taking two or more course credits in the
spring trimester are not eligible to take
classes in Summer Session I. Unless
otherwise indicated, all courses carry a
value of one course credit. O n e
Augsburg course credit is the equivalent
of four semester credits and six quarter
credits.
I
June 1 to July 2
summer session II
July 12 to August 12
\
about
augsburg
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Comn~issionof the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools.* The small college environment, ahout 3,000
students during the academic year, is enriched hy the many opportunities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a
host of cultural and recreational activities.
*The I-11gherLe~in~illg
Coilunissioi~of tl~eh ' o ~th Ceiltrol Associ~~tiol~
of Colleges (111dSchools, C D I ~ I I ~ ~O~I LS S ~ O ~ I
l~~>titutioi~s
of Higher Edncotiorl, 3 12-263-0456. Web site <u'ww.~~urcihe.org>
summer session info
Augsburg general education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives, Core Curriculum,
and Graduation Skills requirements are
so noted along with the description of
the course.
Course levels: The first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are Lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
carefully planned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated
by a faculty member. Consult the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning
at 612-330-1148 for more information.
Employer reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
to PaY for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at 612-330-1488.
information
Additional information may be
obtained at:
www.augsb~~rg.edu/summer
A~~gsburg
College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
~ i ~ ~MN ~ 55454
~ ~ ~ l
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330-1025 (Academic Advising)
eligibility
Persons i n good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next fall term
are eligible to attend Augsburg's
Summer Session. Good standing
implies that the student has been
admitted and not subsequently
dislnissed by that institution.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree
program at Augsburg should apply to
the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions, 612-330-1001, or the
Weekend College Admissions Office,
612-330-1101.
i
~
,
to
. ..
calendar
L -
m dents may hegin to register for
,,~~,,,ncrSession courses on April
5.
Web registration will remain open
until April 29
ssion I) and June 11
I-'
(Session
registration huurs
'-
will he 8 : 3 .c.LLt.
~
L1,
1159 k7.m daily.
Augsburg students are encouragecl to use
Web r
ratio
Ion-A~~rahurg
uder
1st regis1
hnrollment Center between 8:30a.n
4:30 p.m. M - W (8:30 a.m.-7 p.1Thursdays). T h e Enrollmeiit
Located in Sverdrup Hall. V
recommencl that you sche
courses as early as possil
'
at
time
(
lnust he lmic
tion. All students
Full hv, Mav, 7 for
I and J u n e 18 for
S ~ ~ m mSeers b r u ~11.
~ Tuition must be
paid in full (see calendar), or you will
hopped from your course(s); a
cellation fee of $100 per course
will apply. Augsburg students who
have unpaid balances from previous
terms must pay these balances before
they may register for Summer
Session.
Summer Scs
Change in Registration: M a ~ i ycourses
If a discrepancy is found between this
catalog and course i~lformationfound
through AugNet, AugNet should he
c o ~ ~ s i d e r ethe
d most current, a u ~ thus,
l
correct.
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by June 1.
April 5
Web registration closes
April 29
June 11
Balance of tuition due
May 7
June 1
June 18
July 12
Classes begin
April 5
.ast day to:
I
Register (without late fee)
June 1
July 12
I
Register (added late fee of $75)
June 4
July 15
(no registrations will be accepted after this date)
'Drop class without notation
June 4
July 15
1
Change grading option
June 18
July 29
1
Withdraw from class
June 18
July 29
July 2
July 12
August 12
August 20
fill early and courses with low
enroll~neiitswill be ca~iceledone week
hefore the first day of the session.
Students who cancel their registration
prior to the first day of the session must
lasses end
3rades due in Registrar's Office
complete a clrop/adci form at the
chedule of refunds
Enrollmeilt Center (this milst he done
.00% of the refundable portion of tuition (less $100 administrative fee):
in person). There is a charge of $100 for
each course cancelled.
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 12.
Registration begins
For refund information please see
schedule of refunds o n next page.
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than
June 4 (Session I) and July 15 (Session 11)
'5% of the refundable portion of tuition:
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than
June 8 (Session I) and July 20 (Session 11)
A late fee of $75 will he assesseci for
students who register after the first day of
tlie term. N o Session I registmtious will
he accepted after June 4. N o Session 11
registrations will be accepte~lafter July 15.
iO% of the refundable portion of tuition:
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than
June 11 (Session I) and July 23 (Session 11)
map of augsburg
- .
L-
costs
y
The tuition char
- - . --.nmer
m i o n courses
4 0 0 for
nurses
$700 for half-credit courses
Audits are charged at the tuition rates
listed above.
h
W E C stude
nrolled in Summer
Session I1 may be eligible for financial
aid if their course load is at least 1.0
credit.
To apply
The only fo
financial a-id
a
Eligib~htyfor Summer
fl
Session attendees
4
Students who maintain half-time status
(as defined
the program
,.L-are enrolled) are eligiblc *- '
financial aid.
Day program
7
Students enrolled in either Session I or
11, or both sessions combined may be
eligible to apply for financial aid if their
course load is at least 1.5 credits over the
two sessions.
WEC program
- of financial aid available
for Summel
sion attendees are the
Federal Pel1 Grant, the Minnesota State
Grant (for students who meet eligibility
requirements), and student loans. Visit
the Enrollment Center Web site to
download an application form at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll~. The
financial aid priority deadline for
Summer Session is May 15, 2004.
Augsburg Employee Tuition Benefit
Faculty, staff, and dependants of the
College who are eligible for the
maximum tuition benefit will receive a
60% discount o n Summer Session
tuition,
For W E C students enrolled in spring
trimester, n o aid is given for Summer
Session I as it runs concurrently with the
W E C spring trimester.
#
&
II
e l k *
COLLEGE M A P INFORMATION
1. Center for Counseling and Health
Promolion
2. Weekend Admissions
3. Air Slructure Entrance
(November through March)
4. Edor-Nelson Athletic
Field and Seasonal Air Structure
5. Christensen Center
6. Easl Hall
7. Faculty Guest House
8. Foss. Lobeck, Miles, Center For
Worship. Drama and
Communication
9. Sverdrup Hall
10. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
I I.Ice Arena
12, institutional Advancement
13. Lindell Library
94 west
11
14, Maintenance and G~oundsShop
15. Mortensen Hall
16. Murphy Place
17. Murphy Park
18. Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20. Old Main
21. Oscar Anderson Hall
22. Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Security Diapatch Center
25, Shipping and Receiving
26. Si Melby Hall
27, Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. Urnebs Hi111
campus location
PARKING INFORMATION
A. Visitor Parking
B . Resident Parking
C, Commuter Parking
D. FacuIty/Staff/Commuter/Resident
Parking
E. Resident Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. FacultylStaff Parking
H. F;lcultylStaff Parking
I.Visitor/Admissions Visitor Parking
J. FacultyISlaff Parking
K. Commuter Parking
L V i s i t o r Parking
M. FacultylStafflCommuter Parking
N . FacullylStafflCommuter Parking
0. Fairview-Universily Parking Ramp
35W f r o m the NorthTake Wnshington Avenue exit 2nd turn left o n
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left
;it
Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenuc South.
1.94 East f r o m MinneapolisTakc 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avelulc, turn
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue
South.
1-94 West f r o m St. PaulTakr Ri\evsirle exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue,
Atcgsburg College, as afirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
nutional or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientatiml, marital stattrs, stutus with regard to public arsistance, or
disability in irs ed~icationpolicies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan program, athletic and/or school
administered programs, except in tl~oseinstances where .religion is a bonu fide occupatiollal qualification. Atcgsburg
College is committed to providing ~earonublcaccommodations to its employees and its students.
turn left at 2lst Avenuc South.
35W f r o m the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after
each o f two mergers). Take 25rh Avenue exit and turn
left at Riverside Avelu~c,turn lcft at 21st Avenue
South.
most current classroom information.
A R T 102-S
ACC 221.S
1-
Tom
A
i
of desig
the visual arts
lng foundation for
e-dimensional projects
basic design elements
'
I... ,,.... ...,
de~nonstrati~i~
and principles.
Perspect
in Fine
1
Principles of Microeconomics
Principles of A c c o u n t ~ n gI
Introduction to business activities, bar
Introduction t o Public Speaking
Groven
Develop critical thinking skills by study of the
Kader
col~cepts
4
The camera will be used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression i~singblack and white
photographic processes. Students nc
35 mm, sinfile-lens ~eflexcamera '
cess to a
ed cost of
film, ctc.: $200-225.
Perspccti,,c/Skill/LAF: Acstllcticr
6-9:30 p.111.
7:
:in Fine Arts
Old M[1i114
ART 2 4 7 3
theory to market policy. May be taken
and reilltation. Course content will include how to
independently of E C O 110 or 112. E C O 112 and
8:30 a in -~IOOII
build and analyze public arguments that confront
113 may be taken in either order.
students in their everyday lives
Perspecti\,e/Skill/IAF: Speaking; I A F in Fine Arts
(Prereq : MPG2)
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Social World I or 2; I A F in
Old Main 10
1 4 3 0 p.m.
Principles
Argumentation
Groven
The course focuses o n speech preparation,
1 4 : 3 0 \J.I+
I
organization, audience analysis, style, listening
E D C 220-S
ability, and the o\,ercoming of speech fright.
Educational Technology (.5 credit)
Old Main 16
(Prereq.: SPC 111 or 112, or Jr. or Sr. standing)
BUS 4 6 5 3
International Management
This tl~ougl~t,p~ovoking
course examines those
issues and activities unique to marketing in an
international setting. Emphasis is placed o n
adaptation of a mnlkcting mix according to the
international market in^ environment.
M,
W
6-9:30 p IIL
I
spatial envimnment. Topics cotmered will inclucle:
This course includcs Financial Stntcmcnt Analysis,
Risk and Reti~rn,Security Valuation. Capital
Old Mr~in17
M, W F
I
Okl Mail1 2 9
Meziou
01 consent
M,
W
Suerdn~p204
(Mac classroom)
EED 495-S
Gregoire
international t ~ a d e Application
.
of elenientary
eco~iomictheory to currelit economic problems.
Assessment is based on written msign~nents,a
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Pe~specti\~e/Skill/LAF:Western Heritage; LAF in
Social and Behavioral Sciences
M, W
1 4 : 3 0 11 In.
of instructor)
Soerd~trb202
-
explore properties of and changes in matter; position,
motion and force; light, heat, electricity a n ~ magnetism;
l
and kincls of and \vays to mnsfer energy. Taking the
~'liysicalconcepts learned, students will de\elop
E C O 112 and 113 luny be taken in either order.
An int~oductionto print, broadcast and web-based
advertising and pron~otionas important elements
in moclern marketing and communications. This
course combines classroom and web-based learnilig
tools.
6-9:30 p , m
M,
i ~ i c o ~ nanalysis,
e
monetary and fiscal policy,
May be taken independently of E C O 113 or 110.
Advertising
a'tlL'-llooll
Topics: Elementary Education
Physical Science
Gilsdorf
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national
MKT 357-S
(Prereil.: MKT 252
teacl~indlearningsituations. Computer training
will he included in this course.
ECO 1 1 2 3
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Acsthctics
M, W
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
Snldents will participate in llan~lx>n
experiments t<>
Capital
(Prcrcq.: ACC 221, ECO 112 or 113, onrl MPG 3)
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, prc~duction,and
S P C 354-S
Kapoor
B'"igeting, Capita1Structule
Management.
Erickson
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
Interpersonal Communication
Lapakko
A study of the dynamics of liu~iianinteraction
'
Financial Management
6-9:30 p m.
SverdrL4p
through verbal and non-\erbal messages; emphasis
on factors that huild relationships and help to
overcome comniunication barriers.
Sverdntl~1
6-9:30 p . 1 ~
M, W
Old Maill 13
FIN 3 3 1 3
'
Perspccti\~e/Skill/LAF: Critical Thinking
Paleczny-Zapp
he placed o n development of perceptual clrawing
skills to accurately render the l u ~ m a nform in a
6-9:30 p.ln
Old Main 10
I
6-9:30 1,111
payable on tlie first day of class for the cost of
models.
Social and Behavioral Sciences
?; Th
1 4 : 3 0 p.1~1,
1
metliods and teclu~iquesof clrawing the liu~iian
composition. NOTE: There will be a $50 fcc
Old Main 16
SPC 3 5 1 4
form through the use of live moclels. Emplusis will
gestllle, proportion, foresl~ortcning,skeletal and
musculature anatomy, shading and rendering, and
T; Th
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning, and control. The
nature of autlio~ity,accountability, responsibility,
and analysis of the professional manager.
This coursc will introduce thc stl~dentto tlic
McCaffrey
distribution. Application of elementary econo~nic
theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies,
(Prcreq.: BUS 242)
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Writing
Life Drawing
Gilsdorf
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of
the Iiousehold, firm, market structures, and income
and fi~ndamcntalsof accounting, the accounting
cycle, alld
BUS 2 4 2 3
Old Mrlill 4
E C O 113-S
SPC 1 1 1 3
AF: Aesthetics; Speaking; LAF
1 4 3 0 p.111.
A R T 1:
ffm
Olrl Mail1 13
denionstntions and lessons for K-5 classrooms.
tech1101ogy pr~ject,lessons/de~i~~nstratims,
classroom
participation and an exam.
(Prcrcil.: Students niust be Elementary Ecli~cation
Majors-this course does N O T meet the Science
Lzh graduation recll~irement)
6-9:30 ~ . m
7; Th
Science 19
A:
I 1
888
On
dl
june I to july 2
7
GS; LUU-a
I N S 255-S
Quantitative Reaso
NG 282/482-S
Statistical Literacy
Critical thinking abc
:entury B r ~ t l s nf'
gating the victc
Paideia Seminars
Schield
ttistics as evidence in
el:
~ h , , i l l ~ ~ ~ ~ d d l argi~~nents
~
in\rolving predictions and explanations.
Topics will include reading and evaluating tables,
This course studies the novel of suspense, mystery
graphs, and statistical models as well as
and terror in 19thcentury Britain, from
generalizations, traditional confidence intervals,
Frankensteill early i n the centllry to Dracula a t its
and lhypothesis tests. Empha-'c on interpretation,
end. Often challenging and sometimes sub\,ersive,
evaluation and cornmunicat
these novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising
3,
(Prereq':
issues that politer domestic fiction hardly lhinted at.
Perspecti\
II/LAF: Quan
Reaso
We will read several of the best of these thrillers,
6-9
M,
W
Old Mail1 10
investigate the culture that produced them, and
I
h
-
work to determine why they have continued to
...J
(Prereq.: ENC 111)
Perspective/Skill: Western Heritagr
122-"
Shariff
S. History
Twentieth C e n t
A survey focusing o n the nation's adjustment to
Humanities
1 4 3 0 p.m.
industrialization and urbanization, the emergence
of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong
federal goverlhrnent, tlie implications of increasing
racial ant1 ethnic di\fersity, and the inipact of
E N G 361.S
Clayton
The course focuscs o n contemporary 20th century
prose works. It includes Native American and
European writers, with an emphasis on non-
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Westcrn Heritage; Critical
Thinking; LAF in Humanities
Western (Asian and African) fiction.
6-9:30 p.m,
M, W
Old Main 18
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness 1; Writinfi
6-9:30 p.m.
?; Th
Old Main 16
lil
.
G S T 009-S
Cooperative Education
Olson
I N S 105-S
Introduction t o American
Indian Studies
Weston
Designed to introduce students to the content areas
of the American Indian Studies curriculum, this
Cooperative Education is a work experience related
to a student's nhajor/minor or career interests, but
course includes a n o\,erview of American Indian
history, federal Indian policy, land issues,
not dolie for academic credit. The goal is for
st~ldelltsto apply theory to pmctice in an approvecl
reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural
i~~fluences,
and Anierican Indian literature, art,
work setting. Students set learning goals and
music, and language.
e\faluate their learning with the director of the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
6-9:30 m
M, W
Suerdn~p2 0
Satisfactory completion fi~lfill,thc Augsburg
Experience (AE)
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
emphasize selections that help students to think
critically, understa~idti~nelessideas, listen carefully,
and question thouglhtfully.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Critical Thinking
June 2 1-25
sUerdnrp 17
:- 1 - - i
-.
MAL 5 9 9 3
Topics: Comprehensive
Examination Seminar
Pike
The purpose of this semiliar is to prepare students
for a co"prehensi\.e
as the capstone
for completion of the Master of Arts in Leadership.
As one of four completion options in the MAL
program, students will experience a n intense,
collaborative, and directed integration of their
I N S 295-S
understanding of kadership expressed through
Topics: Doing Business i n the
Czech Republic
successfi~lcompletion of the examinations. There is
Stoller
Focus of this course will be o n doing business with
a four-hour written seated examination, a take-
and in the Czech Republic. Developing capitalist
enterprise in this ex-communist world offers
scheduled meetings are adapted as required
significant challenges. This course will examine the
(Prereq.: Conselit of instructor or MAL program
director is recluired.)
7-
appeal to successi\~egenerations of readers.
Studies i n Modern Fiction
Kaufman
Students will participate in a series of seminar
discussions following the Paideia se~uinarformat as
obstacles as well as the models that are ssucceeding
as the Czech Republic makes the transition to a
free market econonhy. History and culture will be
home exam, and a n oral exam. Cale~ldarand
(contact professor or MAL office for specific dates.)
6-9:30 p.m
M,W
Old Main 11
discussed fully as a basis for the countrv's economic
model. Tlie course will be team.taug11t with a
visiting Czech professor.
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Old Main 25
MAT 1 7 3 3
M a t h of Interest
Kaminsky
Learn how to determine tlie monthly payments on
I N S 325-S
a housc, boat, or car Find out how much you need
Building Working Relationships
This coursc explores working relationships in a
to he socking away now to have a ~iiillionwhen you
retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life
changing world. Sclf-assessment tools and applied
insurance work, and more. Evaluation will he based
papers help participants gain a better
understanding of the role the individual plays
within the context of \vorkplace relationships.
on classroom participation, quizzes, and a filial
examination.
(Prereq.: MPG 3)
Enipliasis is placed o n interpersonal, group, and
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Quantitative Reasoning;
organizational relationships.
(Prereq.: Jr. or Sr. standing, and at least one of the
following courses: S O C 121, SWK 260, BUS 242,
BUS 252, PSY 102, PSY 105)
LAF in Natural Science and Mathematics (lion-lab)
6-9:30p,m,
M, W
Sciet~ce108
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Human Identity; Speaking
?; Th
Suerdnrl~2 0
6-9:30 p.711,
1 -
REL435-S
Vocation and the Christian Faith
iL 101,s
POL 1 6 0 3
ginning Sign Langual
3di1cti<
Mikkelson
: and tlie signs and
deaf c
~
demonstration
by~llitxof ASL. ~ ~ u u e nOt Us S C ~ ,the
of signs, practice their o n signing, and learn the
facial expressions and body language needed to
co~nniunicaterlrarlv with deaf and hard-of-hearing
people.
Perspecti\re/Skill/mb:
Lnrerrultural Awareness 2;
Modern Lnnguage Core !
64:301
dailr 23
PSY 2 6 1 3
World Politics
Personality
This course is an int
history and majc
~ o nto the clyna~nics,
dynamics, and de\,elopment of personaliry.
relations. It expl
economic develc
efforts to comba
F g l o b a l citizenship and
sace and ineouality around
14:30 p m
cast
-
'
the 'lobe'
environme
Ises
and conflic
studie
estions explored
1
3
r wat~
111
the class
we define peace! What are the
achieving a luore just and equitable
Deglnnlng Spanish I
Kinr
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
oppression!
speaking, reading, and writing of elt
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social Worlcl 1 or 2; LAF in
Spanish. Introduction to the c1llrllr+
Spanish-speaking world.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercu
.-
8:30-11 a.ln.
VC: TI1
auses of conflict and
M,
W
bvareness 2;
Old Muin 2 6
SPA I l l - T
Kingsley
Beginning Spanish I
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, rmding, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
perspectivdSki[l/LAF:Interculturn[Awarelless 2;
Old Maill 26
Old Main 18
PSY 2 6 2 3
~~~k
Abnormal Psychology
treatment.
Underhill.Cady
This course critically examines the political
dyna~uicsrelating to the communities and
ecosystems of the Upper Mississippi Watershed
Issues explorctl inclucle water pollution, tlie lock
and dam system, in\,asive species and biodiversity,
water
economics development, urban sprawl, far111 policy,
and energy production. The class will look at the
challenge of balancing economic de\,elopment,
social justice, and environmental stewarclsliip in the
7; Th
Old Main 13
1 - 1
OM Main 18
Rooney
the growth of individuals and faniilics. Growth
~ 11
~
~related to~diverse populations
b
~ and groups
~ or special
k
The origin, literary character, and transmission of
StrcSScS
the biblical documents; tlie task of biblical
interpretation, and the history of Israel and tlie
(Prereq.: So., Jr., or Sr. standing or consent of
instructor)
emergence of the church. Not accepted for credit
for students who have taken REL 301 or 302.
6-9:30 p.m.
Rrspective/Skill/LAF: Christian Faith 1 or 3
1 4 : 3 0 p,m.
7; TIL
Lirtdell 16
a
f'lcuS'
PerSpecti"e/Skill/LAF: Hun'an ldentiw
7; TI1
Suerdnrp 202
6
W S T 2811481-S
REL 3 7 0 3
Topics I n Women's Studies:
Native American Women and Film
American Indian Spirituality
and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritllal customs, and philosophy
relationships with nature, religious oversigl~tof life
cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in a n
afterlife.
(Prereq.: ENG l l 1 , J r . standing, and REL 100, REL
111, REL 221, or REL 331)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Christian Faith 3 or
[ntercultural Awareness 1; Writing
6-9:30
7; TI1
Marubbio
This course explores Native American \rZomenin
similarities and differences are explored as arc tribal
7; TI1
S W K 260-S
H u m a n s Developing
biological a ~ i dpsychological factors that influence
along the river, some exploration of tlie river by
boat, and opportunily to Ineet with stakeholders
6-9:30 p ~n
Sverdnip 1
,..
.
growth through life and of the socio-cultural,
of North American Imlians are studied. Tribal
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2; Critical
Thinking; LAF in Social and Behaviural Science
..
Tliis course provides an understanding of h u ~ n a n
region. There will bc weekly excursions to sites
working o n \vrious river-related issues.
,
.. .
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
?; TI1
2-530 p.m.
.
An introduction to psychological disorders and
Biblical Studies
POL 2 4 1 4
Environmental and
REL 331)
Perspective/SkilVlAF: Christian Faith 1, 2, 3; senior
keynote
REL 221-S
River Politics
Modern Language Core Skill 1
6 4 3 0 11 m
7; Th
Li~~dcll
16
7; TI1
Biblc and key f i ~ ~ r from
e s the Christian tradition to
help students answer these important questions.
(Prereq.: REL 100, REL 111, REL 221, REL 300, or
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
8:30 a.m -noon
Social and Bcliaviora[ Scicnccs
6-9:30 p.111,
Modern Langi~ageCore Skill I
to description,
of international
J D U F ~ of peace, sustainable
include: H
y
Tix
current
scientific.based approaci,es
Tranvik
What does it mean to haven vocation! Is there a
purpose for your life! Tliis course will use film, the
Old Main 13
American fillu history as
representatiolls
in
Holly\vood cinema, as political and social forces in
indigenous fill,, mo,,en,ents, and as role lllodels
involved i n
and proliLlcingdoculnentary
films.
Perspectivc/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
6-9:30p.m.
'L
TI1
Liltdell 16
.-
- - -
-
- -
I
-
- -
-
- -
-
4
4'
--
session I 1 july
-
-
----
-
I
I
I
I2 ,to-august I2
I
L
I
Please refer to ht@://a~gnet.augsburg.edufor the most current classroom information.
-
A R T 107-S
Drawing
C
A R T 250-S
r
A R T 118-S
Painting I
Bollman
In this first level painting course, students learn
important concepts of painting. Most class time is
spent painting. Slide lectures, denionstmtions, and
critiques complete the learning experience.
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics; LAF in Fine Arts
I
0 in
7; Th
Old Main
17
ART 2 2 5 3
I
Graphic Design I
Allen
This course is an introduction to the principles and
techniques of graphic design i~singpage layout
software. Eniphasis will be
with text and image.
II
laced o n designing
Rrspective/Skill/L4F: Aesthetics; Speaking; LAF
in Fine Arts
6-9:30 p.m.
Foss 226
This course addresses the designed e~~vironrnent,
che intentionally designed places in which nre live
We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, and ~ ~ r b design;
an
class sessions
consist almost exclusively of walking tours and site
visits to prominent examples of design excellence.
I
h
M, W
A R T 2491349-S (with H I S 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3 )
Designed Environment
Anderson
I
Strategic Management
An introduction to
Concepts and principles related to the management
Prereq.: none for 249; for 349: ENG I11 and an
art, history, or urban studies course
Pe~s~ective/Skill/LAF:Aesthetics or City; Writing
(ART 349 only)
of operating functions taught from a managerial
viewpoint with examples from various industries
and sectors.
Perspective/Skill/l
6-9:30 0 . m
4ibk
Graphi
'
._
6-9:30 p.m,
"!lc
lgn
I'
Allen
(Prereq.: ART
Gyberg
This course introduces basic chemistry concepts in
the context of numerous science-based issues in our
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future.
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Kapoor
Introduction to personal financial planning and
budgeting, credit management, income taxes,
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2; LAF in
Natural Science and Mathematics (non-lab)
8:30 a.m.-noon
?; Th
Scie~~ce
3 15
I
insurance, real estate, investments, retirement and
I
estate planning.
6-9:30 p,m.
Foss 220
Kader
Principles of Accounting 11
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost
accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and
ft~ndamentalsof managerial accounting, planning
and controlling processes, decision-making, and
behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: ACC 221)
T; Th
Suer(lncp I
DiversityIMinnesota American Indians
Isaacson
At1 introductory course to develop understanding
This course examines human diversity and human
of basic c o m p ~ ~ t i nconcepts
g
and specific skills in
human relations and Minnesota American Indian
using ~nicroconipi~ter
software (Windows, Word,
requirenients and is an option within the licensure
program.
6-9:30 01..
using sofnvare.
(Prereq.: MPG 3)
E D C 4801580-S
Suer(1rrrp 206
I
Sverdnrp 202
suerdnLp205
Meziou
.. .
,111
'I
W
I
I
School a n d Society
Erickson
Eniphasis o n points of view about the role of
I
school in modern society, relationsliips with
I
parents and community, collaborative models,
I
leadership and professional development. Serves as
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, economic
final theoretical preparation for student teaching.
(Prereq.: PPST and ad~nissionto the Education
Department)
price, promotion and distribution decisions.
6-9:30 p.m.
T TI1
Sverdncp 1
I
I
Sverdnrp 1
M,
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
and technological factors as they affect product,
I
I
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2; Writing
8:30 a.in.-~lool~
M, W
Sverdncp 1
I
I
I
MKT 4 6 6 3
International Marketing
I
H u m a n Resource Management
J.Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; rffccti\t integration of the workcr
with the goals of the fir111 and society.
(Prercq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
7; Th
I
Gresczyk
relations. It fillfills the Education Department
Excel, Access, PowerPoint, e-mail, and internet).
Emphasis o n solving business.related problems
Principles of Marketing
Meziou
This course exarnines those issues and activities
i~niq~
to~~iiarketing
e
in an international setting.
BUS 3 4 0 3
M, W
MIS 175-S
MKT 2 5 2 3
BUS 2 4 2 3
Principles of Management
I? Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
T; Th
I
Sverdnrp 206
Principles of Computing for Business
6-9:30 p.n~,
organization, staffing, planning and control. We
will examine the nature of authority, accountability,
and responsibility: analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
M, W
E D C 2061566-S
ACC 222-S
6-9:30 p.m.
sverdncp 202
Personal Finance
LLJ,
6-9:30pnrn,
8:30 a.m.-11oon
7; Th
FIN 2 4 0 3
This co r e I an advanced study of thr. gritphic
' d ~ t y p o g r a p h yand visual imagery for print
p d u c t i o n using the computer. Studies include
identification c?f,design problems and presentation
to client.
CHM 1003
Chemistry for Changing Times
everyday lives with the goal of students having a
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
ART 330
123
1 4 : 3 0 p.nl.
M, W
This coum fulfills the Enbnging Minneapolis m l u i ~ ~ n ~ e n t . 6-930
14
:I 1.
I
J. Cerrito
Ceramics I
~ ~ l l m a n emphasis on hand1
This is a first
drawing course. Students \vork
anal and non-traditional
with a variety
,lore iinportant concepts of
drawing med
drawing Slid
lemoustrations, and
critiques complete tne learning experience.
Perspec,
'-kill/LAF: AesthfC:-- '-AF in Fine Arts
6-9:30
B U S 440.S
1:
Emphasis is placed on adaptation of a marketing
mix according to the international marketing
I
environment.
(Prereq.: MKT 252)
6-9:30 p , m
M,
W
Old Main 13
II
l5
I
i
ED
:-
488-S (.5 credit)
..
r
dent Behavior
Crea
i n the Eleme
n
Bartlett
h
This course wil exam~nethe impact of student
behavior on stu en earning and then move on to
**
explore met11
establish posi
,chniques to be used to
-t behavior in the elementary
GST 0 0 9 3
INS 2 2 5 3
Olson
work experience related
Cooperative Educa"
Cooperative Educati
or career interests, but
not done for scad
'Il address: physical space,
01 communication with
ase studies. roleparents and ridging ga . .
classroom. TI
tual
(Prereq.: Student must be an Education niaj~
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
*factory
completion fulfills the Augsburg
Experience (AE)
A
1
.
urse must
Graduate students wanting to take th'
ucation office.
M,TVG:Th ~ v e r d n t 1p
H P E 115.5
Chemical Dependency (.5 credit)
Broek
A n analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done
for the abuser. Includes information about school
EED 2 0 0 3
Elementary Education Earth Science
Stangl
This course is designed for elementary education
majors and includes earth science "hands-on"
health education and services.
6-9:30 P,II,
M mtly
Sverdnrp 2 0
American Indians in the Cinema
(Prereq.: O n e previous course in political dcience or
ad'"ission to the MAL program.)
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Intercultural Awareness I
ASL 102.S
Beginning Sign Language 11
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
HIS 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3 (with A R T 2491349-S)
Designed Environment
trilogy and The Hobbit, but also his shorter stories,
essays, poems, translations, letters, and other work.
(Prereq.: ENG 111)
Perspective/Skill/IAF: I A F in Humanities
1 4 : 3 0 p.m,
7; TI1
Kimball
This coursc addresses the designed environment, the
intentionally designed places in which we live. We
will investigate architecture, landscape architecture,
and urban design; class sessions consist almost
exclusively of walking tours and site visits to
prominent examples of design excellence.
This course will focus on J.R.R. Tolkien as an
author, scholar, and teacher. We read not only his
Suerdr~ip206
Liitdell 16
M, W
6-9F.30 P.m.
Old Main 16
Mikkelson
An i~itroductionto deaf culture and the signs and
licensure.
Harkness
Weston
Indians created by Hollywood and television.
Focusing o n fil~nsfrom the 1910s to the present, the
course provides an unclerstanding of how American
Indians were portrayed in fil~nhistorically, how this
image has evolved over the past century, and how it is
reflective of Western cultural and racial ideologies.
INS 3 4 2 3
E N G 282-S
Topics: Tolkien's Works,
Life, and Times
sensitiviv and appreciation for the complexity of the
racial and ethnic groupings are among the goals of
the course. Extensive discussion, several short
River politics ~ i ~ seminar
l d
in
b,to.week intellsive field
OM Main 4
awareness, communication skills and interpersonal
10
written assignments; emphasis on applying course
~naterialto leadership situations.
inquiry based activities that model the teaching and
M, W
This course focuses on the ability to function and
lead in culturally diverse and ever-changing contexts
I N S 264-S
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
earth science subject matter standards for initial
5:30-9 p.m.
OM Main
M, W
M A L 5 6 0 (with P O L 4 2 1 4 )
Developing a Multicultural Perspective: Race
and Ethnicity in the United States
Aoki
within the United States. Impro\red intercultural
This course surveys various images of American
D
1
see Terry Cook in the Continuing
(This class will nrn front July 12-2
This course covers the ideological foundations of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Sliariah), Islamic economic and ~oliticalsystems,
6-9:30 p , m
classrooni teacher.)
1-3:30 p.m.
Kader
and Islamic patterns of life,
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Interculti~ralAwareness 1
the importance of horn -s
playing, o e ing and st
clasa oom visits will be used.
Introduction to Islam
(Prereq.: none for 249; for 349: ENG 111 and an
art, history, or urban studies course)
Pers~ective/Skill/MF: Ciry or Aestlietics; Writing
349
' 4 : 3 0 P,m,
M, W
Sciolce 123
This course fulfilb the Engaging Minnwpl'is requirement
underhill.cady
studellts
syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration
of sig~is,practice their own signing, a n ~ learn
l
the
f ~ i aexpressions
l
and body langllage needed to
clearly with deaf and hard-of.hearing
~ com~nunicate
~ i
people.
elements of the politics, ecology, history, and
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 3;
policies relating to tlie river. S t u d e ~ ~will
t s meet with
Modern La~lgi~age
Core Skill 2
people involved wit11 issues such as farm policy,
travel by boat down tile ~
i
~
~riveri exploring
~ ~ i
conservation, reducing water pollution, the lock and
dam system, flood control, and endangered species.
Students engage in individualized research projects
gathering data over the course of the trip and
presenting results in a public forum at the end of
the trip. Students must be comfortable with
camping, exercise, and outdoor travel. A final
paper is due a t
end of tl,e
tern,.
Note: In addition to regular summer tuition, there is
a $400 fee to cover tlie expenses of the trip down
the river, which includes campilia equipment, food,
and boat rental.
Class begins on 7/12, with the field portion ntnning
front Wed., 7114-Fri., 7/30.
Suerdrup 202
6-8:30p,in.
TWTh
Suerdntp 2 0
SPA 112.S
Beginning Spanish I1
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Sp.lnisll, Introduction to the culture of the Spanishspeaking world.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
[ntercultural Awareness 3;
Modern Language Core Skill 2
830-1 1:00 a.m.
7; VI! Th
Old Main 18
-
summer session
application form
@
Kingsley
Christian Vocat
speaking wor
Perspective/S
Modern L a n ~
-e
Brandt H a l e
This introductory course will explore some of the
ntercultural
2
A~~~~~~~~3 ;
old ~ ~ 26
i , ,
6 4 3 0 p.m.
biblical and theological resources that the Christian
- .
tradition, s e e n h r o u g h the lens ~ f ~ v o c a t ~brings
on,
to the seerci ~ r ~ r n e a n i n Not
g . nc=.for
credit
!
Summer Session applications are available online at:
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar~ then click on
"Download Registrar Forms."
for students,wh5 have taken REL 300.
8:30 a.m.-noon.
M, W
Old Main 16
P O L 421 (with M A L 560-S)
Developing a Multicultural Perspective: Race
a n d Ethnicity i n the United StateAoki
[
SWK699.S
This course focuses o n the ability t<
:tion and
Assessment a n d Vla6
lend in culturally diverse and ever-c%ing
the united states. ~
~
contexts
~
awareness, comnlunication &ills c d interpersonal
sensitivie and appreciation for the complexity of the
racial and ethnic groupings are among the goals of
the course. Extensive discussion, several short
, in
Mental
Boisen
and $diagnosis ~of
~ This course
~ examines
~ assessment
~
mental health in individuals. Emphasis is placed on
understanding mental health disorders from a
Systems and ecological perspective as well as
written assignments; emphasis o n applying course
understanding bio/psycho/social
incidence and course.
material to leadership situations.
6-9:30 0,m.
(Prereq.: O n e previous course in Political Science or
admission to the MAL program.)
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Old Mait1 16
M, W
influences o n
Science 123
~
~
~
~
~
l
~
~
~
~
l
Show less
summer session info
augsburg in the summer
A~~gsburg
College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
summer session I
May 31 to July 1
-_-
summer ~... Show more
summer session info
augsburg in the summer
A~~gsburg
College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
summer session I
May 31 to July 1
-_-
summer ~ = s i 11n
July 11 to August 11
summer online
(WE
Course loads in Summer Session:
I
Students may take up to two courses in
each session. However, the total credit
load for W E C students between spring
W E C and Suinmer Session I cannot
exceed 2.0 credits. W E C students
desiring to overlap more than 2.0 credits
between the two terms must petition the
Student Standing Committee prior to
registration. Total credit load between
Summer Session I1 and Summer Online
cannot exceed 2.0 credits. Unless
otherwise indicated, all courses carry a
value of 1 course credit. One Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter credits.
Augsburg general education:
about
augsburg
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission.* The small college
environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the
many opportunities found in this vibrant lnetropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows
students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
Courses f~~lfilling
Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives, Core Curricul~un,
and Graduation Skills requirements are
so noted along with the description of
the course.
Course levels: The first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
* The Higher L c a n l i r ~Cotnmissiotl
~
of the Nortll Cct~lralAssociatior~of Colle~esand Schools, Cormnissiorl on
Irlstitlrtiotls of Higher Ed~rcntior~,
3 12-263-0456. Web site <twtuw.t~cnciheu r g s
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
carefi~llyplanned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated by
a faculty member. Consult the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning, 612330-1148, for more information.
Employer reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement from
their employers may use their
reimbursement to pay for S ~ ~ r n ~ n e r
Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at 612-330-1488.
information
Additional information may be
obtained at:
www.a~~gsburg.edu/summer
Augsburg College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330-1025 (Academic Advising)
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next fall term,
are eligible to attend Augsburg's
Summer Session. Good standing
implies that the student has been
admitted and not subsequently
dismissed by that institution.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular s t ~ ~ d e nof
t s A ~ ~ g s b u College.
rg
Those wishing to begin a degree
program at Augsburg should apply to
the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions, 612-330-1001, or the
Weekend College Admissions Office,
612-330-1743.
All stitdents may hegin to rrl,..--.
-
Apnl~4k
Web registration will remain open
until May 5 (Session I) and June 10
(Session 11). Web registration Ihuurs
8:3C
1.-11:59 p.m. daily.
:studcnrs will he hilleci through
Summer Session courses
Augsburg stude
re cncouragecl to use
Web registr
,)n-Augshurg
students must reglsrer in person at the
E~lrollrnentCenter liefiveen 8:30
a.m.-4:30 p.m
Thursdays). T h e
:30 a.m,-7
Center is
CIII
located in Sverdrup Hall. W e
r e c o m ~ n e ~ lthat
d you schedule
I
50 percent
c
ition
If a discrepancy is found bet\
on founci
through AugNet, AugNet s h o ~ ~ he
ld
considered the most current xnci, thus,
correct.
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by May 31. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
online
April 4
April 4
April 5
May 5
June 10
June 10
Summer Session 1 a n d June 17 tor
Balance of tuition due
May 6
June 17
June 3
hition must be
paid in full (
endar), or you will
your course(s); a
be dropped f
cancellation
of $100 per course
will apply. Augsourg students who
have unpaid balances from previous
terms must pay these balances before
they may register for Summer Session.
Classes begin
May 31
July 11
June 27
May 31
July 11
June 27
July 14
July 1
Change in Registration: Many courses
*Drop class without notation
reg
stud'
summer
sess
Last day to:
Register (without late fee)
Register (added late fee of $75) June 3
(signature of instructor needed; no
registrations will be accepted afier this date)
June 3
July 14
July 1
fill early and courses with low
Change grading option
June 17
July 28
August 5
enn)llments will he cancelleel o n e week
Withdraw from class
June 17
July 28
August 5
I
before the first day of the session.
Students who decide to cancel their
Classes end
registration prior to the first day of the
Grades due in Registrar's Office July 11
July 1
August 11
September 2
August 19
September 9
session must complete a drop/adci form
at the Enrollnlent Center (this nlust be
done in person). There is a charge of
$100 for each course cancelled.
For refund information please sce
A late fee of
next page.
$75 will he assessed for
students who register after the first day
of the term. N o Session I registrations
will he accepted after June 3. N o
Students registering for Summer
Online must complete their
registration by June 27.
II
Registration begins
Of
Schedule of Refunds o n the
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 11. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
summer 2005
Web registration closes
at the tillle
~OLII-
courses as early as possible.
catalog and coursc infor
ents
1
Session 11 registrations will he accepted
after July 14. N o Sulnnler Online
registrations will he accepted after July 1.
schedule of refunds
100% of the refundable portion of tuition (less $100 administrative fee):
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is n o later than June 3
(Session I), July 14 (Session II), and July 1 (Summer Online)
75% of the refundable portion of tuition:
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than June 7
(Session I), July 19 (Session II), and July 11 (Summer Online)
50% of the refundable portion of tuition:
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than June 10
(Session I), July 22 (Session II), and July 22 (Summer Online
I
map of augsburg
-
The tuition charge f '005 aummer
Session courses is:
$1,470 for full-c2dit coun
' 15 for halfcredit courses
A
..Rlits are charged at the tuition rates
,,.
,,..,~d, and Rochester students
olled in Summer Session I1 or
Summe
nay be eligible for
financial aid if tl
least 1.0 credit.
listed above.
To apply
financial aid
Eligibility for S u ~ m e Session
r
attendees
The only forms I Financial aid available
;Ion attendees are the
for Sum --nt, the Minnesota State
era1
:or students who meet eligibility
nents) and student loans. Visit
,.he Enrollment Center Web site to
download an application form at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll>. T h e
financial aid priority deadline for
Summer Session is May 15, 2005.
O
.,.,.
financial aid.
Day program
11, or both sessions combined may be
eligible to apply for financial aid if their
course load is at least 1.5 credits over the
two sessions.
WEC, United, and Rochester
programs
Augsburg Employee Tuition Benefit
Faculty, staff, and dependents of the
College who are eligible for the
maximum tuition benefit will receive a
60 percent discount on Summer Session
tuition.
For WEC students enrolled in spring
trimester, no aid is given for Summer
Session I as it runs concurrently with the
WEC spring trimester.
+lnlerslate84 West II
11
COLLEGE MAP INFORMATION
1. Center for Counseling and Heal01
Promotion
2. Weekend Admissions
3. Air Structure Entrance
(November through March)
4. Edor-Nelson Athletic
Field and Seasonal Air Struclure
5 Christensen Center
6. East Hall
7. Faculty Guest House
8. Foss. Lobeck. Miles. Center for
Wonhip, Drama and
Communication
9. Sverdrup Hall
10. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
I I Ice Arena
12. Public Relations and
Communicalion
Inlaaal~$
W bet
13. Lindell Libraly
14. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
15 Mortensen Hall
16 Mulphy Place
17. Murphy P a ~ k
18. Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20. Old Main
21. Oscar Anderson Hall
22 Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Security Dispatch Center
25. Shipping and Receiving
26. Si Melby Hall
27 Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. Urness Hall
campus location
+
PARKING INFORMATION
A. Visitor Parking
B. Resident Parking
C Commuter Parking
D. FacultylStafflCommuterResident
Parking
E. Resident Parking
F. Resident Parking
G FacultylStaff Parking
H Faculty/StaffParking
I. VisitorIAdmissions Visitor Parking
I. FacultyIStaff Parking
K. Commuter Parking
L. Visitor Parking
M Faculty/Staff/Comniuter Parking
N. FacultylSlafflCommuter Parking
0 . Fairview-Vnivenity Parking Ramp
3 5 W from t h e NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left o n
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left
at Riverside Avenue, right at Zlst Avenue South.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue
South.
Augsburg College, a s affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientntim~,marital s t a t u , status with regard lo public assistance, o r
disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship a n d loan program, athletic andlor school
administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occtipational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to prowidii~greasonable accommodations to its employees a n d its students.
1-94 West f r o m St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 2lst Avenue South.
35W f r o m t h e South-
1
Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after
each of two niergen) Take 25th Avenue exit and turn
left at Riverside Aveni~e,turn left at 21st Avenue
South.
session I may 31 to july
I
Rooms listed for each course below are subject to change since the printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information on
room assignment for a particular
f
FIN 2 4 0 3
the approacl~usell by
Pcrsonal Finance
exams, quizzes, 1
Introiiuction to perso~ialfinancial planning and
budgeting, credit nianagement, income taxes,
i ~ i s i ~ r a ~ ireal
c e , estate, invrstments, retirement, and
estate planning.
ler and analyze data and propose
and test hypotheses. Evaluation will be baser1 o n
A R T 102.S
Tom
A study of design as the unifying foundation for
IPS,and othc
assig~umenrs.I n c ~ ~ ~ u e s re as \\,ell 3s laboratory
activities. This course
s twice weekly from May
the visual arts. T w e and three~dimens~onaI
projects
demonstratinl
the basic design elements
31 to August 11 (frc
and principles
I
the start of Session 1 to the
Rrspective/Skill/L
,esthetics Perspective;
encl of Session 11)
(Prereq.: MPG i
Speaking Skill;
ine Arts
Perspecti\,e/Skil
:
Critical Thinkir
II; LAF in Natural Science 2nd
Old Mnirr
4
(hereq.: MPC 2)
scientists t
Kapoor
M, \V
6-9:30 11.1n.
7
leliiat
urn Main 18
Kapoor
This course i ~ ~ c l u d financial
es
statement analysis,
risk and retllrn, security valuation, capital
budgeting, capital structure, and working capital
llianngement.
(Prerecl.: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3)
Tlie camera will be useil as a tool for visual
creativity and expressio~iusing black and white
6-9:30 p , n ~ .
photographic processes. Students need access to a
35 m m , single-lens reflex camera. I
Principles of A
ecl cost of
film, etc.: $200-225
Pcrsl-rect~\,c/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics Perspective; LAF
in Fine Arts
6-9:30
11 111
T; TI1
Old Main
4
Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fi~ndarnentalsof accounting, the accounti~ig
cycle, ancl prep.1ration of financial statements.
3
I
-
~
o
o
M, W
Oltl MLlin 10
BUS 2 4 2 4
A R T 247-S
Life Drawing
McCaffrey
Principles of Management
Palecmy-Zapp
metlioils and techniqnes of drawing the human for111
through the use of live ~nodels.Emphasis will he
Development of the tl~eoryof Inaliagemcnt,
organization, staffing, planning, and control Tlie
~iatureof authority, acco~~ntahility,
~esponsibility,
and analysis of tlie pmfessional manager
placed o n ~le\elopmentof pelceptual cimwing skills
1 - 4 3 0 p,in,
This course will introduce t l ~ estudent to the
to accumtely rc~iderthe hi~manfnrni in a spatial
environ~nent.Topics covcrcd will include: gesture,
prnpurtion, foresl~ortening,skeletal .ind ~u~~sculature
anatomy, sha~lingand renclering, and composition
NOTE: There will be a $50 fee payable un thc first
clay of class for the cost of models.
PerspectivJSkill/LAF:
Aesthetics Perspective
6-9:30 p.111
M, W
Old Mr1i11 17
B I O 102-S
T h e Biological World
Hoogendoorn
This is an introcluction tu bioluu for ~non.bioIogy
7; TI1
Old Main 16
MKT 3 5 4 3
I
M, W
Old Main 16
B U S 465-S
International Management
Paleczny-Zapp
This thought-pr~>\okingcourse cxaniines those
issues ancl activities unique to marketing in an
lnterlintional setting Col~rsefocuses on how
l u ~ m a n~esourccsare a<lministereil in other
countries and how cultural factors influence
heliavior in the n.orkplace and negotiations. It will
also ;rnnlyze interpersonal skills n w ~ l e dt < manage
~
across national bonlcrs and negotiate internatiunal
deals. We will analyze several real-life case s t ~ ~ d i etos
lear~ithe strategies, structures, and practices of
modem co~porationsin the world tvday.
majors. Basic concepts of bioloby pel raining to
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Writi~ig
both plants .lnd ani~nalsare co\.ered, as well as the
6-9:30 p ln
MI W
Old Milin 16
8:30 a.m.-noon
7; Th
Scie~~ce
123
COM Ill-S
Financial Management
Photog+,,
A C C 221-S
Perspective; LAF in Natural Science and
Matheniatics (non-lab)
Old Main 13
F I N 331-S
Natural World 1 or 2;
Perspecti\ze/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2
Introduction to Public Speaking
Groven
The course focuses on speech preparation,
organization, audience analysis, style, listening
ability, and the o\~ercorningof speech frigl~t.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Speaking Skill; LAF in
Humanities; Engaging Minneapolis
7; TI1
1 4 : 3 0 11.1n.
Old Mnin 13
COM 3 5 1 3
J.Cerrito
Sales Management
Fornullation, implementation, evaluation, and
control of sales force programs designed to carry
out marketing objectives. Management of sales
force recrnitmelu, dcpartmenral structure, training,
no ti vat ion, territory allocation, quotas, and
compensation.
(Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructc,~.)
T; TI1
6-9:30 [~.,n.
Suerd11a11202
Argumentation
Dewlops critical
theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies,
and refi~tation.Includes how to build and analyze
public arguments that confront btude~irsin their
ej~eryilnylives.
(Prereq.: SPC I l l or 112, o r J r , or Sr. standing)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Critical Thinking Skill
6-9:30 p.ln
MKT 4 6 6 3
International Marketing
Meziou
Groven
think in^ skills by stucly of the
7; TI1
Old Main 13
C O M 354-S
Interpersonal Communication
Lapakko
This course examines those issues and activities
unique~tomarketing in an international setting.
Emphasis IS placed on adaptation of a marketing
~ u i xaccording to the international marketing
environment.
on factors that build relationships ancl help to
o\,ercome communication barriel-s.
(Prereq.: MKT 252)
6-9:30 p,ln.
6-9:30 ~ t n .
M, W
A studv of the dvnarnics of human interaction
thnlugli verbal and non.verbal nlessages; emphasis
M, W
Suer[lr~ip206
Suerdlul~I
I-hl-YI
I
E C O 112.S
C H M 100-S
Principles of Macroeconomics
Chemistry for Changing
. - Times
This course introduces basic clIemistry
the context
Gvbere
.
concepts in
nuluerous sciel,ce.l,asecl issues
i n our
Gilsdorf
An introduction to macroecononiics: national
i~lco~ile
analysis, ~nonetaryand fiscal policy,
i ~ i t c r m i o ~ i trade
al
Al,plication of elementary
everyday livcs with the goal of students having a
econ0111ictheory to current economic problems.
baaic niler erst an ding of thc science hehind iszues
present and in the fi~ture.
May be taken independently of E C O 113 or 110.
ECO 112 a111 113 nay be take11 in either order.
4
sess~onI
\.
may 31 to july I
(Prereq.: M P G 2)
PerspcrL:-- 'Skill/LAF:
Rrspec
LAF in Soc
laviornl Sciences
Old
pm
ENG 225-S
ECO 1133
Principles of M~rroecc..omics
A n introduc
~
~
l
o niicroecono~nics:the theory of
the Ihousehold, firm, market structures, a n d income
distribution. Application of ele~uentaryeconomic
This coulse buiIdS o
plact~cesand methods of
Effective
d ~ ~Writing
f
(El
11) Its w o ksliop
~
format
stresses style a n d organizarion, the process of
relationsl~ipbetween readine a1
'
I
EDC 2 2 0 3
Educational Technology (.5 crcdit)
Erickson
Psychological a111 pl~ilosopliicaldiniensions of
comniunication through the use of instructional
t e c l ~ n o l o S~ e. l e c t i o ~preparation,
~,
pr<,duction, and
e\raluation of eftecti\.e audio-visual niaterials for
tcacliindlearning situations. C o m p u t e r training
will be included in this course.
(This class runs from J u n e &July I)
M, W
Suer'ltllp 205
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
PerspectivJSkill/LAF:
Satisfactory completion fillfills tlie AugsburE
Experience (AE).
Western Heritage
Perspective
M, W
6-9:30 p . m
O l d Main 18
Y
Schield
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in
,
I
( P r e ~ e q .o: n e course in history, o r permission of
insrructor)
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Reasoning/
Statistical Literacy
....,., ...,
[
work setting. Students set learning goals and
evaluate t l ~ e i rlearning with the director of the
GST2003
ring.
4-7
01
over the last nvo centi~rieswill be ~ i v e nspecial
attention.
uevision, self and peer evaluation, a n d the
Per"ectiw
Petspect~ve;LAF in Social and Behavioral Scic..--.,
1 4 3 0 11 tn
)Id M(lirl l o
7; Th
9-1 1:30 n.111.
Wr*
ia;nson
(Prereq.:
theory t o ~iiarketpolicy. May he taken
independently of E C O 110 o r 112. E C O 112 a n d
113 nay be taken in either
(Prereq.: MPG2)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: ,,,.,.
~
7.
I n t e r m e d i a t e 61
not d o n e for academic credit. T h e Koal is fur
students ro apply theory to practice in an approved
Topics: Sports a n d Literature
Irvine
INS 105.S
arguments in\.olving predictions ancl explanations.
Introduction to American
I n d i a n Studies
Topics will include reading and eaalunting tables,
This course is i~ltelideclto introduce students to
graphs, and statistical models as \yell as
generalizations, traclitional confidence inter\,als,
American Indian studies Concepts a n d topics to
be covered include, among ochers, history,
Weston
This course is designed to i~nrestigacea n d a n a l y x
ancl Ihypotliesis tests. Emplusis on interpretation,
language, culture, literature, policy, images,
themes, issues, topics, and contro\,ersies related
evaluation, and communication.
(Prereq.: M P G 3)
contemporary issues, and the arts. Minnesota
Indians will be emphasized where appropriate.
p e r s p e c t i v e / ~ k i l l / u ~ :~
~A~~~~~~~~1~
perspective
directly and i~idirectlyto and through sports a n d
s p o ~ t sl i t e ~ a t ~ ~Itr examines
e
the intersection of
sport a n d society and considers what sport means
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Q ~ ~ a n t i t a t i \Reasoning
,e
Skill
6-9:30 p.111
M, W
Old Mail1 10
and how it functions as symbol, myth, a n d
6-9:30 fi m.
metapluor. T o achieve these ends, s t ~ ~ d e nwill
ts
....
..
7; Th
S u e r d n r ~1
analyze texts a n d timely issues pertinent to sport
and soclety in a variety of ways, including through
HPE 1 1 5 - S
Paideia S e m i n a r s
lite~aly analysis, j o u r ~ ~ a l i n gand
, spr~rts-related,
C h e m i c a l D e p e n d e n c y (.5 credit)
Students will participate in a series of seminar
Minneapolis-based experiences.
Perspecti\.c/Skill/LAF:
Huma~iities
Writing Skill; LAF in
8:30 a.tn -tnnu~
M, W
INS 2 5 5 4
Uzarek
A n analysis of chemical abuse a n d what can be
d o n e for the abuser. Includes informaticln about
school health educatio~iand services.
Old Main 13
6-9:30 p m.
~
M only
Scicnce 123
Kaufman
discussions following the P21ideia seminar format as
clevelopeil by Mortinier Adler. Seminar topics
emphasize selections that help students to think
critically, ~ ~ n c l e r s t a ntimeless
~l
ideas, listen carefi~lly,
and question thoughtfully. This course is ideal for
E E D 495-S
ENG 3 6 1 3
Topics: Elementary E d u c a t i o n
Physical S c i e n c e
Studies i n M o d e r n Fiction
Clayton
T h e course fc~cuseso n contenporary 20th centul y
prose I V ~ ks.
I
It includes N a t ~ v eAmerican a n d
European writers, with an emplhasis o n nonWestern (Asian a n d African) fiction
Gregoire
S t t ~ ~ l ewill
~ i sparticipate in hands-on experiments to
explore plopel ties of and changes in maKer; position,
motion and force; light, lieat, clectricitl: a n ~ l
magnetism; ant1 kinds of ant1 ways to transfer e n e r ~ y
Taking the [~liysicalconcepa learne~l,stuiiena will
develop dernonsttatk,ns and lessons ior K-5 classr<x,~ns.
Assessment is based o n wwitten assignments, a
technology pmject, les~>ns/dem~~nstr~~tions,
clasroo~n
pnrticipatk)n, and nn enalii.
(Prereq.: Snldents ~iiustbe Elementary Education
M a j o ~ ~ t l icourse
is
does NOT Ineet the Sciencc Lah
p d u a t i o n require~nent)
6-9:30 p III
7; Th
scierlce
(Prereq.: E N G 245 o r consent of instructor)
Perspecti\.e/Skill: Intercultural A\vareness 1
Perspecti\.e; Writing
6-9:30 P.111.
7; T h
0111 Moil1 10
GST 0 0 9 3
Cooperative E d u c a t i o n
Olson
Cooperative E~lucationis a work experience related
to a student's major/minnr o r carccr inrel-ests, but
education, sc~cialscience, and language arts majors.
I
This course will be held M-F, 8:30 a.m.-4 p.m.
.
+,
HIS 3 4 5 3
Perspecti\re/Skill/LAF:
M o d e r n Britain a n d I r e l a n d
deVries
. f u ~ 20-24
~e
Critical Thinking Skill
Old Main 25 B breoko~atroonls
Hoping t o tra\,el to Britain a n d Ireland some day?
lnteresced in the l i t e r a t ~ ~ rtheatre,
e,
polit~cs,and
INS 3 2 5 - S
culture of this region? 1f yo11 can't fit a trip t o
Britain a n d Ireland into your schedule, take this
Building W o r k i n g Relationships
Hanson
This course explores working relationships in a
course i n s t e a j ,
u s i n g a n interdisciplinary approacl,
clialhgin~world. Self-assessment tools a n d applied
(sources will include literature, filni, nus sic, theatre,
a n d art), wve will explore Britain's de\,elopment
pVers
participalhts gailh a better
~ ~ n d e r s t n n d i nofg the role the individual plays
since the 18th century into o n e of tlie world's
within t h c context of workplace relationships.
leading cultural, economic, and colonial powvers
Britain's tempestuous rrliitionship with lrelancl
Emphasis is placed o n interpersonal, group, a n d
organizational relationships.
(P~e~ecl.:]r.
o r Sr. standing, a n d at least o n e of tlie
I may 31 to july I
session
1
following courses: S O C 121, SWK 260,
BUS 252, PSY lo?
Perspecti\~e/Skill/l
Spanish. Introduction to the culturc of the
F
nCv In'\
In Identity Perspective;
Spanish-speaking w o ~
Id.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultu~alAwareness 2
MAT 103-S
Perspecti\re; Modern Language 1
6-8:30 p,t11.
7; \ T I
introcluction t o .
Theories of Lead
Link
experienced leaders for
b
t
<
.,.
contemporary rl~eoriesand applications
leadership. Guest speakers participate in sharing
their experience in both private ancl public
workplaces and the class ~~tilizes
a case study
P O L 160-S
~ ~ n d h ~ c r etoward
~lit
World Politics
rac uation Skill colnponent except
P (pass) in this course advances you
rp
h students. This
course is a capstone offerlng a selection
that
to Math ~ r c e m e n Group
t
2. Grading will be based
o n quizzes and exams.
rereq.: MPG
6-9:30 b.1
approach to Icarning. Course connects with the
MAL Leadership De\,elopment Model through its
direct empl~asison leadership, change, ethics,
communication, and creativity. Emphasis is placed
on critical thinking, discussion, presentzrtion, and
Abnormal Psychology
Old Mrrirl 25
ASL 101-S
Beginning Sign Language I
Mikkelson
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration
8:30 u . i ~ ~ . - ~ ~ o o n
Tliis course is an introductio~~
to the dynamics,
history, and ~uajortheorles of international
relations. It explores issues uf peace, sustainable
economic cle\~clopment,global citizenship, and
efforts to combat inlustice and inequalily around
thc globe. This class uses internat~onal
~
over water as
environmental issues ~ I I Lco~lflicts
case studies. Qucst~onsexplored in tlie class
i ~ ~ c l u dWhat
e:
are the obstacles to achieving a luore
just and equitable world! When is the use of force
justified? What are the implications uf
globalization, through which we are beco~liillgmore
and more connected!
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social ancl Behavioral Scicnces
Plan B. Reqi~iredparticipation at all face-to-face
fiici.il expressions and body language ~ ~ e e dto
e~l
6-9:30 p.111,
meetings and regular posrings online
com~lii~~iicate
clearly with deaf and hard-f-hearing
(Prereq.: Minimum of 6 MAL courses)
people.
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Intercultural A\\nreness 2
Class meets: Thurs., 6/2, 6-10 p.ln.; Fri., 6/17, 2-8
p.m.; Sat., 6/18, 8 a.m.-noon, 2-5p.rn.;Tliurs.,
6/23, 6-10 p.m. There will also be nvo virtual
classrooms plus regi~larposting online
Perspective; Modern Language 1
6-8:30 p 111
7; X
!! TI1
Scie~lce2 I2
S P A 1 11-S
Old Main 10
Beginning Spanish I
Kingsley
Ai~listo develop four basic skills: understanding,
MAL 5 8 9 3
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Topics: Comprehensive
Spanish. Introduct~onto the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
Examination Seminar
Pike
This course is a completion optio~ifor the Master
of Arts in Leadership Students prepare fur the
exam series-oral, written, and take-lioni-througll
discussion, reailings, and critical analysis in the
senunar.
(Prereq.: Must be final course taken in MAL
CLI~~~CII~IIIII)
6-9:30 p.111
M, W
Soelice 108
PerspectivJSkill/LAF:
Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspcctiw; Moder~iLanguage 1
7; VC: TI1
8:30-1 1 ( I n~
SPA I l l - T
Beginning Spanish I
Old Maill 18
Kingsley
Aims to develop fuur basic sk~lls:understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of ele~uentary
?; Th
Old Main 16
Underhill-Cady
of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
analysis. Successfi~lcompletio~iof this course
fillfills one of the major paper recluirements for
Jack
An introduction to psychological disorders and
treiit~~~mt.
(Prerecl.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
. pplications to everyday
is not approved for a
This will include a
PSY 2 6 2 3
M,
W
Sver(lr11~
20
REL 3 7 0 3
American Indian Spirituality
a n d Philosophical Thought
Jacobson
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy
of North American Indians are studied. Tribal
similarities a n 1 differences are exl~lorecl,as lire
tribal relationsl~ipswith nature, religious oversight
of life cycles, sacred r ~ t u a ceremonies,
l
and beliefs
in a n afterlife.
(Prereq.: ENG l l l , ] r , sta~tding,and one of the
following: REL 111, REL 221, REL 331, REL 100,
or REL 300
Perspecti\.e/Skill/LAF: Christian Faith 3 or
Interculti~ralAivareness 1 Perspective; Writing Skill
6-9:30
7; Th
Lil~dell16
POL 2 4 1 3
Environmental and
River Politics
Underhill-Cady
This course critically examines the political
dynaniics relaring ro the co~nniunitiesand
ecosyste~usof tlie Upper Mississippi Watershed.
Issues explorer1 includc water pollution, the lock
a ~ t ddam system, imasive species and biotli\,eraily,
regiolial water supply, flood control, waterfront
economics de\,elopment, urban sprawl, farm policy,
and energy pn~duction.The class will look at the
challenge of balancing economic development,
social jusrice, and environmental stcwarilship in the
region. There will be areekly excursions to sites
along the river, solme exploration of the river by
boat, and opportunity to lnieet with stakehoWers
working on various river-related issnes.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social Worlcl 1 or 2
Perspective; Critical Thinking Skill; LAF in Social
and Rchavioral Scielice
6-9:30 p.ln
T; TI1
Scie~~ce
205
SWK 6 9 9 3
Assess~nentand Diagnosis i n
Mental Health Practice
BoisenISyers
This is a n elective course that explores
psycliopathology and the role of social workers in
assessluent and diagnosis of ~iicntalhealth in a
\,ariety of service settings The didgnostic manual is
used as a n organizing frame\\.ork for revlewilig
major mental disorders. This course is a
prereq~~isite
for SWK 627 Family Practice Elective:
Mental Health Practice Course offered in the
Spring Trimester of t l ~ eMSW P r o g r ~ ~ i i .
6-9:30 p.rn.
7; TI1
Old Main I 1
1
:
session I 1
-
july II to august II
Rooms listed for each course below are subject to change since the printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information on
room assignment for a particular class.
r
A R T 1C
Drawing
6-9:30
:iII/LAF:
L
p
4
.. .
Ceramics I
Bollman
This is a first-l
~gco~lrse.Students work
with a \,aricty
ial and non-traditional
drawing mecl~:
explore important concepts of
drawing. Slrde
res, demonstrations, ancl
: experience.
critiques co~npletethe lea
Persprrri
in Fi
-1
A R T 2io\
ire
Tom
An introduction tcl':
ang of pottery with a11
emphasis on handhuilding dnd glazing.
Perspectrve/Skill/l AF. Aectlietics Perspective; LAF
in Fine Arts
6-9:30 ~ . I I I
''Mfl"'
h
P,,rspective; LAF
study of the graphic
design of typography and visual imagery for print
1 M'zi
Painting I
In this first level paintin!: course, SI
learn
important concepts of painting Mo:
~ s tume
s
is
spent painting. Slide lectures, ?-.---.~a~r.ttions,and
critiques co~ilpletethe learning experience.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics Perspective; LAF
in Fine Arts
1) 111.
7; Th
Old
l7
ART 2 2 5 3
Graphic Design I
Staff
hi^ course is an intmduction to
principles and
techniques uf graph~cdesign using page layol~t
sofnvare. Emphasis will be placed o n designing
with text and image.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics Rtspective;
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
6-9:30 p in
M, W
Fuss 2213
A R T 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3 (with H I S 24913493)
Designed Environment
Anderson
This course acld~esscstlie designed envin)n~uent,
the intentionally designed places in which 1r.e live.
We will investigate architectl~rc,landscape
architect~~re,
urban d c s i g ~and
~ , urban history; class
scssions consist almost exclusi\rely of \valking tuurs
and site visits to plomlnent exa~nplesof clesijin
excellence.
(Prereq.: none for 249; for 349: ENG 111 and an
art, history, or urban s t d i e s course)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aestl~eticsor City
Perspective; Writing Skill (ART 349 only)
1 4 3 0 \],in
Cerrito
Concepts anJ principles related to the management
of operatilip functions taught from a liianagerial
viewpoint with examples from varir~usindustries
and sectors.
(Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
M,
W
M ,W
o l d M~~~~18
6-9:30 p.ln.
M,
W
Foss 22B
Perspective/Skill/LAF: N a t ~ ~ rWorld
al
2 Perspective;
I
LAF in N a t ~ ~ r Science
al
ancl Mathe~natics(11on-lab)
8:30 ~~.i~~.-noo~i 7; TI1
Science 3 15
11
MIS 1 7 5 3
COM 3 2 9 3
Principles of Conlputing for Business
Kattke
An introductory course to develop understanding
of basic computing concepts and specific skills in
E~nphasison solving business-related problems
(Prcreq.: ART 2;
present and In the fi~tul-e.
(prereq,: M ~ 2)
G
Soeldrlrp 202
using microco~nputersoftware (Windows, Woril,
Excel, Access, PowerPoinr, e-mail, a ~ ~ Internet).
cl
A R T 118-S
6-9:30
'F
basic un~lcrstandingof the science behind issues
J.
Strategic Management
6-9:30 [I.~II.
Staff
m~"lwl~lced
M, W
'
i
BUS 4 4 0 3
using software, especially Excel, Students with a
strong complltel. backgrtiund should take MIS 360
or 370 instead of MIS 175.
Interculhral Communication
~l
Lapakko
I
This course explores cultural d~fferencesand tlreir
I
I
I
rmplications for communication, including
difterences in values, nor~ns,social interaction, and
code 5)-atems.
Perspect~\,e/Skill/LAF: Intercultl~ralA\\,areness I
~l
Perspective
6-9:30 p.111.
M, W
Lindcll 16
I
(Prereq.: MPG 3)
I+:30
A C C 222.S
Principles of Accounting I1
Kader
A continuation of ACC 221. Introcluction to cost
accol~ntingfor ~unnufacturing.Basic concepts and
fi~nclamcntalsof managerial accounting, planning
m"dontr01ling pr~~ccsses,
decisio~i-~liakin~,
and
behavioral c ~ ~ n s i c l c r ~ r t i ~ ~ ~ ~ s .
(Prereq.: ACC 221)
8:30 U . ~ ~ . - I W I I I I
7; TI1
B U S 242-S
Principles of Management
Old Moil1 10
I? Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning, ancl control. We
will examine tlie nature of authority, accountability,
and respons~bility;analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
6-9:30 p.111.
M, W
Stjcllr~rp206
BUS 340-S
J. Cerrito
H u m a n Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of Ihuman resources; dcsirablc working
relationships; effective integration of the jvorker
with the goals of tlie firm and society.
Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor
6-9:30 P.nlb
7; TI1
IJ.~I.
7; TI1
S ~ ~ e l i h 201
u~i~
E D C 2061566-S
M K T 252-S
DiversiyNinnesota American Indians
Principles of Marketing
Meziou
Pr~nciplesc~fhasic policy and stratem issues in
~narketing,Legal, ethical, competitive, ec<>nornic,
alld technological f,ictors as they affect proiluct,
price, pro~iiotion,and ilistrihution decisions,
6-9:30 [ J . I ~ .
7; TI1
0111 Mclill 16
Gresczyk
This course exalltines l1~11iia11
diversity and l u ~ ~ u a n
relations. It fillfills the Education Department
lu~rnanrelntio~~s
and Minnesota A~ncricanIn~lian
requirement5 and 1s an uption within the licensure
program.
6-9:30
M, W
St~cl-dnr/~
I
MKT 3 5 7 3
E D C 4801580-S
Advertising
School and Society
An introducti<~nto print, hroaclcast, nnd Wehbasecl ad\'e~.tisingand promotion as impcxtant
Emphasis on pcrints of view about the ~ u l eof
school in modern society, relationships with
elements in moJern marketing anll
parents and community collabnratix moilels,
Erickson
conumunicati~,ns.This course combines clnssroc)ni
Imderal~ip,and pmfeasional dc\,elopment. Serves as
and Iia~~ds-on
Icarning toc~ls.
final thco~,eticalpreparation for stu<Ient teaching,
(Prerecl.: PPST and ad~nissionto the Education
6-9:30 [J,III,
M,
W
Old Mail1 16
Depxrt~itent)
rn
CHM 1 0 0 3
Chemistry for Changing Times
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World Perspecti\,e;
Writrng Sk~ll
Gyberg
1:30-5 11.111,
M,
W
S o e r d i ~ 1~ l ~
Tllis collrse intri>iluces baric chemistry concepts in
I
tlic context of lnumerous sc~encc-haseilissues i l l our
everyday lives with tlie ~ o a of
l s t ~ ~ i l e nhaving
ts
a
I
I
St'enlnrp 206
15
1
session
k
I july II to august 1I
SPE 4341534-T
-...
.
I
Eva~uatlon
Staff
Tlie s t ~ ~ [if
d ystumiing,ci
.
knowledge and s
of sti~dents're
history and context of
i s includes an inilepth
: disabilities, as well as
;,>I,>";?biological,
ather~n
reading curric~
I;
Clinical exper
course is required
and
Jandlng l e p g d i s a b ~ ~ ~ t t e :
ovide a critique of current philosophical
Ins in the field. Students will also acquire
d g e related to accessing information relevant
field of learning disabilities.
fi
Itrly 5-8
8 a.m.-3 p.tn
J~rly11-15
8 a.~n.-l~oon
Sue,-."p
(.)K-.-nntptrs site)
-
Swerdnrl, 202
-#
Reading Clinical/Leadership Sel
pearl
~ 1 study
, ~ of effective lrndersl1i
I professional
clevelopmel,t
strategies fc,r ~ l , ~ i v l c l l l ascl,ools
~
nl,cl
districts, reading standads, state and federal reading
legislation, and fiscal,buduerary operations.
clinical portion will ~ncludeopportunities tu apply
skills and knowledge of reading ~levelop~nent
and
instruction in a clinical setting with K-12 students.
(Coreq.: EDC 508; Prereq.: EDC 505, EED 520,
ESE 500, or consent uf instructor)
Jlrly 18-A~rg. 2
8 U.III.-IIUOII
AIL&1-5
8I
-
(off-cnml~trssite)
I
Learning Disabilities
Staff
This course will focus on the history and context of
This includes a n in-depth
leaning disabilities (LD).
look at the origin of learning disabilities, as \\ell as
various theoreticnl m~~clels
(sociological, biological,
psychological, cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
understanding learning disahilities. The course will
also provicle a critique of c t ~ r ~ e philosopluical
nt
p,sitions in tl,e
stLldentswill also acqllire
knowledye related to accessing infc~r~nation
relevant
to the field of learning disabilities.
This course will teach students to identify, adapt,
and imple~uentdevelopmentally appropriate
instruction that support the learning nf students
identified as having learning disabilities. The course
will specifically focus on
areas of reading, writing
and listenin: co~npreluension,math, reasoning, and
problelu-solviligskills. TIlele \"ill be a strong focus
on the modifications i~n,olvedin tl~eseareas and the
planning process invoh,ed.
6-9:30
p.m.
M, W
6-9:30 0,nI.
T; TI1
Strerdlup 202
EED 200-S
Elementary Education Earth Science
Stangl
~l~~~ course is designeclfor elelnentaryeducation
majors and includes earth science "hands-on"
inquiry based activities that model the teaching and
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
earth science subject matter statuclanls for initial
licensure.
Science 19
INS 2 2 5 3
~
~ to ~~l~~
Staff
planning process invol\,ed.
T; TI1
Kader ~
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Intercultural A\r,areness 1
6-9:30 p.;~t.
M, W
Old Maill 13
INS 3 4 2 3
River Politics Field Seminar
Underhill-Cady
Students in this course will learn first-halid about
G S T 009-S
the ecolo3, enviro~umentalissues, and political
Cooperative Education
Olson
dynamics of the Mississippi River. Class will meet
Cooperati\,e E~lucationis n work experience related
uff-campus at locations a n ~ u n dthe Twin Cities,
to n student's major/minor or career interests, b ~ ~ t
along thc riwr and \\,atershed, exploring some of the
nut clone for academic crejit. The goal is for
remaining pockets of local wilderness ancl a \.ariety
studelits to apply theory to practice in an apvrob-ed
.fellvironl,,ental
sites. students will
work setting. Stuclcnts set len~~uing
goals and
with local activists and politicians \\,orking on riverevaluate their learning w ~ t hthe director of the
related policy, and engage in an indivi~iunlfield
Center fur Service, Work, and Learning. Satisfactory
research project. The course i~ucludesan optiolial
coml>leti~)n
fillfills tlie Augshurg Experience (AE).
fwr-day camping trip Uuly 22-25), tra\,eling by
rowboat down tlie Mississippi River from tlie Twin
am
Cities to Lake Pepi~u.
T; TI1
Swerdnrl~1
H I S 2491349-S (with A R T 24913493)
This course will teach students to identify, adapt,
and implement developmentally appropriate
inst~.uctionthat support tlie learning of students
identified as having learning disahilities. The course
will specifically focus o n the areas of reading, writing
a n d listening comprel,ensiol,,
reasoning,a n d
pn~ble~n-solving
skills. Tlieue will be a strong focus
o n the modifications involved in thcse areas nnd the
1 4 : 3 0 Dm.
~
Pe'~l-lecti\'e
6-9:30 11.l~
With Learlling
~
The course co\ers tlie ideological foundntions of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Sl~xiaah),Islamic econoulic and political systems,
lSlarnic patterns of life'
Suerdnip 2 0
Soerdrlr~202
SPE 4 3 4 1 5 3 4 3
Teaching Content Areas to Students
M, W
Staff
-lpl#f
SPE 4241524-T
Etiology and OrisEL..
E D C 510-S
5:30-9 ~,III.
8 : ~ "o.m.-llooll
---
Teaching Content Areas to Students
W i t h Learning Disabilities
Soerdr~rpI7
Designed Environment
KimballIAnderson
This coursc addresses the designed envim~uiient,tlie
intentionally ilesignecl places in which we live. We
will i~uvesti:ate architecture, In~udscapearchitectl~re,
urban design, and urban Ilistory; class sessions
consist almost exclusi\.ely of walking tours and site
visits to prominent examples of clesign excellence.
(Prcreil.: nune for 249; for 349: EN(; 111 and an
art, history, or ~ ~ ~ v bs ta~n~ d i course)
es
Perspecti\,c/Skill/LAF: City or Aesthetics
Perspective; Writing (HIS 349 only)
1 4 : 3 0 II.IIL.
M, W
Old Maill 18
I N S 495-S
Topics: History of American
Indian Education
Weston
The primary aim of this particular course is to help
s t ~ ~ d e nfurther
ts
their knowleiige a111~~nderstanding
of the Americ~nI~udianEducation Policies from
colonla1 America to Zlstcentury America. A cr~tical
examination of indigenous political, social, and
educatio~ualdevelopments from the 19th tlirou~h21st
celitl~rirswill provide infbrmation needed to
~~nclerstancl
thc currcnt social, political, and especially
the eciucational ;ttmosphere of the indigenous
experience today.
6-9:30 p.111,
7; TI1
Sverdn~p20
d
4
-.-
-
11 july
F
I
LRTSIN LEADERSHIP!
4 L 5 6 0 (w
Developing a
Eural
~erspectiue
~
~
Emphasizes increasing your ability to lead in
culturally diverse contexts. Examines the rapidly
changing den1
ling demographics.
ess, conuitunication
~~~#rpersonal
!
iviry#ation
mplexity of the racial an
n l c " ping
are amolig the goals of the course
Old Mar
a
II to august II
m
exponential ~nodels;
especially of linear and exponential models.
Grading will be based o n ql~izzesand exams.
MAT 103 with grade of P or MPG2 and at
k (Prereq.:
i
least one year of HC -'"-h--)
6-9:30 l'*ntn
ASL ]
--&
Sign Language
I1
a
ashb brook
Literature Review
The purpose of this course is to c elop the abilily
to construct a sound argument relatecl to leadership
and to write an effective literature review. Students
will learn how to classih and read research critically,
how to analyze tlie arguments made in tlie literature,
how to organlze and express their own ideas, how to
map and analyze ideas and how to write a review.
Since thc ultimate goal is to he ahle to create a
compelling literature review, all activities build
toward that goal. S t ~ ~ d e nwill
t s devclop the ability to
create an argument, synthesize literature, and create
literat~~t-e
reviews in their fields of interest.
M,
W
tmining, ancl goal-setting.
Lil~dell16
Law i n the United States
Underhill-Cady
An introduction to the \\.orkings o i the court system
7; W! Th
in the Unitecl States, exa~niningthe concepts of
Scirr~ce2 12
civil rigllts and civil liberties in tlie context of the
war on terrol-ism, criminal nncl civil law, torts,
I1
Kingsley
racism and discrimination, 2nd environmental law.
Aims to de\,elop four hasic skills: understanding.
Pers~ective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2
Rrspecti\,e; LAF in Social and Uehavioral Science
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish, introduction to tlie cultnre of the Spanish-
6-9:30 11.tn.
speaking world.
7; W TI1
King,lcy
pea king, re.~ding,and writing of ele~ucntary
Spanish, introcluction to the culture of the Spanislt~A
~\
~~3 ~ ,
perSllcctive; ~~d~~~~ L~~~~~~~~ 2
7; \q TI1
resources that tlie Christian
tradition, seen through tlie lens of vocation, brings
to tlte search for meaning. Not accepted for credit
for students who have taken REL 300.
This course fi~lfillsthe AugCore Requirement.
8:30 r~.n~.-noort.
T, Th
Suerdn~p206
REL 200-S
l ~ t ~~
~~
~~
11
Bussert
O\rerall course theme is "what \\.e believe matters."
Explore Itow belief shapes biblical interpretat~on,
cultural views and actions, and how beliefs can he
challenges facing inuuijirants and ~tative-born
Prereq.: REL 100
Americans, due to thosc changilig demographics.
Im~rovedintercultural nwarcliess, co~nnu~nication
6-9:30 b.111,
for tlte complexity of tlte racial and ethnic groupings
~~are[among
~
~ thc gcrnls of the course.
6-9:30
Old Maill 26
biblical and theolo:ical
culturally cliverse contexts. Examines thc rapidly
changing demographics in the US., and looks at
skills and interpersonal sensitiviry, a d appreciation
speaking wol-Id.
t
Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning
Hale
This intn>Juctorycourse will explore aome of the
Search for Meaning
Aoki
E~uphasizesincreasing your ability to lead in
Ailus to develop four basic skills: understanding,
~,IIL.
Scier~ie108
Developing a Multicultural Perspective
Old Mairt 16
Ueginni~lgSp.~r~isli
I1
perSpective/skill/~~~: ~
M, W
POL 421MAL 5 6 0 3
Perspective; Modern Language 2
6-8:30
Old Main 25
T, Th
Christian Vocation and the
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 3
~.III.
6-9:30 p,i11.
REL 100-S
P O L 170-S
SPA 112-S
8:30-1 1
team development, leadersllip, psychological skills
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
T,WTh
[age needed to comm~~nicate
SPA 112.1'
M A T 105-S
signati~res,and chords. Also included are stanclartl
musicnl terms, signs, and symbols.
power, justice, rights, and freedom. Topics include
Okl Mail1 10
Applied Algebra
~~i~~~
In this course \\*rwill explore a nunther of
applications of algebra to the social and natural
sciences, business, ancl everyday life. It's okay if you
don't re~ilembermuch nlgehra; we'll review as we go!
Specifically, in this course, you'll learn to:
l~~idcrstand
tlte concepts of variable, proportionality,
and linenrim: make connections benvee~iverbal.
numeric, geometric, and algebraic ways of looking at
dcpenclcncies; use a scientific calculator; estimate
and evaluate tlie reasonahleness ofanswers; use 2nd
solve equations, especially of linear, cluadratic, and
concepts applied to sports ancl enhancement of
athletic performance. Topics include motivation,
signing, and learn the facial
Perspective; Modern Language 2
Beginning Spanish
Conroy
Foulidations of sports psychology. Psychological
meter, intervals, major and ~nlinorscales, key
6-9:30 p.m.
PerspectivdSkill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 3
6-8:30 p,in
Sports Psychology
The course will include pitch and ~~liythm
notation,
Perspecti\.e/Skill/LAF:LAF in Fine Arts
Mikkelson
~ v v ~ l ~ t to
i o deaf
n culture and the siglis and
syntax of ASL. Sturlrnts observe the demonstration of
signs, practice the1
PSY 2 6 3 3
Staff
An introductory study of basic ele~nentsof music.
clearly with deaf a,LLo
in.ciu?>f-hearing people.
Creating a Compelling
6-9:30 11.in.
M U S 160-S
Fundamentals of Music
Scie~lcc108
I
expressions and bc
M A L 599-2
- -
~,III.
M,
W
Old M d n 13
cleepcned by encounters with other faith traditions.
7; TH
Old Moin 10
REL 2 2 1 3
Quanbeck, 11
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary chnmcter, and trans~liissionof
tlte hihlical clvcu~nents;the task of blblical
interpretation, and tlte Itistory of Israel and the
eniergence of tlie church. Not accepted fvr credit Fvr
students who have taken REL 301 or 302.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Christian Faith I or 3
Perspective
1 4 : 3 0 p.i11.
M, W
Old Mail1 16
summer
online june 27 to september 2
na, Slovenia, while studying
rsity students. Learn
pns in social work and
Summer Online courses are available to W C , United, and Rochester students only
(Day students are not eligible). These courses are delivered over the Internet to
allow students maximum flexibility to organize their work. Students will need access
to a personal computer with a browser and Internet connection. While students are
required to log in to the course several times a week to participate in discussions and
hand in work, they will not need to do this at specific times. Some classes may require
occasional classroom meetings and these will be held during weekday evenings or
weekends to accommodate work schedules.
els for
local ag
s. For additional ~ n w ~ m a t i oren
registration, travel schedule, tuition and fces
contact the Center for Global Edurarinn at
612-330-1159.
I
E C O 113-L
ART 240-L
A r t History Survey
Soderman-Olson
Principles of Microeconomics
Stein
A survey of art of the Western uzorl~lfrom
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of
prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading,
the household, firm, niarket structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
research, viewing images, and visits to museums.
Perspecti\re/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics or
theory to market policy. May be taken independently
Western Heritage Perspective; LAF in Fine Arts,
of E C O 110 or 112. E C O 112 and 113 may be taken
in either order.
Critical Thinking
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social Worlcl 1 or 2; LAF in
Social and Behavioral Sciences
C H M 100-L
Chun~istryfor C l i a n ~ i n g'Time,
R J i e Gyherg
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is
upon developing basic chemistry concepts using
ENG I1l-L
exa~uplesprimarily from inorganic chemistry Does
Effective Writing
not count to\vard a chemistry major or minor nor
En~pl'asis is o n exposition, including learning
..
McCormick
anolv, as .
urereouisite
for other chemistrv courses.
,
resenrch techniq~~es
and writing critical reviews.
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Attention is given to increasing s t ~ ~ d e n t s '
effectiveness in choosing, organizing, and dew lop in^:
Perspecti\~dSkill/LAF:Natural World 2; LAF in
Natural Science and Mathematics (non-lab)
topics; thinking critically; ancl revising for clarity and
style. A writing lab is provided for those nee~ling
additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
summer
L
online june 27 to oeptember 2
summer session
application form
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 121-L
Introduction t o P
This course introd
philosophical q u r s
Ward
students to typical
s
have certain kn
American Governme
~dPolitics
Hedblom
Surveys major p;
erican national
(how we know, if we can
government-incl~,,,...
:ress, the presidency, and
if there are universal lnoral
the courts-as well as canipatgns.and elections,
A
f
.
principles, whether G o d exists, the nature of the
federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to
~ers~ectiv:)~kill/IA~:
Social World 1 or 2; I A F in
critical thinking and wh
world philosophically.
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Hunian Identity;
Humanities
PHI 120-L
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs,
0.'-
)s students
consider the bases they use to make moral
judgnients. T h e course explores major philosophical
approaches to evaluating ~iioralactions and then
applies them to contemporary issues. Christian
ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
receive credit for PHI 120 niay not receive credit for
PHI 125.
Perspecti\~e/Skill/IAF: Christian Faith 3; I A F in
Humanities, Critical Thinking
Summer Session applications are available online at:
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar~thenclick on
"Download Registrar Forms."
Show less
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 20
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies.
Course loads in Summer Session:
Internships: In addition to those listed,
Students may take up ... Show more
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 20
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies.
Course loads in Summer Session:
Internships: In addition to those listed,
Students may take up to 2.0 credits in
each summer session (sessions I & 11).
However, course loads for terms that
overlap may be increased based on a
student's cumulative GPA (Cum GPA).
Specifically, the combined credit load for
Day/WEC/Rochester/United students
between Spring WEC, Summer Session I
and Summer Online, normally limited to
2.0 credits, may be increased to 3.0 credits
if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better.
Additionally, the combined load between
Summer Sessions I and I1 and Summer
Online is normally limited to 2.0 credits at
any one time, but may be increased to 3.0
credits if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better.
Students desiring to exceed these limits
must petition the Student Standing
Committee prior to registration. Unless
otherwise indicated, all courses carry a
value of 1.0 course credit. One Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits or six quarter credits.
internship opportunities may be arranged
individually during the summer.
Academic internships are carefully
planned workbased learning experiences,
supervised and evaluated by a faculty
member. Consult the Center for Service,
Work, and Learning 612330.1148 for
more information.
summer session I
May 30 to June 30
summer set inn
July 10 to August 10
summer online
June 19 to August 27
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission.* The small college
environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the
many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting
allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
Augsburg general education: Courses
fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts
Perspectives, Core Curriculum, and
Graduation Skills requirements are so
noted along with the description of the
course.
Course levels: The first digit of the threedigit course number indicates the course
level. Course numbers beginning with a
"1" or "2" are lower division courses and
are intended primarily for freshmen and
sophomores; course numbers beginning
with a "3" or "4" are upper division and
are primarily for juniors and seniors.
* The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, Commission on
Institutions of Higher Education, 312-263-0456. Website <www.ncacihe orgz
Independent study: Independent studies
may be arranged in consultation with
individual faculty members.
Employer reimbursement: Students who
qualify for reimbursement from their
employers may use their reimbursement to
pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
612-330.1488.
Additional information may be obtained at:
www.augsburg.edu/summer
Augsburg College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330.1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330.1025 (AcademicAdvising)
Eligibility: Persons in good standing at
regionally accredited colleges and
universities, graduates of such institutions,
and students admitted for the next fall
term, are eligible to attend Augsburg's
Summer Session. Good standing implies
that the student has been admitted and
not subsequently dismissed by that
institution. Students accepted for Summer
Session are not automatically granted
admission as regular students of Augsburg
College. Those wishing to begin a degree
program at Augsburg should apply to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions,
612-330-1001, or the Weekend College
Admissions Office 612-330-1743.
- 4
to register
All students m:ly hegin tc
Summer Session c o ~
kpn. pStudent
Web registration will remain open u n t ~ l
\nay 4 (Session I) and June 9 (Session
. Well rexistration hours will he 8 3 0
11:59
st~~cient:
registra
must
~ L S L ~ L L
Center h e t ~
daily. Augshurg
.ourageci to use Weh
1.
i ~ ~ g s h ust~lilents
rg
r ~ l . s o nat the Enr~)llme~it
8:30 a.m. - 4:10 p.m.
M-W (8:30 ,,.,,,. - 7:C
The Enrollment
m. Tl~~~rsciays).
Sverdrup Hall. We recol
1
nd that y
calendar
Augshurg stuclcnts will he billed through
,. Non-Augshu~.~
Accc
stllclel,ts
of
till,e of registr,r
,,niLl
fllll I ,lVldy
~
-
summer 2006
I
'-'.MIa1
(11 St1
,for s
~
April 12
Registration begins
ust he
~
,
~
~
~
~
Web registration closes
Session I and June 16 for Summer
Session 11. Tuition must be paid in full
(see Calendar), or you may be dropped
from your course(s); a cancellation fee
of $100 per course will apply.
Augsburg students who have unpaid
nces from previous terms must pay
e
balances before they may register
for Summer Session.
~
~ May 4
through AugNet, AugNel
consi~lerecithe most current and, thus,
correct.
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by May 30. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
June 16
May 26
Classes begin
May 30
July 10
June
-
*Register(addedlatefeeof$75)
19
'11
May 30
July 10
June 19
June2
July 13
June 23
I.
(signature of instmtm needed; no regmations wiU be accepted after chis date)
June 2
July 13
June 23
'Change grading option
June 16
July 27
July 28
Withdraw from class
June 16
July 27
July 28
enrollments will he cancelled one week
Classes end
June 30
August 10
August 27
Stllclents who decide to cancel their
Grades due in Registrar's Office
July 10
August 18
September 1
registration prior tu the first day of the
session must complete a ilrop/acld form
Schedule of Refunds: The following refund schedule is based o n the percentage
at tlie Enn)llmcnt Center (this must he
done in person). There is a ch:rrge of
of class time remaining o n the date of the student's official withdrawal from class.
This applies to all students who drop one or more courses during each term.
$100 for each course cnnccllcci.
Percentage of clasq time remaining after official drop or withdrawal and amount of refund:
see
100% to 90% remaining-Full refund (minus $100 administrative fee)
Schedule of Refunds on the next pagc.
89% to 50% remaining-Refund equals the percentage of term remaining
49% or less remaining-No refund
A late fee of $75 will he assessed for
students who register :liter the first day of
This refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes.
the term. No Session I registrations will
Students registering for Summer
Online must complete their
registration by June 23. Note: register
for online courses under Summer
Session I if registering via AugNet.
June 9
May 5
hefore the tirst tiny c)f the session.
For rcf~~ncl
information
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 10. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
April 12
June 9
Balance of tuition due
Register (without late fee)
fill early :rncl courses with low
u l d he
April 12
Last day to:
Change in registration: Many cc,urses
catalog and course informa
online
-
Drop class without notation
If a ciiscrepancy is founcl hct
II
Please allow two weeks for tuition and possible financial aid adjustments to be
he accepted after June 2. Nu Session I1
registrations will he acceptc~iafter July
finalized. If a credit balance remains on the student's account, a credit refund
check will be issued at that time.
u e r registrations
13. No S u ~ ~ i ~Online
will he acceptcJ after June 23.
,
---
-
-
-
Y
map of augsburg
The tuition rat
Session courses
'
q
$1,545 for full-rn
,. . 3 for halt
s
3C stude enrolled in Summer
-i o n
r ummer Online may be
eligible
,nancial " : A :C +L.' -..""load is z
~ s 1.0
t crl
L
l d i t s are
listed abov~
To apply
financial aid
The only forms ( tinancial aid available
for Summer C-cc ,,,n attendees are the
Federal Pell
nt, the Minnesota State
lnt (i
nts who meet eligibility
Eligibility for Summer Session
SttJ-~lts who main
.time status
,d by the program in whic
are enrolled) are eligible to apply for
financial aid.
Day program
Students enrolled in eitl
:ssion I or
11, or both sessions combined, may be
eligible to apply for financial aid if their
course load is at least 1.5 credits over the
two sessions.
s) and student loans. Visit
bnrollment Center website to
aownload an appkation form:
www.augsburg.edu/enroll. The
financial aid priority deadline for
Summer Session is May 15, 2006.
Augsburg employee tuition benefit
Faculty, staff, and dependents of the
College who are eligible for the
maximum tuition benefit will receive a
60% discount o n Summer Session
tuition.
WEC program
For W E C students enrolled in spring
trimester, n o aid is given for Summer
Session I as it runs concurrently with the
W E C spring trimester.
~ l n l s r s l a t 94
e West
-I'
COLLEGE M A P INFORMATION
I Cenler for Counseling and Health
Promotion
2 Weekend and Graduatc Admissions
3 Air Slruclure Entrance
(November through March)
4 Edor-Nelson Athletic
Field and Seasonal Air Struclure
5 Chrislensen Center and
Day Admissions
6 Commerc~alSpace
7 General office space
8 . Fass. Lobeck. Miles. Center for
Worship. Drama and
Communication
9 Sverdmp Hall
10 Husby-Slrommen Tennis Courts
I I . Ice Arena
12 Public Reletions and
Communication
lnlerslate 94 East
13 Lindell Librury
14 Maintenance and Grounds Shop
15 Mortensen Hall
16 Murphy Place
17 Murphy Park
18 Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20 Old Main
21. Anderson Hall
22 Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Publ~cSafety
Communications Center
25 Shipping and Receiving
26 Si Melby Hall
27 Sverdlup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. Urness Hall
29. Faculty Guest House
30 StepUP House
31 General office space with address
PARKING INFORMATION
A Visitor Parking
B . Resident Parking
C Commuter Parking
D FacullylSlaffICommulerl
Resident Parking
E Resident Parking
F Resident Park~ng
G FacultylStaff Parking
H FacullylSlaWPark~ng
I VisitorIAdmissions Visitor Parking
J FacultylStaff Parking
K Commuter Parking
L FaculLylStaffICommulerl
Visitor Parking
M Fairview-University Parking Ramp
Take Washington Avenue exlt and turn left on
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left
at Riverside Avenue, right nt 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exlt, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn
left at Riverside A\,e~u~e,
turn left at 21st Avenue
South
1-94 West from St. PaulAugshurg College, as afimted in its mission, does not discrimiltate 011 the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual onnttat~on,marital status, statla with regard to public assistance, or
disability in its education policies, admissimts policies, scholars hi^ and loan proFams, athletic and/or school
administered programs, except in those iintances where religion is a bona fde occupational qualificafion A,rgsburg
College is coinmitled to providing .reasunable accommodatimu to its employees and its studstts.
Take Riverside exit, turn right at Rivers~deAvenue,
turn left at 2lst Avenue South
3 5 W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St Paul signs (move to right lane after
each o f nvo mergers)
Takc 25th Avenuc exit and rum
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left nt 2lst Avenue South
session I
on room assignment for a partic7
-
30 june 30.2006
I--- -I---
BUS 242.S
i t h HIS 24913493)
Designed Enirifonment
AIS 2 6 4 3
AndersonKirnball
This course addresies the designed-~nyipnment,
Development of the theory of management,
the intentionall\
organization, staffing, planning, and control. The
nature of authority, accountability, responsibility,
,laces iiiwliich we live.
We will investigate architecture, landscape
-
"
3
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
-.
American public's'perception of American Indians.
Class will inc~ud:'~ecmre, discussion, film clips,
and site visits to promin;nt examples of design
%
.
and full.length m
excellence and historical significance.
FIN 331-S
Perspective/SI
Prereq.: none for 249; for 349, ENG 111 or HON
Financial Management
AF: Intercultural Awareness 1
Perspect'
6-9:30 p.
Rm.: Science 123
-
.
.
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 17
ART 2 2 3 3
Printmaking I
Bollman
An introduction to traditional and experimental
media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief,
and mono/unique methods are explored.
.
Ae&hktxpahqLAFinFineAm
M, W
6-9:30 p.m.
Rm : Old Main 4
May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order.
Th
Rm.: Science 123
BIO 1 2 1 3
w
Rm : Old Main 29
MKT 466-S
International Marketing
Pederson
This course examines those issues and activities unique
to marketing in an international setting. Emphasis is
placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to
the international marketing environment.
life, genetics and genetic disease, selected organ
systems and disease, and the sustainability of life on
Prereq.: MKT 252
earth. A student may not receive credit for both
6-9:30 p.m,
from May 30 to August 1 (from the start of Session
1 to the end of Session 11)
Rm : Old Main 16
Prereq.: MPG 2
Perspective/Skill/LAF: LAF in Natural Sciences
and Mathematics
T, Th
E C O 113-S
Principles of Microeconomics
Gilsdorf
An introduction to microeconomics: the theorv of
the household, firm, market structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. May be taken
Prereq.: MPG2
CHM 1 0 0 3
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Gyberg
This course introduces basic chemistry concepts in
Social World I or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
T,Th
Rm:OldMain16
1-4:30 p m
the context of numerous science-based issues in our
Rm : Science 205
everyday lives with the goal of students having a
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future.
EDC 2 2 0 3
Prereq.: MPG 2
Educational Technology
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2
Perspective; LAF in Natural Sciences and
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
ACC 22123
the use of live models. Emphasis will be placed on
Principles of Accounting I
development of perceptual drawing skills to accurately
render the human form in a spatial environment.
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts,
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
Mathematics (non-lab)
Topics covered will include: gesture, proportion,
cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
8:30 r -*?on
foreshortening, skeletal and musculature anatomy,
shading and rendering, and composition.
8:30 a m.-noon
T: Th
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
Rm.: Old Main 16
1-4:30 p m
M, W
independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and
113 may be taken in either order.
Cheniistry for Changing Times
McCaffrey
A&&G Fbpmw,IAF in Fine Am
M, W
Rm.: Old Main 17
M, Th
B10 121 and 103. Does not apply to the major or
minor in biology. This course meets twice weekly
and techniques of drawing the human form through
,
Meziou
discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of
This course will introduce the student to the neth hods
6-9:30 p m
M, W
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Western Heritage
6-9:30 p m
Life Drawing
Gilsdorf
An introduction to macroeconomics: national
economic theory to current economic problems.
ART 2 4 7 3
:-
E C O 11223
Principles of Macroeconomics
Kapoor
budgeting, capital structure, and working capital
An introduction to basic biological principles with
a human perspective and application. Includes
.
Rm.: Old Main 18
management.
H u m a n Biology and Lab
.
M, W
~erspecke"3(/ritinESkill (ART 349 only), LAF in
~ 6 Arts
e (ART 74Q ~ m l ) )
critiques complete the learning experience.
6.9:30 p.m,
-Id Main 23
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade. Application of elementary
6-9:30 p m
&Fbpmw,IAF in Fine Am
Rr
risk and return, security valuation, capital
spent painting. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and
.
r --
This course includes financial statement analysis,
In this first-levelpainting course, students learn
.
6-9:30 p.m.
Bollman
Most class time is
6-9:30
111 and an art, hjstory, or urban'smdies course
ART 118-S
important concepts of painting.
overcome communication barriers.
~ers~ectiv$Skil~L
Aesthetics
A~:
or City
T;
Painting I
through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis
on factors that build relationships and help to
and analysis of the professional manager.
architecture, urban dyigh, and urban history; class
,
sessions consist almost exclusively of walking tours
cinema and o t h e r ~ u c himages have had on the
l?C e m t o
Principles of Management
Kader
(.5 credit)
Erickson
technology. Selection, preparation, production,
Th
Rm
,
Wnce 315
Rm.: Old Main 10
and evaluation of effective audievisual materials for
teaching/learning situations. Computer training
will be included in this course.
9-11:30 a.m.
COM 3 5 4 3
Interpersonal Communication
Lapakko
M, W
Rm.: Sverdrup 205
I
A
- june 30.2006
session I
rI
E E D 495-S
learnu
Topics: Elementar
Physical Science
or ideas of off-campus
and/or communiti&?!
C
Gregoire
will p
exp~
. ropertles
Is-on experiments to
or ano cnanges in matter;
l e n q goals, mission, needs,
'
,
.
energy. Taking the physical concepts learned,
students will develop demonstrations and lessons for
Center for
K-5 classrooms. Assessment is based on written
requiremen
assignments, a technology project, science fair
nm
projecc; lessons/demonstrations and I-'
.
7; Th
lermir
"
science19
,
E N G 2821482-S
Topics: British Novel: ~ n v e s t i s t i n gthe
=iddle
Victorian Thriller
This course studies the novel of suspense, mystery,
and terror in 19th.century Britain, from
Frankenstein early in the century to Dracula at its
end. Often challenging and sometimes subversive,
these novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising
issues that politer domestic fiction hardly hinted at.
Perspective; Writing Skill (HIS 349 only), LAF in
Humanities (HIS 249 only)
variety of small pmjects. Projects will involve creativity,
teamwork, research, writing, and some computer skills.
1-4:30 p m
Rm: LindeU 16 fim 9-3 p.m on 5/26,30,31; 6/1,2, and 3
T, Th
Rm : Science 123
I N S 399-S
Internship
4
Olson
A work or service-based experience in which the
INS 2 2 5 3
Introduction to Islam
Schield
3ritical t h ~ n k ~ nabout
e
statistics as evidence. Focus
irn associativl
'..--':3n, observational studies,
experiments,
ounding, bias, and chance.
Review common
ques involving statistical
percentages presented in tables and graphs. Use
I N S 255.S
Paideia Seminars
arguments. Emphasis o n interpretation,
and communication'
7; Th
design a learning agreement plan that links course
education, and graduation skills with the learning
opportunities inherent in the internship. The
and Islamic patterns of life.
wldll/LAF:
student, faculty sponsor, and work site supervisor
theories and concepts across disciplines, general
(Shariah), Islamic economic and political systems,
6.9:30 p m
standardization to take into account the influence
of confounders. Analysis of statisticall~based
Kader
The course covers the ideological foundations of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
opportunism. St , nditional reasoning using
English to describe and compare rates and
hm
Rm.: Old Main 15
student must complete a n academic learning
portfolio based o n the internship. Students must
consult with the faculty sponsor and Lois Olson in
the Center for Service, Work, and Learning
~
~
Students will participate in a series of seminar
discussions following the Paideia seminar format as
regarding
~
f requirements
m
and~ get permission
~
to
register. P/N grading only. Satisfactory completion
will fulfill the Augsburg Experience
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
requirement.
emphasize selections that help studenu to think
Prereq.: MPG
6-930 P.m.
Topics
modeling and workflow. After learning about each
topic, students will work in international teams on a
ister.
yvi* '
tudents must be Elemeniav Education majt
cwo from Germany.
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Aesthetics or City
111 and an art, history, or urban studies course
tanve ~ e a S o n i n g /
science lab graduation requirem
include managing international projects, accounting
and finance for non-financial managers, and process
~ r kand
,
Learning regarding
GST
participation. This course does ElnT
0-Y:>Up.m.
S~roir
from Augsburg and
excellence and historical significance.
Prereq.: none for 249; for 349, ENG 111 or H O N
c ~ o nc
reflection assignn
on a1
course knowledge, unaencanding ot cne
organization,' workplace, and an awareness of
societal issues that may affect the workplace.
Students must con-Jrwith Lois Olson in the
position, motion, and force; light, heat, electricity,
and magnetism; and kinds of and ways to transfer
and site visits to prominent examples of design
critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully,
Rm.: Lindell '1
M, W
and question thoughtfully. This course is ideal for
education, social science, and language arts majors.
ML 589-S
We will read several of the best of these thrillers,
This course may also be taken for p d u a t e credit.
Topics: Comprehensive Examination
investigate the culture that produced them, and
For registration, contact Anne Kaufman (612-3301188 or kaufman@augsburg.edu). This course will
The purpose of this seminar is to prepare students
for a set of comprehensive examinations as the
be held from June 20-24.
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Critical Thinking Skill
8:30 a.m. 4p m.
M-F
Rm.: Old Main 25
completion capstone of the Master of Arts in
Leadership. Students will experience a n intense,
collaborative, and directed integration of their
INS 2 9 5 4
Topics: International
Projects
successful completion of the examinations. The
examination has three parts: a take-home written
work to determine why they have continued to
Western Heritage
Perspective; LAF in Humanities
T, Th
Broek
A n analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abuser, Includes information about
school health education and services.
Prereq.: ENG 111
1-4:2n * n
H P E 115-S
Chemical Dependency (.5 credit)
appeal to successive generations of readers.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
.
Rm.: Old Main 10
8:30 a.m..noon
T only
Rm.: Murphy I11
understanding of leadership expressed through
Schwalbe, Stoller
This course is a joint venture, organized and taught by
H I S 2491349-S (with A R T 2491349-S)
GST 0 0 9 3
Co-op
Olson
The GST 009 Ceop Work Experience is a O-credit
option for the Augsburg Experience, This option
utilizes students' employment related to their
major, and through reflection links on-campus
Designed Environment
Kimball/Anderson
This course addresses the designed environment,
the intentionally designed places in which we live.
We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, urban design, and urban history; class
sessions consist almost exclusively of walking tours
Pike
faculty from both Augsburg College and the
Bemfsakademie in Karlsmhe, Germany. The course
will be taught in English, with half of the participants
from each institution. All majors are welcome. Half
of the course will take place in Karkruhe, Germany,
and half in Minneapolis. The course consists of
workshops in different topics taught by two faculty
section (based primarily but not exclusively on the
customized readings), a group oral examination,
and a four-hour seated examination. P/N grading
only. This course meets two week nights and
Saturday morning. Final course schedule will be
available mid-April after negotiation with members
of the class.
Prereq.: All MAL courses must be completed; may
be in last course in spring trimester 2006
1-
session I way 30
miE
-h
1-S
Mikkelson
the signs and
syntax of ASL.
j
,
30,2006
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Social World 1 or 2
P O L 160.:
Perspective; Critical Thinking Skill; I A F in Social
and Behavioral Sciences
World Politics
6-9:30 p.m.
This course is an
history, and maj,
relations. It expl
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 27
uction to the dynamics,
S W K 280-S
Diversity and Inequality
for Professional Practice
Boisen
This introductory course explores diversity and
social inequality as a prerequisite to professional
e*
of international
of peace, sustainable
practice in social work, nursing, and education.
The course provides a basis upon which culturally
ling
Christian Vocation a n d
the Search for Meaning
I1
Quanbeck,
I1
Beginning Sign Language I
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
syntax of ASL. Students o b s e r signing,
demonstration of signs. practic
.'--
4
which we are be,
nore and more connected?
Continued learning occurs through facilitated
theological questions and positions, and o n
dialogue among class participants. Students learn
with and from each other about differences and
areas of biblical interpretation and the historical,
cultural and global contexts of Christianity and other
similarities in experience that accompany
world religions. Evaluation by quizzes and responses
diversity learning in other curriculu~nareas, such as
to readings and four theological position papers.
S O C 265: Race, Class, and Gender, and ENG 111:
Prereq.: REL 100
Effective Writing.
What impact d o international developments have
on our lives in the Twin Cities?
8:30 a.m.-noon
of-hearing people.
p e r s p e c t i v e / ~ k i l l / ~ ~ntercllltural
~~:
A~~~~~~~~
2
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; I A F in Social and Behavioral Sciences
REL 2 0 5 3
Perspective; Modern Language 1
6-9:30 p.m.
and learn the facial expression
needed to communicate clearl~
6.8:30 p.m.
M, T, W
p
y language
eaf and hard-
M, W
Rm: Science 108
Rm.: Old Main 25
SPA I l l - S
Steinmetz
Beginning Spanish I
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern Language 1
8:30-11 a.m.
T, W Th Rm.: Old Main 26
SPA Ill-T
Steinmet'
Beginning Spanish I
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
P O L 241-S
Environmental a n d
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 16
Exploring Topics i n Religion:
Self, Sin, a n d Sex: T h e H u m a n
Person i n Christian a n d
Contemporary Thought
Lowe
In our contemporary situation we face difficult
Underhill-Cady
Initial learning occurs through self-exploration.
This course focuses on articulating students' own
recognizing and evaluating religious claims in the
ASLWI-T
competent professional helping skills can rest.
categorical group identity. It is meant to build o n
Prereq.: S O C 265 or permission of the instructor
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 23
6-9:30 p m
S O C 265-S
Race, Class, and Gender
Fischer
We live in a stratified society. What that means is
that individuals from diverse backgrounds in terms
This course examines the political dynamics
questions concerning the human person. Some of
these questions are: W h o or what is the self!
of race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, and
relating to our local, urban, and campus
What is sin? How are we to understand sexuality
environment and relationship to the communities
and ecosystems of the Upper Mississippi Watershed
and gender? The biblical witness and the Christian
class receive unequal portions of wealth, power, and
prestige in society. This course seeks to explain
River Politics
and larger, global environment. Topics explored
include campus sustainability, the environmental
implications of our daily choices, local water, air
and soil pollution, the lock and dam system o n the
Upper Mississippi, invasive species and biodiversity,
climate change, waterfront economic development,
how we come to think in terms of racial and
tradition has said a great deal about the self, sin,
and sex, but at times these familiar sources seem
gender and sexual categories in the first place.
inconsistent with our modern views. We will
Then we address the social consequences of these
various dimensions of inequality in various social
encounter the work of contemporary secular
thinkers who challenge many of the
anthropological claims of the theological tradition
and suggest new ways of envisioning the self, sin,
urban sprawl, and energy production. The class
and sexuality.
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
will look at the challenge of balancing economic
Prereq.: ENG 111 or H O N 111, AND REL 100, or
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
development, social justice, and environmental
REL 111 or REL 221 or REL 300
Spanish-speaking world.
stewardship in the region. There will be weekly
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern L~nguage1
Th Rm.: Old Main 26
6-8:30 p,m.
excursions to sites along the river, in.class debates,
and opportunity to meet with stakeholders working
on various river-related issues.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Humanities
Christian Faith 2; I A F in
T, Th
Rm.: Old Main 23
institutions including education and the workplace.
We discuss both the collective and individual
processes involved in creating social inequality.
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
Perspective
6-9:30 p m
M, W
Rm : Science 205
-hT.w*tf
on room assignment fc?
M K T 35743
BUS 3 4 0 3
r a tool for visual
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
Meziou
Advertising
An introduction to print, broadcast, and W e b
sing black and white
utilization of human resources; desirable working
based advertising and promotion as important
relationships; effective integration of the worker
elements in modern marketing and
Raschke
The came., ,,
AID ~ $ 5 - S
Introduction t d
Indian Studies
~n
,
creativity and expres:
American In
he covered inclu
hers, history,
ctive; I A F
1. Cerrito
H u m a n Resource Management
with the goals of the firm and sociely.
communications. This course combines classroom
Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor
and hands.on learning tools.
6-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
Rm : Sverdrup 206
6930 P m
7; Th
Rm : Old Main 13
in Fine ~ r t s g
contem
d the
T; Th
Minnesota
R m : Old Main 4
BUS 4 4 0 3
J. Cerrito
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to the management
Perspective
Graphic Desig
Ild Main 10
A R T 100-S
Staff
Tom
Class is formulated to engage the creative,
This course introduces basic chemistry concepts in
techniques of g...,...~ design using page layout
software. Emphasis will be placed on designing
and sectors.
the context of numerous science-based issues in our
everyday lives with the goal of students having a
with text and image.
6.9:30 p m
This course is a
roduction to the principles and
M, W
6.9:30 p m
Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor
M'
Rm : Old Main lo
Aesthetics Perspective;
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
R m : Fuss 2ZB
Principles of Computing tor Business
Kattke
An introductory course to develop understanding
of basic computing concepts and specific skills in
using microcomputer software (Windows, Word.
the creation of stained glass projects. The unique
interplay between concept, design, and light within
stained glass has the ability to inspire our hearts
and minds in the environments in which we live,
A C C 222-S
play, and pmy. Student lab fee of $110 will be
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost
Emphasis on solving business-related problems
using software, especially Excel. Students with a
applied to glass, hand tools, and other
accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and
strong computer background should take MIS 260
miscellaneous consumable supplies. Mininium of
eight hours per week outside of class time required.
fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning
and controlling processes, decision-making, and
or 270 instead of MIS 175.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
behavioral considerations.
6.9:30 h m .
M, W
Rm.: Old Main 1
Principles of Accounting
T, Th
Kader
Prereq.: MPG 3
1-4:30 p rn
Rm : Old Main 18
ART 1 0 2 3
'
Tom
A study of design as the unifying foundation for
BUS
2423
Principles of Management
l? Cerrito
Rm': Soerdrup 201
Meziou
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, economic,
Development of the theory of management,
and technological factors as they affect product,
projects demonstrating the use of the basic design
elements and principles.
organization, staffing, planning, and control. We
will examine the nature of authoriw, accountability,
price, promotion, and distribution decisions.
Perspecrive/Skill/LAF:
and responsibility: analysis of the role of the
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
1-4:30 p.m.
M, W
manager
Rm.: Old Main 4
6.9:30 p m
M, W
T; Th
Rm : Science 315
Rm : Old Main 29
COM 3 2 9 3
Intercultural Communication
Lapakko
implications for communication, including
differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems.
the visual arts. Two. and three-dimensional
Aesthetics Perspective;
a m.noon
This course explores cultural differences and their
MKT 2 5 2 3
Principles of Marketing
Design
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2
Perspective; LAF in Natural Sciences and
Mathematics (non-lab)
Excel, Access, PowerPoint, email, and Internet).
I1
Prereq.: ACC 221
8:30 a m -nuon
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future.
Prereq.: MPG 2
MIS 1 7 5 3
imaginative, and technical process associated with
LAF in Fine Arts
Gyberg
of operating functions taught from a managerial
viewpoint with examples from various industries
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Fundamentals of Stained Glass
C H M 100-S
Chemistry for Changing Times
6.9:30 p m
M, W
Rm : Old Main 13
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective
6-9:30 p m
Intercult~~ral
Awareness 1
M, W
Rm : Old Main 16
-
uly 10 august 10,2006
SPE 4241524-T
Etiology and Origins
of Learning Disabilities
E D C 206156
Diversitywi
h e r i c a n Indians
This course e
uman diversity and human
relations. It fi
human
e Education Department
.
legislation, and f
nnesota Arnerican Indian
iption within the licensure
require1
program.
fi
6.930 p
3
Staff
a-s
"
?ldMninII
m-
:etary operations. The
psychologlcal, cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
I setting with K-I
a n d tllrough reflection links on.campus learning to
~~nderstanding
learning disabilities. The course will
the
goals, mission, needs, or ideas of
off-campus people, organizations, and/or
"
also provide a critique of current pl~ilosophical
15, EED 520, ESE 500, or consent
positions in the field. Sti~dentswill also acquire
communities. The required co-op reflection
knowledge related to accessing infor~nationrelevant
assignnlents
to the field of learning disabilities.
knowledge, understanding of the organization/
workplace, and an awareness of societal issues that
may affect the workplace. S t ~ ~ d e nmust
t s consult
(off-campussite)
'e of school
in modern society, relationships wit
community, collaborative models, I(
ents and
h i p and
EED 200-S
professional development. Sel
1 theoretical
Elementary Education Earth Science
8:30 a.m.-noon
dents.
10
a.m:noon
M, W
A,,~, 1.
n.oon
Rm.: Sverdrup 202
Stangl
This course is designed for elementary education
Social World Perspective;
Rm.: Old Main 18
T, Th
Rm.: Old Main 26
SPE 4 3 4 1 5 3 4 3
Teaching Content Areas to
Students With Learning Disabilities
This course will teach students to identify, adapt and
earth science subject matter standards for initial
having learning disabilities. The course will
specifically focus on the areas of reading, writing and
listening comprehension, ~ n a t h reasoning,
,
and
licensure.
M, W
Rm.: Old Maln 4
Jacobson
The study of student reading development, the
of Learning Disabilities
knowledge and use of gathering and analyzing data
This course will focus o n the history and context of
of students' reading, and designing appropriate
learning disabilities (LD). This includes an in-depth
look at the origin of learning disabilities, as well as
reading curriculum based o n this information.
Clinical experience hours will be included. The
various theoretical models (sociological, biological,
course is required for students obtaining their K-12
Reading Teacher Licensure Endorsement.
Coreq.: E D C 510
prereq.: EDC 505, EED 520, ESE 500 or
of instructor
R ~ ~:
July 5-11
8 a.m,.3 p,m
Staff
psycliological, cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
understanding learning disabilities. The course will
also provide a critique of current philosophical
positions in the field. Students will also acquire
knowledge related to accessing information relevant
~
~
(off<amp~usitc)
2 to 0the field
2 of learning disabilities.
8:30 a.m..n0on
7: Th
Rm.: Old Main 13
~
~
focus on application of
implement de\.elopmentally appropriate instruction
and Learning regarding reqilirements and get
permission to register,
STORY
that support the learning of students identified as
on the modifications involved in these areas and the
planning process involved.
SPE 4241524-S
Etiology a n d Origins
~
i
with Lois Olson in the Center for Service, Work,
Staff
problem-solving skills. There will be a strong focus
EDC 5 0 8 3
K-12 Reading Assessment
a n d Evaluation
8 a.m-noon
6.9:30 p.m.
majors and includes earth science "hands-on"
inquiry-based activities that model the teaching and
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
5:30-9 p.m.
July 11-18
option
instruction
d
Emphasis on points of view about t'
Perspective/Skill/lAF:
Writing Skill
look at the origin of learning disabilities, as well as
d
~
~Olson ~
w o r k ~~~~~i~~~~is a ~ . ~ ~ ~ d
for the ~~~~b~~~~
~ hi^ option
~
~
students' employment
to their major
various theoretical models (sociological, biological,
School a n d Society
cation
cooperative ~
~h~ GST 009
Zli~deopportunities to apply
r
f reading development and
muctor
Prereq.: PPST and admission to
Department
GST 0 0 9 3
clinical portion \.
skills and k n o d
a
preparation for student teaching.
Staff
Tliis course will focus on the history and context of
learning disabilities (LD). This includes an in-depth
1-4:30 p.m.
T, Th
Rm.: S~'erdrup
206
SPE 4341534-T
Teaching Content Areas to Students W i t h
Learning Disabilities
Staff
Tliis course will teach stu~lentsto identify, adapt,
and implement developmentally appropriate
instruction that support the learning of students
identified as having learning disabilities. The course
will specifically focus on the areas of reading, writing
and listeninn comprehension, math, reasoning, and
problemsolving skills. There will be a strong focus
on the modifications involved in these areas and the
planning process involved.
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Rin.: Old Main 26
H I S 332.S
U.S. ~~~~i~~ ~
~
l
~ Scott ~
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the
A~~~~~~~~~
~~~~~l~~~~~
through
Cold War,
emphasizing cllanginp
definitions of war and peace,
tensions between internationalism and isolationism,
and the emergence of the U.S. as an economic and
n1ditary power.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Western Heritage
Perspective
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Rm.: Old Main 13
i
~
world. Many limi
Olson
A work or set\
lsed experience in which the
C r e a t e and interpret graphs, especially of linear
and exponential models.
method were discoverec
reflections of those lim
Prereq.: MAT 103 with grade of P or MPG2 and at
catastrophes. Thi
least one year of HS algebra
M, W
6-9:30 p m
limitations so t h a ~
q ~ ~ e s t i o ntos ask o
its claims as
M A T 138-S
Mathematics for
Elementary Teachers 11
Rm.: Science 108
clearly with deaf and hard*[-hearing people.
Prereq.: ASL 101
Intercultural Awareness 3
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective; Modern Language 2
6.8:30 p m
M, T,
Rm.: Old M a ~ n2 5
SPA 1 1 2 3
Boursaw
Beginning Spanish I1
Steinmetz
Concepts of number, operations, algebra, geometry,
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
measurement, data analysis, and probability with a n
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
emphasis on the processes of problem-solving,
Span~sli.Introduction to the culture of the Spanish-
IcgAtutLtg requirements and get permissior
e United States, Global
@f%i%s,
a n d Universal Responsibility:
A Nicaragua P------'ive
DeGracia
reasoning, connections, communication, and
speaking world.
register. P/N grading only. Satisfactory
This course loc
representation. These courses are designed for
I
F
er for Service, Work, and Learnin~
CI
responsibility and
: concept of universal
:onnectedness through the
perspective of Nicaragu,, a country that has a long
history of U.S. relations. Nicaragua is the second
poorest country in the hemisphere and, like all of
Latin America, struggles with issues and decisions
prospective KK-6 elementary school teachers.
Assessment includes exams, projects, gateway exams,
and reflections o n readings about K-6 niathematics
education.
Prereq : MAT 137 or MPG
Perspective/Skill/IAF:
Creating a Compelling
weeks in Nicara~ua. Registration for this course is
tl~roughCGE.
in Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Skill;
6-9:30 p rn
M, W
Rm.: Science 205
Literature Review
Lashbrook
6-9:30 p.m.
M, Th
Quantitative Reasoning
ASL 102-S
Mikkelson
literature, how to organize and express your own
ideas, how to write a review and how to correctly use
applications of algebra to the social and natural
of signs, practice their own sianing, and learn the
APA style. This course employs a variety of active
learning ~nethods.Since the ultimate goal is to be
sciences, business, and everyday life. It's okay if you
able to create a compelling literature review, all
Specifically, in this course, you'll learn to:
.Understand the concepts of variable,
fac~alexpressions and body language needed to
communicate clearly with deaf and 1hard.of.hearing
people.
activities build toward that goal.
6-9:30 p.m.
M, Th
Rin.: Sverdrup 206
M L 599-B
Topics: Leadership a n d Limitations
to Natural and Social Science
Increasingly scientific achievement is seen to be a
more critical component than mil~tarypower for a
country on the world scene. Science and technology
enable economic success in a n intensely competitive
Intercultural Awareness 3
syntax of ASL. Students observe the den~onstration
6-8:30 p m.
Prereq.: ASL 101
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective; Modern Language 2
.Estimate and evaluate the reasonableness of
answers.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective; Modern Language 2
.Make connections between verbal, numeric,
geometric, and algebraic ways of looking at
*Use a scientific calculator.
Steinmetz
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
proportionality, and linearity.
dependencies.
Crockett
SPA 112.T
Beginning Spanish 11
Prereq.: SPA 111
Beginning Sign Language I1
M A T 10523
Applied Algebra
Haines
In this course we will explore a number of
don't remember much algebra; we'll review as we go!
Rtn: Old Main 26
Spanish Introduction to the culture of the Spanishspeaking world.
to construct a sound argument and research
questions or hypotheses using scholarly literature.
research critically; how to analyze the arguments and
validity of supporting evidence from selected
T; W; Th
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Rm.: Anderson 101
You will learn how to select, classih, and read
Interculti~ralAwareness 3
Perspective; Modern Language 2
8:30-11:OO a m
related to globalization. This course includes two
The purpose of this course is to develop the ability
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
4
M L 513-T
a~
Prereq.: SPA 111
Interculti~ralAwareness 3
Rm : Old Main 26
M U S 160-S
Fundamentals of Music Theory
Holroyd
Class will provide students with a basic introduction
to music notation and reading instruction in
T, W Th
Rm : Sc~ence212
Beginning Sign Language 11
Trainer
6-8:30 p m
T W; Th
ASL 102-T
rhythm, note reading, scales, key signatures,
intervals, triads, listening analysis, and introduction
to the piano keyboard. This class will prepare
students intending to pursue a music rnajor/minor
.Use and solve equations, especially of linear,
An introduction to deafculture and the signs and
with the necessary skills to enroll in muslc Theory 1,
and will prov~denon-music majors with music
quadratic, and exponential models.
syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration of
signs, practice their own signing, and learn the facial
fundamentals.
expressions and body language needed to coniniunlcate
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
6-9:30 p m
LAF in Fine Arts
r, rh
Rm : Music 5
4
. \,.
mu!
session I
10.2ms
Prereq.: Jr. or Sr. standing; introductory
courses in women's studies, biology, or consent
..,.. 362-S
M
Walking t h e T
Culture, p endi n Sub-Sahara
Introduction to ?
'I
The United State
Hailongakuning
Fish
I
described as a mosaic
because of its tmc
p. ;rear
diversity is not ba
mply o
diversity. American
~ n dracial
heritage. akl&ese
are imp=
gmponmts,
but also 4 ender sexual orientation, political
ace within the economic system.
affiliat
alltong the inhabitants of the United
has produced a nlultitude of perceptions of
ty
nvolved in curbing the crisis in Nan
Critical reflection on the unequal infection rate.
-
and interactior
between women and lnen illuminates-underlying
purpose of chi:
cultural beliefs, values, and traditior
foundation in the
promote and hinder the spreac,
'
'I
u
..
American Society." The
is to provide a solid
ne of sociology while
exploring the central coyponents of "American
Society" in light of this diversity.
African populations. The course
Namibia in collaboration with facTty I d staff from
.'"
Augsburg's Center for Global Educatkon
Perspective/Skill/IAF:
and the University of Namibia. Dates: July 6-23
(includes travel time to and from Namibia). For
6.9:30 p.m.
#
Social World Perspective;
LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
T, Th
Rm.:
Old Main 18
more ~ n i o r n i e r ~ t.,)tir.lcr
~n
.jli:~r<,r~
WnJe ai 612.330.
1214, ~ . I , I ~ ~ O . I Icdtl.
I~~I~II~
W S T 362-S
S W K 699.S
Assessment and Diagnosis
i n Mental Health Practice
Boisen/Syers
This is an elective course which explores
Walking the Truth: Culture,
Gender, and HIVIAIDS
i n Sub-Saharan Africa
Hailongahuning
This broad-based course explores the influence of
culture and gender o n the HIV/AlDS pandemic in
psychopathology and the role of social workers in
Sub-Saharan Africa. The epidemiology of AlDS in
assessment and diagnosis of mental health in a
Africa is examined through readings, structured
variety of service settings. The course examines
dialog, and service-learning experiences with persons
actively involved in curbing the crisis in Namibia.
psychopathology and mental disorders from a
systems, ecological, and strengths perspective.
Critical reflection on the unequal infection rates
Emphasis is placed o n understanding
between women and men illuminates underlying
biopsychosocial influences on the incidence and
course of the most comnlonly presented mental
cultural beliefs, values, and traditions that both
promote and hinder the spread of HIV within
disorders and the differential effect of these factors
African populations. The course is taught in
o n diverse populations at risk. This is a prerequisite
for SWK 627 Family Practice Elective: Mental
Augsburg's Center for Global Education
Health Practice, and is strongly encouraged as
preparation for the state licensing exam.
6-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
Rm.:
Old Main 16
Namibia in collaboration with faculty and staff from
and the University of Namibia. (Fulfills the global
experience requirement for a major or minor in
Wonlen's Studies in Augsburg's Core Curriculum.)
of instructor(s). Dates: July 6-23, (includes
travel to and from Namibia). For more
information contact Sharon Wade:
612.330-1214; wades@augsburg.edu
summer
online june i a r o augu!
27
summer session
application form
.-
er Online courses are delivered over the Internet to allow st&
ity to or) , ize their work. Students will need access to a personal computer
with a browser and Internet connection. While students are required to log in to the
course several times a week to participate in discussions and l G . . 1~in work, they will
not need to do this at specific times. Some classes may require occasional classroom
leekel
meetings rrnd these will be held during weekday eveni--accommodate work schedules.
I
1 .
ART 240-L
Art History Survey
Egezrger
hthtcs
Lotti
A survey of art of the Western world from
By studying oui
prehistoric to modern times. Includ
consider the base
judgments. T h e course explores major philosophical
research, viewing images, and visits to museums.
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then
applies theln to contemporary issues. Christian
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics or Western
Heritage Perspective; Critical 1
beliefs, ethics helps students
o make moral
tg
ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
receive credit for pH1 120 may not receive credit for
I
FIN 240-L
Personal Finance
K~~~~~
125.
Perspective/Skill/lAF: Christian Faith Perspective;
Critical Thinking Skill; I A F in Humanities, Critical
Thinking
Introduction to personal financial planning and
budgeting, credit management, income taxes,
insurance, real estate, investments, retirement, and
POL 121-L
American Government and Politics
estate planning.
b
ECO 113-L
Principles of Microeconomics
stein
introduction to microeconomics: the theory of
household, firln, market structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. May be taken independently
of E C O 110 or 112. E C O 112 and 113 may be taken
in either order.
Ptereq.: MPG 2
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral
Sciences
Hedblom
Surveys major parts of American national
govern~iient-including Congress, the presidency,
and the courts-as well as campaigns and elections,
b
federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
Per~~ective/Skill/LAF:Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
Summer Session applications are available online at:
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>then click on "Download Registrar Forms."
Show less
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
Course loads in Summer Session:
summer session ... Show more
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
Course loads in Summer Session:
summer session I
May 29 to June 29
w
summer session S
I
July 9 to August 9
\
summer online
June 25 to August 31
about augsburg
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission.* The small college
environment (about 3,700 students during the academic year) is enriched by the
many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows
students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
* Tile Higller Letlmii~gCotnrl~rsslonof tlie N~~rth
Cer~rrulAssociutioi~of Colleges nr~dScla~ols,C(miir~issioii
on
Students may take up to 2.0 credits in
each summer session (3.0 credits if the
Cum GPA is 3.00 or better). However, the
total credit load for
Day/WEC/Rochestel? L Inited students
behveen Spring WEC and Summer
Session I cannot exceed 2.0 credits (3.0
credits if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better).
Additionally, total credit load between
Summer Sessions I and 11 and Summer
Online cannot exceed 2.0 credits at any
one time (3.0 credits if the Cum GPA
is 3.00 or better). Students desiring to
exceed these limits must petition the
Student Standing Committee prior to
registration. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of 1.0 course credit.
One Augsburg course credit is the
equivalent of four semester credits or six
quarter credits.
Employer reimbursement:
Students who qualify for reimbursement
from their employers may use their
reimbursement to pay for Summer Session
courses.
Housing:
Students who need housing may contact
the Residence Life Office at 612-330-1488.
information:
Additional informationmay be ob-
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts
Perspectives, Core Curriculum, and
Graduation Skills requirements are so
noted along with the description of the
course.
www.augsburg.edu/sum mer
Augsburg College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330-1025 (Academic At.l\,ising)
Augsburg general education:
ab
Course levels:
Eligibility:
The first digit of the threedigit course
number indicates the course level. Course
numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are
lower division courses and are intended
primarily for freshmen and sophomores;
course numbers beginning with a "3" or
"4" are upper division and are primarily
for juniors and seniors.
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next fall term,
are eligible to attend Augsburg's Summer
Session. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dismissed by that instihltion.
Independent study:
Students accepted for Summer Sess@n are
not automatically granted admission as
regular sn~dentsof Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program
at Augsburg should apply to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions, 612-330-1001,
or the Weekend College Admissions
Office 612-330-1743.
Independent studies may be arranged in
consultation with individual faculty
members.
liurirutiolu of Higher Educurion, 30 Nor111LuSulle Street, Sre 2400, Chicogo, Illii~ois,60602-2504, 3 12.2630456. Websire <www.~~cucihe.or~>
internships are carefully planned workbased learning experiences, supervised and
evaluated by a faculty member. Consult
the Center for Service, Work, and
Learning at 612-330-1148 for more
information.
Internships:
In addition to those listed, internship
opportunities may be arranged
individually during the summer. Academic
'L
to register
All s t ~ ~ J c nmay
t s hexin to register for
S u ~ ~ i mSession
er
courses on April 16.
Web registration wiU remain open until
May 3 (Session
n d Jime 8 (Session
II). Wch re:
~ r will
s be 8:30
a.m.-1 1:59p.n~.dally. ~ u g s h n r gst~ndents
arc encouraged to use Well rcfiistration.
Non-Augshurg stuclents must rcxister in
person a t the Enrollment Ccntcr I>ctwccn
8:30 a.m.- 4:30 p.m. M-W (H:3O ;a.m.-7
is located in Svercl~-~~p
Hall. Wc
recommcncl th:lt ~ O L I SCIICC~IIIC yo111
courses
:IS
c:lrly as possible.
I t ;a discrep:~ncyis foinnd I>ctween this
catalog :lnd course inhrmation fi)uncl
through AuxNet, AugNet shol~lclhe
co~isidereclthe no st curl.cnt ;uicl, thus,
correct.
Students registering for Sumtner
Session I must conlplete their
registration by May 29. Signature of the
instructor is needed to add a class after
the first day of class.
.Icnts will he hillcci r l ~ r o ~ ~ f i l ~
lilnts. Non-Augsh~~rfi
:I[ die time of rcgi'str,lcion.u students
must be paid in full by May 4 for
Sunlnler Session I and June 15 for
S u n ~ ~ nScssion
cr
11. Augsburg students
who have unpaid balances from
previous tern
lust r--.* h u e balances
before tb
Sess'
the first day of class.
Web registration closes
May 3
June 8
June 8
Balance of tuition due
May 29
July 9
June 25
Classes begin
May 29
July 9
June 25
May 29
July 9
June 25
Last day to:
Register (without late fee)
June 1
July 12
June 29
(signature of instructor needed; no registratiuns will be accepted after this date!
*Drop class without notation
June 1
July 12
June 29
'Change grading option
June 15
July 26
August 3
Withdraw from class
June 15
July 26
August 3
Classes end
June 29
August 9
August 31
nt the Enl-ollmcnt Ccnrer (this must he
Grades due in Registrar's Office
July 9
August 17
September 10
clone in I>crso~l).
Thel-c is ,I ch;irgc of
$100 for each course cancelled.
Schedule of Refunds: The following refund schedule is based on the percentage
FOIrcf~nnclinform:~tio~~
plc;lse see
This applies to all students who drop one or more courses during each term.
lo\\! enrollments will lie cnncellctl one
\vcck I>ch~-e
the first ciay of the session.
Students \\lho clcciclc to c.~ncelrhcir
rcgistr:ltion prior to the tirst cl;iy of rhc
session nunst complete a clrol>/nclcl tor~n
of class time remaining o n the date of the student's official withdrawal from class.
Schedule of Refunds o n the next [page.
Percentage of class time remaining after official drop or withdrawl and amount of refund:
s t ~ ~ ~ l cwho
n r s I-existel-:liter the finst day of
the term. No Session 1 registrations will
he :acccl>tecl:liter June I . N o Scssion I1
rcgistr:~tionswill he :~ccc~)tecl
:~frcrJuly 12.
No Summer Online rcfiistr;ltions will he
Students registering for Summer
Online must complete their
registration by June 25.
online
*Register (added late fee of $75)
ngc in Registration:
A lntc tcc of $75 will he nssessecl tor
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 9. Signature of the
instructor is needed to add a class after
calendar
I summer 2007
;icccl~tcclnttcr June 29
100% to 90% remaining-Full refund (minus $100 administrative fee)
8 9 % to 50% remaining-Refund equals the percentage of term remaining
49% or less remaining-No refund
This refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes.
Pl'ease allow two weeks for tuition and possible financial aid adjustments to be
finalized. If a credit balance remains on the student's account, a credit refund
check will be issued at that time.
map of augsburg
costs
T u i t i o n rates f o r
I[ ~ L I I ~ Sc
LC
COlIrSeS:
5
3
%
Su_mmer
for
-_
o n c ~ ~ r r e n tw
l yi t h t h e
trimester.
WEC s t u c l e n t s
I1 or
Session
Summer O n l i n e may be(e1EibFfor
hnl
financial aid
l e tuition r a t e s
, are
if t h e i r
"l e a s t 1.0 c r e
c o u r s e l o a c l IS a t
listed abov
To apply
financial aid
Eligibility for Summer S e s s i o n a t t e n d e e s
T h e on
of fi
for
sion a t t e n d e e s a r e t h e
d
by the program
state
and
federal f i n a n c i a l aid.
ments), a n d s t u d e n t loans. V i s i t
for-
t h e E n r o l l ~ n e nC
t e n t e r website t o
form:
download a n application
t
www.augsb~~rg.edu/enroll.
The financial
aid priority deadline for Summer S e s s i o n
Day program
S t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d in e i t h e r S c s s i o n
11, or
ant (for s t u c l e n r s who m e e t e l i g i b i l i t y
in w l i i c
a r e e n r o l l e d ) a r e e l i g i b l e to a p p l y
lid a v a i l a b l e
F e d e r a l P e l l ~ ~ , t nt ht e, M i n n e s o t a S t a t e
Stuclents w h o m a i n t a i n h a l f - t i m e status
5 def
Summer
Ior
is
May 15, 2007.
b o t h Sessions c o m b i n e d , [ n a y b e
e l i g i b l e t o apply f o r f i n a n c i a l
c o u r s e l o a d is a t least
aid if t h e i r
1.5 c r e d i t s
over the
Augsburg
College
who
rnaxiniuni
For WEC
are eligible
tuition
for
benefit
the
will
receive a
60 p e r c e n t c l i s c o u n t on S u m m e r
WEC program
students enrolled
in s p r i n g
for
Sumnier
t r i m e s t e r , no a i d i s g i v e n
Employee Tuition B e n e f i t
Faculty, staff, a n d d e p e n d e n t s o f t h e
tllltlOl1.
Session
COLLE(;E MAP INI:OKMATION
I Crnrr~t t l r Ctltllrbrl~nc. t ~ r c ltlcitltl,
I'rt~~n~~rtc~n
! Wcchcnil nn~l(;r.~,luntc A~lnllw<,nr
1 AII Srrucrr~rcEnrr.~ncc
(Nolc~nl~cr
t l ~ r t ~ ohI,ml,)
gl~
.I E~lu~.Nrlxtn
Arhlcrs
Flcl~l,ln~lScarcmnl Air Structurc
5 (:hr~rrcn'c.nCenrcr 2nd
I>ny A ~ l ~ n ~ s w n \
6 MBA Pn>gl.~ln
7 h > > h , Lchccl, M~lcs,Ccntcr ior
I ) ~ , ~ n l., ~
l n~l
W~>I\III~~.
Communlc.~t~crn
8 S\CIJ~,II>
tl:~ll
9 Hual,).Stru~n~r,l.nTcnlrl* Cc,,,rt*
117 I c r Arrnn
I I I',II~I,<l<~l,lt,,?,,\.b,><l
I3 M,llnrcn.~nrc,rnJ C;~<>t~nclr
Slrllll
14 MLITICI.CI H.bll
15 Murlrl>yl'lncc
16 M ~ ( r p l Iq
7.,r!.
17 M u w H.rll
I8 Nc\r licr~ilcnrcH.111
1') 01<1
M.,nn
20 Anilcrv,n IH.tII
21 Qu.,cl
2 2 Sclcncr H.111
2 3 P ~ I I ~ S?ICI>
II~ c : ~ ~ I ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~
Ccnrcr
24 S l r ~ l q >,m
~ncl
~ ~Krcc~v~ng
g
2 5 SI Mc,lhg H;dI
26 S \ c ~ - ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~Mc~t,<>r~.nl
~ C > t r r ~Ii.1II
l.~l
27 Lirnc\\ H.111
28 Kcnncilg (:cnlcr
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ , ~ I I c ~ I ~ ~
Conrrnt~n~c.ut~wn
I2 Ltndcll Llhr.\r\
campus location
35W from thc NorthTnkc W.t\l,~n~ton
Avcnr~eexit :,nJ ttlrn lcir <,n
W ; ~ \ l t i n ~ t i(turtrs
ln
1 1 ~ 1Cmto
i r Crcl,~rA\vnr~c),turn lcit
;at R~ver\~clc
Avc~rr~c,
r ~ ~ nr
l i r2lbt Awnuc South.
1-94 Enst from Minocapolist
Avcn~~c,
rum
Tlhc 25th A\vnl~ccur, turn Icit . ~ 25th
left :at Rl\r~siclcAvcnuc, rurn Iclr . ~ Zt l h t A\*cnuc
S~~r~rli
,.1-94 Wcst fro111 St. PaulTrtc Rrvcr.rrcleculr, rur I> r~yhr:It R~\.cr\~ilc
Avcnuc,
turn Iclr . ~2Ist
t Atenuc Sot~rh.
35W from thc South-
I
l~c~llow
tlw 1.94 St. P:tt~lb ~ ~ r i(~tiove
,
rct r ~ c l Italic
~ r ;ii~cr
c.~rho f nix, mcrficr*), L h c 25th Awnr~ecult ia~i<I
turn
Ich , ~Rt ~ \ c ~ , rAvenl~c,
~ ~ l c rurn leir ;bt 2lsr Avcnl~cSouth
session I
'A
may 29 - june 29.2007
Rooms listeo LUL ~ a c h
course below are auu~ectto change aulct: rne printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information
on room assignment for a particd~r
BUS
AR'
1
Swccncy
This c o ~ l l s ew ~ l
AIS 105-S
h
Lifc Drawing
~ c t i o nt o A m e r i c
d i a n Studies
tl1c bt '
'
IIES
I? C c r r i t o
Dm,elopment o t tlie theory o f Iiianngement.
$
n:rn h r m
Weston
2423
Principles o f Management
Iiis course is intended t o introrlucc sturlents to
A m c i~c . ~ n1nrli;in Studies. Concepts ancl topics to
urg:~nimtlon,staffing, planning, and a ~ n m u l T
. lie
COM 11 1-S
P u b l i c Speaking
nature ot authority, nccountah~lity,n ~ i crcaln,nsibil~ry,
l
T h e courrc tocuscs o n speech prcparation,
nn;ilysls o f the rule o f the pmtcssionnl m;lnager.
organization, n u ~ l i c n c canalysis, style, I~stcning,nntl
6-9:30 11m
be co\,erecl include, among others, Iiistory,
M,
w
RVI : L I N 16
Inclians w i l l be emphaslzerl ndiere npproplinte
l n t e r c ~ ~ l r ~Au,(~rcn~.rs
m~l
1
annto~ny,slinrlIng%cntlcrinl:
cu1i11>o~itio11,
P C ~ I ~ C ~ I I ~ ~ ~ I I V
f&
I A ~ I I I ~ ~FIW
~ OA m
1.4:-
Perspe~.~~t,e.
I A F in Humanities
6-9:30 1
M, W
.:
OM 17
J. C e r r i t o
H u m a n Resource M a n a g e m e n t
k n o n n c l f i ~ n c t i o ni n business, acquirition nntl
ut~lizationof human resources; cles~nblew l r k ~ n y
relationships; effective integration o t tlic wurker with
I
>
,-S
T h i s course nclc
the a w l s
(with H I S 24913493)
igned Environment
Andcrson
s t h c rlcs~gncilen\zir~>nment,
ART 100-S
the i n t c n t i o n n l ,
Topics: P l c i n Air S k e t c h i n g
W e w i l l ~n\.estigatca1
T h i s introcluctnry, f~)unclntional
: ~ r c h i t e c t u urban
~ ~ , cleslgn, :~nclurh;in Ihisn>ry; cl:lss
ienccl places i n \\,li~cli a'c I ~ v e .
-a
I Ithe
~
M. W
Financial Managcmcnt
Kapoor
risk nntl return, recurity \faluation, capital
i n sulnmer. By making site visits 2nd working on
Prcrccl.: n o n e for 249; tor 349: E N L II I (,r ENL
mnliagement.
l o c a t ~ o nstudents
,
w i l l engage w i t h the subject
112 o r H O N 111 ;rnrl :In :art, liist<~ry,or u r h : ~ n
matter they are sketch~ng<Inn ~iiulti-sensory
s t t ~ ~ l i ec so ~ ~ r s e
T l i e course i n c l u ~ l e st i n a n c ~ nstatement
l
;~n:ilysis,
P~n~cr~ctlrv/Sk~ll/LAF.
Acstherlo m (CIQ I'~np~.ct~tc;
Wr~tlng
Skill (ART 349 u~rly).L A F 111 F11ieArts (ART 249 only)
tbr them. Stu~lentsarc rcspnnsihle b,r Ipurchasc o f
n , = . SCI
M, W
ACC 2213
Kadcr
P~n~ctilc/SkilVLAF.AatL,llo I'Lnpl.c~~w;L A F 131FLIW
Arb
6.9:30 0.m
T. T h
Rm.: O M 4
E C O 112 a n J 113 may he rnken i n either orrler.
1-4:30 0 ~n
M, W
Rm : O M 13
Gybcrg
T h i s course introcluces hnsic chemistry cuncepts 111
ECO 1 1 3 3
tlie context of numerous science,b;~seJ Issues I n o u r
Principles o f Microeconomics
everyclay I~vcs,with the ge11;1
A n introduction to micr<~econ(>mics:
tlie theory o f
o f s t u ~ l c n t shaving ;I
Gilsdorf
Introrluctiun to h u r ~ n c r s:~cti\,itiea, b:isic concept.*,
basic unclersrnn~linl:o f tlie science b e h i n d irsucs
tlie lhouschol~l,f i r m , m:~rketstructures, anel income
nncl t u n ~ l n m e n m l so f accounting, the nccounting
present and i n tlie tuture.
~ l i s t r i h u t i o n .A l q ~ l i c a t i o nof clcmcntnry economic
cycle, :lncl preparation o t t~n:rnci;~l
st;ltcments.
Prc~erl.: M P G 2
8.30 (r m - n o u ~ ~
M, W
I t ~ :n SVE 202
c ~ ~ c a t i vancl
~ t y cxprcssion uaing black ancl white
film, etc: $200-225. (capacity liniits enr<,ll~ncntt o 14)
M n y he taken ~ n c l c p c n ~ l e n tof
l y E C O 113 o r 110.
L A F ill Soc~r~l
mid Bchraz~orulSc~ences
Chemistry f o r Changing T i m c s
locations. (capnc~t)'l11111ts
c n r o l l ~ n c n to
t 15)
35mm,s~nale.lens rctlcx cnmcr:l. Est~m;iteilcost o f
RI~I: SCI 2 0 5
Per>pec~ioe/Skill/LAF: Wcsrern Hcr~rogePcrspec~iue;
CHM 100-S
plhotogrnl~liicprocesses. Sturlcnts need ncccsr to a
Gilsdorf
A n l n t r o ~ l u c t i o nt o macroeconomics: national
international trade Application o f elementary
123
has~csketcli~ngk i t from WetP;iint A r t Supplier ($40)
Principles o f A c c o u n t i n g 1
Principles o f Macrocconomics
Prererl.: M P G 2
a ~ i c for
l tr;1nsl>nrtnrion to clesignntrd off-carnl3us
Boechcr
Rm : SVE I
i n c ~ m i ennnlysis, llionctary anrl fisc;rl policy,
Piercq : E C O 112 or 113, A C C 221, nncl MI'G 3
6-9:30 p m
pcrson;ll scale. I n this w.~ythey w i l l n t t e ~ n p t o
Photography
M, W
e c o n o ~ n i ctheory to current economic problems
unclcrstancl where they arc, a n d why it has mcnnina
T h e camera w i l l he usecl ns n tool tLr \,~sunl
III
FIN 3 3 1 3
excellence ancl l h i s t ~ ) r ~ SI~I~I~~C:II~CC.
c~I
ART 1 3 2 3
6.9:30 p
Hm : SVE 206
places, habits, nncl architecture o f the T w ~ nCities
Iltn : O M 17
tlirourli vrrb;il ;and nun-verhal mess;lges; emphasis
Instructor
6.930 I,m
Lapakko
A stucly of the d y n a m ~ c sof h u m a n i n t c ~ a c t i < > n
overcome communication b:irricrs
Prereq.: B U S 200 o r B U S 242 o r consent o f
uhsel-\,ation ; ~ n r ~l l ~ r eon-site
ct
s k e z i n u the ~wo~,le,
. .
M. W
COM 3 5 4 3
Interpersonal C o m m u n i c a t i o n
o n factors that huilcl relntionsli~psn n i l hell> t o
f i r n ~ancl society.
and slre \'is~tat u prominent examples ofclesign
8:30 a.ni -11our1
R m : M U R I11
ccrure, I;~nclrcapc
perceptual plein :lir sketching u ~ i l l ~ i i rn l ei r o ~ ~ ~ h scsslons cc~nsist: ~ l m o s tcxclus~oclyo t w c l l k i n g tours
PL'~S~CCLI~,~./S~III/LAF:
L A F 111 Fine Artr
T. Th
BUS 3403
contelnporary issues, a n d the arts Minnesota
Pcrspcctirc/Skill/LAF:
(>vcrcomingspeech fright
6.9:30 p m
language, culture, literature, policy, Images,
Lapakko
ACC 2 2 2 - 5
Principles o f A c c o u n t i n g I1
Kadcr
anrl it~nrlamcnt:ils 11t; ~ c c o i ~ n t i n gtlie
, nccol~nring
cycle, nnrl prcp;ir,itlon o f financial stnte~nents.
8:30 (1.m
loan
T. TI1
I'erspcct~t~c/Sk~ll/LAF: Natlrrul WorLl 2 Pcrspe~.[l~e,
L A F in N'lrlrrnl Scienccs rind Mnthemr~tics
8.30 o 111-1ioun
I n t r o ~ l u c t i o nto business a c r ~ r i t ~ c bs n
, r ~ cconcepts
RIII.:
SVE I
tliec~ryt o m:irket policy May be taken
T. TI1
RI~I. SCI 123
~ n ~ l c p c n ~ l c no tfl E
y C O 110 o r I I 2 E C O 112 .inJ
I I 3 may be taken I n cithcr order.
,
;
.
I
Prerecl.: M P C 2
Perspect~t~e/Sk~ll/LAI::
Socir~lWorlrl I or 2 Pcrs0cc~i1,e;
L A F in Soc~oland Belurt~~or~rl
Science,
1.4:30 p ~n
T. Tll
Rm : O M 13
HIS 3323
History o f U n i t c d
States Foreign Relations
EED 2 0 3 3
Physical Scicncc
d
Elcmcntary Tcacl
a
This ccrursc tocc~ss 11
Lorcnz-Mcycr
A survey oFUn~tcclSratcs torc~gnrcl:1ric>nsi r o m rhc
8
r
A n i c r i c a ~ li l c \ ~ o l i ~ tthrough
i ~ ~ n the Colrl War,
Grcgoirc
crnl~h:~rlzing
cli:ing~ngJci~nitic,na ot \tJ;lr 31111 PC:ICC.
IMSEP ~physicnlscience
tcnaluns hcnvccn intcrn:rtio~ialian~
:inJ
H P E 001-S
Foundations o f Fitness (0.0 crcdit)
Navarrc
This courrc ia ~ c q u i r c Jc~f:ill Augshurg t u r l c n t s
Prerccl : One EF
It
sccka to Ilnl>ro\'c the sti~clcnt'skno\r.lcclgc ancl
SVE 206
i x t l ; ~ t i o n i r m the
, cmcrgcncc u i rlie U n i t c ~Sratc*
l
ns
.In cconrllnlc ; r ~ i ~~il~ i l i t ; power
~ry
6 9:30 1) rn
M. W/
RI~I : SVE 206
i~nJcratancl~<
~>
i gthe
t componcnrh o f ~ihysical: ~ n r l
IO\,
they c o n t ~ i h u t cto pcrx~n:ilI ~ i c l o lhc:1ltl1
n~
;ancl
to nor only
\vcll hcing T l l ~ scourac is clcs~gnc~l
lpr<>v~Je
k ~ i ~ ~ ~l ~~ ;ilsc>
~ ~l e
tot ~c lli >~ cct ~
~ ~~ ~~;in:~l\,zc
i c l
s c l r r c I;rh rcqwrenients iLr gracluation
4
Prercil.: Muat he Elcmcnr,iry Ecluc;~tic~n
m ; ~ j o.~.
liccnaurc r c c k ~ n g
T
6.9:30 11m.
TI1
IGS009-S
T
Co-op
.
Olson
k Experience 1s ;i0-creclit
The C;ST 00'
11.
SCI 19
t
i tor I
??$
Espuiuicc
Thih (llxi011
\\,dys nn inclivicl~~nl
c;in n.*scas, monltur, motl\,atc
INS 3 9 9 3
I n t e r n sh i p
:~nclcl~aciplineI i ~ ~ n / l i e r a et<,
l t ~n:iinr:iina l i t e t y l c o i
A \vork o~ ser\,~cc-hnscrlcxpcrlcncc I n \r,liicli rlic
iitness 2 n d \rcllnt.s
~ r u c l c n tt, ~ c u l ysl,r,naor,
6-7:45 11111
M, W
MEL 206
RIII.
&sign
3
Olson
ancl \\,c)rk site supervisor
Ie:~rning:igreenicnt p1a11 tlliit 11nka cclllrsr
tlicuries nncl conccl>ts aclors rl~scil>l~ncs,
general
ati1izc.r .rtuclcnrs' c ~ n p l ~ r y m c rclntccl
nt
r<>t h c ~ rnl;ijur
HPE 1 1 5 3
;inrl through ~ c t l e c t ~ r Ihnka
> n on-co~iipur,learning ro
rhc constituency gc131s. ~ i i i s s i ~ ~~ inc,c cor
l icleaa c d
Health and Clienucal
D q m d c n c y Education (.5 crcdit)
Psyclic,lug~cnla n ~ ~pliilo\opliicnl
l
clinicnsion?,u i
<!ti-caml'us ~pco~dc,
org.~nizations,nnrl/o~'
hc
A n :in:ilyhis o i c h e m ~ c ; i nhu.*c
l
:incl w l i : ~ can
t
porttolio hnaccl o n the intcrn.*liip Sruclcnts must
c o m ~ n u n i c ; ~ t i othruugh
~i
the use n t inarruction.il
c o m m ~ ~ n i t ~Telsi c. rcqu~rcclC<H>I' r e t l e c t ~ c ~ n
clone for the nbuscr. Inclu~lcs~nfi)rrnnr~crn
:ahout
consult \r,itli the k u l t y spona<>ra n ~ Lois
l
Olacbn i n
SCIIUOI
l i e i ~ l t l eclumtion
i
ancl resources
the Ccntcr tor Service, W u r k , nncl L c ; ~ r l i ~ n g
E D C 220-S
Educational Tcchnology (.5 c r c q t ~
Erickson
technolo~~
Selection,
.
p ~ c l ~ n r n t i o~~pi ,~ < ~ c l u c ;and
t~on,
assignnicnts k,cus
cvaluatio~io t etfecri\v a u c l i ~ ~ - \ ~ im:~tcri:ils
~ual
for
knowlctlcc, u n ~ l c r s t ; r n ~ l io~ i gthe
tenc1iindle;irning sitt~:ltions. Computer training \\,ill
t>rgan~zat~on/\\.o~-k~>Iiicc
nncl :In nwarencs* o f
he inclu~lccli n t h ~ scour.rc.
o c ~ c t niasucs
l
that may ; ~ i i tlic
~ ~\vorkpl:icc.
t
9 a.m .nmn
M , \V
F htne 1829
Km : SVE 205
<In nl)l'licntion
o i c~>u~sc
6-9:30 1, 111.
c'lucat~<,n, ankl g~ncli~:~tic>n
skill5 \r,ith the 1c:irning
M unly
register.
rcqh~~rc~ncnt
H I S 249134923 ( w i t h ART 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3 )
Dcsigned Environment
Th15 course huilcls on rlie Iprnctlce ; ~ n d~nctlioclr~ > t
Quantitativc R c a s o n i ~ i g
Schicld
C ~ ~ t i ctal ili n k ~ n g; a h , ~ ~st.~ristics
t
n\ cviclencc. F<>cu\
Eilccrlvc W ~ i t i ~ i g
Irs. \\,i~rkslic~l>
t c ~ ~ n i strcsscb
at
htylc
1111 :issocii~tio~i,
cai~s:itio~i.
ohser\~:iri~~niil
btuilica,
nncl o r q n i z : ~ t i o n ,the proccr> ( revi.\~(>n,
~ i hcli i ~ n r l
cxllcrimcnt\, riak, c<)nfc>uncling,hiaa, ;rnJ ch;incc.
IICCI.
c \ , n l u i ~ t i ~ ni ~, n cthe
l r c l : ~ t ~ ~ > nI)cnvccn
~liil~
rcncl~ng;inJ wr~ting.Kcrli~ircclfor sccc~~icla~
y
Anderson
T h ~ scuurse :~~lclrerses
the ~lesigneclenvironment,
GST 2003
Swanson
Rcv~e\\,cwnlnun tcclin~cluca~ n \ c l l \ i n gstntiaticol
~ ~ l ~ l w ~ r r u ~Stucly
i i s n iconcliti~,n:~l
.
r c . ~ x > n i nig~ s i n g
I~censurenncl Element:i~yEclucation concentration
English to clcscrihc and compc>scrates .ind
i n C o m ~ n u n ~ c : ~ r i , > ~ i / L : ~ ~Arts
ig~~;igc
pcrccnt;igc\ prc\c11tcrl i n t ; ~ h l c;inJ graplih. Use
tlic intcntionnlly clca~gnc<l~pl;lco111which we live
We w ~ l In\,catlaatc
l
nrchitcctl~rc,I:inclscal~c
;rrcliitccturc, urh:In clcsign nncl urh,~nhistory; cln.\s
rcssic~nsconsist :ilmoat cxclu\i\.cly o f \\,;ilking t0111s
nncl site visits to Ipronllncnt cx;i~nl?lcso f clesian
cxccllence ;and lhist<,r~cals ~ g ~ i ~ i i c : ~ n c e
Prcrcq : none tor 249; h,r H I S 349: E N L 1I I (>r
E N L 112 c1r H O N I l l
Prcrc~l.:E N L I II L>r 112. (>r HON 1 1 I
cmnclar~l~zntio~i
to tnkc inn, accoilnt the ~ntluence
Pcrs\~ccti~~e/Sk~ll/LAF:
\V~IIS
I ~k ~~l l
r,ict,ntol~n~lcr.;Analysis ~ , i ~ t ~ t i ~ t i c ~ l l y - h ~ ~ ~ ~ l
\ V r l r ~ nSkill
~ (HIS 349 only); L A F 111 HIL~I~(I~IIICS
(HIS
argtlmcnt\. E ~ i i l ~ h : ~osni ai n t c r p r c t ; ~ t ~ o cvnlu;it~nn,
n,
249 mly)
.~nclc c ~ m m u n i c . ~ t i o ~ i ,
1.4:30 p tn
M, \V
RIII : 5(:1 212
ML 5 8 9 3
Topics: Comprchensivc E x a m i n a t i o n
The
t<,r
IIUI
;ix
Pikc
11usc <)i
t l ~ i as c ~ i i i n n1s~ to Iprcparc stu~lcnts
t c l i c<,~nprclie~isi\~e
exi~min:itions3s tlic
coml>lction ca~.\t<lnc
o i tlic Master o f Art.* i n
1-e;iclcrshili. Stuclenta WIII cxl>erlelicc n ~ intense,
i
coll;rI~~~rat~
nncl
v c ,clircctccl ~ntegrntiono f their
unclcrst:~n~ling
o i lenclcrshil, c x p ~ c s ~tch~r ol t d l i
.*ucceaaiul completion o i the cx;in~~n;lticlnsThe
I'ersl~ecu~~e/Sk~ll/LAF.
Aerrhet~oor
4:308 1, nt
rrgnrcling rccluircmcnts :~nclget ~pcrmissi(>n
ti)
register. P/N gr.~ilinl: (>nly S.~tisf:ictory coml>lcr~<>n
Stuclcnts mu.*t consult w i t h Lois Olson i n the
r e q u ~ r e ~ i i e nnt rn ~get
l l~erlnisai<,n
I n t c n l l c d i a t c Expository W r i t i n g
R n l : KEN 307
s t u ~ l c n r~ i i u rcon1plctc
t
:In ;ic;iclc~ii~c
1c;irninl:
\vill i u l i i l l the Augshura Exper~cnccgracluntinn
Ccntcr tor Scr\,~cc.W o r k , ancl L c : i ~ n i ~ rcwircling
ig
ENL ~ L U - J
oppurtuniticb inherent i n the Intclnahip. The
Umvk
(:II~I'ersl~ccut,e;
c x a ~ n ~ n n r i o[ins
n tlircc parts: a mkc-lic~mc\\,rltrcn
scctlon (hasccl prini;~rily Ihur not exclusi\.ely on tlic
cust<rmi:cd rcnclinga), a #rc,ul> ordl e x : i ~ i i i n ; i t i ~ ~ i ,
T Th
RIII : SCI I 2 3
~ n ciil i ~ l ~ r - \cntccl
l i ~ ~ c~s :~~ r~ n i ~ i : ~ tP/N
i ( ~ ngr;lrl~ng
session
L 111-S
--,inning
Spanish 1
only Tliis course me
S:lturclay morning. Scneuu~ew u ~
oe
A i m s to clevelo
A p r i l aitcr negotint~onw i t h membc
'
: A
r
I,, I.IS~
'
-- .-:.nester
COI
m
MAT 1 0 5 4
Haincs
Concepts o f lineal
id, Iogaritli~nic,oncl
other ni<)~lcIsw i t h a s
iis on :~pplications t o
the social,a.%.nntw
;eryJa
C
srudent
KI
SPA 111
Stcinmctz
business, anrl
;racle o f 2.0
-
NIIG 3. S t t ~ d c ~ preparing
~ts
tor
M P G 3 o r higher may not register b r crecl~t.Sturlents'
6-9:30 p.~n
M, W
algebra
II:
thcoricz ~,i
internatiun:rl relat~clnsT h e course \\.ill
Relipiour heliets, apiritu:rl c u s t o ~ ~ iancl
s , philosophy ot
SCI 108
6-8.30 p11
Underhill
cxpl<,rc issues c>fpeace, suhtninablc ccononllc
N o r t h American I n ~ l i a n sare studied. Tribal
clc\'elopmcnt, g l t ~ b a cit~zcnshil>,
l
nncl efforts t o
silnil:iritirs ;~nclcliiierences ;are explore~las are trih:il
cumbnt ~ n l u s t i c ca n ~ il n e q u ; r l ~arouncl
~
the glohc.
rcl:itionships w i t h nature, rcliglous o\~ersigIito i life
T l i i s class alms t o hcain p r c u , i ~ l i natuclents
~
\ \ , ~ t l itlic
c~,clcs,s;rcrccl r ~ t u acerrnlc,nies,
l
a n ~beliefs
l
i n an
Lnourlerlgc ncceasnry i o ~tilking intormccl :lction i n
;ittcrlite
Irspc,nse t u the c11~11c11~es
II~
the currelit glohnl
Prcrccl.: E N L III o r 112 o r H O N 11 1, j u n i o r
xrcna. Questions cxpl<~rrclinclurlc: Wh;rt should
stancling, :rnJ R E L I 0 0 c>r 3 0 0
i n 1r;rrl Ilc? W l i i ~ are
t ohsracles t o
Att'c~rene,r I Persl~ccttt,~;
Writing Skill
1rnp;lct LIOintcrn:itionnl ~ l c v c l o p m c n t slhavc nn o u r
6.9.30 p rn
MUS 1603
Fundamentals o f M u s i c Theory
1
Mikkelson
S W K 4951699 PA 5 9 5 3
Topics: I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y
Perspectives o n A g i n g
Holroyd
POL 2 4 1 3
Environmental a n d
T h i s course is for i n c o m i n g Firstyear stil~lentso r
R i v c r Politics
stucle~itsw l i o are c o n s i ~ l e r i n g;I music major w h o
T h i s course cx,i~ninesthe ~ p o l ~ t ~~cl ;y~nli r ~ n i c s
syntax o f ASL. S t u ~ l e n t sobaer\,r the lemons strati on
woulcl like n b;lsic music thcc~ryfuunclatiun prior to
r c l ~ l t i n gt o o u r I ~ ~ c au~
l ,ban, a w l c:rmpus
Underhill
o f signs, practlce their own signing, ;lnC learn the
beginning their nus sic major. Tliis course is also i ~ ~ r
en\,llonlncnr nncl rel;rr~~>n.\hil,
t k ~the c<~rn~rhunitics
h c i n l expressions nncl hotly language neeclcrl t o
stuclcnts w h o have h a d p r i m expcrlencc in music
ancl ecosystems o f tlie U p p e r M i s s ~ * s i p pW;rtersIiecl
~
communicate clearly w i t h tle;iianil Iharcl-of-hearing
who
WOIIICIlike t o b u ~ l c ul p u n their bas~cn ~ u r i c
people.
theory skills S t ~ l d e n t sw i l l attend one uutsiclc
Pcrspcct~re/Sk~ll/LAF: I n ~ e r c u l ~Au,orcness
~~n~l 2
concert as a grollp.
6.8:30 p m
T, W, TI1
R m : O M 10
I'ersl,ccuvc/SkilI/LAF:
6-9:30
pm
ancl larger, glc~halcnvironlncnt Topics cxpl,,rccl
implicotiona o f o u r claily choices; I<rc;~l\v;lter, i ~ i r ,
a n d soil pollution; the lock a n d clam system on thc
L A F in Fine Arts
7; Th
Km: M U S 5
U p ~ xM
r i s s ~ s s ~ p p~n\.asi\.e
i;
slwcics :~nclhi<l~li\.ersity;
c l i m ; ~ t cclinngc. u~arertrontccc)nomic clc\.elopmcnt;
A S L 101-T
B c g i n n i n g S i g n Languagc I
M U S 241-S
urban aprawl; :lnJ encrhy procluctlun. T h e class \\,ill
A n i n t r < , ~ l u c t i ~ )to
n cle;if culture n n ~the
l signs nnrl
Jazz H i s t o r y
look ; ~ the
t
ch:rllcngc (>fh;rl;~nclng e c o n o ~ n i c
syntax o f ASL. Stuclents observe the Jemonstration
T h i s courae is a stucly o f the musical elements,
Traincr
Milcnkovic
o f signs, practice their o w n signing, and learn the
anrl the lhistor~cal
c t ~ l t u r i lperspectIvcs,
l
facial expressions a n d horly langu:ige neeclerl t o
cle\,elopment u f jazz. M a n y sryles o f jazz arc
communicate clearly w i t h <leaf ancl liarcl-of-hearing
exnminecl i n c l u ~ l i n gearly N e w Orleans D~xielancl,
swing, cool, j a z z / r ~ c k / f ( ~ s i o ~ragti~nc,
i,
bop, a n ~ l
cunten1lJor:lry jazz.
I'erspectit~e/Sk~lI/LAF: Intercult~rrulAuarcnes, 1
<I~n-nnon
T TI1
Alexander/Erickson
atuclents ancl upper Ic\fcl un<lcrgrnclunte stuclcnts i n
Ihcalth a n d stlc~alservices cliscildincs t o explore
Issues rclntecl to aging ;lnd care o f the clrlcrly.
Stuclcnts gain rc;rl \rorlrl cxpcrience by working
coll;~h~,rati\~ely
i n an intercliscil>linary context
Stuclents \\,ill be askecl to :rpply
~I~~~w
and
IcLI~c
skills clirectly w i t h c l ~ l c r su t i l ~ z ~ nan
g experlentin1
Icarning mc,tlcl St~lclcntsw i l l h u i l l l n beginning
expert le\,el k n < ~ a r l e ~ lbase
g e r e ~ r ~ l i issues
ng
that
:affect u l ~ l e rn ~ l u l t si n ctmtemporary health nncl
rocial wcl61rc cuntcxts.
Prcrcrl : Social W u r k , Physiciirn Assistant Stutlies,
or Nursing s t i ~ ~ l e n t z
T 71.
p... . O M IP
~ I e \ ~ l u p ~ ~site> c~~i ;tj ~, l~ s t i c :11icI
e , e11\,iro1111ie11r,rI
s t e u ~ n r ~ l n h111
i l ~the region. There \\,ill he excurslnns
t o site5 ;along tlie river, ~n-cl;lssclch:ites, ancl
oplxwtunity to meet w i t h st:rkehol~lers\\r>rking on
r~ver.rclatc~Iibst~es
SOC I l l - S
Perrpect~t~~'/Sk~lI/UF:
Soc~c~l
World Pcrsl~cculr,C n ~ i n r l
Community and the
M o d e r n Metropolis
T h i n k u ~Sklll, ~rrl<l
L A F I" Soci'11 and Bchut,rorrrl Sclcnce
T h ~ cuursc
s
ex;~minesthe clitierent w;~ysth;rt
Fischcr
sc~ciologist\:~nclurban planners ha\,c \,lewccl citics,
Pcrspec~it,e;L A F 111 Fine Art)
8:30
Rni : SCI 212
T h i s course prcn,iclcs a n opportuniry t&r grarluntr
A n introduction t o c l m t c u l t u r e a n J the signs 2 n d
Perspcct~t'e;mud en^ Lnngrruge I
7; Th
ORK
MODERN LANGUAGES
ASL 1013
B e g i n n i n g S i g n Language
I'erspec~ive/Sk~ll/LAF: Chri>tiuu Ftri~h3 or In~cr~.~tlt;rrr~l
achie\.~ngn nx,re just ancl eqt~itahle\vorlcl! W h a t
Rnb: O M 29
,
Jacobson
lives i n the Turin Cities!
:e 1
wurk will be e\~alu:itell L
y quizzes and exams.
s%
e
A m e r i c a n I n d i a n Spirituality
a n d Philosophical T h o u g h t
US
I
114 sha~ulrlconsult the clepartment. Studen
Prereq.: M P G 2 11nrl a y c ~ ~i
~ rh i g h
I n t m ~ l u c t i o nt o the ilyn;r~n~ca,
history, ancl m ; ~ j o r
W o r l d Politics
'nA7.
Applicd A l g
REL 3 7 0 - S
POL 1603
;es must he completed; may
R m : M US 5
session ll july 9 - august 9,2007
Rooms listed for each course below are subject to change since the printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information
on room assignment for a particular class.
t11e1r ~perb
ART 118-S
be anJ i n f v r n i uur
. w e w i l l explore Iici\v
the city can
II~IIII:III
' n : ~ t ~ ~ rhahitat"
;rl
,,i
I>uili
Creativc Drama:
Acting and I m p r o
herween <lift
~prc)tits,nnil
Painting
THR 1 1 6 3
flucncc, \\.it11 a i ~ > c u<>n
s hn\v
c i t ~ c rcan hecorn
1
Fundarncntals o f Staincd Glass
Q
Bollniat~
i l n p r t : l n t conccpts (dpainting. Most cl;lss time is
apcnt painting. Sliclc Iccturcs, ilem(,nstrat~ons,nncl
imagin;lri\.c, and tcchn~c;ilploccsa associnreJ w ~ t h
~ ~ n l m > v i r . l t i onc~ i ,
t i c ~ t i
Tom
CI:irs is t<irmul:itcrl to engake the cre;rtl\,c.
A study (,i
rhc.itric;i
I
I n thls first Ievel p;linrilig course, st~lclcntslenrli
ART 100-S
cr~tiilucscompletc the Ic:lrning experience.
the crc;lrion o t st;~inecl glms prujccrs. T l ~ cunique
P~nixct~~t./Sk~l(/lAF:
Aetlrtio Pmkcli~.lin.;
l A F in FIW Arls
intcr~,lay between conccl,t, clesign, :rnJ liKlit within
6.9:30 I, ln
M, W
11n1 : OM 17
sr.linccl glass Iiirs the ability to inspire our liearta
.I cxl~cricnccsthl~lcntswill gain :In
I ' e r ~ l ~ c c ~ ~ t e / S k ~ l I / lC
WIFI:~Pcnpecr~re,L A F 111 Sol.lcll
(r~~
Rd
e h ~ ~ t ' i oSilencer
n~l
6-9:30 1, m
T, Th
Photography
appliecl to glnrs, li:!ncl torils, anrl orher
The c;lnier;r \+,III be used as I: t<>olfor \,isu:rl
1l11sccll:lneouacnnsulnnhle sul>plics. M ~ n l m t l r nu i
crcati\ziry a n ~cxpresslon
l
using black nncl \vIiite
eight l i ~ ~ u per
r a week outslile
photographic proccrses. Stuclcnrs ~ i c c r;Icceaa
l
tu
3
35mm, s ~ n ~ l c - l e nreflex
s
c:lmer:r. Estimated cust
~i
M, W
6-9:30 11.111.
Rnl.
OM I
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o H u m a n SOCICL~
iilm, ctc.: $200-225.
c<~ntrolthat shalw the clirccrion
Jl~ristiansen
our Il\,cs! H ~ n .Ire
v
the rules ;rncl cxl,ect,ltions o i 3 c ~ l l t ~ or
~ rSeO C I C ~ ~
~lc\~clopecl,
ancl \\,lmr c<,nil~clsus t(> confilm or break
tlie~n! W h a t Iinlcls sociel)' ttigethcr nnrl s,Ii;rt causes
liist<>ricala~iclsucinl
Finr ATO
ART 102-S
Dcsign
Arc thcrc soci:rl inilucnccs hcyoncl our i ~ n ~ n c c l ~ ; i t c
Peril~~'clitc/Sk~Il/'LAF:l1~Ij111)En~fil n:l
M l ~ b r. q ~ ~ ~ r e , n r ~ n r ,
Ae,theuc I'i7.rl~~~l~re,
L A F m FIII~ Art,
1.4.30 p.111.
7; TI1
Ilnl:
Fou Tlicctv~
A sturly oiilcsi.n
Tom
Hln.: O M 4
the visual nrts- Two- ;~nclthree-climension31 projects
ART 2 2 5 3
Graphic Design 1
and principles. Supply fec o i $65.
This course is n n i n r m ~ i t ~ c t ~too the
n principles nncl
Penpccur,JSkill/LAF:
~pcrson;lli ~ l e n t i y ! Wli;lt is U.S. culture like toclay.
14:30 p 111
Aothcrlcr Per.\pecr~re;
Sl,eaklnK
Bowdcn
tccliniclues oigrnphic clesign usina page I;lyout
sr)ttware. E m p l i ; ~ r ~wsi l l be placecl 111- clesirning
M. W
l1m. O M 4
with text and image.
Pc.rspcc~it,e/Sk~II,'LAF: Ae,lhct~rr Pers~c.c~zre;
Spcok~n~
alicl \\*lint arc ~ t sliiatoric;~lr<,ot.r! Tlicsc arc the k ~ n ~ l a
Skill; L A F 111 FIIIC Art,
oiquestions that u.c w ~ l;~cl~lrcss.
l
Put siniply, t l i ~ s
ART 107-S
ct,llrsc Intcrmg.ltcs the nicaning ( > i l i ~ ~ ncxpcrience
~;~n
Drawing
u ~ i r l i i n; ~ n r through
l
aoci:~lgroups and s<,cicty.
Stu~lentsuse tr;lrlition;il meclia t u clevelop technical
Rn.: O M 16
T, Th
clem~instr,~ting
the use ot the h;rsic cleaign elements
Sk~ll;L A F 111 Fme ATIS
M. W
6-9:30 11.1n.
:I> the uniiying f<lunLlnti<,n for
circ~~~nsr:~n
impact
c r s our scnsc oiseli:lncl even our
1-4.30 ~,III
McCartncy
Per~pect~r'e/Sk~ll/LAF:
Aerthelic, I'~.n\,ectirc; L A F 111
soc 121.S
soci:ll c o n t l ~ c t ?How
cl;las time wquirecl.
P e r s p e c u r e / S k ~ l l ~ FL: A F 111 Flne Arls
: SCI 205
ART 1 3 2 4
i111i1 1i111icIs
ill the c ~ ~ \ , i r ~ ~ i ~i li li \V
eIC~
I i t s \rre live,
~pl;~y,
nncl ) m y . S t u ~ l c nI;ib
t k c o i $ l l O will hc
Bolln~an
skills nncl exl,l(>rc clcscr~pt~ve
;and experimental
6-9:30 p m
M, W
Knl.: I'os, ZZH
ART 3 3 0 3
iclcns ior perceptual a~iclc<,nccptual clrawilig.
Graphic Design I1
Emp1i;isis is place~l,117 fc>un~l;~tio~ial
rlrnw~ng
A n ;~<lv;~ncecl
stucly o t Inyour, typography. :~n<l\,isuol
Bowden
COIiCCl>tS.
Illlalery tilr print p r o ~ l u c t i r ~using
n
the co~iiputcr.
Per~l,ec~t~e/SkiIl/LAF: A e \ r l t c ~ eI'erspect~~~e;
~
L A F 111
IncluJes iclentiiication ()i
design ~ i r o h l e ~ n;rnJ
s
Fine Arls
6-9.30 p,nl
~ p r e s e n t a t i to
~ ~tlic
i clic~it.
T, TI
I1m : O M 17
Prcrcq.: A R T 225
6-9:30 1, n~
M, W
C'.
BUS 4 4 0 3
CHFMISTRY
r10ral Imaging
J.
pain:hrurll,
I'rcreq.: Any A
8:30
pencil, pen, .~ncl
prczsion.
COII~III~II~~C:I~
, MIS. or C S C course
11 111 -IIO.,.*
K111: Fur, 22U
Gybcrg
Chemistry f o r Changing T i n i c s
:rnJ \cctorb.
the context o f ntlmcrous acicncc-h;~rccl ~a.rtlc.*
I n <,ur
rel:itions. I t tuliills the Ecluc.~rionL l c l ~ , ~ r t ~ ~ l c n t
Prcrcq.: BUS
c\vrycl:ry I~vcs\r'ith the gn;~l~ >atuclcntt.
f
II:I\.~II~ :I
human rcl;lrion\ :inil M l n n c o r a A111cric:ln 1nili:ln
Insrluctol
h,lsic ~ ~ ~ i ~ l e r a t i( ~~~tllc
ti ~ sl ~c inel~: i ~helii~icl
e
i~sue\
r e q ~ ~ i r c m e nancl
t s i.*:II opticrn \\,ith~nthe liccnaurc
Iprcscnr 2nd i n the filturc.
progr,l m
Prereq.: M P C 2
6 9:30 1, m
Painti1
-Solving f o r Busincss
Isaacson
c ~ n p l i a r i z ~ n~nrli\,lJu;ll
g
cxprcsslon.
This cuursc ap
~rl\,;rncccl.*ofn\f;~rcc;rll;~hilitic.*
Prerrq : A R T 1 18
like m;lcr<,s. SI
ancl Scenario Manager i n
I'~~rspecu~~e/Sklll/LAF~
Ac\rlletir Perspectin
Fdne Arls
Microsoit Exec
6-9:30 11 III
h~~siiiess
t h r o ~ ~rlrc
~ l uze
i
o i rcnl~srichus~ncarc;lscs
OM 17
Prcrcq
L
L A F m N~IIIITCII SCICISCS
8:30
(ILIII.~IOOII
E D C 4901580-S
(111~1MLII~ICIII(IIICI
T, TI1
K111: SC1 212
BUS 2 4 2 3
:
Scrcenwriting
M PC? 3
. SVE 205
Lazaridi
This is n Ihyhricl coursc w ~ t h~n-clnss.*c\alont, : ~ the
t
P.
Cerrito
I~~J*.CI~LV/S~III,~AF.
S*i<ll W(n11 Ih\\*.cl~<v,
W ~ l l l lSkill
l~
Principles o f M a r k e t i n g
8:30
Mcziou
marketing
Legal, ethical, c<,mpetiri\~e,ecc,n<,llllc.
.rncl tcchnol~~gic;rl
t;~ctora as they :~ttectpmcluct,
rc~le,~i
the
price, Iprolnotlun. ;rnJ clistrihut~unclcc~aion.\.
6-9:30 1)
III
M , \Y/
I<>n: O M 13
11111: O M 16
Advertising
1. C e r r i t o
Personnel i u n c t i o ~ In
i business, acquisition 2nd
A n intrc>cluctic,n
stu~lentstrum &tory outline to tlie
creation
Mcziou
scrccnldny cl~;lft.I n aclLlition to \vriting thcir own
,I.*
import:~nt
K- 12 Reading Assessment
The .\tuily c,t stuclcnt rencli11gclevclopmcnt, the
knou.lc~lgenncl usc ofgntllerinl:
cliscus*ic~no i nesthetic.*, cr;lit, ;and ft>rm.
of stu~lenrs'~ e : ~ c l ~ n
:lnJ
g , clesigning : ~ ~ ~ p r o p r i : ~ t e
July 7, 8, 28, 11nc129 10 < I , ~-6
I pm
llm : O M 18
intercultural C o n l m u n i c a t i o n
with the gn;rlz o f the i ~ r mnnrl soclcty.
:lnJ h:incls<,n I r : ~ r n i n gtc>ols.
Prcrcq
6-9.30
6-9:30 1,
111
T. Tb
Rrn : SVE I
Lpakko
~ m p l i c a t ~ u nfor
s communlcatl<ln, ~ n c l u c l ~ n g
Kt11: O M I 3
cuursc is rcqu~rccltbr stuclcnts oht:linlnu thcir K-I2
C<~rcq.:E D C 510
This course explores c u l t l ~ r : ~
~liiierenccs
l
;lnJ their
TI1
Cllnicnl rxpcllcncc 11~1urh\v11I he ~ n c l u ~ l c iTl h c
Rc.lcling Tc.~chcr ILiccnzurc E n ~ l o r s c n ~ c n t .
COM 3293
clcmcnra I n moclc~n m ; ~ r k c t ~ n:lnd
g
T
; ~ n r .l ~ n n l y i ~ nclot.r
g
re,~cl~ng
curriculum hnrecl o n this inforrn:rtion.
com~nunicat~rlnsThis ccnlr>c conlhines classroom
p III
Jacobson
~ i \ , ~ n~letailecl
g
critical analysis :~nclc11u:iging I n
relat~onshil>s;cifecti\,e integr;rtiun o i thc worker
BUS 242 rrr consent o f instructor
EDC 508-S
analyze work jr.1 Ittcn hy each mcmhcr o f thc cl;r\s.
~ ~ r i l i z a t i oof
n l i u m : ~ nresources; clesirahlc working
:
RI~I . SVE 2
scriptr, stu<lcnts will re\,ic\v feature f ~ l l n s.lnJ
print, brt,;l~lcazr,;anJ Wcb-
hnsecl a~l\.ert~aing
.~nclprorn(,tion
M, W
<I.III- t ~ c , w ,
of 3
Prcrcrl.: E N L 220 or 221
MKT 3 5 7 3
BUS 3 4 0 3
[)cl1:11tlnent
coursc i n writing l i ~ film,
r
this courac will t:lkc
( > ~ g a n i ~ ; l r ~srafilng,
on,
plnnning, ;incl control. T h e
professional Iilnnnjier
I'rerecl.: PPST :lnJ nclm~hsionto the Eclucnri~>n
online acti\,~t~esi n henrjeen. Air intrucluctory
Prunc~plcso f h;~aic~pollcynncl >tr;ltehy iasucs i n
nature ot authority, accountnhilily, nncl
;I.;
f ~ n a lthet,rctic:~l ~p~el>:rr;~rion
k , ~htudcnt tc:rchina
MKT 2 5 2 3
De\,elupment o i the tlieory o f manncement,
H u m a n Resourcc Management
Erickson
o n ~ p ~ not\,ic\v
ts
.~h<,utthe rc,lc n i
E~nl>li;is~&
Ic:lclc~ahil, .lncl prc>fcba~<~n.~l
clcvclr~p~iicnt,
Scr\,c\
COMENL3283
h e c i n n ~ n g:rnrl c<,nclu.*~c~n
<>f
r h ~ acourse, ancl
M, W
School a n d Society
&chor\li n m o r l c r ~ocicry,
i
rclat~,,llrIiil~s\ v ~ t h
other simul:~tionanil
KIII
6-9:30 11 rn
1<111: SVE I
~ p : ~ r u i t s a nct>mmunity,
il
cc>ll.~b~>r;~ri\c
~noclcla,
:
I ~ the
M , \V
l'cr~\~cc~~~~c/Sk~ll/LAF.
NOIIL~C~I
W,,TICI 2 l'en\~ec~~rc;
AJVZ ucly i n ncryl~co r o i l p ; ~ i n t~necli:~
responsihiliry; ;~nalysisC
Grcsczyk
This cour>c cs;rmines 1i11nr:lncli\,errir) :lnJ 1111rn:ln
:
Principles o f Managelnentz
DivcrsityA4inncsota American lndians
This courac i n t r < ~ ~ l u chnslc
c s clicm~stryconcepts i n
SVE 206
ART
EDC 2061566-S
CHM 1 0 0 - B
st \fis~1;11
i111,1ges u5i11g
Explor;rt~unot rhe creal
the colnpute
~crrito
cliffcrences I n \,nlues, norlns, soci:ll illter:~ction,:lncl
coJc systelns.
l14ly 5-10
8 ,I111.-3p 111
1111s11-17
8 <I
I:IOOI
KIIL : SVE 1
Hnnunhce
Elemcnu~r~
Schr,ul
PL'~S~CCL~I~C/S~II~/LAF:
I ~ ~ t c r c ~ ~Auclrcnerr
l~unll I
Penllucli~e
6.9.30 11.m.
P~erctl.: ELIC 505, EEI) 520, ESE 500 or conacnt
01 ilist~ ~ c t o r
M, W
lt111: L I N 16
,y,
sess Iot1
SPE 4241524-S
Jacobson
SPE 4 3 4 1 5 3 4 3
Etiology a n d O r i g i n
o f Learning D i s a b i l i
Tcaching C o n t c n t Arcas to
Studcnts W i t h L c a r n i n g Disabilitics
Staff
T h ~ scourse w i l l rcncli stuclenrs to iclcnt~ty,:1~1:1pt;rncl
I l i a i ~ i c l ~ ~;II~
~ l i~~.cleptl>
es
ENL 2 2 6 3
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Creative W r i t i n g
Reiniringcr
implement clcvcl<~l>~ncnt;rIlg
apl)rt,prlate inatruct~cjn
i g ~ l ~ s a h ~ l ~ t as
i c .\veil
; , nr
th;rt suplwrt tlic 1e;rrnlng oistuclents ~rlcntiheclSI;
h a v ~ n gIcnrning r l i s ; ~ h i l ~ t ~ cT\h. e cuursc \vlII
spccificnlly toeus 011the arms o f rencl~ng,w r i t ~ n gn ~ i c l
$00, or
lulv 18-31
8
(4 rn
ALIPLI~~
14
8
(1
.lu,un
Prcreq.: ENI. I l l or 112 or t l O N I 1 I
~>rc~hlem-sol\,i~ig
sk~lls. Tlierc \vlII he n str(>ng il>cur
Perspcct,~r%\'k~ll/LAF:Ae,uhcr~csPcn\>eclwc;Wn~irrgSk~ll
on the mr>clif~c;~t~<,na
~nvol\.ccli n tlicsc areas :rncl the
1-4:30 p.m.
R~I.:'
~n-3p.111
~
Rm.: SVE 2
~
8:30
~
'1.111
-11oon
~
~
,
~ I<III:
SVE
b
206 ~
Elementary Education E a r t h Sc/
Stangl
1
This a ~ u r s cis clca~gncclfor clcmcnr,~rycclucnti~>n
~ n i i ~ jia~i~l
~ r s inclu~lesart11 science " I i i ~ n ~ l s - ~ n "
~nrluiry-h~aerl
:~cti\'iticsthnt m r ~ d e the
l
te;lcIi~nganrl
learning process o i s c ~ e l i t i i i cInrlulry. Meets bnsic
eiirtIi SCICIICC
s ~ ~ b j rmatter
ct
.*tnnrlar~lsk,r ~ n ~ t i n l
I~cc~ist~re.
6-9:30 11.n1.
M, W
Rln.: SCI 19
Etiology and O r i g i n s
o f Learning Disabilitics
Kclley
This course will focus un the li~srory;and context ~i
I c n r n ~ n gcl~sahilirics(LD). This incluclcs :In ~n<lcl>tli
look :it the origin o t Ienrnlng dis;ihilities. S
I: \\,ell
V:I
SI;
ious thcorerical moclcls (sc,ci<,loylcnl, hioloaie:il,
psych~~logic;rl,
cognitive, nil beliaviornl) :ippliecl to
u n ~ l e r s t : ~ n c l ~Ic;~rning
ng
rl~s;~bilities.T l i e course \\,ill
also provicle a critique o f current p h ~ l ~ , s ~ ~ p l i ~ c : i l
pc'sirlons I n the h c l ~ l . St~ltlentswill also ncquirc
ESE 4 9 5 3
~
H
~
kno\\,leclge rclateil t ~ Erccesslng
,
~ n i < ~ r m n t i rele\,:rnt
nn
~~~~~~~~h~
~ ~ i ,
~
~p e t~
c~
r s o n ~:c p p to tlie i i e l ~~
l I m)
r ni
i n g clisab~ltties.
Tliis cuursc is clcs~ancrlS
I: an ~ntrn<lucriolito the
6.9'30 Illn
T. TI1
principal concepts, aplironches, ancl pcrsl,cctivcs ~ > i
SPE 4241524-R
the sturly nige~ljir:lpliyt h r o i ~ g l irhc exn~l~in;rtlon
of
Etiology and O r i g i n s
world gc(,grnl>liic pzlttcrns ; ~ n r lprocesses. M:~jor
o f Learning Disabilities
JcnscnISmith
topics i ~ ~ c l u~~pl o
c p ~ ~ l a Jt i~~s) tl ri i h u t ~ ( cc~ltural
l~i,
Tliis course will f<>cuso n the history ;~nclcontext 11i
cIi~~r,~cteristics
ancl ce~ltc~r:rl
I:~~i~Isc;i~
po
~ le~st ,i c a l
Ienrn~ngrllsah~l~tiea
( L I I ) . This inclucler :In i n l l e p t l i
~ n t c g ~ a t i oand
n clisintegrntion, ecc~no~nic
InnJ use,
look at the w i g i n o t learning disabilities, ;is well as
settlements nncl urhnni2;rrlon. This cuursc w i l l meet
various tlieureticnl 1110~1e1s
(sociol~g~cnl,
hiologicnl.
the M N St:~n~larcls
o f Eifecti\,c Practlce ~n
~psycliologic:~l,
c(>gniti\,c, nncl helin\,ior;~l) npplicJ to
Gcogrnphy for micl~llcrcliool nn'l high scli<,crl social
~ ~ n c l c r s t a n r l ~learning
ng
~l~s;rhil~ties.
The course will
\ t u ~ l i c sI~censt~re.
also provicle a critique ot currcnt p h i l o s ~ ~ p l i i c ~ ~ l
6-9:30 11,m
T. TI1
Rln. L I N 16
pobitions i n the i i e l ~ l . St~lclcntsw ~ l ;~lso
l
;~ccluirc
ENL 2 2 7 3
Jorgcnscn
cn~pli:lais(>nw r i t ~ n gt<>rhro:lrlcaar nncl onlhnc mecl~;r.
Staff
S t ~ t r l c ~ i use
t s nn ~ n t e n s i \ v~pr;rcticemc~clelto learn
Tliia course \\*ill tcncli stuilcnrs to iclcntih, adapt,
tlic h:isicb o f ~~e\\,sgntlieri~ig.
~ r i t i n g 2nd
,
prorluct~on
. i ~ i c Iiml~lcrncnr~ l c \ ~ c l o l ~ m e n t na1>1m?~ri:1tc
lly
ic>r telcviaion, r n ~ l i o nnil
,
tlic Internet.
instructi(>n that support the learning ( > i s t ~ ~ c l e n t \
Prcrerl.: E N L I1I or 112, o r HON I I 1
iclcliti ficcl ;I> I i ; r v ~ ~licg; r r ~ i ~ ~ li g
i s ; i l ~ i l i tT~hce~course
~
Pcr.,l,ccuti./Skill/LAF:
CII? I'crrpecure; W~IIIIIR S k ~ l l
w ~ l sl>cciticnlly
l
tc,cus <In the nrens o i rcncling, writing
Rln.: SVE 205
: i n J libtening comprcliena~on.m;lth, re;rsnninK, 311'1
Ipr(,hlcn~-sol\,~na
sk~lls. There will he n strong iclcus
<In tlic mc~cliiic:itionsin\rolveJ i n these :lrens ;inJ the
6.9:30 p.m
ENLICOM 3283
Screcnwriting
Lazaridi
This is n hyhricl courae w i t h in-cl:~sssesrlulis nr the
process invol\,ecl.
M, W
Rtu :
SVE 2
h c g i n n ~ n; ~ nconclus~on
~l
o f this course, nncl online
acti\.~tiesi n hct\rzeen. An intr~>clucrory
course i n
writing for film, this coursc will take .;tu~lcnts i r u n
SPE 4341534-R
I<tn : O M 16
1<1n: SVE 206
An introcluctr,ry nc\r,s\\,rit~ngcoursc w i t h :In
Tcaching C o n t e n t Arcas t o
Studcnts W i t h L c a r n i n g Disabilities
SPE 4241524-T
I
M, W
Journalism
~
SPE 4341534-T
--- - - - -
:lncl creat1t.c pr<>ac.
Ilstcning coniprelicnsio~i,1n.lt11, rcasoliing. :and
Tcaching C o n t e n t Areas t o
Students W i t h L c a r n i n g Disabilitics
stol.y o e ~ t l ~ ntoe the creation o f n scrcenl>lay <lr;rit. I n
Olson
a d r l i t ~ o nto w r ~ t i n xtheir mrrn scripts, stu~lcntswill
Thls course will teach st~~clents
to i ~ l e n t i 6 :ic1:1pt
,
:~ncl
i r n l ~ l u ~ i u~lcvclopment;rlly
it
npproprintc instructi(>n
tli:it support the learning elf atuilents ~ c l e n t ~ l i e3s
<l
having learn~ng~lis;rh~l~ries.
T l i e coursc rvill
c ~ a t t nncl
,
hr~n.
sl>cc~t~cnlly
tocus on the arcns o i rc.ltling, writing : ~ n t l
Prercq.: E N L 220 or 221
listening comprclicnsion, m;rtIi, reasoning, nncl
]MI? 7.
~pn,blc~n-sol\~~lig
akills. There w ~ l Ihc
l n strong h c u s
c>n the mocliticatiolis involvccl i n tlicsc :rrc:ls and the
planning Iproceas i n w l v c ~ l .
5:30-9 p.ln
M , TI1
I<ochc~~cr
CLII~I
8.28, alul 29 10 ( 1 m 6 D m
1<111,: O M I 8
ML 580-S
Ulson
c(>mmun~cntecle:rrly with <leaf nncl hard-oi-liear~ng
~wol>le
C o l l o q u i u m o f Contemporary
T h c o r i c s i n Leadership
Link
T l i ~ sdccclcrntcJ cmlrac 1s an ~mmersionclass that
oilers
;iaclccti~>n
o
i Ie:~clerahipthe<>riesi n class plus
cx;~ml>lcs<>i.rl,l?lic.rt~onthrough rite viaits Sturlents
chc,osc n Icaclcr tor ~n-clcpthst~lcly;lncl ~p~eacntation
prclecl : ASL 101
Pcr,\>cc~i~,c/Skill/LAF:In~crcultlm~l
Auorcness 3
Prrspectir,~;Modern Lulgllt~ge2
T, W, TI1
Knl : SCI 212
B e g i n n i n g Sign Language 11
Trainer
6 8:30 1) m
This course has :In <>n-linecolnponcnr Successil~l
> n , nceila, or 1 ~ 1 o~f ~ s
the ct)nrtitl~cncy
aol>lc, erg,
OF~.C.IIPI
Spulibor an<[ 1 - 0 1 O l r o n i n the Centel- for
e.
;~aaign~ncnts
klcilb On . ~ l ) l ? l i ~ , ~ 01
t i oc(111rse
~i
Cwk, ,lncl Learning rcgnrcl~nl:rcqulrementa
P-
tlic orc;~nir;~tlc,j,,
kno\\,lc~l:.c. ~ ~ n J c r s t a n c lhi
in~
\rr~rkpl.rcc,nncl ;an .~\v.~rcncs\
o i a ~ ) c ~ c t lasues
nl
that
r
I&S
c o ~ n l ~ l c t ~oof nthe course t l ~ l t ~ lwnc
l s c > i the pnl,cr
n crnsliip. Students must cc>nsult n r l t ~ i
c o l i i l i i u n ~ & ~ ~ r c rcqulrc~,m t e c t i o n
m;ly .ltfcct the u.r>rkpl;rcc, Stuclenrs
,tl~IIent
'W
hns.ani~/<,r
-
-
I
-
I ~ ~ r ~ ~. -i i s aregister.
~
P/N graclinc only.
Sntist;lerc~ry co117
" h ~ l i l l the
l Augshure
,IIILI
#LC
Exl>cricncegr;icl
~irel~le~lt.
~ p e r l n ~ s s ito
o l ~rc;i\tcr.
ML 520-S
Sclf-Identity, Values, a n d
Personal G r o w t h
L i f c t i m c Activity:
Fitness W a l k i n g (0.0 credit)
clapp
Prcrcq : 6 M A L c<,urscr
Jul) 9. 11, 17, 6-10 p tn ,July 14, 8
synt;m of ASL Stuclenn obsenv the clcmonstrntion o f
(I 111 -n,xn),
RI,I,
11,1> 18, 6-9 p 111
<,;(
nll,v 11111,CC
T ~ I cc,urrc
*
l o r ~ k s,it rlic cc>nccpt o f uni\,c~-s;ll
Lashbrook
r
ii N I I I
t
Knufman
S t k l ~ l c n \t v ~ l ~
l a r t ~ c ~ l >i inl t;Ichcrlc\ o f a c ~ i i ~ ~ i n r
i s
n ~ > l ? l y a~ ~hisi gto^ ic;ll Ipcr\l)ectl\8e
al'enking, reading, ;and writing o f elemental y
I I ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~
~ It n~icl
,~ K L\r,h;rr
~
~t can rencli you ; ~ h n ~YOIII.
lt
1 I
soc~oec<,nomic
forming Intcll,crst~n:~lr c l ; ~ t i ( ~ n s l ~with
il>s
explc~reyour \,lsl(>nsh r the future ;IIC~ I10\\, to 111:lke
~~c~s<,ns,'c)r~an~:atio
in1111
~ i a a n o t h e ~culture; nncl
~IICIIIr c . ~ l i ~ M
) ' .i j c j r n a a ~ g ~ i ~ ~\YIII
~ e be
~ i t.IsIlk btory,
I o o k ~ n g:lt
l ~ i crnol', .~nclonline journaliny. Cclursc in\,<,l\,c\ ;I
(>f\,ocatic~n,
helicirysrcln, ancl uni\,crsal
three-hour nricnr;rt~<~n,
nr,c~-~l;~y
retreat, online
Ic;lrninl:, .~nclfi~ll-cl:lgclos~ngsca.rli,n, Scp;lr,lte n,om
"'"hO'll\l
Moo , JILI?9. 69:30 p.111, ~111<l\;I[.. AII~~UI11, 9 <l.m4 ~ ~ r n
CIIII~IIB*IZC
s c l e c t i ~that
~ i ~ 11~111\~II(ICI~IS
to th111k
(ICLYHLI?
WA>IIJII
""
~/II(IIIIIIIU
TILS)
RI~I: CLII~II~Rln, CC
critlc:rlly, u ~ r c l c ~ ~ rt~lnclcas
n n ~ l icle;ls, libten c a r c i ~ ~ l l y ,
.~litl~p~otession;iI
gc>als~n terms
I~CYSOII~~
T
111
TI1
.
A
OD
A
A S L 102-S
ML 5 3 0 3
cclucation, .;oci;~laclcncc, ;lnd I:lng~l:~gc
;art5 m:ljors.
Ethics ill C o m n l u n i c a t i o n
T h ~ ccollrrc may XIS,>
he r:rkcn &)r gr.~clu:ltc crcrl~t.
Tlir<rugIi the in\,cstig;~t~on
o f a variety ~,fetliic~~l
syntax c l i ASI..
For rcgl*tr;rtlon c<>nt;lctA n n c K:ruinl:ln (612-330-
~pcr\lwcti\ca.this cc,llrse i c ~ c u s con the use ;lnJ
o t 51:ns. ~practicctlicll oir.11.;ign~ng.and Ic;rrn the
B c g i n n i l i g Sign Language I1
I I 8 8 or ~ ; I ~ I ~ I ~ : I ~ @ ~ ~ ' ; I ~ I ~ S I ~ I I ~ ~ . ~ Lnhr~se
I I I ) ~c>ic<>1nrnun1c:lrio11
i n 1)11I1ties,ail\,crtib~~ig,
.4 11.n1.
(I !II
11111: OM 29
~ ~ i t c ~ ~ ~ ercl;~ti~,n.*liil,s,
~ s < i n a l nncl s,,ci:~l an'l
o r g , ~ n ~ z , r t ~ rctt~ngs.
r~~i;~l
6-9:30
11.111.
T, TI1
RIII,.
OM 10
Steinnletz
~
Sl>nnlsIi. I n t ~ o ~ l u c t l oton the c u l t u ~ eo f tlie Spanisli-
Pers~ccti~,l./Sk~ll/LAF:Inr~.rcultun~l
Au,ure~~e>s
3
I'enbec~i~,e;
Modern Languns 2
8:30-11
'
In
7; W, TI1
Rm : O M 26
SPA 1 1 2 7
r e \ l x ~ n s ~ l > ~; l~i t ynclohal
~l
cnnncctcclncs.
6 9.30 1,
ancl qucstir~nt h ~ r u g l i t i i ~ l lTliia
y
cr,tlrac ia iclcal k,r
Lapakko
i
s p m k i n ~mirlcl
i l c \ c l c > l ~ ~a ~
n i ign t c r ~ l i a c i p l i ~ i : r r y / ~ ~ i t c r ~ ~ ~ r c ~ i c s s ~ i ~ ~ i ; i l
Prcrcq.: SPA 111
;~l,~r<lncli
to ~p~cthleln
\ol\.ing :uncl \,aluc n\rralcness;
c:illhng .rnd living o n ;~uthcnticlitc. YOI \\,ill alsu
cliscus\~onli~llc,\\wng the P a ~ c l c selnin.lr
~:~
torm:it 3s
3
Tlu, ~.o~tr,rr t ~ lhr
l held /rrm J~rly30-A1lg11\[
I1n1: O M 25
Ai111s to clevelop four hasic skills: i ~ n d e r s r n n ~ l i n c ,
arc ~..lllc~lto Jw ;lnrl h ~ \ \Y,W c;ln
~levclolieclhy M w t ~ ~ n Acller.
er
Sc~n~nn
tol,~cs
r
8:30
M , T, W
uccks i n N~cnr;i:u:~ C o u ~ s c<>hjccti\.csincluclc:
YLILI
exl>h?reyoilr ow11 I~tc-the i;ict<,ra th:~th:lvc
Paidcia S e n ~ i n a r s
I'erspectir~c; Modern Lon~t~ogc
2
6.8:30 1) m
tliat clccpcns your u n c l c r a t a ~ i c l i ~
I iI~\\,lie
~
you ;arc,
\\hat
I I
rllscil>line I n Nic.ir;lgu;~.rnrl thc U n l t e ~Sr.rtcs;
l
INS 2553
ASI. 101
SPA 1 1 2 . ~
~
~
span& 11~
iI
\oil1 he ahlc t ~i~nclcr.mncl
>
ancl ~ l c m o n s t ~ - . h;~aic
~tc
11111,: MUL 206
:
Perspect~c~e/Skill/LAF: Intercultun~lAwnrcncss 3
history [,iU S relntio~is This cotllse includes two
ancl prt~t;.ss~(>n;~lly.
To iillilll tIi:lt Ipurposc you will
T, TIl
Prcrcq
The ~ p u r l x ~ or ci this courrc ib to txcilir;irc r c i l c c t l o l ~
~ i r o l > l c ~ nco~iiparing
s;
the stt~clenr'spnrticula~
6-7.45 11.n1.
exprcsions nncl Lrnly language necrlctl to communicate
r c ~ ~ x ~ n s;ind
~ hc ~
l o lh ~; ~tc(>~incctcrlncss
l~
rlir(luali the
a u t l ~ c ~ ~ t i ccontrihute
~lly
:lncl grow hotli l>crson.llly
;and rules ,,i the :ncri\wty.
sl:ns, plnctlcc their o\r8nsigning, n n ~Ile a ~ nthe hcinl
clc:~rlywith cleoi:lnrl Iharrk>f-hearing people.
it^^,^^^ ~~~i~~~
cour.rc,\
~~~~~~~~l
[(,Iml,ro\,e
prL,iicicncy
in a sclcctcil
pl,yaic:llnctl,,ir): Stuclcl,ts
s k ~ l l rsrr.ltc:T
,
A S L 102-T
A n introcluctlon to ~ l e a t c u l n ~ nncl
r e tlie signs and
Topics: T h c U n i t c d Statcs, G l o b a l
Connections, a n d U n i v e r s a l Responsibility:
A Nicaraguan Perspcctivc
Bidinger
ncl get
HPE 1 0 2 3
B
ML 599-S
\ritIi I.i,is OI,~II 111 rIic Center, ; ti,r
:>;&s
2nd lLc;~rn~ng
regarcling rcqwrcmc
~ c ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~ ctor
~iM
i c An Lt .Plan
\
Mikkelsoll
A n Introrlucti,,n
tc, <lea(
cultllrc;lncl
nnil
Scr~clenthohserve the ~ l c ~ n o n b r r n t i o n
h c i a l cxl>rciai~>ns
;inJ lhocly Inngu;~:.e necclecl to
B e g i n n i n g Spanish I1
Steinmetz
Aims to ~ l c \ ' c l t ~four
p bns~cskills: unrlcrstnniling,
apcnking, rencling, and writing ()i
elementary
Sp;rnlsIi I n t r ~ ~ ~ l u cto
t ~ the
c ~ nc u l t i ~ r co f the Spanishspeaking a n ~ l c l .
Prcrcq.: SPA II I
-> ,
w
Pcnpec~i~~c/Skill/LAF.Il~[crculrr~rr~l
A~wrrcncss3
I'cr~llcc~n'e;
Morlerrl L l n ~ l u ~ g2e
68:30 1, tn
T W,TI1
l1m : O M 26
~
i
sesslor
I'cnl~ecrit~e/Sk~ll/LAI:: Soc1<11
World I'cr\l~ccur,c,
.nus
F
NUR 5 6 2 1 W S T 362-Sr
1600s
Holroyd
,111~1 Sel~or~~onzl
SCICICC
L A F 111 Sucl<~l
.
I-4:30 11 >II
7;Th
l<n~.OM16
W a l k i n g t l i e Truth: r
Culture, Gcndcr. a n ~ ; H I \ / / A I U b
i n Sub-Sahara1
HailongaLeuning
W a l k i n g thc Truth: Culture,
Gcnder, and H I V I A I D S
in Sub-Saliann A f r i c a
Hailonga/L.cu~iing
ica
l i e
1,
Suh-S;ili;~r
tlmc
HI*
T l ~ cnatural
t l u c ~ i c co i
+~ncle~iitc
in
%,ioloky,
REL 2 0 0 3
T l i ~ sh n ~ a ~ l - h : l scourse
c~l
cxpl<,rc\ the ~ n f l u e n c c
C h r i s t i a n V o c a t i o ~ and
i
the
Search f o r M e a n i n g 11
o i c u l t u r e and g c n ~ l eo~n tlie t l l V / A I I I S
Q u a ~ i b c c kI1
Thib course i(>cuscson .irticulntlng stu~lents'
cn\,n tlieolc>gicnl ~ ~ u c x ~alicl
~ i pcts~tions
~ i s
;)nil
once?
~ ' e r s ~ ~ c u i ~ e , ~ . ~ kL~Al lF/ ~
111~F~ne
F . Arrr
T. Th
6-9:30 11.n~
M U S 220-S
Worlds o f M u s i c
ilenkovic
A sur\,ey o i lion-Western ~ i i u s ~ c . i l
Europe, A t r ~ c ; ~
:inJ
, Asin \\,ill he covereil (luring this
c,>11r1Ic.
Perspec~~vc/Sk~ll/LAF:Aorhcucs or lnrcri.~tlutn~l
L A F 111 FII~CArt5
Auoreiles5 I Pcr~pcst~t,~.;
T Th
MUS4963
Topics: JazzIContcmporary
Music Thcory
\.olvccl i n curbing the crlbis.
un~lerlyingcultur.ll belieis, \,.llues, ancl trn~litions
flint hot11 p r o ~ l i ~ i.rnd
t c Ih~nclcrthe prcacl
~ n u s i ccultc~rcro i N o r r l 1 nnil ~ c , u t ~ r A n i c r i c n .
8:30 ':.t,b.-nuon
i n tlic ;i~e.isc ~ h~hllc:ll
t
intcrprctat~onnncl rlic
11111.: M U S
HIV
u , i t h ~ nAiric:ln l ~ o p ~ ~ l , ~ t iTul i~ci scc>Llrse
.
is 1 : 1 ~ 1 ~I n
llt
Milc~ikovic
Ii~stc,r~cnl.
cultur:il. : ~ n dglc>h,il contest5 o t
tlieoluglcal, n n J ~polit~cnl
response* to the
clise;lre :ire c s : l m i ~ i c dt l i r c ~ ~ ~rc;~rl~ngs.
gli
atructurcil tli;ilog, and >crr.~cc-lc:irl~~ng
C1iristi:lnir). ;~nclother uorlcl ~ e l i g i < ~ ~ i s .
eupcrlence \\,it11 ~pcrsolisacti\fcly invol\zecl i n
E\;llu;lt~on hy qu~zzcso n , and rcalx>nt.csto
curbing the crisib. Critical reflection on tlic
r c n c l ~ n ~;ind
s , kwr tlicol~rgicnl position Iyapers,
u ~ i c q t ~~; n~ilc c t i o nrates hewccn \rromcn ;~ncl
P ~ c ~ c i lR
. :E L 100
8:30
'I 11) .noon
liicli In Airled illll~lii~i:ltcs
11lidcrIy111g
~11Itllr.1I
T Ti
KIII : SVE 2
h r l i c h . r:iluc\, .ind traJitiona th:rt I>c~tli
N;~mihl;ii n coll.lhorntic~n\\'it11 iqiculr).ancl 5t:ltt trc>m
promorc ;inrl liinclcr the sprc.i~lot H I V \r4tliin
Aushurg's Ccntcr tor C;lr>h;rl E c l r ~ r . ~ t ~nonn~the
l
Atrican 1po1>t11ati<)1it..
T l i c ccnIrsc
Univcra~tyot Namih~n.I n this crlntmt. \r,<>~ncn'a
\r,itli klculr). 2nd srait
N:lliiibin ill c~>ll:~hc)~nt~<,n
15 tiluglit
111
Iic.iltli o i t l i c ~ rk i ~ i i ~ l i ;inJ
r a comrnunlrlc, are
SWK 6993
Asscssmcnt a n d Diagnosis
in M e n t a l H c a l t h Practice
SI:
Ihopetul ;and po*iti\.e re\pr>n\es tc, the
lhiglil~glite~l
Tliis
H I V / A I D S crisis i n Sub-Snli:~r;inAiric;i. (Fuliills the
~ p s y c h ~ r l ~ a t l i ancl
o l r , ~tlic r<>lc~ ) i s o c i n \\.urkcrs
l
prcselvc rlic health o i t l i c ~ ri.~milies.lnil
i
licoltli
I n assessment ;and cliqnosis (lment;ll
c o ~ i i ~ n t ~ n ~are
t i eliiglil~glitecl
a
ns I h o l ~ c i t and
~l
ctlllcctivc ancl i n ~ l l v i ~ l u ciiorts
;ll
to Ipmscr\,c tlie
l1m.: M U S 3
p;~nilem~
i nc SubS:lhnr;in Airica. T h e natural
liist<,ry, hioloky. :~nclc l > ~ c l c ~ n i o l tof
> ~AyI D S I n
A i r ~ c n S.I: \vcll ;is roc~<>cultur,ll,ct1iic:ll.
<,n rccogn~:ing : i n J e\.:llu;~ting~cligiousclaims
m
~NNII).
WST 362NUR 5623
gl<>hnlcxl>cricncc r c r l t ~ i r e ~ i i e~nLtI I
.i~ i i : i j o01~
min(>r
ib
i r o m Augrhurg's Ccntcr tor Glohal Ecluc.ltinn
BoisenISyers
n~iclthe Cln~vcrs~ry
<,tNa~lilh~ii.
111r l i ~ sco~itext,
women'* collecti\~cnlicl i n ~ l i v i ~ l u c: i il i o ~
ts to
an clcct~\,ccuursc wlrich cxl,lorcs
~wuti\zercspc>nacst u t l ~ eHIV/AILIS criais i n
This course \\,III ~ n c l u d cthe stllrly oih.~,~cj;izz
i n Women's Stuclle\ i n Augshurg'h (:<ire
In
lhnr~iiony.We \\.ill cliscuss n clioril-acnlc theory,
Curriculum). For cleraila contnct Sh,lron W;iclc i n
cx:llnl lies ~ ~ s y c l i ~ ~ p . i t l :II~LI
i ~ i l o~nent:rl
~y
Suh-S;~Ii:~r.ln
A i r ~ c : ~(Fuli~llt.
.
the gl~1'1l
covcrinl: major acalc hnl-mony/cli~~rcl
rcnlcs, tonic
the N u ~ s ~ nDcl>;ilVtmcnt:
g
612-330-1214 o r
clisorclert. trim n systc~iis,ccolo~ic:ll.;~ncl
cspcrlencc rcclulrcmcnt tor n 111njorclr ~ l i i n o r
\r~3de'i@3i111l:sh~rg.e~lu.
s t ~ c n g t l i \~peral>ccti\,c. Empli.lsi~it. 1p1:lcecl on
I n Women's S t ~ ~ c l ~
i l lc AugshurKSs
s
Cole
D<lter:l ~ r l y5-22. 2007
unclcratan~lingh i ~ ~ l ~ ~ ~ c l i 1 1i 1~ 1i 0
t l~~1ca ~I 011
ice~
C u r r i c u l u ~ n ) For
.
clct:lils contact Shnrc>n W:i<lc
wl1<,le-tonc x n l c li:r~mc)ny. \saric)l~se h ~ ~ r ~ I - ~ ciliri ~ l e s
tlie lirimnry clc>min:lnt 7th cliorcl, h;xbic ~nocl:ll
cycle
hubs :rncl,
i t tiliie p r r ~ i i i t s ,tonic .wstc~iis.
\ v ~ t l Iv(>l>cr
i
use (11c l i ~ ~ raymhc~l
cl
nor,ltlon a11d
;ivariety
~ ~ i s c r \ ' l csettin:..
c
T h e cclursc
the mc>st
rhc inciclcncc ;and cc>ursc ,>i
I n the Nursing L)cl>;~rt~iicnt:
612-130-1214 o r
c ~ ) r n ~ i i < ~~prc\cntccl
nly
~ i i c n t ; cl~sorclerr
~l
;inJ the
\\,dclca@nugt.hurgcclu.
clilicrcntial cttcct 111 thcsc 1;lctors on kI~\,crx
D(:tcs. 1111y5-22. 2007
s~te
1 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1,l ~: ribk
ti t 1 ~Thih
1 1 i is
~ :I ~ p r c r c q ~ ~ i lor
r~,
Fee,: SI.220 m ~I~~IIIUII 10 11(111011( ~ i i d( ~ i r k ~Fee)
SWK 627 F;lmily Pr.lcticc Elccrlvc: Mental
l,l~lt,~Ic!I O ~ I ~ , ,,110>r
, ~ , 1l,Cl:l.,,
.I>
tlcaltli Pr.lcticc, :~ncl15 strongly cncul~r;~gcrl
rnlnrllvrrdrlun t1'1t1ut1
thc solmrq
al>plic.itiii~i< > tclio~~l.scnlc
thc,,ry ancl g u ~ r l ct<,~ics.
POL 1 2 1 3
lprcl>;rr;1tio11tor tlic ht.11~l i c c ~ i ~ ies:r~ii.
~ig
Ear t r a l n l n ~cxcrci\cs u.111be c<n,crccl.
I n t r o d u c t i o n to
6-9:30 11 111
Prcrcil.: MClS 101 cir cqui\vlent
American Govcrnrnc~it
Aoki
E x ; ~ ~ i i i n c~\n ; ~ j o
~parrs
r
o f A ~ i i e r ~ c an.~tional
n
L A 1 111 FIIIC Art5
A ~ ~ ~ I T c III ~Perrl~ec~~r~e;
,~
8:30 n.111 -nonu
M. \V
I<,,:
MUS 3
g0\~~111iie11r
11iclu~1111::
Cwrgrca\, tlic ~prcs~clcncy,
;rnJ
the courts, ns well S
I: cnmp:iigns alicl elections,
T, TI1
I,(II
. OM
18
<l,,<l
,,IO$l
--
-
,-
-
-
-
- - =-
-
-- ---
---
- - -
--
--
--
- -
dl
-\,
summer
o.nIi.ne.!j"~~5towgust31,m7
Summer Online courses ai-e:deliwered ow& the Inter
low students maximum
flexibility to organize'their work. Students will need
>ersonalcomputer
with a browser and'Intcmet connection. While students are
ired to log in to the
Id in work, they will
se several t i m . h week to participate in discussions and
teed to d?-this at specific times. Some classes may require occasional clasnoom
meetings and t@~:will be held during weekday evenings or weekends to
accommodate work schedules. Augsburg students using AugNet Records and
Registration to m i s t e r for Summer Online will find these courses listed under
Summer Session I
I
1
.
-_
I
POL 121-L
A m e r i c a n G o v c r n n l c n t and Politics
Hcdblorn
Suri'eys ~n.ijorp:lrts c r i Anieric:ln n:ltio~l;ll
; i ~ \ ~ r r n m e n t - i ~ i c I ~(:<,~lgrcss,
~ ~ l i ~ i g the p r c r i ~ l c n c ~ .
.~nclthe cotlrts-;rs well :la c a l l l l ~ ~ i g nancl
s clccti~~n,
fcclcr:ilism, interest grcrups, :inJ p < > l ~ t i cparrlcr
.~l
I'cr~pe~~ttre/Sk~Il/LAF:
Soc~t~l
World I or 2 I'CI~\IC~IIV~;
1-
FN
I 240-r.
L A F in Socl~ll(111d ljehi1t10rt11
SCC
IC
I CI
ECO II~-L
F
I
Pcrso'nal Financc
Principles o f Microcconornics
Intr<)Juction to ~pcrs<)naltin;~nci;llplanning ;1
I>uclgeting, crcclit manngellicnt, inccblue t;~scs,
tlic II~IIFCIIIIILI,
real cstntc, i ~ l \ ~ c s t ~ l i e n~etirement,
ts,
awl
~I~SLII.IIICC,
cst.ltc lplann~n;.
MKT 4 6 6 - L
International M a r k e t i n g
r
r:
rlrrn,
':cr structi~rcs,;rnrl ~nc(>mc
>felementaly econonlic
c l i s t r i h u t i ~ ~Anp p l ~ c a
theory to m:lrlet pol
Stcin
rnccon~)mica:the tlieoly o f
A n intro~luctic>~
,
lay he taken inclcpc~l~lently
C I ~ E C O I I @ ( > r112. E C O 112 ;rnrl 113 may he r.~ken
i t i citlicr o n l e ~ .
Mcziou
P~crcq.:M P G 2
Thih co~lrsecx:lmines t h ~ ~ s~ssuca
c
;and ;icti\,~tic.\
I'er~bect~i,c/Skill/LAF: Sucinl Wurlil I or 2 I'crs~ccr~~,c;
uniqtle to marketing I n nn internntion:ll setting.
mid I j e l u ~ ~ , ~ oSc~enies
r'~l
L A F 111 Soc~r~l
Emphasis
ib
lilnceil o n :~clnl>tntio~l
o i 3 marketin::
lniix OCCO~~IIIIC
to the ~ ~ i t c ~ n n t ~~onnnnr kl c t ~ n g
e~i\~~ro~i~lic~it.
P H I 110-L
Prcrctl.: M K T 252
I n t r o d u c t i o n to Philosophy
Ward
Thih c o u ~ s ci ~ l t r c ~ ~ l u stc~clcnts
ces
tt, typ~cnl
pliilosc~pliic;ilquestion.* (like how we kn11\\,, if u8eran
CHM 102-L
Ilnve certnln kn<~u,lcrlgc,i f there arc 11111\,cranl
~iit~r;~l
C h c m i s t v for Changing Timcs w i t h Lab
Fcdic
This is a Iccturc anil Inhorntory course tll:1t tle\.cl~~l)s
h;lsic c~lclli,trg
prinsll)lca
\\.itll tllc :15,,lml,ti,,n
tilac
~pri~lciples
\r,licrlier G o d exlsts, the nntilrc t,f the
~cdl
nncl t c ~
m i n d ctc ), to p l i i l ~ ~ s o l ~ hvocahulnry,
critical thinking rind w l i ; ~ ti t means t<>\,iew tlic
I)~~~~SOI~~IIC~~~Y.
ill the 1711y~i~;~l !vo~ILI
sturlents h3vc llttlc Or 110 I1;1ek~ro111lcI
scicnccs This liyhriil coilrse mccts for thrcc S:itunlny
I'erspcct~t~e/Sk~ll/LAF: HI(III(I~ Idetlt~lyP~TSIICCLI(,~;L A F
Inh seasion.\: 7:30 n m -3:30 p.m o n June 30. July
it1
14, nncl August
4.
Cc>u~sc
~>cri<i~m;incc
ia c\.aluntcil
\<'it1111111t
I~~SCIISSI~II
C X C I C I S ~ Salirl
cl~lizics,a11
<>ngoingj c ~ u ~ n lprojcct
al
cserctsc, 2nd the l a h o r ~ t o r y
SebLIOllS
Prcrcq
:
MPC; 3
I'ers~zc~i~z/Sk~lI/LAF:
Nidturizl World I or 2 Pen\,ecut'c,
L A F 111 Naruatl Sctencc\ 011d M~~I~ICIII~LLIO
I<m: SCI 322
I
24
H~~rntllulles
--
- P
. -
notes
d u m m r r Sess
~pplicntionsare a\~:lilnl~le
online at:
w,nr~~sh~~r~.edu/enrolI/rc~istmr
then clicl
'fDd
Registrar Forms"
Show less
,
>
Afford; lble
Free park in
Central IOC'
Convenient
I
I
I
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AUGSBURG I N THE SUMMER
SUMMER SESSION INFORMATION
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in
13 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies.
Co... Show more
,
>
Afford; lble
Free park in
Central IOC'
Convenient
I
I
I
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AUGSBURG I N THE SUMMER
SUMMER SESSION INFORMATION
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in
13 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies.
Course loads in Summer Session:
Students may take up to 2.0 credits in each
summer session (3.0 credits if the Cum.
GPA is 3.00 or better). However, the total
credit load for Day/W!3URochester/United
students between Spring WEC and
Summer Session I cannot exceed 2.0
credits (3.0 credits if the Cum. GPA is 3.00
or better). Additionally, total credit load
between Summer Sessions I and I1 and
Summer Online cannot exceed 2.0 credits
at any one time (3.0 credits if the Cum.
GPA is 3.00 or better). Students desiring to
exceed these limits must petition the
Student S~andingCommittee prior to
registration. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of 1.0 course credit.
One Augsburg course credit is the
equivalent of four semester credits or six
quarter credits.
A detailed listing of courses begins on page 8.
Summer Session I
May 27 to June 27
Summer Session I1
lllly 8 to August 8
Summer Online
June 23 to August 29
ABOUT AUGSBURG
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of Minneapolis,
and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many
opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows
studenls to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
.be
",L,,",
the H l g b r kesmlnlgemb&on
MEMBER
Hilgher Leanllng
l h C 4 North Cenbrdl
AssochatIan
Augsblirg College, as affirmed ill its mission, does not discrin~inateon the basis ojrace, colol; clred,
I-eligion,national or ethnic 01-igi11,age, gendel: sexual orientation, marital status, status with I-egard to
public assistai~ce,or disability in its eclucatiol~policies, adlt~issiol~s
policies, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic altdloi- school admil~istel.edprograms, except in those il~stanceswhelr I-eligioi~
is a
boi~ajideoccupatiol~al
qualiJicatio11. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasoi~able
accom~nodationsto its employees and its studel~ts.
Augsburg general education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts
Perspectives, Core Curriculum, and
Graduation Skills requirements are so
noted along with the description of the
course.
Course levels:
The first digit of the three-digit course
number indicates the course level. Course
numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are
lower division courses and are intended
primarily for freshmen and sophomores;
course numbers beginning with a "3" or
"4" are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study:
Independent studies may be arranged in
consultation with individual faculty
members.
Internships:
In addition LO those listed, internship
opportunities may be arranged individually
during the summer. Academic internships
are carefully planned, work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated by a
faculty member. Consult the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning,
612-330-1148, for more information.
Employer reimbursement:
Students who qualify for reimbursement
from their employers may use their
reimbursement to pay for Summer Session
courses.
Housing:
Students who need housing may contact
the Residence Life Office, 612-330-1488.
I NF0 R MAT I0 N
Additional in€ormatioumay be
obtained at: www.augsburg.edu/summer
AugSburg
Campus Box 143
221 ~iversideAvenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
1^
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
lzOr questions relaled to courses:
612-330-1025 (Academic Advising)
Eligibility:
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
sludenls admilled for the next fall term,
are eligible to attend Augsburg's Summer
Session. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dismissed by that
institution.
Students accepted for Summer Session are
not automalically granted admission as
regular students of Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program
at Augsburg should apply to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions,
612-330-1001, or the Augsburg for
Adults Admissions Office, 612-330-1743.
i
TO REGISTER
f
1
1I
I
I
'L
All students may begin to register for
Summer Session courses on April 17. Web
registration will remain open until
May 2 (Session I) and June 6 (Session
11). Web registration hours will be 8:30
a.m.-ll:59 p.m. daily Augsbul-gstudents
are encouraged to use web registration.
Non-Augsburg students most register in
person at the Enrollment Center between
8:30 a.m.4:30 p.m. M/W/F (8:30 a.m.-6
p m. TlTh). The Enrollment Center is
located in Sverdrup Hall. We recommend
that you schedule your courses as early as
possible.
C H A N G E I N
R E G I S T R A T I O N
Many courses fill early and courses with
low enrollments will be cancelled one
week before the hrsl day of the session.
Studen~swho decide to cancel their
registration prior to the first day of the
session must complete a drop/add form at
the Enrollment Center (this must be done
in person). There is a charge of $100 for
each course cancelled.
If a discrepancy is found between his
catalog and course information found
through AugNet, AugNet should be
considered the most current and, thus,
A late fee of $100 will be assessed for
students who register after the first day of
the term. No Session I registrations will be
accepted after June 1. No Session I1
registrations will be accepted af~erJuly 12.
No Summer Online registrations will be
accepted after June 29.
i
L !
'
cOrrect~
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by May 23. Signature of the
instructor is necded to add a class af~er
the first day of class.
L
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 7. Signature of the
instructor is needcd to add a class after
the firs1 day of class.
For refund information, see the Schedule
of Refunds on the next page.
SUMMER 2008
session I
session II
summer online
Registralion bcgins
April 7
April 7
April 7
Web registration closes
May 2
June 6
June 6
Balance of tuition due
May 27
July 8
July 8
Classes begin
May 27
July 8
June 23
Last day to:
Register (Without late fee)
May 23
July 7
June 20
May 30
July 11
June 27
Drop class without notation
May 30
July 11
June 27
Change grading option
June 13
July 25
August 1
Withdraw from class
June 13
July 25
August 1
Classes end
June 27
August 8
August 29
Grades due in registrar's office
July 7
August 15
September 8
Register
(Added latefec of $100.
Signature of i~zstructorneeded;
no i-egistrations will be
accepted after this dale)
Schedule of Refunds:
The rollowing refund schedule is based on the percentage of class time remaining on the
dale of the students official withdrawal from class. This applies to all students who drop
one or more courses during each Lerm.
I
Students registering for Summer
Online must complete their
registration by June 20.
Augsburg students will be billed through
Student Accounts. Non-Augsburg students
must pay 50% of tuition at the time of
registration. All students must be paid
in full by May 2 7 for Summer Session I
and July 8 for Summer Session I1 and
Summer Online. Augsburg students
who have unpaid balances from
previous terms must pay these
balances before they may register for
Summer Session.
Percentage of class time remaining after official drop or wilhdrawal
and amount of refund:
100% to 90% remaining: full refund (minus 5100 administralive fee)
89% to 50% remaining: refuncl equals the percentage of term remaining
49% or lcss remaining: no refund
This refund schcdule is eifeclive whether or not a studenl has attended classes. Please
allow two weeks [or tuition and possible financial aid adjuslments LO be finalized. If a
crcdil balance remains on the sludenl's account, a credil refund check will be issued at
~ h a Lime.
l
I
COSTS
Tuilion rates for 2008 Summer Session
courses:
$1570 for full-credit courses
MAP OF AUGSBURG
WEC sludenls enrolled in Summer Session
11 or Suinmer Online may be eligible for
financial aid if their course load is at least
1.0 credit.
$785 for half-credit courses
Audits are charged at [he Luilion rates
lisled above.
F I N A N C I A L A I D
Eligibility for Summer Session
attendees
Studenls who maintain half-time status (as
defined by the prograin in which they are
enrolled) arc cligible to apply for financial
aid.
Day program
Students enrolled in either Session I or 11,
or both Sessions combined may be eligible
LO apply for financial aid if their course
load is at least 1.5 credits over the two
sessions.
To apply
The only forms of financial aid available
for Summer Session attendees arc the
Federal Pell Grant, the Minnesota State
Grant (for students who meet eligibility
requirements) and student loans. Visit the
enroll men^ Center website to download an
application form:
www.augsburg.edu/enroll. The financial
aid priority deadline for Suminer Session is
May 15,2008.
?
7th Street S.
Augsburg Employee Tuition Benefit
Faculty and slaff of the College and heir
dependents who are eligible for the
maximum Luition benefit will receive a 60
percenl discount on Suinmer Session
tuition.
program
For W C students enrolled in spring
trimester, no aid is given for Suinmcr
Session I as it runs concurrently with the
WEC spring triinestei-.
-Interstate
WLL
Buller Place
rn
94 West
II
I
C O L L E G E M A P INFORMATION
1. Ccntcr for Counseling nod Iledlth
Promotion
2. Aughbnrg for Adults Admissions
3. Air Strncturc Entrancc
(November through March)
4. Edor-Nelson Atllletic
Field and Seasonal Air Structure
5. Christcnsen Center and
Day Admissions
6. Barnes &Noble at Augsburg Collcgc
7. Foss, Lobeck, Miles, Centcr for
Worship, Drama and Co~nrnunicntion
8. Sverdrup Hall
9. Husby-Strommcn Tcnnis Courts
10. Icc Arcna
11. Marketing and Communication
12. Lindcll 1,ibrary
13. Maintcnancc a i d Grounds Shop
14. Mortcnscn Hall
15. Murphy Place
16. Murphy Square
17. Music Hall
18. Luther I-Iall
For detailed driving directions visit:
www.augsburg.edu/about/directions. htinl
lnlerstate 94 East i
-
nrry\
~l>iyblllly
19. Old Main
20. Anderson Hall
21. Q ~ a d
22. Scicncc Hall
23. Public Safcty Com~nunicationsCcntcr
24. Shipping and Receiving
25. Mclby I-1x11
26. Svcrdrup-Oftcdal Mcmorial Hall
27. Ur~icssHall
28. Kcnncdy Ccntcr
29. Orcn Gatcway Centcr
PARKING INFORMATION
A. Visitor Parking
B. Rcsidcnt Parking
C . Commatcr Parlung
D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/liesident l'nrking
E. Rcsidcnt Parking
F. Rcsidcnt Parking
G . FacultylStaff Parking
J. Fnculty/Steff Parking
K. Co~lunuterParking
L. l?aculty/S taff/Com~nuterP'lrking
M. U of M , l~nirvicwParking Ramp
I
MAY 27-JUNE 27,2008
Please refer to Inside Augsburg Records and Registration for the latest information
on the room assignments for classes.
pen, and camera. Emphasis will be placed on
visual communication and expression.
Prereq.: Any ART, MIS or CSC course
I N D I A N
Web Design I
AIS 105-S
Introduction to
American Indian Studies
ART 215-S
Weston
This course is intended to introduce studenls LO
American Indian Studies. Concepts and topics
to be covered include, among others, history,
language, culture, literature, policy, images,
contemporary issues, and the arts. Minnesota
, ' Indians will be emphasized where appropriate,
Bowden
This course explores the theory and practice of
multimedia and digital design. Emphasis will be
placed on the development of effectively
designed, valid, and accessible websites.
PerspectivehkilVlAF: LAF in Fine Arts
8:30 a.m.-noon T, Th
A R T
This course addresses the designed
environment, the intentionally designed places
in which we live. We will investigate
architecture, landscape architecture, urban
design and urban history; class sessions consist
almost exclusively of walking tours and site
visits to prominent examples of design
excellence and historical significance.
ART 102-S
Design
Holmgren
A study of design is the unifying foundation for
he visual arls. Two- and three-dimensional
projecls demonstrate theory and application of
basic design elements and principles.
Perspec~ivdSkilVLAF:Aesthetics Perspective;
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
Anderson
Prereq.: none for 249; ENL 111 for ART 349
PerspectivdSkilVLAF:Aesthe~icsor Cily
Perspective; Writing Skill (ART 349 and HIS 349
only); LAF in Fine Arts (ART 249; HUM for
HIS 249)
1 4 : 3 0 p.m. M, W
ART 315-S
ART 132-S
Photography
Boecher
The camera will be used as a 1001 for visual
creativity and expression using black-and-white
photographic processes. Students need access LO
a 35 mm, single-lens reflex camera. Estimated
cost of film, etc.: $200-225.
Perspec tivdSkilVLAF: Aesthetics Perspective;
LAF in Fine Arls
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
ACC 2 2 1 4
Principles of Accounting 1
Stoller
Introduction to business activities. basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cvcle, and ureuaration of financial
statements.
-
2
L
Web Design 11
Bowden
BUS 200-S
Exploring Business as a Vocation
Furia
This course is intended to introduce students to
the possibility of pursuing a career in business
as a vocational calling. In this course students
will be exposed to key areas of business
operations including management, marketing,
management information systems/technology,
-.
finance, accounting, and international business.
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
Principles of Management
I? Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning, and control
The nature of authority, accountability, and
responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
BUS 340-S
Prereq.: ART 215 or consent of instructor
Human Resource Management
8:30 a.m.-noon T, Th
Personnel function in business, acquisition
and utilization of human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of
the worker with the goals of the firm and
soclety.
Digital Imaging
Bowden
Exploration of the creation of visual images
using the compuler as a paint brush, pencil,
CHM 1001102-S
Chemistry for Changing Times
Gyberg
This course in~roducesbasic chemistry concepts
in the context of numerous science-based issues
in our lives, with the goal of students acquiring a
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future. NOTE: CHM 100 is
lecture only and CHM 102 includes a two-hour
laboratory following lecture each class day
Prereq.: MPG 2
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Natural World 1
Perspective (CHM 102); Natural World 2
Perspective (CHM 100); LAF in Natural Science
and Mathematics (LAB for CHM 102)
8:30 a m.-noon (lecture); 12:30-2:30 p.m. (lab)
T, Th
C O M M U N I C A T I O N
S T U D I E S
BUS 242-S
Exploration of the latest technologies used in
the theories and practice of animalion,
interactive programming, and advanced digital
design.
ART 340-S
C H E M I S T R Y
A
1 4 3 0 p.m. M, W
Designed Environment
Kapoor
Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3
B U S I N E S S
A D M I N I S T R A T I O N
ART 2491349-S (with HIS 2491349-S)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
Perspective, LAF in Humanities
Financial Management
The course includes financial statement analysis,
risk and return, securily valuation, capital
management.
8:30 a.m.-noon M, W
A M E R I C A N
S T U D I E S
FIN 331-S
COM I l l - S
Public Speaking
Lapakko
The course focuses on speech preparation,
organization, audience analysis, style, listening
and overcoming speech fright.
PerspectiveLSkilVLAF: Speaking Skill; LAF in
Humanities
6-9:30 p.m. T, Th
J. Cerrito
Prereq.: BUS 200 or BUS 242 or consent of
instructor
COM 354-S
Interpersonal
Communication
Lapakko
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
~hroughverbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and
help to overcome communication barriers.
I
COM 495-S
Topics: Environmental
Communication
Chamberlain
A special topics course thal introduces the field
of environmental communication. Students will
explore different environmental messages and
the various ways to analyze these messages.
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
for teachinglleaming situations. Computer
training will be included in this course.
G E N E R A L
9-11:30 a.m. M, W
Co-op Work Experience
EED 203-S
Physical Science for
Elementary Teachers
Gregoire
This course focuses on MSEP physical science
outcomes for K-5 licensure: properties
of and
.
changes in matter; posilion, motion and force;
light, heat, electricity and magnetism; and kinds
of and ways to transfer energy Students conduct
hands-on physical science explorations, review
student misconceptions, create demonstrations,
a K-5 lesson plan, and a science fair project. This
course does not meet Augsburg's undergraduate
science lab requirements for graduation.
-
E C O N O M I C S
ECO 112-S
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gilsdorf
An introdnction to macroeconomics: national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade. Application of elementary
economic theory to current economic problems.
May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order.
Prereq.: Must be Elem. Ed. major or licensureseeking
Prereq.: MPG 2
E N G L I S H
ENL 223-S
1 4 : 3 0 p.m. M, W
Writing for Business
and the Professions
ECO 113-S
Gilsdorf
An introdnction lo microeconomics: he ~heory
of the household, firm, market structures, and
income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be laken
independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112
and 113 may be taken in eilher order.
Prereq.: MPG 2
This practical course is designed to improve
writing skills for those entering business and
professional careers.
Prereq : ENL 111 or 112, or HON 111
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Writing Skill
E D U C A T I O N
EDC 220-S
Erickson
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials
Outdoor Education (.5 credit)
Olson
The GST 009 Co-op Work Experience is a noncredit option for the Augsburg Experience. This
option utilizes students' employment related to
their major, and through reflection links oncampus learning to the constituency goals,
mission, needs, or ideas of off-campus people,
organizations, andlor communities. The
required Co-op reflection assignments focus on
application of course knowledge, understanding
of the organization/workplace, and an awareness
of societal issues that may affect the workplace.
Studenls musl consult with Lois Olson in the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning
regarding requirements and get permission to
register.
Enke
A course designed to provide knowledge and
develop skills in a variety of ouldoor
education activities. Students will be aflorded
the opportunity to study the natural
environment in which these activities occur.
The course will include a required three-day
campinglhiking trip. This course is required
for the physical education major.
Prereq : Permission of instruclor required
Course meets on the following dates: May 5,6,
7 , 8 , 9 , 12, 13, 14, 15,16, 17, 19, and 20
H I S T O R Y
HIS 24913494 (with ART 2491349-S)
Designed Environment
GST 200-S
Schield
Crilical lhinking about statistics as evidence.
Focus on association, causation, observational
studies, experiments, risk, confounding, bias,
and chance. Review common techniques
involving statistical opportunism. Study
conditional reasoning using English to describe
and compose rates and percentages presented in
tables and graphs. Use standardization to take
into account the influence of confounders.
Analysis of statistically-based arguments.
Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, and
communication.
Anderson
This course addresses the designed
environment, the intentionally designed places
in which we live. We will investigate
architecture, landscape architecture, urban
design and urban history; class sessions
consist almost exclusively of walking tours
and sile visils to prominent examples of design
excellence and hislorical significance.
Prereq.: none for 249; for HIS 349: ENL 111
Perspective/Skill/LAF:Aestheiics or Cily
Perspective; Writing Skill (HIS 349 only); LAF
in Humanities (HIS 249 only)
1-430 p.m. M, W
Prereq.: MPG 3
PerspectivdSkill/LAF: Quantitative Reasoning
Skill
ENL 260-S
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Social World Perspective;
LAF in Social and Behavioral Science
Educational Technology
(.5 credit)
Reimringer
HPE 335-S
GST 009-S
Quantitative Reasoning
Perspeclive/SkilVLAF: Western Heritage
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral
Science
Principles of Microeconomics
S T U D I E S
The Author in Depth:
Hemingway
I N T E R D I S C I P L I N A R Y
S T U D I E S
INS 255-S
Reimringer
A chance to invesligate closely an author of
significant influence in various cultural
contexls. This course will examine Hemingway's
earliest (and besl) work: In Our Time, The Sun
Also Rises, and A Fai-ewellto Anns, as well as
Hemingway's early experiences in Michigan,
W,and Paris, from which he produced these
works.
Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111
PerspectivdSkill/LAF: LAF in Hnmanilies
H E A L T H l P H Y S l C A L
E D U C A T I O N
HPE 115-S
Health and Chemical Dependency
Education (.5 credit)
Uzarek
An analysis of chemical use, misuse, and abuse;
recognition of a problem, and treatment options.
6-9:30 p.m M only
Paideia Seminars
Kaufman
Students will participate in a series of seminar
discussions following the Paideia seminar
format as developed by Mortimer Adler.
Seminar topics emphasize selections that help
students to think critically, understand timeless
ideas, listen carefully, and question thoughtfully
This course is ideal for education, social science,
and language arts majors This course may also
be taken for graduate credit. For registration
M O D E R N
contact Anne Kaufman (612-330-1188 or
kaufman@augsburg.edu)
Beginning American
Sign Language I
INS 399-S
Olson
A work or service-based experience in which the
student, faculty sponsor, and work site
supervisor design a learning agreement plan that
links course theories and concepts across
disciplines, general education, and graduation
skills with the learning opportunities inherent in
the internship. The student must complete an
academic learning portfolio based on lhe
internship Students must consult with the
facul~ysponsor and Lois Olson in the Center lor
Service, Work, and Learning regarding
requirements and get permission to register. P/N
grading only. Satisfactory completion will fulfill
the Augsburg Experience graduation
requirement.
M A L ( M A S T E R O F
I N L E A D E R S H I P )
Topics: Comprehensive
Examination Course
A R T S
Trainer
Prereq.: All MAL courses must be completed.
Permission of program director needed.
M U S I C
An inlroduction to deaf culture and the signs
and syntax of ASL. Students observe he
demonstration of signs, practice their own
signing, and learn the facial expressions and
body language needed to communicate clearly
with deaf and hard-of-hearing people.
MUS 160-S
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern Language 1
Perspective/SkilVLAF: LAF in Fine Arts
6-8:30 p.m. M, T, W
Holroyd
This course covers basics of music theory. No
prior experience in music necessary. Sludents
will attend one outside concert as a group.
8:30 a.m. - 12 noon T, Th
6-9:30 p.m. T, Th
American Indian Spirituality
and Philosophical Thought
MUS 241-S
ASL 101-T
Beginning American
Sign Language I
Fundamentals of Music Theory
This course explores the relationship between
religion and science through issues that emerge
in public discussion in the news and popular
media. Examples of topics include evolution and
intelligent design, genetic engineering and stem
cell research, and the social role of science and
science as vocation, along with historical and
philosophical development of science in its
relationship to religion. Evaluation will be by
four response papers, four "What I Believe
Matters" papers, and a final exam.
REL 3 7 0 4
History of Jazz
McDonagh
An introduclion to deaf cullure and (he signs
and syntax of ASL. Students observe the
demonslralion of signs, practice their own
signing, and learn the facial expressions and
body language needed to communicate clearly
with deaf and hard-of-hearing people.
Milenkovic
This course is a sludy of the musical elements,
cultural perspectives, and the historical
developments of jazz. Many jazz styles are
examined in detail ranging from New Orleans
jazz to contemporary and avant-garde jazz.
PerspectiveISkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
Perspective; LAF in Fine Arts
Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON I l l , junior
standing, and REL 100 or 300
8:30 a.m.-noon T, Th
6-8:30 p.m. T, W, Th
P S Y C H O L O G Y
T H E A T R E
PSY 252-S
THR 116-S
SPA I l l - S
Beginning Spanish 1
Steinmetz
Aims to develop four basic skills: unders~anding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
PerspectivdSkillILAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern Language 1
Beginning Spanish I
Adolescent and Young
Adult Development
Jack
Psychology 252 is an advanced psychology
course that provides the student an opportunity
to learn about the changes that occur in the
individual as they make the transition from
childhood to adulthood. This course also
provides an understanding of the psychosocial
development and the psychosocial problems of
development during adolescence and young
adulthood.
Prereq.: PSY 105
SPA I l l - T
Steinmetz
Aims to develop four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture
of the Spanish-speaking world.
Perspectiv&lzilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Jacobson
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and
philosophy of North American Indians are
studied. Tribal similarities and differences are
explored as are tribal relationships with nature,
religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual
ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern Language
Pike
The purpose of this seminar is to prepare
students for a set of comprehensive
examinations as the completion capstone of the
Master of Arts in Leadership. Students will
experience an inlense, collaborative, and
direcled integration of their understanding of
leadership expressed through successful
complelion of lhe examinalions. The
examination has three parts: a lake-home
written section (based primarily b u not
~
exclusively on the customized readings), a
group oral examination, and a four-hour seated
examination. P/N grading only. This course
meets two week nights and Saturday morning.
Schedule will be available in mid-April after
negotiation with members of the class.
Perspeclive; Modern Language 1
6-8:30 p.m T, W, Th
ASL 101-S
This course will be held from June 23-27
Internship
L A N G U A G E S
Creative Drama: Acting
and Improvisation
Engen
A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime,
mask, improvisation, acting with and emphasis
on active participation and reflective wriling.
This course is primarily designed for nonmajors and does not fulfill credit towards the
theatre arts major. Students will evaluate
professional and Augsburg College
performances through written assignments.
Students will create several original performance
pieces (individual and collaborative) based on
personal, cultural, and political ideas and events.
Fee: total of $25-$45 to view live performances
Perspective/Skill/LAF:Fulfills Engaging Mpls.
requirement, Aesthetic Perspective; LAF in
Fine Arts
R E L I G I O N
REL 200-S
Christian Vocation and
the Search for Meaning 11
A R T S
Quanbeck I1
JULY 8-AUGUST 8,2008
Please refer to Inside Augsburg Records and Registration for the latest information
on the room assignments for classes.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N
S T U D I E S
Public Speaking
A M E R I C A N
S T U D I E S
I N D I A N
AIS 2 6 4 4
American Indians in the Cinema
Weston
course syllabus. This course is designed to
challenge art majors, but is also "friendly" to
students in all academic programs.
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Aesthetics Perspective;
LAF in Fine Arts
This course looks at the effect Hollywood
cinema and other such images have had on the
American public's perception of American
Indians. Class time is lecture, discussion, film
clips, and full-length movies.
B U S I N E S S
A D M I N I S T R A T I O N I M I S
PerspectivdSkill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
ACC 222-S
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
ART 107-S
Drawing
Bollman
In this course students will learn about
drawing as it is understood and practiced in
the fine arts. Students will come to an
understanding of what makes a good drawing,
by practicing drawing, by critiquing drawings,
and by identifying the role of drawing in our
world, both past and present. Each student
will be assessed on their final portfolio of
work. Assessment criteria are identified on the
course syllabus. This course is designed to
challenge art majors, but is also "friendly" to
students in all academic programs.
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Aesthetics Perspective;
LAF in Fine Arts
Painting I
Kader
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to
cost accounting for manufacturing. Basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making, and behavioral
considerations.
Bollman
In this course students will learn about
painting as it is understood and practiced in
the fine arts. Students will come to an
understanding of what makes a good painting,
by practicing painting, by critiquing paintings,
and by identifying the role of painting in our
world, both past and present. Each student
will be assessed on their final portfolio of
work. Assessment criteria are identified on the
This course focuses on speech preparation,
organization, audience analysis, style,
listening, and overcoming speaking anxiety
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Speaking Skill; LAF in
Humanities
BUS 440-S
Strategic Management
COM 247-S
Documentary
J. Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to long-range
planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint
with examples from various industries and
sectors.
PerspectivelSkilVLAF: LAF in Humanities
6-9:30 p.m. T, Th
COM 280-S
Isaacson
This course applies advanced software
capabilities like macros, Solver, and Scenario
Manager in Microsoft Excel, as well as other
simulation and decision support tools for
problem-solving in business through the use
of realistic business cases.
Lazaridi
This is a hybrid course with intensive sessions
on campus June 28 and 29, and again on July
19 and 20. Students will also work online. An
introductory course in writing for film, this
course will take students from general
concepts about screenwriting to story outline
to the writing of a screenplay's first act. In
addition to writing their own scripts, students
will review feature films and analyze work
written by each member of the class, giving
detailed critical analysis and engaging in
discussion of aesthetics, craft, and form.
Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or 226 or 228
E D U C A T I O N
EDC 2061566-S
Diversityhlinnesota
American Indians
STAFF
This course examines human diversity and
human relations. Fulfills the Education
Department human relations and Minnesota
American Indian requirements and is an
option within the licensure program.
An introductory survey course designed to
acquaint students with the world of ideas that
serves as the foundation for the field of
communication studies.
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
PerspectivehkilVLAF: LAF in Humanities
School and Society
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
Emphasis on points of view about the role of
school in modern society, relationships with
parents and community, collaborative models,
leadership, and professional development.
Serves as final theoretical preparation for
student teaching.
Intercultural Communication
Prereq.: MPG 3
Chamberlain
COM 329-S
Prereq.: BUS 200 or BUS 242
Problem-Solving for Business
Ellenwood
A video production course that integrates
lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects.
Introduction to
Communication Studies
Prereq.: ACC 221
MIS 260-S
ART 118-S
Chamberlain
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
Principles of Accounting I1
A R T
Screenwriting
COM I l l - S
Lapakko
This course explores cultural differences and
their implications for communication,
including differences in values, norms, social
interaction, and code systems.
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness
1 Perspective; fulfills the Engaging
Minneapolis requirement
EDC 4901580-S
Erickson
Prereq.: PPST and admission to he Education
Department
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Social World
Perspective; Writing Skill
ESE 495-S
EDC 508-S
K-12 Reading Assessment
Jacobson
The study of student reading development, the
knowledge and use of gathering and analyzing
dala of students' reading, and designing
appropriate reading curriculum based on this
information. Clinical experience hours will be
included. The course is required for students
obtaining their K-12 Reading Teacher
Licensure Endorsement.
Topics: Human Geography
STAFF
Co-req.: EDC 510
This course is designed as an introduction to the
principal concepts, approaches, and perspectives
of the study of geography through the
examination of world geographic patterns and
processes. Major topics include population
distribution; cultural characteristics and cultural
landscapes; political integration and
disintegration; economic land use; settlements
and urbanization. This course meets the MN
Standards of Effective Practice in Geography for
middle school and high school social studies
licensure.
July 8, 9, and 10: 8 a.m.-3 p.m.
6-9:30 p.m. T, Th
Prereq.: EDC 505 and EED 520 and ESE 500,
or consent of instructor
July 11, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18: 8 a.m.-noon.
Alternative site (school-based)
EDC 510-S
Reading Clinical and
Leadership Seminar
STAFF
The s ~ u d yof effective leadership and
professional development strategies for
individual schools and districts, reading
standards, slate and federal reading legislation,
and fiscaVbudgetary operations. The clinical
portion will include opportunities to apply
skills and knowledge of reading development
and instruction in a clinical setting with K-12
students.
Prereq.: EDC 505 and EED 520 and ESE 500,
or consent of instructor
This course teaches students to identify, adapt,
and implement developmentally appropriate
instruction that supports the learning of
students identified as having learning
disabilities. The course will specifically focus
on the areas of reading, wriling, and listening
comprehension, math, reasoning, and
problem-solving skills. There will be a strong
focus on the modifications involved in these
areas and the planning process involved.
Location: Rochester campus
Teaching Content Areas to Students
with Learning Disabilities
STAFF
This course teaches students to identify, adapt,
and implement developmentally appropriate
inslruction that supports the learning of
students identified as having learning
disabilities. The course will specifically focus
on the areas of reading, writing, and listening
comprehension, math, reasoning, and
problem-solving skills. There will be a strong
focus on the modifications involved in these
areas and the planning process involved.
ENL 227-S
SPE 4241524-S
EED 200-S
This course focuses on the history and context
of learning disabilities (LD). This includes an indepth look at the origin of learning disabilities,
as well as various theoretical models
(sociological, biological, psychological,
cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
understanding learning disabilities. The course
also provides a critique of currenl philosophical
positions in the field. Students will also acquire
knowledge relaled to accessing information
relevant to the field of learning disabilities.
Stangl
This course is designed for elementary
education majors and includes earth science
"hands-on" inquiry-based activities that model
the teaching and learning process of scientific
inquiry Meets basic earth science subject
matter standards for initial licensure.
Etiology and Origins of
Learning Disabilities
Journalism
STAFF
Prereq.: ENL 226
Screenwriting
E N G L I S H
July 21-25, 28-30: 8 a.m.-noon. Alternative
site (school-based), August 18: 8 a.m.- 3 p.m.
Students will draft a collection of short stories
and critique others' work in the writing
workshop environment. Throughout the term
students will also read classic and contemporary
short fiction, analyzing and examining the work
of established writers as they learn to identify
successful short fiction while creating their own.
5:30-9 p.m. M, Th
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
Co-req.: EDC 508
Elementary Education
Earth Science
Fiction I
SPE 4341534-S
This course focuses on the history and context
of leaming disabilities (LD). This includes an indepth look at the origin of learning disabilities,
as well as various theoretical models
(sociological, biological, psychological,
cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
understanding learning disabilities. The course
also provides a critique of current philosophical
positions in the field. Students will also acquire
knowledge related to accessing information
relevant to the field of leaming disabilities.
Jacobson
ENL 3 2 0 4
Location: Rochester campus
SPE 4241524-R
Etiology and Origins of
Learning Disabilities
SPE 4341534-R
Teaching Content Areas to Students
with Learning Disabilities
STAFF
Jorgensen
An introductory newswriting course with an
emphasis on writing for broadcasl and online
media. Students use an intensive praclice
model to learn the basics of newsgathering,
writing, and production for television, radio,
and the Internet.
Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112, or HON 111
PerspectiveISkilVLAF: City Perspective;
Writing Skill
Lazaridi
This is a hybrid course with intensive sessions
on campus June 28 and 29, and again on July
19 and 20. Students will also work online. An
introductory course in writing for film, this
course will take students from general
concepts about screenwriting to story outline
to the writing of a screenplay's first act. In
addition to writing their own scripts, students
will review feature films and analyze work
written by each member of the class, giving
detailed critical analysis and engaging in
discussion of aesthetics, craft, and form.
Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or 226 or 228
G E N E R A L
S T U D I E S
GST 009-S
Co-op Work Experience
Olson
The GST 009 Co-op Work Experience is a noncredit option for the Augsburg Experience. This
option utilizes students' employment related LO
their major, and through reflection links oncampus learning to the constituency goals,
mission, needs, or ideas of off-campus people,
organizations, andlor communities. The
required Co-op reflection assignments focus on
application of course knowledge,
understanding of the organization~workplace.
and an awareness of societal issues that may
affect the workplace. Students must consult
with Lois Olson in the Center for Service,
Work, and Learning regarding requirements
and get permission to register.
H I S T O R Y
Lorenz-Meyer
A survey of United States history from 1900 to
the present, drawing on social, cultural, and
environmental history as well as political and
economic history. The course moves topically
as well as chronologically through the modern
era. Themes include industrialization and
urbanization; the significance of gender, race,
and ethnicity in American cul~ure;the growth
of a strong federal governmenl; the emergence
of the United States as a world power; the
creation of a consumer society; the rise of
identity politics; and the passing of American
hegemony.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Western Heritage
Perspective; Critical Thinking Skill; LAF in
Humanities
I N T E R D I S C I P L I N A R Y
S T U D I E S
INS 3 9 9 4
Internship
M A L ( M A S T E R O F
I N L E A D E R S H I P )
Ethics in Communication
A R T S
Lapakko
Through the investigation of a variety of
ethical perspectives, this course focuses on the
use and abuse of communication in politics,
advertising, interpersonal relationships, and
social and organizational settings.
HIS 122-S
20th-Century U.S.
that links course theories and concepts across
disciplines, general education, and graduation
skills with the learning opportunities inherent
in the internship. The student must complete
an academic learning portfolio based on the
internship. Students must consult with the
faculty sponsor and Lois Olson in the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning regarding
requirements and get permission to register.
P/N grading only. Satisfactory completion will
fulfill the Augsburg Experience graduation
requirement.
Olson
A work or service-based experience in which
the student, faculty sponsor, and work site
supervisor design a learning agreemen1 plan
diagnosis, assessment, and planning necessary
for launching and then leading successful
innovation efforts.
expressions and body language needed to
communicate clearly with deaf and hard-ofhearing people.
6-10 p.m. T; and 6-10 p.m. Th, 7/17 and 8/7
only
Prereq.: ASL 101
M A T H E M A T I C S
MAT 105-S
Applied Algebra
Haines
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic,
and other models with an emphasis on
applicalions to the social and natural sciences,
business, and everyday life. Grade of 2.0 or
higher advances student to MPG 3. Students
preparing for MAT 114 should consult the
department. Students in MPG 3 or higher may
not register for credit. Students' work will be
evaluated by quizzes and exams,
Prereq.: MPG 2 and a year of high school
algebra.
SPA 112-S
Beginning Spanish I1
Steinmetz
Aims to develop four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing
of elementary Spanish. Introduction to the
culture of the Spanish-speaking world.
Prereq. : SPA 111
PerspectivdSkill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness
3 Perspective; Modern Language 2
8:30-11 a.m. T, W, Th
SPA 112-T
6-9:30 p.m. T, Th
M O D E R N
L A N G U A G E S
ASL 102-S
Colloquium of Contemporary
Theories in Leadership
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness
3 Perspective; Modern Language 2
Link
This accelerated course is an immersion class
that offers a selection of leadership theories in
class plus examples of application through site
visits. Students choose a leader for in-depth
study and presentation. This course is being
offered as a combination of work with Moodle
online and in the classroom.
July 7 and 9, 6-10 p.m.; July 12, 8 a.m.-noon;
July 14 and 15.6-10 p.m.; July 18, 6-9 p.m.;
plus two site visits to leaders in their
organizations at times to be announced.
Beginning American
Sign Language 11
Trainer
A continuation of ASL 101. An introduction to
deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL.
Students observe the demonstration of signs,
practice their own signing, and learn the facial
expressions and body language needed to
communicate clearly with deaf and hard-ofhearing people.
Prereq : ASL 101
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness
3 Perspective; Modern Language 2
Beginning Spanish I1
Steinmetz
Aims to develop four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing
of elementary Spanish. Introduction to the
culture of the Spanish-speaking world.
Prereq.: SPA 111
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness
3 Perspective; Modern Language 2
6-8:30 p.m. T, W, Th
M U S I C
MUS 220-S
Worlds of Music
Milenkovic
A survey of non-western music, this course
explores diverse musical styles and
instruments from many cultures.
Topics: Leading Innovation
Berkas
This course explores what is involved in
providing quality leadership that helps create
and lead innovations within either corporate
or nonprofit organizations. It will provide a
brief overview of the history of innovation and
then will focus on what it takes to provide the
ASL 102-T
Beginning American
Sign Language 11
McDonagh
A continuation of ASL 101. An introduction to
deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL.
Students observe the demonstration of signs,
practice their own signing, and learn the facial
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Aesthetics or
Intercultural Awareness 1 Perspective; LAF in
Fine Arts
MUS 2 4 1 4
History of Jazz
Milenkovic
This course is a study of the musical elements,
cultural perspectives, and the historical
developments of jazz. Many jazz styles are
examined in detail ranging from New Orleans
jazz to contemporary and Avant-Garde jazz
PerspectiveISkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness
1 Perspective; LAF in Fine Arts
details contact Sharon Wade in the Nursing
Department: 612-330-1214 or
wades@augsburg.edu.
Fees: $2,450 (includes summer school tuition
and educational expenses in Namibia)
Travel: $860 (lodging, most meals, and
transport within the country)
Airfare: $2,200-$2,400 (estimate)
P O L I T I C A L
NUR 562fWST 3 6 2 4
Walking the Truth: Culture,
Gender and HIVIAIDS
in Sub-Saharan Africa Hailonganeuning
This broad-based course explores the
influence of culture and gender on the
HIV/AIDS pandemic in Sub-Saharan Africa.
The natural history, biology, and epidemiology
of AlDS in Africa, as well as sociocultural,
ethical, theological, and political responses to
the disease are examined through readings,
structured dialog, and service-learning
experiences with persons actively involved in
curbing the crisis. Critical reflection on the
unequal infection rates between women and
men in Africa illuminates underlying cultural
beliefs, values, and traditions that both
promote and hinder the spread of HIV within
African populations. The course is taught in
Namibia in collaboration with faculty and staff
from Augsburg's Center for Global Education
and the University of Namibia. In this context,
women's collective and individual efforts to
preserve the health of their families and
communities are highlighted as hopeful and
positive responses to the HIV/AlDS crisis in
Sub-Saharan Africa. (Fulfills the global
experience requirement for a major or minor
in Women's Studies in Augsburg's Core
Curriculum).
Students must attend all classes and servicelearning experiences between July 12-26 in
Namibia. (NOTE: travel time to and from
Namibia means that students must reserve July
10-27 for the course). Final projects and
papers are due no later than August 15 to
receive a grade and credit for the course. For
World Politics
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Social World
Perspective; Critical Thinking Skill; LAF in
Social and Behavioral Science
S C I E N C E
POL 160-S
N U R S I N G
challenge of balancing economic development,
social justice, and environmental stewardship
in the region. There will be excursions to sites
along the river, in-class debates, and
opportunity to meet with stakeholders
working on river-related issues.
S O C I A L
Underhill
Introduction to the dynamics, history and major
theories of international relations. The course
will explore issues of peace, sustainable
economic development, global citizenship, and
efforts to combat injustice and inequality around
the globe. This class aims to begin providing
students with the knowledge necessary for
taking informed action in response to the
challenges of the current global arena. Questions
explored include: What should U.S. policy in
Iraq be? What are obstacles to achieving a more
just and equitable world? What impact do
international developments have on our lives in
the Twin Cities?
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral
Science
W O R K
SWK 699-S
Exploring Family and Child
Welfare Senices in Slovenia
Bosch
Based on the University of Ljubljana,
Slovenia's approach to social policy and social
well-being for families and children, and an
opportunity to observe and meet with
Slovenian social workers in their practice
settings. Students participating in this course
spend time in orientation with the social work
faculty at Augsburg and then join the Slovenia
faculty to concentrate on child welfare services
at social work centers or other practice
settings in areas such as domestic violence,
refugee, mental health, and poverty.
Participants work with a group of Slovenian
students, faculty, and community
practitioners.Cost: $3,600-$4,000 (tentative)
includes tuition, accommodations, airfare,
most meals, and ground transportation
Needed: U.S. Passport
POL 241-S
Environmental and
River Politics
Underhill
This course examines the political dynamics
relating to our local, urban, and campus
environment and relationship to the
communities and ecosystems of the Upper
Mississippi Watershed and larger, global
environment. Topics explored include campus
sustainability; he environmental implications
of our daily choices; local water, air, and soil
pollution; the lock and dam system on the
Upper Mississippi; invasive species and
biodiversity; climate change, waterfront
economic development; urban sprawl; and
energy production. The class will look at the
For more information contact: Andrea
Woj tanowicz (woj tanow@augsburg.edu), Dr.
Lois Bosch (bosch@augsburg.edu),or Holley
Locher (locherh@augsburg.edu)
W O M E N ' S
S T U D I E S
WST 362/NUR 562-S
Walking the Truth: Culture,
Gender and HIVIAIDS
in Sub-Saharan Africa HailongaILeuning
This broad-based course explores the influence
of culture and gender on the HIV/AIDS
pandemic in Sub-Saharan Africa. The natural
hislory, biology, and epidemiology of AIDS in
Africa, as well as sociocultural, ethical,
theological, and political responses to the
disease are examined through readings,
structured dialog, and service-learning
experiences with persons actively involved in
curbing the crisis Critical reflection on the
unequal infection rates between women and
men in Africa illuminates underlying cultural
beliefs, values, and traditions that both promote
and hinder the spread of HIV within African
populations. The course is taught in Namibia in
collaboration with faculty and staff from
Augsburg's Center for Global Education and the
University of Namibia. In this context, women's
collective and individual efforts to preserve the
health of their families and communities are
highlighted as hopeful and positive responses to
the HIV/AIDS crisis in Sub-Saharan Africa.
(Fulfills the global experience requirement for a
major or minor in Women's Studies in
Augsburg's Core Curriculum).
Students must attend all classes and servicelearning experiences between July 12-26 in
Namibia. (NOTE: travel time to and from
Namibia means that students must reserve July
10-27 for the course). Final projects and
papers are due no later than August 15 to
receive a grade and credit for the course. For
details contact Sharon Wade in the Nursing
Department: 612-330-1214 or
wades@augsburg.edu.
Fees: $2,450 (includes summer school tuition
and educational expenses in Namibia)
Travel: $860 (lodging, most meals and
transport within the country)
Airfare: $2,200-$2,400 (estimate)
I
JUNE 23-AUGUST 29,2008
P O L I T I C A L
Summer Online courses are delivered over the Internet to allow students maximum
flexibility to organize their work. Students will need access to a personal computer
with a browser and Internet connection. While students are required to log in to the
course several times a week to participate in discussions and hand in work, they
will not need to do this at specific times. Some classes may require occasional
classroom meetings, and these will be held during weekday evenings or weekends
to accommodate work schedules. Augsburg students using AugNet Records and
Registration to register for Summer Online will find these courses listed under
Summer Session 11.
B U S I N E S S
A D M I N I S T R A T I O N
FIN 240-L
Personal Finance
Kapoor
Introduction to personal financial planning
and budgeting, credit management, income
taxes, insurance, real estate, investments,
retirement, and estate planning.
Meziou
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
economic, and technological factors affecting
marketing decisions are explored.
MKT 466-L
International Marketing
Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or 226 or 228
( M A L ) M A S T E R O F
A R T S I N L E A D E R S H I P
MKT 252-L
Principles of Marketing
concepts about screenwriting to story outline
to the writing of a screenplay's first act. In
addition to writing their own scripts, students
will review feature films and analyze work
written by each member of the class, giving
detailed critical analysis and engaging in
discussion of aesthetics, craft, and form.
Meziou
This course examines those issues and
activities unique to marketing in an
international setting. Emphasis is placed on
adaptation of a marketing mix according to
the international marketing environment.
Prereq.: MKT 252
ENUFLM 328-L
Screenwriting
This is a hybrid course with intensive sessions
on campus June 28 and 29, and again on July
19 and 20. Students will also work online. An
introductory course in writing for film, this
course will take students from general
Leadership and
Universal Responsibility
Lashbrook
The purpose of this course is to explore the
concept of universal responsibility, both
intellectually and experientially, and study
cultural differences in professional practices.
During a two-week visit to Nicaragua,
students will have the opportunity to meet
with leaders to learn more about local
conditions. They will also have the
opportunity to stay with a Nicaraguan family.
Performance will be assessed in terms of
participation, a photo presentation of the
student's culture, a reflective essay on
universal responsibility, and a presentation of
cultural differences in the student's profession.
May 21, 6-9 p.m.; June 28, 9-5 p.m.;July 9,
6-9 p.m.; and August 9, 1-5 p.m. (see
syllabus). Travel to Nicaragua July 13- 26.
Program fees estimated at $3,600 including
airfare, tuition, accommodations and meals,
ground transportation, health insurance, and
CGE reading materials.
S C I E N C E
POL 121-L
American Government
Aoki
Surveys major parts of American national
government-including
Congress, the
presidency, and the courts-as well as
campaigns and elections, federalism, interest
groups, and political parties.
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Social World
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral
Science
R E L I G I O N
REL 390-L
Theology of
Death and Dying
Benson
A study of death and dying from the viewpoint
of Christian theology and ethics, taking into
account also what other religions and the
biological, psychological, and social sciences
have had to say on the subject. Special
emphasis on medical ethics brought on by
modern medical technology
Prereq.: One of the following: HON 100, REL
100, REL 111, REL 221, REL 300, or REL 331
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Christian Faith 2 or 3;
LAF in Humanities
SUMMER SESSION APPLICATION FORM
S u m m e r Session applications are available online a t
www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar.
Click on Download Registrar Forms.
Show less
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72
Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70
I
I
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970
June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
....................
Fri.
Final registration and
beginning of cl... Show more
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72
Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70
I
I
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970
June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
....................
Fri.
Final registration and
beginning of classes
Final examinations
M o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. ....................
Classes begin
Final examinations
......................
SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1970
July 17
.................
July 20
Aug. 14
..................
..................
ACADEMIC YEAR 1970-71
FALL TERM
Sept. 4-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 8,9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 4 .....................
Nov. 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 18-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 25-Dec. 1 . . . . , . . . . . . . .
WINTER TERM
Dec.1 .....................
Dec. 2 .................
Dec.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 18,9:00 p.m. ..........
Jan.4,7:45a.m. ...........
Feb. 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2 2 . . ..................
Feb. 23 ....................
Feb. 24-Mar. 2 . . ...........
March 3-9 .................
SPRING TERM
March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 10 ..................
March 16 ..................
April 7,9:00 p.m. ..........
April 13,7:45 a.m. .........
May5 .....................
May7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 19 ....................
May21 ....................
May24-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May30 ....................
....
Fri.-Tues. ................
Tues., Wed, ..............
Thurs. ...................
Wed. ....................
Wed. ....................
Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ....................
Wed.-Tues.
Wed.-Tues. ...............
Freshman Welcome Week
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Thanksgiving recess
Tues. ....................
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ....................
Fri. ......................
Mon. ....................
Tues. .....-......-.......
M o n .....................
Tues. ....................
Wed.-Tues. ..............
Wed.-Tues. ..............
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Christmas recess begins
Classes resume
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Term break
Tues. ....................
Wed. ....................
Tues. ....................
Wed. ....................
Tues. ....................
Wed. ...................
Fri. ......................
Wed. ....................
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Easter recess begins
Classes resume
Spring pre-registration
Last day for cancelling classes
Cap and gown day
Last day of classes
Final examinations
Baccalaureate,
Commencement
...............
Fri.
......................
Mon.-Fri. ................
Sun. .....................
Academic Calendar
FIRST S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1
......................
June7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
July 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final registration and
Beginning of classes
Holiday
Final examinations
S E C O N D S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1
July 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M o n.......................
Aug. 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Classes begin
Final examinations
ACADEMIC YEAR 1971-72
FALL TERM
Sept. 3-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 7,8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.9.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.l+% : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N o .
..............
N0v.p ....................
NOV-W. ././;i.ly. . . . . . . .
...
N o v . 2 e 3 g . a . -2
1..
7""
WINTER TERM
Nov. 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 17,9:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . .
Jan. 3, 1:45 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~ e b a. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F e b . M d p 3 - 3 .........
kke+iH+&-~~.,-.+.b
T
W
~
I
.lYI.\
.IL'VE 1 K 1
P
---. I. 1
2
3
l'GI
I
JL
1
......................
Tucs.
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Easter recess begins
, Classet resyne,;,
Spring pre-registration
Last day for cancelling classes
Cap and gown day
Last day of classes
Final examinations
Baccalaureate,
Commencement
Wed. ............ .: . . . - . . . .
..........--.......-..
Tues.
Wed. ......................
Tues.......................
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri.
%
.......................
Wed. ......................
Fri. .......................
Mon-Fri. ..................
Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lq-I
!
.....................
Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
S M T W T F
nr'TORTR 1971
SEPTEilRER 1 9 2
t"T1
Al1(;li-
910
6 , 7 8 91fil112 4 5 ' 6 7 8
11213
13 14,1516li11819 11 13 1314 131617
20 21 21'232425 26 1 18119 20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30
35 26 27 23 P.30 31
1 9P( T\IFlEH
1 . 1
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Christmas recess begins
Classes resume
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Term break
Mon.
SS H T W T F S
1
T u a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ......................
Mon.......................
SPRING TERM
March 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 8 . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . .
March 14 . . . . . . . ,
........
March 29,9:00 p.m. ........
April 4, 7:45 a.m. . . ..:,. . . . .
May3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May5 .....................
May 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 22-26 . . . . . . . . . . - - . . - . .
May28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M
Freshman Welcome Week
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Thanksgiving recess
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rues, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr i. .......................
/
'
S
Fri.-Tues. .................
Tues., Wed. ...............
Thurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed. ......................
Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues. ................
Wed.-Tues. ................
s
f
1314 51617
8 910111213114
~
1
M
T
W
T
F
NOVEMBER 1971
IMIWT-F-S
S SLT-W-T-PS
. 1 2,314
5 6 7 8 91011 3
1.516 17'18 192011 1213 1115 161718 10
22 23.24'25 2627 2R 19'2021122 23'2425 17
2'3'30 31
1
1
.
I,,
FEBKI' Z H I I'I':
242728230
I
1.
MARCH 1972
2425262718330212030
31
APRIL
1'1":
\ l A Y lq7>
Mile
6
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran
Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women.
MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges
and Universities.
COURSES O F STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of
Arts degree offered in several major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching,
business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work,
and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums,
and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs
and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
SETTING
The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent
to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals.
In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban
society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate
in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared
faculty.
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development program is in operation. Over the years it has provided
funds for land acquisition and additional buildings on the Augsburg College campus.
GENERAL INFORMrK>N
Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop along Interstate Highway 94. The
administrative offices are in the Science Hall at the corner of 21st Avenue South and 7th
Street. Information is available in the College Center at the corner of 22nd Avenue South
at 7% Street.
Prospective students and other interested persons are cordially invited t o visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. t o 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment.
A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Call or write t o the Admissions
Office, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; 332-5181.
AlMS A N D OBJECTIVES
Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church.
The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their
understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution.
ULTIMATE AlMS
To contribute to the true good of human life and society.
To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the
Christian Church.
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of Cod in Christ constitutes the
greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only
insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the
Christian Chl~rch;in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith,
the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society.
Where there i s an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming
advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination
or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth
and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can
reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education.
To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and
physical well-being of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits
and skills necessary for sound academic work.
To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind,
both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the
enrichment of their homes and communities.
To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an
increasingly urban culture.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel
in its relation to every area of life and learning.
To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests,
and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work
appropriate thereto.
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities
of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation,
and an opportunity for service to God and man.
DlSTl NCTlVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which
i s appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by
Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life
and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the
college community today.
As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students to an
urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the
growing metropolitan community in which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in
relation to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices;
well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized
auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory,
on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was
erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary
architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a
visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty
offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach
and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and
physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general
auditorium purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and
Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide
vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
functional building for dramatic and other speech activities.
The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity
on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student
publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious
lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000
square feet of space.
Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building
providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of
Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36
residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second
floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There i s
an observation lounge at the top of the structure.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for
some faculty and administration offices in one wing.
Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall incorporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the
late Dr. lver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named
in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The
building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident
head.
The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed.
The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident.
Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the
expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married
students and for faculty and staff members.
THE ARCHIVES
The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books,
and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate,
fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals,
manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
The conveniently located George Sverdrup Library provides students and faculty ample
resources and reference works for research and study. It contains in total about 100,000
volumes exclusive of pamphlets, curriculum materials, and rare books. The yearly growth
rate during 1965-69 averaged about 7000 volumes. All books are kept on open shelves.
Reference service is provided by an able and well trained staff.
Special collections have been developed in music, chemistry, teacher education, library
science, and Scandinavian music. A separately administered AV Center is adjacent to
the library in Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall. Additional conveniences in the library
include carrels and individual study areas. A typing corner is also provided in the first
floor reading room. The library has the New York Times on microfilm as well as other
microforms. A Xerox Microprinter can provide printouts from any article on microfilm
or microfiche. The library subscribes to more than 600 magazines in numerous subject
fields. Many of the current issues are displayed in the library reserve room.
A cons.ortium of private Iiberal arts colleges of theTwin City area, CLFC, can provide
students of Au~sburgCollege combined resources of all the member libraries, a total of
750,000 volumes. Any student enrolled at Augsburg can read and obtain library services
from the collections of Bethel, Concordia and Macalester colleges, Hamline University,
the Colleges af St, Catherine and St. Thomas and the Hill ReferenceLibrary. The
proximity of the Wilson Library of the University of Minnesota and the Minneapolis
Public Library provides further opportunitieri for the serious student.
NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger
laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for
physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near
the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. An
astronomical observatory is located on the roof of Science Hall.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1971-72
R
t/
TUITION ($1.650)
New freshmen, transfer. or returning students
(not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
September 197 1 are charged $1,650 per year or
$550 per quarter.
Part-time students carrying 7-1 1 credits per term.
$45 per credit hour. Part-time students carrying
1-6 credits per term, $35 per credit hour.
Fee for auditing, $20 per credit hour. Students
carrying more than 18 credits per term are
charged $35 per credit hour for excess hours.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
Computer Science, $20.
Student Teaching, $SO.
Improvement of Reading, $25.
Music Lessons (10 per term). $45.
Practice Studio Rental (one hour per day):
Organ. $1 2; Piano or Voice, $5.
Cinema Arts. $1 0.
BOARD AND ROOM ($957-$1,020)
For men $990 or $1,020 ($330 or $340 per
quarter) partial or full board.
For women $957 or $987 ($31 9 or $329 per
quarter) partial or full board.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week;
a partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per week
(excludes breakfast). Available t o commuters
is a noon meal only plan, Monday thru Friday,
for $68 per quarter.
Linen service, required in residence halls.
approximately $30 per year.
FEES, required but not refundable or
transferable:
General Fee, $1 0 0 per year. (Applies t o
costs for subscription t o yearbook, newspaper.
admissions t o all regularly scheduled athletic
events. dramatic productions, convocations, and for
the support of Student Society activities and the
College Center.) Part-time students are charged
on a proportionate basis.
Application Fee, $10. Required of all new students.
OTHER COSTS
Change in registration after first three days of
classes: $2 per cancel or add. Late registration
after classes begin: $5 per day.
Graduation Fee: $1 5.
Transcript Fee: first copy free, additional copy.
$1.
Arrangements for special examinations are made
in the Registrar's Office, w i t h charges according
t o schedule on file.
Students required t o enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate
refund on room charges.
Books and supplies are available from the
bookstore at approximately $1 0 0 per year. on a
charge account.basis.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
Fees and costs are subject t o
minor adjustments.
DEPOSITS
Tuition Deposit-New Students, $100. (Not
refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; t o
be paid by April 1, 1971. The payment is applied
t o the tuition charge (under early decision
program. payment is due January 1 ).
Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students,
$25. Required by July 1. 1971. t o reserve a
housing assignment for the term beginning
September 197 1 and applied t o the room charge.
Not refundable.
Breakage Deposit (required of all students) $ 2 0
Refundable upon graduation, transfer t o another
institution, or discontinuing educational program
at Augsburg College.
SElTLEM ENT OF ACCOUNT
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded t o the student
early in August. Payment of one-third of the
annual charge is due August 20, November 20,
and February 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged w i t h the Business Office prior
t o August 20. A monthly payment plan is
available thru Education Funds, Inc., w i t h a
service charge of $25 per year.
No student is permitted t o register if his or her
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
REFUNDS
If a student decides t o cancel his registration,
refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed
as follows: during the first week of classes,
80%; during the second week, 70%; during the
third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and
during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given
after the fifth week. If a student is forced t o
cancel his registration because of accident or
illness during the first five weeks of the term.
the charge is one-half of the rate indicated.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial Aid in the form of scholarships,
Educational Opportunity Grants. loans and
employment is available.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship
Service (CSS) of the College Entrance
Examination Board. Participants in CSS
subscribe t o the principle that the amount of
financial aid granted a student should be based
upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's
financial aid officer in determining the student's
need for financial assistance. Entering students
seeking financial assistance are required t o
submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential
Statement (PCS) form t o the College Scholarship
Service. designating Augsburg College as one of
the recipients, by March 15.The PCS form may
be obtained from a secondary school or the College
Scholarship Service, Box 881. Evanston, Illinois
60204.
All upper-class students are required t o submit
a Parents' Confidential Statement Renewal form
each year.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the
basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are adAugsburg College Merit Scholarships. The college mitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for
in cooperation with the National Merit Scholarship a scholarship may be considered for an academic
grant or financial award. These awards range in
Corporation awards Merit scholarships up to
amount from $1 0 0 t o $600 and may be renewable
$1 500 a year and renewable for four years.
for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
All applicants must take the National Merit (C average).
Scholarship Qualifying Test which is given in the
spring of the junior year in high school. Informa- Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants. Resition may be obtained from the high school coun- dents of the State of Minnesota are eligible for
state financed scholarships and grants while atselor.
tending Augsburg College. Applications must be
obtained through the high school counselor. The
Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students awards vary from $200 to $800 and are renewable
with outstanding high school records and high for four years.
scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are
guaranteed enrollment in honors course work.
These awards range in amount from $100 t o full
tuition and are renewable for four years for stu- SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO
dents with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a UPPER CLASSMEN
student should rank in the upper five percent of The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholhis high school class and have a combined score arship was established in 1965 by her husband,
of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded
The scholarship committee also considers an indi- annually to a student studying choral music.
vidual's interests, abilities, and character.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial SchoHonor Scholarships are offered t o good students arship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from
who have strong potential for academic success the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide
at Augsburg College. These awards range in offering, t o honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntamount from $100 t o full tuition and may be re- vedt who was President of the Lutheran Free
newed for four years for students with a grade Church from 1930 t o 1958. One or more scholarpoint average of 2.50. Students who rank in the up- ships are awarded annually to a student or stuper fifteen percent of their high school class and dents in the senior class who are preparing for the
have above average scores in the Scholastic Apti- ministry.
tude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1966 by his family and friends t o honor
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards his memory. A Scholarship of $100 or more will
are offered each year by the Department of Chembe awarded annually t o an able and deserving stuistry t o students strongly interested in chemistry
dent as selected by the Scholarship Committee
or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from
based on Christian purpose, athletic interest, and
$2,000 to $4.000 over four years. A student qualiacademic ability.
fies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of
his high school performance, a special chemistry The Paul Dahlen-Gerald Pryd Memorial Schoexamination, financial need, and vocational arship was established in 1966 by members and
objective. Summer Research Awards are also friends of Gamma Phi Omega Society t o perpetuavailable t o students in chemistry. This award ate the memory of t w o members who died in a
provides a stipend of $600 for each student t o do plane crash. The award will be given annually on
research under the guidance of the chemistry the basis of personality, character, athletic and
department.
academic achievement.
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE
TO FRESHMEN
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty
from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to able and deserving junior or
senior students.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their
son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student
selected on the basis of academic achievement,
personal character, and ability in the field of
athletics.
The M . J . Estrem Scholarship was established
in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis t o provide an annual scholarship for some The Robert W . and Gladys Johnson Scholarship
worthy student of the College, such student t o be was established in 1968 by Mr. and Mrs. Robert
selected upon the recommendation of the Scholar- Johnson of Chetek. Wisconsin. An annual award
of $400 will be made t o a Junior or Senior student
ship Committee of the College.
who has declared his intent t o enter the ministry.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships
Preference is given to such students from Chetek
each year t o deserving students from other counLutheran Church, the Rice Lake Conference, or
tries. These scholarships may be awarded in
the Northern Wisconsin District of the American
amounts up t o the equivalent of full tuition.
Lutheran Church.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship
Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the
awarding of one or more scholarships each year
t o upperclass male students interested in careers
in the field of business.
The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language
Scholarship was established in 1969 from funds
given by friends and family t o honor the memory
of Mimi Baez Kingsley, a teacher of Spanish at
Augsburg from 1947 t o 1969. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually t o Junior
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was cre- or Senior students who are majoring in a modern
ated by the Augsburg College Board of Regents language with preference given to those who plan
on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Har- t o teach language as a career.
ald of Norway t o the Augsburg campus in
The American lndian Scholarship was estabOctober. 1965. This annual scholarship provides
lished in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran
one year's full tuition for a student from Norway
Church. Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200
who wishes to study at Augsburg. The recipient
is chosen from applicants by a committee in Nor- t o be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It
is t o be awarded t o an American Indian student
way set up for this purpose.
selected on the basis of scholarship and economic
need.
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship Fund
was established in 1969 by one of his former stu- International Milling Company Scholarships
dents and later augmented by other contributions, are funded by contributions made by the Intert o honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, a pro- national Milling Company t o the Minnesota Prifessor of History at Augsburg College from 1900 vate College Fund. These scholarships of varito 1952. One or more scholarships will be awarded able amounts are awarded annually t o able and
annually t o student(s) who are majoring in His- deserving upper-class students.
tory with preference given t o those who plan a
career in the field.
The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard.
One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and / or instrumental music. who show interest or potential in
conducting and who show promise of overall academic success.
The lver and Marie lversen Scholarship was
established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. lver
lversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded
annually to a student in the College. The award.
in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of
need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service.
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship
was established in 1956 by members of the family
t o honor their parents. The scholarship is award-
ed annually t o a student on the basis of academic
achievement. ~ersonal character, and promise
of achievemen; in the field of ohvsical
education.
. .
~
~-
-
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500
each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood
Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to
outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring
of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were
established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans lnsurance Company. These
scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
annually t o able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available t o qualified full-time
students in need of financial assistance during
the term in which they are doing student teachIng.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962
by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded
annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg
student or graduate who is preparing for service
in the Christian ministry.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established. in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth.
former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded
annually t o a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established
in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually t o freshman students who would be unable t o pursue
higher education without assistance.
The Reader2 Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund,
established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by t w o anonymous
donors t o honor the memory of Reverend Olaf
Rogne. business administrator of the college from.
1940 t o 1952. Three awards of $500 each are
made annually t o selected students preparing for
Christian service.
'I.
?ii.
I
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Mernorial
Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family
and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social
injustice. this scholarship is awarded periodically
t o an American Negro student.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American
Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or
three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each
year t o students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran
faith who are enrolled in social work courses and
plan t o continue training in a graduate school of
social work. In addition t o scholastic achievement.
a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this
award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the
Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time
of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by
her parents, Mr. and Mrs. lver Solberg and her
brother. Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who
shows outstanding promise or achievement in the
art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial
Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family
and friends t o honor her memory. A scholarship
of $300 will be awarded annually t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student recommended
by the scholarship committee.
The Professor P. A . Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor
the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 t o 1952. The award of
variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English.
Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded
annually t o outstanding Junior or Senior students
who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the
Tozer Foundation. Inc.. of Stillwater. Minnesota.
The Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by
the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes, Sr. An
annual award of one or more scholarships will be
made t o a needy Junior or Senior student pre-
paring for service as a missionary through the
World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was
established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris
E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by
the scholarship committee.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the
Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of
Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award
is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department
of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl Fosse.
professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to
1942. The annual award is made t o a student
whose academic record indicates promise of
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family
and friends and the Department of Chemistry t o
honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in
June, 1966. The annual award is made t o a student
whose academic background indicates promise of
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by
the chemistry staff. The award is made annually
t o a chemistry student whose record indicates
promise in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W . M . Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr.
Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry at
the University of Minnesota. The annual award is
made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of
chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemis-
try at Augsburg until the time of his death in
January, 1960. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic background indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This
annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry.
Educational Opportunity Grants are provided by
the Federal Government. The grants vary from
$ 2 0 0 t o $ 1 0 0 0 and are available t o all students
including freshmen and transfer students provided that the applicant has exceptional financial
need as determined by C.S.S.
The grants are restricted t o students taking a
full time load and are renewable for four years.
--
LOAN FUNDS
National Defense Student Loans established by the
National Defense Education Act of 1958. are available t o students capable of maintaining good
standing in their chosen course of study. Loans
will normally be granted for the academic year.
September through June. or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for
each succeeding loan period. Students may borrow up t o $ 1 0 0 0 per academic year. Repayment
begins nine months after graduation or leaving
school.
United Student Aid Fund Loan and Federal Insured Loan Programs are programs under which
an educational loan is obtained directly from a
bank or other commercial lender. The federal
government guarantees the loan t o the lender and
assists eligible students w i t h their interest payments until repayment begins which is nine
months after graduation or leaving school.
Students may borrow up t o $1 5 0 0 per academic
year. Applications are available in the Office of
the Dean of Students.
State Loan Programs are provided by some
states, e.g., Illinois, Michigan. New Jersey, New
York, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin which
have their own loan program. Students are eligible if they are a legal resident of the state
regardless of where they attend college.
Applications for these loans must be obtained
from the specific state agency that is responsible
for administering the program.
These loans are also federally insured and eligible for interest subsidy.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
An employment service assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the
school year. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs
are available.
The college also participates in the federally
financed College Work Study Program. Under this
program students are limited t o 1 5 hours of work
per week during the academic year and the job
must be on campus. Preference is given t o students from low income families.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high school.
type of course program, scores on college
aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation,
and recommendations are important factors in
considering an application for admission.
Augsburg College seeks students who rank high
in their high school graduation class, at least in
the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores
on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College
Entrance Examination Board.
It is recommended that a student have at least
12 academic credits in his college preparatory
curriculum, which should include four credits of
English and at least t w o credits each of a foreign
language, social studies. mathematics, and
science. A credit is defined as a course covering
one academic year and equivalent t o at least 120
hours of classwork.
A recent physical examination is also required.
Students will be provided with blanks early in
the summer t o be filled out and returned to the
Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health
report must be received before the student will
be permitted t o register.
required t o make the $100 tuition deposit
within t w o weeks of notification of acceptance.
The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies
t o the cost of tuition.
Instructions for applying for admission:
1. Return the application form with a $10
application fee (non-refundable) and a
photograph to:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
2. Request your counselor to send us a transcript
of your high school record and all test results.
Transfer students will request the previous
college or colleges t o send an official
transcript of grades together with results of
standardized tests taken.
3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the
College Entrance Examination Board is
required for admission. The test should be
taken early in the senior year or late in the
junior year. A student can apply before taking
the SAT. See your counselor about registering
for the SAT or write t o the College Entrance
Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing
Service. Box 592. Princeton. New Jersey.
Transfer students are not required t o take the
SAT.
4. An interview on campus is encouraged.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Applications for admission are provided by and
submitted t o the Office of Admissions.
Applications may be obtained by visiting.
writing. or calling (332-5181). A majority of the
applications are received between September
and January of the students' senior year in high
school. Although the closing date for making
application for the fall term is August 1. the class
may be filled well in advance of this date.
Students applying under the Early Decision
Program which is described below will receive
the admissions decision about December 1. All
other applicants will be notified concerning
admission about two weeks after their
application is completed. A $100 tuition deposit
is due before April 1, with earlier payment
giving preference in the assignment of campus
housing. Students admitted after April 1 are
EARLY DECISION
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December I . After notification of
admission and adequate financial aid, if needed.
has been provided, the student must agree t o
withdraw applications made t o other colleges.
The admissions decision is based upon the
academic record through the junior year, test
scores, and recommendations A $100 tuition
deposit which is non-refundable is required by
January 1.
EARLY ADMISSION
An Early Admission Program is offered for a few
high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high academic
record and test scores, recommendation from the
high school, and the maturity to cope with a
college course after his junior year in high
school. Also, it is recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high school
diploma during the summer or during the first
year of college. A student applying for early
admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test
in January or March of his junior year.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. test results, and
recommendations. College credit is granted
for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed
at accredited institutions. A maximum of 108
quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a
junior college. The college reserves the right
not t o grant credit for courses where it considers
the work unsatisfactory. and to grant
provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited
institutions. The grade point average for
graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted t o students who
qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, t o enroll in courses beyond
the beginning course. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is. college credit, is
granted t o high school students who have
successfully completed a college-level course
provided they received a grade of 3.4. or 5 on
the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg College will also award credit on the
basis of scores received on the College-Level
Examinations offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the Registrar.
CAMPUS LIFE
CAMPUS LIFE
There are many influences which mold life and character in college. The exercises of classroom,
laboratory and library form the main dimensions of college life, but they need to be supplemented
by other programs, activities and opportunities.The climate of living and learning at a college is greatly
influenced by extra-curricular activities that take place both on campus and off campus.
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg
Community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student.
who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious
life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation
t o worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service.
An important part of Augsburg's program is the chapel service held four times a week. These services.
both experimental and traditional, provide an opportunity for students and faculty t o become involved
in corporate worship. Attendance is voluntary.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus
community with outstanding personalities i n various fields. A wide range of interests is covered.
including the scientific, political, social. religious. and artistic.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS
In attempting t o meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities
on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom
occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational,
educational and cultural activities. The activities program is designed t o complement the classroom
experience and t o enhance the student's college experience.
Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the Center, in residence halls, and
elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics. films, banquets, dances,
talent shows, special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are
Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance.
Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's
society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students
and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is
governed by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible t o the Student Council.
The recreation program has activities for hoth participants and spectators. The intramural program
under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On
campus such recreational facilities as billiard tables. ping-pong, and bicycles are available i n addition
t o the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview
Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally
organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic
contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus
transportation is arranged for those wanting t o attend.
The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center
there are art exhibits, discussions, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art work is
also exhibited in the Studio. The annual choir, orchestra. and band concerts are held in Melby Hall.
The college features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted
free t o on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card.
Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under
the Program Commission are Social. Recreation. Fine Arts. Forum and Lecture. Hospitality, and
Promotion.
METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities t o make use of some of the
finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has t o offer. Excellent art collections
are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries.
The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives
access t o large collections of historical material. The Minnesota Orchestra programs and
other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities
such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater. Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, and St. Paul Civic
Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations.
Many students and faculty attend Minnesota Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special
college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and
for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota
Twins baseball, North Stars hockey, and Viking football games at Metropolitan Stadium and sports
center.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education t o the end that individuals may
develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates t o this broad
objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members t o the
democratic process, developing a sense of community. fostering intellectual activity, and participating
in policy making.
The administration, under the direction of the president. resides in the executive branch. Seven
commissioners are each responsible t o the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight
boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch
of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student
government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject t o appeal only t o the
President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus
problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole,
and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration.
The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College
Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees.
The Student Government directs several projects of interest t o the college community. These projects
include the annual One-Appeal Campaign. Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week,
Homecoming. Student Lecture Series. Development Council. Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International
Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community
organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education.
Associtated Women Students, composed of all the women students. provides opportunity for the women
to develop meaningful self-government. It aims t o create a sense of ha,rmony and fellowship, t o promote
and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and t o encourage participation
in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students. a national
organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems
and programs of their respective areas.
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a
voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience
in the many phases of journalistic work.
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work
on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business managers for the campus publications.
The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the
Office of Public Relations.
CO-CURRICU LAR PROGRAM
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue their interests beyond the classroom
For most effective participation. students w i t h similar interests have united t o form clubs. Several
of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted t o interests not offered
in the curriculum.
All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Commission of Student Organizations of the
Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts t o evaluate the clubs and societies and their activities.
and t o represent them at the Student Council meetings.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open t o majors and minors in chemistry. Weekly meetings
consist of seminars given by outside speakers. faculty, or students on current topics or research
experiences in various areas of chemistry.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization for students in
the elementary education program. I t is concerned primarily w i t h professional standards in the teaching
profession, educational changes and needs of children in the field of elementary education.
Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students w h o meet weekly w i t h a group of neighborhood
children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips and sports as they show
their concern for these children by their o w n personal involvement.
Augsburg College Republicans aim t o stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity
t o participate actively in local. state and national politics.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity t o learn
from participation in stage presentations and from field trips. as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open t o all students. Membership in the National Collegiate Players
represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open t o qualified upper
classmen.
The "A" Club is limited t o men w h o have w o n a major letter at Augsburg. The aim of this organization
is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and
t o keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
The Black Student Union of Augsburg College promotes a feeling of unity and creates a self awareness
among its members. I t aims toshare w i t h the total community its culturally rich heritage.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students w h o have a mutual
interest in the culture, language. and people of various countries.
The foreign lanugage clubs are made up of students studying French, German, Norwegian or Spanish.
In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the clubs also promote understanding
appreciation of the culture of their country, its achievements and customs.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg. is an organization that
expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg. as well as acquainting its members with the vocation
of the Christian ministry.
The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. There
are winter weekend ski trips which are open t o all students.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of
social service.
The aim of the Student Democratic League is t o join students in the College into an intelligent,
agressive and cooperative democratic group which seeks t o create and sustain a community awareness
of the problems and concerns in politics and education.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter. offers t o its members
associate membership in professional education associations and strives t o acquaint future teachers
with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic
Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual
and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
'
. q..
The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In a d ~ t ~ o n
t o local appearances. the band tours annually t o various parts of the United States.
The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition t o local
appearances, the choir goes on tour each year t o various parts of the United States and occasionally
t o Canada.
The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently i n campus programs and concerts and
sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as
well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition t o campus and local appearances, the orchestra
tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational
activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual
performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for
the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented
annually by teams in football. cross country, basketball. hockey. wrestling, baseball, track, soccer,
tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College t o provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony
with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is t o be reflected in the conduct and outlookof both the
players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play
are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if physical,
mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. lntercollegiate athletics as a phase of that program,
gives recognition t o the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development of student interests.
skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1)The student participating in athletics should
acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline,
honesty. sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2)The participant should develop the knowledge. interests.
and skills which will be of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational
leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal
or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either
contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary t o his other educational activities. (3)The student
spectator should acquire and axhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as
self-restraint, sense of fair play. appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4)The intercollegiate athletic program
should contribute t o the development of a unified and health "school spirit." Enthusiasm for
intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic
achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
In order t o participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility
requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list t o the Director of the
College Center for approval.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert
Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading.
student publications, societies, or t o accept elected or appointed student-government offices of
chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated.
HONORS AND AWARDS
The purpose of Beta ChiEpilson is t o honor those senior women who have maintained a high level
of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving advice and leadership to the college
community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic
excellence, leadership. and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved
the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for
at least t w o years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open t o students with a major or
minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are t o recognize academic achievement
and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average
are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may
be admitted as pledges.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma M u , the National Social Science Honor Society, which is
affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election t o membership.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the
previous term of work at Augsburg College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has made outstanding records both in
athletics and scholarship.
The HaroldA. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the
student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's
Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given t o scholarship,
leadership and participation in extracurricular activities, such as athletics. drama. music
organizations, societies, student government and community activities.
STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain assumption about man, his relationship
t o himself, his relationship to others and his relationship t o God.As a church-related liberal arts
college. Augsburg attempts t o take these relationships seriously and therefore seeks t o educate the
whole man.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus shall be
worthy of a member of a college community, and students who do not feel drawn t o this type of
community should not seek t o be enrolled at Augsburg College.
Without attempting t o dictate t o the individual conscience. the college reserves the right t o ask its
students t o adapt themselves t o the social and recreational program approved by the college. It
reserves the right t o dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable.
It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources
of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus. disciplinary problems are first dealt with
through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled t o a student/faculty Judicial Council
through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a
hearing precede any disciplinary action.
In seeking t o develop a constructive recreational program. some limitations have been placed on
certain activities. The college is opposed t o all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the
posse~sionor consumption of alcoholic beverages in any college-owned building, in residence halls,
in any college-approved place of residence or at any college-sponsored event. Minnesota state law
forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Institutional services for students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies
established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions. Counseling,
Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records. Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service.
Placement. Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these
services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
ADMISSIONS
Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial
aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling
can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the
Upper Midwest. In addition t o high school seniors. sophomores and juniors are encouraged t o use these
services and also t o visit the campus if at all possible.
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort t o assist each student t o obtain the maximum benefits
from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational
choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty. health or financial problems. personal and social
adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in
counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic
understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and a keener awareness of resources available
t o them as they meet the problems of daily life.
A t Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels. All faculty members participate
in the counseling program. and each new student is assigned t o a faculty counselor w h o works w i t h
him until he chooses a major field of study. A t that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor.
In addition, there are staff members w h o have specialized training in counseling and techniques for
dealing w i t h problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling
program is coordinated by the Director of the Center for Student Development i n the Office of the
Dean of Students in accordance w i t h the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel
Committee.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept i n the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These
records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in
non-academic activities, test scores, report of counseling and other information.
The office of the Center Director maintains a file of student government officers of clubs and societies.
including the constitutions, activities and schedules.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service w i t h registered nurses on duty. The college
physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent t o the
campus.
Physical examinations are given t o all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required
t o have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment
is prescribed where needed.
A voluntary hospital insurance plan is also available on a 12-month basis
NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION
New students participate i n Orientation sessions before the beginning of classes each year. The students
take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted w i t h their fellow students.
w i t h the faculty, and especially w i t h their o w n faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement
test scores are used by counselors t o help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories
and the vocational interest profiles help the students t o know more about themselves, i n order t o make
a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen w h o expect
difficulty w i t h the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college
are especially urged t o enroll i n this course.
HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
In its residence program the college aims t o develop a student's character, self-control and thoughtful
consideration of others. The college also realizes that a student's happiness, comfort and emotional
adjustment in his place of residence are direct influences on his general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort t o provide these opportunities for development. student residence councils assume the
responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation w i t h the head residents
and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt t o help residents with problems
of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these
counselors and handle cases referred t o them.
Any student who is 21 years old on or before the first day of classes in the Fall term may live off
campus. Juniors or Seniors who are not 21 years old may live off campus provided that a parental
permission form is on file in the Office of the Director of Housing by May 1.
All Freshmen and Sophomores not living at home are required t o live in college operated housing.
Students desiring t o live with relatives in the city must first secure approval for such an arrangement
from the Office of the Director of Housing.
All students living in residence halls take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides
a number of houses for upperclass men and women with a variety of board plan options.
Residence halls are open t o students no more than 2 4 hours before the day of registration or the
beginning of classes, and they close no later than 2 4 hours after a student's last examination or after
the beginning of a vacation period. Students who wish t o stay in residence during vacations must apply
for the privilege.
Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are
available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a
reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service
is available t o students living in houses.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit
is required of upper-class students t o hold a room. This fee is payable at the Treasurer's Office by
May 1. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from
the housing roster. No refunds are made after July 1.
All students living on campus are required t o pay a $20 key and breakage fee at the beginning of
each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture
is satisfactory and the key is returned.
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and Alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is
maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state. and
national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking
the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5.00. There is no placement
fee.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of the College Center serves as the coordinator of student activities by assisting student
officers in planning and implementing their programs. The office also keeps on file club constitutions
and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers t o student organizations are approved by the Director.
The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the
Student Organization Commission in addition t o other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg
Student Society.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Office of the Center Director, and the
College Master Calendar is also kept by the office.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below.
Completion of a major.
A total of 180 quarter credits.
At least 5 4 credits in courses numbered above 50.
A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken and "C" average (2.0) in courses which apply
toward the major.
6. Proficiency in English.
7. The last year of course work at Augsburg.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program at Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements
as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1 1.
12.
English Writing and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
4
History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......................................................
5
Religion
11
Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
1
Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine
Arts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
Philosophy.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5
Foreign Language - Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-25
Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
4
Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech-Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Religion (above Religion 1 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0
credits
credits
credits
credits
credit
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
The first five course requirements listed above should be taken in the freshman year. except that
students with majors in biology, physics, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history
or sociology until the sophomore year. I t is recommended that the general education requirements
be completed in the first t w o years of college, except item 12 above which should be taken in the
sophomore, junior, and/or senior years.
The requirement in English writing and literature consists of three options: (1) English 11 and 12:
(2) English 1 1 and either 12. 30. 35. 4 0 or 45; (3) English 30, 35, 40, or 45. Options will depend upon
high school rank, test. writing demonstrations. and teacher's recommendations.
t:.
The fine arts requirement may be met by successful completion of Music 30: Art 1, 86, 87, 88: Speech
41, 61 ; or exemption by petition on the basis of participation in drama, music, art, and extensive readings.
Philosophy 21.22.23 or any other course i n philosophy except 99. will meet the philosophy requirement.
The foreign language-literature requirement may be met in several ways. Students who have completed four or more years of one foreign language in high school are exempted from the requirement.
If they have studied from one t o three years of a foreign language in high school they have three
options: (1) complete the equivalent of four terms of one foreign language in college; (2) complete
t w o terms of one foreign language in college (or its equivalence) plus one term of study in a foreign
country (excluding Canada): (3) complete four terms of literature i n translation or at least t w o terms
of literature in translation and one or t w o 'ierms of linguistics and philosophy of language t o make
a total of four terms.
.his
I
Students who have studied no foreign language in high school have t w o options for meeting the foreign
language-literature requirement: (1 complete four terms of one foreign language in college: (2) complete t w o terms of one foreign language and three terms of foreign literature in translation, linguistics,
or philosophy of language, of which at least one must be literature in translation.
In the natural sciences, t w o courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the t w o courses be taken in the same department. Students who obtain
a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for
the second course.
Students may choose from Political Science 20. 21. 2 2 or Economics 22, 23 for the requirement in
political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech-communication may be satisfied by: Speech 11. 15.
or 51; Philosophy 23; or English 55.
MAJORS AND MINORS
The following majors are offered:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Classical Languages
Economics
Economics and
Business Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and Physical
Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Studies
Social Sciences
Sociology
Spanish
Speech. Communication, and
Theater Arts
Students are required t o apply for the major and obtain approval of an adviser in the department
offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the freshman year.
A student may earn a minor in most of the fields listed above. Minors are also offered in Greek,
Latin, and Library Science.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed t o give the student an opportunity to elect credits beyond those
which are required for the major and for general education.
To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number
of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. Exception is
made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics
are considered separate departments for this purpose. A student may earn up t o five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied
toward the 180 credits required for the degree.
PROFICIENCY IN WRITING
Students are required to take a writing test at the beginning of the junior year and must demonstrate
a proficiency in writing in order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
...
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5-3.79+
. -3.49+
Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1
grade average
grade average
grade average
To be eligible for these honors. the student must have completed at least one year of work at Augsburg,
and his record at Augsburg. as well as his transfer record, must meet the requirements as given above.
GRADE VALUES
A . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. :Very
.
good. 3 grade points per credit
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfacton/. 2 grade points per credit
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable. 1 grade point per credit
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Failure. 0 grade points per credit
f ........................................................
- . . . . . . . . . . .Condition
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
..
W
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . course withdrawn during first eight weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
S (satisfactory), P (pass). N (no credit) indicate level of achievement. Grades of W, S, P. N do not
affect the grade point average. A grade of WF is computed with 0 grade points per credit.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five
weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks
of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an
incomplete or a condition received at the end of a term.
REPEATING COURSES
A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only
the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar
for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes
begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning
of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal t o one-half the credit registration in determining laad and fees.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered.
The college reserves the right t o cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration.
The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period
a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted t o
students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding
term. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working
part-time are urged t o arrange the amount of their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's
Office. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes.
No course may be added after the first week of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first eight weeks of classes is followed by W. No course may
be cancelled after the eighth week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary t o leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration
at the Registrar's Office in order t o remain i n good standing.
CLASSIFICATION
In order t o be classified as full-time, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work
in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number
of credit hours and grade points:
Sophomore
Junior
Senior
Credits
36
84
130
Grade Points
72
168
260
Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Non-degree students are classified as special students. Students carrying less than 1 2 credits are
part-time students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the endof a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in-placing a student on probation:
Freshmen with a cumulative GPA below 1.5
Sophomores with a cumulative GPA below 1.6
Juniors with a cumulative GPA below 1.8
Seniors with a cumula.tive GPA below 2.0
A student will be removed from probation when his cumulative GPA exceeds the minimum listed
above,
If a student has been on probation 2 or more terms consecutively he is subject t o dismissal at the
end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised
t o withdraw before the end of spring term, but if he wishes t o do so he may continue on probation
until the end of the spring term.
Dismissal from the college at the end of the spring term will not be automatic. Each case will be
reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the college voluntarily must
have special permission t o re-enroll.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular class attendance is required of all students in lower division courses. Attendance in upper
division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on
absences are submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report
the reasons for the absence t o their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due t o illness.
the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher.
Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from
the course with a grade of F.
Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean
of the College. Lists of participants. with information as t o exact periods absent, are issued by the
Dean t o all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility
for reporting their presence to the teacher.
EXAM INATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades
attained by freshmen are made to the Registrs: who forwards them t o the students, parents, and
advisers. Final reports are sent at the end of each term t o the parents. students, and advisers.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each term. No student or class may
arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College or the Registrar t o take a final
examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $ 1 0 for such an examination.
Before he takes the examination, he must obtain a signed statement from the Dean or Registrar and
bring it t o the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions
and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
t o take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing t o this committee. When permission is
granted. the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University.
But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg.
Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at
the University may be transferred t o Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
SPEClAL PROGRAMS OF STUN
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, and Methodist hospitals
in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the
Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Hennepin County General and Swedish hospitals, Augsburg offers work which
enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first
three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at
one of the two hospitals.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a
joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are
selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the
sophomore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore
or junior year in study at a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The
University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; and The lnstitute
for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence in France. Study at other institutions may be possible
through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee
on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must
be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records
whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Credit earned through
foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or,
occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general
education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A program in CorrectiveTherapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in
physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical
Education. Application should be made during the spring term of the sophomore year. Candidates are
required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical
Education regarding proper sequence of courses.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior freshman students, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as
philosophy and history. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia (interdisciplinary honors
seminars) are offered each term. Some departments of the college offer programs through which the
student can earn honors in his major field. One provision available throughout the college that is of
particular value to able students is the opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest. For
students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, General Education requirements
are modified as necessary to meet a student's needs and interests. Students of high ability who are
r
t:.
.his
'.
I
interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program
for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are
selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural
exchange between the students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered
into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place.
This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the
schedules of.the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of
his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), hisher major adviser, and various college officials. A further
general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require
a grade-point average of at least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President
of the Student Society.
-
THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM
A Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors, applicable to a maximum of
one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows:
1. Juniorsand Seniors only may choose to be graded on the basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a
regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term.
2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field.
3. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not
be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's
Office at each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system.
4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for
graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point
Average.
5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system
at the timeof his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week
of the term.
6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'shall be assigned to the student earning
the equivalent of a grade from 'A'to 'C'; the grade of 'N'to the student earning the equivalent
of a grade from 'D' to 'F'.
MULTI-RACIAL CONCERNS
Augsburg College offers a core of courses which enable students to earn approximately 50 credits in
courses centered on multi-racial concerns. These courses are offered in American Studies and in the
departments of English, History, and Sociology. In addition, students may enroll in Interdisciplinary
Studies which include courses in Black History and Culture, offered at the University of the Way; and
at times they may be able to participate in an experimental program in which they live in an area
of the city where they can study the dynamic forces of the area firsthand and become involved in
the urban problems characteristic of that area. Other courses on multi-racial concerns are being
planned.
In addition, several courses, particularly in the departments of English, History, and Sociology, include
material dealing with multi-racial concerns in a wider context. The interested student should confer
with the chairmen of these departments.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL
Two summer sessions of six and four weeks, respectively, permit students to earn up to a full term's
credits in the Augsburg Summer School.
In 1970, the first session is set for June8 through July 17, the second session running from July 20
through August 14.
In addition to morning classes, most of which meet five times each week, a number of courses will
be taught evenings during the first term, meeting twice a week for about three hours.
Eligibleto attend Augsburg Summer School are present students and graduates of Augsburg and
of other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class
standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college
work.
Summer School courses are offered subject to demand. Early preregistration will help to assurethe
availability of desired courses, and, depending
the date of application,
may. .permit reduced
- upon
.
..
tuition charges.
For application forms and information concerning costs, tentative course offerings or other questions,
interested persons should write to:
Summer School Office
/
Augsburg College
/
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
. .--
raw d
.
,-
& ..& w:
.
.
M
'M
,-
I
.
.
-
.
.
II.
i
r
.--.
I
-
-
.
. ,.
-
-2
I
i , . . .
A
I
m
-&,.
-
1-
m=F
d
f
W'".@a""'lrl
-d -k -gH&
f
'
1-
hn
ma-
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in
planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include
the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include
all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Electives or Major
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Electives or Major
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
1/3
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
5
5
- 5
1/3 1/3
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 - 4-5
16 12 12
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math
Fine Arts
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Electives or Major
SENIOR
Religion
Electives or Major
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4
4
5-6 5-6 - - 4
- - 4
6
6
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 15 12 15
AMERICAN STUDIES M A J O R
The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
History 21,22
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Economics 22 (Optional)
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Religion 63*
History 55*
Psychology 81'
Sociology 58,* 59*
Philosophy 65*
Electives (non-major)
*Electives in the major program
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5
5
4
4
5
5
5
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4-5 - - 4
- - 5
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
4
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
English 45
Political Sci. 20,* 21
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5-6 5-6 4
5
4
4
5
Term
SENIOR
Religion 60*
Political Sci. 56*
History 56*
Education 87*
English 82*
Political Sci. 22*
American Studies 95
American Studies 99
Electives (non-major)
1
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 r =
-
4
4
-
4, 4 -- 4 -
i
s
&
-
4-6
+
-
ART M A J O R W I T H HISTORY M I N O R AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
FRESHMAN
Religion II
English 11,12
Foreign Lang.
History I
Art 7,8
Art 13,12
Sociology II
H. P.E. 1,2,3
I
Cr.
5
5
2
4
lh
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5
4
2
4
1/3
5
5
;
4
1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Lang.
Natural Sci. or Math
Philosophy
Art 21
Art 18,55
History 2
History 61
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Art 87,88
Art 50,67
History 3
Speech-Communication
Music 30
History 21,22
Electives
- 4
4 4
4 4-5 4 - 5
-
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Art 86,68,78
Art 98
History 71,95
Art 99
Electives
4
-
-
5
8
Term
I
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
-
5
5
4
4
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
8
4
4
4
3
-
-
-
4
4
4
4
ART M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Art.
FRESHMAN
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion II
English l l , 1 2
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Art 7,8
Art 13,12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
- 5
- 5
5 - 4 2 2 4 - 4
- 4 1/3 1/3 1/3
JUNIOR
Teim
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr
Art 88,86,87
Art 50,67
H. P.E. 10
Education 50,58
Education 52,53,54
Education 62,59
Music 30
Elective
5
5
4
4
4
0
4
4
4
-
0
2
4
-
4
5
2
0
3
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Sci. or Math.
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Art 21
Art 18,55
Psychology 5
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83,87
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Art 68,99
Art 78
Electives
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
-
4 5 4
- 4 - 4-5 - 4
4 - 4
- - 5
4
.
-
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr.. Cr. Cr.
10
5
-
-
-
4
4
4
4
-
-
4
3
8
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The program suggested below includes several courses in chemistry and education (for
teacher certification! as well as courses for a good background in biological science. When
making the choices between the biology course options, it i s important that the various
disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series
are required. Careful planning i s essential. This specific program should not be considered
as the best possible schedule for all students. If Chemistry 15, 1 6 is taken instead of Chemistry 5, 6, the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the fall
term.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Chemistry 5 , 6
Biology l l , l 2
5
- 5 5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- 6 6
6 6 Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Speech-Communication
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Education 50,59,74
Education 52,53,54
Biology 67
Biology Electives
-
4
4
4
0
4
-
5 - 4-5
4 - 5
0 0
5-6 5-6
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
H. P.E. 10
Chemistry 23
Mathematics 40
Biology Elective
Biology 72
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
-
-
5
-
5
5
5
5
6
-
-
-
-
-
5
-
-
6
6
SENIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 83,87
Education 84
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Biology Electives
Biology 91,93
Elective
5
4
- 10 4
- - 4
6
5-6
1
1
4-6 -
-
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is suggested for students who plan to do graduate work in biology.
Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully in accordance
with plans for the future. At least one term of botanical work is recommended and Biology
72 is required. Careful planning is essential. This specific program should not be considered
as the best possible, schedule for all students. If Chemistry 5, 6 is taken instead of Chemistry
1 5 , 1 6 , the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the winter term.
FRESHMAN
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Chemistry 15,16
Biology 11,12
5
- 5 5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
6 6 6 6 -
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Speech-Communication
Chemistry 51,52
Mathematics 40,41,42
Biology Elective
Biology 72
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4-5
6 6
5 5
6
-
5
5
6
-
JUNIOR
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Physics 21,22,23
Biology Electives
Elective
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
-
5 5 5
5-6 5-6
- 4-6
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Biology Electives
Biology 91,92,93
Biology 99
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
6
1
-
- 5
4 4-5 5-6 1 1
- 3-5
- 6-8
M A J O R I'N BUSINESS A D M l NlSTRATlON
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance.
Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Business Ad. 31
Speech-Communication
Economics 51
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
5
5
5
-
-
-
5-6 5-6
-
5
4
4
-
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
-
5
-
4 - - 5
- 4-5
- 12 5
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 61
Business Ad. 62,63
Economics 22,23
Philosophy
Fine Arts
SENIOR
Religion
Business Ad. 81
Business Ad. 83 or 84
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
-
5
5
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - - 5
12 12 12
5
M A J O R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALIZATION)
FRESHMAN
Term
I I I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History I , 2, or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E.1,2,3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 5
5 5
5-6 5-6
lh 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22,23
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 61
4
4
4-5
4
-
5
4
4
4
1/3
5
5
4
5
5
-
-
5
-
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51
Business Ad. 62
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
5
5
-
-
4
5
8
-
SENIOR
Term
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Business Ad. 78
Business Ad. 73
Electives
5
5 - 10 10 15
I
-
10
BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
ACCOUNTING AND OFFICE SPECIALIZATION
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1 or 2 or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Business Ed. 1
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 31
Natural Science or Math.
Business Ed. 60
Philosophy
Electives
*Accounting Specialization
**Office Specialization
Term
II HI
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
5
-
5
5
5
-
5
5
-
I
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
0
4
5
4
5
0
5
4
4
-
3
0
2
5
5
SOPHOMORE
Computer Science 45
Accounting 62,63*
Psychology 5
Economics 22,23
Foreign Language
Business Ed. 8
Speech-Communication
Busirless Ed. 10,50**
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 83
Sec. Educ. 84,87
Business Educ. 64
Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I I I III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 . - 5 - 10 4
- 4
4-5 5 . 8
BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Economics 22,23
History 1 or 2or 3
Business Educ. 1
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Econ. 51,58,91 or 92
Sec. Education 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Business Ad. 31
Business Ed. 60
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
4 4 4
1
4
5
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5 5
4
3
0 0 0
2
5
- 4 4
- 4 -
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Business Ad. 1,2
Psychology 5
Computer Science 45
H. P.E. 10
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 84,87
Sec. Educ. 83
Business Ed. 64
Bus. Ed. 65, or Econ. 51
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
5
5
5
- - 5
4
5
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 10 4
5
- - 4
4-5 4-5 4
8
BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H SECRETARIAL
SPECIALIZATION and COMPREHENSIVE M A J O R
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1 or 2 or 3
Business Ed. 1,lO
Sociology 11
Philosophy
Fine Arts
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Business Ad. 1,2
Economics 22,23
Business Education 50
Business Educ. 60,64
Computer Science 45
*Comprehensive Major
**Secretarial Specialization
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4
1
5
- 4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 3
4
0
0 0
2
5
5
4
4
- 5 4
4
4
-
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Psychology 5
Business td. 21,22,53
Speech-Communication
Business Ed. 8*
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 84
Sec. Educ. 83,87
Business Ad. 31
H. P.E. 10
Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
5
5
4
4
5
- 4-5 4
5
4** I
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 10 5
4
5
5
4-5 -
-
-
8
- -
-
CHEMISTRY M A J O R
The following guide for a course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts
degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students
who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5 4
6 5 5
1/3 1/3
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Mathematics 40
Chemistry 15,16
Mathematics 41,42
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5
6
113
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Chemistry 61,62
Chemistry 63
Foreign Language
Chemistry 91
Electives (Math., Physics)
6
5
0
4
SOPHOMORE
6
5
0
4
I
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr, Cr.
Philosophy 23
Chemistry 51,52
Chemistry 53
Physics 21,22,23
Mathematics 43
Sociology 11
SENIOR
5
5
0
5
6
5
5
-
5
6
5
-
5
5
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Chemistry 81,83
Chemistry 72
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Chemistry 91
Electives
5
4
0
5
4
4
4
0
4
SOPHOMORE
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
0
-
M A J O R IN CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English l l , l 2 , 3 5
History 1
Sociology 11
Latin 1, 2
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Electives
5
5 5 5
4
- - 4
5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3
- 5 -
JUNIOR
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Art 83
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Creek or Latin
Mythology 65
Electives
4
4
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
Religion 21
Natural Sci. or Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Latin 3,4
Creek 11,12,13
5
4
5
5
4
5
5
4
5
SENIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Creek 99 or Latin 99
History 60 or 61
Electives
- 5 - 2 4 - 12 10 16
COMMUNICATION MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Speech 11
Electives
JUNIOR
Fine Arts
Speech 40
Speech 51
Speech 52
Sociology 75
Nat. Sci. or Math.
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
4
-
-
1/3
5
4
5
1/3
-
5
1/3
4
-
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
-
4
-
5
5
5
-
5
5
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy 23
Psychology 5
Speech I 5
English 21
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Speech 80
Speech 87
Linguistics
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
4
-
4
-
4
5
5
-
-
5
5
4
3
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5 - 1-5 5
5 5 15
10
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry,
and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools.
Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they
are interested about specific requirements.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Mathematics 40,41
Chemistry 15,16 or 5,6
H. P.E.1,2,3
Elective
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
5 5 5 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3
- 4 6
SOPHOMORE
Pol. Sci. 20,21 or 22
Speech or Lit.
Psychology 5
Chemistry 51,52
Physics 21,22,23
Biology 11,12
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
6
5
6
6
5
6
4
4
5
5
-
ECONOMICS MAJORS
The following programs are suggested courses of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statements under the Department of Bus. Ad, Econ, and Bus. Ed.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History 1 , 2 or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
-
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr.
5
5-6
4
1/3 1/3
5
10
1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Economics 22,23
Electives
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
-
5
5
4
-
5
4
4
4
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51,58
Electives
Speech-Communication
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
5
-
4
5
5
-
5
8
4-5
SENIOR
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Economics 54
Electives
- 4 15 12 15
ECONOMICS - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(Combined Major)
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
- 5 5
4
5-6 5-6 - 4 - 10
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Economics 22,23
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Business Ad. 78
Electives
15
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51,58
Business Ad. 61
Speech-Communication
Electives
4
5
5
-
4
5
4
5
4-5
8
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
-
5
5
4
-
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
15
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are required to complete
the following curriculum. Except where a-choice is indicated substitutions may be made
only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects
and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the
Speech-Communication requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. Music 30 fulfills the fine arts requirement, and Pol. Sci.
20, 21, or 22 (American Government) fulfills the political science-economics requirement
in general education.
The major in this program i s Elementary Education. Each student is required to complete a minor area of study; an academic major i s highly recommended. The minor chosen
i s subject to departmental approval.
FRESHMAN
Religion
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, 3
Biological Science
*H. P.E. 10
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Elem. Educ. 52,53,54
**Elern. Educ. 55
**Elem. Educ. 56
Elern. Educ. 57
Elern. Educ. 61
Elem. Educ. 63
Elem. Educ. 64
**Mathematics 56
**Art 48
Elem. Educ. 58
Elective (minor)
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5
5
5
5
4
5
- - 5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
--
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
0 0 0
(4) 4
5 (5) 2
2
- - 4
6
(4) 4
2 (2) (2)
- (2)
2
4 4 5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
**Physical Science
Pol. Sci. 21,22, or 23
**Music 30
History 21 or 22
Elective (minor)
SENIOR
Religion
**Elem. Ed. 84
**Philosophy
**Speech11
**Elern. Ed. 65
**Elern. Ed. 87
**Elem. Ed. 79
Elective or minor
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 4 - - 5
(4-6) 4-6
4
4 (4)
5
4 4 5
-
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
(4) 4
15 (15) (15)
(4) 4
(4) 4
2
(2) - (4) 4
- (3) 3
(4) 8 4
*Highly recommended but not specifically required
**Parenthesis indicates that course i s offered more than one term
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program
outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high
school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during
his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the
education curriculum. He will need to be approved for teacher education before he can
proceed in the program. He will also need to apply for student teachihg during the junior
year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are:
Art
Biology
Business Education
Chemistry
English (Language Arts)
French
German
Health & Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Physical Education
Physics
Scandinavian Studies
Social Science
Spanish
Speech
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
FRESHMAN
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
SOPHOMORE
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
-
I
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History 1,2, or 3
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Electives
5 5 5 5
- 4
lh 1/3 1/3
5-6 5
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Psychology 5
Electives
- 5 4 4 4
5-6 5-6 - - 4
5
5
4
JUNIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 83
Education 84
Education 87
Electives in major
5
5 - 10 4
- 12 12
Philosophy
Speech 11
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. Methods 58-76
H. P.E. 10
Electives in major
7
- 4
4
0 0
- 5
12 8
4
3
0
2
8
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of
engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years
of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter
Mathematics 41. Those who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University
of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics)
and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the U. of M .
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Mathematics 41,42,43
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Physics 21,22,23
5
- 5 5
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
5 5 5
SOPHOMORE
Physics 61
History 1,2, or 3
Literature or Pol. Sci.
Sociology, Econ. or Phil.
Physics 45
Mathematics 58
Art 1
Chemistry 5,6
Speech 11
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
4
4
-
4
6
-
4
4
6
-
ENGLISH MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of English.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11
English 12 or 30,35, 40, or 45
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
- 5 5
5 5 4
4 - -
- 4 1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci., or Econ.
Speech-Communication
Philosophy
Natural Science or Math.
English 30,35,40,45
or Elective in the major
English 60; and 21 or 22
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
-
4
5
5
5
-
+
5
5
4
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Fine Arts
English 61,62,84
English 72 or 74
English Elective
Electives*
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
5
4
5
4
4
5
SENIOR
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
English 90,91, or 92
Electives*
3
12 15 15
-
5
5
*Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80
or 82,86,88,92,95; and foreign language.
ENGLISH M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11
English 12, or 30,35,40,45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5
4
lh
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Psychology 5
Education 50
Education 52,53,54
Education 59,65
English 61,62,55
English 72 or 74,84
Speech 60 or 66
5
0
5
5
5
5 5
5 4
4
1/3 1/3
4
4
0
5
4
-
0
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Speech 11 and 12,52 or 55
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Natural Science or Math.
English 60, 21
English 30,35,40,45, or 55
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
H. P.E. 10
English 86 or 88
English 90,91, or 92
Library Science 75
Fine Arts
Elective
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4 4-5 4
- 4 - 5 5
5 4 - 5
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
3
4
-
10
5
-
-
-
-
4
4
5
4
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Beg. Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
5-6
1/3
Religion
Inter. Foreign Language
Speech
Philosophy
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Fine Arts
H. P.E. lo*
Electives or 56,57
5
5
5-6
1/3
5
5
4
-
1/3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
4
4
4
9
4
5
-
-
-
5
4
5
JUNIOR
Education 50*, 59*
Education 52,53,54*
Education 66*, 67*, or 75*
Psychology 5*
Conversation 55
Survey 63,64**
Literature 72 or 74
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
3
0 0 0
2
5
- 5
- 5
5
- - 5
8
5
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84*
Education 83*
Education 87*
Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84
Literature 72 or 74
Indep. Study 99
Electives
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 10
5
- - 4
I
-
5
-
-
-
-
2
-
5
2
5
5
-
*Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute 92,
99 or other electives for these courses.
**Courses 56,57 may be elected for either 63 or 64.
BROAD M A J O R IN HEALTH A N D
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education.
Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Foreign Language
History l,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 10
H. P.E. 43
H. P.E. 11,13 (W, M)
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 69
Pol. Sci., or Econ.
H. P.E. 57*
H. P.E. 51,52
H. P.E. 71,72
H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31'
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4
4
5
- - 5
7
1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
II ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4
3
0 0 0
-
-
2
6
5
2
4
4
4-5
4
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Biology 6
Chemistry 5
H. P.E. 31,32,23
H. P.E. 50*
Fine Arts
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Philosophy
H. P.E. 73*
H. P.E. 60*
Electives
Speech-Communication
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
- - 5
5
- 6 5 4 5
1
4
4
--
Term
II Ill
Cr, Cr. Cr.
5
- 10
- 5 ;
I
-
-
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
5
4
4
4
-
4
-
*Starred courses are required for the broad maior in Health and Physical Education
but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
HISTORY M A J O R
The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of History.
---
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2,3
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
4
1/3
JUNIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Foreign Language
History
Economics
Fine Arts
Minor or Elective
Literature
5
4
4
4
-
5
5
4
1/3
5
8
4
-
5
5
4
1/3
4
4
4
4
SOPHOMORE
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy
Psychology 5
Natural Sci. or Math.
- - 5
4 4 5 5 4
- - 5
5-6 5-6 -
SENIOR
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
Speech-Communication
4
4
8
-
5
4
8
-
4
3
4
4
HISTORY M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2,3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
1/3
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 70
Fine Arts
Geography I 4
Political Science 20,21
H. P.E. 10
History
0
4
5
8
5 5
5 5
4 4
4
1/3 1/3
4
0
4
4
4
3
0
2
4
8
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
4
5
5-6
SENIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 84,87
Education 83
Sociology I 2
Speech-Communication
History
History 95
4
5
5-6
5
4
5
-
-
5
10
5
4
- 4
- 4-5
8 4
- 3
-
-
-
-
LAW
College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of
study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study
the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies,
English, History, Political Science.
While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors
are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts
constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields.
While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission,
it i s normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree
program.
Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized
Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year at prescribed times.
Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adviser,
chairman of the Department of Political Science.
MATHEMATICS M A J O R
The following course of study is suggested:
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , l 2
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Mathematics 40,41,42
or
*Mathematics 41H, 42H, 43H
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Mathematics 71,72,73
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Computer Science 55
Electives
or
*Mathematics 83,84
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
5
5
5
-
5
-
5
4
5
-
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
8
4
4-5
4
4
5
4
8
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Physics or Chemistry
Mathematics 43,64,67 or
*Mathematics 58,64,67
SENIOR
Mathematics 58,83,84
or
*Mathematics 93,94,95
Electives
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4
- 4
5-6 5-6
5 4
4
4
4
4
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
*For students with strong background in Mathematics from High School.
MATHEMATICS M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following course of study i s suggested for students preparing for secondary education:
FRESHMAN
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11, I2
Foreign Language
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Mathematics 40,41,
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5 5 5 5 4
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Mathematics 43,64,67
Physics or Chemistry
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 4
- 4
5 4
5-6 5-6
4
4
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Fine Arts
Education 50,59
Speech-Communication
Psychology 5
Mathematics 71,72,60
Education 52,53,54
Philosophy
Computer Science 55
Education 71
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
- 4 4
3
- 4-5
5
4 4 4
0 0 0
4
- 4 - - 2
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
Mathematics 83,84
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10 4
5
4
4
5
- 8 8
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with
a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined
prepares students for certification in medical technology and it also includes the Augsburg
graduation requirements. Many modifications of this program are possible; one popular
alternative is substitution of Chemistry 15, 16 for Chemistry 5, 6. In the senior year, students
taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Sociology 11
Biology 11,12
Chemistry 5,6
History 1,2, or 3
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Chemistry 53
Biology 67,72
Biology 76
Biology 71 or 73
Biology 91,92
Elective (upper division)
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- + 5
5
5
4
6
6
6
6
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
- 6
- 6
4
6
6
1
1
4
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Mathematics 40 (or 5)
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Chemistry 23
Philosophy
Physics 3
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5 (5) (4) 4
- 4-5 - - 4
- - 6
4
- - 5
SENIOR
Lectures, laboratory and practical work at
General or Swedish hospitals for 12 months.
45 crs.
MEDICINE
Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information
for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the
Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make
application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as trarislated into courses at Augsburg College, are as follows:
Credits
Biology 11, I 2
Chemistry 15,16
Chemistry 51,52
Chemistry 53
English l l , 1 2
Literature elective
Mathematics 40,41
Physics 21,22,23
Social Science and Humanities
General electives
12
12
12
5
10
4
10
15
27
34
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements.
In addition to the required courses, pre-medical students are encouraged to take additional
courses in the sciences, especially if the student is interested in an academic career in
medicine or medical research. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in biology, chemistry, or natural science. The requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for
a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry; for a natural science major under
Curriculums. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments or the Medical
School Advisory Committee early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Music.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Music l , 2 , 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5 5 5 5 - 4
4 4 5
1 1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Music 4 , 5 , 6
Applied Music
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 68,73
Music 53*, 54
Music 60,61
Music 57,58
Music Organization
Applied Music
Speech-Communication
4
0
4
5
0
1
-
3
0 0
4
2
4 4 3 3
0 0
1 1
- 4-5
Religion
Education 84,87
Education 83
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
H. P.E. 10
Philosophy
Music Organization
Art 1
Electives
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
4
1
5
4
5-6 5-6
4 4
1 1
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
10
5
-
-
0
-
5
-
-
4
5
0
4
-
4
-
-
4
0
4
MUSIC MAJOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Music 1,2,3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Music 4,5,6
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr
4
-
JUNIOR
Art 1
Music 60,61,62
Music 53*, 54 ,,
Music57,58 Applied Music
Music Organization
Electives
5
4
4
4
4
-
1
0
3
1
0
-
3
1
0
8
4
-
-
5
4
4
-
-
4-5 4-5
4
4
4
4
1
0
I
0
1
0
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cd Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy
Music 76
Applied Music
Music Organization
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
5'- -
-
.
-
-'
4
1
0
4
:I '
8
4
4
-
a
--I
0
1
0
- 10 ..5
'Chorar Technique may besubstituted for Instrurnenial Technique in the fall term.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR PREMEDICAL STUDENTS
-b
=
This major is preented as an option for premedical students. It provides the necessary
coursa for admission to most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical School. I n addition, the major allows a number of elective courses. The student should
choose elective courses carefully, keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical
schools to which he intends t o apply. care must also be taken t o ensure that enough upper..
t
division credits are included. (In this specific program 16 credits of electives ~ u s be
u ~ ~division
e r credits.)
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
Religion' 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H, P.E. < 2 , 3
Chemistry 15,16
Biology l l , 1 2
-6
6
,
-
Religiqn
Foreign Language
Physics 21,22,23
Biology Elective
Electives
5
5
4
I h
6 6
5
5
5
5
5
6
4 4-6
IF
I
II
Ill
Chemis~ry51,52,53
Mathematics40.41.42
,
.
,5
5
5
S~IOR
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-'
-,
T;
Speech-Cammunicat ion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
,
Biology Electii~e
-
erm
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
?
;
Term
SOPHOMORE
-
- 5
4
- I h 1h
"*
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Biology S'eminar
Electives
-
4
-
5
4
4
-
4
--
1 -A
9
1
R
.
e
*-a
-
I
P
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORFOR TEACHING
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least
27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits
in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Education 50,59
Natural Science or Math.
Education 52,53,54
H. P.E. 10
Education 74
Fine Arts
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
I n
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
-
4
Foreign Language
Natural Science o r Math.
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
11 11 11
- - 5
5-6 I n 1/3
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
SOPHOMORE
-
-
-
4
-
4
4
4
0
-
5
0
5
-
3
5
0
2
4
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Natural Science or Math.
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10
5
5
5
-
-
5
-
4
4
4
4
-
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 52
Philosophy Electives
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
4
-
5
5
5
-
4
4
-
-
4
I h 1/3 1/3
-
-
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Fine Arts
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy 23
Philosophy 41,42,43
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 5-6 5-6
4
4
5
4 4 4
- 5 -
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
4
-
-
5
SOPHOMORE
5 5
10 10
SENIOR
Religion
Philosophy 99
Philosophy Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
2-5 5 5 5
- 11 10
PHYSICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Physics.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Physics 21,22,23
Mathematics 40,41,42
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
French or German
Physics 51,52
Physics 62,63
Physics 77
Mathematics 58,83,84
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
-
5 5
5 5 5
5 5 5
lh 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
4
-
4
1
4
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Mathematics 43
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy
Physics 45
French or German
Fine Arts
Sociology 11
History 1,2, or 3
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Physics 86,87
Physics 77
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
-
5
4
5
-
-
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
1
4 4
1 1
- - 4-5
11 11 8
8
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
The following program is a typical, not mandatory, course of study. Students are urged
to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Philosophy 21
Math. or Natural Science
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. 20,21
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
4
1/3
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 23
Sociology 61
Computer Science 45
Pol. Sci. 30,49
Pol. Sci. Electives
Art 1 or Music 30
JUNIOR
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. Electives
Economics 22,23
Psychology 5
Inter. Disc. St. 96
5
- 4 4 7-8 4 4-6
- 4 4
5
- 3 -
5
5-6
4
1/3
5
-
--
5-6
4
1/3
SENIOR
Political Sci. Electives
Lit. or Speech
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 - 5 5
5
5
4 - - 4 4
- 4 4
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
8
8
4
4
8
16
PSYCHOLOGY
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2, or 3
Sociology 11
General Psychology
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Computer Science 45
Psychology 59
Psychology 61,62
Psychology Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
113
- 5
5 5 4
4
5
1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4 4 4 4 4
8 8 12
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Natural Science
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Speech-Communication
Sociology 61
Psychology 64
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Psychology 81
Psychology 93
Psychology 99 (any term)
Psychology Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
5
4
-
-
-
4
5
--
4-5
4
-
-
-
4
-
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
- - 3
4
4 4 4
8 4 10
RELIGION MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Natural Science or Math.
History 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion 21
Religion
Foreign Lang.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Philosophy 21
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Philosophy 23
Foreign Lang.
Psychology 5
Electives
Philosophy
5
6
4
-
5
5
5
-
5
6
4
-
5
4
4
4
5
4
8
-
Religion
Religion 86
Literature
Sociology
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
-
-
5
5
-
5
4
- 4-5
4
4
Term
I I Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
8
5
4
8
5
4
8
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES M A J O R
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Scand. I , 2
History I , 2, or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Psychology 5*
Education 50*, 59:
Education 52,53,54*
Scand. 84,74
Philosophy 21
Scand. 62
Electives
Education 67*
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 5 5 4
- - 5-6 5-6
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
0
5
-
5
4
0
-
4
3
0
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Scand. 3,4
Scand. 55
Scand. 51,26
Speech-Communication
Pol. Sci. o r Econ.
H. P.E. lo*
Fine Arts
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84*
Education 83*, 87*
Scand. 72
Scand. 99
Electives
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
4 5
- 5
- 4-5 - 4 - - 5
4
4 4 -
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
-
10 - 5 4
5 - 1-5 - 1-5
0-5 - 5-10
*Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute electives
for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions.
Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had
similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his
proficiency in the subject.
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the two-year program.
A student in the two-year program must elect courses from the general education requirement to make a total of 90 credits.
FIRST YEAR
Religion 11
English 11,12
Business Ed. 1,lO
Business Ed. 21,22
Business Ed. 50,53
History 1,2, or 3
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 5 5 1
5
4 4 - 5 5
- - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
SECOND YEAR
Religion
Psychology 5
Speech 11
Business Ad. 1,2
Business Ed. 8,60,64
Sociology 11
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
4
5
4
4
5
4
-
-
-
-
5
4
4
4
SEMINARY
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission
into a theological seminary course. The following program gives the approximate preseminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student
may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History l , 2 , 3
Foreign Language*
Sociology 11
H. P. E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Greek
Philosophy 41,42,43
Speech 11
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- - 5 5
4 4 4
5
5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 5 5
4 4 4
4
4 8 8
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
I
Cr.
5
5-6
4
-
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5-6 4
4
4
4
6
4
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4-5 4 12 16
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING I N SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits, which may be earned in either of
the following distributions:
A. History concentration: 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
B. Behavioral science concentration: 14 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and
47 credits distributed as follows:
42-43 credits in economics, political science, and sociology, of which a minimum
of 16 credits shall be upper division, with at least one upper-division course in each
of the three disciplines;
4-5 credits in an additional upper-division course in one of the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology.
Plan A. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the
social sciences (history concentration).
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2 , 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4 4 4
- 4 - 4 113 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
5
5
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 70
Fine Arts
Political Science 30,21
Economics 23
History
H. P.E. 10
Sociology 12
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4 3
0 0 0
- - 2
4
- 4 4
4
8
4
- 5 - 4 -
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
Speech-Communication
Interdisciplinary St. 90
History 95
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10
5
-
-
4
- 4-5
2-3 - 3
12 4
-
Plan B. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the
social sciences (behavioral science concentration).
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Sociology 11, I 2
Political Science 20 or 21
Math. or Natural Science
Geography I 4
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. (upper div.)
Social Science*
Economics 58
Foreign Language
Interdisc. Studies 90
H. P.E. 10
Education 50,59
Ed. 52,53,54
Education 70
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
4
4
4
1/3
- 5
- 5
4 4 5 5
4 1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4 4-5 - 5
- 5
- 2-3
- - 4
0 0
-
-
-
-
5
5
3
0
2
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Economics 22,23
History 21,22
Sociology 61
Political Science 30
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Speech-Communication
4
5
4-5
SENIOR
Term
I
11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Foreign Language
Social Science**
Electives
10 5 - 4
- 4 4
- 4-5 - 8 8
4
5
4
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
*Upper division course in economics, sociology, or political science.
**Upper division course in economics, history, political science, psychology,
or sociology.
SPANISH M A J O R
See under Curriculum for French major.
SPEECH M A J O R
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Fine Arts
JUNIOR
Speech 61
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Speech 60
Speech 51,55
Education 50
Education 52,53,54
Education 59,76
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 5 5 4
4 - - 4 I h 1/3 1/3
- - 4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 - 5 5 - 5
4 - 0 0 0
- - 5
- 5 - - 8
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Speech 11
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 23
Speech 12 or 52
Speech 32
Psychology 5
SENIOR
Religion
Speech 16 or 67
Speech 76
Speech 66
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4
-
-
4 - - 6 6
5
- 4-5 - - 4
5 Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr,
5
4-5
- - 5
- - 5
- 10 - 5
- - 4
8 - -
-- --
-
-
THEATER ARTS MAJOR
The following program is suggested for students who plan to study theater arts in graduate
school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2 o r 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Speech 11
Electives
JUNIOR
Fine Arts
Philosophy
English 74
English 76
Speech 60
Speech 61
Electives
Term
1 II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 4
- 4 - 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4
5 - Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 4 - - 4
- 4 5
5 - 7 11
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Nat. Sci. o r Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Speech 16
Speech 28
Speech 32
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
English 84
Speech 66
Speech 67
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
5
4
-
-
5
4
4
-
4
-
4
-
-
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 -
5
-
5
5
-
5
10 10
-
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11,12
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Philosophy 63
Sociology 61,' 62*
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5 - 5
5 5 4
4
4 4 4
lh 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5 4
5 10 10
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Natural Science or Math
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Sociology 41,58,59
Psychology 5
- - 5
5-6 5-6 - 4 4
- 4 4 4 4
5
SENIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75*
Sociology 91,* 82
Soc. 85,86,87 or
SOC. 92,93,94
Electives
5
-
5
-
*Required for the major.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology l l , l 2
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion.
Sociology 51,* 52,* 53*
Spciology 54,* 55,* 56*
Sociology 61*
Psychology 5*
Pol. Sci. 20,21, or 22 or
Economics
Electives
*Required for the major.
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- -
5
,
5 5
5 - - 4
4 4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1134
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
1
5
5
4
1
-
4
1
5
-
-
4
-
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Speech-Communication
Philosophy
Sociology 31,58,59
Elective
4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 4
5 4 4
- - 9
SENIOR
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75,82,73
Psychology 61,62
Electives
I
5
5
5
-
5
5
5
5
5
7
PERSONNEL
THE B O A R D O F REGENTS
Officers of the Board
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chairman
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Mr. Jerome Formo
Vice-chairman
john R. Winsor.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mr. Albert E. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - .
Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California
Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota
President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co.
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota
Luther Theological Seminary (Retired)
Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Minnesota Insurance Exchange
Dr. Harold I.Lunde, St. Louis, Missouri
Manager of Planning and General Research, May Department Store Co.
Mr. C.S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor; Director, Environmental Health and Safety, University of Minnesota
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota
Professor, St. Olaf College
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York
President, Nelson Resource Corp.
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson,Jr., Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Senior Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Bertil Sandberg, St. Paul, Minnesota
Secretary-Treasurer, N. H. Sandberg Erection Co.
Secretary
. . . . . Treasurer
Mr. Clifford C. Sommer, Owatonna, Minnesota
President, Security Bank &Trust Co.
The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack, St. Paul, Minnesota
Professor, Luther Theological Seminary
Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota
General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company
The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin
Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Mr. John R. Winsor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Burton P. Fosse
President
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College
......................................
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vice President and Executive
Assistant to the President
Vice President for Development
Miss Fern I. Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
.......................................
Vice President for Student Affairs
Thomas Holman
Miss Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miss Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . .
Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
...............
Assistant Registrar
Karlis L. Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
Sigvald Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Alumni Relations
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Coordinator
StevenVite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager,NewsBureau
Russell Jones . . Coordinator of Campus Events and Manager of Music Organizations
Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . .Associate Director of Admissions
David Gronner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Herald Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Warren D. Cuplin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager
Wayne Pederson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller
Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Plant Services
Carl Stromer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services
Rafael Cuerrero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician
Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor
Douglas Wasko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of College Center
Irving Hoel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store
PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS
Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D. C.
Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman
Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Batzli Electric Company
Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company
Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, A. D.Strong Company
Mr. R. J.Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota
General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company
Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota
President, Warner Hardware Company
Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Dain, Kallman &Quail, Inc.
Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Northern States Power Company (Retired)
Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association
Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.
Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington
President, Elling Halvorson, Inc.
Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Knutson Companies, Inc.
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota
President, Minneapolis Gas Company
Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman, Executive Committee, Tescom Corporation (Retired)
Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa
President, First National Bank
Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. A. Herbert Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Lutheran Brotherhood
Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc.
Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Consultant to Management, IDS Properties, Inc.
Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota
President, Apache Corporation
Mr. Dean B. Randall, Excelsior, Minnesota
Vice President, Honeywell, Inc.
Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio
President, 0. G. Sandbo Company
The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Judgeof the District Court
General L. J.Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc.
Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Midland National Bank (Retired)
Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, JeffersonTransportation Co.
Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Cuplin, Fosse, G. Johnson
PRESIDENT'S CABINET: 0. Anderson, M i s s Martinson, M i s s Joel, Stromer, Ecklund,
M. Johnson, Mandsager, Lancaster, Walgren, Jones
FACULTY SENATE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Benson, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Palosaari,
Mrs. Noonan, Torstenson, Alton, Sulerud
EDUCATIONAL POLICIES: Bailey, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, E. Johnson, Ollila, P. Quanbeck,
Davis, Steinmetz, Mrs. Dyrud, Stenshoel, Gulden, Thorpe
LIBRARY: Ozolins, Reichenbach, Miss A. Pederson, R. Nelson, Hanwick
STUDENT PERSONNEL: G . Johnson, Miss Martinson, K. Paulson, Gustafson, Mrs.
Sibley, Dewey
ADMISSIONS AND STUDENT
Rozentals, D. Johnson, Holman
STANDING:
Bailey,
Miss Joel, Follingstad, Miss
INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION: Mrs. M. Johnson, Sargent, Miss Joel, Miss M. Anderson
ATHLETICS: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Persons, Kiive
FACULTY SOCIAL FUNCTIONS: Mrs. L. Peterson, Mosand, Koehler, Mrs. Nichols,
Mrs. Baltina
TEACHER EDUCATION: E.
J. Johnson, Pearson, G. Nelson
Johnson, Mrs. Ludeman,
Mrs.
Parker,
Miss
Lund,
FACULTY PERSONNEL POLICIES: Miss Cole, Fardig, Holman, Nordlie, Sateren
*JUDICIAL COUNCIL: E. Nelson, Gundersen, Rusch, Mrs. Anderegg
*STUDENT-FACULTY COUNCIL: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson,
Johnsrud, Herforth
*CONVOCATIONS: Agre, Gabrielsen, Thompson, Mrs. E. Olson, Wasko
*RELIGIOUS LIFE: Mandsager, Riley, Miss Kemmer
ARCHIVES: Ozolins, Chrislock, L. Hansen, M. Quanbeck
*Joint Student-Faculty Committees
THE FACULTY
RUTH AASKOV (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French (on leave Term 1, 196970
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
COURTLAND ACRE (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota.
EARL ALTON (1960), Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., W61, University of Michigan.
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
BARBARA ANDERSEN (1969), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Northwestern College, 1949; M.A., Northwestern University, 1954.
ERNEST ANDERSON (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
*MARGARET ANDERSON (1969), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian
B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1948.
MARY MARIE ANDERSON (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
OSCAR A. ANDERSON (1963), President of t h e College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; L.L.D., Concordia
College, 1963.
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University o f Minnesota.
*ALLEN H. BACHELDER (1967), Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
B.A., 1961, and B.S., 1966, University of Minnesota.
KENNETH C. BAILEY (1965), Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of t h e
College and Professor of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University o f Minnesota.
VALERIA B. BALTINA (1967), Instructor i n German
Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933,
University o f Latvia.
*Part-Time Faculty
STEPHEN K. BATALDEN (1969), lnstructor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
JOHN E. BENSON (1963), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and
Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University.
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY (19661, Assistant Professor of Music
B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948, Northwestern University.
*NELLY T. BLACKBURN (1963-64,1968), lnstructor of French
B.A., Earlham College, 1949.
*VERNON M. BLOOM (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
*PENELOPE A. CAIRNS (1967), lnstructor in French
B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School,
1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967.
*LOUIS H. CAMPBELL (1969), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., Westminster College, 1964; M.A., Brigham Young University, 1967.
CARL H. CHRISLOCK (1952), Professor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota.
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN (1938-63), President Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929.
*L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN (1959-60,1961-62,1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
ROBERT W. CLYDE (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank
of Associate Professor
B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa,
1964.
AILENE COLE (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949.
*EDWIN L. CROSBY (1969), lnstructor of Political Science
B.A., 1961, and M.A., 1966, University of Minnesota.
WARREN D. CUPLIN (1968), Business Manager
B.S., University of Illinois, 1955; M.S., Northern Illinois University, 1967.
K. BERNER DAHLEN (1941),Associate Professor of English (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
F. MARK DAVIS (1968),Associate Professor of English
B.A., William JenningsBryan College, 1956; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1958; Ph.D.,
Duke University, 1966.
CARLYLE C. DEWEY (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota.
BEVERLY C. DURKEE (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.M., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
GRACE B. DYRUD (19621, Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
EDGAR E. EKLOF (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955.
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON (1964-65,1969), Associate Professor of Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., Michigan State University, 1964.
SHELDON FARDIG (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University.
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.
1950.
BURTON P. FOSSE (1953), Vice President and Executive Assistant to the President
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN (1963), lnstructor in Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966.
ORLOU E GISSELQU IST (1956), Associate Professor of History (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., 1943, M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
RUTH ANN GJERDE(1968), lnstructor of Health and Physical Education for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
*EDWIN L. GROENHOFF (1966), Visiting Professor of Geography
B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957; Ed.D.,
of Colorado, 1968.
LARRY G. GRU (1968), lnstructor of Business Administration
B.A., Colgate University, 1964; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967.
DEAN B. GULDEN (1966), Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967.
JOHN H. GUNDERSEN (19671, lnstructor of Scandinavian
B.A., City College of New York, 1961.
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON (1961-63,1966), Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1969, University of
Wisconsin.
ARLlN E. GYBERG (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
CARL R. HAMMARBERG (19531, Director of Placement and Testing with rank of
Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
LElF E. HANSEN (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
THEODORE J. HANWICK (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and MS., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York
University, 1950.
THERESA G. HAYNES (19681, Director of the Audio Visual Services
University
MELVIN HELLAND (1941-64), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919
and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
*KATHERINE A. HENNIG (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.S., 1933 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota.
ROBERT S. HERFORTH (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., 1963, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska.
NORMAN D. HOLEN (1964), Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
THOMAS R. HOLMAN (1966), Vice President for Student Affairs,
Associate Dean of Students, and Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966.
JOHN R. HOLUM (1957-58,1959), Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
VALIJA JAUNLININS (1965), Instructor in German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
VIVIAN JENKINS(1969), Special Education Counselor in the Center for Student
Development and Director of the F.A.M.E. Program with rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Dana College, 1965.
CAROL J. JENNINGS(1969), Special Skills Counselor in the Center for Student
Development and Assistant Professor of English
B.S., Wisconsin State University, 1962; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1969.
*IRENE KHlN KHlN JENSEN(1955-56,1959), Associate Professor of History
(on leave, terms ll & Ill 1969-70).
B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, 1956.
*OLIVE J. JENSEN(1966), Lecturer in Art
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
MILDRED V. JOEL (1947), Registrar with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
DUANE E. JOHNSON (1968), Associate Professor of Psychology
I
B.A., Huron College, 1954; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; M.E., South Dakota
m
State University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
ElNAR 0.JOHNSON (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.Q., 1961, University of Washington.
GLEN W. JOHNSON (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959.
JAMES D. JOHNSON (1961), Assistant Professor of Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958.
.
*MARY E. JOHNSON (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
SHERMAN J. JOHNSRUD (1960-61,1965-66,1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
ROBERT KARLEN (1959), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
*JOANNE KARVONEN (1965-68,1969), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962.
*GRACE E. KEMMER (1966), Librarian I,Acquisition Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
*SYLVIA J. KERR (1968), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Carleton College, 1963; M.S., 1966 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
PRllDU KllVE (19661, lnstructor in Physics
B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959.
BERNHARDT 1. KLEVEN (1937-46,1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
BOYD N. KOEHLER (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian
B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
*MAYNARD W. LlNN (1969), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy
B.A., Augustana College, 1962.
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota
KAREN P. LONG (1969), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1965.
RUTH G. LUDEMAN (1967), Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
GERTRUDE S. LUND (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
LYNN L. McCABE (1968), lnstructor of English
B.A., 1963; M.A., 1967; and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
*PATRICIA A. McCOLM (1969), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., University of Arizona, 1968.
*MARIE 0. McNEFF (1968), Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., 1960; M.Ed., 1963; and Ph.D., 1967, University of Nebraska.
ORLIN L. MANDSAGER (1960-61,1962), Campus Pastor and lnstructor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
FERN MARTINSON (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950.
MARTHA M. MAlTSON (1960-68), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
*DIANA L. METZKER (1968), Artist in Residence in Music (piano/organ)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
EDWlN D. MICKELBERG (1956), Associate Professor of Biology (on half-time leave
of absence 1969-70)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
SHEROD L. MILLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., Wheaton College, 1962; M.S.W., Florida State University, 1964.
J O H N R. MITCHELL (1968), lnstructor of English
B.A., Maryville College, 1962.
*AUGUST MOLDER (1963), Artist i n Residence and lnstructor o f A r t
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
GERDA MORTENSEN (19231, Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of
Centennial Committee
B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928.
J O H N B. M O S A N D (1967), lnstructor i n Art
Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of
Technology, 1957-60; University o f Illinois, 1960-61.
D A V I D G. MUTCHLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Mathematics
B.A., Hamline University, 1964; M.A., Columbia University, 1965.
ARTHUR NASH (1922-661, Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
*CHESTER A. NELSON (19691, Visiting Lecturer o f Health and Physical Education
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1938.
EDOR C. NELSON (19461, Associate Professor o f Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University o f Minnesota, 1947.
G O R D O N L. NELSON (1967), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1963; M.A., University o f Chicago Divinity School, 1965.
RICHARD C. NELSON (1968), Assistant Professor o f History
B.A., University o f Nebraska, 1964; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
CRIER NICHOLL (1961), Associate Professor o f English (on leave Term 1,1969-70)
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D.,
University o f Minnesota, 1964.
CHERYL C. NICHOLS (19681, lnstructor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
* J O H N L. NIELSEN (19661, Artist i n Residence and lnstructor i n Music (Brass)
B.A., lowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University o f lowa, 1963.
N O R M A C. N O O N A N (19661, Associate Professor o f Political Science (on leave Term
I and one-half Term 11,1969-70)
B.A., University o f Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University.
D A V I D NORDLIE (1961), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University o f Minnesota, 1965.
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA (1966), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston
University, 1963.
ESTHER J.OLSON (1960), Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D., 1956, University o f Minnesota.
*NILS W. OLSSON (1967-68,19691, Visiting Professor of Scandinavian
A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago.
GARY OSMAN (1968), lnstructor of Spanish
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
*WILLIAM E. OYLER (1969), lnstructor of German
B.A., Carleton College, 1954; B.S. in Ed, 1961, and M.A., 1963, University of Minnesota.
KARLIS OZOLINS (1955), Head Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961
and M.A. in Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota.
RONALD G. PALOSAARI (1965), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*PATRICIA A. PARKER (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952.
KERMIT E. PAULSON (19681, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1963.
WAYNE C. PAULSON (1969), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Luther College, 1965; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1968.
HOWARD E. PEARSON (1956), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
ANNE PEDERSON (1932-44,19461, Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
WARREN L. PERSONS (1968), lnstructor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1966; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1968.
LaVONNE PETERSON (1950), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1953.
*KATHRYN J. PFEFFER (1968), Instructional Assistant of Health and Physical
Education for Women
B.S., Moorhead State College, 1962.
RONALD D. PFEFFER (1966), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966.
*OLGA PULESTON (19691, lnstructor of Sociology
B.A., University of Delaware, 1964.
MARTIN QUANBECK (1938), Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK (1957), Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th.,
1954 and D.Th,, 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary.
LLOYD E. RAYMOND (1969), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., Mankato State College, 1969.
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH (1968), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Wheaton College, 1965; M.A., 1967 and Ph.D., 1968, Northwestern University.
ri.
Yir
JOHN F. RILEY (1968), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1951; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1964, Catholic University of America.
FLOYD ROMSLO (1969), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962.
GUNTA ROZENTALS (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., 1956; M.A., 1961, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
WILLIAM G. RUSCH (1968), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., 1959 and M.A., 1960, University of Buffalo; B.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary,
1963; D. Phil, University of Oxford, 1965.
*THOMAS R. RYKKEN (1968), lnstructor in Computer Science
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
EDWARD M. SABELLA (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960.
JACQUELYN B. SAHLIN (1969), Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., Wayne State University, 1952; M.A., Roosevelt University, 1960.
RICHARD B. SARGENT (1967), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965.
LELAND B. SATEREN (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg
College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakeland College, 1965.
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD (1959), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD (1952), Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963.
*RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ (1968), Visiting Professor of Religion
A.B., University of Illinois, 1949; M.A., 1955 and Ph.D., 1960, Hebrew Union College.
JESSE M. SHAPIRO (1969), Professor of Mathematics
B.A., 1950; M.A., 1951 and Ph.D., 1954, University of Minnesota.
*MARJORIE H. SIBLEY (1961), Librarian II, Reference Librarian
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
EUGENE SKIBBE (1964), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University
of Heidelberg, 1962.
DAlNA SMlTS (1968), lnstructor of Economics
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*CARROLL I.STEIN (1968), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1956; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1966, University of Minnesota.
DONALD B. STEINMETZ (1968), Associate Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
*CHARLES A. STENDAHL, JR. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1969.
MYLES C. STENSHOEL (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
RALPH SULERUD (19641, Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska.
PHILIP J. THOMPSON (1959), Associate Professor of Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958.
NEAL 0.THORPE (19671, Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
JOHNTHUT (1947-66), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of
Music.
VERA THUT (1947-68), Instructor Emeritus
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
JOELS. TORSTENSON (1938-42,1947), Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
*THOMAS N. TWEETEN (1968), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry
B.S., Winona State College, 1968.
ERLING J. URDAHL (1943), Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*LEO B. VETVICK (1966), Lecturer of Sociology
A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park
Seminary, 1955.
EUGENE VUlClCH (1967), Assistant Professor of Music
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967.
*SISTER AGNES WARD (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
DOUGLAS P. WASKO (1968)) Director of College Center
B.S., 1961 and M.Ed., 1965, University of Minnesota.
BEVERLY A. WEGGE (1966), Assistant Registrar
B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958.
Q. FREDERICK WESSMAN (1969), Assistant Director for the Center of Student Develop-
ment with rank of Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965; M.A., American University, 1967.
DAVID C. W O O D (1969), Associate Professor of English
B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1958; M.A., 1959 and Ph.D., 1969, Bowling Green State
University.
L. WILLIAM YOUNGDAHL (1968), Director of the Center for Urban Programs
B.A., Yale University, 1950; B.D., Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago, 1954; S.T.M.,
Union Theological Seminary, 1955.
Non-Returning Faculty
*CALVIN W. APPELBY (1968-69), Lecturer of Sociology
B.A., Kent State University, 1956.
JOYCE C. ASCHENBRENN ER (1968-69), Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., Newcomb College, 1954; M.A., Tulane University, 1956; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1967.
CRAIG B. CARLSON (1967-69), lnstructor of English
B.A., College of William and Mary, 1965.
GEORGE A. FEVlG (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.B.A., University of Chicago, 1965.
*CLIFFORD L. JOHNSON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Southern Illinois University.
*JAMES C. KINCANNON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., Washington & Lee University, 1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967
*ROBERT A. LEWIS (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1953; B.D., Moravian Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A.,
University of Minnesota, 1966.
*WILLIAM 0. NILSEN (1968-69), Visiting Professor of Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1924; M.A., University of Minn-esota, 1935.
*KNUT NYSTEDT (1968-69), Artist in Residence in Music
Eksamen Artium, 1935; Oslo Conservatory of Music, 1936 and 1943.
WAYNE R. PARK (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Trinity College, 1958; M.S., Northwestern University, 1959.
*JAMES W. P R A n (1968-69), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., Macalester College, 1966.
*JERIE M. P R A n (1967-69), Instructor of Speech
B.A., Macalester College, 1966.
*BRIAN L. RAINER (1967-68), lnstructor of Greek
B.A., Luther College, 1964; M.A., University of Iowa, 1966.
*WILMA A.'SWEDBURG (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ed.Sp., 1962, University of Minnesota.
*ROBERT F. WALD (1968-69), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy
B.A., St. John's University, 1963.
GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1,
1967 to AUGUST 31,1968
Ackermann, Carol Martinez / Northfield,
Minn.
Ackerson, Constance M . /Cumberland, Wis.
Agrimson, lone Evangeline / Bismarck,
N. Dak.
Amdall, Elizabeth Ann /Barron, Wis.
Andell, Paul Arne / Miami, FI.
Andersen, Norman R. / Newport, Minn.
Anderson, Donna Mae /Red Wing, Minn.
Anderson, Dorothy L. /Madison, Minn.
Anderson, Margaret Rose / Richfield, Minn.
Anderson, Michael B. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Anthonisen, Ann Larson /Cokato, Minn.
Arndt, Michael John / Hutchinson, Minn.
Asp, Camilla Joy/Ames, lowa
Bachman, Jean Frances /Richfield, Minn.
Barnett, Robert ~ a d e / M i n n e a p o l i s ,Minn.
Batalden, Carol J. / Lamberton, Minn.
Beck, Joyce Ersted / Donnelly, Minn.
Behm, Christ Joseph /St. Paul, Minn.
Belter, Lois Lillian /Glencoe, Minn.
Bengtson, James Dennis /St. Louis Park,
Minn.
Benson, Donald R. Jr. / Bloomington, Minn.
Benson, W. Bruce/Center City, Minn.
Berg, Allan Jerome/Austin, Minn.
Berg, David F. / Beloit, Wis.
Berg, Gene Arthur / Wanamingo, Minn.
Berg, Priscilla Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Berglund, Jean Elizabeth /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Berndt, Bonita Louise /Osseo, Minn.
Bjerkestrand, JoelSilas Jr. /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Bjornlund, Robert Ronald / Holden, Mass.
Boe, David Eugene/Adams, Minn.
Bogeskov, Nancy Louise /Bloomington, Minn.
Bohnsack, John Richard /Chaska, Minn.
Bollerud, Gracia Mae /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bomsta, Stanley M. /St. Paul, Minn.
Braaten,.Janet Marie,/ Elk River, Minn.
Braud, Carole Sandra /South St. Paul, Minn.
Britt, Donald E. /La Crosse, Wis.
Britt, Judith Ann Hurtig / Hector, Minn.
Brown, Perilyn Ruth /Charles City, lowa
Buckman, Patricia Mariam / Le Center,
Minn.
Burch, Donna Marie /South St. Paul, Minn.
Burns, Mary Jane Larson /St. Paul Park,
Minn.
Carlson, James Ernest /Aitkin, Minn.
Carlson, Margery Lynette/Richfield, Minn.
Carlstrom, Geraldine E. /Red Wing, Minn.
Chilgren, Duane Allen /St. Anthony Village,
Minn.
Christensen, Linda Rae / Hartland, Minn.
Cox, Miriam Charlene /St. Paul, Minn.
Dale, Charles Vernon 11 /Forest Lake, Minn.
Derfler, David J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
DeVries, Jonathan W. /Bejou, Minn.
Digree, JoAnne Celeste /Minneapolis, Minn.
Dunshee, Sharon /Minneapolis, Minn.
Eckberg, John Charles /Gibbon, Minn.
Eggum, Elen ldell /Albert Lea, Minn.
Eidsvoog, Jane Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Engel, Margaret A. / Hanley Falls, Minn.
Elavsky, Jeffery Craig /Minneapolis, Minn.
Enger, William /Fairmont, Minn.
Ersfeld, Dean Arnold /Lakeville, Minn.
Erickson, Stephen Keith /St. Paul, Minn.
Fahlberg, John A. /Alexandria, Minn.
Farmer, William B. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Faue, Jeffrey Lawrence /Minneapolis, Minn.
Feig, Douglas Gregory /Minneapolis, Minn.
Firl, Mary Louise /Red Wing, Minn.
Fredrickson, Alan R. / Hutchinson, Minn.
Frisk, Douglas Quentin /Minneapolis, Minn.
Garmer, Gregory Richard /Elk River, Minn.
Gerken, John Ralph /Raymond, Minn.
Gilbertson, JoAnn /Richfield, Minn.
Cislason, Allen Wayne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Gravell, Carolyn J. /Mound, Minn.
Gudmestad, Kim A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Guetzkow, Denis G. /Anoka, Minn.
Gunderson, Lynn James/Minneapolis, Minn.
Gunderson, Thomas Harding /Dodge Center,
Minn.
Haack, Linda Caroline/Spring Lake Park,
Minn.
Hageseth, JonAubrey / Elk River, Minn.
Hallcock, Lois Arlene / Northfield, Minn.
Hansen, Wayne Norman /Mount Prospect,
111.
Hanson, Barbara Rae /Sand Creek, Wis.
Hanson Carolyn A. /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Hanson, Mark Stephen /St. Paul, Minn.
Hanson, Robert Nels /Harris, Minn.
Hartmark, Leif S. /Arden Hills, Minn.
Haugann, Else Dagny Momrak /Oslo,
Norway
Hendrkkson, Dale A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoekstra, Donna Anderson /St. Paul, Minn.
Hoel, Brian Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Holm, Virginia Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hopper, John Douglas /Fergus Falls, Minn.
Hoversten, Martha Annette / Brainerd, Minn.
Hukee, Byron Edgar /St. Francis, Minn.
Husbyn, Natalie M . /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Ilstrup, Duane Montor / Buffalo, Minn.
Ilstrup, Russell Emris /Buffalo, Minn.
Jacobson, Harold Leon / Lake Lillian, Minn.
Jedlund, Steven Douglas /Richfield, Minn.
Jensen, Gerald David / Menomonie, Wis.
Johnson,Alan R. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Dean Sheldon /Blaine, Minn.
Johnson, Dolores Johanna/Minneapolis,
Minn.
Johnson,Gail Linda/Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson,Gary Allan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Herald Allan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Nancy Wells /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson,Richard Lamson / Edina, Minn.
Johnson,Theodore Reynold / Kerkhoven,
Minn.
Johnson,Timothy L. /Tananarive, Malagasy
Republic
Johnson,William James/ Escanaba, Mich.
Jones, Nancy Lee / Hopkins, Minn.
Jopke,Walter Henry Jr. / Fridley, Minn.
Jordan, Rebecca Hedlund, Minneapolis, Minn.
Jorgensen, Linda Kay /Redwood Falls, Minn.
Jorgenson, Myrna Jean/Minneapolis, Minn.
Joyce, David Allen / Bloomington, Minn.
Jurgensen, Mary S. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Kahl, Meridel Louise / New Lenox, Ill.
Kanne, Karen Kay / Brainerd, Minn.
Kelly, Susan Dianne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Kendrick, Luther Wayne/Rapid City, S. Dak.
Kern, David M. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Knudson, Kathleen / Fairmont, Minn.
Kopperud, Vicki E. /St. Paul, Minn.
Korogi, Patricia A. /Golden Valley, Minn.
Kristenson, Stephen Paul /Wanamingo, Minn.
Larson, Elaine Marie/Toledo, Ohio
Larson, Melinda Anne Marie /Bayfield, Wis.
Lee, Rebecca / Hollywood, Calif.
Leitzke, Roberta J. Humphrey /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Lestrud, Karolynn /Menomonie, Wis.
Lawatsch, Frank Hjalman /Elk River, Minn.
Liljequist, Carolyn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lindeman, Glen Raymond / Paynesville,
Minn.
Linden, Patricia Ann /Grantsburg, Wis.
Lindgren, Richard A. /Cockeysville, Md.
Lindquist, Kathlynn M. /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Loftness, David Palmer / Hector, Minn.
Lukens, Argyle Ellis /Albert Lea, Minn.
Lunneborg, Mary Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Luukkonen, Thomas Lloyd /Big Lake, Minn.
Lyle, Carolyn Natalie /Minneapolis, Minn.
Malm, John Randolph /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Malotky, Lyle Oscar /Richfield, Minn.
Marks, Lyman E. /Lester Prairie, Minn.
McMullen, Max M. / Eden Prairie, Minn.
Melby, David John / Hendricks, Minn.
Mikutowski, Mary Julia/South St. Paul,
Minn.
Miller, Gary Allen /Minneapolis, Minn.
McMullen, Sharon Kay /Rogers, Minn.
Miller, Margaret A. /Vincent, Iowa
Neiderhauser, Audrey P. /Ellsworth, Wis.
Nelson, Dennis R. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Robert Dennis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Ronald E. / Portland, N. Dak.
Nelson, Ronald G. / Dawson, Minn.
Nelson, Suzann Johnson/Evansville, Minn.
Neseth, Sandra Avon / Kenyon, Minn.
Nichols, Donald Harold /Minneapolis, Minn.
Niles, Charles Arden / Hopkins, Minn.
Nilsson, Ronald Allan /Des Plaines, Ill.
Norine, JamesMichael / Pennock, Minn.
Nye, JamesHarry /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nyquist, Kathleen Louise /St. Paul, Minn.
Nystrom, NoReen /Golden Valley, Minn.
Odegard, Lorelyn Ann / Dubuque, la.
Ojeda, Bernard P. Jr. /Brooklyn, N. Y.
Olsen, Roberta Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Olson, Douglas K. /St. James, Minn.
Olson, Judith Kay /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Olson, Kathryn Elizabeth /Hoffman, Minn.
Olson, Marsha Strommen /St. James, Minn.
Oslund, Sam David / Escanaba, Mich.
Pagel, Sandra Kaye /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Palm, Gregory John /Richfield, Minn.
Pedersen, JaniceNaomi /Chicago, Ill.
Pedersen, Karen Elizabeth /Copenhagen,
Denmark
Pedersen, Linda Lee / Minneapolis, Minn.
Pederson, Jonathan Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Pederson, Kathleen L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peters Mary Joy/Chisago City, Minn.
Peters, Robert J. /Madelia, Minn.
Petersen, Lois Scott /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Joan Marie / Eden Prairie, Minn.
Peterson, Mary Roiland / Starbuck, Minn.
Peterson, Nancy Carolyn /New London,
Minn.
Pierson, Esther C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Pilcher, Pamela Jean/Blue Earth, Minn.
Pilgrim, David J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Prigge, Roger Irvin /St. Paul, Minn.
Quenemoen, Richard Wayne / Boyd, Minn.
Redeske, JoanCarol / Edina, Minn.
Robison, Thomas Lockert / Richfield, Minn.
Roebke, John M . /Hector, Minn.
Rogness, Audry JaneAnderson /Ashby,
inn.
Romerein, Judy Elaine/Minneapolis, Minn.
Romslo, James/ International Falls, Minn.
Ronning, Merrill Dean /Park River, N. Dak.
Rood, Lynette Kaye /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ruud, Robert Henry /Richfield, Minn.
Sackreiter, Karen Foss /Spooner, Wisc.
Salmonson, Cecelia E. /Roseau, Minn.
Sanford, Karen Jean/Wausau, Wisc.
Sateren, Leland Bernhard Jr./Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schaubach, JudithAnderson /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schivone, Mary Louise / Mound, Minn.
Schmidt, Gary Hugh /Minneapolis, Minn.
Schornstein, Robert Victor /St. Paul, Minn.
Schueler, Bette Ann /Melrose, Minn.
Schulz, Alan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn.
Seegmiller, Steven M. / Decorah, Iowa
Sethre, Earl William / Preston, Minn.
Severson, Clair Frederick / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Severson, JanA. /Cambridge, Minn.
Shaler, Emily Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Shelstad, Dennis LeRoy /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sie, Amy Yu-Mei / Hong Kong
Sletten, Donald A. /Souris, N. Dak.
Sorbel, Dorayne J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Stadum, Beverly Ann /Minot, N. Dak.
Stafsberg, Dianne Lea / Brainerd, Minn.
Stangland, Gary B. /Morris, Illinois
Starn, Susanne Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stavnes, Lowell E. / Lamberton, Minn.
Steen, Peter Timothy / Minneapolis, Minn.
Steenson, Robert L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Steffen, Jane Louise /Walnut Grove, Minn.
Stevens, Nancy E. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stivland, Sidney Ralph / Lowry, Minn.
Stratton, Terrance L. / Bloomington, Minn.
Struckmann, Ronald H. / Rochester, Minn.
Sundberg, Stanley Waldon /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Swanson, Bonnie Lee / Northfield, Minn.
Swanson, T. Leonard /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sylvester, JoAnne Lois / Hutchinson, Minn.
Tholen, Judith J. /Aitkin, Minn.
Thompson, James Kermit / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Thoreson, Larry B. /Kenyon, Minn.
/ North Branch, Minn.
Thorp, Janet ~ l a i n e
Tiedeman, Diane Joan / Richfield, Minn.
Timm, Mary R. / Bricelyn, Minn.
Turner,Jeanne Marie /West St. Paul, Minn.
Vaala, Janice E. /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Vaala, Leslie David /Granite Falls, Minn.
Van Ornum, Bonita Karen / LaMoure, N. Dak.
Volz, Joan L. /Frost, Minn.
Weinard, John P. Jr. /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Wellnitz, Lois Adel / Lafayette, Minn.
Wilkman, Helen I./ Deer River, Minn.
Williams, Kathleen Dianne /Sacred Heart,
Minn.
Wilt, Judith Kay /Minneapolis, Minn.
Wolslegel, Mary Ellen /Wausau, Wisc.
Young, Richard John /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Youngquist, Myrtis M. /St. Paul, Minn.
Zieserner, William M . /St. Paul, Minn.
GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1,
1968 to AUGUST 31,1969
Adix, Kathleen Ruby /Alden, Minn.
Affolter, Ronald H. /Lindenhunt, Ill.
Agre, Annetta Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ahrens, Dallas A. /Windom, Minn.
Alm, Karen Marie / Forest Lake, Minn.
Anderson, Bonnie L. /Sargeant, Minn.
Anderson, Douglas Scott hchaumburg, Ill.
Anderson, Stewart C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Anderson, Sydney J. / Braham, Minn.
Andreason, Marjorie Lucille / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Anthonisen, John Christopher / Richfield,
Minn.
Arvidson, Lynn A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bailey, Suzan K. /Randall, Minn.
Becklund, Sandra /Minneapolis, Minn.
Beenken, David Low /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bell, Thomas Paul /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bengtson, Ardell Thorpe / New Brighton,
Minn.
Bengtson, Dennis Ray / Richfield, Minn.
Benson, Lynn Barbara /Minneapolis, Minn.
Berg, Lona May /Welch, Minn.
Berg, Ronald A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Betzler, William F., Jr. /Buhl, Minn.
Bickel, Lynda Sue /St. Paul, Minn.
Bjorklund, Pamela Joan /Columbia Heights,
Minn.
Bjur, Yvonne Mae /Bloomington, Minn.
Blazina, Barbara Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Blomquist, Susan Joan /Watertown, Minn.
Boe, Darrell A. /Grand Rapids, Minn.
Boen, Gary Lee / Burnsville, Minn.
Bolstad, Nancy H. /Helena, Montana
Botten, Thomas Ford /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bottge, Brian Adrian /Renville, Minn.
Bottge, Donna Nordang /Granite Falls, Minn.
Branes, Joel Keith /St. Paul, Minn.
Bucka, Barbara Jean/St. Louis Park, Minn.
Carlson, Wayne Donald / Kerkhoven, Minn.
Challgren, C. Gene /Sylmar, Cal.
Childs, Maureen Gladys /Columbia Heights
Minn.
Christensen, Sonya Ruth /Minneapolis, Minn.
Christianson, Carol Anne/St. Paul, Minn.
Christian, Pamela Kaye /Sheridan, Ill.
Cina, David George / Richfield, Minn.
Clark, Sharon Ann /Coon Rapids, Minn.
DahI, Beth S. Foss /Wayzata, Minn.
Danielson, Maynard /Cadott, Wisc.
DeVries, Stephen James/ Edina, Minn.
Docken, Thomas Lloyd /Minneapolis, Minn.
Edstrom, Philip E. /Marine on St. Croix,
Minn.
Egertson, Bruce D. /Tulsa, Okla.
Erickson, Cheryl Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ersfeld, Diana Olson /New Brighton, Minn.
Essen, Michael D. / Edina, Minn.
Fenton, Richard William / Peoria, Ill.
Finke, Patricia Anne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Follingstad, Diane Ruth /Chicago, Ill.
Ford, Kathleen Page/Minneapolis, Minn.
Forseth, Marilyn Jeanne/ Minneapolis, Minn.
Franck, Michael J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Frank, Paul W. /Deer Park, Wisc.
Fredrickson, Pamela Ann /Burnsville, Minn.
Froyum, Dale Walter /Wanamingo, Minn.
Fundingsland, JohnAnderson /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Garmer, Mary Katherine Michaelsen /
Minneapolis, Minn.
Gisselquist, JamesClement / Story City, la.
Goetsch, Kristi Sanford / Wausau, Wisc.
Grams, Robert Warren /Anoka, Minn.
Greene, Mary Elizabeth /Minneapolis, Minn.
Greenfield, John C. / Northfield, Minn.
Hagel, Barbara Lee /St. Paul, Minn.
Hagestuen, Dorothy Sharon /Starbuck Minn.
Halseth, Roberta Loie /Mounds View, Minn.
Halverson, Joan Yvonne / Dallas, Wisc.
Halvorson, Carol Sue / Brainerd, Minn.
Hansen, Lois Batalden / Lamberton, Minn.
Hanson, David C. /Columbia Heights, Minn.
Hanson, Sandra Marie/Minneapolis, Minn.
Hausske, George Edward, Jr. /Wheaton, Ill.
Hawkins, Janice Elizabeth /Lake Lillian,
Minn.
Hedstrom, L. Keith /Scandia, Kansas
Heege, Nancy Johnson /Sioux Falls, S. Dak.
Helgeson, oiane Kay /Menomonie, Wisc.
Helgeson, Eunice May /Tracy, Minn.
Helmbrecht, Royce Ralph / Hayfield, Minn.
Hermann, Kaye Lilien /Delano, Minn.
Hermerding, Ertwin / Duluth, Minn.
Hoel, Mary Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Holden, Kristi Ellen /Westby, Wisc.
Holden, Ronald Edward / Eleva, Wisc.
Holmberg, Carole Lee /Fridley, Minn.
Holte, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoplin, David Glenn /Lowry, Minn.
Horner, Donald James/Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoseth, JamesAlan /Two Harbors, Minn.
Hubbling, John Randolph /East Greenwich,
Rhode Island
Huovie, Curtis Oliver /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Jacobs; Gerald John /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Jacobson, Miriam Janice/Kenyon, Minn.
Jacobson, Rosemary /Menomonie, Wisc.
Jamieson, Bonnie J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Jenneke, Cheryl Yvonne / Lester Prairie,
Minn.
Jensen,Juanita Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Jensen, Karen Elaine / Goodridge, Minn.
Jensen, LeRoy / Milltown, Wisc.
Jetzer, Thomas Carl /Sheboygan, Wisc.
Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, David John /Bloomington, Minn.
Johnson, Donna Lynne/Chisago City, Minn.
Johnson, Kay Lynn /Willmar, Minn.
Johnson, Laurel Jones/Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Norma Jean/Princeton, Minn.
Johnson, JonScott /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Johnson, Thomas Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Jones, Judith Lynn /Rochester, Minn.
Jones, Russell Keith /Massapequa, N.Y.
Jones, Sandra R. /Marshall, Minn.
Jurisch, John A. / Hector, Minn.
Kangas, Judith Johnson/Frazee, Minn.
Karkhoff, James Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Kelley, Suzanne /Golden Valley, Minn.
King, Peter C. / Rosemount, Minn.
King, Richard Earl / Rosemount, Minn.
Kirchner, Robert William /Anoka, Minn.
Kloster, Ingrid Rachel / Decorah, lowa
Kniefel, Jacqueline Mae /Medford, Minn.
Knudson, Curtis L. /Bemidji, Minn.
Koponen, Janet Kathryn /Detroit, Mich.
Kragnes, Kathleen /Bloomington, Minn.
Kraskin, Cheryl Ann /Bloomington, Minn.
Krinke, Susan / Lamberton, Minn.
Kulseth, Joyce Marie / Bellevue, Wash.
Kusel, Marilyn Janet/Orange, Cal.
Kwan, Peter K. W. / Hong Kong
Kyllo, Jeanne Marie / Wanamingo, Minn.
La Belle, Douglas H. / Rush City, Minn.
Larsen, Laurel Esther /Seattle, Wash.
Larson, Cynthia Joan / Edina, Minn.
Larson, Lawrence Louis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Leach, JoanneOgdahl /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lee, Janiel L. /Cottonwood, Minn.
Lempke, Diane K. /Ottawa, Ill.
Lien, Karen Elizabeth / Northfield, Minn.
Lindberg, Gary Leonard /Brainerd, Minn.
Locken, Carl M., Jr. /Coon Rapids, Minn.
Lofstrom, Hjalmer I., Jr. / Newfolden, Minn.
Louden, Michael Hughes /Cannon Falls,
Minn.
Lund, Marcia Ann /Forest City, lowa
Lund, Mark Alan /Forest City, lowa
Lunneborg, Sherman C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lyon, Melva Jean /Lake Crystal, Minn.
Machmueller, Nancy Lou /Birnamwood,
Wisc.
Malmberg, Rickard H. /St. Paul, Minn.
Mathison, JanisJune/Larsen, Wisc.
Matthews, Larry John/Fridley, Minn.
Mestemacher, Bruce Allen / Edina, Minn.
Mether, Mary L. / International Falls, Minn.
Mielke, Sharyn Lee /Montrose, Minn.
Mikkelsen, Clark L. /Cedar Falls, lowa
Moline, M . Stephen / Hopkins, Minn.
Molskness, Theodore Arthur / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Morgan, Susan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Moskal, Annette Joyce/Minneapolis, Minn.
Mueller, Paula Martha/ Prior Lake, Minn.
Neihart, Kenneth James/St. Paul, Minn.
Nelson, Charlotte Ann /Glencoe, Minn.
Nelson, David Dayton /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Stephen L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Thomas W. / Northfield, Minn.
Ness, Margaret Elaine / Hinckley, Minn.
Neuman, Judith L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Neumann, Nancy Lee / Edina, Minn.
Newhouse, John Orlando /Crystal, Minn.
Nichols, Paul William /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nord, Erland John / Goodhue, Minn.
Nordin, David Denton /Lake Lillian, Minn.
Odden, Shirley Jean/St. Paul, Minn.
Olmsted, Richard D. / Lakeville, Minn.
Olmsted, Sandra Larson /Richfield, Minn.
Olsen, David A. /Shakopee, Minn.
Olson, Arlene Eva /Blanchardville, Wisc.
Olson, Douglas Murlin / Paynesville, Minn.
Olson, Gary Leroy /St. Paul, Minn.
Ondov, Judy/Minneapolis, Minn.
Osman, Marshall Kent /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Paschke, Charles Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Perkins, Dan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn.
Perkins, Patrick Stephen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Person, JohnWalker /Big Lake, Minn.
Peterson, Dale Allen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Dale Howard /Ogilvie, Minn.
Peterson, Dale William / Fairmont, Minn.
Peterson, Daylen Craig /Austin, Minn.
Peterson, Glen J. / Burnsville, Minn.
Peterson, Jeffrey Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Lois Ann /Richfield, Minn.
Peterson, Michael David /St. James, Minn.
Peterson, Nancy Carol / Bloomington, Minn.
Peterson, Ronald L. /Annandale, Minn.
Petrich, Ronald /Minneapolis, Minn.
Piepenburg, Patricia Ann /Grove City, Minn.
Pietig, Sandra Olson /Minneapolis, Minn.
Polly, Richard Pierson /Elk Grove, 111.
Putnins, Dace / Milwaukee, Wisc.
Ramsden, Linda Lee /Circle Pines, Minn.
Ramstad, Darlene Joanne/ Minneapolis,
Minn.
Randall, Catherine Nadine / Richfield, Minn.
Rasmussen, Clyde Stephen / Neenah, Wisc.
Redman, Alan William /Wells, Minn.
Reiff, Mark Andrew /St. Paul, Minn.
Repinski, Patricia A. /Tampa, Florida
Richmond, Stewart George, Jr. /
Bloomington, Minn.
Riskedahl, Sharon Janine/ Independence,
Iowa
Rolfe, Nancy Karen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Roste, JamesB. /Sacred Heart, Minn.
Runquist, Diane Ellingson / Milaca, Minn.
Saiovici, Adriana /Sao-Paulo, Brasil
Salzman, Linda J. / Peshtigo, Wisc.
Sammler, JamesRichard /St. Paul, Minn.
Sandeen, Richard Ernest /Richfield, Minn.
Sandven, Lars Arild / Norheimsund, Norway
Sanford, Linda Sue / Richfield, Minn.
Schaller, Lee Franklin /Minneapolis, Minn.
Schaubach, Jerome E., Jr. /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schmidt, Donna Jean/Bloomington, Minn.
Schmidt, Judy Ann /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Schulte, Ellry L. /Brandon, Minn.
Schultz, Wilbur W. /Canby, Minn.
Schwanebeck, Lois Ann / Faribault, Minn.
Schwartz, Gary Lee /Minneapolis, Minn.
Scurrah, William L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sevig, Daniel A. / Brookings, S. Dak.
Sevig, Kathleen Ruth / Kensington, Minn.
Shaffer, Thomas Wayne /Rockville, Md.
Shefveland, Richard D. /West St. Paul, Minn.
Sims, Barbara S. /Richfield, Minn.
Skogerboe, Laurel Elaine /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Snow, Jon Frederic /LeSueur, Minn.
Solomonson, Earle /Minneapolis, Minn.
Solomonson, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Steinke, Steven H. /Bloomington, Minn.
Stendahl, Charles A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stensvaag, John-Mark/Minneapolis, Minn.
Stewart, Linda Marie /Robbinsdale, Minn.
,Stidand, Anna L. / Lowry, Minn.
Strand, Alvina Rae /Bonetraill, N. Dak.
Strandquist, Robert Adler / Richfield, Minn.
Strom, Gretchen Louise / Fairmont, Minn.
Strom, Mary Lynn /Red Wing, Minn.
Strommen, E. Peter / Richfield, Minn.
Stolberg, Larry J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sulzbach, John Harold /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sveom, Karen Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swanson, John E. /Litchfield, Minn.
Swanson, Paul D. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swanson, Roger L. /Columbia Heights, Minn.
Swanson, Ronald Allan /Riverside, Cal.
Swanson, Sally 0. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swee, Shirley Ann / Faribault, Minn.
Tabor, Judith Ann /Welch, Minn.
Tangen, JulieA. /Redwood Falls, Minn.
Teigland, Julie Anne / Hutchinson, Minn.
Thernell, Shirley Faye /Minneapolis, Minn.
Thomas, Donald C. /Madelia, Minn.
Tollefsrud, David Lawrence /Zumbrota,
Minn.
Torfin, James N. /Burnsville, Minn.
Trechock, Aimee Jean/ Hopkins, Minn.
Trechock, Mark Alan /Minneapolis, b t ~ n n .
Tripp, Allen Charles /Ashby, Minn.
Turner, Lawrence Paul /West Concord, Minn.
Uejima, Arlene Suyeko /Minneapolis, Minn.
Villwock, Gary /Minneapolis, Minn.
Wagner, Frank John/Mound, Minn.
Walton, Sue Ellen /St. Paul, Minn.
Weltzin, Marcia Virginia /Viroqua, Wisc.
Wesley, Raymond J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
West, John Charles / Minneapolis, Minn.
Westberg, Karen Lee / Hoffman, Minn.
Weum, Larry A. /International Falls, Minn.
Wiebusch, Anne Lynn /Long Lake, Minn.
Winkler, Linda Johnson /Buhl, Minn.
Wold, Jane Knudsen /Shakopee, Minn.
Wood, Patricia A. /St. Paul, Minn.
Zieske, Curtis Lee / Cambridge, Minn.
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
TOTAL
1870-1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3743
1967 (Jan. I-Aug. 31) ........................ 222
1968 (Sept. 1, 1967-Aug. 31, 1968) ............ 258
282
1969(Sept. 1, 1968-Aug. 31, 1969) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4505
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Augsburg College, September 1,1967 to August 31,1968
FIRST TERM
SECOND TERM
THIRD TERM
SUMMER SESSION
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
M e n Women Total
142
164
206
242
16
0
0
0
0
770
140
161
202
234
11
0
0
0
0
748
138
155
198
227
13
0
0
0
0
731
134 276
164 328
197 403
280 522
11
27
49
49
4 4
44
43
43
62
62
984 1754
124 264
165 326
197 399
272 506
9
20
49
49
4 0
40
42
42
60
60
958 1706
116 254
156 311
190 388
265 492
8
21
48
48
64
64
4 0
40
56
56
943 1674
Total Academic Year (1967-1968)
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Men
Women Total
155 136 291
173 170 343
221 204 425
253 290 543
24
18
42
0
49
49
0
78
78
0
43
43
0
62
62
826 1050 1876
Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1967-1968
SLA
Men Students
Women Students
Total
NURSES
Men
Women
Total
TOTAL
40
26
16
3
3
31
25
19
8
10
71
51
35
11
13
88 93 181
ENROLLMENT S U M M A R Y
Augsburg College, September 1,1968 to August 31,1969
SUMMER SESSION
FIRST TERM
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
SECOND TERM
Women Total
Men
161 158 319
168 157 325
214 214 428
242 266 508
13
20
33
0 4 8 4 8
0
50
50
0
56
56
0
74
74
798 1043 1841
140
161
213
241
12
Men
Women Total
139 279
151 312
199 412
259 500
18
30
47
47
43
43
55
55
71
71
767 982 1749
THIRD TERM
1ST SESSION
2ND SESSION
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
126
174
202
236
25
135 261
148 312
192 394
250 486
26
51
44
44
66
66
52
52
61
61
753 974 1727
Total Academic Year (1968-1969)
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D. H
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Men
Women
Total
169 166 335
179 163 342
233 219 452
261 274 535
66
29
37
48
0
48
86
0
86
56
0
56
74
0
74
871 1123 1994
Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1968-1969
SLA
M e n Students
Women Students
Total
NURSES
Men
Women
Total
TOTAL
38
39
19
12
5
34
28
15
8
5 1
72
67
34
20
0
113 90 203
20
10
7
4
2
7 17
8 18
5 12
1 5
1 3
33 22 55
INDEX
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Accreditation
....................... 6
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21. 33
Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 46
Aims and Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 98
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . 54. 100
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Board of Advisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
10
Business Administration ......... 56. 101
Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59. 103
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 704
Classical Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62. 104
Classification of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . I31
Comprehensive Examinations . . . . . . . 43
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Corrective Therapy .................46
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Communication Major . . . . . . . . . . . .94. 104
Degree
..............................
38
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . 105
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29. 96
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.
Education. Department of ...........
Education, Elementary . . . . . . . . . . 64.
Education. Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.
Electives
...........................
Eligibility Requirements
...........
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 67.
Enrollment
........................
Entrance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examinations
......................
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
105
63
106
107
39
31
108
108
148
22
42
14
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Financial Assistance ................ 15
Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 109
.
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 109
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Graduates (1870-1966).
Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Health and Physical Ed. . . . . . . . . . . 70. 110
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72. 110
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32. 40. 46
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
34
Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . . 50
Interdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
7..
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose
and Philosophy o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
......
Laboratories. Natural Science
12
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6. 8
Law Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
............................
..................
...........
Majors
38
Mathematics
74. 112
45. 733
Medical Technology
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses ......113
Membership i n Educational
Associations
......................
6
Metropolitan Opportunities
27
Ministry. Preparation for the
123
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
M o d e r n Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Multi-Racial Concerns . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 80. 174
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . 30. 83
Mythology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
........
.......
-
Natural Science Major . . . . . . . . . .115. 1'16
North-South Student Exchange
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Norwegian ......................... 78
Numbering o f Courses ..............
50
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Objectives and Aims ................
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..
9
34
~ass/No Credit Grading System
48
Payment of Accounts ..............I5
Personnel Services. Student ........ 33
Philosophy. Department o f ..... 83. 116
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . .31. 70. 110
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Physics. Department of ........ 84. 117
Placement Service for Graduates . . . 36
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86. 117
pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . 120
President's Board o f Advisors . . . . . . . 129
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Psychology. Department of . . . . . 88. 118
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31. 71
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Registration
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Religion and Philosophy. Division o f . 50
Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . 89. 118
Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Requirements. Graduation . . . . . . . . . . 38
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Scandinavian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 78. 118
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Secretarial Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59. 119
Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Social and Recreational Programs . . 26
Social Sciences. Division of t h e . . . . . . 50
Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . .91. 123
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79. 109
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 45
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 94. 121
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 33
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Suspension of Students . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 42
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
w
w
ii
b
w
w
1
-
rn
1
...>-;;
b
r,.
.
..
1
-
+:?
.
'-
-
-
.?:
I:?
.
-
.I$.
3
Theater Arts Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95. 122
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63. 107
Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . 23
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Upper Division Requirements ....... 38
:+r
?>.
"
I
.
Additions to the Augsburg College Now
CHANGES EFFECTIVE
-
SEPTEMBER, 1972
1. CHANGES I N COSTS FOR THE 1972-73 ACADEMIC YEAR
(The following changes supersede the finallcia1 information stated on page 14)
Tuition
General Fee
Room and Board
2.
$1750
$ 150
$1017 to $1050
TUITION DEPOSIT CHANGED
(The following information supersedes financial information stated on page 15)
The tuition deposit has been changed from $100 to $50.
3.
ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS
(The following information supersedes requirement stated on page 22)
Either t h e Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board or the American College Testing (ACT) Program Examination is
required for admission of all freshmen.
4.
METRO-URBAN MAJOR ADDED TO THE CURRICULUM
Augsburg College now offers an interdisciplinary major in Metro-Urban Studies.
A metro-urban concentration is also available with appropriate majors such a s
history, sociology, religion, political science, and psychology.
5.
THE 4-1-4 CALENDAR TO BEGIN IN THE FALL OF 1972
The 4-1-4 calendar consists of two fourteen-week semesters of four courses
each, separated by a one-month interim in January when one course is taken.
6.
EXCHANGE PROGRAM
A student exchange program with the private colleges of St. Paul makes available a wider selection of courses for Augsburg students. Augsburg students
may register for one course a semester a t no additional cost a t the College of
St. Catherine, the College of St. Thomas, Hamline University, or Macalester
College.
(over)
Extra Issue, Vol. 34, No. 6, December 1970
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s published semi-monthly in January, March, August, September and
December and monthly in February, April, May, June, July, October and November by Augsburg
College, 731 21st Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second-class postage paid a t Minneapolis, Minn.
TENTATIVE SCHEDULE FOR THE 1972
-
73 ACADEMIC YEAR
Fall Semester
....................................
2qaknke-4
September 5, 6
Welcome-Week
.......................................
September 7
..........................
December 15
.........................................
December 18 - 22
Classes Begin
...............................
Registration
- Fall
Semester
Classes End
Final Examinations
Interim
January 3 - 30
.............................
..
.
.
.
,
January Interim
Spring Semester
r',
..........................................
&-mr33
February
6 .........................
Easter Recess
.............................................
Classes End
May 14 - 18
May 20
Classes Begin - Spring Semester
........................................
April 19 - 23
May 11
Registration
...................................
.........................................
Final Examinations
Commencement
Show less
Table of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
. . . Location . . . History . . . Nature
. . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
Identification
and Objectives
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Facu... Show more
Table of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
. . . Location . . . History . . . Nature
. . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
Identification
and Objectives
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Faculty
General Education
Requirements
Majors
Pre-Professional T r a i n i n g
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
International
Study
Honors Program
Degrees
...
...
...
PAGE 13. STUDENT L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l
Recreation
Intercollegiate Athletics
Religious L i f e
Student Services
Housing
Food S e r v i c e
...
PAGE 16, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
...
...
The Application Process
Transfer
Early
Early Admission
Advanced Placement
Decision :
Advanced Standing
...
..
...
PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND F I N A N C I A L A I D
...
Expenses
1972-73 Cost Summary
Settlement o f Accounts
Refunds
...
. . . Deposits . . .
. . . Financial Aid
PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
...
...
Graduation Requirements
Division Organization
Registration
Probation and Dismissal
Credit
Grading
by Examination
...
...
...
PAGE 27. COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 78, PERSONNEL
PAGE 79, INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s b e e n w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer most o f t h e
q u e s t i o n s which might be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s
c u r r i c u l u m . Although a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t t h e time o f
p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change
without n o t i c e .
Introduction
There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and
v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy
o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l
c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h .
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t
o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y of events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s ,
c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on
campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c
programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s .
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t of t h e campus. The
Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y
chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y .
You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design
your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major
requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o
design much o f your own education.
A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s
t h e "4-1-4."
In t h e s t u d y o f t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s
and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The
l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation o f
knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg Yecognizes t h a t
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s n e c e s s a r y i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose
from 33 majors f o r hundreds of c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s .
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis
and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope
of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education.
You may choose an evening a t t h e T y ~ o n eGuthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave
New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses.
You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby
Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups
t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o
a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s .
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g
academic program, a capable and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , an e a g e r s t u d e n t
body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
Identification
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s college a f f i l i a t e d with
t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years
ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s
second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education.
The c u r r e n t student body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y of Lutheran
background though many denominations a r e represented on campus.
About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from
t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a .
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n
t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of Arts, t h e Walker A r t Center, and many
other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing
organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music
of many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e
i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s .
A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided
by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known
Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater,
and t h e S t . Paul Civic Opera Company.
Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks
n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . In t h e
w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . Professional
s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s
provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l
Airport. Bus connections can be made from a l l areas of t h e
United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t of downtown
Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern border o f
t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 7)
History
Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian
~ u t h e r a n si n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,
as Augsburgls home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were
e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t college graduation was h e l d i n 1879.
4
Nature a n d
Objectives
Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e context o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg emphasizes t h e following primary o b j e c t i v e s :
t o expose s t u d e n t s t o a wide v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , while a s s i s t i n g them t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r major.
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e contemporary world.
t o develop s t u d e n t s 1 love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r
f a c u l t i e s o f reason, c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
imagination by encouraging and maintaining
academic e x c e l l e n c e .
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s understanding of t h e urban
environment and c u l t u r e , and t o enable them t o
gain t h e s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o
t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f t h e modern
city.
t o encourage s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r i n t e r e s t s
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d them i n d i s c o v e r i n g t h e
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them.
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , emotional,
and s p i r i t u a l growth; t o encourage them t o develop
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r compatible
with t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
L
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when
i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged with t h e
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther
Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same year.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of
a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged.
Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation o f Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
T h e Campus
Augsburgls compact campus i s located i n t h e h e a r t of
Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e first of t h e 155 parks
i n t h e "City o f Lakes." The college c u r r e n t l y has 13 major
b u i l d i n g s with a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very
popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University o f Minnesota and two
of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e
adjacent t o t h e campus.
Visiting the Campus
The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o
l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e college program, f a c i l i t i e s , and
admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange
information v i t a l i n t h e process of s e l e c t i n g a college and i n
making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and
an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended
b u t a r e n o t mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e
asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181).
P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays.
Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y
and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n
session.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e
college. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of
Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
6
CAMPUS GUIDE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1 1.
12.
t 3.
14.
15.
16.
West Hall
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
Urness Tower Residence for Women
The College Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
The Quadrangle
Murphy Square
The Art Studio
Organ Studio
The Music Building
Si Melby Hall
Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall
Speech and Drama Building
East Hall l r r . ~ s , . F~I ~ J ~ I ~ + )
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed
t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your
Here you w i l l
i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e is no singl.e'"mbld.
d i s c o v e r t h e world while prep*ng
f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d
o u t who you a r e . Augsburgls goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o
educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and p r e p a r e them f o r competency i n
t h e modern g o r l d .
_LX
.@
.a.
The
4-12a Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters
a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each
semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m
t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t .
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole
world becomes an arena of l e a r n i n g . C r e a t i v e e n e r g i e s and
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation
and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e g e n e r a l
academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y
and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may
f i n d form i n t h e s t u d y and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l
agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your
i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburg's f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r
l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 15.7 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e
f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r
f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l
c l i m a t e , r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over
t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e .
General
Education
Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been
determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g p r o c e s s , b u t a s a guide
through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be
i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course o f s t u d y (many of them would
be chosen even if t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) .
In g e n e r a l , t h e s e courses, w i t h choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t
o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and
drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics,
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r
l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must be
demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t of courses
containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as
well as p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s .
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and Physical
Education
History
Mathematics
Pre- Professional
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
Physical Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Welfare
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Training
Students who plan t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine,
d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t
from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t
requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be
reviewed and then t h e course o f study a t Augsburg be planned
accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f courses i n t h e
n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n
and philosophy which w i l l provide t h e necessary p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
f u t u r e p r o f e s s i o n a l study.
Inter
- Institutional
Programs
Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
S T . PAUL EXCHANGE. Students a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul
colleges of Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without
additional f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new
perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools,
o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s not o f f e r e d on t h e home campus.
Because t h e s e f i v e colleges have coordinated 4-1-4 calendars, t h e
interim term may a l s o be taken on another campus.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed of
1 2 colleges and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota.
Planned a c t i v i t i e s include innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r
students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r
college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t
sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development
of programs consistent with t h e needs and resources of t h e
community organizations of t h e Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between
Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e Junior College i n downtown
Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment of a four-year
program i n sociology o r psychology with a chemical dependency
s p e c i a l i t y . The program is designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o help
professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan
campuses
.
CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning classes b r i n g t o g e t h e r
Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and students a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n centers. A l l take courses
f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such places as t h e
S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r
S t a t e Prison, S t . P e t e r Security Hospital, and T r e v i l l a of
Robbins dale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n center. The courses
offered a r e from several college departments, and t h e response of
students involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e
i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely favorable.
The purpose of t h e course is t o get a f i r s t - h a n d view of t h e
prisons and h o s p i t a l s and personalize t h e study by a c t u a l l y
i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each year t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t
Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o help pay f o r inmates
matriculation i n these co- learning courses
.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar i s
coordinated with t h a t of Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students
who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two sessions
( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e offered t o permit students t o complete
courses toward t h e i r degrees.
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE (CDI )
.
Augsburg and CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r
t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t
Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e
Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview
h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t
Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing
should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with t h e Hennepin County
General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s ,
Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a
c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t
t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l
twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s .
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked
out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be
approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application
should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r .
Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work
completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l .
A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e
D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence o f
courses .
International Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences
a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s
.
.
Augsburg
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN)
This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN -program.
University o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each
y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s
a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer
i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications
t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore year. The
SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group
meetings during t h e school y e a r before departure, independent
study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and
t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n .
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under
which Augsburg students may spend t h e i r sophomore o r junior year
i n studv a t a number of Euro~eaneducational i n s t i t u t i o n s . These
i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The LJniv&sity of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r
College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r
American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In addition
t o these programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f opportunities
f o r study a l l over t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg students may
arrange t o take p a r t i n approved programs by making application
through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This-type of study must be
approved before departure by one's f a c u l t y adviser f i r s t , and
then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit
earned through foreign study may be applied t o t h e student's
graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , as elements of t h e major
sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some of t h e general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds of p o s s i b i l i t i e s
f o r those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n
f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e interim i s planned f o r each
year. See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg Interim Catalog. For
information on programs available through o t h e r colleges, contact
t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l accelerated s e c t i o n s a r e available t o freshman
students with outstanding high school records. For superior
students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e
offered each term.
Several departments of t h e college o f f e r programs through
which t h e student can earn honors i n t h e major. The opportunity
t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e
throughout t h e college.
For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as
Honors Scholars, general education requirements a r e modified as
necessary t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional
information on t h e honors program i s available upon request
from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College o f f e r s t h e Bachelor of A r t s (B.A.) degree.
I t i s expected t h a t i n t h e f a l l of 1972 Augsburg w i l l inaugurate
a program leading t o t h e degree of Bachelor o f Music.
12
Student Life
Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n
your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t student o r
commuter, y o u l l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t
Augsburg adds dimension t o your education.
Social and C u l t u r a l
Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l
a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s well a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s .
These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l dinners, b i g name
entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s .
The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on
campus. Offices f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and
t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of
t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s
meet i n t h e Center.
There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n
a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble,
t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform
on and o f f campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r
h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An intramural program provides
competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s well as i n d i v i d u a l
performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e
Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various
colleges.
Intercollegiate
Athletics
Augsburg i s a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e
A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n
s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l ,
hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad took p a r t i n
post season competition l a s t season. The pucksters f i n i s h e d t h i r d
i n t h e NAIA tournament.
This y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team
n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon.
t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship.
Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e
f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA
S e n i o r co-captain Pat Marcy won
The o t h e r co-captain, s e n i o r Ron
second time i n h i s c a r e e r .
Religious Life
An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s
a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , chaired by
a student and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e
s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel
s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d four times a week a r e both experimental
and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d
voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on questions o f academic procedure, personal,
academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, student l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s ,
residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning.
A l l members of t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic
a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s of academic
i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h close working
r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r adviser. The f a c u l t y takes both a
s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s .
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o
respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s
l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided.
The residence h a l l program is designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth
through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e
p a r t i c i p a n t i n group decision making. Each residence u n i t has one
o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process
o f group l i v i n g as well as discuss t h e personal concerns of
individual students
.
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower.
This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered
a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own
lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s .
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65
upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and
administrative offices.
West Hal 1 , an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it
was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s .
S i vertsen-Mortensen Hal 1 i n c o r p o r a t e s a b u i l d i n g donated t o
t h e c o l l e g e i n 1939 and a l a r g e r a d d i t i o n e r e c t e d i n 1955. The
b u i l d i n g provides housing f o r about 144 men s t u d e n t s a s w e l l as
apartments f o r t h e head r e s i d e n t .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n
t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women
s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores n o t l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d
t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s ,
and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s are a v a i l a b l e i n each
r e s i d e n c e . An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r
t h e e n t i r e school year. A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass
s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. S t u d e n t s
who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y
removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25
breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t t h e beginning o f each school y e a r .
The f e e i s refunded a t t h e end o f t h e y e a r i f t h e c o n d i t i o n of
t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s r e t u r n e d .
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e xop f l o o r o f t h e College Center,
i s t h e main f o o d s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s
small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and
modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s e a t t h e i r
meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r o f t h e Center,
f e a t u r e s s h o r t o r d e r s and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n
t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y o f board plan o p t i o n s f o r t h o s e
l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments.
Admission to the College
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy
procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e
Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high
school performance, promise of success i n college a s shown by
c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and
personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l
persons without regard t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r
n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal
opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t
personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s .
A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission
counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your
questions.
The Application
Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an
o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2 . Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e
l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg
College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e
recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 6 examination a s e a r l y as
p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can
l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a .
4 . When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he
should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s
non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n
charge.
5. A f t e r t h e deposit has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must
complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form.
6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e : on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s ,
and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s
courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses
where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t
p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation is based on work taken a t
Augs burg.
Early Decision
An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t
Augsburg a s t h e i r first c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an
o f f e r o f admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate
must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e
admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of
admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been
provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o
o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n is based upon t h e
academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable
i s r e q u i r e d by January 1.
Early Ad mission
An Early Admission program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few h i g h school
j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high
academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high
school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope w i t h a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s
j u n i o r y e a r i n high s c h o o l . Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e
s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during
t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t
applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t
i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r y e a r .
Advance
Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e
b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n
courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined
by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y
completed.
Advance
Standing
College c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d
high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o
award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level
Examinat i o n s o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board.
Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg.
17
Expenses and Financial Aid
Expenses
TUITION
-
$1750.00
This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r
r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g
t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. Students a r e considered
f u l l time when they take t h r e e o r more courses during t h e semester
terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 calendar, t h e student must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e
semester periods. Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $975.00.
Tuition f o r t h e remaining semester i s $775.00
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a refund i s not
authorized.
A part-time r a t e o f $250 -00 a course i s charged t h e student
t a k i n g l e s s than t h r e e courses i n a semester o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an
i n t e r i m course only.
Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. For
part-time s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $125.00 a course.
SPECIAL FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $150.00 payable
with t u i t i o n :
.. .
4-1 ( o r 1-4) . .$85 -00
Balance o f y e a r . . 65.00
(Applies t o Student Government c o s t s , admission t o
organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, choral, and
drama events and support o f College Center programs and o t h e r
s e r v i c e s . Part-time s t u d e n t s a r e charged on a proportionate
b a s i s of $20 a course.)
Application f e e , $10.00 is required from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15 -00.
R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s studying abroad on approved
non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00.
Seniors e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of
t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e
General Fee o f $150.00 b u t no t u i t i o n .
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f
c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late
r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s b e g i n i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.00
Improvement o f Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r
(14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day:
organ, $20 .OO ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an
interim).
OTHER COSTS
T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $2.00 o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e .
Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash
o r charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
- $987.00 t o $1,050.00
Men: $1,020.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,050.00 f o r f u l l board.
(Five month b i l l i n g , $570.00 and $596.00)
Women: $987.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,017.00 f o r f u l l board.
( F i v e month b i l l i n g , $550.00 and $565.00)
A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 21 meals a week, w h i l e a p a k t i a l
board p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) .
A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through
F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h
t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s
approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r .
1 9 7 2 - 7 3 Cost
Summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,750.00
A p p l i c a t i o n Fee
Tuition
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e
t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . )
Board and Room
Breakage Deposit
. . . . . . . . .$987.00
-
............$
1,050.00
25.00
(Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg. )
Deposits
.
TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not refundable)
Required of s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been
accepted; t o be p a i d by April 1, 1972 (payment i s due January 1
under Early Decision Program). The payment i s applied t o t h e
t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00
(not refundable). Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o
r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September,
1972, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n ,
.
$25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another
i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be
prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of
t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second
semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be
arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t
i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceding
term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
I f a s t u d e n t decided t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f
t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following
schedule :
100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s ,
80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s .
70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance is given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. I f a s t u d e n t i s
f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s
d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by
50%.
Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a
f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s .
In a l l c a s e s , board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Financial Aid
About 65% o f a 1 1 Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s ,
l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e
i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f need and academic r e c o r d . Appl.ication
f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement
(PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s
must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500
s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g
$5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l
loans t o t a l i n g $330,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and
Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o
apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: Educational Opportunity
Grant, National Defense S t u d e n t Loan, College Work-Study, and
F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The d e a d l i n e f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s March 15. For
i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg ~ ol elg e .
Academic Administration
Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o
plan t h e i r own course of study with t h e help of f a c u l t y advisers
who a r e r e a d i l y available f o r consultation and guidance. A well
planned program of l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l include courses i n
t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l sciences, and t h e s o c i a l sciences.
Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be able t o w r i t e
e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s outside
t h e United S t a t e s .
The general physical a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg are
designed t o equip students f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l
activities.
Courses i n r e l i g i o n are intended t o a s s i s t students i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on the meaning of the Christian Church through t h e
study of i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission.
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered
i n t h e 300 ' s and 400 s ) and not more than 1 3 i n one
department.
2.
Completion of a major.
3.
A grade point average of 2.0 (C average) i n a l l courses
taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t year i n residence.
5.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as
follows :
a.
A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following four
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e ' ( f r o m t h e
Department of English); philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following
departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics,
psychology.
d.
A course from one o r two o f t h e following departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology; and
one o r two courses from t h e Department o f Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l o f t h r e e courses i n these
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses
l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f Religion meet t h i s
requirement
.
Division
f.
A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Two semesters o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r
demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s .
Students with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may
meet t h i s requirement w i t h one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s .
Organization
The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n
o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and
cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each
d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e
departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
Chairman: M r . Raymond E
. Anderson
Department o f A r t
Department o f English
Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek,
Latin, Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department o f Music
Department o f Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r Arts
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman : Mr. Theodore Hanwi ck
Department
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Phys i cs
DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
Plzilip A, Quanbeck
Department o f Phi 10s ophy
Department o f Religion
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Chairman: M r . Einar 0. Johnson
Department o f Business Administration, Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f Education: Elementary Education, Secondary
Education, Geography, Library Science
Department o f History
Department of P o l i t i c a l Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
Registration
A student must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n order t o receive
credit f o r it.
A normal load i s f o u r courses per semester and one course i n
t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r
semester a r e defined as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
Although a student may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e
semester begins, it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e regularly
scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s
a l s o charged f o r cancelling o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t
t h r e e days of t h e semester.
Students a r e urged not t o abandon courses f o r which they a r e
r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a grade of F .
Cancellation of courses o r cancellation from college must be done
i n t h e Registrar1s Office.
Students who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with C
average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on s c h o l a s t i c probation a t t h e end
o f a term i f h i s achievement is unsatisfactory.
I f a student has been on probation two o r more semesters
consecutively, he i s subject t o dismissal a t t h e end of t h e
following s p r i n g term. A student who has a poor academic record
may be strongly advised t o withdraw before t h e end of spring
term, but i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on probation
u n t i l t h e end of t h e spring term.
Dismissal from t h e college a t t h e end of the s p r i n g term w i l l
not be automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on
Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation f o r two terms and
withdraws from t h e college v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l
permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Credit
Examination
Students who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n earning c r e d i t by examinations
should consult with department chairmen o r with t h e Registrar.
Credit may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations.
Grading
Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of A, B, C, D, F with
f o u r grade points f o r a grade of A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C, one
f o r D and zero f o r F.
Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No Credit system,
with P meaning a grade of C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s than
s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade is not computed
i n t h e grade point average, and no c r e d i t i s granted f o r a course
i n which t h e student receives a grade of N.
A f u l l - t i m e student may t a k e up t o one course p e r semester on
t h e P/N grading system, but only two courses on P/N may be allowed
f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor.
An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an
extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must f i l e a
p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing
s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r requesting it, t h e plan and date f o r
removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f
permission t o receive an I grade i s granted, i t must be removed
during t h e following semester.
A grade of X may be given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided
Study course t h a t i s t o be spread over more than one semester.
Such a course must be completed during t h e second semester o r t h e
grade of X w i l l remain on t h e record.
A course i n which a grade of F, D, N, I , o r X has been
received may be repeated f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades
earned t h e second time a r e counted toward graduation and i n t h e
grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated f o r c r e d i t ; they may, however, be
audited.
25
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered i n 1972-73 are given on t h e following pages.
See page 77 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
American Studies
Director:
G r i e r N ic h o l l
MAJOR: 1 3 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 11 courses i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n the U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n one o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f ' t h e o t h e r s ) . S e e d i r e c t o r f o r elective
c o u r s e s and o p t i o n s .
courses. Same as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n
area t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r .
TEACHING MAJOR: 16
MINOR: 7 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n each o f above groupings
under major.
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion
under slavery, churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l )
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a limited period of the black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon the contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
295 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
Focuses on a significant problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study
of the approaches of various disciplines t o the issue. Practice i n the
integration of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n
depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l )
495 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
For description, see 295.
level of work.
all)
Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a different
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One project of an interdisciplinary nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Field experience during interim
Art
P h i 1ip Thompson
MAJOR: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ) two from
221, 223, 225, 350.
486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 ,
MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 107; one from 486, 487, 488; and t w o from 1 1 8 , 221,
223, 225, 350.
1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine a r t s i n the urban and world s e t t i n g . Participation i n the cultural l i f e
of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. ( 3 one h o u r l e c t u r e s .
Fall)
1 0 7 DRAWING
Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media.
and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Descriptive, experimental,
1 1 8 PAINTING I
Introduction t o p a i n t i n g media and technique.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 1 SCULPTURE I
Three dimensional and/or b a s - r e l i e f work i n t e r r a c o t t a and p l a s t e r .
(Fall,
Spring)
2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I
P r i n c i p l e s and methods o f printmaking i n a v a r i e t y o f media.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and p r a c t i c e o f v i s u a l perception and communication using elements
such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1
A study o f v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , f i l m , a d v e r t i s i n g
symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography,
and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 225. F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 0 CERAMICS I
An introduction t o t h e making o f p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. ( F a l l , Spring)
351 CERAMICS I 1
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing
techniques. ( P r e r e q . : 350. F a l l , Spring)
3 5 5 PAINTING I 1
Advanced study o f p a i n t i n g .
(Prereq.: 118.
F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING
Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. e r e r e g . : 107.
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING IIAdvanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
( P r e r e q . : 223.
F a l l , Spring)
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n m y o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g )
486 HISTORY O F P A I N T I N G
urvey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
f non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e and r e l a t e d minor a r t s from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern
times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, Pre-Colwnbian, and O r i e n t a l
t r a d i t i o n s , with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey of Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns o u t s i d e t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
(Fall, Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman:
Ralph Sulerud
M+70R1 &
-o
n
I f 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , f o u r upper d i v i s i o n m u r s e s , and
one t e r m
s e m n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 ,
352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
1
1x3
& bob% mf -ar.
351, 3 5 2 ) .
1
A
-
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 223 ( o r
-
11 1 1 1 - i ; r l
MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) .
--
Also
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n two
b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; one summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n on
academic work i n b i o l o g y and on d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t .
I' cL
101 P R I N C I P L E S OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 1 1 2
on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g for o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s of microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . :
C h e m i s t r y 103. S p r i n g )
1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of the ECBYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon the ecosystem with h i s urbanization, pollution, and
population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n the n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of the Christian e t h i c . Does
not apply toward the biology major. (Interim)
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science.
For biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ;
112, Spring)
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major invertebrate types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours
laboratory.
Prereq.: 112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , marphology, evolution,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (Prereq. :
112. Interim)
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of heredity with emphasis on recent advances i n human genetics.
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms ( 3 hours
l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereg.: 112.
Spring)
.
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey o f t h e major divisions of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r
students taking 471, 474, 476. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 112, chemistry 223
or 352. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and
biochemistry, and an introduction t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . (3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 132, Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. Interim)
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study o f the physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
112, and Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: Physics 1 2 3 . F a l l )
,
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur
during t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals.
Experimental a s well as d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e included i n t h e laboratory work.
( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory.
P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 367. S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e study o f micro-organism with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and
pathogenicity a r e considered as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , sonie S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223
or 351. Recommended: 367. S p r i n g )
491, 4 9 2 SEMINAR
Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may
concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy of s c i e n c e a s well as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e .
Seniors majoring i n Biology and Natural Science f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e
required t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e
i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e
expected t o a t t e n d . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , 4 9 1 , F a l l ; 492, S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual work on a research p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r .
Intended f o r biology majors . Primarily laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and
p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r .
Department of
Business
F a l l , Interim, Spring)
Administration,
Business Education, and
Economics
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 483 o r 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the two r e m a i n i n g
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478, and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 381, 382, 483.
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 ,
373, 379, 478; and one o f 262, 379, 381; and Economics 122 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a
s e n i o r t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f
concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
~ c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d
t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g
m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f
r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who
h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e
Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y
a f t e r graduation.
1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement. ( F a l l )
1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF F I N A N C I A L ACCOUNTING
Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m )
2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm:
sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s .
( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
(Prereq
.: 262.
Spring)
3 7 3 F I N A N C I A L MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a .
Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantative and behavioral
topics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g )
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes f o r individuals
and various forms of business enterprises. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
alternate years)
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n relationships of various types of s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both individual and i n s t i t u t i o n a l investors. Extensive
coverage of c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. (Prereq.: 261. F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
controls f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and subsidiary accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (INTERNSHIP PROGRAM)
A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an internship program which
i s applicable t o but not required f o r the major. This program w i l l afford t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. In addition t h e student w i l l write a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
The student may also earn independent study c r e d i t s through individually
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MRTOR:
12-14 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
required.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 10 8 .
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION:
SECRETAIUAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALIZATIOiV:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s E c o n o d c s 251, 2 5 8 , 391 or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 2 1 , 3 5 0 , and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 other c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n
1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353.
E : Five
courses i n Business Education.
I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a two-year s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 ,
350, 353, 364, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i a n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 1 2 0 .
A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from the g e n e r a l
education requirements
.
MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
HONORS
1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t )
The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
available t o students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
(rnt e r i m )
1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c
calculators. ( F a l l )
1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction
t o d a t a processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . I n t e r i m )
2 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory,
reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development
of speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g material d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed of 80 words a
minute. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e had one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h
school.
Fall)
3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development o f typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g ,
t a b u l a t i n g , manuscripts , l e g a l documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : n i g h
s c h o o l t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g )
3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study o f Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f
material d i c t a t e d a t speeds o f 80-120 words a minute. (Pxereq.: 1 2 1 or
equivalent
.
Spring)
3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g of
business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and r e p o r t s . ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1972-73)
4 6 0 OFF1CE MANAGEMENT
Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e ,
s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g of employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e .
(Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e o f t h e
consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching o f
b a s i c business subjects and projects i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1973-74)
Economics
MAJOR:
ECYINOMICS
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258, 454 and three o t h e r c o u r s e s o f economics
o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 379, a l s o r e q u i r e d . The
complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended f o r those p l a n n i n g
graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 273 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379.
ECONOMICS-BUSINfiSS ADMNISTRATION (Combined Major) :
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 1 , 373, 379 and me o t h e r c o u r s e from
b w i n e s s administration o f f e r i n g s a l s o required.
MINOR:
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h average o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r thesis and
comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION
S t u d e n t s who complete t h e major i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n
a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o the m a j o r ,
t h e y c o m p l e t e courses i n e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h l s t o r y ,
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They must a l s o c o m p l e t e the r e q u i r e d
e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h the Department o f Education.
Economics 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
120 ECONOMICS ISSUES OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT
Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of the topics t o be discussed are: Population I t C r i s i s t t ;
Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c .
Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those students who do not
plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business
Education. Students who plan t o major i n the above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l
i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
An introduction of macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and
f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic, growth. Application of
elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken
independently of Economics 123 o r 120. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1
An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory o f t h e household, firm, market
s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application o f elementary economic
theory t o market policy. May be taken independently o f Economics 122 o r 120.
(Fa11 , S p r i n g )
2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry;
t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; introduction t o
welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a
macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and
t h e business cycle. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . F a l l )
3 7 9 QUANTATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business Administration.
3 9 1 P U B L I C FINANCE
Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s of t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of
f i s c a l policy on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt policy and i t s economic implications.
(Prereq. : 123. F a l l )
3 9 2 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks,
t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic
a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and p o l i c y . ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 .
Spring)
4 5 3 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of l a b o r markets; determination o f wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining.
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n paid t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and
poverty a r e a s . ( P r e r e q . : 251 o r #. S p r i n g )
4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f
a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 2 5 1 . S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
4 9 5 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic
problems and p o l i c i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , on demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( I n t e r n s h i p P r o g r a m )
A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which
is applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some organization.
In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may
a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s
designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n
depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chal rman:
Chemistry
E a r l A1 t o n
GRADUATION MAJOR I N CHEMISTRY:
115,.116
( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 3 5 2 , 353, 361 and
P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
one advanced c o u r s e which may i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y .
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e g u i r e d .
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 (or
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l c h e m i s t r y c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. Reading
a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 5 courses w h i c h m u s t i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 223, 353, and 361 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s t h e g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d
t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n as the advanced c o u r s e .
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS m a j o r ; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; one summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ;
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r both 1 0 5 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352.
1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected
elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e
molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry.
Fall)
105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l
not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 251, 253, o r
223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of
examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s ,
3
hours o f laboratory.
105, F a l l ; 106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists.
First
semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry,
q u a l i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s , and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : h i g h school c h e m i s t r y ,
a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry.
115, Fall; 116, Spring)
2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science
a r e a whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester
organic course. A l i p h a t i c and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o
biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 105 or
115.
Spring)
351, 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important c l a s s e s of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms
and multi-step s y n t h e s i s . Descriptive m a t e r i a l i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of
modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations ,and r e a c t i o n mechanism;
many a p p l i c a t i o n s of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental
sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 106 or
116.
251, F a l l ; 252, S p r i n g )
3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Covers volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The laboratory
involves q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e
a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 106 or 1 1 6 . O f f e r e d I n t e r i m f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m
s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical Technology m a j o r s :
3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y )
361, 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum
theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of
molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
1 2 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125. 3 6 1 , F a l l ; 3 6 2 , S p r i n g )
253; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 ,
4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f i d e n t i f y i n g organic compounds i n t h e
laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s f o r IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including B e i l s t e i n ) ; and
f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t s p e c t r a
Prereq. : 352,
r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
3 5 3 , 361 o r #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
P r i n c i p l e s o f atomic and molecular spectroscopy a s applied t o a n a l y t i c a l
methods a s well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of
a n a l y s i s . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 2 5 3 , 362,
or#.
Fall)
4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and
molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of
ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r
compounds using a v a r i e t y o f techniques.
1a b o r a t o r y
P r e r e q . : 362 o r #.
Spring)
.
4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses t h e
equation t o solve t h e problems of t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom.
Approximate s o l u t i o n s are introduced and used t o develop molecular o r b i t a l
theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n s p i n , angular momentum
and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 361 or #. F a l l )
4 9 1 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside
v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e .
49 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience inay be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n
during t h e academic year.
Department of
Chairman:
E i n a r Johnson
The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore
s t a n d i n g or a b o v e . T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e
the a p p r o v a l o f the department or be a d m i t t e d t o t h e t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n
c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n t h e S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f
the sophomore y e a r .
Elementary
Education
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 255, 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 , 470,
and t w o o f 481, 482, 483, 484. H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 110 and L i b r a r y
S c i e n c e 358 also r e q u i r e d . An academic m i n o r i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic
m a j o r i s s t r o n g l y remnrmended.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Elemen taw)
Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession. Human r e l a t i o n s ,
opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing.
Fall, Spring)
361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Development and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary
school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e g . : A d m i s s i o n t o e l e m e n t a r y
education.
F a l l , Spring)
371, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND' MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of the subject
areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies i n
various methods t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n
classrooms. ( P r e r e q : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g )
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
See under Secondary Education.
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences in elementary school
under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. ( P r e r e q . : 3 6 1 ,
362, 3 7 1 , 372.
Fall, Spring)
483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience
i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g )
Secondary
Education
2 6 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S e c o n d a r y )
I n v e s t i g a t i o n of various aspects of t h e teaching p r o f e s s i o n . Human r e l a t i o n s .
Opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . (prereq. : sophomore
standing.
Fall, Spring)
359 METHODS I N SECONDARY EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, material and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l .
a r e i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t involvement i n t h e classroom (1973-74)
Seminars
369 SPECIAL METHODS I N THE MAJOR
Teaching procedures, m a t e r i a l s and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l i n t h e major
concentration. (1973-74)
4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with
p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study o f educational
philosophy and t h e development o f American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n
education w i l l be s t u d i e d . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 0 , 4 8 1 STUDENT TEACHING
Students w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. Opportunities a r e
provided f o r experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences on t h e
secondary l e v e l under t h e supervision of college and high school personnel.
Seminars w i l l be h e l d on a r e g u l a r b a s i s during t h e s t u d e n t teaching
experience. ( P r e r e q . : 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 , 369. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HUMAN RELATIONS
This i s a s e r i e s o f a c t i v i t i e s designed t o a s s i s t t h e s t u d e n t t o meet, i n p a r t ,
t h e S t a t e Board o f Education r e g u l a t i o n f o r teachers regarding human r e l a t i o n
understanding and s k i l l . The program w i l l be c a r r i e d out a t both t h e college
and t h e school where t h e s t u d e n t w i l l do h i s s t u d e n t teaching. ( O f f e r e d
o n l y 1972-73)
Geography
114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c concepts and t o o l s of -geogr+hy followed by a
survey o f t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e r n s t o be found i n our physical and human
environment.
Library
Science
2 4 5 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of m a t e r i a l s , including a c q u i s i t i o n , processing and c i r c u l a t i o n .
Services of t h e media c e n t e r and methods of evaluation. ( F a l l )
3 5 8 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and purposes of an elementary school l i b r a r y . Extensive study
of evaluation sources, book t a l k s , s t o r y t e l l i n g , curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance i n use o f p r i n t and non-print m a t e r i a l s . ( F a l l )
3 5 9 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY
Study of b a s i c information sources most frequently used by students and
l i b r a r i a n s . Includes preparation of bibliographies and l i b r a r y i n s t r u c t i o n .
(spring)
4 7 5 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation o f l i b r a r y materials on t h e secondary school l e v e l , with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e i r use i n r e l a t i o n t o c u r r i c u l a as well as f o r personal
i n t e r e s t s and needs of adolescents. ( S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of school
l i b r a r y s e r v i c e , worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y adviser. Open t o
juniors and s e n i o r s , with department approval.
Department of
English
A c t i n g c h a i rman : R o n a l d P a l os a a r i
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n British l i t e r a t u r e (1 c o u r s e from
l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world
l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e the Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219.
MAJOR FOR S E C Q N M Y TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e l i s t e d f o r the
major and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g (219) i s r e q u i r e d . Courses
250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 o r 352 o r 355, and 360 o r 366; and
L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d .
HCANORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o
department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r year; d e f e n d h o n o r s thesis b e f o r e f a c u l t y
committee i n s e n i o r year. Honors thesis may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , one c o u r s e i n
American l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 o r 320. Teaching minors must i n c l u d e b o t h
219 and 320.
Prerequisite f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course i s s u c c e s s f u l completion
o f E n g l i s h 111. P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper division c o u r s e i s s u c c e s s f u l
completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course.
1 1 1 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study o f composition with emphasis upon expository w r i t i n g . Attention t o
c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l organization, t h e , r e s e a r c h paper, and a n a l y s i s o f t h e
short story. (Fall, Spring)
2 1 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y o f w r i t i n g
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus o f each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g.,
Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
243 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
(Spring)
2 5 0 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1 9 2 0
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of
naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention i s also given
t o t h e contribution of the writer t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y
movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 6 1 MODERN F I C T I O N
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of t h e twentieth
century. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 7 1 CLASSICAL TRADITION
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers i n the various genre,
and the influence of the c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e .
( F a l l , Spring)
2 7 2 LITERARY CLASSICS
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European c l a s s i c s from the
Renaissance t o the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading
i n recent l i n g u i s t i c studies. Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o
s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English language.
(Spring)
331 CHAUCER AND THE MIDDLE AGES
While the primary study of the course w i l l be the writings of Geoffrey
Chaucer, considerable attention w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu
out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l )
3 3 2 MILTON AND THE RENAISSANCE
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the
Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM THE METAPHYSICALS TO THE POST AUGUSTANS
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from t h e
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and the major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l )
3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of t h e works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s ,
essayists and novelists and of the major l i t e r a r y movements of the century.
(Spring)
3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0
A study of significant American writers and l i t e r a r y movements of the twentieth
century
(Spring)
.
3 6 7 MODERN POETRY
Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d t w e n t i e t h century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and
American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73,
Fall)
3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA
S i g n i f i c a n t works o f American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists o f , t h e
t w e n t i e t h century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ]
3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 375
3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 376.
4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL
A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h ,
( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l )
American, and Continental novels.
428 STUDIES I N C R I T I C I S M
An examination of t h e major f o r c e s t h a t have shaped Western l i t e r a r y c r i t i c i s m .
S e l e c t e d works of c r i t i c i s m a r e s t u d i e d . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE
Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , t r a g e d i e s --with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t .
Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g )
490, 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ]
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open t o j u n i o r o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of
department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e
s t u d e n t ' s choice. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Foreign Language
Dona1 d S t e i n m e t z
Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d
f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of p r e p a r a t i o n . Basically, placement i n foreign
language courses follows t h e formula: 1 y e a r of high school foreign language
equals 1 term o f college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l d i f f e r e n c e s ,
however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t
which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a
more elementary course may do s o , but only f o r a grade of P/N.
French
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g t w o i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , o n e i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and three i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f w h i c h o n e s h o u l d be c o u r s e 352. One
i n t e r i m p l u s o n e s e m e s t e r , o r o n e s e m e s t e r p l u s o n e summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g o n e i n c o n v e r s a t i on-composi t i o n , o n e i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and o n e i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern L a n g u a g e s , f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a s e c o n d l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e .
0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings.
Once weekly.
No c r e d i t .
Offered on demand.
1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed
language
and verb
speaking
advanced
t o introduce t h e s t u d e n t with no previous background i n French t o t h e
and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups
forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and
on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. ( F a l l )
1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence
p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study o f t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make
possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with
French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
( F a l l , Spring)
advanced placement.
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s
and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y
readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n
reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several
twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals o f communicating
ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and
l i t e r a r y study i n French. ( S p r i n g )
243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n .
Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become
acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e
works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major o r minor.
( I n t e r i m , 1 9 7 3 , and y e a r l y o n demand)
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s o f current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and
w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis
on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of
ideas. Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n
courses. ( F a l l ; S p r i n g o n demand)
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
Attention t o
grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French turns of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s .
French phonology and speech groups practiced t o overcome inadequacies and
incorrect speech h a b i t s .
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d once y e a r l y upon
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression.
d e n md )
331 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N :
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o
t h e modern period. Special a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r
i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c s e l f -awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use o f audio-visual materials. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r cansent
of instructor.
Offered alternate years.
F a l l 1973-74)
332 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas, c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t
promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r contribution t o t h e
contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
and periodicals. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g
1974-75)
351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey of t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e t w e l f t h century renaissance
through t h e sixteenth century. These include t h e epic, courtly romance, e a r l y
h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and
w r i t t e n reports i n French, some l f i o r a t o r y t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. ( F a l l
1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey o f the major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France, and
t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works.
Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and other prose forms. Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f a l l majors.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #.
F a l l 1972-73.
Offered a l t e r n a t e years)
353 1 7 0 0 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason
and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose writers., poets and
dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s in French.
( S p r i n g 1973-74.
Offered every t h i r d year)
354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
M
o f the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, e t c . ) ,
B a d 6 l d r e and h i s successors i n poetry, n-a
literature m d e a s that led
t o new forms and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n of t h e century (Proust, Gide,
A o l l i n a i r e e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n
A
*®.:
311 o r #.
F a l l 1975-76.
Offered every t h i r d year)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements since World War 1, including
the novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and
written reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. S p r i n g
1972-73.
Offered e v e r y t h i r d year)
4 1 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r
p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t the student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e f o u r s k i l l s
a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and effectiveness, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
levels of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs
indicate. Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation, Laboratory
assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
spring)
4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux S t . Exu e
Robbe-Grillet, Duras, e t c . m s w e -&&re;
form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.:
354, or 355 r e c o m n d e d . S p r i n g 1974. Every t h i r d y e a r )
S a r t r e , Camus,
i n theme and
311 or #.
332,
4 5 2 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from
c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of the Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and
individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Reconmended 3 3 2 , 3 5 2 , or 353. S p r i n g 1974-75.
Offered every t h i r d year)
4 9 5 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study i n depth of an author, topic, o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student
presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions)
(Prereq.: 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced level.
Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet individual
i n t e r e s t s . In l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included.
( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . J u n i o r
s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g . S u b j e c t and p l a n t o be c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h
study adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 u p p e r division c o u r s e s ,
i n Germany s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d .
i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, Interim a n d / o r summer
MINOR: 4 u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411.
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES : Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a second l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e .
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German.
Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding
and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials available. (111 F a l l , S p r i n g .
Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s .
112 F a l l , Spring)
2 1 1 , 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms ( o r 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims a t
developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c
s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion o f materials representing
contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 2 1 2 , S p r i n g )
2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
P r i n c i p l e works of German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements
a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e
p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l
perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a
major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l )
3 1 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Aims a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use of grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. Intensive p r a c t i c e i n
speaking i s supplemented with e x e r c i s e s i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l )
331, 3 3 2 GERMAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view
of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y
of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language i s German, supplemented by
(Offered a l t e r n a t e years.
3 3 1 , F a l l 1972-73; 3 3 2 , F a l l
English when h e l p f u l .
1973-74)
3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE
Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c e p i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e , mysticism,
humanism, t h e Reformation e r a and Baroque, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e
h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds.
( F a l l 1972-73)
3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
1 8 t h CENTURY
Representative works of Pietism, Enlightenment, Sturm und Drang and Classicism,
with s p e c i a l emphasis on Lessing, Goethe and S c h i l l e r . Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y
h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o enduring s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions.
( S p r i n g 1972-73)
3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
ROMANTICISM AND 1 9 t h CENTURY
Highlights of Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism, Naturalism and
Impressionism. Lectures and discussions consider t h e s e movements as antecedent
t o 20th century l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l 1973-74)
3 5 4 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
2 0 t h CENTURY
P r i n c i p l e works of 20th century a r e read: Mann, Hesse,
-Kafka,
-Brecht,
Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as it r e f l e c t s t h e
concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( S p r i n g 1973-74)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Aims a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German a s a v e h i c l e f o r
expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including
control of s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German a s classroom language.
(Spring)
4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e p r e s e n t .
Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and
g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1972-73)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e
discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e
h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1973-74)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. ( 1 1 1 , Spring 1972-73;
112, F a l l 1973-74)
21 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o parsing and
syntax of the Greek t e x t . ( F a l l , 1972-73; S p r i n g , 1973-74)
Latin
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING LATIN
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Latin grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Exercises i n t r a n s l a t i o n from and i n t o Latin. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ;
112, Spring)
Russian
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING RUSSIAN
For students having no previous Russian. Introduction t o b a s i c elements and
d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s of Russian. Simple prose readings accompanied by p r a c t i c e
i n speaking and writing. Prepares student f o r more advanced study of Russian.
(111, F a l l ) 112, Spring)
Scandinavian Area Studies
MAJOR:
-
8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
MINOR:
4 upper d i v i si on c o u r s e s .
A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n t h e Augsburg College catalog o r
t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i . e . ,
courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department o r sub -department
regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l .
Students graduating with a major o r minor must a l s o present t h e equivalent o f
intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language.
1 11, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction o f the four b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading
and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work
expected. (111, F a l l . 1 1 2 , S p r i n g )
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y
i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used a s b a s i s f o r c l a s s
discussion and exercises. Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected.
(Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . 2 1 1 , F a l l , 212, Spring)
3 1 1 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and
o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway.
( P r e r e q . : 21 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Spring 1972-73)
331 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey o f Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and
developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
d e s i r a b l e but not required. ( O f f e r e d when f e a s i b l e )
3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures ~ r o v i d ea survey of t h e Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based
on assign'ed reading of s e l e c t e d novels by Jonas Lie, S i r i d Undset S6lma
Lagerlof, P
ar h u t Hamsun, Halldor Laxness an others Knowledge
of a Scandinavian laneuane desirable. Lanauape
.- . majors and minors w i l l be
required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
-%--
- -
( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Iljornsan, Strindberg, La e r k v i s t
Munk and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a-survey
-$ o
Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindber
Knowledge of a
--+
Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors an minors w i l l be required
t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n N o y g i a n . Some a t t e n t i o n
given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development
of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P s e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g , 1973-74)
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354355. (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y reconmendad)
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o w 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 331 or 332, and one course i n
l i t e r a t u r e . (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y r e c o m d e d )
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and
w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course.
2 1 3, 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use o f t h e language,
supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( P r e r e q . : 112 or 2 y e a r s
o f h i g h school Spanish)
2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND L A T I N AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various
periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background
reading.and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student i s acquainted with t h e
s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f t h e
readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n
Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d .
31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n c o r r e c t expression with t h e aims o f
fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq. :
112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses)
3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and o f Spanish c o n t r i b u t i o n t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n
through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. I n
Spanish.
3 3 2 L A T I N AMERICAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
A study o f t h e c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Spanish American countries from t h e
pre-Colombian c i v i l i z a t i o n t o t h e present. ( P r e r e q . : 315)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
A study o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by
l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e .
Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
3 5 4 , 3 5 5 SURVEY OF LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE
A study o f t h e development o f Latin American l i t e r a t u r e , its major l i t e r a r y
movements, and i t s most r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors. Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n
and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( P r e r e q . : 315)
4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Emphasis on i n c r e a s i n g f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression
through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions
and grammatical e x e r c i s e s .
4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d on demand)
4 5 6 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of t h e masterpieces o f dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n
r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period.
( P r e r e q . : One survey course)
4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL
Study o f t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s o f t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. (Prereg. : One survey course)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department
and
of
Physical
Chairman:
Health
Education
E. W. A n d e r s o n
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 1 3 c o u r s e s . 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 ,
2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 6 0 , 369, 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 473, 482; B i o l o g y 1 0 3 ; C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , and
S o c i o l o g y 231.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR:
8 courses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
3 5 2 , 3 6 9 , 171, 6 7 2 .
2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 4 7 1 , 472.
10 c o u r s e s .
110, 223, 231, 232, 243, 351,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s
i n '.~ h u s i c a le d u c a t i o n s e q u e n c e . 1 1 0 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 4 8 5 ,
4 9 1 , 495. P s y c h o l o g y 361, 362; S o c i o l o g y 375; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human
Physiology course are a l s o required.
~-
-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR:
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR:
COACHING ENDORSEMENT:
coaching.
5 courses.
5 courses.
4 courses.
1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 2 7 2 , and 2 4 3 .
1 1 0 , 3 5 1 , 360, 4 7 3 , and S o c i o l o g y 231.
1 1 0 , 2 4 3 , 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d - c o a c h i n g a s s i g n m e n t i n M i n n e s o t a p u b l i c
s c h o o l s a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a w a c h i n g e n d o r s e m e n t i n the f i e l d o f
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s .
102, 1 0 3 L I F E T I M E SPORTS
Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e
Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s .
(Fall, Spring)
110 HEALTH AND FIRST A I D
Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s o f h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e
individual and t h e community. Includes a l s o t h e American Red Cross F i r s t Aid
Course. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 1 I N D I V I D U A L AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 2 RECREATIONAL A C T I V I T I E S AND RHYTHMS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s ,
modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. ( S p r i n g )
2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education.
(Spring)
3 5 1 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e a c t i o n o f t h e muscular
system. The major e f f e c t s of e x e r c i s e s upon t h e systems o f t h e body.
(Prereq. : Biology 193, Chemistry 105.
Spring)
3 5 2 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION
Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e
a n a l y s i s of f u n c t i o n a l and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical
education. Survey o f b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation of t e s t s i n
physical education. ( S p r i n g )
360 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
Curriculum content i n a school h e a l t h education program.
(Fall)
3 6 9 METHODS AND MATERIALS I N PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid.
C u r r e n t l y v a l i d S t a n d a r d F i r s t Aid c a r d .
(Prereq.:
F a l l , I n t e r i m , 1973-74)
4 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum a n a l y s i s and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures
(Fall)
4 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, a d s p e c i a l f i t n e s s
a c t i v i t i e s . Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water
s a f e t y . Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet s e p a r a t e l y .
(Fall)
4 7 3 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM
Methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and procedures.
(Spring)
4 8 2 COACHING OF SPORTS
Theory and techniques of coaching.
Prevention and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
(Interim)
4 8 3 CONTEMPORARY HEALTH PROBLEMS
Analysis i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. Includes v i s i t a t i o n s by
h e a l t h resource e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t a t i o n s o f various off-campus h e a l t h
programs. ( I n t e r i m )
4 8 5 A P P L I E D ADAPTED A C T I V I T I E S
Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and
games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . sunnner s c h o o l
4 9 1 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y .
and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
Summer s c h o o l o n l y )
Includes general p r i n c i p l e s
( P r e r e q .: 351, 352.
4 9 5 PROFESSIONAL A F F I L I A T I O N
Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital,
and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e
following f o u r areas of c o r r e c t i v e therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics,
(3) Neurology, (4) R e h a b i l i t a t i o n . (Prereq.: 485, 491, and approval o f
department)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed i n t e n s i v e study i n t h e a r e a of Health Education o r Physical Education.
Open only t o majors.
Department of History
Chairman:
MAJOR:
Donald Gustafson
8 courses plus 1 seminar.
A major must have at
least one course (either survey or upper l e v e l ) from each o f the four areas:
Ancient and Medieval: Europe: U.S.; and non-Western.
A t least four o f these courses must be upper division.
Majors with an average o f 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o
apply t o individual instructors for permission t o register for directed
independent study. A maximum o f one course i n independent study may be
applied toward the major.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 6 i n the major and 3.0 over-all; application before
the end o f the f i r s t term o f the junior year; two years o f a foreign language
at the college level (or i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course
credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR:
5 courses, at least three o f which must be upper division.
Students are required t o take a t least one survey course (numbered below 300)
before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not
be taken i n sequence.
Admission t o the seminars i s by permission o f the instructor.
1 0 1 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN
A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near
ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , Spring)
East through t h e high middle
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN
A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e
middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon
t o t h e p r e s e n t . (Fall, Spring)
1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and
Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o r e c o n s t r u c t a
n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( S p r l n g )
2 2 2 U.S.
HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7
An assessment of t h e century which precedes o u r modern day.
(Fall)
.
3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U. S : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION
Exploration i n depth o f such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal,
and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign policy t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d
through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (1973-74)
3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C.
The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through
i t s extension and e l a b o r a t i o n by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on
achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D.
A study o f t h e development of Alexander's Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms
and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on
p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and sciences and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e
p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0
A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e
through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance
and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( O f f e r e d 1973-74)
4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4
This course emphasizes c o n s t i t u t i o n a l development.
(Fall)
4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e o f t h e
modern s t a t e . Emphasis i s a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern s c i e n c e and
i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may b e
l i s t e d as 1560-1714. ( S p r i n g )
4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY
This course c o n s i s t s of u n i t s on such t o p i c s as H i t l e r ' s fascism, t h e c o l l a p s e
of c o l o n i a l empires and t h e r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n t h e l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST A S I A
A study of t h e major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n t h e a r e a due t o
confrontation with and subjugation by t h e West. A comparative a n a l y s i s of t h e
n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l e s p e c i a l l y focus on Vietnam, P h i l i p p i n e s , Burma and
Indonesia. ( F a l l , 1972-73)
464 MODERN CHINA
A s e l e c t i v e treatment o f Chinese h i s t o r y s i n c e t h e Opium war o f 1839.
The
erosion o f China's i s o l a t i o n i s m and collapse o f t h e .imperial system. The
N a t i o n a l i s t and Communist revolutions o f t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o f t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, t h e
opening o f Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence
a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. (1973-74)
474 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
A s e l e c t i v e study o f t h e encounters between Europeans and t h e peoples o u t s i d e
Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes
(1973-74)
.
495 SEMINAR
(Fall, Spring)
Department of
Mathematics
Chai rman : Dean Gulden
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 2 2 4 , 314, 324, and 315 or 325.
MINOR:
5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n m a t h e m a t i c s ; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive o r a l
e x a d n a t i o n . Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o d e p a r t m e n t d u r i n g f i r s t term o f
j u n i o r y e a r , and m u s t i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s ,
Complex A n a l y s i s , A l g e b r a , T o p o l o g y , and Mathematics-Education.
121, 122 CALCULUS I,I 1
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane an'alytic geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e v a r i a b l e with a p p l i c a t i o n s
from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l
sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , S p r i n g )
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I,11, I 1 1
Topics o f t h e elements o f pl,ane and s o l i d a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus including calculus of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s
and s e r i e s with a p p l i c a t i o n s primarily from t h e physical sciences Primarily
f o r students i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. ( 1 2 4 , F a l l ; 1 2 5 , S p r i n g ; 2 2 4 , F a l l )
.
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n . t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students
not intending f u r t h e r study o f mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l b e given
t o mathematics majors' o r minors. ( F a l l )
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational. t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of
t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P a r e g . : C o h s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . S p r i n g )
2 2 6 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s solutions; systems
of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods;
and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 4 . Spring)
2 5 1 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 o r 125. Spring)
2 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and s t a t i s t i c s , including probability
distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central l i m i t
theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of hypotheses. ( P r e r e q . : 2 24. F a l l )
3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups,
rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l )
3 1 5 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of vector spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. Spring)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I 1
A study of t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of several
variables, includiqg transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions,
improper integrals, d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and vector analysis.
(Prereq.: 224.
324, Spring; 325, F a l l )
4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA
An i n depth study of topics introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra,
including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory.
(Prereq. : 31 4 .
Spring)
4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex
functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , risidues'. ( P r e r e q . : 324. F d l )
4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
( P r e r e q . : 315, 324.
Spring)
4 5 4 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness,
connectedness, separation and countability axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n a r r a n t
registration.
Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Computer
Sclence
2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language
being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a maj or o r minor i n mathematics. fFalL)
Medical Technology
This major involves t h e completion of t h r e e years of academic work a t Augsburg
College and twelve months of i n t e r n s h i p a t Hennepin General Hospital,
Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwestern Hospit a1 S p e c i f i c recommended
courses vary t o some extent depending on t h e h o s p i t a l with which t h e student
plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely with t h e Medical
Technology adviser.
.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper
d i v i s i o n (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 1161, 223
( o r 351, 352), 353.
Department of Music
Chai man:
Leland Sateren
MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 101, 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 4 7 6 , 354 o r 355, 365
o r 375, 457, 458, 4 years o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457,
458; one o f 354, 355, 365, 375; a n e l e c t i v e ; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ;
2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y .
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h double
- p e r i o d s i n the l a s t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y .
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n h o n o r s i n m u s i c i f t h e y
( 1 ) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : the promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s
w i t h i n t h e Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l i n t e r e s t s b y a t t e n d a n c e a t
c o n c e r t s b o t h o n and o f f campus; the p e r f o r m i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n
a n d / o r promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t
l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Program a t the
b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f t h e j u n i o r year.
Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) t w o s o l o r e c i t a l s
o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l a n d / o r i n s t r u m e n t a l
ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r t h e s i s and i t s
d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 )
a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee and a solo r e c i t a l
o f graduate q u a l i t y
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y
.
Attendance a t Performance Workshop r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s .
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by @
team of i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects o f musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g ,
harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than
sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l ; 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g )
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music from 1600 t o t h e present through t h e study of s e l e c t e d
works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s
between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of
t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . For t h e non-music
maj o r . (Fa11 , S p r i n g )
2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Renaissance, Baroque, and C l a s s i c a l e r a s .
(Fall]
2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s .
(Spring)
3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e a s r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s ,
techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. ( F a l l )
3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique o f playing and teaching woodwind and b r a s s instruments.
(Spring)
3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching o f s t r i n g instruments.
all)
3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Spring)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence o f t h e music o f t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r
t h e general student as well as f o r o r g a n i s t s , c h o i r d i r e c t o r s , and p r e theological students. (Fall)
4 5 7 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation o f and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration o f choral ensembles. ( F a l l )
4 5 8 CONDUCTING
Preparation o f and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental
scores, organization and administration o f instrumental ensembles. [ S p r i n g )
4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION
The c r a f t o f o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental and vocal
ensembles o f varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l )
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music o f Scandinavia s i n c e 1700.
(Spring)
4 8 8 , 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano.
Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Class meeting and supervised lesson weekly. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPqNDENT STUDY
(Fall)
.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints
s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Majors and
minors must complete t h e f i r s t and second term i n t h e same a r e a with t h e same
teacher. For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only
those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination
has been passed may be a p p l i e d toward t h e music major o r minor.
Organ
Technique a s needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing,
accompanying.
Voice
Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h c o n t r o l ,
f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g a s needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of song c l a s s i c s - both s a c r e d and s e c u l a r .
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments , S t r i n g Instruments
Tecl~nique as needed, rcpcrtoi re, ~>erf'ori~~ancc.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music s t u d e n t ,
b u t f o r any s t u d e n t of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups
a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year
i s required o f p a r t i c i p a n t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Choir
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s .
Concert Band
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n .
Orchestra
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n .
Choral Club, llepcrtoire Band, S t r i n h Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles
Me~nbership i s b y a u d i t i o n o r coliseltr o f d i r e c t o r .
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l s .
MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and m a t h e m a t i c s w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s
i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s .
In b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 .
b e c h o s e n f r o m the u p p e r d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s .
The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o
59
In c h e m i s t r y , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , or ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o
c o m p l e t e the t o t a l o f 5 courses, t w o courses may be chosen as f o l l o w s : 223
and 361;
-
or 351
352; or 351
361.
In m a t h e m a t i c s , C a l c u l u s Z and C a l c u l u s X I a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d .
In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l courses t o be
c h o s e n a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s JBpartment.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s
T h i s m a j o r i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r p r e m e d i c d s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e
a m e j o r w h i c h p r o v i d e s the science c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r
a d m i s s i o n t o mst m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d
c h o o s e electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the
m e d i c a l schools t o w h i c h he or she intends t o a p p l y .
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 or 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n
b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; C h e m i s t r y 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , or ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e
A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y ; Mathematics 121 or 1 2 4 ; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
Department of
Chairman:
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 343, and 344.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s from 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i a n t o the P h i l o s o p h y Honors Program i s b y recommendation
S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t t h e e n d o f the
o f the p h i l o s o p h y f a c u l t y .
j u n i o r year.
T h e program w i l l consist o f an honors thesis on an approved t o p i c
o f the s t u d e n t ' s choice, i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above the c o u r s e level, and a
d e f e n s e o f this t h e s i s b e f o r e the f a c u l t y o f the d e p a r t m e n t .
C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g the g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n
requirement
.
110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
Introduction t o philosophy through the study of the teachings of Socrates,
Plato and Aristotle. Concern w i l l be shown f o r the role t h a t these men played
i n developing ideas basic t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g
contributions on topics such as the nature of the r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search
f o r knowledge, e t c .
all, Interim, S p r i n g )
120 ETHICS
Search for an adequate e t h i c a l principle through an evaluation of those
presented by philosophers; inquiry i n t o possible j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l
values; and application of these principles t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
130 LOGIC
The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s
i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e of definition, premises, and
rules of inference i n an argument a r e investigated.
all, S p r i n g )
2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE
For description see under course 110.
( F a l l , I n t e r i m , ,Spring)
2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
An analysis of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n
of f a i t h and reason, problem of universals, existence of God, mysticism, e t c . ,
and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r
development of t h e s e ideas. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g )
3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I 1I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major empiricists i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume);
Kant's synthesis of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o
Idealism i n men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Suggested p r i o r
course:
241, 242.
Fall)
3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V :
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major 20th century representatives o f a n a l y t i c philosophy,
pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 211,
2 4 2 , 343. S p r i n g )
3 5 9 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n
t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems
of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n
Philosophy
.
S p r i n g 19 72-73)
3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical contributions o f Chinese,
Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e
i n Philosophy
.
S p r i n g 1973-74)
3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e
world o f t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of
language, semantics, and pragmatics. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 o r 344.
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and
theory-construction i n t h e empirical sciences. Students a l s o w i l l work with
professor i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l
sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r a u r s e
i n science.
F a l l , 1973-74)
3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies i n t h e writings -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent
E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n Jepth with such
themes as absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h .
(Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y .
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 7 5 P H I LOSOPHI CAL MOVEMENTS
Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American
philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e :
340.
F a l l , 1973-74)
61
4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e.g. P l a t o ,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format.
( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r crourse: 241, 242, 343, or #.
S p r i n g , 1973-74)
4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies i n such areas as t h e philosophy o f a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e ,
philosophy of h i s t o r y , philosophical psychology, philosophy o f c u l t u r e ,
p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r
course i n philosophy.
S p r i n g , 1972-73)
4 9 0 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e
s t u d e n t , worked out i n consultation with t h e f a c u l t y adviser. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of Physics
Chairman:
T h e o d o r e H a n w i ck
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 2 4 5 , 351, 362, and 395.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 .
1 0 1 ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s
and g a l a x i e s . The necessary o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made
of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e a s well a s a 3-inch Questar. Occasional
n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS
A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects of
wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d
Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences.
a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t o f t h e
(3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
mechanics, thermodynamics,
modern t o p i c s .
The course i s designed as
Medical Technology program.
Spring)
121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I, I 1
A rigorous study of t h e concepts o f mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s ,
e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects o f modern physics. For majors i n
physics and o t h e r s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour
l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or c o n c u r r e n t
registration.
121, Fall; 122, Spring)
2 4 5 MODERN PHYSICS
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s .
R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, n u c l e a r and s o l i d
s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e
experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . :
122, Spring)
2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . :
122.
Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, I 1
A careful study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and
t h e Lagrangian and Hami ltoriian formalisms. Topics include conservation
p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y s y s t e m ,
central-force motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of
two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g )
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I,I 1
The classical electromagnetic f i e l d theory is developed using t h e vector
calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics, s o l u t i o n of Caplace's
and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s of materials, p l u s
t h e theory n f electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour
l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g )
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas o f mechanics, thermodynamics,
e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. (Prereq.: J u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and processes f o r which temperature is an
important variable. The s u b j e c t is developed from two independent y e t
complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l
thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 351. F a l l )
4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from f i r s t p r i n c i p l e s , including de Brogliels p o s t u l a t e s , t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include
p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e
hydrogen atom. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 245, 351, 352. F a l l )
4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas
of s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and
p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 486. S p r i n g )
Department of
Chai rman:
Political Science
Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 courses, p l u s S o c i a l
S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 1 ) , i n c l u d i n g 1 5 8 , 384 and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper
d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 areas.* A seminar i n o n e o f the f i v e a r e a s may
be counted f o r t h a t a r e a .
The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g
158 and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 areas.*
MINOR:
HONORS MAJOR: T h e Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
l i s t e d above, p l u s t h e following:
T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e m u s t be
3.5 i n the m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l .
T h e s t u d e n t m u s t t a k e a n Honors
I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and m u s t s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r than A p r i l 1 o f t h e
s e n i o r y e a r , a n Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major no l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the
j u n i o r y e a r . F o r s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n the
department
.
* T h e f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , C o m p a r a t i v e P o l i t i c s
and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l T h e o r y a n d
Analysis.
(Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area toward major o r minor requirements.)
--
Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t
e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 .
T h e Urban R e q u i r e m e n t may b e f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y a n
I n t e r n s h i p o r Independent Study o n an urban-related t o p i c .
T h e m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n f o r s e c o n d a r y
s o c i a l s t u d i e s teaching, providing t h e s t u d e n t a l s o has one course each i n
e c o n o m i c s , g e o g r a p h y , h i s t o r y and s o c i o l o g y and the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s .
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S
1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l
p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and a f f e c t e d by
t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73)
1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and
s t r u c t u r e s i n f l u e n c i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s .
( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73)
3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE
The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y making i n t h e
American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and
(No p r e r e q u i s i t e ;
management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n .
I n t e r i m , 1972-73)
3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development,
s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o o t h e r f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with
p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r r e l e v a n t o r g a n i z a t i o n s . ( S t u d e n t s may n o t
t a k e both 326 and 356 e x c e p t b y s p e c i a l p e r m i s s i o n .
Offered Fall term o f
e l e c t i o n y e a r s . No p r e r e q u i s i t e
F a l l , 19 7 2 )
.
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; t h e uses and c o n t r o l of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s .
( S p r i n g 1972-73)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
(Offered i n non-election years.
See note under 326)
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years)
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
(Offered alternate years.
Spring, 1972-73)
11. COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
An analysis of b a s i c patterns i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of
contemporary i s s u e s . ( F a l l , Spring 1972-73)
3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on
p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis o f t h e Soviet Union and other communist s t a t e s i n terms
of p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. F a l l , 1972)
3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq. :
One course i n Political Science or #.
Offered on demand)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of public opinion and t h e determinants of voter choice,
including study o f a t t i t u d e s , values and personality f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l
behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereg.: One
course i n Political Science or #)
3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study o f e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system.
(Offered on demand.
Prereq. : #)
1 1 1 . INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S
1 6 0 ISSUES I N WORLD P O L I T I C S
Contemporary issues and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy. (Spring, 1972-73)
3 6 1 INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S
General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background
f o r study and simulation of contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1972)
.-.
L
3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation o f f o r e i g n p o l i c i e s
of Communist n a t i o n s , with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. ( P r e r e q . :
One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73)
I V . PUBLIC LAW
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAM I
The l e g a l - p o l i t i c a l - p h i l o s o p h i c a l r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American
c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving
t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
C o n s t i t u t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth
Amendment a s applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n o f human r i g h t s
and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e o r #. O f f e r e d
a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1972-73)
V.
P O L I T I C A L THEORY AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
( F a l l , S p r i n g 1972-73)
380 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I
Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from
P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought
having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding of contemporary p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 8 1 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I 1
Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t ,
a n a r c h i s t , s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , C h r i s t i a n , democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l
authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s
appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s .
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST P O L I T I C S
An examination o f t h e Marxist-Leninist o r i g i n s of contemporary communism, t h e
development and uses of ideology, and t h e impact o f h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n
t h e p o l i t i c a l evolution of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s .
(Prereq.: One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 8 4 P O L I T I C A L ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l s o c i e t y , i n c l u d i n g communications
theory, simulation, systems' theory, s t r u c t u r a l - f u n c t i o n a l i s m , power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey o f t h e
methods common t o empirical s o c i a l s c i e n c e . ( P r e r e q . : S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 5 8 o r 356; o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73)
VI
.
SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
295 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. ( O f f e r e d o n demand)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director t o determine project.
(Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. (Prereq.: #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(Prereq. : #
.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Department of Psychology
Chairman:
Duane J o h n s o n
MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s . One o r two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may
a l s o be r e q u i r e d . The m a j o r program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an
a d v i s e r i n t h e psychology department and approved b y the department chairman.
Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 4 9 3 , and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o
i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, $ 6 4 , 481,
498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. The
major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n the freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n
355 and 357 i n the sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r y e a r . The
o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the d i s c i p l i n e
o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and
p r o f e s s i o n a l i n t e r e s t s and g o a l s o f t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n
f o r the major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r
year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more electives i n psychology,
s h o u l d be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion
o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year may d e l a y
graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended.
MINOR:
5 courses including 105.
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r h o n o r s i n psychology w i t h a 3.5
grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and
c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the major program.
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g the j u n i o r year.
1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r the purpose o f understanding
behavior. Research procedures associated with the study o f behavior. A
structure of the f i e l d of psychology including psychological principles i n
major sub -areas. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of
t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process.
Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory
i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development o f c h i l d r e n . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior of t h e adolescent and a d u l t .
Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e
developmental process. Active consideration o f t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and
theory have f o r t h e development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods
of l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 351. S p r i n g )
3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r
behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding
t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with
environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall)
3 5 7 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including o b j e c t i v e s , evaluation,
and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e l e a r n i n g process. ( P r e r e g . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g )
3 5 9 MEASUREMENT
Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement,
i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 6 1 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily is included
i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y .
(Prereq. : 105.
Fall)
3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior
d i s o r d e r s . Consideration of diagnostic c a t e g o r i e s , treatment, and r e s e a r c h .
( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s or 361. S p r i n g )
3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l
methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall, Spring)
3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups o f i n d i v i d u a l s i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented
teams. Study of p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g
i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration o f approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human
resource. ( P r e r e g . : 105. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration
on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process.
Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling
r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g )
4 9 3 SEMINAR:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points o f view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and
s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration o f t h e approaches and methods of behavioral
science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq.: 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 9 8 SEMINAR:
RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan
t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research r e p o r t according
t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association.
C r i t i c a l review and discussion of individual research p r o j e c t s . ( p r e r e q . :
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology.
Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e
proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman:
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , t w o o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New Testament Greek. The
major s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g
f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t one course: 352-355, 360-363,
871-475, 481-484.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the major and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department.
MINOR:
5 courses.
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s .
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e o f theology and t o t h e dialogue
between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
2 2 1 B I B L I C A L STUDIES
The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents.
The t a s k of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y o f I s r a e l and t h e emergence
of t h e church. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
See under Department o f Philosophy
3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP
A study of t h e origin of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e vario*
l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l
be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. V i s i t s w i l l be made t o
a v a r i e t y of worship services. ( F a l l )
3 5 3 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
A survey of some of t h e major l i v i n g religions of the world, including Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, and Islam, with some emphasis on t h e study of
primary documents from these f a i t h s . (Spring)
3 5 5 TEACHING RELIGION I N , SCHOOL AND CHURCH
The function of t h e teacher i n t h e Christian congregation with a consideration
of available materials and t h e organization of t h e church school. The
function of t h e teacher i n teaching about r e l i g i o n i n t h e public school and a
consideration of available materials. Distinctive c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of these
roles. ( S p r i n g )
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and
practices. P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given
r e l a t i o n t o religious systems, and t o an
of society and t h e relationship of these
s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and
t o the study of bureaucracy and i t s
exploration of t h e changing patterns
changes t o t h e i n s t i t u t i o n a l church.
(Fa11 )
3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental doctrines from t h e time of t h e Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine. ( I n t e r i m , 1973)
3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction t o t h e theological thought of t h e Protestant reformers of the
sixteenth century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings of Martin Luther and other
representative figures. ( F a l l )
3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
The Protestant ethos i n the United States. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of
religious l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e
responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing
culture. ( F a l l )
3 8 0 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing
with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and relationships. Attention t o t h e
v a r i e t y of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r
the h i s t o r i c a l Jesus. I f ( F a l l )
4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s
relationship t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s
writings. ( S p r i n g , 1973-74)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas o f
Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message o f t h e prophets. (Spring)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of t h e h i s t o r y of Judaism from t h e end o f t h e Old Testament period
t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A
s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. ( F a l l )
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction t o some representative trends i n Christian theological thought
today, as seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing
theological t a s k of t h e Christian Church. ( S p r i n g )
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New trends o f Roman Catholic theology a s expressed i n t h e w r i t i n g s of some of
its representatives. Relation of new theological and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o
t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s of t h e church. ( S p r i n g )
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms o f theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r
c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral action. ( S p r i n g )
Social Science
T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n
s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n this a r e a . A major
c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may b e earned i n any one o f four d i s t r i b u t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l S c i e n c e and one o f t h e f o u r
component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science
major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r m a j o r .
A.
HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses i n History: 2 i n American, 2 i n Ancient and Modern Europe, 2 i n
Non-Western, and 1 seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each
i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e
methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology
365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495).
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2
courses i n t h e methodology o f the Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r
384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 o t h e r courses i n
economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each
d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n courses; 1 a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n
course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology (Other than
educational psychology), o r sociology.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses i n Non-Western
2 courses i n h i s t o r y and
463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Religion 353; Philosophy
s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t
2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e : H i s t o r y 104, 440,
P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499;
355.
6 o t h e r courses i n c l u d i n g : H i s t o r y 103; one course i n t h e methodology o f t h e
S o c i a l Science ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 362, 363, o r
365; and 4 a d d i t i o n a l e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology,
sociology, and economics.
For a S o c i a l Science major w i t h a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements
o f t h e S t a t e o f Minnesota f o r a h i g h school t e a c h e r o f t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s ,
t h e r e must be among t h e courses t a k e n a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r in
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , economics, anthropology combined.
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course i n each o f geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses in h i s t o r y ,
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t
l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l
Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495; H i s t o r y 103, 104,
332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499.
Department of Sociology
Chairman:
Joel Torstenson
MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and
an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
MAJOR IN SOCIAL WELFARE: 1 0 c o u r s e s i n c l . u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 2 1 , 351, 352, 353, 3 6 5 ,
383, 461, 462. A l s o r e q u i r e d : Psychology 1 0 5 , and 351 or 352.
1 1 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics o f t h e modern world viewed from t h e
p e r s p e c t i v e o f t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , w i t h a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s
o f human community i n t h e c o n t e x t o f urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s .
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
The development o f s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s m o t i f s , p e r s p e c t i v e s , and
l i n g u i s t i c forms ; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics
o f s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e o f s o c i o l o g y a s an
academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . B a s i c background f o r advanced work i n
sociology. ( F a l l )
231 FAMILY PROCESS:
COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE
Designed t o h e i g h t e n awareness o f communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide p e r s p e c t i v e and s k i l l s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n p r e - m a r i t a l , m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact o f
h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban c o n t e x t s on t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e f a m i l y i s
examined. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS
The dynamic processes a t t h e root o f contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e
context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 3 7 CRIME AND JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s o f crime
causation, treatment, and prevention. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION T O ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of t h e idea of culture; the person's r e l a t i o n t o culture;
language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o multiple ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison
of "primitive" and "civilized1' world views, values, and systems o f thought,
magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play.
all)
3 5 1 SOCIAL WELFARE METHODS AND SYSTEMS
Basic features of casework and group work. Public welfare, s o c i a l s e c u r i t y ,
and p r i v a t e welfare systems. Two campus l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours agency
service p e r week. Course designed f o r general acquaintance with f i e l d s and
methods of human service. ( F a l l )
3 5 2 BEGINNING S K I L L DEVELOPMENT I N CASEWORK OR GROUP WORK
Orientation and application i n p r a c t i c e of one of these major s k i l l s . Student
i s assigned f u l l time under t h e teaching supervision of s t a f f i n a s e l e c t e d
agency. Maj ors only. ( I n t e r i m )
3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK
Analysis of methods, theory, operational p r i n c i p l e s , and techniques. Reflective
use of student's own experiences i n p r i o r f i e l d assignments. Open t o s t u d e n t s
having had beginning s k i l l f i e l d experience. ( S p r i n g )
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
3 6 2 , 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n sociological research: problems and
procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l
analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of sociological data; s t a t i s t i c a l
inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and data-getting t o o l s .
S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l application of what i s learned as it i s learned.
( F a l l , Spring)
3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S
S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological
data. Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures o f c e n t r a l tendency,
v a r i a b i l i t y and association, s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g .
Not open t o sociology majors. ( F a l l )
3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, the development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of
s o c i a l psychology. S e l e c t i v e forms of c o l l e c t i v e behavior such a s crowd, rumor,
and audience. ( P r e r e q . : 121 or P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON URBANIZATION
A review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s a s T h n i e s , Weber, Park and l i r t h ;
and an examination of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s o m a n
and suburban l i f e . (Prereq.: 111. S p r i n g )
3 8 3 R A C I A L AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority
group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , racism and c i v i l
r i g h t s i n t h e American s e t t i n g . ( S p r i n g )
4 6 1 FUTURES I N SOCIAL WORK
Emerging i s s u e s and programs; s e l e c t i n g c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s through graduate
t r a i n i n g o r occupational choice. Advanced p r a c t i c a l experience a s a s o c i a l
work i n t e r n . Two hours c l a s s l e c t u r e and 10 hours i n t e r n s h i p experience p e r
week. ( P r e r e q . : 353. F a l l )
4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l
planning, and s o c i a l a c t i o n . F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s
p e r week. ( S p r i n g )
4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK
R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s assigned a s a p r o f e s s i o n a l s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l
welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some s t u d e n t s s e l e c t e d f o r
stipended p o s i t i o n s . Up t o 20 hours p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : #. S p r i n g )
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e
course o f t h e i r development i n t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l
and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and
l a r g e s c a l e organization i n an urban world. ( S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
( F a l l . Interim. S p r i n g )
Department of Speech,
Communication, and Theater
Chairman:
Arts
Raymond A n d e r s o n
CDMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 or 352, 354, 4 8 7 , and
E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t not c o u n t i n g toward t h e m a j o r :
S p e e c h 111; P h i l o s o p h y 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y
required.
Major electives c o u n t i n g t o w a r d the m a j o r : A r t 2 2 5 , 230; S p e e c h 1 1 6 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 ,
355, 360, 361, 476, 490, and i n t e r i m c o u r s e s i n communication.
Recommended s u p p o r t i n g electives:
E n g l i s h 2 6 1 , 320, 367, 368
Psych010gy 351, 352, 361, 3 6 2 , 473, 485
S o c i o l o g y 212, 2 3 1 , 459, 482
L i b r a r y 385
Computer S c i e n c e
COMMUNICATION MINOR:
SPEECH MAJOR:
5 courses
10 courses
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 351 or 352,
355, 360, 361, 366, 4 7 6 . A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a
m a j o r i n E n g l i s h i f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s r e q u i r e d .
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 aurses. For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351
or 352, 355, 360, 366; course 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n ,
111, 1 1 6 , 360, 361, 476.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366,
467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be
c o u n t e d toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y an
E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l courses i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g
S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama.
THEATER ARTS MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g : 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 3 6 0 , 361, 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , three i n d e p e n d e n t
s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f honors q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f
the communication a r t s , c o m p r e h e n s i v e e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the senior y e a r .
Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y
education.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and c r i t i c a l listening.
per week.
all, S p r i n g )
Meets f i v e times
-
I
-
1 1 6 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
practice i n story t e l l i n g and creative dramatics. Recommended f o r parish
workers and elementary school teachers. [ F a l l )
2 2 8 STAGECRAFT
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation.
students. ( F a l l )
Open t o a l l
2 3 2 ACTING
Practical work i n pantomime and
participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring)
An introduction t o the a r t of acting.
improvisation;
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of film as an a r t form; major developments i n film history; analysis of
significant films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than technical elements.
(Spring)
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
A study of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with
emphasis on t h e i r role i n society.
(Spring)
3 5 1 ARGUMENTAT ION
Application of logic i n public speaking, discussion, and debates.
(Fall)
3 5 2 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; p r a c t i c a l work
i n speech writing. (Spring)
3 5 4 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as
humanistic perspectives on human communication. [Spring)
3 5 5 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice i n
discussion techniques. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e .
prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l )
Practice i n reading
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction t o history of the t h e a t e r and t o theories of drama and dramatic
production. ( F a l l )
3 6 6 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises i n planning
product ions and conducting rehearsals
(Spring)
.
76
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage l i g h t i n g and scene design.
228 or #. S p r i n g )
(Prexeq.:
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech.
introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. ( S p r i n g )
An
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication theory. ( F a l l )
487 F I E L D EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION
Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper
o r other publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication
occupations. ( P r e r e g . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , S p r i n g )
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION
Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use o f
primary sources and methddology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r .
( F a l l , Spring)
General Information
Courses
A l l courses have equivalent value unless o t h e m i s e indicated. A course has t h e
approximate value of 5 t o 6 quarter c r e d i t s o r 3* t o 4 semester c r e d i t s . A t o t a l
of 35 courses i s required f o r graduation.
Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute periods o r two ninety-minute periods
per week i n addition t o laboratories. Each semester i s approximately 15 weeks
i n length.
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course offerings.
Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be cancelled. Students should consult
t h e schedule of classes t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 200 are lower division courses; those numbered 200 and
above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper division. In general, courses numbered i n t h e
100's a r e primarily f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300's f o r juniors; and
400's f o r seniors.
Symbol
Course may be taken with consent of t h e i n s t r u c t o r i r r e s p e c t i v e of
#.
prerequisites.
Personnel
Administration
...................................Oscar A.
...................Burton
President
Vice President and Executive
A s s i s t a n t t o t h e President
Anderson
P. Fosse
Academic A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Academic A f f a i r s
and Dean o f t h e College
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Librarian.
....................Kenneth C . Bailey
....................................Miss Mildred J o e l
.........................Miss Beverly Wegge
...............................M s . Marjorie S i b l e y
Business A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Business A f f a i r s . .
Controller
D i r e c t o r o f Plant S e r v i c e s . .
Director of t h e College Center
Director of Food Services
Director of Housing/Purchasing Agent
Director of Data Processing..
Manager of t h e Book S t o r e
............Warren
Cuolin
...................................... Wayne Pederson
...............,,..Eugene Ecklund
...................Douglas Wasko
.........................Carl Stromer
...........James Lancaster
...................David Pederson
..........................I r v i n g Hoe1
Development
Vice President f o r Development
Associate D i r e c t o r of Development
A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r of Development
Director of Alumni Relations
Public Relations Coordinator.
Manager, News Bureau
.................Glen
W. Johnson
...........Sigvald Hjelmeland
.................David Teslow
..................... J e r o y Carlson
................. .Michael Walgren
...............................Steven Vite
Student A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Student A f f a i r s
and Dean o f Admissions
Associate Dean of Students; Director,
Career Planning and Placement
Director of Financial Aid.
Director of New Student Programs..
Director o f Residence Programs.
Associate Director of Admissions
Admissions Counselor
.....................Bruce L. Gildseth
............Miss Fern Martinson
......................Herald Johnson
...............Richard Thoni
.............Mrs. Joan Petersen
...............Donovan Lundeen
.............................David Gronner
Total Student
Enrollment
.............................. 1,968
....................................
332
................................ 1,817
.................................... 349
Academic Year, 1969-1970.
Summer Session, 1970
Academic Year, 1970-1971
Summer Session, 1971
Summary Of
Graduates
Graduates, 1870-1969
Graduates, 1970 (September 1, 1969 - August 31, 1970)
Graduates, 1971 (September 1, 1970 .August 31, 1971).
...
..
4,505
309
310
5,124
Show less
Table
of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
Identification . .
.
and O b j e c t i v e s
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
.
. Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature
. A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E
.
. .
. .
The 4-1-4.Calenda... Show more
Table
of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
Identification . .
.
and O b j e c t i v e s
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
.
. Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature
. A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E
.
. .
. .
The 4-1-4.Calendar . .
Faculty
. General Education
Requirements
Majors
. . Pre-Professional Training
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
. International
Study
Honors Program
. Degrees
. ..
. ..
.
.. .
..
PAGE 12, STUDENT L I F E
.
.
.
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l
. . Recreation .
I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c s . . . Religious Life
Student Services .
Housing .
Food S e r v i c e
MUS I P
..
.. .
. .
. . .
PAGE 15, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
.
.
The A p p l i c a t i o n Process
. . Transfer . . Early
Decision
. Early Admission . . Advanced Placement
. . Advanced Standing
.
.
.
.
PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL A I D
.
.
. . . Deposits . . .
. . F i n a n c i a l Aid
Expenses
. 19 73- 74 Cost Summary
S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts .
Refunds ,
..
PAGE 22, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
.. .
.
..
. ..
. .
Graduation Requirements
Division Organization
Registration
. P r o b a t i o n and Dismissal .
Grading
C r e d i t by Examination
. Classification .
Courses . . . Numbering .
Symbol
..
.. .
.
. .
PAGE 27, COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 78, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 79, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 8 6 , PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 87, INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o a n s w e r m o s t o f the
q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e and i t s
c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was correct a t the t i m e o f
p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change
w i t h o u t notice
.
Glossary
of Terms
This Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e
information you need t o know as a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t .
I n i t you w i l l f i n d most o f t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have
about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r
phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e c o l l e g e .
C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you.
We hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l .
ACADEMIC.
......The
p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and
customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e .
COURSE
.........A
MAJOR..
. . . . . . . .A
MINOR
s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m
such as "Community Development and Organization."
Four courses a r e taken each semester a t Augsburg
and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January.
..........A
concentration i n a f i e l d of study other than
t h e major. Fewer courses a r e r e q u i r e d t h a n i n
t h e maj o r .
ELECTIVE.
FEE..
c o n c e n t r a t i o n of s t u d y i n one a r e a . Augsburg
o f f e r s majors i n 33 a r e a s . Students complete
t h e requirements f o r t h e major a s w e l l as t h e
g e n e r a l education requirements of the c o l l e g e t o
e a r n t h e b a c h e l o r o f a r t s degree.
. . . . . .A
course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor
b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e
department a s h i s i n t e r e s t s d i c t a t e .
. . . . . . . . . .Charges
made by t h e c o l l e g e f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s
such a s l a b o r a t o r y .
Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses
and l a t e r repays. S e v e r a l loan funds a r e
a v a i l a b l e through c o l l e g e , p r i v a t e and
governmental sources
LOA N . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
SCHOLARSHIP.. . F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t
based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t of
t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t
o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r ACT.
S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h o f
d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e
f i n a n c i a l need of t h e s t u d e n t . There i s no
o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e
used f o r Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER. ......The c o l l e g e o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r .
Each semester i s 15 weeks i n length and t h e
i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks.
Vol. 36, No. 3, September 1972
AUGSBUAO COLLEGE NOW Is publlehsd seml-monthly In
January March, Augusl September and Oscember and monthly
In ~obrincyAprll ~ n y , ' ~ u nJuly
e
Octobor nnd November
bv ~utlsburb~ o 1 1 6 a o731
. 2f & ~ v e . S..
' Mlnnsa~olla.Mlnn. 66101.
sbcon7 c ~ n i spnn~hgepeld at Mlnneapolls, Mlnneuota.
There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and
v i t a l i t y o f a metropolitan c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy
o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l
colleges t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h .
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t
o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s ,
c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on
campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r intramural a t h l e t i c
programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s .
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t ' of t h e campus. The
Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y
chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y
.
You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design
your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major
requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o
design much o f your own education.
A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e calendar known a s
t h e "4- 1-4. I t
I n t h e study of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s
and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The
l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation of
knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t
concentration i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose
from 33 majors f o r hundreds o f c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s .
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis
and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope
of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education.
You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie Theater, t h e Brave
New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r coffee houses.
You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby
Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups
t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o
a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s .
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g
academic program, a capable and dedicated s t a f f , an eager s t u d e n t
body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
ldentif i c a t i o n
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with
Founded more than 100 years
t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC)
ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s
second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education.
.
The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran
background though many denominations a r e represented on campus.
About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from
t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a .
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n
t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many
other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing
organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e e n j oyment o f music
o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e
i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s .
A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided
by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such a s t h e n a t i o n a l l y known
Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater,
and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company.
Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks
n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e
w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l
s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s
provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l
A i r p o r t . Bus connections can be made from a l l a r e a s of t h e
United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown
Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern b o r d e r o f
t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 16)
History
Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,
as Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were
e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation was h e l d i n 1879.
4
Nature
and
Objectives
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
honest, competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e context of t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg e m p h a s i z e s the f o l l o w i n g p r i m a r y o b j e c t i v e s :
1
t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r m a j o r .
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d .
t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r
f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g
a c a d e m i c excellence
.
I
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the u r b a n
e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
g a i n the s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o
the problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern
city.
t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r interests
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which exist f o r them.
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l ,
and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when
i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther
Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r .
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of
a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t s t a n d a r d s by which e x c e l l e n c e i s judged.
Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North C e n t r a l Association o f Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The N a t i o n a l Council f o r t h e A c c r e d i t a t i o n o f Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical S o c i e t y
T h e Campus
Augsburgls compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t o f
Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t o f t h e 155 parks
i n t h e "City o f Lakes . I 1 The c o l l e g e c u r r e n t l y h a s 13 major
b u i l d i n g s w i t h a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very
popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and two
of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e
a d j a c e n t t o t h e campus.
Visiting
t h e Campus
The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o
l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e c o l l e g e program, f a c i l i t i e s , and
admissions requirements. A p e r s o n a l i n t e r v i e w a f f o r d s c a n d i d a t e s ,
p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o exchange
information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a c o l l e g e and i n
making admissions d e c i s i o n s . A student-conducted campus t o u r and
a n i n t e r v i e w with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended
b u t a r e n o t mandatory.
S t u d e n t s who wish t o a r r a n g e f a r a t o u r and an i n t e r v i e w a r e
asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181).
P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays.
Arrangements may a l s o b e made t o meet w i t h a member o f t h e f a c u l t y
and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n
session.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e
c o l l e g e . Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e O f f i c e o f
Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed
t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your
i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l
discover t h e world while preparing f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d
out who you a r e . Augsburgts goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o
educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and prepare them f o r competency i n
t h e modern world.
The
4 - 1 - 4 Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters
a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each
semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m
t h e r e i s concentration on one s u b j e c t
.
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole
world becomes an arena o f l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation
and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general
academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e study
and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may
f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l
agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r those i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your
i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburgts f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r
l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o is 1 5 . 7 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e
f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r
first name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l
climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over
t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e .
General
Education
Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been
determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t a s a guide
through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be
incorporated i n t o t h e planned course o f study (many of them would
be chosen even i f t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) .
In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t
of s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and
7
drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from b i o l o g y , chemistry,
mathematics , p h y s i c s , and psychology. A few c o u r s e s from economics ,
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , and f o r e i g n languages o r
l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n E n g l i s h must b e
demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses
c o n t a i n i n g an emphasis on m e t r o p o l i t a n concerns i s r e q u i r e d a s
w e l l a s p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n a c t i v i t i e s . (For d e t a i l s , see " A c a d e m i c
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n section. " )
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American S t u d i e s
Art
Biology
Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and P h y s i c a l
Education
History
Mathemati cs
Pre- Professional
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
Music
N a t u r a l Science
Phi 1os ophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
Pbysi c a l Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Welfare
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Traini n g
S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine,
d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and e n g i n e e r i n g , can p r o f i t
from a l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n a t Augsburg. I t i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t
requirements f o r admission t o g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r s e m i n a r i e s b e
reviewed and t h e n t h e c o u r s e o f s t u d y at Augsburg be planned
a c c o r d i n g l y . Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f c o u r s e s i n t h e
n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , and i n r e l i g i o n
and philosophy which w i l l p r o v i d e t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t - i o n f o r
future professional study.
Inter
- Institutional
Programs
Augsburg c o o p e r a t e s w i t h o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
ST. PAUL EXCHANGE. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul
c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each s e m e s t e r a t a n o t h e r campus w i t h o u t
a d d i t i o n a l f e e . S t u d e n t s may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o g a i n new
perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools,
o r because a s p e c i f i c c o u r s e i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus.
Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have c o o r d i n a t e d 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r s , t h e
i n t e r i m term may a l s o be t a k e n on a n o t h e r campus.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. T h i s group i s composed o f
12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota.
Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e i n n o v a t i v e c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r
s t u d e n t s , i n t e r c h a n g e and s h a r i n g o f academic p e r s o n n e l and o t h e r
college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t
s p o n s o r s h i p of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development
of programs c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e needs and r e s o u r c e s of t h e
community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A c o o p e r a t i v e e f f o r t between
Augsburg College and M e t r o p o l i t a n S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown
Minneapolis h a s r e s u l t e d i n t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t o f a f o u r - y e a r
program i n s o c i o l o g y o r psychology w i t h a chemical dependency
s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p
p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g w i t h chemical dependency problems.
Courses a r e t a k e n b o t h on t h e Augsburg and t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n
campuses .
CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning c l a s s e s b r i n g t o g e t h e r
Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e c o u r s e s
f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. C l a s s e s a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e
S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r
S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y H o s p i t a l , and T r e v i l l a of
Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses
o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f
s t u d e n t s i n v o l v e d i n t h e c o u r s e s , both from Augsburg and t h e
i n s t i t u t i o n s , h a s been extremely f a v o r a b l e .
The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e
p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e s t u d y by a c t u a l l y
i n t e r a c t i n g w i t h inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each y e a r t h e Conservation o f Human Resources o f f i c e a t
Augsburg h o l d s t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay f o r inmates
m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co- l e a r n i n g c o u r s e s
.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg Is summer s c h o o l c a l e n d a r i s
c o o r d i n a t e d with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . P a u l . S t u d e n t s
who e n r o l l may s e l e c t c o u r s e s on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s
( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e o f f e r e d t o p e r m i t s t u d e n t s t o complete
courses toward t h e i r d e g r e e s .
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE ( C D I ) .
Augsburg and C D I have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r
t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t
Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College.
A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e
Schools o f Nursing" a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview
h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t
Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing
should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. I n cooperation with t h e Hennepin County
General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s ,
Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a
c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t
t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l
twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s .
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked
out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be
approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application
should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester of t h e sophomore y e a r .
Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2 . 5 grade-point average i n work
completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l .
A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e
D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of
courses
.
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences
a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
u n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each
y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s
a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer
i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications
t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore y e a r . The
SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group
meetings during t h e s choo 1 y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent
study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and
t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n .
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under
which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r
i n s t u d y a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These
i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r
College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r
American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. I n a d d i t i o n
t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r s t u d y a l l o v e r t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may
a r r a n g e t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n
through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. T h i s ' t y p e of s t u d y must be
approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by o n e ' s f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and
t h e n by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t S t a n d i n g . C r e d i t
e a r n e d t h r o u g h f o r e i g n s t u d y may b e a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s
g r a d u a t i o n requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major
sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
u
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds o f p o s s i b i l i t i e s
f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer s t u d y i n g abroad. Recently
Augsburg s t u d e n t s have s p e n t summers i n ~ o r w a ~S p, a i n , Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n
f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each
y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For
i n f o r m a t i o n on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , c o n t a c t
t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l a c c e l e r a t e d s e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o freshman
s t u d e n t s w i t h o u t s t a n d i n g h i g h s c h o o l r e c o r d s . For s u p e r i o r
s t u d e n t s of a l l c l a s s y e a r s , i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e
o f f e r e d each term.
S e v e r a l departments o f t h e c o l l e g e o f f e r programs through
which t h e s t u d e n t can e a r n honors i n t h e major. The o p p o r t u n i t y
t o do independent s t u d y i n f i e l d s o f i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e
throughout t h e c o l l e g e .
For s t u d e n t s who apply f o r and r e c e i v e s p e c i a l s t a t u s a s
Honors S c h o l a r s , g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirements a r e modified a s
n e c e s s a r y t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . A d d i t i o n a l
i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e honors program i s a v a i l a b l e upon r e q u e s t
from t h e Honors Program D i r e c t o r a t Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg C o l l e g e o f f e r s t h e Bachelor o f A r t s (B.A.) degree,
and t h e degree o f Bachelor o f Music. ( S e e the Department o f
M u s i c f o r B .M . d e g r e e r e q u i r e m e n t s )
11
Student
Life
Your e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n
your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether a s a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r
commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e c l i m a t e f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t
Augsburg adds dimension t o your e d u c a t i o n .
Social and Cultural
Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l
a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s w e l l a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s .
These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name
e n t e r t a i n m e n t , and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d s .
The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on
campus. O f f i c e s f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, rhe Augsburg Echo, and
t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of
t h e c l u b s t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s
meet i n t h e C e n t e r .
There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n
a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and O r c h e s t r a t o u r a n n u a l l y . The S t r i n g Ensemble,
t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l s t u d e n t - o r g a n i z e d groups a l s o perform
on and o f f campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r
h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program p r o v i d e s
competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l
performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e
Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r i n t r a m u r a l winners a t v a r i o u s
colleges.
Intercollegiate
Athletics
Augsburg i s a member o f t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e
A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e a n n u a l l y competes i n t e n
s p o r t s including f o o t b a l l , soccer, cross country, b a s k e t b a l l ,
hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad t o o k p a r t i n
p o s t season c o m p e t i t i o n l a s t s e a s o n . The p u c k s t e r s f i n i s h e d t h i r d
i n t h e NAIA tournament.
T h i s y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA
n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. S e n i o r c o - c a p t a i n P a t Marcy won
t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. The o t h e r c o - c a p t a i n , s e n i o r Ron
Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e second t i m e i n h i s c a r e e r .
Religious
Life
A n important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s
a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , c h a i r e d by
a s t u d e n t and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e
s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel
s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental
and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d
voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l ,
academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s ,
residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning.
A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e as academic
a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic
i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working
r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a
s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s
.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o
respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s
l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided.
The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth
through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e
p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one
o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process
o f group l i v i n g as well a s discuss t h e personal concerns of
individual students
.
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower.
This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered
a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own
lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s .
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65
upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and
administrative o f f i c e s .
West Hall,
an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it
was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s .
13
TOWER APARTMENTS
-
now under c o n s t r u c t i o n .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n
t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women
s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d
t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s ,
and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each
residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r
t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass
s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students
who have n o t p a i d t h e room deposit by t h i s d a t e a r e automatically
removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25
breakage and f i n e deposit a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded
upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing
education program a t Augsburg if t h e condition o f t h e room and
f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned.
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e .top f l o o r o f t h e College Center,
i s t h e main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s
small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and
modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r
meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r of t h e Center,
f e a t u r e s s h o r t orders and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n
t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r t h o s e
l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments.
The Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) i s
Augsburgls new college-wide program. It provides s t u d e n t s i n a l l
f i e l d s of study with t h e opportunity t o g a i n p r a c t i c a l on-,thewjob
experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r
personal i n t e r e s t s . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e w i t h a v a r i e t y
o f companies, agencies and community o r g a n i z a t i o n s .
Admission to the College
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy
procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e
Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s of high
school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by
c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and
personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l
persons without r e g a r d t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r
n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal
opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t
personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s .
A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission
counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your
questions.
The Application
Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an
o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2. Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e
l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg
College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
3 . Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e
recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 5 examination a s e a r l y a s
p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r y e a r . Your high school counselor can
l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a .
4. When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he
should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s
non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n
charge.
5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must
complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form.
6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s ,
and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s
courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t not t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses
where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t
15
p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t
Augs burg.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t
Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an
o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate
must apply by November 15 of t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e
admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of
admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been
provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o
o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e
academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n deposit which i s non-refundable
i s r e q u i r e d by January 1.
E a r l y Admission
An Early Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high school
j u n i o r s . To apply f o r Early Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high
academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high
school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s
j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e
s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during
t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t
applying f o r Early Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude Test
i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r year.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e
b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n
courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined
by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y previously
completed.
Advanced S t a n d i n g
College c r e d i t i s granted t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have scored
high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o
award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s of s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level
Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board.
Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg
.
Campus Guide
West H a l l
George Sverdrup L i b r a r y )I
Science H a l l ( 5 , r a 3 - 3 3 0 )
Old Main (do. 1-29, C. d / A )
Future S i t e of Residence Tower
Urness Tower Residence
The College C e n t e r
The Quadrangle
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l [md 1 , A V )
The ~ r tS-t u d i o ( A )
Murphy Square
Organ S t u d i o [ 0 5)
The Music B u i l d i n g (m)
S i Melby H a l l (G)
Speech and Drama B u i l d i n g
YO- ~ 9 )
East Hall C E H )
(#a
Admissions (Science 156) 433-936
Alumni R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o ~
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ;
Augsburgi an (College C e n t e r ground i
Bookstore (College C e n t e r 1st f l o o r )
Business A f f a i r s (Science 135)
C a r e e r Planning and Placement
(Memorial 1s t f l o o r )
C e n t e r f o r S t u d e n t Development
(Memorial 1st f l o o r )
College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o c
CHR (Memorial ground f l o o r ) 309-32;
Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) y l a
Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) q21
'
Development O f f i c e (Memorial 2nd f l c
.
Expenses and Financial Aid
Expenses
TUITION
-
$1,845.00
This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r
r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee p l a n ) e n t e r i n g
t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d
f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses d u r i n g t h e s e m e s t e r
terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e
s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,025.00
T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $820 . O O
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t
authorized.
A p a r t - t i m e r a t e o f $264.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t
t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an
i n t e r i m course o n l y .
F u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course w i t h o u t charge. For
p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $132 .OO a c o u r s e .
SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $155.00 payable
with t u i t i o n :
4-1 ( o r 1 - 4 ) . . . . .$88.00
Balance o f y e a r . $6 7.00
.
(Applies t o S t u d e n t Government c o s t s , admission t o
organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, c h o r a l , and
drama e v e n t s and s u p p o r t o f College C e n t e r programs, and o t h e r
s e r v i c e s . P a r t - time s t u d e n t s a r e charged ,on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e
b a s i s o f $22 a c o u r s e . )
A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10 .OO i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15.00.
R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved
non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00.
S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one o f
t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e
General Fee o f $155.00 b u t no t u i t i o n .
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f
c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late
r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
- NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00
S t u d e n t Teaching, $35 .OO
Improvement o f Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r
(14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day:
organ, $20.00 ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8 .OO ($2 .OO an
interim).
Band-Orchestra i n s t r u m e n t r e n t a l : $7.50 a term.
OTHER COSTS
T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $ 2 .OO o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges according t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e .
Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash
o r charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
-
$1,040 to $1,100
Men:
$1,070.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,100.00 f o r f u l l b o a r d .
(Five month b i l l i n g , $606.00 and $624.00)
Women:
$1,040 .OO f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,070 .OO f o r f u l l b o a r d .
(Five month b i l l i n g , $589 .OO and $606.00)
A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 2 1 meals a week, w h i l e a p a r t i a l
b o a r d p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) .
A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through
F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h
t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s
approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r .
19
1973- 74
Cost
Summary
A p p l i c a t i o n Fee
Tuition
.............
$
10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,845.00
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 p a i d on a c c e p t a n c e
t o A u g s b u r g and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s .)
Board and Room
Breakage Deposit
. . . . . . . . $1,040.00-$1,100.00
.......
$
25.00
( R e f u n d e d o n t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg.)
Deposits
.
TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not r e f u n d a b l e )
Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission h a s been
accepted; t o be p a i d by ~ ~ r 1,
i i 1972
(payment i s due J a n u a r y 1
under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e
t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00
(not r e f u n d a b l e ) . Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o
r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term b e g i n n i n g September,
and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n ,
$25.00. Refundable upon g r a d u a t i o n , t r a n s f e r t o a n o t h e r
i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g e d u c a t i o n program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A s t a t e m e n t o f e s t i m a t e d charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l b e
p r e p a r e d and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment o f
t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second
s e m e s t e r i s due J a n u a r y 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s s c h e d u l e must b e
a r r a n g e d w i t h t h e Business O f f i c e p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t.0 r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a p r e c e d i n g
t e r m has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
If a s t u d e n t d e c i d e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , r e f u n d s o f
t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g
schedule:
100% through t h e f i r s t F r i d a y o f c l a s s e s .
80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of first week o f c l a s s e s .
70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s
f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s
d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by
50%.
Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a
f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s .
In a l l c a s e s , board r e f u n d s a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Financial Aid
About 65% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s ,
l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combina'tion o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e
i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic r e c o r d .
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l
Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass
s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l
Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500
s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g
$5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l
l o a n s t o t a l i n g $330,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and
Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o
apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: E d u c a t i o n a l Opportunity
Grant, Basic O p p o r t u n i t y Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t S t u d e n t Loan
( f o r m e r l y N a t i o n a l Defense S t u d e n t Loan), C o l l e g e Work-Study, and
F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d S t u d e n t Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The d e a d l i n e f o r s-ubmitting t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For
i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg C o l l e g e .
Academic Administration
S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o
p l a n t h e i r own c o u r s e o f s t u d y w i t h t h e h e l p o f f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s
who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l
planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e c o u r s e s i n
t h e h u m a n i t i e s , t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
Augsburg g r a d u a t e s a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e
e f f e c t i v e l y ; t h e y a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e
t h e United S t a t e s .
The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s c o u r s e s a t Augsburg a r e
designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l
activities.
Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e
s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s m i s s i o n .
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 c o u r s e s o f which 11 must b e upper d i v i s i o n (numbered
i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more t h a n 1 3 i n one
department.
2.
Completion o f a major.
3.
A grade p o i n t average o f 2.0 (C average) i n a l l c o u r s e s
t a k e n and i n c o u r s e s which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t y e a r i n r e s i d e n c e .
5.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion o f d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as
follows :
a.
A c o u r s e i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e
Department o f E n g l i s h ) ; philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A c o u r s e from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g
departments : b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y , mathematics, p h y s i c s ,
psychology.
d.
A c o u r s e from one o r two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and
one o r two c o u r s e s from t h e Department o f Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e s e
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m c o u r s e . A l l c o u r s e s
l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f R e l i g i o n meet t h i s
requirement .
f.
A c o u r s e r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Two s e m e s t e r s o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r
demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s .
S t u d e n t s w i t h p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may
meet t h i s requirement w i t h one s e m e s t e r o f a c t i v i t i e s .
h.
Division
Four i n t e r i m c o u r s e s , one each y e a r .
Organization
The c o l l e g e c o u r s e s a r e o r g a n i z e d i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n
o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and
c o o p e r a t i v e aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each
d i v i s i o n i s a p p o i n t e d f o r a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e
departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Department o f Business. A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f H i s t o r y
Department o f P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e
Department o f Psychology
Department o f Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Department
Library
Department
Department
of Education: Elementary Education, Geography,
S c i e n c e , Secondary Education
o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education
o f Music
HUMANITIES
Department of A r t
Department o f English
Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek,
L a t i n , Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s
Department of R e l i g i o n
Department o f Philosophy
Registration
A s t u d e n t must b e r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e
credit for it.
A normal l o a d i s f o u r c o u r s e s p e r s e m e s t e r and one c o u r s e i n
t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r four courses p e r
s e m e s t e r a r e d e f i n e d as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e
s e m e s t e r b e g i n s , it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y
scheduled t i m e . A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s
a l s o charged f o r c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t
t h r e e days o f t h e s e m e s t e r .
S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e
r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned c o u r s e s r e s u l t i n a grade o f F .
C a n c e l l a t i o n o f c o u r s e s o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done
i n the Registrar's Office.
S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven c o u r s e s with C
average a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 a s
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A s t u d e n t may b e p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end
of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y :
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below
below
below
below
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
o r 2 Fs having t a k e n 6 o r fewer courses
o r 3 Fs having t a k e n 7-15 c o u r s e s
having t a k e n 16-24 c o u r s e s
having t a k e n 25 o r more c o u r s e s
I f a s t u d e n t h a s been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more s e m e s t e r s
c o n s e c u t i v e l y , h e i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end o f t h e
f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who has a p o o r academic r e c o r d
may be s t r o n g l y a d v i s e d t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g
term, b u t i f h e wishes t o do s o he may c o n t i n u e on p r o b a t i o n
u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term.
Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g t e r m w i l l
n o t be automatic. Each c a s e w i l l b e reviewed by t h e Committee on
Admissions and S t u d e n t Standing.
A s t u d e n t who has been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and
withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l
permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Grading
Most c o u r s e s a r e graded on a s c a l e o f A, B , C , D , F w i t h
f o u r grade p o i n t s f o r a grade o f A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C , one
f o r D and z e r o f o r F . No f r a c t i o n a l courses a r e o f f e r e d .
Most c o u r s e s a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system,
w i t h P meaning a grade o f C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s t h a n
s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N g r a d i n g system t h e grade i s n o t computed
i n t h e grade p o i n t average, and n o c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d f o r a c o u r s e
i n which t h e s t u d e n t r e c e i v e s a grade o f N .
A f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t may t a k e up t o one course p e r s e m e s t e r on
t h e P/N g r a d i n g system, b u t only two courses on P/N may b e allowed
f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor w i t h approval of t h e department
chairman .
An incomplete grade ( I ) may b e given o n l y i n t h e c a s e o f an
extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a
p e t i t i o n w i t h t h e Committee on Admissions and Student S t a n d i n g
s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r
removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e course. I f
permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must b e removed
during t h e following semester.
A grade o f X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided
Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r .
Such a course must b e completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e
grade o f X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d .
A course i n which a grade of F, D, N , I , o r X h a s been
r e c e i v e d may b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades
earned t h e second t i m e a r e counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e
grade p o i n t a v e r a g e . Courses i n which h i g h e r grades have been
e a r n e d may n o t b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, b e
audited.
Courses i n Student Teaching a r e graded by P , D , o r N .
General Information
Credit by Examination
S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations
s h o u l d c o n s u l t w i t h department chairmen o r w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r .
C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) o r b y comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore ....... 7 c o u r s e s . .......14 grade p o i n t s
32 grade p o i n t s
J u n i o r . . . . . . . . . .16 c o u r s e s .
S e n i o r ..........25 c o u r s e s ........50 grade p o i n t s
.......
To be c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r
f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two s e m e s t e r s and one course
d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l o f seven c o u r s e s ) . To b e
c o n s i d e r e d f u l l t i m e f o r a s e m e s t e r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r
a t l e a s t t h r e e courses.
Courses
A l l c o u r s e s have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d .
A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 5 t o 6 q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r
3% t o 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 c o u r s e s i s r e q u i r e d f o r
graduation.
Most c o u r s e s meet f o r t h r e e s i x t y - m i n u t e p e r i o d s o r two n i n e t y minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each. s e m e s t e r
i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h .
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making ch-anges i n
course o f f e r i n g s . Courses w i t h i n a d e q u a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n may b e
cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o
determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s .
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses ; t h o s e
numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper d i v i s i . o n . I n
g e n e r a l , c o u r s e s numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen;
200's f o r sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 4 0 0 ' s f o r s e n i o r s .
The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l o f t h e course; t h e second
i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s
t h e course.
Symbol
Course may b e t a k e n w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
#.
i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
26
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of t h e courses offered i n 1973-74 a r e given on t h e following pages.
See page 26 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
American Studies
Director:
Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 4 9 9 , p l u s 11 m u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n the U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n o n e o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f t h e o t h e r s ) .
ELECTIVE COURSES A N D OPTIONS :
History o f t h e United S t a t e s
American S t u d i e s 231
H i s t o r y 221, 2 2 2 , 331, 332, 495
R e l i g i o n 363, 352
Li terature and F i n e Arts in tho Clr~ited S t a t e r
American S t u d i e s 232
A r t 102
E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o S p e e c h 2 4 1 ) , 2 5 0 , 351, 4 2 3 , 490
Social Sciences i n t h e United S t a t e s
Geography 114
E d u c a t i o n 4 7 8 , 488
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325, 326, 3 4 2 , 370, 371
S o c i o l o g y 111, 231, 2 3 7 , 351, 383, 463
Economics 1 2 0 , 1 2 2 , 251, 453
TEACHINGMAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . Same a s a b o v e , p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n
a r e a t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r .
MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above g r o u p i n g s
under m a j o r .
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY
An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e . g . , r e l i g i o n
under s l a v e r y , churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l )
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERI CAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a l i m i t e d period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E
Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study
of the approaches of various d i s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . P r a c t i c e i n t h e
i n t e g r a t i o n of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n
depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l )
4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E
For d e s c r i p t i o n , see 295.
l e v e l o f work. ( F a l l )
Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One p r o j e c t o f an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Art
P h i 1ip T h o m p s o n
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ;
2 2 1 , 223, 2 2 5 , 350.
-
F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m
8
I
t w o from 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 ,
27
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; one from 4 8 6 , 4 8 7 , 488; and two from 1 1 8 , 221
223, 225, 350.
1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine a r t s i n t h e urban and world s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e
of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . ( 3 one hour l e c t u r e s .
Fall)
1 0 7 DRAWING
Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media.
and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Descriptive, experimental,
118 P A I N T I N G I
Introduction t o painting media and technique.
all, S p r i n g )
2 2 1 SCULPTURE I
Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , l e a d ,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I
P r i n c i p l e s and methods of printmaking i n a v a r i e t y of media.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and p r a c t i c e of v i s u a l perception and communication using elements
such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1
A study of v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , film, a d v e r t i s i n g
symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography,
and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 5 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 4 2 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l laboratory experience. Discussion and
observation of t h e expressive and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . (Summer, I n t e r i m )
3 5 0 CERAMICS I
An introduction t o t h e making of p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 CERAMICS I 1
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing
techniques.
(Prereq. : 350.
F a l l , Spring)
355 PAINTING I 1
Advanced study o f painting.
(Prereq. : 118.
F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR P A I N T I N G
Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 .
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1
Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq. : 223.
F a l l , Spring)
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , s t o n e , p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 1 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING
Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references
t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and Oriental s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
(Fall, Spring)
Department
Biology
Chairman:
Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , f o u r u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
o n e t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 ,
352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
MAJOR, O p t i o n 11: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
one t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 2 2 3 ( o r
351, 352)
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper division c o u r s e s .
r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) .
Also
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t w o
b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; o n e summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n o n
academic work i n b i o l o g y and o n d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t .
101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does n o t normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112
on consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , s p r i n g )
-
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
a
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function o f t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Fall f o r nurses o n l y ; Spring f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s o f microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . :
Chemistry 103. Spring)
1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and
population explcsion. L a b o r a t o p demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of tile C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does
not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m )
1 1 1, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
For biology and o t h e r
science majors. The course includes an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, g e n e t i c s , developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ;
A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b i o l o g i c a l s c i e n c e .
112, Spring.
3 hours l e c t u r e ; 3 hours laboratory)
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s
laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study d e a l i n g with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morpholog)l, e v o l u t i o n ,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( P r e r e q . :
112. I n t e r i m )
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on recent advances i n human g e n e t i c s .
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory.
Frereq
.: 112.
Spring)
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey o f t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq.: 1 1 2 . S p r i n g )
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An i n t r o d u c t a r y consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r
s t u d e n t s t a k i n g 471, 474, 476. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223
o r 352. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, c y t o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and
biochemistry, and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Remmmended: C h e m i s t r y 223 or 3 5 1 , P h y s i c s 1 2 3 .
Interim)
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s .
( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 351; and P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . F a l l )
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e p h y s i o l o g i c a l and morphological changes which o c c u r
d u r i n g t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e a n i m a l s .
Experimental a s well a s d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e i n c l u d e d i n t h e l a b o r a t o r y work.
( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and
( 3 hours l e c t u r e ,
p a t h o g e n i c i t y a r e c o n s i d e r e d as w e l l a s c e r t a i n methods.
3 hours laboratory.
P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 3 5 1 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e s t u d y o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended:
C h e m i s t r y 361. S p r i n g )
4 9 1 , 4 9 2 SEMINAR
Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and r e s e a r c h . Topics may
concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy o f s c i e n c e a s w e l l as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e .
S e n i o r s majoring i n Biology and N a t u r a l S c i e n c e f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e
r e q u i r e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e
i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e
( 3 hours c l a s s . Prereq. : 112, 491, F a l l ; 492, Spring)
expected t o a t t e n d .
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an i n s t r u c t o r .
( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and
Intended f o r b i o l o g y majors. P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work.
p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r .
Department of
Business
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Administration,
Business Education, and
Economics
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 4 8 3 o r 4 8 4 . Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2 5 8 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g o n c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the t w o r e m a i n i n g
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 , 484 i s recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s ~ d m i n i s t r a t i o n1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3,73, 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 .
Economics 1'22, 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2.58 o r 391 o r
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and o n e o f 2 6 1 ,
3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 ; and o n e o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 ; a n d E c o n o m i c s 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a
senior thesis and c o m p r e h e n s i v e o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f
concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
Accountants (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t have completed t h e major i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Accounting, t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d
the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics general c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g
m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f
r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics.) S t u d e n t s who
h a v e completed the above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d under the r u l e s o f the
Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y
a f t e r graduation.
1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, c o s t c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement. ( F a l l )
1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives o f various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 101. S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m )
2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm:
sources and uses o f long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, c u r r e n t and long-term a s s e t s .
(Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
( P r e r e q : 262. S p r i n g )
.
3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
p o l i c y . Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High School Algebra.
Fall)
1I ' '
'A
381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control o f economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard c o s t systems, as well a s o t h e r quantative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq. : 101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income taxes f o r individuals
and various forms o f business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
alternate years)
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types o f s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive
coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( P r e r e q . : 261. F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e a r e a s o f Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( INTERNSHIP PROGRAM)
A student may r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which
i s applicable t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. I n a d d i t i o n t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
The s t u d e n t may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MAJOR:
12-14 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
required.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATIQN:
SECRETAMAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
Show less
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calen... Show more
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Faculty
General Education
Majors
Pre-Professional Training ,
Requirements
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
Honors Program
Degrees
.. .
..
PAGE 12, STUDENT LIFE
..
...
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l .
Recreation
Intercollegiate
Religious L i f e
Student S e r v i c e s
Athletics
Housing
Food S e r v i c e
MUSIP
...
...
...
. ..
...
PAGE 15. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE AND FINANCIAL AID
. . . E a r l y Decision . . .
. . . Advanced
...
The A p p l i c a t i o n Process
Transfer
E a r l y Admission
Advanced Placement
Standing
F i n a n c i a l Aid
...
...
PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP
.
I
PAGE 19, EXPENSES
. ..
Expenses
1974- 75 Cost Summary
S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts
Refunds
...
. . . Deposits . . .
PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
...
...
...
...
D i v i s i o n a l Organization
Graduation Requirements
Registration
Probation and Dismissal
Grading
Graduation with D i s t i n c t i o n
C r e d i t by Examination
Classification
Courses
Numbering .
. Symbol
...
...
...
...
...
.
PAGE 27, COURSE, OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 82. ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 83. FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 89- PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 90. INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s
w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h
a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n the
c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t n o t i c e .
Glossary of Terms
T h i s Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e i n f o r m a t i o n
you need t o know a s a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d
most of t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have
o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e
College.
-
-
C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you.
hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l .
ACADEMIC..
COURSE..
MAJOR..
MINOR
LOAN
.. . . .The
p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which
c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e .
..... . . A
s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such a s
"Community Development and Organization." Four courses
a r e t a k e n each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d
d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January.
. .......A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f s t u d y i n one a r e a .
majors i n 18 departments.
Augsburg o f f e r s
..........A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n a f i e l d of s t u d y i n l e s s depth t h a n
t h e major.
ELECTIVE..
FEE..
We
... . . A
course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by
t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department as h i s i n t e r e s t s
dictate.
... .......Charges
made by t h e College f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s
l a b o r a t o r y equipment o r l o c k e r r e n t a l .
...........Money
a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r
r e p a y s . See " F i n a n c i a l Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.
SEMESTER
... F i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h
school performance i n and o u t o f t h e classroom, c o l l e g e
s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT
o r Am. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h of
d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l
need o f t h e s t u d e n t . There is no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay.
The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid.
.......The
College o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester
i s 15 weeks i n l e n g t h and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks.
.
PREREQUISITE. .A course which a s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete b e f o r e
a n o t h e r one may be taken. The p r e r e q u i s i t e course may be
e i t h e r i n t h e same o r a n o t h e r department.
Vol. 37, No. 1, August 1973
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s p u b l i s h e d semi-monthly i n January, March,
August, September and December and monthly i n February, A p r i l , May,
June, J u l y , October and November by Augsburg College, 731 2 1 s t Ave. S.,
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second c l a s s p o s t a g e p a i d a t Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
Introduction
There a r e few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a
m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy of t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g .
Augsburg i s one of t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you
both.
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere e n a b l e s you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a
s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f e v e n t s and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s ,
f i l m s , and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through
t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose
participation i n athletics.
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t o f t h e campus. The R e l i g i o u s
L i f e Commission a s s i s t s i n p l a n n i n g d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s
may a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y .
Y o u , the s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. Y o u d e s i g n y o u r
own l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e . While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and m a j o r r e q u i r e m e n t s
a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , there i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o d e s i g n much o f y o u r own
education.
A t Augsburg, t h e i n n o v a t i v e and experimental a s w e l l a s t h e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The College follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e
"4-1-4.1'
I n t h e s t u d y of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l e n c o u n t e r i d e a s and
e x p e r i e n c e s from t h e whole range of human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s
e d u c a t i o n , however, is more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a
number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s necessary
i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r of t h e Twin C i t i e s of Minneapolis and S t .
Paul. I n t h i s m e t r o p o l i t a n s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of r e s o u r c e s and
a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your e d u c a t i o n . You may choose an
evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t any
of t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a c o n c e r t by t h e
Minnesota O r c h e s t r a a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one by t h e many
p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e
numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l
s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, t h e North S t a r s , and
t h e Fighting Saints.
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic
program, a c a p a b l e and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , a n e a g e r s t u d e n t b o d y , and a
remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
Identification
Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with t h e
American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 y e a r s ago,
Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century
o f Christian higher education.
The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1600 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background
though many denominations a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on campus. About 50% a r e
r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r
metropolitan area.
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburg's l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s . E x c e l l e n t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis
I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many o t h e r g a l l e r i e s .
The Minnesota O r c h e s t r a and o t h e r a r e a performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s
a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The
Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing
artists.
A v a r i e t y o f d r a m a t i c and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by
s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie
T h e a t e r , Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log T h e a t e r , and t h e S t . Paul
C i v i c Opera Company.
R e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t p a r k s n e a r
t h e campus o r s w i m i n one of t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may
j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e
t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s i s e a s y . S e v e r a l major a i r l i n e s p r o v i d e
d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus and
t r a i n connections can be made from a l l a r e a s o f t h e United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis
v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e s o u t h e r n b o r d e r o f t h e campus.
( D i r e c t i o n s a r e given o p p o s i t e page 16.)
History
Augsburg was t h e f i r s t seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n
America. Minneapolis r e p l a c e d Marshall, Wisconsin, a s Augsburg's home
i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t
c o l l e g e graduation w a s h e l d i n 1879.
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s
former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American
Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther T h e o l o g i c a l
Seminary, S t . Paul, Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r .
r
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary o b j e c t i v e s :
t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one area o r major
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d
t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' l o v e o f l e a r n i n g and their
f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g
academic e x c e l l e n c e
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n J i n g o f the u r b a n
e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
g a i n the s k i l l s n e e d e d t o r e s p o n d c r e a t i v e l y t o
the p r o b l e m s and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern
city
t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n their interests
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l ,
and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h the Christian f a i t h .
I
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis
surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City of
Lakes." The College c u r r e n t l y has 14 major buildings with a number of
cottage housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The
University of Minnesota and two o f t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview
and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus.
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of t h e campus v i s i t is t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n ,
first-hand, about t h e College program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions
requirements. A personal interview a f f o r d s candidates, parents, and t h e
admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e
process o f s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A
student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r
a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e not mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked
Preferred
t o w r i t e f o r an appointment o r c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181)
times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may
a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s ,
Monday through Friday, when school i s i n s e s s i o n .
.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e College.
Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg
College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o
s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l
t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l d i s c o v e r t h e world while
p r e p a r i n g f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgls goal
and p r e p a r e
a s a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly them f o r competency i n t h e modern world.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Two 15-week semesters a r e
s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e
s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n
on one s u b j e c t .
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world
becomes an a r e n a of l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s
determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e
encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n
music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n of a concert program.
I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
a c t i v i t i e s o f a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies
provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r
what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburgls f a c u l t y o f about 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e .
The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 17.8 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p
on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n
j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t
v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having
coffee.
General Education Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined,
n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t as a guide through t h e l i b e r a l
a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course
of study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't required)
.
In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f
s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and
r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics,
and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e ,
sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and
p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved
l i s t o f courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s
r e q u i r e d as well a s p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section. )
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American S t u d i e s
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
E a s t Asian S t u d i e s
Economics
Economics /Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro -Urban S t u d i e s
Music
N a t u r a l Science
Philosophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
P h y s i c a l Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Work
Sociology
Spanish 1
Speech
Theater A r t s
Other maj o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e through t h e Five College Cooperative
s t u d e n t exchange program. The O f f i c e of t h e R e g i s t r a r should be consulted
f o r f u r t h e r information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y ,
pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s
education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission
t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f s t u d y
a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope of
courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n
r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i 11 provide t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
future professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
F I V E COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t .
Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without a d d i t i o n a l f e e .
Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new p e r s p e c t i v e s , t o g e t b e t t e r
acquainted with t h e o t h e r s c h o o l s , o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s n o t
o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have coordinated
c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m t e r m may a l s o be taken on a n o t h e r campus. A
r e g u l a r l y scheduled bus s h u t t l e s s t u d e n t s f r e e between t h e campuses.
Augsburg College a l s o cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s i n planning
s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m . For example, Augsburg and
S t . Olaf j o i n t l y p l a n a number of f o r e i g n s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e
i n t e r i m . Since t h e i n t e r i m program i s new each y e a r , t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r
should be consulted r e g a r d i n g planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed o f 12
c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned
a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s ,
interchange and s h a r i n g o f academic personnel and o t h e r college r e s o u r c e s ,
cooperative r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s , f o r e i g n study, j o i n t sponsorship of a
metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development o f programs c o n s i s t e n t
with t h e needs and resources of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper
Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg
College and Metropolitan S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis
has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment o f a f o u r I y e a r program i n s o c i b l o g y
o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s
designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g with
chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and
t h e Metropolitan campuses.
These co-learning c l a s s e s
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR).
b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e courses f o r
c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud
Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n ,
S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y Hospital, and T r e v i l l a o f Robbinsdale, a halfway house
r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e
departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s involved i n t h e courses, both
from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely f a v o r a b l e .
The purpose o f t h e course i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s
and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with
inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each y e a r t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg
holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay fox inmates1 m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n
t h e s e co-learning courses.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburgfs summer school calendar i s coordinated with
t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t
courses on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( f i v e weeks each) a r e o f f e r e d
t o permit s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees.
.
Augsburg and
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL, DATA INSTITUTE. (CDI )
CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r the e q u i v a l e n t of
t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o
Aupsburg College.
A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools
o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis
r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission
t o t h e Schools of Nursing should be made d i r e c t l y t o t h e h o s p i t a l s .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General,
Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s
work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major
i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e y e a r s o f t h i s work a r e taken a t
Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one of t h e
three hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n
cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration H o s p i t a l , Fairview H o s p i t a l ,
and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a
major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c . i a l i z a t i o n i n C o r r e c t i v e Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved
by t h e D i r e c t o r of P h y s i c a l Education. Application should be made during
t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o
have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2.0
grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e ,
consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence
of courses.
International Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o
Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN),
Augsburg
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
u n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r
t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted
p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal s t u d y
i n one of t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n
t h e s p r i n g of t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s o f t h r e e
s t a g e s : language s t u d y and group meetings during t h e school y e a r b e f o r e
departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e
following summer and t h e w r i t i n g of a paper upon r e t u r n .
-
~
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n study a t a
number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e :
The U n i v e r s i t y o f Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e
i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence
i n France. In a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e many o t h e r
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r study a l l over t h e - w o r l d , and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg
s t u d e n t s may arrange t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making
a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This type o f study must
be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by one's f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and then by
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. C r e d i t earned through
f o r e i g n study may be a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s graduation requirements as
e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e i s a wide v a r i e t y of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r
t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg
s t u d e n t s have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e
Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r .
See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For information on
programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , contact t h e Foreign Study
Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l accelerated sections are available t o freshman students
with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s
years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars are offered each term.
Several departments o f the College o f f e r programs through which the
student can earn honors i n the major. The opportunity t o do independent
study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s available throughout t h e College.
For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors
Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary t o meet
the student's needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on the honors
program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t
Augsburg
.
Degrees
Augsburg College o f f e r s the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, and t h e
degree of Bachelor of Music. ( S e e t h e Department o f Music f o r B.M. d e g r e e
requirements)
Student Life
Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e major i n f l u e n c e s i n your
c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s
and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l
f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension
t o your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout t h e year, a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s
t a k e p l a c e on campus as well as i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s
i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g
p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s .
The College Center i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus.
Offices f o r t h e College newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e
t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many o f t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e
classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center.
There a r e s e v e r a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. In
a d d i t i o n t o campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert
Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club,
and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and off campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own
r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program provides competition
i n a v a r i e t y of team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s .
Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r
intramural winners a t various c o l l e g e s
.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c
Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g
f o o t b a l l , soccer, c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l ,
t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Religious Life
An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s .
The Religious L i f e Commission, c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed o f
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o
worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through d i s c u s s i o n
and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e
both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and
staff attend voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f of t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r
c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and
f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and
c a r e e r , p r o f e s s i o n a l and l i f e - s t y l e planning.
A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s .
Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e
encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r .
The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s .
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o
t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s ,
a v a r i e t y o f housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l
program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with
o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making.
Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o
f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g a s well as d i s c u s s t h e p e r s o n a l
concerns of i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s .
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s Urness Tower.
This elevens t o r y high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t
providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and
u t i l i t y areas.
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l houses about 60 upperclass men and
women. The Center Ear Student Development i s l o c a t e d h e r e a s w e l l as
some f a c u l t y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o f f i c e s .
West H a l l houses 38 women. West Hall has been converted from an
apartment b u i l d i n g ; each u n i t houses f o u r s t u d e n t s who s h a r e two rooms
and b a t h .
Mortensen Tower, t h e newest residence h a l l , i s an a l t e r n a t i v e t o
t r a d i t i o n a l residence h a l l l i v i n g . I t contains 104 one-and two-bedroom
apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass s t u d e n t s .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex h o u s i n g u n i t s , i n t h e
g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r upperclass men o r women.
The r e s i d e n t s function as a group t o s h a r e t h e l i v i n g space, house
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , and cooking. Annex housing a l s o accommodates married
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e
i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, a i r conditioned, and contains k i t c h e n
u n i t s . I t i s otherwise unfurnished. In o t h e r residence h a l l s o r houses
rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and
bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An
o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s
and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e
e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s
payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d
t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing
r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and
f i n e d e p o s i t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation,
t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t
Augsburg i f t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and
t h e key i s returned.
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e top f l o o r of the College Center, is the
main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This pleasant room features small t a b l e u n i t s
f o r easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
Square. The portions a r e generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground f l o o r of t h e Center, features
short orders and is open through the noon hour and i n t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r those l i v i n g
i n College houses o r nearby apartments.
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburgls new
College-wide program. I t provides students i n a l l f i e l d s of study with
the opportunity t o gain p r a c t i c a l on-the-job experience t h a t can be
r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . Internships are
available with a v a r i e t y of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Admission to the College and Financial Aid
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College is a simple procedure.
Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s reviewed by t h e Admissions O f f i c e and s t u d e n t s a r e
accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n
c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examination s c o r e s , o t h e r
motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons equal
o p p o r t u n i t y t o b e n e f i t from i t s e d u c a t i o n a l programs, s t u d e n t personnel
s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, s t u d e n t employment and o t h e r s e r v i c e s
without regard t o race, c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r e t h n i c background.
A v i s i t t o t h e campus is h i g h l y recommended: admissions counselors
a r e a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you, answer your q u e s t i o n s , and arrange f o r you t o
s e e t h e campus.
The Application Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions Office, and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2. Hand t h e completed a p p l i c a t i o n t o your high school counselor,
along with t h e $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e , and ask t h a t t h e s e be s e n t with
your o f f i c i a l high school t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a s t complete semester
t o : Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn 55404
.
3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The College recommends t h a t
candidates s i t f o r t h e examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r
year. Your high school counselor can t e l l you when t h e s e t e s t s a r e
scheduled i n your a r e a .
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : as soon
a s an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t
n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u i r e d by A p r i l 1
a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has
been awarded.
5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r those who have requested t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed t o t h e s t u d e n t during t h e
summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and
recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses
s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The College r e s e r v e s
t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where i t considers t h e work
u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken at
unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade average f o r graduation i s based on
work taken a t Augsburg, b u t t o determine graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n , a l l
grades a r e averaged. T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s with t h e A.A. degree a r e
considered a s having met a l l g e n e r a l education requirements a t Augsburg
except f o r two courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s .
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. This should be s e n t t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e
with a $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e .
2. Request o f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s from any c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y
a t t e n d e d t o be s e n t d i r e c t l y t o t h e A t h i s s i o n s O f f i c e
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3 . Two p e r s o n a l recommendations w i l l be requested. Upon r e c e i v i n g
t h e s e forms, give them t o two persons who can w r i t e i n your b e h a l f .
Return d i r e c t l y t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e i n t h e postage p a i d envelopes
which a r e provided.
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : soon
a f t e r an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e
s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u e s t e d
w i t h i n one month a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f
a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded.
5. A f t e r a d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r t h o s e who have r e q u e s t e d t o l i v e on campus
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Early Decision
An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg
a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission
i f it i s extended. An E a r l y Decision candidate must apply by November 15
o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about
December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d ,
i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw
a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based
upon t h e academic r e c o r d through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s
r e q u i r e d by January 1.
Early Admission
An E a r l y Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high s c h o o l j u n i o r s .
To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a h i g h academic r e c o r d
and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o
cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also,
i t i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h
school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A
s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t
i n January o r March of h i s j u n i o r y e a r .
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s g r a n t e d t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s
o f work t a k e n i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e
beginning l e v e l . Placement may be determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l
and length of t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed.
Campus Guide
West H a l l
George Sverdrup Library
Science H a l l
Old Main
Mortensen Tower and
V i s i t o r s Parking (on 8 t h S t r e e t )
Urness Tower
The College Center
The Quadrangle
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l
A r t S t u d i o and A r t Annex
Murphy Square
Organ S t u d i o
The Music Building
S i Melby H a l l
Speech and Drama Building
E a s t H a l l (Band Building)
A.
B.
F a c u l t y - S t a f f Parking (Permit Required)
S,tudent Parking (Permit Required)
Offices
Admissions (Science 156)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r )
Augsburgian (College Center ground f l o o r )
A u x i l i a r y Programs (Memorial 128)
Bookstore (College Center 1st f l o o r )
Business A f f a i r s (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
Center f o r Student Development
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
CHR (Memori a1 ground f 1oor)
Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32)
Dean o f t h e College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
ECHO (College Center ground f l o o r )
Advanced Standing
College cred't i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on
t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on
t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by
t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d
information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 70% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from
t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , loans, campus employment,
o r a combination o f t h e s e . Assistance i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f
f i n a n c i a l need and academic record. Application f o r a i d i s made by
completing t h e P a r e n t s t C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College
S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg
Application f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1972-73, 1080 of t h e 1600 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg
r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $784,000 from Augsburg and a l l
o t h e r s o u r c e s , and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $335,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant
Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e
following f e d e r a l programs : Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t Student Loan (formerly National Defense
Student Loan), College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y Insured Student Loan.
Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The deadline f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For information,
c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e a t Augsburg College.
Expenses
Expenses
TUITION
-
$2,115.00
T h i s f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g
s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r
beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e considered f u l l time when t h e y t a k e
t h r e e o r more courses during t h e s e m e s t e r terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r
p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n and Fees f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,175.00
T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $940.00
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t a u t h o r i z e d .
A p a r t - t i m e r a t e of $280.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g
l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m
course only.
Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge.
s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $140.00 a course.
SPECIAL FEES
- NOT
For p a r t - t i m e
REFUNDABLE
A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10.00 i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15.00.
Regist r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg
programs i s $25.00.
S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e
h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. The charge w i l l be $170.00.
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s
i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r
c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer Science, $25 .OO
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e )
, $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.00
Improvement of Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $84.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) ,
o r $6.00 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one hour a day: organ,
$20.00 ($5.00 an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an i n t e r i m ) .
Band-Orchestra instrument r e n t a l : $7.50 a term.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee:
f i r s t copy free, additional copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter students:
$2 .OO o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations are made i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office, with charges according t o the schedule on f i l e .
Books and supplies a r e available from the Bookstore on a cash o r
charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room
$1,161.00
P a r t i a l Board and Room
$1,125.00
Meal Coupons and Room
(Limited Residences)
$
801.00
5 Day Lunch Plan
$
234.00
In the event of excessive increases i n t h e cost of operation, these
board r a t e s may be increased a t any time before o r during the contract
year.
A f u l l board plan provides 21 meals p e r week. The p a r t i a l board plan
provides 14 meals p e r week i n a combination of breakfasts and dinner o r
noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are r e s t r i c t e d t o apartment s t y l e residences named
by the college i n t h e "Housing and Food Services contractt'.
A lunch contract i s available t o non-resident students and provides
f i v e noon lunches p e r week.
Linen service i s available i n residence h a l l s on a d i r e c t contract
basis from a l o c a l linen supply company a t about $35.00 p e r year.
1974-75 Cost Summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,115.00
Application Fee.
Tuition
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e
t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . )
. . . . . . . . . . $1,125.00-$1,161.00
Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
25.00
Board and Room
Breakage
(Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg)
Deposits
T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50.00 (not refundable). Required
o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d
by A p r i l 1, 1974 (payment is due January 1 under E a r l y Decision Program).
The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not
refundable). Required a t t h e time of s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a
housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e
room charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND F I N E DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00.
Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r
d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and
forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month
b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20.
V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office
p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r
account f o r a preceeding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
I f a s t u d e n t decides t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n
and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule:
100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s .
80% during t h e balance o f f i r s t week of c l a s s e s .
70% during t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% during t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% during t h e f o u r t h week of c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d
t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s during t h e f i r s t
f i v e weeks o f t h e t e n , t h e charge i s reduced by 50%.
Students r e q u i r e d t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l r e c e i v e a f u l l
refund of t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e refund on room charges.
In a l l cases, board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Academic Administration
Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r
own course of s t u d y with t h e h e l p of f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y
a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l
a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s ,
and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they
a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some
understanding of c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s .
The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg a r e designed t o
equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s .
Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f
i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission.
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 courses of which 11 must be upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e
300's and 400's) and n o t more than 13 i n one department.
2.
Completion of a major.
3.
A grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 i n a l l courses taken and i n courses
which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t y e a r a t Augsburg College.
5.
Three i n t e r i m c o u r s e s .
6.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows
(One course may meet one requirement only) :
a.
A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e
Department of English) ; philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments:
biology, chemistry, mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology.
d.
A course from one o r two of t h e f o l l o w i n g departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and
one o r two courses from t h e Department of Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e s e
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , of which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d
i n t h e Department of R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement except
t h a t only one course of H i s t o r y of Religion may apply.
f.
A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Three r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y
i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s with p r o f i c i e n c y i n
one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement with one
semester o f a c t i v i t i e s .
Divisional Organization
The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o
make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims
more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a
two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental
s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Earl R. A l t o n
Chairman :
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman :
Norma C . Noonan
Department o f Business Administration, Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f H i s t o r y
Department of P o l i t i c a l Science
Department o f Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman :
E i n a r 0. J o h n s o n
Department of Education : Elementary Education, Geography,
L i b r a r y Science, Secondary Education
Department of P h y s i c a l Education and Health Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman :
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
Department of A r t
Department o f E n g l i s h
Department of Foreign Languages : French, German, Greek,
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s
Department of Religion
Department o f Philosophy
Registration
A s t u d e n t must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e c r e d i t
f o r it.
A normal load i s f o u r courses p e r s e m e s t e r and one course i n t h e
i n t e r i m . Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e
defined as full-time students.
Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r
begins, i t i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled time. A
f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r changing
r e g i s t r a t i o n , i . e . , c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e
days of t h e semester.
S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e
r e g i s t e r e d , Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a f a i l i n g grade. C a n c e l l a t i o n
of courses o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office.
S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with a 2.0 average
a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 as s e n i o r s .
Probation and Dismissal
A s t u d e n t may be p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term
i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y :
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below
below
below
below
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
o r 2 z e r o grades having taken 6 o r fewer courses
o r 3 z e r o grades having taken 7-15 courses
having t a k e n 16-24 courses
having t a k e n 25 o r more courses
I f a s t u d e n t has been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more semesters c o n s e c u t i v e l y ,
he i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end of t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A
s t u d e n t who h a s a poor academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y advised t o withdraw
b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue
on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term.
Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g term w i l l n o t b e
automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing.
A s t u d e n t who h a s been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from
t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Grading
Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0 w i t h d e f i n i t i o n s as
follows :
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0
.b
Achieves h i g h e s t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e
Achieves above b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Meets b a s i c s t a n d a r d s f o r t h e course.
Performance below b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Unacceptable performance (no c r e d i t f o r t h e course)
.
Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, with P
meaning a grade of 2.0 o r b e t t e r and N meaning no c r e d i t and a grade of
l e s s t h a n 2.0. On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e
grade p o i n t average.
A s t u d e n t may count a maximum of e i g h t courses of P toward g r a d u a t i o n .
For t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s t h e maximum i s an average of two courses p e r y e a r .
An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme
emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r
r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e
i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d ,
i t must be removed d u r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g semester.
A grade of X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r D i r e c t e d Study
course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course
must be completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain
on t h e r e c o r d .
A course i n which a grade o f 0, 1.0, N, I , o r X has been r e c e i v e d
may be repsated f o r c r e d i t . Only the c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e
second time are counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t average.
Courses i n wllich h i g h e r grades have been earned may n o t be r e p e a t e d f o r
c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, be a u d i t e d .
Education c o u r s e s 371, 372, and 480-484 a r e graded only by P, 1.0,
o r N.
Sociology courses 231 and 383 a r e graded only on t h e P/N g r a d i n g
system.
S t u d e n t s must i n d i c a t e on t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a r d t h o s e courses which
t h e y wish t o t a k e on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. Any changes i n choice of
grading system must b e made d u r i n g t h e f i r s t two weeks of t h e s e m e s t e r .
A f e e i s charged a f t e r t h e first t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s .
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n i s determined as follows :
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9
3.6
3.3
-
4.0 grade average
3.89 grade average
- 3.59 grade average
-
General Information
Credit by Examination
S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations should
c o n s u l t with department chairmen o r with t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be
earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by
comprehensive examinations.
Classification
.......
..........
........
Sophomore
Junior
Senior..
........14 grade p o i n t s
........32 grade p o i n t s
7 courses
16 courses
25 c o u r s e s . .
..... .50
grade p o i n t s
To be considered f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r
a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two semesters and one course during t h e
i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l of seven c o u r s e s ) . To be considered f u l l time f o r a
semester, a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s .
Courses
A l l courses have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s otherwise i n d i c a t e d . A
course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35
courses i s r e q u i r e d f o r g r a d u a t i o n .
Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute p e r i o d s o r two ninety-minute
p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each s e m e s t e r i s
approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h .
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course
o f f e r i n g s . Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be c a n c e l l e d .
Students should c o n s u l t t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y
t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s .
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses; t h o s e numbered
300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s upper d i v i s i o n . I n g e n e r a l , courses
numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores;
300 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 400's f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e
l e v e l of t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and
t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course.
Symbol
Course may be taken w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
#.
i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
Course Descriptions
American Studies
Descriptions of t h e courses o f f e r e d i n 1974-75 are given on t h e following pages.
See preceding page f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
Director:
Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 1 1 c o u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n one o f t h e s e areas and 3 i n each o f t h e o t h e r s ) .
ELECTIW COURSES AND OPTIONS:
H i s t o r y o f t h e United S t a t e s
Amsrican S t u d i e s 231
H i s t o r y 221, 222, 331, 332, 495
R e l i g i o n 363, 352
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e United S t a t e s
A m r i c a n S t u d i e s 232
A r t 102
E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o Speech 2 4 1 ) . 250, 351, 423, 490
S o c i a l s c i e n c e s i n t h e United S t a t e s
Geography 1 14
Education 478, 488
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 3 2 5 , 326, 342, 370, 371
S o c i o l o g y 1 1 1 , 231, 237, 351, 383, 463
Economics 120, 122, 251, 453
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . S a m as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s
i n foreign c i v i l i z a t i o n
area t o be approved b y director.
MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 o r 495 p l u s
under major.
2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above groupings
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY
An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g.,
religion
under slavery, churches as agents o f s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c .
(Fall)
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a limited period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American urban l i f e today.,
e r g . , c u l t u r a l pluralism, t h e urban Indian. A study o f t h e approaches of various
m s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . Use o f Twin C i t i e s a r e a resource persons t o speak
first Ilfintnd t o t h e issue. One student p r o j e c t emphasizes t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of
pri 111arysource materials, d i s c i p l i n a r y approaches and d i r e c t observation. Open
t a fr'rsshmn, sophomores.
all)
4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERI CAN ISSUE
For description, see 295.
l e v e l of work. ( F a l l )
Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One p r o j e c t of an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m
3 6 0 DRAWING
AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING
Seven weeks of d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions of perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and transparent watercolor. ( P r e e q . : 107.
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1
Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n any of t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING
Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
all)
and a r c h i t e c t u r e .
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references
t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and sculpture.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
( F a l l , Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman : Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t one w u r s e from e a c h
o f the f o l l o w i n g three groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Zoology, P l a n t B i o l o g y (Group I); G e n e t i c s , P h y s i o l o g y , Developmental B i o l o g y
(Group I I ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , C e l l u l a r B i o l o g y , Microbiology (Group r T I )
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352;
Mathematics 124 ( o r 1 2 1 ) ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 a l s o r e q u i m d . S t u d e n t s i n t e n d l n g
t o enter medical s c h o o l o r graduate s c h o o l s h o u l d o r d i n a r i l y choose this major.
.
one c o u r s e from
e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Anatomy (Group I ) ; Genetics, D e v e l o p m n t a l B i o l o g y (Group rr];P l a n t BTology,
Ecology (Group 1 1 1 ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , P h y s i o l o g y (Group I V ) I C e l l B i o l o g y ,
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 [ o r
Microbiology (Group V )
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 223 ( o r 351, 352) a l s o r e q u i r e d . S t u d e n t s who plan t o t e a c h i n
secondary s c h o o l s o f t e n select this major.
MAJOR, O p t i o n XI: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and three upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1061 a l s o r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
seminar; one c o u r s e o f approved i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y w i t h an o r a l d e f e n s e o f t h e
r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e h o n o r s m a j o r s h o u l d be made n o l a t e r t h a n
the f i r s t t e r m o f the s e n i o r year.
101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade of B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology
112 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body.
and l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
(Lecture
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well a s applications of microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s of medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y .
Prereq.:
Chemistry 103.
Spring)
110 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and
population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does
not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m )
111, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
4\'
For biology and o t h e r
science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s
A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science.
l e c t u r e ; 4 hours laboratory.
111, F a l l ; 1 1 2 , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . 13 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s
laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics o f t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . P r e r e q . :
112. I n t e r i m )
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on r e c e n t advances i n human genetics.
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms.
( 3 hours
l e c t u r e , 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Spring)
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study of
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : 112. Spring)
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e .
Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , c e l l physiology and t i s s u e
c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, 367 o r #;
P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 o r #. I n t e r i m )
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 or #. F a l l )
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A considuration o f t h e physiological and morphological changes which occur
d u r i n g the development of organisr~iswith amphnsis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals.
Experimental as well as descril?tivc s t u d i c s are included i n t h e laboratory
work. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Pxereg. : 112. S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e study
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy,
pathogenicity a r e considered
4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
of micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
morphology, physiology, genetics, and
as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s ,
112, 367 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4
h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some Saturday f i e l d t r i p s . Prereq.:
112, 361 o r #. S p r i n g )
4 9 1 SEMINAR
Discussions of t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may
concern research performed by s t u d e n t s i n independent study p r o j e c t s . Course
c r e d i t i s n o t given f o r seminar, but juniors and s e n i o r s who plan t o major i n
biology o r n a t u r a l science ( f o r premedical students) a r e expected t o
p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. (Weekly meetings. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, f i e l d , o r Library research under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an
i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors who a r e juniors o r s e n i o r s . (Prereq. :
112, and previous arrangement w i t h I n s t r u c t o r . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summer)
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman:
Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
261, 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 374, 3 8 1 , and either 483 or 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e t w o r e m a i n i n g
I n addition,
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended.
c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALTZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 262, 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and one other c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 382, 483.
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
(392 i s s t r o n g l y recommended.)
In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n
d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR:
6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 ,
373, 379, 478; and one o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e t h e C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
A c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t
must h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n - A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l
a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s
or Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed
a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t not more t h a n 12 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t
(Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed t h e above
r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f
Accountancy t o s i t f o r t h e e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r g r a d u a t i o n .
101 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement.
(Fall, Interim)
102 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Formulation of general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . Interim, S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds within t h e firm:
sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, cost of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s .
(Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An a n a l y s i s of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and r e s e r v e s , a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
( P r e r e q . : 262. S p r i n g )
3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
l e c t u r e s , and case material.
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a .
Fall)
3 8 1 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and c o n t r o l of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as o t h e r quantative and behavioral
( P r e r e q : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g )
topics
.
.
3 8 2 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income t a x e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l s
and various forms of business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
a l t e r n a t e years)
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. In addition t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
( P r e r e q . : #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types of s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive
coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( ~ r e r e q:. 261.
Economics 392 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
P a r t n e r s h i p accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
4 9 5 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MAJOR:
12-18 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
364, 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
r e q u i r e d . I n a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming
a r e recommended.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 108.
ECONOMTCS SPECIALIZATION:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALTZATION:
MTNOR:
or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 350, and E n g l i s h 219.
Five courses i n Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 o t h e r c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n
1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a t w o - y e a r s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f the f o l l a u i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 ,
350, 353, 368, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 120.
A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from t h e g e n e r a l
education r e q u i r e m n t s
.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration.
1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t )
The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not
a v a i l a b l e t o students who have had one year o f high school typewriting.
(Interim)
1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine;. r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c
calculators. ( F a l l )
1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction
t o data processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . ( I n t e r i m )
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond J u b i l e e ) with emphasis on theory,
reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development
o f speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g m a t e r i a l d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed o f 80 words a
minute. (Not open t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h
school.
Fall)
3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g ,
tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : High
school t y p e w r i t i n g o r equivalent.
Spring)
3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of
material d i c t a t e d a t speeds of 80-120 words a minute. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 or
e q u i v a l ent
Spring)
.
3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g o f
business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and reports. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1973-74)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In
addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #.
F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summr)
4 6 0 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e ,
s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g o f employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e .
(Spring)
4 6 5 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING
Principles o f marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e
consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching of b a s i c
business s u b j e c t s and p r o j e c t s i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ,
1 9 74-75)
Economics
MAJOR : ECONOMICS
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 454 and three other c o u r s e s o f economics
o f f e r i n g s . Business Administration 101, 102, 379, a l s o required. T h e
complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d f o r t h o s e planning
graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer
p r o g r a n d n g a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR:
ECONObECS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and me other course from economics o f f e r i n g s .
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 379 and one other c o m e from
business a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f f e r i n g s a l s o r e q u i r e d . In a d d i t i o n , courses i n
, d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a m i n g a r e h i g h l y r e c o m n d e d .
MINOR:
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and o n e other c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION
S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e m a j o r i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s
a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m a j o r , t h e y
c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l
s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They m u s t a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s .
For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Department o f E d u c a t i o n .
E m n o m i c s 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
Economics 120 w i l l s a t i s f y t h e urban c o n c e r n s r e q u i r e m e n t .
1 2 0 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of t h e t o p i c s t o be discussed are: Population llCrisisl';
Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n ;
D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c .
Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those s t u d e n t s who do not
plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business
Education. Students who plan t o major i n t h e above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l
i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
1 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and
f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of
Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r
may be taken i n t h e same term i n o r d e r f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y
t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory of t h e household, firm, market
s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application of elementary economic theory
t o market p o l i c y . May be taken independently of Economics 122 o r 120. Economics
122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n
order f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l ,
Interim, Spring)
2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMI CS
Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s of consumer behavior, firm and i n d u s t r y ;
t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMI CS
Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a
macro-models. Attention p a i d t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and
t h e business cycle. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . F a l l )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department o f Business Administration.
3 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of
f i s c a l p o l i c y on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt p o l i c y and i t s economic i m p l i c a t i o n s .
(Prereq.: 123. F a l l )
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks,
t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic
a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. ( ~ r e r e q . : 1 2 2 .
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an inte'rnship program which i s
applicab ,LC t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
studcnr t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization.
In udditi,on, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis o f l a b o r markets; determination of wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining.
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n p a i d t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and
poverty areas. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g )
4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMI CS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f
a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic
problems and p o l i c i e s . ( ~ r e r e q . : #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g , on Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised
p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e
i n depth. (Prereq.: #.
all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of Chemistry
Chairman:
E a r l Alton
GHAUUAl'IGV kMJOR IN CIIBMISYTY: 1 1 5 , 116 (OZ 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 361 and
one advanmd course which n a y i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e q u i r e d . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s e m i n a r .
AMERICAN CIIEFIICAL SOCIETY APPROWD MWOR: 11 m u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l chemistry c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. R e a d i n g a b i l i t y
i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s w h i c h must i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 2 2 3 , 353, and 3 6 1 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d
t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n a s the advanced c o u r s e .
T h e same as the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r . In a d d i t i o n ,
n e d i c a l s d w 2 s exp&
a t l e a s t two c o u r s e s (and u s u a l l y more) i n b i o l o g y .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d consult mmbers o f the c h e m i s t r y department f o r assistance
i n p l a n n i n g a course program e a r l y i n t.l:r+ir c o l l e g e c a r e e r .
P ~ - M E L X L ' A L Ctil?MISITW!d&JDf<:
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS major; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; o n e summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ;
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r b o t h 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352.
1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected
elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e
molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry.
Fall)
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l
not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 351, 353, o r
223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of
examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s ,
3 hours o f laboratory.
105, Fall; 106, Spring)
1 1 5 , 1 1 6 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
First
semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry,
q u a l i t a t i v e analysis, and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 1 1 5 , F a l l ; 1 1 6 , S p r i n g )
h i g h school chemistry,
2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science
area whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester
organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o
biochemistry.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 0 5 or
115.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern
t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many
applications of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour
351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g )
laboratory.
Prereq.:
106 or 116.
3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Covers volumetric analysis and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory
involves q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e
analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. O f f e r e d Interim f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m
s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical T e c h n o l o g y m a j o r s :
3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y )
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum
theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of
molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
122; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 . 361, F a l l ; 362, S p r i n g )
353; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 ,
4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems of i d e n t i f y i n g organic compountis i n t h e
laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s for I R , UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including Rei lstein) ; and
f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t spectra
r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 352,
353, 361 or #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
P r i n c i p l e s of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o a n a l y t i c a l
methods as well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of
analysis. t 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 353, 362,
o r #. F a l l )
4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and
molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of
ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a v a r i e t y of techniques. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 three-hour
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 362 or #. S p r i n g )
4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms o f Schrodinger's wa.ve equation and uses t h e
equation t o solve t h e problems o f thc harmonic o s c j . l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom.
Approximate s o l u t i o n s a r e introduced and uscd t o develop molecular o r b i t a l
theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n spin, angular momentum
and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 361 o r #. F a l l )
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside
v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e .
4 9 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Clwn~i.strymajors planning research careers need research experience before
grilduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
p r o j e c t i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n
d u r i n g t h e academic year.
East Asian Studies
T h i s major, o f f e r e d b y t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s i n the Cooperative Program, c o n s i s t s
o f 12 t o 16 c o u r s e s d i s t r i b u t e d a s f o l l o w s :
Four c o u r s e s i n Chinese and/or Japanese language
Four c o u r s e s i n c u l t u r a l s p e c i a l i z a t i o n
Four c o u r s e s i n comparative emphases
Confer w i t h Donald G u s t a f s o n o f the h i s t o r y department, o r Donald S t e i n m e t z
o f the f o r e i g n languages department , f o r i n f o r m a t i o n on s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s t h a t
may a p p l y toward t h i s major.
Department of Education
Acting Chairman:
Lauretta E . Pelton
The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore
s t a n d i n g or above. T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e
the a p p r o v a l o f the d e p a r t m e n t or be a d m i t t e d t o the t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n
c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n the S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f
the sophomore y e a r .
Elementary Education
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 2 5 5 , 361, 362, 371, 372, o n e
i n t e r i m , and t w o o f 481, 4 8 2 , 483, 484, H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 111,
and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 a l s o r e q u i r e d . An academic minor i s r e q u i r e d ; and an
academic m a j o r i s recommended.
2 5 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N URBAN SETTING ( E l e m e n t a r y )
Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession and opportunity
f o r in-s chool work. Open t o a l l students. ( P r e r e q . : sophomore s t a n d i n g .
Fall, Spring)
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e
elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Admission
t o elementary educatian. F a l l , Spring)
3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of t h e subject
areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies t o
each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . :
Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
See under Secondary Education.
481, 4 8 2 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences i n elementary
school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
(Prereq.: 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 372.
Fall, Spring)
4 8 3 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i 11s a t elementary l e v e l . Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 4 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. (Pxereq.: 481 or 482 and 483. O f f e r e d on
demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of
education, worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y member. (Open t o
j u n i o r s and seniors. F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of English
Acting chairman:
Ronald Palosaari
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e ( 1 c o u r s e from
l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world
l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e t h e Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g those l i s t e d f o r t h e
m a j o r and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ( 2 1 9 ) i s r e q u i r e d . C o u r s e s
250 and 438 recommended. S p e e c h 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and
L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o
department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r y e a r ; d e f e n d h o n o r s t h e s i s b e f o r e f a c u l t y
committee i n s e n i o r y e a r . Honors t h e s i s may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g o n e c o u r s e i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , and either
219 or 320. T e a c h i n g m i n o r s m u s t i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320.
E n g l i s h 111 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d b u t n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a lower
d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e c o u r s e . P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e i s
successful completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course.
1 11 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention t o
correct usage, l o g i c a l organization and t h e research paper. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
219 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y of w r i t i n g
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus of each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term,
e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced
Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c value and t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e
f i l m medium. See a l s o d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts
(Spring)
.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of s e l e c t e d American w r i t e r s from Colonial times through t h e emergence
o f naturalism; reading and a n a l y s i s of s i g n i f i c a n t works; a t t e n t i o n i s a l s o
given t o t h e contribution of t h e w r i t e r t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and
l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
261 MODERN FICTION
S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d prose w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e twentieth
century. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
Study of t h e works of s e l e c t e d c l a s s i c a l Greek and Roman w r i t e r s i n t h e various
genre, and t h e influence of t h e c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e .
(Fall, Spring)
272 LITERARY CLASS1CS
Reading, analysis, discussion of s e l e c t e d European c l a s s i c s from t h e
Renaissance t o t h e Modern Age, c h i e f l y non-English w r i t e r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1
43
II
n
2 8 8 LITERARY C R I T I C I S M
A course designed t o introduce students t o t h e various ways i n which modern
l i t e r a r y c r i t i c s have approached t h e problem of analyzing and evaluating
l i t e r a t u r e . Students w i l l study t h e works of h i s t o r i c a l , psychological,
t e x t u a l , and archetypal c r i t i c s , and then attempt t o apply such approaches
t o s e l e c t e d works of l i t e r a t u r e .
3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading
i n recent l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s . Designed t o give t h e student an introduction
t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English
1anguage
(Spring)
.
3 3 1 CHAUCER AND H I S AGE
While t h e primary study of t h e course w i l l be t h e writings of Geoffrey
Chaucer, considerable a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu
out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 3 2 MILTON AND H I S AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and s e l e c t e d prose. In addition t h e
Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion o f works of s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from t h e
metaphysical poets through Blake, with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and t h e major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l )
3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of t h e works of s i g n i f i c a n t Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s ,
e s s a y i s t s and n o v e l i s t s and of t h e major l i t e r a r y movements of t h e century.
(Spring)
3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0
A study of some recent and contemporary w r i t e r s and l i t e r a r y movements.
Attention i s given t o t h e dynamics of American s o c i e t y and i t s i n t r i c a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Special emphasis i s given t o t h e c i t y as
s e t t i n g and symbol i n modern American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 6 7 MODERN POETRY
Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d twentieth century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and
American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75,
Fall)
3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA
S i g n i f i c a n t works of American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists of t h e
twentieth century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
See description under Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 .
3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
See description under Scandinavian Studies 352.
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
I n t e r e s t e d students should consult t h e Department Chairman o r t h e Internship
Director.
4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL
A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h ,
American, and Continental novels. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE
Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , tragedies--with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t .
Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g )
4 9 0 , 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open t o junior o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of
department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e
all, S p r i n g )
s t u d e n t ' s choice.
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman:
Donald Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d
f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of preparation. Basically, placement i n foreign
language courses follows t h e formula: 1 year of high school foreign language
equals 1 term of college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l differences,
however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t
which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r consultation with t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a
more elementary course may do so, but only f o r a grade of P/N.
French
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g two i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h r e e i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f which one should b e c o u r s e 352. One
i n t e r i m p l u s one s e m e s t e r , o r one s e m e s t e r p l u s one summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g one i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and one i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a second language, l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings.
Once weekly.
No c r e d i t .
Offered on demand.
1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed
language
and verb
speaking
advanced
t o introduce t h e student with no previous background i n French t o t h e
and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups
forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and
on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
all , Spring)
placement.
1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence
p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study of t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make
possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with
French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
(Spring)
advanced placement
.
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s
and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y
readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n
reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l )
2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several
twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals of communicating
ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and
(Spring)
l i t e r a r y study i n French.
2 4 3 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n .
Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become
acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e
works. Sophomore standing. Does n o t count toward a French major o r minor.
(Fall)
3 1 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s of current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and
w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y of expression. Emphasis
on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of
i d e a s . Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n
(Fall)
courses.
3 1 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and c o r r e c t expression. Attention t o
grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French t u r n s of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s
French phonology and speech groups p r a c t i c e d t o overcome inadequacies and
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d I n t e r i m 1 9 7 5 , and
i n c o r r e c t speech h a b i t s .
y e a r l y on demand)
.
3 3 1 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N :
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o
t h e modern period. S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r
Readings, r e p o r t s ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c self-awareness.
extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r c o n s e n t
o f i n s t r u c t o r . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1976)
3 3 2 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, i d e a s , c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t '
promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e
contemporary scene. Readings, r e p o r t s , extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s
and p e r i o d i c a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g
19 7 5 )
3 5 1 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e twelfth century renaissance
through t h e s i x t e e n t h century. These include t h e epic, c o u r t l y romance, e a r l y
h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n French, some laboratory t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l
1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
-
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France and
t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works.
Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and o t h e r prose forms. Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory work i n French. Required of a l l majors.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #.
F a l l 1974-75.
Offered a l t e r n a t e years)
3 5 3 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason
and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose w r i t e r s , poets and
dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French.
( S p r i n g 1976-77.
Offered every t h i r d year)
3 5 4 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
g,
etc.) ,
Haudclaire nnd h i s successors i n poetry, and t h e l i t e r a t u r e of i d e a s t h a t l e d
t* new forrlls and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n o f t h e century (Proust, Gide,
Apol l i n a j re, e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n
Frer~cli. ( P x e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. O f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
A survey of t h e nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert,
3 5 5 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements s i n c e World War I , including
t h e novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Spring
1975-76.
Offered every t h i r d year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and w r i t i n g on t o p i c s of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r
p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t t h e student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e four s k i l l s
a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and e f f e c t i v e n e s s , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
l e v e l s of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs
i n d i c a t e . Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation. Laboratory
assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
Spring)
4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
Malraux, S t . Exupery, S a r t r e , Camus,
Rubbe-Gri l l e t . Duras, etc.)
shows t h e evolution of this gonre i n theme and
form.
Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r c ~ a g . :311 o r #. 332,
354, or 345 recommended. S p r i n g 1977. Every ,third year)
A s t u d y o f major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from
c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of t h e Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d study o f major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n
French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Recommended 332, 3 5 2 , o r 353. Spring 1974-75.
Offered e v e r y t h i r d year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study i n depth of an author, t o p i c , o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student
presentations i n French. For advanced s t u d e n t s . (See Interim suggestions)
( P r e r e q . : 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355)
O f f e r e d upon demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual p u r s u i t of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced l e v e l .
Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet i n d i v i d u a l
i n t e r e s t s . I n l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . Junior
s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , Spring. S u b j e c t and plan t o b e c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h
study adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, I n t e r i m a n d / o r s u m r
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411.
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer
RECOMMENaLTD SUPI'ORTING COURSEES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
Euro@an History, a second l m g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
111, 112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German.
A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding
and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials a v a i l a b l e . (111 F a l l , S p r i n g .
112 F a l l , Spring)
21 1, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For s t u d e n t s with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t
developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c
s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of m a t e r i a l s representing
contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 212, S p r i n g )
2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
P r i n c i p l e works o f German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements
a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e
p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l
perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a
major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l )
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
A i m s a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use o f grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n
speaking is supplemented with exercises i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l )
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t c u r r e n t s of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view
of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y
of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by
English when helpful. ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1975, 19771
3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL
- 1780
Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e of t h e middle ages,
t h e Reformation e r a , Baroque and t h e p r e - c l a s s i c period, including Sturm
und Drang, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and
i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds.
( F a l l 1 9 7 4 , 1976)
3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 7 8 0
- 1890
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c
Realism and Naturalism. Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n
t o s o c i a l , p o l i t i c a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1975, 1977)
3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 2 0 t h CENTURY
P r i n c i p l e works of Impressionism and 20th century a r e read: Hofmannsthal,
Mann, Yesse , Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s
on l i t e r a t u r e as i t r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times.
( F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 1 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
A i m s a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German as a vehicle f o r
expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition
including c o n t r o l o f s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German as classroom
language. ( F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion. o f German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e present.
Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and
g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 5 2 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e
discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t
t h e h i s t o r i c a l development o f t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study o f Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. (111 F a l l , 112 S p r i n g )
2 1 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o p a r s i n g and
syntax of t h e Greek t e x t . ( F a l l 1976, t h e n c e f o r t h y e a r l y )
Linguistics
31 1 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Con~parntiveanalysis of various views o f language represented i n current
1i11guist.i~-research:t a g ~ ~ ~ c m i csst ,r u t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformationalgenerative gmmmar, case grmnar, generative semantics, with t h e aim of
i 1l w i n n t i n g the u n d e r l y i ~ ~pgl ~ i l o s o p h i c a lassumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l
criteria and t h e explanatory goals which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l
also be c a r t r n s t e d w i t h respect tu t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s with adjacent d i s c i p l i n e s
sucli as anthropology, psychology, l o g i c and communication theory and t h e way
i n which each theory seeks t o overcome the inadequacies of t r a d i t i o n a l
grammar. ( S p r i n g )
411 PSYCHOLINGUISTICS
Inquiry i n t o t h e psychological foundations of language and t h e contribution
o f modern l i n g u i s t i c s t o psychology. Relevant findings of recent l i n g u i s t i c
research a r e examined f o r t h e i r implications f o r various psychological t o p i c s :
t h e a c q u i s i t i o n and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, i n n a t e
i d e a s and psychological universals. ( F a l l )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators:
Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson
MAJOR:
8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
MINOR:
4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n the Augsburfi College catalog o r
t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper d i v i s i o n Scend,inavian Language courses, i . e . ,
courses taught by a Scandinavian Language depmtment o r sub-department
regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l .
Students graduating with a major o r minor jrlust a l s o present .the equivalent of
intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of t h e f o u r b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading
and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work
1 112, S p r i n g )
expected. 1 1 1 1
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y
i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used as b a s i s f o r c l a s s
discussion and e x e r c i s e s . Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected.
( P r e r e q . : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
,311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and
o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway.
( P r e r e q . : 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
3 3 1 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions
and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language d e s i r a b l e b u t not required. ( F a l l 1974, t h e n c e f o r t h when f e a s i b l e )
3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectr~rcsp r o v i d e a survcy of t h u Scatdinavian novel. Class d i s c u s s i o i ~ ed
on assigned raading of s c l c c t e d novels by .Ion= Lic, S i g r l d U~zdset, Sel
Lagerlof, Par Lagorkvlst, Knut Ilamwl, llnlldor Laxness md others. howlcdge
j
m d miltors w i l l bc
of n Scandinavian language desitxhlc. I,at~guage m i ~ ors
required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Spring)
3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist,
M s and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of
Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e . Language majors and minors w i l l be required
t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavim language. ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further i n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n Norwegian. Some a t t e n t i o n
given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development
of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . O f f e r e d o n demand.)
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354.
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y rewmmended)
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 3 3 1 , and one c o u r s e i n l i t e r a t u r e .
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y recommended)
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and
w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ,
Spring; 112, Spring)
2 1 3 , 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use of t h e language,
supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 y e a r s
o f h i g h school S p a n i s h . 213, F a l l ; 2 1 4 , S p r i n g )
2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major works o f Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various
periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background
reading and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student is acquainted with t h e
s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l significance of t h e
readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n
Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . ( F a l l )
31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n correct expression with t h e aims of
fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment o f vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.:
112 or e q u i v a l e n t . T h i s c o u r s e i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses.
Fall)
3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and of Spanish contribution t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n
through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. In
Spanish. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, I 1
A study of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by
l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e .
Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( 3 5 2 , F a l l
1974, 1976.
353, F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
3 5 4 REPRESENTATIVE H I S P A N I C AMERICAN AUTHORS
Lectures, discussions, w r i t t e n
An introduction t o Spanish American l i t e r a t u r e .
and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
( S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression
through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions
and grammatical exercises. ( S p r i n g )
4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage.
( O f f e r e d o n demand)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of t h e masterpieces of dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and written
r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period.
(Prereq.: O n e s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s of t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n t h e language. (Prereq.: One s u r v e y
c o u r s e . F a l l 1974, 1976)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman:
MAJOR:
Donald Gustafson
8 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 seminar.
A t l e a s t f o u r o f these c o u r s e s must be upper d i v i s i o n . A m a j o r must h a v e a t
l e a s t one c o u r s e ( e i t h e r s u r v e y o r upper l e v e l ) from e a c h o f t h e f o u r a r e a s :
A n c i e n t and Medieval: Modern Europe: U.S. ; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The h i s t o r y m a j o r , w i t h c e r t a i n s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s , q u a l i f i e s
a s t u d e n t f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r o n the secondary level.
S e e M r . G i s s e l q u i s t , S o c i a l S t u d i e s Education A d v i s e r , f o r d e t a i l s .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f
end o f the f i r s t t e r m
c o l l e g e level ( o r i t s
t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e
MINOR:
3.6 i n t h e major and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e t h e
o f the j u n i o r year; two y e a r s o f a f o r e i g n language a t the
e q u i v a l e n t ) ; an h o n o r s thesis ( e q u a l t o one c o u r s e c r e d i t )
a f a c u l t y conwittee.
5 c o u r s e s , a t l e a s t three o f which must be upper d i v i s i o n .
S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a t l e a s t one s u r v e y c o u r s e (numbered b e l o w 300)
b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an upper level c o u r s e . Lower level c o u r s e s need not be
t a k e n i n sequence.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN
A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near East through t h e high middle
ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 2 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN
A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e
middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of t h e main currents i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon
t o t h e present. ( F a l l , s p r i n g )
1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and
Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o reconstruct a
n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( F a l l )
2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7
An assessment of t h e century which precedes our modern day.
(Spring)
3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U.S. : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION
Exploration i n depth of such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal,
and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l )
3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign p o l i c y t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d
through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (Spring)
3 5 3 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY
A survcy of t o p i c s r e l a t i n g t o t h e emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and e t h n i c adjustments; r i s e of t h e Twin C i t i e s ; economic
l i f e and c u l t u r e . Primary emphasis w i l l be on t h e l a t e 19th and e a r l y 20th
Centuries.
3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C.
The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through
i t s extension and elaboration by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on
achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D.
A study of t h e development of Alexander I s Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms
and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on
p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and scierlces and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e
p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0
A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e
through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance
and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( F a l l , 1975-76)
4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4
A study of English h i s t o r y from Roman B r i t a i n through t h e S t u a r t period.
An attempt i s made t o s t r u c t u r e t h e course s o t h a t it may s e r v e t h e needs
o f those majoring i n a pre-law program, i n English l i t e r a t u r e o r i n h i s t o r y .
(Fall)
4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e of t h e
modern s t a t e . Emphasis is a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern science and
i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may be
l i s t e d as 1560-1714. (Spring)
4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY
This course consists of u n i t s on such topics as H i t l e r t s fascism, the collapse
of colonial empires and the r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n the l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g )
4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n the area due t o
c o n f r o ~ t a t i o nwith and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the
n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l especially focus on Vietnam, Philippines, Burma and
Indonesia. ( F a l l )
4 6 4 MODERN CHINA
The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of t h e imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
A s e l e c t i v e treatment of Chinese h i s t o r y since t h e Opium war of 1839.
4 6 5 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e features of t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, the
opening of Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence
a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1975-76)
4 7 4 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
A s e l e c t i v e study of t h e encounters between Europeans and the peoples outside
Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes
(Fall)
.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics.
Admission by permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above i n h i s t o r y courses a r e encouraged t o apply
t o individual i n s t r u c t o r s f o r permission t o r e g i s t e r f o r d i r e c t e d independent
study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the
major.
Department of Mathematics
Chairman:
Dean Gulden
MAJOR:
- 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 125, 224, 314, 324, and 315 o r 325.
M s :
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 5 i n mathematics; 3 . 1 o v e r - a l l . Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o department during f i r s t t e r m o f
j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s ,
Complex A n a l y s i s , Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
1 2 1 , 1 2 2 CALCULUS I, I 1
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e variable with applications
from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences.
( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
124, 125, 2 2 4 CALCULUS I,11, I11
Topics of t h e elements o f plane and s o l i d IWI&$@~A w m e t r y i n t e g r a t e d with
of several variables
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus i n c l u d i w ~1cid.w
and s e r i e s with applications primarily from
*$Peal sciences. Primarily
f o r s t u d e n t s i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. (124 F a ; m, Spring; 224, F a l l )
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students
not intending f u r t h e r study of mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l be given
t o mathematics majors o r minors. ( F a l l )
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of
t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Spring 1975,
alternate years)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s s o l u t i o n s ; systems
of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; s o l u t i o n by s p e c i a l transforms; numerical methods;
and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 224. S p r i n g )
2 4 2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The s t r u c t u r e mif -tics
underlying a r i t h m e t i c and geometry. Emphasis i s
placed on t h e kductiw Pfechniques of discovery. Includes t h e i d e a s of modern
elementary s c h & -tics
c u r r i c u l a . Does not apply toward a major o r minor
i n mathematics. ( S p r i n g )
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and o t h e r geometries by s y n t h e t i c , coordinate, v e c t o r and
transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 or 1 2 5 . S p r i n g 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
years)
3 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
A n a n a l y t i c study of p r o b a b i l i t y and s t a t i s t i c s , i n c l e w m a b i l i t y
d i s t r i b u t i o n s and d e n s i t i e s , expectation, sampling diat$%~tt%.csles, c e n t r a l limit
theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of h y p o t h e s e ,
224. F a l l )
e.:
3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s of algebra including groups,
rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . (Pxereq.: 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l )
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study o f v e c t o r spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. S p r i n g ]
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I,I 1
A study o f t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of s e v e r a l
v a r i a b l e s , including transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions,
improper i n t e g r a l s , d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and v e c t o r a n a l y s i s .
( P r e r e q . : 224.
324, Spring; 325, F a l l )
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA
An i n depth study of t o p i c s introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra,
including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq.:
314.
Spring 1975, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, i n t e g r a t i o n and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex
functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , residues. ( P x e r e q . : 324. S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 ,
o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
( P r e r e q . : 3 1 5 , 324.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 5 4 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness,
connectedness, separation and countabi l i t y axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n c u r r e n t
registration.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science
2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language
being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( I n t e r i m )
Medical Technology
This major involves tile completion of three years of academic work a t Augsburg
College and twelve ntonths of i n t e r n s h i p at Ilenncpin Generel Ilospital,
Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwes t e n llospit a1 . Spccif i c rccom~nendcd
courses vary t o solno e.xtent depending on the ilospital with w h i h the s t u d e n t
plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely w i t h the Medical
Technology adviser.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper
division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223
(or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
Director:
J o e l S. Torstenson
1 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g the f o l l o w i n g core r e q u i r e m e n t s : Economics 120;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; P s y c h o l o g y 373; S o c i o l o g y 111, 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383;
p l u s a t r a n s - d i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g * ) a minimum o f one
course i n i n t e r n s h i p and/or independent study.
MAJOR:
The f o l l o w i n g electives are s u g g e s t e d f o r c o m p l e t i n g the major: A r t 102;
B i o l o g y 110; B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 101; Computer
S c i e n c e 245; E d u c a t i o n 478; E n g l i s h 351; P s y c h o l o g y 351 and 352; R e l i g i o n 360;
S p e e c h 342; o t h e r s , i n c l u d i n g i n t e r i m s , i n t e r n s h i p s , and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s ,
b y a p p r o v a l o f t h e D i r e c t o r and the A d v i s o r y C o u n c i l .
To be l i n k e d w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e m a j o r s ( s u c h
s s e d u c a t i o n , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , psychology,
r e l i g i o n , s o c i o l o g y , s p e e c h ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g core c o u r s e s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; S o c i o l o g y 111; a transd i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban planning*; an approved S o c i a l S c i e n c e
Research c o u r s e ; an approved i n t e r n s h i p and/or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
* The c o u r s e i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g i s n o t a s y e t a r e g u l a r p a r t o f the c o u r s e
o f f e r i n g s . The i n t e r i m , i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y , and i n t e r n s h i p can p r o v i d e
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s u c h a course. For p l a n n i n g either the Major o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e D i r e c t o r o f the program. C r e a t i v e a l t e r n a t i v e s t o
t h e above s u g g e s t e d progranti w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .
Department of Music
Chairman:
Robert Karl&
MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 o r 355, 365
o r 375, 457, 458, 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 476, 457,
458, two o f 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a
m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . A l s o see
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the Dspartment o f Education.
. .
.
.
.
.
1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h d o u b l e
t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ;
and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n honors i n m u s i c i f t h e y
(1) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : t h e promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s
w i t h i n the Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l interests b y a t t e n d a n c e a t
c o n c e r t s b o t h on and o f f campus; the performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n
and/or promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t
l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r the Honors Program a t the
b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f the j u n i o r year.
Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f the f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) two s o l o r e c i t a l s
o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l and/or i n s t r u m e n t a l
ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r thesis and i t s
d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 )
a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m n i t t e e and a s o l o r e c i t a l
o f graduate q u a l i t y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y
.
Attendance a t Performance Workshop and a l l campus f a c d t y and s t u d e n t r e c i t a l s
i s r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s .
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
majors d u r i n g e i t h e r t h e j u n i o r or s e n i o r year.
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
Bachelors o f Music i n b o t h t h e i r j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s .
A l l majors and Bachelors o f M u s i c are r e q u i r e d t o p a s s the annual Music
R e p e r t o i r e tests. Minors must p a s s two Music R e p e r t o i r e tests.
A l l m a j o r s , m i n o r s , and Bachelors o f Music a r e r e q u i r e d t o pass a piano
proficiw@#
'
o n b y t h e end o f the
year. I t i n c l u d e s :
i n v e r s i o n s , played two
(a) majw.
minor s c a l e s w i t h r
er and w i t h correct
a t moderate s p e e d and
o c t a v e s d 'Twm?3
from memory; ( b ) a Bach two-part inventi*
qd.+sical
sonata; ( c ) a
Romantic o r modern p i e c e ; and ( d ) s i g h t r e a d i n g p i e c e s o f h y m t u n e grade.
One o f t h e p i e c e s ( b o r c ) must be played from memory.
&ece*,
During his j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s , a s t u d e n t who h a s been c e r t i f i e d b y the
Department o f M u s i c as a major o r Bachelor o f Music i s g i v e n r e q u i r e d l e s s o n s
i n the a r e a o f his c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h o u t e x t r a cost provided s u c h s t u d y i s
w i t h a member o f the Augsburg C o l l e g e m u s i c f a c u l t y . The t o t a l o f
Performance S t u d i e s credits earned under this p r o v i s i o n may not exceed f o u r
t e r m s o f weekly h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s .
TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC:
&
sew$&
b'da
m*
a
A s t u d e n t t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg C o l l e g e a s a
mt, b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and acceptance i n t o t h e
,
#a
r c e d s t a n d i n g test i n m u s i c t h e o r y , and ( 2 )
s i n g o r p l a y r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p i e c e s r e c e n t l y s t u d i e d i n his area o f a p p l i e d m u s i c
c o n c e n t r a t i o n . T h i s may be done i m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n o r earlier when
convenient.
1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 2 2 4 THEORY
Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by a
team o f i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects of musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g ,
harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than
sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l , 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g )
2 3 0 INTRODUCTION TO THE F I N E ARTS
The development o f music through t h e study o f selected, works o f g r e a t composers
from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e
o t h e r f i n e a r t s . For t h e non-music major. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Baroque and C l a s s i c a l e r a s .
(Fall)
2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s .
(Spring)
3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e as r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s ,
techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments.
(Fall)
3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments.
(Spring)
3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Fall)
3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Spring)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of t h e music of t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r
t h e general student as well a s f o r o r g a n i s t s , choir d i r e c t o r s , and pretheological students. (Fall)
4 5 7 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization of choral ensembles. ( F a l l )
4 5 8 CONDUCTING
Preparation o f and conducting instrumental scores, organization of
instrumental ensembles. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION
The c r a f t of o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental ensembles of
varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l )
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia s i n c e 1700.
( S p r i n g 1974-75, a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
488, 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano.
Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and s p e c i a l i z e d s t u d i e s and p r o j e c t s n o t otherwise provided
f o r i n t h e departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced s t u d e n t s upon
approval of a member of t h e f a c u l t y . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints
s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l ,
Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . For statement
of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Piano
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only
those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination
has been passed may be applied toward t h e music major o r minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing,
accompanying.
Voice
Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h control,
f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g as needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, S t r i n g Instruments
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music student,
but f o r any student of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups
affording opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year
required of p a r t i c i p a n t s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Choir
Membership by audition and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s .
Concert Band
~ e m b e r s h i p yaudition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Clrora 1 Club, Jazz Ensemble, String Orthestrn, Instrumental Ensembles
Men~bershi p by audit i o t ~o r consent of d i r e c t o r .
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n Secondary S c h o o l s .
MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and mathematics w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s
i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s .
I n b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 111, 112.
be chosen from the upper d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s .
The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o
I n c h e m i s t r y , 105, 1 0 6 , o r ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o
complete t h e t o t a l o f 5 c o u r s e s , two c o u r s e s may be chosen a s f o l l o w s : 223
and 361; o r 351 and 352; o r 351 and 361.
-
In mathematics, C a l c u l u s I and C a l c u l u s 11 a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d .
In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t o b e
chosen a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s Department.
NATURAI; SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s
T h i s major i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r premedical s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e
a major which p r o v i d e s the s c i e n c e c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r
a d m i s s i o n t o most m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d
choose electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e
medical s c h o o l s t o which he or she i n t e n d s t o a p p l y .
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 o r 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n
b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , o r ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e
A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , o r 124 and 125; and P h y s i c s
1 2 1 , 122.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman:
Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g two c o u r s e s from 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i o n t o t h e P h i l o s o p h y HONORS PROGRAM i s b y recommendation
S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t the end o f the
o f t h e philosophy faculty.
j u n i o r y e a r . The program w i l l c o n s i s t o f an h o n o r s t h e s i s on an approved t o p i c
o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e , i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above t h e c o u r s e l e v e l , and a
d e f e n s e o f t h i s thesis b e f o r e t h e f a c u l t y o f t h e d e p a r t m e n t .
C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n
requirement.
1 1 0 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
Introduction t o philosophy through t h e study of t h e teachings of Socrates,
P l a t o and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w i l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t t h e s e men played
i n developing ideas b a s i c t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g
contributions on t o p i c s such as t h e n a t u r e of t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search
f o r knowledge, e t c . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 0 ETHICS
Search f o r an adequate e t h i c a l p r i n c i p l e through an evaluation of those
presented by philosophers; i n q u i r y i n t o p o s s i b l e j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l
values; and application of t h e s e p r i n c i p l e s t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 3 0 LOGIC
The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s
i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e o f d e f i n i t i o n , premises, and
r u l e s of inference i n an argument a r e investig'ated. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE
For d e s c r i p t i o n see under course 110.
2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11:
(Fall, Spring)
MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
An a n a l y s i s of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n
of f a i t h and reason, problem of u n i v e r s a l s , existence of God, mysticism, e t c . ,
and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r
development of t h e s e ideas. ( s u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g )
3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major e m p i r i c i s t s i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume);
Kant's s y n t h e s i s of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o
Idealism i n men such a s Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r
course:
241, 242.
Fall)
3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major 20th century r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of a n a l y t i c philosophy,
pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241,
242, 343. S p r i n g )
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n
t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems
of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n
P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical c o n t r i b u t i o n s of Chinese,
Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e
i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g 1975-76)
3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e
world of t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of
language, semantics, and pragmatics. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 or 344.
F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A systematic i n q u i r y i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and
theory-construction i n t h e empirical s c i e n c e s . Students a l s o will'work with
p r o f e s s o r i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l
sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r c o u r s e
i n science. F a l l , 1975-76)
3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies i n t h e w r i t i n g s -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent
E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n depth with such
themes a s absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h .
( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1974-75)
3 7 5 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American
philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e :
344.
F a l l , 1975-76)
4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e . g., P l a t o ,
Des c a r t e s , Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format.
( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 2 4 1 , 242, 343, or #.
1975-76)
4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies i n such areas a s t h e philosophy of a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e ,
philosophy of h i s t o r y , p h i l o s o p h i c a l psychology, philosophy of c u l t u r e ,
p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r
1974-75)
course i n philosophy.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e
student, worked out i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e f a c u l t y a d v i s e r . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of Physical Education
and Health Education
Chairman:
E . W. Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR:
8 courses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
3 5 2 , 369, 4 7 1 , 472.
223, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 243, 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 572.
10 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s
i n p l ~ y s i c l n l e d u c u t i o n s e q u e n c e . 111, 232, 232, 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 471, 472, 485,
491, 495. P s y c h o l o g y 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 355; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human P h y s i o l o g y
course are a l s o required.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR:
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR:
5 courses.
5 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 472, and 243.
1 1 0 , 111, 351, 3 6 0 , and S o c i o l o g y 231.
5 c o u r s e s . 111, 243, 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n
(PEBrdiaum r e q u i r e s r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r 499
Independent Study)
C@lWENG EN-PIT:
m&hg.
-
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t head-coaching a s s i g n m e n t i n Minnesota p u b l i c
schools a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a c o a c h i n g endorsement i n t h e f i e l d o f
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s .
Physical Education
102, 1 0 3 LIFETIME SPORTS
Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e
Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s .
No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 2 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s ,
modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dating. ( I n t e r i m )
2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education.
(Spring)
351 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e action of t h e muscular
system. The major e f f e c t s of exercises upon t h e systems of t h e body.
(Prereq.: B i o l o g y 1 0 3 , C h e m i s t r y 105.
Spring)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION
Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e
analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical
education. Survey of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation o f t e s t s i n
physical education. ( S p r i n g )
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid.
C u r r e n t l y v a l i d Standard F i r s t Aid c a r d .
(Prereq.:
Fall)
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Fa11 )
472 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, and s p e c i a l f i t n e s s
a c t i v i t i e s , Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water
safety. Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet separately.
(Fall)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
Theory and techniques of coaching.
Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
(Interim)
4 8 5 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and
games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y .
and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
Includes general p r i n c i p l e s
( P r e r e q . : 351, 352.
Summer School on1 y)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Pairview Hospital,
and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e
following f o u r areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics,
(3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. ( P r e r e q . : 485, 491, and approval o f
department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study i n t h e area of Physical Education.
majors. ( J u n i o r o r s e n i o r o n l y )
Open only t o
Health Education
1 1 0 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e
individual and t h e community. ( F a l l )
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done f o r t h e abuses.
American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. ( F a l l , Spring)
Also includes
( F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Curriculum, organization and administration of t h e school h e a l t h program.
(Fall)
Department of Physics
Chairman:
Theodore Hanwick
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 245, 351, 362, and 395.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 .
1 0 1 ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e course requiring elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s
a r ~ dgalaxies. The necessary o p t i c a l i n s t r u n ~ e n t sa r e explained and use i s made
of
n
12-inch r e f l e c t i n g telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, a s well as a
Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l ,
3-inch Quostar.
Spring1
1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS
A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects o f mechanics, thermodynamics,
wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d modern t o p i c s .
Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. The course i s designed as
a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t of t h e Medical Technology program.
(3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Fall)
121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I,I 1
A rigorous study of t h e concepts of mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s ,
e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour
l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : Mathematics 124 o r concurrent
r e g i s t r a t i o n . 121, F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s .
R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and s o l i d
s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e
experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . :
122, F a l l )
2 6 1 ELECTRONICS
A review of D.C. and A.C. c i r c u i t s before introducing t h e e l e c t r o n tube and
some c i r c u i t applications. The study o f s o l i d s t a t e diodes and t r a n s i s t o r s
with c i r c u i t applications. ( L e c t u r e s and l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 ,
Mathematics 224.
Fall)
2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an introduction t o
t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
P r e r e q . : 122.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 MECHANICS I, I 1
A c a r e f u l study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and
t h e Lagrangian and Hami l t o n i a n formalisms. Topics include conservation
p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y systems,
c e n t r a l - f o r c e motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of
two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
351, F a l l ; 3 5 2 , S p r i n g )
3 6 2 , 3 6 3 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, I 1
The c l a s s i c a l electromagnetic f i e l d theory i s developed using t h e v e c t o r
calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics , s o l u t i o n of Laplace s
and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t e r i a l s , and
t h e theory of electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g )
3 9 5 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas of mechanics, thermodynamics,
e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. ( 2 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y and
1 seminar hour p e r week.
Prereq.: Junior standing.
Spring)
4 8 1 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of p r o p e r t i e s of systems and processes f o r which temperature i s an
important v a r i a b l e . The s u b j e c t i s developed from two independent y e t
complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l
thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
Prereq.
:
351. S p r i n g )
4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first p r i n c i p l e s , including de Broglie s p o s t u l a t e s , t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include
p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. F a l l )
4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas
o f s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and
p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , three-hour l a b o r a t o r u .
P r e r e q . : 486.
Spring)
Department of Political Science
Chairman:
Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 c o u r s e s , p l u s S o c i a l
S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 5 ) , 121 o r 122; 158; 384; and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper
d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . A s e m i n a r i n one o f t h e f i v e a r e a s
may be c o u n t e d f o r t h a t a r e a .
MINOR: The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g :
1 2 1 o r 122; 158; and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * .
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
l i s t e d a b o v e , p l u s t h e f o l l o w i n g : T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e must b e
3.5 i n t h e m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . The s t u d e n t must t a k e an Honors
I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and must s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r t h a n A p r i l 1 o f t h e
s e n i o r y e a r , an Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major n o l a t e r t h a n t h e f i r s t t e r m o f the
j u n i o r y e a r . For s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n t h e
department.
* The f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , Comparative P o l i t i c s
and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l Theory and
Analysis.
(Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y one
a r e a toward m a j o r o r minor r e q u i r e m e n t s . )
-
Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t
e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 .
The Urban Requirement may be f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y an
I n t e r n s h i p , I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y , o r Seminar on an u r b a n - r e l a t e d t o p i c .
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n may t a k e one o f t h e t h r e e broad
social science options with a concentration i n P o l i t i c a l Science. See t h e
Department Chairman f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n .
For p r e c i s e l i s t i n g o f t e r m s i n which c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d , s e e t h e C l a s s
Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S
1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l
p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and affected by
t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and
s t r u c t u r e s influencing p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s .
(Fall, Spring)
3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE
The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c policy-making i n t h e
American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and
management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . ( P r e r e q . :
1 c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #)
3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development,
s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o other f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with
p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r relevant organizations. (students may not
take both 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of
election years. No prerequisite)
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
E f f e c t s of mass communications on individual behavior; t h e uses and control of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . (Spring)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
(Offered i n non-election years.
description)
See note under 326.
See Section 11 for
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years.
See Section I V for description)
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
(Offered alternate years.
11.
See Section I V for description)
COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS
15 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
An a n a l y s i s of b a s i c p a t t e r n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of
contemporary i s s u e s .
3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on
p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s i n terms
o f p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s .
course i n Political Science or #)
(Prereq.: One
3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of p u b l i c opinion and t h e determinants of v o t e r choice,
including study of a t t i t u d e s , values and p e r s o n a l i t y f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l
behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system.
(Offered on demand. Prereq. : #)
I 1I. INTERNAJjU&&L
POLITICS
160 ISSUES I N WORLD POLITICS
Contemporary i s s u e s and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
(Spring)
policy
.
361 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background
f o r study and simulation o f contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign p o l i c i e s
of Communist nations, with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
IV.
PUBLIC LAW
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American
c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving
t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered a1ternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
Constitutional l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth
Amendment as applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n of human r i g h t s
and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered
alternate years. )
V.
P O L I T I M L THEORY AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
(See Section 11 for description)
3 8 0 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from
P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought
having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding o f contemporary p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 11
Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t ,
anarchist, s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , Christian, democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l
authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s
(Offered alternate years .)
appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s
.
3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist t h e o r i e s , t h e development and uses of
ideology i n contemporary Communism, and t h e impact of h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s
i n t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. )
3 8 4 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l analysis, including communications
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey of t h e
methods common t o empirical s o c i a l science. (Prereq.: S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 158 o r 356; o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years.)
VI.
SEMINARS,
INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
2 9 5 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. ( O f f e r e d on demand)
2 9 9 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study f o r
Interim, Spring)
lower division students.
(Prereq. : #.
Fall,
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
Fall, Interim, Spring)
(Prereq.: #.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. (Prereq.: #)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between i n s t r u c t o r and student.
(Prereq. : #
Fall, Interim, Spring)
.
Department of Psychology
Chairman:
Duane Johnson
MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s . O n e or two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may
a l s o b e r e q u i r e d . The major program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an
a d v i s e r i n the psychology department and approved b y the department chairman.
Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 493, and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o
i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, 364, 481,
498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. T h e
major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n t h e freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n
355 and 357 i n t h e sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r year. T h e
o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e d i s c i p l i n e
o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and
p r o f e s s i o n a l interests and g o a l s o f the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n
f o r t h e major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r
year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more e l e c t i v e s i n p s y c h o l o g y ,
should be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion
o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year may d e l a y
graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 105.
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r honors i n psychology w i t h a 3.5
grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and
c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the m a j o r program.
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g t h e j u n i o r year.
1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding
behavior. Research procedures associated with t h e study of behavior. A
s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology including psychological p r i n c i p l e s i n
( F a l l , Spring)
major sub-areas.
3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of
t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process.
Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and applications of d a t a and theory
i n respect t o t h e development of children. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY : ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on nonnal develq~mcntand behavior of t h e adolescent and adult.
Tl~eoreticu'tbascs used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e
developmental process. Active coilsideration of t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and
t l ~ e i l r y Iaavc for the development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods
of l i f e .
(Preraq. : 3 5 1 .
Spring),,
3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
.. ..
I
A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r
behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding
t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with
environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall)
3 5 6 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach t o t h e study of behavior emphasizing t h e comparison of
a wide v a r i e t y of s p e c i e s from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans.
S t r e s s w i l l be placed upon studying animals i n t h e i r n a t u r a l h a b i t a t and t h e
adaptive behavior p a t t e r n s which have ~ v o l v c dthrough i n t e r a c t i n g with t h e
environment. Major t o p i c s w i l l include bahavioral evolution, behavioral
development, and s o c i a l behavior i n both mimills and humans. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 5 7 LEARNING
Analysis o f behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation,
and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e learning process. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g )
3 5 9 MEASUREMENT
Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement,
i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 6 1 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily i s included
i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y .
( P r e r e q . : 105. F a l l )
3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior
disorders. Consideration of d i a g n o s t i c categories, treatment, and research.
( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s o r 361. S p r i n g )
3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l
methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. (Prereq.:
105. F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups of individuals i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented
teams. Study o f p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g
i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration of approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human
resource. (Prereq. : 105. S p r i n g )
3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
General Education requirement. )
(Does n o t c o u n t toward N a t u r a l S c i e n c e
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration
on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereg.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process.
Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling
r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g . S p r i n g )
4 9 3 SEMINAR:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and
s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration of t h e approaches and methods of behavioral
science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 9 8 SEMINAR:
RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan
t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research report according
t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association.
C r i t i c a l review and discussion of i n d i v i d u a l research p r o j e c t s . (Prereq.:
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology.
Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e
proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman:
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , two o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New T e s t a m e n t Greek. The
major. s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g
f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t o n e c o u r s e : 352-355, 360-363,
471-475, 481-484.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the m a j o r and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department.
MINOR:
5 courses.
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . Only one c o u r s e i n
H i s t o r y o f R e l i g i o n s may be counted toward f u l f i l l i n g the g r a d u a t i o n
requirements.
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e dialogue
between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
221 B I B L I C A L STUDIES
The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents.
The task of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence
of t h e ,church. ( F a l l , Spring)
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy.
3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP
A study of t h e o r i g i n of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e various
l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l
be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. Visits w i l l be made
t o a v a r i e t y of worship s e r v i c e s .
all)
3 5 5 THE STUDY OF RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The h i s t o r y of studying r e l i g i o n i n p u b l i c schools, t h e problems associated
with such e f f o r t s , t h e resources a v a i l a b l e t o t h e t e a c h e r and t h e a c t u a l
teaching i t s e l f w i l l be examined. The theological, as well as t h e l e g a l
and educational implications w i l l be analyzed and discussed. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 6 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
The r e l i g i o n s of India and Persia: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and
Zoroastrianism, emphasizing t h e study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of t h e s e f a i t h s
together with an analysis of t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of
t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1974-75)
3 5 7 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 1
The r e l i g i o n s of China, Japan and t h e Arabian Near East: Confucianism, Taoism,
Buddhism, Shinto, and Islam, emphasizing study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of
these f a i t h s t o g e t h e r with an a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e
context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1975-76)
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and
p r a c t i c e s . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given
r e l a t i o n t o r e l i g i o u s systems, and t o an
of s o c i e t y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e s e
s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and
t o t h e study of burcaucracy and i t s
exploration o f t h e c h a r ~ g t n gp a t t e r n s
changes t o t h e insti.tuti.ona1 church.
(Fall)
3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e time of t h e Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine
.
3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction t o t h e t h e o l o g i c a l thought of t h e P r o t e s t a n t reformers of t h e
s i x t e e n t h century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings o f Martin
Luther and o t h e r
representative figures. (Fall)
3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
The P r o t e s t a n t ethos i n t h e United S t a t e s . Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of
r e l i g i o u s l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e
responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing
culture. (Fall)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS
Consideration of t h e New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing
with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Attention t o t h e
v a r i e t y o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r
t h e h i s t o r i c a l Jesus . I t ( F a l l )
4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s
writings. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 3 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message of t h e prophets. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 5 JUDAISM
A survey of t h e h i s t o r y o f Judaism from t h e end of t h e Old Testament period
t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A
s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish t h i n k e r s as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant t o Augsburg College i n support
o f t h i s course i n Judaism offered i n t h e r e l i g i o n department. ( F a l l )
4 8 1 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction t o some r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t r e n d s i n C h r i s t i a n theological thought
today, a s seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing
t h e o l o g i c a l t a s k of t h e C h r i s t i a n Church. ( S p r i n g )
4 8 2 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New t r e n d s of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n t h e writings of some of
i t s representatives. Relation of new t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o
t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e church. (Spring)
4 8 3 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms of t h e o l o g i c a l and
s o c i o l o g i c a l dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r
c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral a c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
Social Science
Adviser:
Orloue N. Gisselquist
T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n
s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n t h i s a r e a . A major
c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may be earned i n any one o f f o u r d i s t r i b u t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l Science and one o f t h e four
component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science
major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r major.
A.
HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses i n h i s t o r y : a d i s t r i b u t i o n of these courses among the f i e l d s o f
American, European, and Non-Western i s encouraged -- a t l e a s t 4 of t h e s e
courses must be upper d i v i s i o n and one a seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l
science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and
sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l
Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495).
B
.
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2
courses i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r
384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 other courses i n
economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each
d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper d i v i s i o n
course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology o r sociology.
C.
NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses i n Non-Western
2 courses i n h i s t o r y and
463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Religion 353; Philosophy
s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t
2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science: History 104, 440,
P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499;
355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one course i n the methodology of
t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 495;
Sociology 362, 363 o r 365); and 4 additional e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography,
anthropology, sociology, and economics.
For a S o c i a l Science major with a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements
of t h e S t a t e of Minnesota f o r a high school teacher of t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s ,
t h e r e must be among t h e courses taken a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r i n
p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
D.
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course i n each of geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses i n
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e
and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following:
P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495, 499;
History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123,
495, 499.
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman:
J o e l Torstenson
MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 362, 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and
an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , and t w o u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s (i.e., 300
and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e
perspective of t h e metropolitan s i t u a t i o n , with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s
of human community i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes.
( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
1 2 1 P R I N C I P L E S OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s motifs, perspectives, and
l i n g u i s t i c forms; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r analyzing t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics
of s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e of sociology a s an
academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Basic background f o r advanced work i n
sociology. ( S p r i n g )
2 3 1 FAMILY PROCESS:
COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE
Designed t o heighten awareness of communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide perspective and s k i 11s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n pre-marital, m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact of
h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban contexts on t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e family i s
examined. P/N only. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF S O C I A L PROBLEMS
The dynamic processes a t t h e r o o t of contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e
context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. One s e c t i o n i n t h e f a l l
term gives s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o delinquency and deviance. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e person's r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ;
language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o m u l t i p l e ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison
of "primitive1' and " c i v i l i z e d " world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 R E L I G I O N AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
362,
3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n s o c i o l o g i c a l research: problems and
procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l
analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of s o c i o l o g i c a l data; s t a t i s t i c a l
inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and d a t a - g e t t i n g t o o l s .
S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of what i s learned a s i t i s learned. Sociology
majors a r e s t r o n g l y encouraged t o t a k e t h i s sequence t h e i r j u n i o r year.
(Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 121 or p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r ;
h i g h s c h o o l a 1 gebra.
Fall, Spring)
3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S
S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological
d a t a . Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures of c e n t r a l tendency,
v a r i a b i l i t y and a s s o c i a t i o n , s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g .
Not open t o sociology majors. Spring term i s designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r S o c i a l
Welfare majors. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 DILEMMAS I N CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, w h i t e - c o l l a r crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s of crime
causation, treatment, and prevention. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 , 232; s e c t i o n o n
d e l i n q u e n c y and d e v i a t i o n .
Spring)
Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, t h e development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of
s o c i a l psychology. Special a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d t o t h e s o c i a l and s i t u a t i o n a l
components of phenomena commonly seen as i n d i v i d u a l problems, phenomena
such a s mental r e t a r d a t i o n , mental i l l n e s s , I.Q. t e s t performance.
( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND URBANIZATION
-
A- review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s as ~G n n i e s , Weber, Park and Wirth;
and an examination o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s of urban
and suburban l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 111, 121. S,?ring)
3 8 3 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority
group r e l a t i o n s . Plaj o r a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and
all, S p r i n g . P / N o n l y )
c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American urban s e t t i n g .
3 8 4 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND S O C I A L I Z A T I O N
The process of becoming a member of s o c i e t y and groups. S o c i a l i z a t i o n w i l l
be examined as a l i f e - l o n g process with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o p e r s o n a l i t y
change, e f f e c t s of deprivation, problems of t h e l i f e cycle, and crossc u l t u r a l differences i n growing up, l i v i n g and dying. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r
Psychology 105.
Fall)
Consult t h e Department Chairman o r Internship D i r e c t o r f o r d e t a i l s .
( P r e r e q . : #)
4 8 5 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g
t h e course of t h e i r development i n t h e nineteenth and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s .
( P r e r e q . : 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l
and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and
large-scale organization i n an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y ,
i n c l u d i n g 121.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation with i n s t r u c t o r .
of instructor.
(Prereq. : 121, permission
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director:
Paul T. Steen
MAJOR: The core program o f S o c i a l Work c o u r s e s b e g i n s i n the j u n i o r y e a r , b u t
freshmen and sophomores a r e a d v i s e d t o t a k e S o c i a l Work 257 or t o h a v e other
s i g n i f i c a n t v o l u n t e e r experience b e f o r e majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: P s y c h o l o g y 105; S o c i o l o g y 1 2 1 , 365, 3 8 3 , and 384;
S o c i a l Work 351, 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 861
8 6 3 , and 467. One c o u r s e i n t h e C o n s e r v a t i o n
o f Human R e s o u r c e s (CHR) program s h o u l d be t a k e n ( s e e t h e i n d e x i n t h i s c a t a l o g
t o f i n d where t o r e a d a b o u t CHR c o u r s e s ) .
(one
The f o l l o w i n g a r e h i g h l y recommended: Economics 122; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e
o f the f o l l o w i n g ) 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325
326; Psychology 351
352 (may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r S o c i o l o g y 3 8 4 ) , 362
375 (same as S o c i o l o g y 3 7 5 ) ; S o c i a l
Work 257
357 ( t o be taken as freshman or sophomore); and S o o i o l o g y 231
and 232.
-
or
and
2 5 7 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With f a c u l t y approval, student s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e volunteer
i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Opportunity t o know s o c i a l work
professional, s o c i a l s e r v i c e delivery systems, and career aspects i n t h e
helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper r e p o r t and review
conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores. ( I n t e r i m )
3 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic f e a t u r e s of t h e helping process; s o c i a l work as a profession; b r i e f
d e s c r i p t i v e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p a l methods o f s o c i a l work, of casework,
group work, and community organization. The p u b l i c and p r i v a t e welfare systems
i n urbanized America. Two l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours f i e l d experience p e r
week. ( P r e r e q . : j u n i o r s t a n d i n g or #. F a l l )
3 5 2 SELECTED PROGRAMS I N SOCIAL WELFARE
A p a i r o f seminars c o n s i s t i n g of s o c i a l s e c u r i t y (required), and one a d d i t i o n a l
seminar i n such t o p i c s as mental r e t a r d a t i o n , p u b l i c housing, o r aging. F i e l d
experience extended from S o c i a l Work 351 a t 16 hours p e r week t o l e a r n by
p r a c t i c e t h e s k i l l s of casework and/or group work. (Prereq.: 351. I n t e r i m )
3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK
Delineation and a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r i n c i p l e s and techniques o f casework and group
work. Reflective seminar use o f p r i o r and concurrent experiences i n f i e l d
work. Two l e c t u r e s p e r week p l u s s i x hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e s e l e c t e d s o t h a t
student completes s k i l l development i n both casework and group work.
(Prereq. : 352. S p r i n g )
3 5 7 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
*
A summer work experience of t e n weeks o r longer i n a service-giving r o l e
through assignment as an employed s t a f f o r full-time volunteer member i n a
s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Special opportunity t o consider career aspects
of s o c i a l work. Reflective, a n a l y t i c a l reports and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminars
required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently
but not required. (summer)
3 5 8 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK-STUDY I N SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With f a c u l t y approval a t o p i c i s s e l e c t e d
f o r independent study r e l a t i n g t o t h e work experience. Study t o be reported
i n a major paper of high q u a l i t y . (Sunrmer)
4 6 1 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY I N SPECIAL AREAS
Students placed f o r refinement of p r a c t i c e s k i l l s i n programs serving s p e c i a l
groups such as aging, mental r e t a r d a t i o n , t h e chemically dependent, o r youth
subculture. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e .
Not open t o students taking 463. (Prereq.: 353. F a l l )
4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l
planning, and s o c i a l action. F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s
p e r week. Two l e c t u r e periods p e r week, plus e i t h e r (a) f o r majors, 8 hours
r e l a t e d f i e l d experience; o r (b) f o r non-majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d
experience o r an approved plan f o r independent work i n community study o r
planning. Not open t o students taking 461. (Prereq.: #. F a l l )
4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK
Responsibilities assigned as a professional s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l
welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students s e l e c t e d f o r
stipended positions. 12 t o 20 hours p e r week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major
Spring)
.
Department of Speech,
Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman:
Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIQN MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 o r 352, 354, 487 and
E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t n o t c o u n t i n g toward t h e major:
Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y
required.
The communication m a j o r i s a f l e x i b l e i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y program which g l l o w s
f o r d i f f e r e n t emphases -- j o u r n a l i s m , a d v e r t i s i n g and p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s , r a d i o t e l e v i s i o n - f i l m , human r e l a t i o n s , and s u p e r v i s o r y management. Program g u i d e s
f o r e a c h a r e a a r e a v a i l a b l e from the Department Chairman o r the O f f i c e o f
Admissions.
P r o s p e c t i v e m a j o r s s h o u l d c o n t a c t the department a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e t o work
o u t a plan f o r the major and a personal c a r e e r a c t i o n p l a n . Freshmen s h o u l d
t a k e Speech 111, Psychology 1 0 5 , S o c i o l o g y 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR:
5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR:
10 courses
SPEECH MAJOR FOR-TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 232, 2 4 1 , 351 o r
352, 3 5 5 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 476. A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined
w i t h a m a j o r i n ~ n b l i s hi f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s
required.
SPEECH.MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 c o u r s e s . For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351
orL352, 3 T , ' - - 3 L 0 ; 3 6 6 ; c o u r s e 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n ,
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 232, 360, 3 6 1 ,
3 6 6 , 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may
be counted toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y
a n E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l c o u r s e s i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g
S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama.
Freshmen p l a n n i n g t o m a j o r i n t h e a t e r a r t s s h o u l d t a k e c o u r s e s 111, 1 1 6 , and
228.
Experience requirement f o r t h e a t e r a r t s majors: Experience i s required i n
f o u r o u t o f the f i v e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : a c t i n g , set c o n s t r u c t i o n and p a i n t i n g ,
l i g h t and s o u n d , c o s t u m e , h o u s e management. Majors s h o u l d t a k e p a r t i n
dramatic productions during a l l four years.
THEATER ARTS MINOR:
5 courses including:
2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , t h r e e i n d e p e n d e n t
s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f h o n o r s q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one
o f the communication a r t s , comprehensive e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the s e n i o r y e a r .
Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y
education.
1 11 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g .
(Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
p r a c t i c e i n s t o r y t e l l i n g and c r e a t i v e dramatics. Recommended f o r p a r i s h
workers and elementary school teachers. ( F a l l )
Construction, painting, and o t h e r aspects of scenery preparation.
students. ( F a l l )
Open t o a l l
2 3 2 ACTING
An introduction t o t h e a r t of acting. P r a c t i c a l work i n pantomime and
improvisation; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n dramatic presentations.
(Spring)
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of f i l m as an a r t form; major developments i n f i l m h i s t o r y ; analysis of
s i g n i f i c a n t films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than t e c h n i c a l elements.
(Spring)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
A study o f t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with
emphasis on t h e i r r o l e i n s o c i e t y .
of P o l i t i c a l Science. ( S p r i n g )
See a l s o description under Department
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of l o g i c i n p u b l i c speaking, discussion, and debates.
(Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of g r e a t speeches; p r a c t i c a l work
i n speech w r i t i n g . ( S p r i n g )
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as
humanistic perspectives on human communication. ( S p r i n g )
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; p r i n c i p l e s and types of discussion; p r a c t i c e i n
.discussion techniques. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic p r i n c i p l e s of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e .
prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l )
P r a c t i c e i n reading
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction t o h i s t o r y of t h e t h e a t e r and t o t h e o r i e s of drama and dramatic
production. ( F a l l )
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e d i r e c t i o n with laboratory exercises i n planning
productions and conducting rehearsals. Open t o upper d i v i s i o n students
on 1y
(Spring)
.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e l i g h t i n g and scene design.
228 or #.
Spring)
(Prereq. :
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech.
introduction t o p r i n c i p l e s and methods of speech c o r r e c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
An
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Cooperative i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t o p i c s i n speech and communication theory. (Fall)
487 FIELD EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION
Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper
o r o t h e r publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication
occupations. ( P r e r e q . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION
Selected t o p i c s i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use of
primary sources and methodology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r .
*
( F a l l , Spring)
Total Student Enrollment
. . .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... 1,773
359
Academic Year, 1972-1973,
Summer Session, 1973
Summary of Graduates
................
Graduates, 1870-1972
Graduates, 1973 (September 1, 1972
-
May 20, 1973)
.
5,434
260
Faculty
RUTH AASKOV, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND AGRE, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
*WARREN A N , A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Michigan
(Physical Chemistry and I n o r g a n i c Chemistry), Department Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education and Psychology,
M.A. 1947, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Psychology) .
BARBARA ANDERSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of English, M.A. 1954,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (English Education)
ERNEST ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J . ANDERSON, L i b r a r i a n , I n s t r u c t o r , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, P r e s i d e n t of t h e College, B . D . 1942, Luther
Theological Seminary, L. L . D . 1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E . ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MICHAEL J . ARNDT, I n s t r u c t o r of S p e e c h / ~ r a m a , B.A. 1968, Augsburg College,
(Theater Arts D i r e c t o r )
KENNETH C . BAILEY, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean of t h e
College, Ph. D. 1960, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B . BALTINA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1933,
U n i v e r s i t y of L a t v i a (German and Russian)
JOHN E . BENSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1967, Columbia
U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f Religion)
*ROBERT E . BEVERLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1948,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M.A. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Health Economics)
VERN BLOOM, D i r e c t o r of t h e Conservation of Human Resources Program,
M.S.W. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal J u s t i c e
Studies)
WILLIAM CARIS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Health and Physical Education,
M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa (Head F o o t b a l l Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, Ph.D. 1972, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Concert Band)
*NELSON CARR, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
CARL H . CHRISLOCK, P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1955, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American History)
BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, P r e s i d e n t Emeritus, Ph D. 1929, H a r t f o r d
Seminary Foundation
*L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1935,
R a d c l i f f e College (Chaucer)
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate P r o f e s s o r , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa
( D i r e c t o r of t h e S o c i a l Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Speech, M.A. 1949, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Theater Arts) (Has a dog t h a t o f t e n v i s i t s t h e campus)
.
K . BERNER DAHLEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e )
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l
Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke U n i v e r s i t y
JOHN C . DAWSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program) (Enjoys
music, summer s p o r t s and p o l i t i c s )
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, Ph. D . 1972,
Arizona S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Teaching of Mathematics)
GRACE B . DYRUD, P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Learning)
*EDGAR E . EKLOF, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music, M . M . 1956, Manhattan School
of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Choral Club, B . A . 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N . ERICKSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Space Physics)
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
SHELDON FARDIG, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Education, Ph.D. 1966,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Human R e l a t i o n s i n Education)
NORMAN B . L . FERGUSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin ( P h y s i o l o g i c a l Psychology)
HENRY G . FOLLINGSTAD, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.A. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Complex Analysis) (Enjoys w r i t i n g n o n - f i c t i o n )
BURTON P . FOSSE, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management, B . B . A . and
B . M . E . 1949, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t , M.A. 1970, Penn S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y
(Visual Communications)
MARK FUEHRER, I n s t r u c t o r of Philosophy, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy)
(Enj oys f e n c i n g ,
c l a s s i c a l s t u d i e s and Renaissance a r t )
*WALTER FUNMAKER, I n s t r u c t o r of Indian S t u d i e s , B.A. 1967, C a l i f o r n i a S t a t e
U n i v e r s i t y a t Los Angeles
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph . D . 1966, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Chicago (Human Development)
BRUCE L . GILDSETH, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of
Admissions, Ph. D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Modern European H i s t o r y ) ( C o l l e c t s books and r a i s e s
roses)
*ROBERT GRAMS, I n s t r u c t o r of Sociology, B . A . 1969, Augsburg College
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Algebra), Department Chairman (Spends weekends
p l u s t h e e n t i r e summer i n t h e North Woods)
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph. D. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Modern World H i s t o r y ) , Department Chairman
ARLIN E . GYBERG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry) (Enjoys b a s k e t b a l l , f i s h i n g ,
p a d d l e b a l l and s o f t b a l l . Active i n p r o f e s s i o n a l education and
p r o f e s s i o n a l chemistry)
.
LEIF E . HANSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , M.A.
1950, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Norwegian) (Sometimes a s s o c i a t e s w i t h
Swedes. Spends summers as language camp d i r e c t o r )
THEODORE J . HANWICK, P r o f e s s o r of P h y s i c s , Ph.D. 1950, New York U n i v e r s i t y
(Astronomy and O p t i c a l Physics) Department Chairman
MILDA HEDBLOM, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Mass P a r t i c i p a t i o n and P o l i t i c a l Communication)
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r , L. L . B . 1961, W i l l i a m M i t c h e l l
College of Law (Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1930, H a r t f o r d Seminary
Foundation
*KATHERINE A . HENNIG, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.A. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Voice)
DAINA HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B.A. 1963,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Economics)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph.D. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Microbiology and Developmental Biology)
NORMAN D. HOLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f A r t , M.F.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Iowa ( S c u l p t u r e )
HOLGER HOLMEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ed. D . 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Missouri (School and S o c i e t y )
JOHN R. HOLUM, P r o f e s s o r o f Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
ERVIN INNIGER, I n s t r u c t o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, B .S. 1967,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( B a s k e t b a l l Coach)
VALIJA JAUNLININS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German)
* I . KHIN KHIN JENSEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1956,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Asian H i s t o r y )
MILDRED V. J O E L , P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Registrar)
DUANE E . JOHNSON, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph.D. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Development a 1 Psychology) Department Chairman
EINAR 0 . JOHNSON, P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Washington, Chairman o f t h e Department o f Education
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Development, B.S. E . 1952, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska and B . D. 1959, Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.S. 1958, J u i l l i a r d
School o f Music (Piano)
MARY E . JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Languages, M.A. 1950,
Columbia U n i v e r s i t y , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (French)
ROBERT KARLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Scandinavian Music, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg O r c h e s t r a ) ,
Department Chairman
*SYLVIA KERR, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Zoology)
*JAMES KINCANNON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph .D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, A s s i s t a n t Prcifessor o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
Middlebury C o l l e g e (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J . KLEVEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1941, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r . M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B. S. B . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Auditing)
*LORA LINDGREN, I n s t r u c t o r o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l Education, M. S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Wyoming
LORRAINE K . LIVINGSTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1932,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( E n g l i s h L i t e r a t u r e and C r e a t i v e Writing)
GERTRUDE S . LUND, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Business Education, M.A. 1951,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Enjoys t r a v e l i n g )
ORLIN L. MANDSAGER, College P a s t o r and L e c t u r e r i n Religion, B . D . 1961,
Luther Theological Seminary
"KEISHIRO MATSUMOTO, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M . B . A . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan ( S t a t i s t i c a l Methods i n Finance)
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r Education, Ed.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska (Elementary Education)
(Enjoys bargain-hunting)
DIANA LEE METZKER, I n s t r u c t o r i n Music, M.A. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organ, Piano, Theory)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( F i e l d Biology and Human Biology) (Spends h i s Sundays
preaching)
*SHEROD MILLER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l communication) (Enjoys s a i l b o a t i n g and
gardening)
JOHN R . MITCHELL, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Tennessee (Modern Poetry and Cinema) (Chief academic and p e r s o n a l
i n t e r e s t s i n c l u d e f i l m s t u d i e s and film-making, p o e t r y and c r e a t i v e
w r i t i n g , p a i n t i n g , Jungian psychology and dream a n a l y s i s , African
l i t e r a t u r e , e l e c t r o n i c music, t e n n i s , c r o s s country s k i i n g , archaeology)
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n A r t , LL.D. 1944, U n i v e r s i t y of
T a r t u , E s t o n i a ( S t a i n e d Glass)
GERDA MORTENSEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y
(Commissioner and Executive S e c r e t a r y f o r t h e Norsemen's F e d e r a t i o n ;
S e c r e t a r y of t h e Executive Committee o f t h e Norwegian-American 19 75
S e s q u i c e n t e n n i a l A s s o c i a t i o n f o r t h e Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHI NAKAMURA, I n s t r u c t o r o f Foreign Languages, M. A. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Greek) (Enjoys e x e r c i s e s i n a l l a s p e c t s - p h y s i c a l ,
mental and s p i r i t u a l )
ARTHUR NASH, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
EDOR C . NELSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Chicago ( E t h i c s and S o c i e t y )
RICHARD C . NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Ancient History)
"CATHERINE NICHOLL, Adjunct A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American S t u d i e s )
NORMA C . NOONAN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y (Comparative P o l i t i c s , S o v i e t P o l i t i c s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l
R e l a t i o n s ) Department Chairman (Has t r a v e l e d e x t e n s i v e l y through t h e
U.S. S. R . , E a s t e r n and Western Europe. Enjoys music, r e a d i n g and
gardening; a c t i v e i n p o l i t i c s .
DOUGLAS J . OLLILA, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f R e l i g i o n , Th.D. 1963, Boston
U n i v e r s i t y ( R e l i g i o n i n America)
ESTHER J . OLSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Theater Arts)
JOHN T. O'MALLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Business Administration, M.B.A.
1971, Mankato S t a t e College (Accounting)
*WILLIAM OYLER, I n s t r u c t o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (German)
"VALERIE PACE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Sociology, B.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa
(American C i v i l i z a t i o n )
RONALD G . PALOSAARI, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f English, Ph.D. 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) Acting Department Chairman.
(Likes r a c k e t b a l l , t e n n i s , conversation and f i l m s )
"PATRICIA PARKER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Library Science, M.A. 1952,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan
KERMIT E . PAULSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Physics, M.S. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin-Madison (Nuclear Radiation Physics)
ANNE PEDERSON, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1945, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
LAU&TTA PELTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
U n i v e r s i t y (Teacher Competencies) (Likes a r t c r a f t s , music, out door
camping with s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n water s p o r t s and t r a v e l )
WAR&N L . PERSONS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Mathematics, M.A. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Point S e t Topology)
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1953, Montana S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Cross country s k i i n g , camping,
mus i c)
JOYCE PFAFF, I n s t r u c t o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota. (Works with t h e mentally r e t a r d e d ; spends
weekends s k i i n g . )
MARTIN QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
PHILIP A . QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, P r i n c e t o n
Theological Seminary, Department Chairman of Religion
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f k l i g i o n , E x i s t e n t i a l i s m )
Department Chairman (Enjoys camping and t r a v e l )
STEVEN F. REUTER, I n s t r u c t o r of Education, M.Ed. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Antique c o l l e c t o r )
*JOHN F. RILEY, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Religion, Ph.D. 1964, C a t h o l i c
U n i v e r s i t y of America (Contemporary C a t h o l i c Theology)
GUNTA ROZENTALS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Spanish)
PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t (Film-Making)
.
EDWARD M. SABELLA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Economics, Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman (Theory, P u b l i c Finance,
Urban)
"KATHRYN SANDQUIST, I n s t r u c t o r o f Music, B.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B . SARGENT, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f English, B. A. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
o f North C a r o l i n a (Shakespeare, Drama, Renaissance L i t e r a t u r e )
LELAND B , SATEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College
and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Choir)
*IRENE SCHILLING, L i b r a r i a n I , M.A. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Library Science)
EDWIN J . SAUGESTAD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. MAY0 SAVOLD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.Mus.Ed. 1963, MacPhail
School o f Music
*RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1960,
Hebrew Union College (Judaism)
MARJORIE H . SIBLEY, Head L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1943,
U n i v e r s i t y of I l l i n o i s and M.A. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
*DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching A s s i s t a n t i n Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Religion, D.Th. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Heidelberg (Contemporary Theology)
PAUL T. STEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( S o c i a l Welfare) (Active i n mental r e t a r d a t i o n s e r v i c e s and
aging p r o j e c t s of t h e community)
*CARROLL I . STEIN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organizational Psychology)
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1973,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (German, L i n g u i s t i c s ) Department Chairman
MYLES C . STENSHOEL, P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y of Colorado ( C o n s t i t u t i o n a l Law, P o l i t i c a l Theory)
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1968, M . A .
1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph. D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Genetics) Department Chairman
PHILIP J . THOMPSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of A r t , M.F.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Iowa ( P a i n t i n g ) Department Chairman
*RICHARD THONI, I n s t r u c t o r of Psychology, B . A . 1966, S t . Olaf College
(Personality)
NEAL 0 . THORPE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin (Biochemistry and Biomedical Research)
JOHN THUT, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American
Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, I n s t r u c t o r Emeritus, B .Mus . 1927, American Conservatory of
Mus i c
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Metro-Urban Sociology), Department Chairman
ERLING J . URDAHL, P r o f e s s o r of Biology, M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( P l a n t Biology and I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology)
*EUGENE VUICICH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1967, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( I n s t r u m e n t a l Music, D i r e c t o r of t h e S t r i n g Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of S o c i o l o g y / S o c i a l Work, M.S.W.
1973, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, A s s i s t a n t R e g i s t r a r , B.S. 1958, S t . Cloud S t a t e College
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, L e c t u r e r i n A r t , M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Elementary A r t Methods)
*MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College
(Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Eighteenth Century L i t e r a t u r e , Journalism)
*
Part-time
Personnel
Administration
President
.....................
Finance and Management
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management
Controller
D i r e c t o r of P l a n t S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f Food S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r of Data Processing
D i r e c t o r of A u x i l i a r y S e r v i c e s
Manager o f t h e Book S t o r e
Oscar A. Anderson
. . . . . . Burton
P . Fosse
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a r l Stromer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . David Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko
. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . I r v i n g Hoe1
Academic A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s
and Dean o f t h e College
Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y
and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Head L i b r a r i a n
D i r e c t o r of Audio V i s u a l S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f MUSIP
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth
.......
..
....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C..
Bailey
. . . . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred J o e l
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beverly Wegge
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie S i b l e y
. . . . . . . . . . . . Larry Glenn
. . . . . . . . . . . . . John C . Dawson
Development and College R e l a t i o n s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Ucvelopment
D i r e c t o r of Deferred ~ i v i n ~
D i r e c t o r of Development
D i r e c t o r o f Alumni and P a r e n t s Programs
D i r e c t o r o f College R e l a t i o n s
Manager o f P u b l i c a t i o n s
Manager of t h e News Bureau
O f f i c e Manager
. . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . S i g v a l d Hj elmeland
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Tes low
. . . . . . . . J e r o y Carlson
. . . . . . . . . . . . Michael Walgren
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steven J . V i t e
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J e r r y Foley
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I r e n e Steenson
Student A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s
and Dean of Admissions
D i r e c t o r of t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t
Development
D i r e c t o r of Student Development Resources
D i r e c t o r o f Residence Programs
D i r e c t o r of Career Planning and Placement
D i r e c t o r of Student Programs
D i r e c t o r o f F i n a n c i a l Aid
D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Associate D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Coordinator of Black Student A f f a i r s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Bruce L. G i l d s e t h
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
. . . . . . . Richard Thoni
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cindy Marsh
. . . . . . . . P a t Olsson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . J o e l Mugge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mark Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . Donovan Lundeen
. . . . . . . . . . . David Gronner
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandra Becker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dave Benzel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cene Carlson
. . . . , T e r r y H. Addison, Jr.
Index
......
...........
AcademicAdministration
22
Academic L i f e
7
Accreditation
6
Administration
89
Admission t o t h e College
15
Advanced Placement
16
Advanced Standing
18
American S t u d i e s
27
Anthropology
76
A r t . Department of
28
Bachelor of Music Degree
11. 57
Biology. Department of
29
Board. Cost of
20
Business Administration . . . . . . 32
Business Education
34
Calendar
7
Campus
6
CampusMap
17
Chemistry. Department of . . . . . 37
Classification
26
Communications
79
Computer Science
56
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR)
9
C o r r e c t i v e Therapy . . . . . . 10. 6 3
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 26
Course Desdriptions
27
C r e d i t by Examination
26
Degrees
11
D i v i s i o n a l Organization . . . . . . 23
East Asian S t u d i e s
39
Economics
35
Education. Department of . . . . . 40
Education. Elementary . . . . . . . 40
Education. Secondary
41
English. Department of
43
Enrollment
82
Expenses
19
Faculty
.7. 83
F i n a n c i a l Aid
18
F i n a n c i a l Information
20
Five College Cooperative . . . . . 8
Food S e r v i c e
14
French
45
Foreign Languages
45
Full-Time Student Defined
26
General Education Requirements
7
Geography
42
German
48
Grading
24
Graduates (1870-19 73)
82
Summary o f
82
Graduation Requirements
22
. . . .
. . .
.
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.....
..
...
.
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
.....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .
. . . . .
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
......
. . .
......
......
......
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
......
......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . . .
.
.......
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
. .
..
..
..
. . .
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.............
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...........
..............
. . . . . . . . .
.....
. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
..............
..............
.......
...........
......
..
.......
..
....
........
. . . . . . . . . . . .
..
.
.
. .
...
.
.
.
.
.
Graduation With D i s t i n c t i o n
25
Greek
49
Health Education
63. 65
H i s t o r y o f Augsburg College
4
History. Department of
52
Honors Program
11
Housing
13
Identification
4
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
8
Intercollegiate Athletics
12
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
10
Journalism
43
Library Science
42
Linguistics
49
Location
4
Majors
8
Mathematics. Department of
54
Medical Technology
9. 56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP)
14
Music. Department o f
57
Nature and O b j e c t i v e s
5
N a t u r a l Science
60
Numbering of Courses
26
Pers onne 1
89
Philosophy. Department of
61
P h y s i c a l Education
63
Physics. Department of
65
P o l i t i c a l Science. Department of
67
Pre-Professional Training
8
Probation and Dismissal
24
Psychology. Department of
70
Recreation
12
Refunds
21
Registration
24
Religion. Department o f
72
Religious L i f e
12
Room Costs
20
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s
50
S o c i a l Science Majors
75
S o c i a l Work
78
Sociology. Department of
76
Spanish
51
Speech. Department of
79
Student L i f e
12
Student S e r v i c e s
12
Summer School
9. 10
Symbol (#)
26
T h e a t e r Arts
80
Transfer
15
T u i t i o n and Fees
19
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
. .
..........
...
.....
........
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
........
....
.
.
....
.
......
......
......
..
.
....
..
....
....
....
....
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.....
......
.....
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. .
..
. . . .
.
.
..
.
. . .
......
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.....
. . . . . . .
..........
.....
. . . . . . . . . .
.......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . .
..........
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.........
........
Show less
augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change wit... Show more
augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without
notice.
Table of contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 11, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 16, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 19, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 21, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 22, EXPENSES
PAGE 25, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 29, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 30, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 86, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 87, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 94, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 96, INDEX
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about
Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in thiscatalog may be unfamiliarto you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE,, . . , , , . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or interim such as "Community
Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each
semester at Augsburg and one is studied during thl? interim in January.
.
MAJOR . , . . . . . . . . . . .. . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 18
departments.
MINOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major
ELECTIVE..
. . .. . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE.. . , . , . . . . . , , . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN..
. . , , . .. . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.. . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of
special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and
length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are
used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
.. . . , .. . . . .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in
length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE..
. .. . . ., A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
There are few colleges that combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural
setting. Augsburg is one of these few, very
special colleges that can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at avariety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to
you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or
intramural athletic programs you may choose
participation in athletics.
Religious activities are avital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government for the
purpose of overseeing, stimulating and perpetuating religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is not selfserving nor self-sustaining, but is that of
furthering the ministry of Christ on the
Augsburg campus.
.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude
for you to design much of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The College follows the calendar known as the
"4-1 -4,"
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You
may choose from 35 majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg is in the center of the Twin Cities of
Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and
activities are available to enrich your education. You may choose an evening at the
Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or
at any of the many galleries or coffee houses.
You might spend an afternoon touring the
newly renovated Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota
Orchestra or one by the many professional
touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities.
There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports
are also available-the Twins, the Vikings,
the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the
Buckskins.
Thus, Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a
strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body, and a
remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1969
and is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis - St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern,
Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny.
Bus or train connections can be made from all
areas of the United States.
The current student body of over 1500 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 50% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the greater metropolitan
area.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94
which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section
of this catalog.)
Location
History
Your education wil.1benefit from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art
Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1872. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types.
The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations are provided by several theaters in
the area such as the nationally known Guthrie
Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log
Theater, the St. Paul Opera, and Chimera
Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swim in
one of the many area lakes. In the winter you
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into
the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety of
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them
to become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding of the
urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage
them to develop attitudes and qualities of
character compatible with the Christian
faith.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in a
number of associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged. Among the associations that recognize Augsburg are:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools.
The National Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 15 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St.
Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus.
Visiting the Campus
T h e purpose of the campus visit is t o permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information
vital in the process of selecting a college and
in making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not
mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked t o write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred
times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m.
weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to
meet with a member of the faculty and t o attend classes, Monday through Friday, when
school is in session.
School, church, and other groups are
welcome t o visit the College. Arrangements
may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
</
*
',
-
+..'
\ -
\--+-'
- r
,
. :-
I
\
.
.
,
.. , '. \ -
-
. .
.
, - I
'
.,
.*
J'
. . . , d.
4. Science Hall
5. Old Main
6. Mortensen Tower
7 . Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. The Quadrangle
10 Memorial Hall
1 1 Art Studio and Art Annex
12. Music Hall
13 SI Melby Hall
14. Augsburg College Ice Arena
15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
16. East Hall
17. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
- Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
A. Faculty-Staff Park~ng
B. Student Parking
..2
-f
Offices
?-.I
Adm~ssions(628 21st Ave. S )
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-V~sual(Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Programs (Science 156)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
College Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Sc~ence32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memor~al2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
d.
-
<
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Science 156)
Little Theater (Speech Building)
MUSIP (Memorial 1st floor)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Nursing Director (Memorial 1st floor)
Personnel Office (Science 135)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Publications (NOW series) (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 135)
S.O,S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Memorial 1 1 1)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern, well-equipped college
which aims to provide its students with a
broad liberal arts education as well as prepare
them for a career. A strong academic program
in the arts and sciences and in theology is
available. Pre-professional preparation for
such fields as engineering, medicine, law and
the Christian ministry is offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation for careers in
business, communications, medical technology, music, occupational therapy, social work,
and teaching is available.
Augsburg aims to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip
them to serve according to the interests and
abilities of each person.
opportunities for those interested in communications. No matter what your interest, the
interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able and dedicated faculty
who take a personal interest in their students.
The student-faculty ratio is approximately 17.8
to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They know students by
their first name and often join students in discussing the political climate, reactions to the
latest visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim there is concentration on one
subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in
this break in the general academic schedule.
Interest in music may take form in the study
and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and
participation in activities of a social agency.
Newspapers and advertising agencies provide
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would choose
many of them even if they were not required.
In the humanities division, students select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
speech, drama, and religion. Science courses
may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in
economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are
available. Proficiency in English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of
courses containing an emphasis on
metropolitan concerns is required as well as
physical education activities. (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section.)
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
East Asian Studies
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing (tentative, Fall, 1975)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Other majors are available through the Five
College Cooperative student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be
consulted for further information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that re- '
quirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in
the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutes in the Twin Cities areaon several
programs.
FIVE COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM.
Students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine
and St. Thomas may elect a course each
semester at another campus. No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to
do this to gain new perspectives, to get better
acquainted with the other schools, or because
a specific course is not offered on the home
campus. Because these colleges have coordinated calendars, the interim term may also be
taken on another campus. A regularly
scheduled bus shuttles students free between
the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for
the January interim. For example, Augsburg
and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign
study opportunities for the interim. Since the
interim program is new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM.
This group is composed of 12 colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative
curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other
college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a
metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs
and resources of the community organizations
of the Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program is designed to train
specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and
the Metropolitan campuses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates,
mental hospital patients, guards, and students
at rehabilitation centers. All take coursesfor
credit from Augsburg. Classes are held at
such places as the Shakopee Institution for
Women, Stillwater State Prison and Trevilla of
Robbinsdale (a halfway house rehabilitation
center). One purpose of the classes, which are
offered by several departments, is to get a
first-hand view of the prisons and hospitals,
and to personalize the study by actually interacting with inmates and their problems. The
response of students involved in the courses,
both from Augsburg and the institutions, has
been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH LUTHERAN DEACONESS
HOSPITAL. Student nurses in the School of
Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in
Minneapolis receive instruction in biology,
chemistry, English, psychology, and sociology
at Augsburg. Application for admission to the
School of Nursing should be made directly to
the hospital.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables qualified
students to receive a college degree with a
major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and
a final twelve-month program is completed at
one of the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not
guarantee acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree
from Augsburg College and an engineering
baccalaureate degree from Washington
University in a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the last
two years at Washington University.
Each year the Conservation of Human
Resources office at Augsburg holds tuitionraising benefits to help pay for inmates'
matriculation in these co-learning courses.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer
school calendar is coordinated with that of
Concordia College in St. Paul. Students who
enroll may select courses on either campus.
Two sessions are offered each summer.
Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of
Physical Education. Application should be
made during the spring semester of the
sophomore year. Candidates are required to
have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as
soon as possible, consult with the Director of
Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
There are several types of international experience available to Augsburg students.
Some of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of
lnternational Programs.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries
are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to
spend a summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of
one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD.
Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg students may spend their
sophomore or junior year in study at a number
of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are The University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg;
Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de
Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American
Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon
in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany;
The University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University
of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in
the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and
through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England,
France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of
study must be approved before departure by
the Director of International Programs, one's
faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned
through foreign study may be applied to the
student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to
satisfy some of the general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
Honors Program
Some special accelerated course sections are
available to freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students
of all class years, interdisciplinary honors
seminars are offered each term.
Several departments of the College offer programs through which the student can earn
honors in the major. The opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest is available throughout the College.
For students who apply for and receive special
status as Honors Scholars, general education
requirements are modified as necessary to
meet the student's needs and interests. Addi-
tional information on the honors program is
available upon request from the Honors Program Director at Augsburg.
available with avariety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Degrees
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program
(MUSIP) is Augsburg's college-wide program.
It provides students in all fields of study with
the opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic
program or personal interests. Internships are
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Your experiences in the classroom are major
influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and
opportunities. Whether as a resident student
or commuter, you'll find that the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg adds dimension to your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, avariety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in theTwin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, big name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various
fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center.
ation. An intramural program provides competition in avariety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Climaxing
the intramural program is the Extramural Meet,
a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC). The
College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of
the Minnesota Women's Intercollegiate
Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete in
volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton,
golf and tennis.
Religious Life.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg
Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour
regularly. The String Ensemble, the Choral
Club, the Jazz Ensemble, and several studentorganized groups such as the Cabaret Singers
also perform on and off campus. Several plays
are given on campus each year under the
direction of the theater arts department.
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of
students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life,
and the stimulation of faith through discussion
and service. Chapel services are held four
times a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. Students, faculty and
staff attend voluntarily.
Recreation
Student Sewices
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and relax-
The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and
academic counseling and consultation on
questions of academic procedure, financial
problems, student activities, and residence
halls.
The Center for Student Development also provides avariety of programs focusing around
the themes of interpersonal identity, careerlifestyle planning, and utilizing the educational environment.
Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student
Development staff.
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
the basis of academic interests and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. The faculty
takes both a scholastic and personal interest
in students. Secondary Education students
may desire a second adviser: one in the major
and one in the area of education.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults
who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and
planning, a simplified time-saving registration
procedure, on-the-job experience prior to
graduation, and, for those who desire it, a
special course to ease the transition to
academic life.
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study
skills, career exploration, and discussion of
personal and family problems arising from the
return to school. The course enables returning
adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
is designed to promote student growth
through relationships with other students and
being an active participant in group decision
making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate
the process of group living as well as discuss
personal concerns with individual students.
Most new freshmen and many upperclassmen
live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story highrise houses 324. Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 36 students, two to a
room, with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall,
is an alternative to traditional residence hall
living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the
greater campus area.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at
home are required to live in college-operated
housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence. An
optional rental linen service is available to students in residence halls and annex housing
units.
Students engage a room at the beginning of
the fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must
sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June30 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 30 will be provided housing only if space
is available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $25 breakage and fine deposit when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is refunded
upon graduation, transfer to another institu-
tion, or discontinuing the educational program
at Augsburg if the condition of the room and
furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the
College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan living in residence
halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides avariety of board plan options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College
is a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school
performance, promise of success in college as
shown by college entrance examination
scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations.
didates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance
has been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to
all persons equal opportunity to benefit from
its educational programs, student personnel
services, financial aid, housing, student
employment and other services without regard
to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background.
5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form,
which will be sent by the College.
Avisit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation
information will be mailed to the student during the summer.
The Application Process
Transfer
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission.
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universitieson the basis of their
academic record, test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the
right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to
grant provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions. The grade average
for graduation is based on work taken at
Augsburg, but to determine graduation with
distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer
students with the A.A. degree are considered
as having met all general education require-
2. Hand the completed application to your
high school counselor, along with the $10.00
application fee, and ask that these be sent
with your official high school transcript
through the last complete semester to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that can-
ments at Augsburg except for two courses in
religious studies.
The Transfer Process
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions
Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to
the:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Two personal recommendations will be requested. Upon receiving these forms, give
them to two persons to fill out and return
directly to the Admissions Office in the
postage paid envelopes which are provided.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is requested within one month after
acceptance has been made and/or financial
aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
5. After a deposit has been made, the student
must complete a medical history form, which
will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December 1. After notification
of admission and adequate financial aid, if
needed, has been provided, the student must
agree to withdraw applications made to other
colleges. The admissions decision is based
upon the academic record through the junior
year, test scores, and recommendations. A
$50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable
is required by January 1.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, astudent must have a high academic
record and test scores, recommendation from
the high school, and the maturity to cope with
acollege course after his junior year in high
school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or during
the first year of college. A student applying for
Early Admission can take the Scholastic AptitudeTest in January or March of his junior
year.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, o n the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis
of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
About 70% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college in the
form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus
employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial
need and academic record. Application for aid
is made by completing the Family Financial
Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers
the FFS, students may instead submit the
Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the
College Scholarship Service to be considered
for financial aid. Upperclass students must
also complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1973-74, approximately
1100 of the 1550 students at Augsburg
received scholarships or grants totaling
$915,000 from Augsburg and all other sources,
and federal loans totaling $480,000.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program for which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply,
and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student
Loan (formerly National Defense Student
Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April
1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial
Services at Augsburg College.
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION - $2,349
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning in September, 1975. Students
time when they take three
are 'Onsidered
or more courses during the semester terms.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods. Such
registration is payable in this manner:
Tuition and Fees for the 4-1 (or 1-4) is $1,305.
Tuition for the remaining semester is $1,044.
If the student elects to omit an interim, a refund is not authorized.
A part-time rate of $310 a course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is $155 a course.
SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Application fee, $10.00 is required from all new
students.
Graduation fee is $15.00.
Registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register
at Augsburg. The charge will be $190.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $2.00 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $5.00 per day,
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $15
Computer Science, $30 per course
Film Making Course (Laboratory fee), $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser.
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $98 a
semester (14 lessons), or $7.00 per lesson during the interim..
Practice Studio rental for each semester for
one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $8.00 ($2.00 an interim),
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $10 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy,
$1 .oo.
Locker rental for commuter students: $2.00 or
$3.00.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office, with charges
according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $1,251
Partial Board and Room - $1,170
Meal Coupons and Room (Limited
Residences) - $819
5 Day Lunch Plan - $252
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week.
The partial board plan provides 14 meals per
week in acombination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are restricted to apartment
style residences named by the College in the
"Housing and Food Services contract."
A lunch contract is available to nbn-resident
students and provides five noon lunches per
week.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year.
1975-76 Cost Summary
Board and Room - $1,251
Breakage Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT- New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted;
to be paid by April 1,1975 (payment is due
January 1 under Early Decision Program). The
payment is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT- All resident students, $25.00 (not refundable). Required at the time of signing acontract, to
reserve a housing assignment for the term
beginning September, and applied to the room
charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT- All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon
graduation, transfer to another institution, or
discontinuing education program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the five-month billing period is due August 20, and the second
semester is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Business
Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full.
Refunds
Application Fee - $10.00
Tuition - $2,349
(Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance
to Augsburg and applied to the tuition
charges.)
If a student decides to cancel his registration,
refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed according to the following schedule:
100% through the first Friday of classes.
80% during the balance of first week of
classes.
70% during the second week of classes.
60% during the third week of classes.
No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a
student is forced to cancel his registration
because of accident or illness during the first
five weeks of the term, the charge is reduced
by 50%.
50% during the fourth week of classes.
Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges.
40% during the fifth week of classes.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are
readily available for consultation and
guidance. A well-planned program of liberal
arts studies will include courses in the
humanities, the natural sciences, and the
social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able
to write effectively; they are also expected to
be knowledgeable about urban concerns and
have some understanding of cultures outside
the United States.
The general physical activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to equip students for
lifetime sports and recreational activities.
Courses in reliaion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the
Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, it scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
MINIMUM GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 13 in one department. A maximum of 3 C.H.R. courses, 2
courses by independent study, 4 courses of
internship and 8 courses with a grade of P
may apply toward the 35 total courses required.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental
headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward
the major.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one
less than the number of years at Augsburg.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may
meet one requirement only):
a. A course in writing (English Ill) or demonstrated proficiency in writing.
b. A course from at least two of the following four groupings: N o r music;
literature (from the Department of
English); philosophy; speech or drama.
c. A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physiesrpsychology.
d. A course from one or two of the following departments: economics, h i 6 ,
political science, s o c i o d a n d one or
two courses from the Department of
Foreign Languages to make a total of
three courses in these five departments.
e. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
f. A course relating to urban concerns.
g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime
sports. Students with proficiency in one
or two sports may meet this requirement
with one semester of activities.
Divisional Organization
The college courses are organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for
each division is appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Norma C. Noonan
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology and Social Work
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman: Einar 0. Johnson
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Japanese,
Linguistics, Russian, Scandinavian
Area Studies, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communications, and
Theater Arts
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester
and one course in the interim. Students
registered for.three or four courses in a
semester are classified as full-time students.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to do so at the regularly scheduled
time. A fee is charged for late registration. A
fee is also charged for changing registration,
i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first
three days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in afailing grade. Cancellation of
courses or cancellation from College must be
done in the Registrar's Office.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2.0 average are classified as
sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors,
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is
unsatisfactory.
below 1.6 or 2 zero grades
having taken 6 or fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades
having taken 7-15 courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken 16-24
courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken 25 or
more courses
FRESHMAN,
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, be is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term.
A student who has a poor academic record
may be strongly advised to withdraw before
the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Grading
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0
with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards.
.5
0
Unacceptable performance (no credit for
the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the
grade is not computed in the grade point
average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year.
Sociology 383, some education courses and
several interim courses are graded only on the
PIN grading system. Students are cautioned to
use the PIN grade option with care since some
graduate and professional schools do not look
favorably on a large number of P-graded
courses.
Students must indicate on their registration
card those courses which they wish to take on
the PIN grading system. Any changes in
choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is
charged after the first three days of classes.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the
plan and.date for removing it, and comments
from the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A course in which a grade of 0 , l .O, 1.5, N, I, or
X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and
in the grade point average. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however, be
audited.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.89 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
lndependent Study
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent
study must first secure permission from the
faculty member who will direct the study as
well as from the department involved.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases,
a grade of X is given at the end of the first
term, and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to
their own academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit
by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit
may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore. . . . 7 courses..
Junior.. . . . . . . . 16 courses..
Senior . . . . . . . . 25 courses..
. . . . 14 grade points
. . . . 32 grade points
. . . . 50 grade points
To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three
courses.
Courses
All courses have equivalent value unless
otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35
courses is required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be canceled. Students should consult the schedule
of classes to determine definitely the current
course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above
are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered in the 100's are primarily
for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for
juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number
indicates the level of the course; the second is
the division within the department; and the
third identifies the course.
Symbol
#. Course may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1975-76
are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and
a,
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and
399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the US., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one
of these areas and 3 in each of the others):*
History of the United States
American Studies 231
History 221,222,331,332,353,495 (American emphasis)
Religion 352,363
Literature and Fine Arts in the United
States
American Studies 232
Art 102
English 241 (also Speech 241), 250,351,490
and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences in the United States
American Studies 260
Economics 120, 122, 123,251
Education 478 #
Political Science 121, 122,325,326,370,
371, 421
Psychology 481 # Sociology 111,373,381,
383
Social Work 351, 463
credit value. The symbol # indicates that the
course may be taken with the consent of the
instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
American Studies
*American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2
courses in each of the above groupings under
major.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to
the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course Content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement.
(Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. Meets urban requirement. (Fall)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
A study of the characteristics of mid-western
and eastern Indian tribesof the 19th century,
with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian
cultural values in the modern world. (Offered
1974-75.)
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the
perspective of various disciplines. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1975-76)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
and the co-learning model when appropriate
to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores.
Meets urban requirement. (Fall, alternate
years. Offered 1976-77)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract. lntended for
majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
For description, see 295. Open to juniors and
seniors who will do a different level of work.
(Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American urban life. Includes
a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Philip Thompson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 107; two from
386,387,388; and three from 118,221,223,
225, 350.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as major but 350 required.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 107; one from
386,387,388; and two from 118,221,223,225,
350.
Department of Art
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other
media. Descriptive, experimental, and figure
studies. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING I
Introduction to painting media and technique.
(Fall, Spring)
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. (3
one hour lectures. Spring)
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white, color and photographic processes.
150 JEWELRY
351 CERAMICS II
Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process.
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing
with an introduction to throwing techniques.
(Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring)
221 SCULPTURE I
355 PAINTING II
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring)
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall,
Spring)
223 PRINTMAKING I
Principles and methods of printmaking in a
variety of media. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of
photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR
PAINTING
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure,
and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq.: 107. Spring)
368 PRINTMAKING II
Advanced work in various media, including
silk screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.:
223. Fall, Spring)
386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART
Survey of the early development of the visual
arts throughout the world with emphasis on
the Mediterranean region and Europe.
242 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART
A study of architecture, painting and sculpture
from the 15th century through the 19th century
in Europe and America.
350 CERAMICS I
388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY
An introduction to the making of pottery with
an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
(Fall, Spring)
Contemporary developments in the visual arts
with emphasis on America and Europe.
478 SCULPTURE II
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring)
a,
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Biology
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Chairman: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, Option 1: 7 courses, including 111,
112, and at least one course from each of the
following three groups: 352,361 (Group I);
355,473,474 (Group 11); 367,471,476 (Group
Ill). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124,
125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate
school should ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR, Option 11: 9 courses, including 111,
112,352 and at least one course from each of
the following four groups: 355,474 (Group I);
361,481 (Group 11); 367,473 (Group 111); 471,
476 (Group IV). Participation in seminar.
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,
352) also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this major.
MINOR, 5 courses, including 111,112 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major. In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR, GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3.0 overall; active participation in seminar;
one course of approved independent study
with an oral defense of the research report.
Application for the honors major should be
made no later than the first term of the senior
year.
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. (Lecture and
laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for
other students)
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial features are considered as
well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses
only. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring)
111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must
be taken in sequence except by permission of
instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory.
11 1, Fall; 112, Spring)
352 ANIMAL FORM AND PHYLOGENY
An analysis of the structure of animals and the
evolutionary relationships revealed by this
analysis. This includes an inquiry into the
structural changes which occur and new
structures which appear in the course of
evolution, the way in which these structures
enable the animal to function in the environ-
ment, the phylogenetic relationships revealed
by this study, and the classification of animals
based on their phylogeny. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 172. Fall)
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy, life
histories, and taxonomy. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or
352 or #. Fall)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during
the development of organisms with emphasis
on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as
well as descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall)
481 ECOLOGY
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3
hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #; Physics 103
or 122 or #. Spring)
Discussions of topics based on biological
literature and research.Topics may concern
research performed by students in independent study projects. Course credit is not given
for seminar, but juniors and seniors who plan
to major in biology or natural science (for premedical students) are expected to participate,
with seniors presenting papers (Weekly meetings. Fall, Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on
the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352
or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall)
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor. Intended
for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
Department of
Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131,
261,262,263,379,381, and either 483 or 484.
Economics 122,123,251 and one additional
course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are
also required. Forthose planning on careers
in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484
is recommended. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101,102,131,261,
262,373,379,478, and one other course from
the sequence 381,382,483. Economics 122,
123,251 and one additional course selected
from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. (392
is strongly recommended.) In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,379,
478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics
122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural
Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12
courses of related business subiects (Eco-
nomics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students
who have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota
State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTlNG
to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101. Fall, Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property'and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code. (Interim, Spring)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities andfeserves, actuarial
topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes.
(Prereq.: 262. Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation
through literature, readings, lectures, and
case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVEMETHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High
School Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student
will write a report on his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting.
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the
areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring: On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Business Education
have had one year of high school typewriting,
(Interim)
MAJOR: 12-14 Courses.
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101,102,131; Business Education 110,364,
460,465; Economics 122,123; high school
typewriting or equivalent required. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended.
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators. (Fall)
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262,263, and Business Education 108.
Operation of transcription machines, filing
and records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties. (Interim)
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 219.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108,
121, 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, acertificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education
108,110,221,350,353,364,460 and Business
Administration 101,102,131 and Economics
120. A student in the two-year program must
select six courses from the general education
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit)
The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing
material dictated at minimum speed of 80
words a minute. (Not open to students who
have had one year of shorthand in high
school. Fall)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or
equivalent. Spring)
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with
rapid dictation and transcription of material
dictated at speeds of 80-120 words a minute.
(Prereq.: 121 or equivalent. Spring)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
(Fall. Offered alternate years, 1975-76)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and
training of employees; and human relations
within the office. (Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate
years, 1976-77)
Economics
MAJOR IN ECONOMICS:
Economics 122,123,251,258,454 and three
other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is
very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122,123,251, and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and
one other course from business administration
offerings also required. In addition, courses in
data processing and computer programming
are highly recommended.
MINOR:
Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other
course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some
of the topics to be discussed are: Population
"Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army;
Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing
Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to
facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned
topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic
course designed for those students who do
not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education.
Students who plan to major in the above three
areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than
120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term in
order for the student to progress more rapidly
to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics 122
or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken
in either order, or may be taken in the same
term in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing
of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122.
Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its
economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall)
placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority
groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #.
Spring)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, alternate years)
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national
and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, On
Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation
to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Earl Alton
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115,
116(or105,106),351,352,353,361andone
advanced course which may include
Biochemistry. Physics 121,122, and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Participation in
seminar. Since upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 124,
125 the freshman year, and Physics 121,122
the sophomore year.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106), and all chemistry courses above 350.
Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics
124,125 (which should be taken during the
freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics
121,122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German
equivalent to 2 semesters also required.
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 115,116
(or 105,106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same asthe graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced
course. certification after July, 1979 requires
course work in earth and life sciences.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
Department of Chemistry
of approved research; participation in semin ar
Credit will not be granted for both 105 and
115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general,
organic, and biological chemistry around the
theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high
schoolchemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward
the major.
lo59 lo6 PRINCIPLES OF
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not major
in chemistry, although students may go from
106 into 351,353,0r223. concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of
examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of
laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
115,116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemislry, qualitative analysis, and a
brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.:
high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 15, Fall;
76, Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course
Designed for medical technology students and
others in a paramedical science area whose
professional goals require less than the more
intensive two-semester organic course.
Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 115. Spring)
351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical
bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry
to the biological and environmental sciences.
(3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 106 or 116. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis
and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples,
and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or
116. Offered lnterim for majors as per lnterim
schedule. Offered Spring, especially for Medical Technology majors: 3 lectures, one 4.5
hour laboratory)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states of matter. Applications of these
concepts to areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry in the second
semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4.5-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122;
Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use
of the literature (including Beilstein); and
further study of reaction mechanisms. Infrared
and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours
lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,
361 or #; some reading knowledge of German.
Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using avariety of techniques.
(3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used
to develop molecular orbital theory for
molecules. Includes commutators, electron
spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
a,
This major, offered by the five colleges in the
Cooperative Program, consists of 12 to 16
courses distributed as follows:
Four courses in Chinese and/or Japanese Ianguage
Four Courses in cultural specialization
a,
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research
participation during the academic year.
East Asian Studies
Four courses in comparative emphases
Confer with Donald Gustafson of the history
department, or Donald Steinmetz of the
foreign languages department, for information
on specific courses that may apply toward this
major.
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teacher
education program. The student is advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN
SETTING (Elementary)
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education:
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, one interim, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371,372; and
481, 482 and electives
2. Physical Education 111, Safety and Drug
Education
3. Library Science 358, The Elementary
School Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq:
sophomore standing or above. Fall, Interim)
First Professional Semester (for juniors or
seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in
classrooms. (Prereq: Admission to elementary
education. Fall, Spring)
371,372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Concurrent
registration in 361, 362. Fall, Spring)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Department. Secondary Education students
are advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended
in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program:
481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq: 361,362,371,372. Fall,
Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481, 482. Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481,482 and483. Offered
on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary
Education)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Secondary Education
(teacher certification program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
1. Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with or after
the Orientation course. Application forms
are available in the Education Department
office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the
department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses
after the Orientation course only if he or
she has been admitted into the program of
the Department of Education.
2. Grade point average-minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2.0 overall.
3. Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
a) Educ. 265, Orientation to Education
(Secondary)
b) Educ. 359, Competencies: Secondary
Education
c) Educ. 478, School and Society
d) Educ. 480,481,482 (two courses
minimum), Student Teaching
e) Psych. 105, General Psychology
f) P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education
g) Educ. 361,365 or 373 for art, physical
education, or music majors
Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification - Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations (Suc-
cessful completion of Augsburg Education
program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
course P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program
courses.
General Information:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification:
Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and
Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all
grades (K-12) in their special area. A person
working for certification in one of these
special areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas is advised to take three courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
major in art will register for Educ. 361; the
major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in
Music for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term:
Student Teaching is taken concurrently
with School and Society in one full-time
term in professional education. Special
afternoon and/or evening seminars are held
during the term as part of the professional
work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course
in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term.
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, materials and projects,
both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching
methodology from the Education Department
and special methods from the department of
the major field. Human Relations Laboratory.
(Prereq: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission
into the secondary education program).
Special methods are offered in the following
major fields:
American Studies (Spring)
Art (Spring)
Business (Spring)
Health and Physical Education (Fall)
English (Spring)
Social Studies (Spring)
Mathematics (Spring)
Music (Spring)
Natural Science (Spring)
Foreign Language (Fall, Spring)
Speech and Drama (Spring)
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art
at the elementary and junior high school level.
(Spring)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Materials and methods for teaching physical
education. Includes also the American Red
Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq:
Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall)
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to
all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing.
Fall, Spring)
373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of
music at the elementary and junior high
school level. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by astudy of
educational philosophy and the development
of American education, current major issues
in education will be studied. (Prereq: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
Library Science
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of
the media center and methods of evaluation.
(Fall)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning
experiences on the secondary school level
under the supervision of college and high
school personnel. Seminars are held on a
regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265,359.
Fall, Spring)
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in
use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in avariety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
Geography
114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN
WORLD
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
An introduction to the basic concepts of
geography through an emphasis on the
historical development of the Mediterranean
World and the role of geography in the human
exploitation of the region.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on
the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interests and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
489 INTRODUCTION TO NON-PRINT
RESOURCES
Production and use of audio-visual materials
in libraries and library systems. This course
offered in conjunction with the 5-College
Cooperative Program. (Offered 1974-75.
Spring)
a,
Augsburg College and the Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science (St. Louis, Missouri) are cooperating
in aThree-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts
degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University in a five-year period,
with the first three years being spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the Washington University School of Engineering. Stu-
a,
Chairman: Barbara Andersen
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 3 courses in
British literature (1 course from literature
before 1660), 1 course in American literature,
1 course in world literature (a course outside
the Anglo-American tradition), and course
219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
10 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. A course in expository writing
(219) is required. Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or
366; and Library Science 475 are required.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and
3.0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some
topic of interest in the field of school library
service, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors,
with department approval.
Engineering
dents accepted into the program will be
guaranteed admission to the Washington
University Engineering School, provided they
are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science for continuing support.
Their applications will be evaluated using
need and academic performance as criteria.
Department of English
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
MINOR: 5 courses, including one course in
British literature, and either 219 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 219 and 320.
The English Department recommends but
does not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world concentration. A student arranges a concentration by
careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study
course that applies to the concentration, and
by the selection of some related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 412,416; English 271,331,
332,336,337,367,368,423,438, and sometimes 282, 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 221,222; American Studies 232; English 241,250,351,367,368, and
sometimes 282,490,491. A student with an
American literature concentration should take
some of the courses listed under the American
Studies major which are selected from the
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy
242,110,343,370; German 244; French 242;
Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352;
English 241,261,271,272,423, and sometimes
282, 490, 491.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser. Interim
courses, special courses, and courses given at
the other cooperating colleges will often fit
well into a concentration. A student with a
double major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department
should also work closely with an adviser in the
English department.
term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic value and the
historical significance of the film medium. See
also description under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring)
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works;
attention is also given to the contribution of
the writer to the historical development and
literary movements of American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
(Fall, Spring)
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
English 111 is strongly recommended but not
a prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course.
Study of the works of selected classical Greek
and Roman writers in the various genre, and
the influence of the classical tradition on later
Western literature. (Fall, Spring)
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
272 LITERARY CLASSICS
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected
European classics from the Renaissance to
the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers.
(Fall, Spring)
219 ADVANCED WRITING
282 TOPICS IN LITERATURE
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in avariety of writing specializations. The
focus of each course will shift from term to
Individual courses designed to investigate
specific themes, movements, authors, or
works. The subjects selected for study in any
year will be listed in the class schedule for that
year. (Fall, Spring 1975-76)
288 LITERARY CRITICISM
A course designed to introduce students to
the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt
to apply such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of the works of significant Romantic and
Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists
and of the major literary movements of the
century. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis is given to the city as setting
and symbol in modern American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
A study of modern English viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics
and a view of the development of the English
language. (Spring)
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with
attention to recent criticism. (Alternate years,
1975-76 Fall)
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
368 MODERN DRAMA
While the primary study of the course will be
the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote.
Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be
examined. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 1975-76)
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
367 MODERN POETRY
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel
through study of selected British, American,
and continental novels. (Alternate years,
1975-76)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to
the development of Shakespeare's dramatic
and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491,
a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
-
-
-
-
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of B or consent of department chairman,
Provides directed independent study in the
area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring)
-
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman: Ruth Aaskov
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the
formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign lanhowever, final placement is made according to
the results of a placement test which may be
taken at the beginning of any term and after
consultation with the instructor. Students
placed in a particular course wishing to
register for a more elementary course may do
so, but only for a grade of PIN.
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II
For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of
vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the
spoken language are reviewed and intensively
practiced using cultural readings in Chinese
characters and, in the second semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and
literature. Prereq.: one year of college-level
Mandarin Chinese or #)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 352. One interim plus one semester, or
one semester plus one summer of study in
France strongly recommended.
Chinese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. One interim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II
Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive
practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with
Chinese characters and the written language.
In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural
readings using Chinese characters.
Foreign Language Methods for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
011 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings. Once
weekly. No credit. Offered on demand.
-
-
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system, basic noun groups and verb forms,
and sentence structures are taught to enable
understanding and speaking on a rudimentary
level. Two hours laboratory work. See above
on advanced placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice,
and readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
advanced placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have studied most of the basic
structures may here review all tenses and
some other structures through a core of twentieth-century French literary readings. This
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. Two hours laboratory
work. (Fall)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes the review of basic structures and
more complex forms. Several twentieth-century literary works are explored with the goals
of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skill to pursue general reading
and literary study in French. (Spring)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French
literature read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore stand-
ing. Does not count toward a French major or
minor. (Fall)
311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate level. Explores topics of
current interest in both oral and written form to
build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment,
grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.(Fall)
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Offered Interim 1975, and on demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual political, social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In
French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
Offered alternate years. Fall 1976)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote understanding the French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years. Fall 1977)
351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey of the major literary works from the
twelfth century renaissance through the six-
teenth century. These include the epic, courtly
romance, early historians, early theatre, lyric
poetry, fiction, and the essay. Oral and written
reports in French, some laboratory texts.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1977-78; offered every
third year)
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey of the major literary contributors to
the classical age in France and the intellectual, social, and ethical currents reflected in
their works. Theatre, poetry, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and
written reports, and laboratory work in French.
Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall
1976-77. Offered alternate years)
353 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of the major works contributing to the
enlightenment or age of reason and the romantic movement that followed. Primarily
prose writers, poets and dramatists. Classes,
oral and written reports, and laboratory texts
in French. (Spring 1976-77. Offered every third
year)
354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
A survey of the nineteenth-century novel
(Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, etc.), Baudelaire and
his successors in poetry, and the literature of
ideas that led to new forms and literary emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide,
Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Fall 1975-76. Offered every third
year)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism.
Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Spring 1975-76. Offered every third year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training
in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, junior standing. Spring)
451 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
Malraux, St. Exupery, Sartre, Camus, RobbeGrillet, Duras, etc.) that shows the evolution of
this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
#. 332,354, or 355 recommended. Spring 1977.
Every third year)
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays that shows the
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq.:311 or #. Recommended 332,352, or
353. Spring 1977-78. Offered every third year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study in depth of an author, topic, or genre in
French literature. Student presentations in
French. For advanced students. (See Interim
suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one survey
(351,352,353,354,355) Offered upon demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research,
or meet individual interests. In literature a ma-
jor paper and its defense are included.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Consultations with French
teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified
early with study adviser)
more universal perspective of world literature.
Credit for this course does not apply to a major or minor in German. (Fall)
German
311 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1, Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with less than 2 terms (or 2 years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice in
speaking, understanding and reading basic
German. Laboratory materials available. (1 11
Fall, Spring. 112 Fall, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high
school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of
German. Review of basic structures accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of
vocabulary and idiomatic expression through
reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature.
(211, Fall. 212, Spring)
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition.
(Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary
scene is considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking people.
Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. (Offered
alternate years. Spring, 1977)
351 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
MEDIEVAL - 1780
Selected readings from the heroic and courtly
literature of the middle ages, the Reformation
era, Baroque and the pre-classic period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by
lectureson the history of German literature
and its cultural and geopolitical backgrounds.
(Fall 1976)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
352 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
1780 1890
Principle works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings
are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also in the
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, Poetic Realism and
Naturalism. Lectures treat literary history and
its relation to social, political and intellectual
questions. (Spring 1977)
-
353 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
IMPRESSIONISM AND 20TH CENTURY
Principle works of Impressionism and 20th
century are read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Hesse,
Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war
literature. Stress on literature as it reflects the
concerns and crises of our times. (Fall 1975,
1977)
211 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Seleclion from the New Testament with
special emphasis given to parsing and syntax
of the Greek text. (Fall 1976, thenceforth
yearly)
Japanese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
111, 112 BEGINNING JAPANESE I, II
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Fall 1975, 1977)
Introduction to Japanese language and
culture. Practice in the basic sentence pattern,
conversational expressions and, in the second
semester, simple composition to enable students to speak and write Japanese. Japanese
syllabary and Chinese characters are learned
gradually from the very first lesson.
451 GERMAN PROSE
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I, II
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre
as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history.
(Spring 1977)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of general human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Spring 1976, 1978)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek.
(1 11 Fall, 112 Spring)
Continued practice in advanced sentence pattern, conversation, composition and reading
to improve the student's comprehension and
facility in expression of Japanese. Reading
materials will be chosen from avariety of
fields. Some general discussions on the history of Japanese language, literature and
culture. (Prereq.: one year of college-level elementary Japanese or #)
Linguistics
311 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguisticresearch: tagmemics, stratificational grammar, transformational-generative grammar,
case grammar, generative semantics, with the
aim of illuminating the underlying philosophical assumptions, the investigational criteria
and the explanatory goals which distinguish
them. The theories will also be contrasted with
respect to their affiliations with adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology,
logic and communication theory and the way
in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequacies of traditional grammar. (Spring)
present the equivalent of intermediate level
study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Inquiry into the psychological foundations of
language and the contribution of modern
linguistics to psychology. Relevant findings of
recent linguistic research are examined for
their implications for various psychological
topics: the acquisition and pragmatic use of
language, cognitive processes, innate ideas
and psychological universals. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
111, 112 BEGINNING RUSSIAN I, II
Basic language skills in Russian. (Fall, Spring)
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and
Einar Johnson (Director)
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. Variable
courses such as 331 and 345 are offered each
year. These courses solicit students from the
community on a non-credit basis as well as
college students on a credit basis.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain 4 courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred
to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language department or subdepartment regardless of their content which
may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must also
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 11, Fall.
112, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as
basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief
literature survey. Laboratory work expected.
(Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. Fall)
311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND
CONVERSATION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
331 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered 1973-74. Fall)
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic Communities in Minnesota.
(Offered Fall, 1974-75, soliciting students from
the community on a noncredit basis, as well
as regular college students either on an audit
or credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring)
SPANISH
MAJOR: 8 courses above 214, including 315,
456 or 457,416,352-353 or 354. (Study in Spain
or Latin America strongly recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 214, including 315,
331, and one course in literature. (Study in
Spain or Latin America strongly recommended)
111, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course. (111, Fall,
Spring; 112, Spring)
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring
1977)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Some attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian.
Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent.
Offered on demand.)
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
213, 214 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
112 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 213,
Fall; 214, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit
in this course does not count toward a major
or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred. (Fall)
315 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory
work. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. This course
is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses.
Fa11)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
416 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring)
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through its
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Spring 1976, 1978)
417 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
352,353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
I, II
456 SPANISH DRAMA
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of
Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall
1974, 1976. 353, Fall 1975, 1977)
Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (Offered on demand)
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in
the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age
and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Spring 1976, 1978)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish American
literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Spring 1977)
a,
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR 8 courses plus 1 seminar
At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from each
of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval:
Modern Europe: US.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The history major
with certain supporting courses, qualifies a
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Spring 1977)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
student for certification as a social studies
teacher on the secondary level. See Mr.
Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser,
for details.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and
3.0 over-all; application before the end of the
first term of the junior year; two years of a
foreign language at the college level (or its
equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty
committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must
be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in sequence.
331 TOPICS IN 20TH CENTURY U.S.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the
Progressive Movement, the New Deal, and the
post-New Deal era. (Fall)
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1200s. (Fall, Spring)
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Spring)
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; riseof the
Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late
19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE
TO 338 B.C.
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
The development of civilization in the Near
East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is
placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Fall, 1976-77)
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis
is placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and
the political process. (Fall, 1975-76)
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions by the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Fall, 1976-77)
with and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements will
especially focus on Vietnam, Phillippines, Burma and Indonesia. (Fall)
412 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period. An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history. (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern
science and its effect on intellectual history.
The chronological boundaries may be listed
as 1560-1714. (Spring)
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium war of 1839. The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Spring,
1976-77)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the distinctive features of
the Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of
Japan, the Meiji restoration, modernization,
and Japan's emergence as a major world
power in the 20th century. (Spring, 1975-76)
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the 12th to the 20th centuries, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples. The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(Fall, 1976-77)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and
Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring)
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events and
developments in the area due to confrontation
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Fall)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be applied toward the major.
a,
Chairman: Dean Gulden
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,224,
314,324, and 315 or 325. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must includeadvanced study in areas of Real
Algebra,
gy, and Mathematics-Education.
Department of Mathematics
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction to mathematical models and
structure. Primarily for students not intending
further study of mathematics. No course credit
will be giuen to mathematics majors or minors.
(Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Spring 1975, alternate years)
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA
AND TRIGONOMETRY
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio
and variation, progressions, binomial theorem,
and logarithms. (Fall)
Ordinary differential equations with applications; series solutions; systems of differential
equations; solution by special transforms;
numerical methods; and an introduction to
partial differential equations. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
121,122 CALCULUS I, II
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane analytic
geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications from the non-physical sciences. Primarily for students in the social sciences. (121,
Fall; 122, Spring)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall;
125, Spring; 224, Fall)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed
on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward
a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring)
314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 224.21 1 is
recommended. Fall)
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, the algebra of matrices and canonical
forms. (Prereq.: 314. Spring)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables, including transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and vector
analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring
1976, offered alternate years)
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions,
central limit theorem, estimation, regression
and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
416 TOPICS IN ALGEBRA
An in depth study of topics introduced in Introduction to Modern Algebra, including extension fields and an introduction to Galois
Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1977 offered
alternate years)
427 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and differentiation of complex func-
tions, Taylor and Laurent series, residues.
(Prereq.: 324. Spring 1977, offered alternate
years)
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq.:
315, 324. Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
454 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product
spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms.
(Prereq.: 324 or concurrent registration.
Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
245 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods and languages with the primary language being
FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. (Spring)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL
METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may
be granted towards a mathematics major or
minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 245 and
Mathematics 224 or concurrent registration.
Fall. Laboratory Fee: $25.00)
a,
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
a,
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 111,
362,363,381, and 383; plus a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning*; a
minimum of one course in internship and/or
independent study.
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 102; Biology 110;
Business Administration 131; Business Education 101; Computer Science 245; Education
478; English 351; History 431; Psychology 351
and 352; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internhips, and independent
studies, by approval of the Director and the
Advisory Council.
Medical Technology
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111,
112 and two additional upper division (usually
367 and 476); 2)Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,
116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
METRO-URBAN STUDIES CONCENTRATION:
To be linked with appropriate majors (such as
business administration, business education,
political science, psychology, religion,
sociology, speech). The following core
courses are required for the Concentration:
Economics 120; Political Science 122;
Sociology 111 ; a trans-disciplinary seminar in
metro-urban planning * ; an approved Social
Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study.
*The course in metro-urban planning is not as
yet a regular part of the course offerings. The
interim, independent study, and internship can
provide opportunities for such a course. For
planning either the Major or the Concentration, consult the Director of the program.
Creative alternatives to the above suggested
programs will be considered.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robert Karle'n
MAJOR: 12 courses: 101,102,223,224,260,
261,350 or 476,354 or 355,365 or 375,457,
458,4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in
a music organization; piano proficiency, and
music repertoire tests.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: 101,102,223,
224,260,261,350 or 476,457,458,two of 354,
355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies;
2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire test. Also see requirements of the Department of Education.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 13 courses plus 4
years of Performance Studies with double
periods in the last 2 years; 2 years in a music
organization; piano proficiency; and music
repertoire tests.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they (1) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus;
the performing organizations; the creation
and/or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0
in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors
Program at the beginning of the second term
of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: ( I ) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal
and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis
and its defense before a faculty committee or a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): 101,102,223,224,260,
261,354,355,365,382,395,435,457,476;
Clinical Experience in Music Therapy; 3 years
of Performance Studies; Psychology 105,362;
Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 111,121,
231, 232, 375; plus electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign
languages; and speech, communication and
theater arts. The major follows the approved
curriculum of the National Association for
Music Therapy.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101,102,260or 261,458
and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano
proficiency; and two music repertoire tests.
Attendance at 8 performance workshops and
campus recitals also required.
Those wishing to major in Music or to pursue
the Bachelor of Music degree must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory
102.
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop
and all campus faculty and student recitals is
required of sophomores, juniors, seniors. All
music majors and minors, must register for
Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital
in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during eitherthe
junior or senior year. A recital in their areaof
Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors
are required to pass three Music Repertoire
tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire
tests. Information regarding the test may be
secured from the Music Office.
Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8
terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2
terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double
lessons throughout the last 4 terms.
Performing Organizations Requirements: Major and Bachelor of Music, 2 years; Minor, 1
year.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, hands together and
with correct fingering, at moderate speed and
from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or
a classical sonata; (c) a Romantic or modern
piece; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymntune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be
played from memory.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given
required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study
is with a member of the Augsburg College
music faculty. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour
lessons.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counter-point,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather
than sequentially. (101,223, Fall, 102,224,
Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music through the study
of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine
arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques, and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program,
(1) pass an advanced standing test in music
theory, and (2) sing or play representative
pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done
immediately before registration or earlier
when convenient. Transfer students must pass
the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their
first term at Augsburg.
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of the music of the
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSlC
An objective analysis of musical stimuli:
design and implementation of experimental
research in music.
give individual lessons to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
495 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MUSlC
THERAPY
Observation of various music therapy programs in hospitals and treatment centers.
Dates and times to be arranged.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates with music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. (Alternate years)
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for
public performance. Acquaints students with a
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available
to all students. For statement of fees, see
under Financial Information. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years)
488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniques for teaching piano. Students will
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and ar-.
ticulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for
the benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year
required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
a,
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools.
MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 111,112.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen
from the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105,106, or (115,116), and 353
are required. In order to complete the total of 5
courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351
and 361.
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 121,122,245 are required;
two additional courses to be chosen after con-
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to
65 singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition,
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Choral Club, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire
Band, String Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
sultation with a member of the Physics Department.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits
a number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools
to which he or she intends to apply.
MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 111,
112,491 or 492, and 2 upper.division biology
courses; Chemistry 115, 116, or (105,106), 351,
352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry;
Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and
Physics 121, 122.
a,
Augsburg College has tentative plans to offer
a nursing program leading to the Bachelor of
Nursing
Science degree beginning in Fall 1975. Interested persons should write to the Office of
Admissions for further information.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach
120 ETHICS
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,
343. and 344.
Sometimes you say that a certain action is
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it is right? Because you like it? Are there
better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at
possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal
and social issues resulting from them. (Fall,
Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy HONORS PROGRAM is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the
junior year. The program will consist of an
honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
130 LOGIC
Courses 110,120, and 130 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
Suppose someone gave you reasons, and then
said you had to accept a given conclusion. Do
you? Does the conclusion follow from the
given premises? Here we examine the rules
which govern valid arguments and work to
develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring)
110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND
ARISTOTLE
Socrates said that the unexamined life is not
worth living. We want you to take a look at
your beliefs to see whether or not they are
worth holding. What do you know? What
makes things what they are? Must you be able
to define the good before you can do it? These
and other questions will be looked at through
the eyes of the ancient Greek philosophers to
see what they have to say to modern man.
(Fall, Spring)
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? What did
Aristotle the scientist think of this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, and
explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance. (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with experience? What can we really know
about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies
the major empiricists of the 18th century
(Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's
love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a
rigorous science? These and other issues are
dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering?
Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the
basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1975)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1976)
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an individual be fully
human without it? How does language relate
to the world -can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is
it possible to have a language which only one
individual can understand? We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to these
and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1975)
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?
What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are
there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods
used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In
addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special
sciences. (Fall, 1976)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings- both philosophical
and literary -of prominent Existentialist
authors. Attempt will be made to deal in depth
with such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt,
despair, paradox, and the leap of faith. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies in such philosophical movements as
Analytic philosophy, American philosophy,
Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, etc.
(Suggested prior course: 344)
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of
culture, political and legal philosophy, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested: one prior course
in philosophy.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 241,242,
343, or #.)
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Department of Physical Education'
and Health Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses.
223, 231, 232, 243, 351, 352, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
10 courses. 111,223,231,232,243,351,352,
365, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical education 111,231,232,243,351,
352,471,472,485,491,495. Psychology 361,
362,355; and one additional Human Physiology course is also required.
required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of .physical
education and
.
athletics.
Physical Education
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Meets the general
education requirement. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall, Spring)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses.
111, 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 110,
111, 351, 360, and Sociology 231.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 5 courses. 111,
243,351,482 and practicum in coaching.
(Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study)
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota public schools are
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching individual and
dual sports. (Fall, Spring)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon hour activities, camp
nights, relays, modified games, simple
rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND
AQUATICS
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Theory and practice in teaching
swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open
only to majors and minors. (Fall)
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
351 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF
EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system.
The major effects of exercises upon the
systems of the body. (Prereq.: Biology 103,
Chemistry 105. Spring)
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 351,
352, Summer School only)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Physical education for the exceptional child
with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role
of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in
physical education. (Spring)
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
(Prereq.: 351, 352. Summer School only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross Instructors
Course in First Aid. (Prereq.: Currently valid
Standard First Aid card. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at
VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and
Cambridge State Hospital.'lncludes actual
hospital experience in the following four areas
of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485,491, and approval of department)
Consult department chairman.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fall)
Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or
senior only)
Health Education
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be
done for the abuses. Also includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
Curriculum, organization and administration
of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1975)
a,
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
121, 122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 245,351,362,
and 395.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures. 3-hour laboratorv.
frereq.: r at he ma tics 124 or concurrent
registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including 121,122, and
three courses above 122.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as
a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles,
but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health
science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement
for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This
course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimental basis of quantum mechanics.
(3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of
solid state diodes, transistors and integrated
circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 or 103
plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122. Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles, single
particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of twoparticle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122,
Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics,
solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226.362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in
a,
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The major in Political Science will
consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics
(Sociology 365): 121 or 122; 158; 384; and at
least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of
physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq,: Junior standing. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints: the
experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied
include potential wells and potential barriers,
the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen
atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351,
352. Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
Department of Political Science
5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
MINOR: The minor in Political Science will
consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 122;
158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3
out of 5 areas*.
ing upon and affected by the Presidency, Congress and the Supreme Court.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors major in Political Science includes the requirements listed
above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 2.75 over-all. The student must take an
Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than April 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before
a faculty committee. Students should apply for
the Honors Major no later than the first term of
the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public Law,
and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course
listed in more than one area may be counted in
only one area toward major or minor requirements.)
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122,158 or
160.
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction.
(Prereq,: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The electoral process, emphasizing political
parties: their development, structure, and relationship to other factors in the process. Field
work with parties, pressure groups and other
relevant organizations. (Students may not take
BOTH 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No
prerequisite)
The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 122,342 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic.
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Students interested in secondary education
niay take one of the three broad social science
options with a concentration in Political
Science. See the Department Chairman for
more information.
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including
public opinion research and political public
relations.
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
(Offered in non-election years. See note under
326. See Section I1 for description)
121 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
Presidential, congressional and judicial policy-making in the American national political
system; contemporary political issues imping-
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state
focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or
#. Offered on demand.)
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of public opinion and
the determinants of voter choice, including
study of attitudes, values and personality factors in political behavior. (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #.)
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: #)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with
some comparison of major political systems
and discussion of contemporary issues.
Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic
values and processes; moralism, legalism, and
realism in foreign policy.
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet
Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union
and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and policies. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science
or # I
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
353 POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process in developing
areas with particular attention to the creation,
maintenance, and administration of political
structures. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or #. Offered on demand)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional
system, emphasizing significant Supreme
Court cases involving the United States
government and the federal system. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
temporary Communism, and the impact of
historical traditions in the Soviet Union and
other communist states. (Prereq.: One course
i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and
economic approaches to political study, and a
survey of the methods common to empirical
social science. (Prereq.: SocialStatistics; Political Science 158 or 356; or # . Offered alternate years.)
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate
years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through
the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects
of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human
society. (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II
Recent political philosophy and ideology, including readingsfrom individualist, anarchist,
socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary
search' for political processes and structures
appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.)
382 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST
POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist theories,
the development and uses of ideology in con-
Special topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.:
#)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Duane Johnson
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
MAJOR: 10 courses. One or two supporting
courses from other departments may also be
required. The major program is planned in
consultaton with an adviser in the psychology
department and approved by the department
chairman. Required courses will include
105,264,265,493, and 498. Basic courses to
include in preparation for graduate study are
105,264,265,355,357,359,481,498, and at
least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will
usually include 105 in the freshman year, 264,
265 and often 355,357 in the sophomore year,
and 493 and 498 in the senior year. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and
toward the particular educational, vocational,
and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major
should be completed and approved by the
beginning of the junior year. The plan, which
may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of
a written plan later than the beginning of the
junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended.
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
It is recommended that psychology majors
take some course work from among the
following courses: Biology 103,111-112,355,
473; Chemistry 105-106 or 115-1 16,.223; Mathematics 121-122 or 124-125-224,373; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 103, 261.
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design
methodology. Experimental Psychology I may
be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be
taken in the term immediately following 264.
(Prereq.: 105.264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall,
Spring)
351 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq.: 105. Fall)
MINOR: 5 courses including 105.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point
average over-all, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major
program. Application for honors consideration
is to be made during the junior year.
352 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the
meaning that data and theory have for the
development of persons in the adolescent and
adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351. Spring)
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture,
laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology,
and research methods. Emphasis will be given
to interactions of the central nervous system
with environmental events including the
effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and
one course in biology; two courses i n biology
are recommended. Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a
widevariety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with
the environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideraton of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment,
and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 361.
Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105.
Fa11)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology. (Does not
count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.)
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
History of psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology.
(Prereq.: 3 courses. Fall)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and
senior standing. Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal
issues. Consideration of the approaches and
methods of behavioral science to the study of
such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
498 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research in which students select
an area of investigation, plan the appropriate
design, collect data, and write a research re-
a,
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
port according to the standards established by
the American Psychological Association. Critical review and discussion of individual
research projects. (Prereq.: Senior standing
and #. Fall, Spring)
\'
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rational
and purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
and the emergence of the church. (Fall,
Spring)
MAJOR: 8 courses, two of which may be upper
division New Testament Greek. The major
shall include one interim course; and at least
three out of the following four areas shall be
represented by at least one course : 352-356,
360-363, 471-475, 481-484,
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.25 in the major
and 3.00 over-all; research project approved
by the department and a colloquium with the
department.
352 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
MINOR: 5 courses
Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other
courses.
See under Department of Philosophy.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the
development of the various liturgical traditions
and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention
will be given to both the theology and the form
of worship. Visits will be made to avariety of
worship services. (Fall)
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC
SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and
educational implications will be analyzed'and
discussed. (Spring)
-
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to
the history of religion. An historical survey
beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major
religious traditions and forms of faith found in
India, China, and Japan (special attention will
be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of
this survey is to introduce both the variety and
the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to
their participants, as well as their significance
to the rest of mankind.
(See under Department of Music)
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of
these changes to the institutional church.
(Fall)
361 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental
doctrines from the time of the Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction to the theological thought of
the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
-
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the
"quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring 1975-76)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
(Spring 1976-77)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from the
end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the
religious development. A special interest in
such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and
Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in
support of this course in Judaism offered in
the religion department. (Fall)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations
and the responses of religion to the
challenges of its environing culture.
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definintions of the
church. (Spring)
a,
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
This major is designed for those preparing for
secondary school teaching in social studies
and for others who desire a broad major in this
area. A major consists of 14 courses, which
may be earned in any one of four distributions.
A student may not list a double major in Social
Science and one of the several component
disciplines unless the distribution selected in
the Social Science major is significantly
different from the other major.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action. (Spring)
Social Science
ics, history, political science, psychology or
sociology.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least 2 courses in
history and 2 courses in political science:
History 104,440,463,464,465,474,495; Political Science 351,353,361,363,382,495,499;
Religion 356; Philosophy 355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362,363 or 365);
and 4 additional electives; one each in
geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics.
.
. - . . .. - -
7 courses in history: adistribution of these
courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged -at
least 4 of these courses must be upper division
and one a seminar; 2 courses in political
science; 4 courses : 1 each in geography,
anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384,
Sociology 365 or 362,363; Economics 379 or
495).
For a Social Science major with a NonWestern emphasis to meet the requirements of
the State of Minnesota for a high .school
teacher of the social studies, there must be
among the courses taken at least 7 courses in
history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course in geography; 1 course in
anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses
in the methodology of the Social Sciences
(Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or
362,363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other
courses in economics, political science, and
sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1
additional upper division course in econom-
1 course in each of geography, anthropology,
statistics; 11 courses in history, political
science, and economics, with at least 3 in
each discipline and at least 5 upper division
courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158,160,350,351,353,361,363,
381,382,495,499; History 103,104,332,416,
440,463,464,465,474,495; Economics 122,
123, 495, 499.
a,
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman: Joel Torstenson
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including
121,362,363,375,485,487, and an interim
course.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121, and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilitiesof human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of sociological consciousness; its motifs, perspectives, and linguistic
forms; sociological models for analyzing the
structures and dynamics of society, community, groups, and personality; the role of sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
Basic background for advanced work in
sociology. (Fall, Spring)
historical, social and cultural contexts. An examination of their relativity and complex interaction as well as alternative approaches
towards solutions. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the ideaof culture; the person's relation to culture; language and its relation to multiple ways of seeing the world. A
comparison of "primitive" and "civilized"
world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, religion, work, and play. (Fall, Spring)
300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN
SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such
places as institutions for adult felons;
physically handicapped; emotionally disturbed; and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together
with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending on needs and interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
The structure and function of the family unit
and its place through time in the larger social
system. Includes interaction within the family,
sex roles, developmental stages and alternatives to the traditional family unit. (Fall, Spring)
232 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS
An analysis of the causes and nature of the
contemporary social problems in light of their
362,363 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An integrated two-course sequence in
sociological research; analysis of attempts to
build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach; basic problems and procedures of research; statistical tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe
social life; use of data processing equipment
and computers in sociological research.
Stresson application of the skills and procedures learned. Sociology majors are
strongly encouraged to take this sequence
their junior year. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or # ; high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
utilized as a major learning laboratory.
(Prereq.: Soc. 111 or #. Spring)
365 SOCIAL STATISTICS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only)
Scientific methods of organizing, comparing
and interpreting socio-psychological data.
Constructing graphs and tables, calculating
measures of central tendency, variability and
association, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. Not open to sociology majors. Spring term is designed especially for
Social Work majors. (Prereq.: high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or lntership
Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis
upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime.
The theories of crime causation, treatment,
and prevention. (Prereq.: 121. Spring)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Society and the individual, the socialization
process, the development of personality, the
impact of grou,p norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Special attention is paid to the social and situational
components of phenomena commonly seen as
individual problems: phenomena such as
mental retardation, mental illness, I.Q. test performance. (Prereq.: 121 or Psychology 105.
Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and in various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; compelling challenges of the
emerging metropolis; and metro-urban policies, programs and systems for shaping the
future. The Twin Cities metropolitan area (its
central cities, suburbs, and new-towns) will be
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
487 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of social stratification and
social organization; their structural and
dynamic dimensions. Major attention is focused upon stratification and large-scale
organization in an urban world. (Prereq.: 2
courses in sociology, including 121. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission
of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director: Paul Steen
MAJOR: The core program of Social Work
begins in the junior year, but freshmen and
sophomores are advised to take Social Work
257 or to have other significant volunteer experience before majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: Psychology
105; Sociology 121,365,375, and 383; Social
Work 351,352,353,461 or 463, and 467. One
course in the Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) program should be taken
(see the index in this catalog to find where to
read about CHR courses).
The following are highly recommended: Economics 122; Political Science (one of the
following) 121, 122,325, or326; Psychology
351 and 352 (may be substituted for Sociology
375) and 362; Social Work 257 or 357 (to be
taken as freshman or sophomore); and
Sociology 231 and 232.
257 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social
work professionals, social service delivery
systems, and career aspects in the helping
vocations, Independent study with a term
paper report and review conferences.
Especially recommended for freshmen and
sophomores. (Interim)
351 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic features of the helping process; social
work as a profession; brief descriptive attention to the principal methods of social work;
public and private welfare systems in urbanizkd ~ r n e r i c aTwo
.
class periods and six hours
field experience per week. (Prereq.: junior
standing or #. Fall)
352 SELECTED PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
A pair of seminars consisting of social security
(required) and one additional seminar in such
topics as mental retardation, alcohol and
chemical dependency, or the ecology of
welfare. Field experience of 16 hours a week
to learn by practice the basic skills of social
work. (Prereq.: 351 and junior standing, or #.
Interim)
353 SOCIAL WORK METHODS
Direction and application of principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods. Reflective seminar use of prior and
concurrent experiences in field work. Two lectures a week plus 6-8 hours a week in field setting. (Prereq.: 352. Spring)
357 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
A summer work experience of ten weeks or
longer in a service-giving role through assignment as an employed staff or full-time volunteer member in asocial agency or institution.
Special opportunity to consider career
aspects of social work. Reflective, analytical
reports and participation in seminars required.
Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may
be taken concurrently but not required. (Summer)
358 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER
WORK - STUDY IN SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With faculty approval a topic is selected for independent
study relating to the work experience. Study to
be reported in a major paper of high quality.
,-- ......".,
/<~rmrnerI
461 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY IN
SPECIAL AREAS
Emphasis on the refinement of social work
practice skills and development of role models
for effective service in programs serving
special groups such as the aged, mentally
retarded, chemically dependent, and youth.
Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours
field practice. (Prereq.: 353. Fall)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTAND
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social planning, and social action. Two lecture periods a
week plus either (a) for majors, 8 hours related
field experience; or (b) for non-majors, 8 hours
related field experience or an approved plan
for independent work in community study or
planning. (Prereq.: #. Fall)
a,
467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL
WORK
Responsibilites assigned as a professional
social worker in some social welfare agency
with arranged linkage seminars. Some students selected for stipended positions. 12 to
20 hours per week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major. Spring)
Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIONMAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342,351 or 352,354,487 and English
219. Supporting courses required but not
counting toward the major: Speech 111;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology
111, 375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different
emphases -journalism, advertising and
public relations, radio-television-film, human
relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from
the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for
the major and a personal career action plan.
Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 111,116,228,232,360,361,366,467.A
course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a
theater arts major. This major should be supported by an ~ n ~ l i minor
s h or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Dramaor Scandinavian Drama.
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 111, 116, and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the
five following areas: acting, set construction
and painting, light and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify
one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses,
including 111,241, or 243,351 or 355,352,354,
360,476. Participation in forensics, and a
minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111,116,228,232,241 or
243,360,361,366,467,476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses. 111,228,232,241 or
243,351, or 355,352,354,360,361,366,467,
476 or avoice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in
English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: course 111
and six of the following: 241 or 243,351 or 355,
352, 354, 360,476 and participation in forensics.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,360,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in
the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field
of concentration. Application to be made early
in the senior year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE
DRAMATICS
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of film as an art form; major developments in film history; analysis of significant
films, with emphasis on aesthetic rather than
technical elements. (Spring)
243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION
Practical experience in the production of radio
and television programs of diverse kinds:
news programs, talk shows, documentaries,
and drama in both media, noting the restrictions and specialties of each form. (Offered
1974-75. Fall)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
A study of the distinctive character of each of
the major mass media, with emphasis on their
role in society. See also description under
Department of Political Science. (Spring)
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Selection of stories for various age groups.
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers as well as elementary and
secondary school teachers. (Fall)
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study
of great speeches; practical work in speech
writing. (Spring)
228 STAGECRAFT
353 ADVERTISING
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Fall)
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in
modern marketing and communications.
(Offered 1974-75. Spring)
352 PERSUASION
-
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
399 INTERNSHIP
Introduction to communication dynamics
embracing scientific as well as humanistic
perspectives on human communication.
(Spring)
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring)
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; principles and
types of discussion; practice in discussion
techniques. (Fall)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech. An introduction
to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring)
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
and communication theory. (Fall)
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Fall)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper
division students only. (Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research. (Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
a,--
Transdisciplinary Major
A student who wishes to follow an individually
designed major may do so under the title:
Transdisciplinary major. Although this major
may not be well suited for students who plan
to pursue graduate studies, it does enable
them to obain a broad major with concentration in two or more areas. The major must
include at least two-thirds of the number of
courses required in each of two major fields
offered at the college.
Students who plan to obtain a transdisciplinary major must sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of their sophomore year.
The contract must be approved by their adviser and by the Committee on Admissions
and Student Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1973-74 ..........................
.
,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,840
..
285
Summer Session, 1974 .................................................................
Summary of Graduates
Graduates,1870-1973 ................................................................
5,736
Graduates, 1974 (August 31, 1973-May 19, 1974) .........................................
315
A
RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin
(French). Department Chairman
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
JAMES AGRE, Soccer Coach
MARY ALEXANDER, Assistant Professor of Education, M.A. Kansas State University (Secondary
Education)
*WARREN ALM, Artist in Residence in Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947,
Northwestern University
BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University,
Department Chairman
ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Librarian, Instructor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D.
1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies
B
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1960,
University of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B. BALTINA, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, University of Latvia
(German and Russian)
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern University
(Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, Instructor of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERN BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959,
University of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal Justice Studies)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M. Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
WILLIAM CARIS, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, University of
Iowa (Head Football Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the
Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of lowa(Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater
Arts)
D
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966,
Duke University
JOHN C. DAWSON, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1962, University of Minnesota (Director of the
Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program)
MARSHA DEWELL, Instructor of English, M .A. 1971, University of Chicago
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music, M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of the Choral Club, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University
Department Chairman
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University
NORMAN 6. L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949,
University of Minnesota
*FABlOLA FRANCO, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor in Art, M.A. 1970, Penn State University
MARK FUEHRER, lnstructor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1969, Augsburg College
*JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Visiting Professor, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law
(Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
*KATHERINE A. HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
(Voice)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture)
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
* P. TERRENCE HOPMANN, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1969, Stanford
University
ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor of Health and Physical Education and Admissions Counselor, B.S.
1967, Indiana University (Head Basketball Coach)
*VALIJA JAUNLININS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, University of
Minnesota (German)
*I.KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin Madison
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota (Registrar)
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and
B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano)
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, Columbia University,
M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (French)
MOHAMED KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, (Director of
the Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman
*JAMES KINCANNON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor. M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
L
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, lnstructor of Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1951, University of
Minnesota
JOHN K. LUOMA, lnstructor of Religion, Ph.D. 1974, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
M
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
*MARVIN McCOY, lnstructor of Music (French Horn)
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
(Elementary Education)
*ANN MEISSNER, Director of Nursing Education, Ph.D. 1964, U~~iversity
of Wisconsin -Madison,
M.P.H. 1969, University of California - Berkeley
DIANA LEE METZKER, lnstructor in Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano)
*ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music
Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, LL.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
PETER MORICI, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics, M.A. 1971, University of New York at
Albany
GERDA MORTENSEN, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia University (Commissioner and
Executive Secretary for the Norsemen's Federation; Secretary of the Executive Committee of
the Norwegian-American 1975 Sesquicentennial Association for the Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHl NAKAMURA, Instructor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1972, University of Minnesota
(Greek)
ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago
RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D:1971,
University of Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota (American
Studies)
NORMA C. NOONAN, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairman
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University
ESTHER J. OLSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
(German)
*VALERIE PACE, lnstructor of Sociology, B.A. 1970, University of Iowa
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin Madison
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University,
Department Chairman
WARREN L. PERSONS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1968, University of Wisconsin
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana(String
Instruments)
Q
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
R
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University, Department Chairman
STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor of Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of NebraskafElementary
Education)
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS,Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
S
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*KATHRYN SANDQUIST, lnstructor of Music, B.A. 1958, University of Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England)
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, and D.Mus. 1965,
Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
"IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Library Science)
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, and
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany)
*ROBERT STACKE, lnstructor of Music (Percussion)
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
*CARROLL I. STEIN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Minnesota
DONALD 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska,
Department Chairman
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
TONI THORNTON, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D.1973, University of California - Santa
Barbara
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin Madison
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota(Metr0Urban Studies), Department Chairman
*EUGENE VUICICH, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1967, Indiana University (Instrumental
Music, Director of the String Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of Sociology/Social Work, M.S.W. 1973, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Associate Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*STEVEN WRIGHT, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass)
* Part-time
Administration
.........................................................
....................................................
President..
College Pastor,.
Oscar A. Anderson
Lowell Brandt
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management.. ........................ Burton P. Fosse
Wayne Pederson
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !. .
Director of Plant Services ...........................................Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services ........................................... Carl Stromer
Director of Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Beardsley
Director of Auxiliary Services ......................................... Douglas P. Wasko
Manager of the Book Store.. ........................................ Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services. ............................... Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel ............................................... Charles Gerster
Administrative Assistant for Operations
and Programs.. ................................................ Mildred Nelson
Supervisor, Printing and Mailing ..................................... Marcella Hagel
Ice ArenaManager ..................................................Doug Smestad
Custodial Supervisor.. .............................................. Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor. ............................................ Edwin Hovey
.......
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College ..........................................Kenneth C. Bailey
Associate Dean of the Faculty
F. Mark Davis
and Director of Special Programs..
Registrar.. ......................................................... Mildred Joel
Associate Registrar ................................................. Beverly Wegge
Head Librarian. ..................................................... Marjorie Sibley
Larry Glenn
Director of Audio Visual Services
John C. Dawson
Director of MUSIP ..................................................
Louise McColl
Coordinator of the New Dimensions Program
..............................
....................................
.........................
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Development.. .................................... Glen W. Johnson
Director of Deferred Giving .......................................... Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Foundation and Government Relations..
Donald A. Christenson
Jeroy Carlson
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs..
Office Manager.. ................................................... Irene Steenson
..................
...........................
INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT
Vice President for Institutional Advancement..
........................ Bruce L. Gildseth
College Relations
Director of College Relations ........................................James Dock
Associate Director of College Relations .............................. Michael Walgren
Steven J. Vite
Manager of Publications.,
...........................................
Admissions
Director of Admissions..
Donald E. Webber
Assistant Director of Admissions,.
Dave Benzel
Assistant Director of Admissions..
Barb J. Lundberg
Karen Nelson
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor ..............................................Alan Bachman
............................................
...................................
....................................
..............................................
Student Affairs
Dean of Student Affairs.. ............................................Marianne Sander
Director of Student Development Resources ..........................Richard Thoni
Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . ., .......................... Cindy Marsh
Director of Career Planning and Placement.. ......................... Pat Olsson
Joel Mugge
Director of Student Programs..
Coordinator of Student Advising ..................................... Pat Leone
Ralph Crowder
Coordinator of Minority Affairs.
.......................................
......................................
............................25
Academic Administration
Academic Life
Accreditation
Administration
Admission to the College
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
American Studies
Anthropology
Art. Department of
Bachelor of Music Degree
Biology. Department of
Board. Cost of
Business Administration
Business Education
Calendar
Campus
Campus Map
Chemistry. Department of
Chinese
Classification
Communications
Computer Science
Conservation of Human
,
.
Resources (CHR)
Corrective Therapy
Courses of Study
Course Descriptions
Credit by Examination
Degrees
Divisional Organization
Early Admission
Early Decision
East Asian Studies
Economics
Education. Department of
Education. Elementary
Education. Secondary
Engineering
English. Department of
Enrollment
Expenses
Faculty
Financial Aid
Financial Information
Five College Cooperative
Food Service
French
Foreign Languages
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education Requirements
Geography
German
Grading
Graduates (1870-1974)
Graduates. Summary of
Graduation Requirements
Graduation With Distinction
Greek
...................................... 11
.......................................
7
...................................... 94
.......................19. 32a
................................
20
................................. 20
...............................
30. 29a
..................................
80
...............................30. 7a
........................15. 62
...........................33. 9a
...................................... 23
........................35. 10a
.............................37. I l a
.......................................... 11
.......................................... 7
.......................................8
.......................40. 12a
.....................................49. 16a
......................................
29
...............................83. 13a
..............................60. 19a
............
................
13. 5a
..............................
13. 68
............................29. 30. 6a
.............................30. 7a
..............................
29
........................................15
.............................
26
................................
20. 32a
..................................
20. 32a
.............................
42. 29a
..................................... 38. 14a
.......................42. 15a
.........................
.42. 15a
...........................43. 15a
.....................................
13. 46
..........................46. 16a
.................................
...... 88
..........................................
22
.......................................... 11. 87
.......................................
21
...............................
22
....................
.
.
.
.. 12
.......................................
18
.................
.
.
....................49. 16a
............................. 49. 16a
...........................26
....................11
.................................... .a.
1.......................................
.52, 77e
............................................ 27
.............................88
.............................88
........................... 25
.........................28
..........................................53. 17s
...............................70. 22a
........................ 6
..........................56. 18a
....................................14
......................................... 17
.......................................6
..................................28
......................12. 3a
.........................16. 17a
..........................................
53
.........................................47
.................................
45. 15a
.....................................
53. 17a
...........................................6
.............................................
12
Health Education
History of Augsburg College
History. Department of
Honors Program
Housing
Identification
Independent Study
Inter-lnstltutional Programs
Intercollegiate Athletics
Japanese
Journalism
Library Science
Linguistics
Location
Majors
Mathematics. Department of
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Internship Program (MUSIP)
Music. Department of
Music Therapy
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
Natural Science
New Dimensions Program
Numbering of Courses
Nursing
Personnel of the College
Philosophy. Department of
Physical Education
Physics. Department of
Political Science. Department of
Pre-Professional Training
Probation and Dismissal
Psychology. Department of
Recreation
Refunds
Registration
Religion. Department of
Religious Life
Room Costs
Russian
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science Majors
Social Work
Sociology. Department of
Spanish
Speech. Department of
Student Life
Student Services
Summer School
Study Abroad
Symbol (#)
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary Major
Transfer to Augsburg
Tuition and Fees
Visiting the Campus
.....................59. 18a
........................13. 61. 19a
............................61. 29a
....................15. 4a
...........................62. 21a
......................................62
.................. 6
................................65. 29a
...........................17
..............................29
..........................................
66
............................84
......................66. 22a
.............................68. 22a
.........................70. 23a
.................71. 24a
.......................12. 29a
............................ 27
......................75, 25a
.........................................16
............................................23
......................................
26
.........................77, 2Se
......................................16
......................................... 23
........................................54. 17a .
..................... ma
..........................
78.
................................60.81. 26a
.64.
29a
....................... BO. 288
........................................55. 1Ta
.......................... 89.27a
........................................7%
.
............................
....
.16
..........................
,
.....
13. 14
......................................14
.....................................29. 30
....................................
63, 280
.........................
66,28a
.......................
18.20. 12a
....................................
22
................................ Z
Page numbers followed by the letter "a" refer only to pages in the Student Prospectus . Ifyou do not have a Prospectus. write the
Office of Admissions. Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. Minnesota 55404. for a copy .
Show less
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions
which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy
was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to
change without notice.
Each student is responsible ... Show more
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions
which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy
was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to
change without notice.
Each student is responsible to know the rules, regulations, requirements, and
academic policies contained in this publication. I f doubt should arise with regard to
any matter published herein, the student is responsible to consult with a faculty
adviser or the dean of the college.
Table of Contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 24, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 25, EXPENSES
PAGE 27, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 31, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 32, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 89, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 90, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 97, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 98, INDEX
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a
student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have
about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at
the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC . . . . .
. . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses
are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during the
interim in January.
. .
MAJOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 1 8
de~artments.
. . . . . , . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major.
. . . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student
MINOR . . . . .
ELECTIVE..
.
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE. .
Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN
. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP. . . .
. . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result
of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts
and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria
are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER.
,
. . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1- 4 calendar. Each semester is 1 5 weeks
in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges cgmbine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special
Christian colleges which can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at a variety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to you
on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics.
Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government to
oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life
on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose
and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg.
You design your own learning experience.
While distributional and major requirements act
as guidelines, there is latitude to design a
portion of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The
college follows the calendar known as the "41-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration
is necessary in your chosen field. You may
choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg is in the center of the Twln Cities of
Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope d resources and
activities are available to enrich your educafion,
if you choose. You may select an evening at
the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop,
or at any of the many galleries or cofee
houses. You might spend an afternoon touring
the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may
choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra
or one by the many professional touring groups
that appear in the Twin Cities. There are
numerous opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the
Fighting Saints, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a
capable and dedicated staff, an eager student
body and a remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and
is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 65% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the surrounding
metropolitan area.
Location
You and your education will have the option of
benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin
Cities. Excellent art collections are available to
you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the
Walker Art Center, and many other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities
for the enjoyment of music of many types. The
Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations
is provided by several theaters in the area such
as the nationally known Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the
St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the
Chanhassen Dinner Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swlm in one
of the many area lakes. In the winter you may
join other students on skiing trips. Professional
sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport, including United,
Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North
Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the
United States.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (Directions are given in the map
section of this catalog.)
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were
enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college
graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 .
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed
to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the
sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of
the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety of
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to
become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding o f the
urban environment and culture, and to
enable them to gain the skills needed to
respond creatively to the problems and
potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their
interests and abilities, and to aid them in
discovering the occupational opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes and
qualities o f character compatible with the
Christian faith.
The Campus
I
1
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City
of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent to the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the
following associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is to permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the
process of selecting a college and in making
admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly
recommended but are not mandatory.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked to write for an appointment
or call the office ( 3 3 2 - 5 18 1 ) . Preferred times
for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet
with a member of the faculty and to attend
classes, Monday through Friday, when school
is in session.
School, church, and other groups are welcome
to visit the College. Arrangements may be
made by writing the Office of Admissions,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55454.
Library
Science Hall
Old Main
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
College Center
The Quadrangle
Memorial Hall
Art Studio and Art Annex
Music Hall
Si Melby Hall
Augsburg College Ice Arena
Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
East Hall
Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
Admissions ( 6 2 8 2 1st Ave. S.)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
--=
--Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 1 14)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21 st Avenue South.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as
well as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences and
in theology is available. Pre-professional
preparation for such fields as engineering,
medicine, law and the Christian ministry is
offered. The College prepares students for
graduate study in several disciplines.
Preparation for careers in business,
communications, medical technology, music,
nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand
themselves and the world and to equip them to
serve according to their individual interests and
abilities.
The 4- 1 -4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1.-4 calendar. Two 1 5 week semesters are separated by a 4-week
interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during
the interim concentration is on one subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual
interests determine the course of study.
Innovation and experimentation are encouraged
in this change from the general academic
schedule. Interest in music may take form in
the study and presentation of a concert
program. Interest in people may find form in the
study and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies
provide opportunities for those interested in
communications. Whether your interests are
sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the
opportunity to experience and experiment while
learning.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a
personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 1 7 . 8 to 1 , with
class size averaging 2 5 or less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual
problems. They often join students in
discussing the political climate, comparing
notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would probably
choose many of them even if they were not
required.
In the humanities division, students select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
speech, drama, and religion. Science courses
may be chosen from biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses
in economics, history, political science,
sociology, and foreign languages or literature
are available. Proficiency in English writing
must be demonstrated. One course from an
approved list of courses containing an
emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required
as well as physical education activities. (For
details, see "Academic Administration"
section.)
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
East Asian Studies
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Recommended Programs for students in Dual
Degree Programs of Liberal Arts and
Engineering at Augsburg College.
Any Augsburg academic major that meets the
recommendations listed below would be eligible
to participate in the Engineering program at
Michigan Technical University or Washington
University in St. Louis: 3 years at Augsburg,
and two years at either university. The majors
that would most typically meet the
recommendations would be physics, chemistry,
and mathematics.
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Other majors such as linguistics and library
science are available through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) student
exchange program. The Office of the Registrar
should be consulted for further information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that
requirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the
natural and social sciences, in the humanities,
and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
First Year
English 11 1
Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2
Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5
Religion 11 1
Electives in English or Social Science
Phy. Ed. 102, 1 0 3
Second Year
Economics 1 2 2
Math 2 2 4 , 226
Chem 1 1 5 , 1 1 6
Physics 245
Foreign Language
Religion
Electives in Humanities or Social Science
Third Year
Advanced Math or Science
Political Science 121
Electives to meet distribution requirements and
to make a total of 2 6 courses
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
1 1 1,
English - 2 courses; General Biology
11 2; Physics - 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 (complete basic
course required) Principles of Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) Organic Chemistry 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics - 1 2 4 ; Psychology 1 course
Some variation from these recommendations
can be accommodated since not all courses
listed above are required in every Engineering
curriculum and some may be transferred as
free electives in some curricula. Questions may
be answered by the Dual Degree Coordinator at
Augsburg College (Dr. Earl Alton) or by direct
communications with the head of the
appropriate department at either Michigan
Technological University or Washington
University in St. Louis.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty advisor early in the freshman year.
*Requirements have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the School of
Dentistry at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in law
should consult the handbook published by The
Association of American Law Schools. Early
consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr Miles
Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may
-
wish to take the Political Science course, Law
in the United States, to help determine whether
they possess an interest in law. Since law
schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student should
be aware that many graduate schools consider
the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their
class schedules.
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
General Biology 1 11 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English
and Literature 11 1 and another, 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ;
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ;
Biochemistry 3 6 7 ; Sociology and Behavioral
Sciences and Humanities - 5 courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical School of
the University of Minnesota. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Biology 11 1 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 , 3 5 1 ,
3 5 2 ; Economics 1 2 2 and a second course;
English 1 1 1 and a second course (English
21 9, Speech 1 1 1 or Speech 3 5 4 are
acceptable second courses, Students
exempted from the freshman English
requirement may elect higher level English
courses or general electives).
Health Ed. 11 0
Math 11 4 (students who have a math
proficiency beyond college algebra may elect
to take calculus or general electives).
Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ( 2 courses)
Elective - to fulfill the 6 0 credit semester hour
requirements courses should be chosen so as
to fulfill the distribution requirements in
humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer
to the bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of
Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary with any
of several different majors, e.g.. history,
philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. The student planning to enter seminary
should include Religion 11 I , 221 among the
courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum
should include at least two semesters of history
(Western Civilization) and one or more courses
in the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary at Augsburg
Freshman English1Communications 2 courses;
Mathematics 1 2 4 ; Public Speaking 1 course;
Chemistry (must include laboratory): General
11 5 , 11 6 or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ; Analytic 3 5 3 ; Organic
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Biology 11 1 , 11 2 , Physics 1 2 1 ,
1 2 2 ; Economics - 1 course of introductory
level; Other - anthropology, economics,
geography, history and political science,
psychology, social science and sociology
courses can usually be used to fulfill the
remainder of the distribution requirements.
Artistic expression - 2 courses (art, literature,
music, humanities, theater and upper division
foreign languages).
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill
the minimum requirements of the college
of Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutions in the Twin Cities area on several
programs.
LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER
Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the
statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0
volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of educational materials including
approximately 1 5 0 , 0 0 0 books, periodicals,
records, tapes, scores and films. The library is
open seven days a week, and the Audio-Visual
Center includes audio and television studios,
and provides film rental and related services.
ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF THE TWIN CITIES.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul
colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine
and St. Thomas may elect a course each
semester at another campus. No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music and some
independent studies. See under "Independent
Study" for further details. Students may elect
to participate in the cooperative program to
gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted
with the other schools, or to undertake a
specific course or major not offered on the
home campus. The colleges have coordinated
calendars. [he interim term may also be taken
on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus
shuttles students free between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for the
January interim. For example, Augsburg and St.
Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study
opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim Director
should be consulted regarding planned
programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM.
This group is composed of colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative
curricular programs for s t ~ ~ d e n t interchange
s,
and sharing of academic personnel and other
college resources, cooperative research
projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a
metro-urban affairs conference, and
development of programs consistent with the
needs and resources of the community
organizations of the Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in
sociology or psychology with a chemical
dependency specialty. The program is
designed to train specialists to help
professional people in dealing with chemical
dependency problems. Courses are taken both
on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan
camwses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates,
mental hospital patients, guards, and students
at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at
such places as the Shakopee Institution for
Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of
Robbinsdale (a center for the severely
physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg
campus. The classes offered through several
departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response of students involved in
the courses, both from Augsburg and the
institutions, has been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING.
Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive
instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for
admission to the school of nursing should be
made directly to the hospital.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables qualified
students to receive a college degree with a
major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a
final twelve-month program is completed at one
of the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not guarantee
acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan
Technological University in Houghton,
Michigan, enables a student to receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University, in a five-year
program. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated
university.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in
Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State
Hospital, is available to students who complete
a major in physical education with specialization
in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to the intercollegiate programs
requires an application to be approved by the
Director of Physical Education. Application
should be made during the spring semester of
the sophomore year. Candidates are required
to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work
completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as soon
as possible, consult with the Director of
Physical Education regarding proper sequence
of courses.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are
available to Augsburg students. Some of them
are briefly described below. For application
procedures and further information, request the
special brochure on lnternational Study at
Augsburg from the Director of lnternational
Programs.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges in
the state. Each year three or four countries are
selected, and qualified students are granted
partial scholarships to enable them to spend a
summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad on a topic
of one's choice auring the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg students may spend their sophomore
or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are
the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College
in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House
College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto
Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico;
the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe
Institute in Germany; The University of
Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville,
Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec.
In addition, through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg
students may take part in the Scandinavian
Urban Studies Term and through the
Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs in
Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany,
Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy,
Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and
Yugoslavia. This type of study must be
approved before departure by the Director of
lnternational Programs, one's faculty adviser,
and the Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign study
may be applied to the student's graduation
requirements as electives, as elements of the
major sequence, or to satisfy some of the
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director
of lnternational Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg College is
undergoing re-evaluation. Students wishing to
pursue an honors program should address
inquiries to the Office of the Academic Dean.
lnternship Program
The Internship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all fields
of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests.
Internships are available with a variety of
companies, agencies and community
organizations.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
Bachelor of Science degree. The degree
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are major
influences in your college life. They need
supplementing, however, by other activities and
opportunities. Whether as a resident student or
commuter, you'll find that the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg can add
dimension to your education.
golf. Augsburg is also a member of the
Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association for
lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The
women annually compete in volleyball,
gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and
tennis.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in the Twin Cities. These activities
include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various
fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation
in music and drama. In addition to campus and
local performances, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String
Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble,
and several student-organized groups such as
the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given on campus
each year under the direction of the theater
arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Climaxing
the intramural program is the Extramural Meet,
a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a
member of the National Association of
lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College
annually competes in ten sports, including
football, soccer, cross country, basketball,
hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by a student and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation to worship,
devotional life, and the stimulation of faith
through discussion and service. Chapel
services are held three times a week and are
both experimental and traditional in character
Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily.
Student Services
The staff of the Center for Student
Development is available for personal, career,
and academic counseling and consultation on
questions of academic procedure, student
activities, and residence living.
Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student
Development staff.
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
the basis of academic interests and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. Secondary
Education students may desire a second
adviser: one in the major and one in the area of
education. Freshmen also have an upperclass
adviser.
Career Planning and Placement services are
available to all students, and a Minority
Coordinator provides special support services
and programs for minority students on campus.
The office of Student Financial Services
provides assistance with financial problems. A
special Foreign Student Adviser works with
students from other countries.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults who
have not attended or who have not graduated
from college. The program provides admissions
counseling, career guidance and planning, a
simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and,
for those who desire it, a special course to
ease the transition to academic life.
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment,
testing, counseling, training and practice in
study skills, career exploration, and discussion
of personal and family problems arising from
the return to school. The course enables
returning adults to get to know each other
through sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's
ability to respond to the learning environment
depends, in part, upon his or her living
conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is
provided. The residence hall program is
designed to promote student growth through
relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision making.
Each residence unit has one or more Resident
Assistants who are able to facilitate the
process of group living as well as discuss
personal concerns with individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclassmen live
in Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise
houses 3 2 4 . Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 3 6 students, two to a
room, with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall,
is an alternative to traditional residence hall
living. It contains 1 0 4 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
6 0 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are
located in the campus area.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All
freshmen and sophomores not living at home
are required to live in college-operated
housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the
fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg.
Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 1 will be provided housing only if space is
available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $ 5 0 advanced payment when they sign
the housing contract. The fee is credited to the
students' account when they move into the
residence.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center, is the main food service
facility. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the
College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan living in residence halls
eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
students' rights, and provides the means for
discussions and action on all issues pertaining
to student life at Augsburg. Student
government is organized into three branches:
the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch.
Student Government
The Buckley Amendment
Student government is the vehicle through
which students can secure a closer relationship
and better understanding with the
administration and faculty, and provide better
input into the decision making process at
Augsburg. Student government also sponsors
and directs student activities, protects
Students have the right to inspect all official
records, files, and data which pertain to them
and which are maintained in the office of the
registrar and the placement office, and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Challenges may be made to the judicial council
for a hearing.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is
a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and
students are accepted on the basis of high
school performance, promise of success in
college as shown by college entrance
examination scores, other motivational factors,
and personal recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to
all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its
educational programs, student personnel
services, financial aid, housing, student
employment and other services without regard
to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic
background.
A visit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
information will be mailed to the student during
the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at
accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions. The grade average for
araduation is based on work taken at
Augsburg, but to determine graduation with
distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer
students with the A.A. degree are considered
as having met all general education
requirements at Augsburg except for two
courses in religious studies.
The Application Process
1 . From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission, complete it.
2. Hand the completed application to your high
school counselor, along with the $1 0 . 0 0
application fee, and ask that these be sent with
your official high school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4
3 . Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that
candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is required by April 1 after
acceptance has been made andlor financial aid
(if applied for) has been awarded.
5 . After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical history form,
which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation
The Transfer Process
1 . From the Admissions Office, secure and
complete, an official application for admission.
This should be sent to the Admissions Office
with a $1 0 . 0 0 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4
3 . Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is requested within one month
after acceptance has been made andlor
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the student
will be requested to complete a medical history
form, which will be sent by the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 1 5 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December 1 . After notification
of admission and adequate financial aid, if
needed, has been provided, the student is
encouraged to withdraw applications made to
other colleges. The admissions decision is
based upon the academic record through the
junior year, test scores, and recommendations.
A $50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by January 1 .
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high
academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school, and the
maturity to cope with a college course after the
junior year in high school. Also, it is
recommended that the student complete the
requirements for a high school diploma during
the summer or during the first year of college.
A student applying for Early Admission can take
the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg
College and the United States Army makes
provision for an individualized plan of education.
A prospective student who qualifies for tHe
program may choose Augsburg as a home
school and carry on a pre-planned course of
study at other colleges while in the Army. An
adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the
selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student
matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of
$1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the
student's tuition, provided he or she
matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg
College within five years from initial registration
with the college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for
courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment,
when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the
Army provides 36 months of financial
assistance under the G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a
college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of
scores received on the College Level
Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the
College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 80% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college through
some form of scholarships, grants, loans,
campus employment, or a combination of
these. ~ s s i s t a n c eis awarded on the basis of
financial need and academic record. Application
for aid is made by completing the Family
Financial Statement (FFS) of the American
College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which is required for
students applying to the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program, students may
instead submit the Parents Confidential
Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship
Service to be considered for financial aid.
Upperclass students must also complete the
Augsburg Application for Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 , approximately
80% of the students at Augsburg received
scholarships or grants totaling $1 , 9 0 4 , 8 8 0
from Augsburg and all other sources. And
federal loans totaling $ 9 3 2 , 5 0 0 .
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program for which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and
the following federal programs: Supplementary
Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan
(formerly National Defense Student Loan),
College Work-Study, and Federally Insured
Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April 1
will be considered first. For further information,
contact the Office of Student Financial Services
at Augsburg College.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning September, 1 9 7 7 . Students are
considered full-time when they take three or
more courses during the semester terms.
Under the 4-1- 4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods.
If the student elects to omit an interim or to
graduate in December, a refund is not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $ 3 9 0 a course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is $1 9 5 a course. Part-time students
who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit
rate for that course.
- NOT REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from
all new students.
A registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register at
Augsburg. The charge will be $230.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $ 2 . 0 0 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $ 5 . 0 0 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
REFUNDABLE
- See Study Abroad
Adviser,
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 1 0 a
semester ( 14 lessons), or $8.00 per lesson
during the interim.
- $2,850.
SPECIAL FEES
Study Abroad
- NOT
Cinema Arts, $20
Practice Studio rental for each semester for
one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an
interim); piano or voice, $ 8 . 0 0 ( $ 2 . 0 0 an
interim).
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $1 5 . 0 0 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee; first copy free; additional copy,
$1 . o o .
Locker rental for commuter students: $ 5 . 0 0 or
$7.00.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office, with charges
according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0
Partial Board and Room - $1,310
Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences)
- $915
5 Day Lunch Plan - $ 2 8 0
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be
increased at any time before or during the
contract year.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week.
The partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per
week in a combination of breakfasts and dinner
or noon lunch and dinners.
Computer Science, $ 3 0 per course
The meal coupons are restricted to apartment
style residences named by the College in the
"Housing and Food Services contract.''
Student Teaching, $ 3 5
A lunch contract is available to non-resident
students and provides five noon lunches per
week.
No student is permitted to register if his or her
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply
company at about $50 per year,
1977-78 Cost Summary
Application Fee - $1 0 . 0 0
Tuition - $2,850.
(Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance
to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.)
Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; to
be paid by April 1 , 1977. (Payment is due
January 1 under Early Decision Program). The
payment is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident
students, $ 5 0 . 0 0 advanced payment. Required
at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a
housing assignment for the term beginning
September, and applied to the room charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration, $25.00. Refundable
upon graduation, transfer to another institution,
or discontinuing education program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the first half year
billing period is due August 2 0 , and the second
half year is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August 2 0 .
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of his
registration and/or being released from his
housing contract will be refunded charges for
tuition and room except for the minimum
deduction of $1 0 0 of fees to cover
administrative costs according to the following
schedule.. .
100% through the first five days of classes
90% from the sixth day through the tenth
day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through the
twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through the
twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day to the
middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle of the
term.
Should a student to forced to cancel his
registration during the first one-half of the term
due to illness or accident, upon submission of
a report from the attending physician stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued
matriculation, the charges will be reduced by
one-half.
Students required by military law to enter the
service will receive a full refund of tuition and
proportionate refund on room charges.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will be applied back to
the account of the student and all adjustments
for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be
gathered in the student's account before
eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are readily
available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will
include courses in the humanities, the natural
sciences, and the social sciences.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2 . 0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward the
major.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to
write effectively; they are also expected to be
knowledgeable about urban concerns and have
some understanding of cultures outside the
United States.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
The general recreational activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to acquaint students
with and to equip students for lifetime sports.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows (one course may
meet one requirement only):
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of
the Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
MINIMUM GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
I . A total of 3 5 courses of which 1 1 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 1 3 in one
department, except 1 7 for Bachelor of
Music degree and 1 8 for the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R.
courses, 2 courses by independent study or
directed study or a combination of directed and
independent study, 4 courses of internship and
8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major
[except Elementary Education] and one in the
minor if approved by the department chairman)
may apply toward the 3 5 total courses
required.
5 , Three interim courses. For transfer students,
the number of interim courses is one less
than the number of years at Augsburg.
a. A course in writing (English Ill) or
certification of demonstrated proficiency
by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
b. A course from at least two of the following four groups; art or music; literature
(from the Department of English);
philosophy; speech or drama.
c . A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, psychology.
d. A course from one or two of the following
departments (two different departments):
economics, history, political science,
sociology; and one or two courses from
the Department of Foreign Languages to
make a total of three courses in these
five departments.
e. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an
interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
f. A course relating to urban concerns.
g. Three recreational activities or
demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime
sports. Students with proficiency in one
or two sports may meet this requirement
with one or two additional activities in a
semester.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each
division is elected for a two-year term.
Registration
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course
listing section.
A normal load is four courses per semester and
one course in the interim. Students registered
for three or four courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students.
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Duane Johnson
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology and Social Work
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled
time. A fee is charged for late registration. A
fee is also charged for changing registration,
i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first
three days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses
or cancellation from College must be done in
the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in accounts
are effective as of the date the completed
Cancel From College form is returned to the
Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as
sophomores, 1 6 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors.
Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson
Probation and Dismissal
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his
achievement is unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Eugene Skibbe
JUNIOR,
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Linguistics,
Norwegian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communications, and
Theater Arts
SENIOR,
below 1 . 6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7 - 15
courses
below 1 . 9 having taken
1 6 - 2 4 courses
below 2.0 having taken
2 5 or more courses
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, he is subject to
dismissal at the end of the following spring
term. A student who has a poor academic
record may be strongly advised to withdraw
before the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice
of grading system must be made during the
first two weeks of the semester. A fee is
charged after the first three days of classes.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College
voluntarily must have special permission to
re-enroll.
Music organizations and performance studies,
Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are
graded PIN.
Grading
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the
plan and date for removing it, and comments
from the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester. If the
incomplete is not removed during the following
semester, it becomes the grade submitted by
the teacher along with the incomplete.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to
0 with definitions as follows:
4 . 0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0 . Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2 . 0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system
the grade is recorded but not computed in the
grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year. Two courses in the major
(except Elementary Education) and one in the
minor may be on PIN grading system if
approved by the department chairman.
Sociology 3 8 3 , some education courses and
several interim courses are graded only on the
PIN grading system. Students may select
the traditional grading system in other courses.
Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade
option with care since some graduate and
professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration
card those courses which they wish to take on
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A course in which a grade of 0 , 1 .O, 1.5, N, I,
or X has been received may be repeated for
credit. Only the credits and grades earned the
second time are counted toward graduation and
in the grade point average. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however, be
audited.
Students who wish to take courses without
credit or grade may do so by registering for
Audit (V). Such students should confer with the
professor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance
requirements, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the student's
transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is
listed under Expenses.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.89 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
For transfer students all grades are averaged to
determine graduation with distinction.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases,
a grade of X is given at the end of the first
term, and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward
the 3 5 courses required for the degree.
lndependent Study
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These
programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis.
Students interested in registering for
independent study must first secure permission
from the faculty member who will direct the
study as well as from the department involved.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent
studies only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for
exceptions to this policy should be made
directly to their own academic dean. The
student will be charged for any special costs
attached to independent study by the host
campus.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit
by examinations should consult with
department chairmen or with the Registrar.
Credit may be earned through the College
Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by
comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore . .
7 courses . . . 1 4 grade points
Junior. . . . . . . 1 6 courses , . . 3 2 grade points
Senior . . . . . 2 5 courses . . . 5 0 grade points
.
To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course
during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
All courses have equivalent value unless
otherwise indicated. A course has the
approximate value of 4 semester credits. A
total of 3 5 courses is required for graduation.
periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is
approximately 1 5 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of
classes to determine definitely the current
course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 3 0 0 are lower
division courses; those numbered 3 0 0 and
above are classified as upper division. In
general, courses numbered in the 1 0 0 ' s are
primarily for freshmen; 2 0 0 ' s for sophomores;
3 0 0 ' s for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The
first number indicates the level of the course;
the second is the division within the
department; and the third identifies the course.
Symbol
# Courses may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
"Meets urban requirement.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1 9 7 7 - 7 8
are given on the following pages. See
preceding pages for information on numbering
and credit value. The symbol # indicates that
the course may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
American Studies
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 and
3 9 9 or 4 9 9 , plus 1 1 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. ( 5 courses in one
of these areas and 3 in each of the others): *
History of the United States
American Studies 2 3 1, 260
History 221, 222, 3 3 1, 332, 353, 4 9 5
(American emphasis)
Religion 352, 3 6 3
Humanities in the United
States
American Studies 232, 2 6 5
Art 102
English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 3 5 1,
490 and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences in the United States
Economics 120, 122, 123, 251
Education 4 78 #
Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326,
370, 371, 421
Psychology 48 1 # Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73,
381, 3 8 3
Social Work 3 5 1, 463
* "American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other
colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
MINOR: 7 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 plus
2 courses in each of the above groupings
under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to the
black experience, e.g. African backgrounds,
religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course
content subject to change from year to year.
Meets one religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis
upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. (Spring) *
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
A study of the characteristics of mid-western
and eastern Indian tribes of the 19th century,
with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian
cultural values in the modern world. (Spring)
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions
of women in America seen from the
perspective of various disciplines. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines
to the topic and practice in the integration of
primary source materials. Occasional use of
Twin Cities resource persons and the colearning model when appropriate to topic. Open
to freshmen and sophomores. * (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract. Intended for
majors only. Others # (Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
For description, see 295. Open to juniors and
seniors who will do a different level of work.
(Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary nature
in area of student's choice. Consult with
director to determine conditions of contract.
Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Art
Chairman: Philip Thompson
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses and 3
art history courses, including 107; and three
from 3 8 2 , 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 3 8 8 .
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white photographic processes.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major
but 3 5 0 required and 1 3 2 recommended.
STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses and 1
art history course, including 1 0 7 ; two from
1 1 8 , 2 2 1 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 5 , 350; and one from 3 8 2 ,
386, 387, 388.
150 JEWELRY.
Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis
on design, materials and process.
221 SCULPTURE l
ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses
including 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 388.
Three major works in any of the following
media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood,
stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic
sheets and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring)
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
223 PRINTMAKING I
Fine arts and the environment in the local and
world setting. Topics include art history, urban
archaeology and environmental design leading
towards appreciation and criticism.
Principles and methods of printmaking in a
variety of media. (Fall, Spring)
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other
media. Descriptive, experimental and figure
studies. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING 1
Introduction to painting media. Application of
historical and contemporary techniques in
acrylic and/or oil. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial
images. (Fall, Spring)
230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in magazines,
television, film, advertising symbols, and other
mass media. Practice in areas of photography.
typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall.
Spring)
242 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
350 CERAMICS l
An introduction to the making of pottery with
an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall,
Spring)
screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223.
Fall, Spring)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from
pre-history to modern times.
386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART
351 CERAMICS II
Survey of the early development of the visual
arts throughout the world with emphasis on the
Mediterranean region and Europe.
Creative clay pieces with the throwing and
handbuilding techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall,
Spring)
387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART
355 PAINTING II
A study of architecture, painting and sculpture
from the 15th century through the 19th century
in Europe and America.
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 1 1 8.
Fall, Spring)
388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY
360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR
PAINTING
Contemporary developments in the visual arts
with emphasis on America and Europe.
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape.
The functions of perception, structure, and
gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor.
(Prereq. : 10 7 or #)
399 INTERNSHIP
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and
junior high school) (K-12)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art at
the elementary and junior high school level.
(Fall)
Advanced work in various media, including silk
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
478 SCULPTURE II
Three major works in any of the following
media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood,
stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic
sheets and others. (Prereq.: 22 1 . Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman: Neal Thorpe
MAJOR: Option 1 : 7 courses, including 1 1 1 ,
1 1 2, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following three groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1
(Group 1); 3 5 5 , 4 7 3 , 4 7 4 (Group 11); 4 4 0 ,
4 7 1 , 4 7 6 (Group Ill); Chemistry 1 1 5 , 11 6 (or
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5
(or 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ) ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 also
required. Students intending to enter graduate
school should ordinarily choose this major.
as applications of microbiology to the fields of
medicine and sanitation. ( 3 hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory. For student nurses only.
Prereq.: Chemistry 1 0 3 . Spring)
111, 112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
MAJOR: Option 11: 9 courses, including 1 1 1 ,
11 2 , 491 and at least one course from each of
the following five groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 (Group I);
3 5 5 . 4 7 4 (Group 11); 3 6 1 , 481 (Group Ill);
4 7 1 , 4 7 3 (Group IV); 4 4 0 , 4 7 6 , (Group V);
Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 2 2 3 (or
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) also required. Students who plan to
teach in secondary schools often select this
major.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1 , 11 2 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 3 5 3 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3 . 0 overall; active participation in seminar; one
course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application
for the honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an
anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes man
just another member of the biotic fold? Does
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
influence does man have on the environment?
What influence does the environment,
especially the urban environment, have on
man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory.
A student may not receive credit for both
Biology 101 and 1 0 3 . )
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. (Lecture and
laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other
students. A student may not receive credit for
both Biology 1 0 1 and 1 0 3 . )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial features are considered as well
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary
mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology,
and phylogenetic relationships of organisms.
Must be taken in sequence except by
permission of instructor. ( 3 hours lecture; 4
hours laboratory. 1 1 1 , Fall; 1 1 2 , Spring)
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing
classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours
lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall,
19 78. Offered alternate years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of
the vertebrates. ( 3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Spring)
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory
work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112 . Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and
ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 1 12. Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2 ; Chemistry 2 2 3 or
3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71
and 4 76).
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as
descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. ( 3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and physical
mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water
relations in vascular and nonvascular plants.
The relationships of these processes to plant
structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq. 1 12. Fall, 19 77. Offered alternate
years).
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms
with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #. Fall)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics
103 or 122 or #. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq..
112, 361, or 4'. Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
491 SEMINAR
A study of the physical and chemical
processes occurring in animals with emphasis
on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or
3 5 2 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall)
Oral presentations and written papers relating
to recent biological literature and research. (For
seniors majoring in biology)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor Intended
for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 7 12, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall. Interim, Spring, Summer)
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on
476 MICROBIOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of Business
Administration, Business
Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING
SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration
101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381,
and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123,
251 and one additional course selected from
258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least
three upper division courses are required. For
those planning on careers in accounting,
completion of the two remaining courses in the
sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is
recommended. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101, 102, 131 , 261 ,
262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course
from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics
1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one additional course
selected from 2 5 8 or 3 9 1 or 3 9 2 are also
required. At least five upper division courses are
required. ( 3 9 2 is strongly recommended.) In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code. (Spring)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101 , 10 2 , and one of 261 ,
3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478; and one of 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381;
and Economics 1 2 2 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 0 in the major,
with average of 3 . 0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the
experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural
Sciences or Mathematics general college
requirement by taking mathematics, and
completed at least 5 courses but not more than
1 2 courses of related business subjects
(Economics, Finance, and Mathematics).
Students who have completed the above
requirements are qualified under the rules of
the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: 10 1. Fall, Spring)
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm: sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1 , 10 2 . Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination
considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262.
Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach
to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision-making, presentation through
literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 2 6 1, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High
School Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various
forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,
102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
Business Education
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
MAJOR: 12-14 Courses.
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
one full term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in
Interim only).
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110,
364, 460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high
school typewriting or equivalent required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are recommended.
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1.
Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262, 263, and
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business
Education 108, 350, and English 21 9.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108,
121, 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
295, 495 TOPICS
If a student desires a two-year secretarial
program, a certificate will be awarded upon
completion of the following: Business Education
108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and
Business Administration 101 , 102, 131 and
Economics 120. A student in the two-year
program must select six courses from the
general education requirements.
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and readings in the areas of
Accounting, Finance or General Business.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand)
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Spring. Offered alternate years)
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit)
The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
have had one year of high school typewriting.
(Interim)
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators. (Fall)
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of transcription machines, filing and
records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties. (Interim)
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Development of speed in transcribing material
dictated at minimum speed of 8 0 words a
minute. (Not open to students who have had
one year of shorthand in high school. Fall)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating.
(Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.
Spring)
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand
systems may enroll for rapid dictation and
transcription of material dictated at speeds of
80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 22 1 or
equivalent. Spring)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
(Fall. Offered alternate years, 19 75- 76)
Problems relating to supervision and
management in the business office, selection
and training of employees; and human relations
within the office. (Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on
distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and
projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate
years, 19 76- 77)
Economics
MAJOR I N ECONOMICS:
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and
three other courses of economics offerings.
Business Administration 101 , 102, 379, also
required. The complete calculus sequence is
very strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373
may be substituted for Business Administration
379. In addition, courses in data processing
and computer programming are strongly
recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122, 123, 251 , and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
Business Administration 101 , 102, 261 , 373,
379 and one other course from business
administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly
recommended.
MINOR:
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one other
course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3 . 0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Economics 120, 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 1 2 0 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring)
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income
distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are:
Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an AllVolunteer Army; Ecology and Income
Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass
Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate
discussion of the above-mentioned topics.
NOTE: Economics 1 2 0 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to
major in either Economics, Business
Administration or Business Education. Students
who plan to major in the above three areas
should enroll in 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 rather than 1 2 0 .
1 2 2 and 1 2 3 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Spring)
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models.
Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal
policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public
expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth.
Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken
independently of Economics 1 2 3 or 1 2 0 .
Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be takgn in
either order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory
of the household, firm, market structures and
income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be
taken independently of Economics 1 2 2 or 120.
Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be taken in
either order, or may be taken in the same term
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation
to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: 1 2 2 . Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular
attention paid to the economic problems of
minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.:
2 5 1 or #. Spring)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
Department of Chemistry
Chairman: Earl Alton
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 106), 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry. Physics 121 , 122, and
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 also required.
Participation in seminar. Since upper division
courses have mathematics and physics
prerequisites, students should plan to have
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 the freshman year, and
Physics 121, 1 2 2 the sophomore year.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 1 1 courses including 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or
1 0 5 , 106), and all chemistry courses above
3 5 0 . Chemistry seminar participation;
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 (which should be taken
during the freshman year); Mathematics 2 2 4 ;
and Physics 1 21, 1 2 2 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading ability in
German equivalent to 2 semesters also
required.
that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the
advanced course. Certification after July,
1 9 7 9 , also requires three courses in earth and
life sciences. Students are also advised to
consult with the Education Department early in
their planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same
as the graduation major. In addition, medical
schools expect at least two courses (and
usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3 . 5 0 in chemistry, mathematics,
and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or
course of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 1 0 5 and
1 1 5 ; 1 0 6 and 1 1 6 ; 223 and 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 .
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 2 2 3 , 3 5 3 , and 3 6 1 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it is suggested
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general,
organic, and biological chemistry around the
theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward
the major.
105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 1 1 5 , 1 16;
designed especially for students who will not
major in chemistry, although students may go
from 1 0 6 into 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , or 2 2 3 . Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a
variety of examples including organic and
environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour lectures, 3
hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
11 5, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic
chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief
introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry.
11 5, Fall; 116 , Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed for medical technology students and
others in a paramedical science area whose
professional goals require less than the more
intensive two-semester organic course.
Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with
frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 11 5. Spring)
325 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
This course is intended to meet the needs of
medical technology majors and others not
working toward a chemistry major. Theory and
practice of gravimetric analysis, volumetric
.
analysis and electrochemistry is covered in
some detail. Equilibrium theory is stressed.
Theory and practice of spectroscopic,
chromatographic, and electroanalytical methods
is surveyed. Applications in the health sciences
are included. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Three
lectures, one 4 % hour laboratory. Does not
meet requirements for a chemistry major.)
351,352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of
chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction
mechanism; many applications of organic
chemistry to biological, environmental and
industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 35 1,
Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and
solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques
of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative
analysis of a variety of samples, and includes
trace analysis. (Prereq. : 106 or 1 16. Offered
Interim for majors as per Interim schedule.)
361,362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and
states of matter are studied in the first
semester. Applications of these concepts to
areas of molecular structure, equilibria and
electrochemistry in the second semester. (3
one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory.
Prereq. : 353; Physics 1 2 1, 1 2 2 ; Mathematics
124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of
the literature (including Beilstein); and further
study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra
routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 3 6 1 or #; some
reading knowledge of German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. ( 3 hours
lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 3 6 2 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop
molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular momentum
and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 3 6 1 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate.
with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors
are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by
research participation during the academic year
(which may be counted as a course). (Junior
standing)
East Asian Studies
Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen
Major Concentration
A major concentration plan is constructed for
each student with the advice and assistance of
his or her adviser. A major plan ~ormally
consists of ten to twelve courses distributed
under one of the following general categories:
East Asian Culture
Two language courses including one year of
Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history
courses; four to six courses in cultural
specialization and/or comparative studies; two
or more independent study and/or seminar
courses.
East Asian Language and Culture
At least four language courses (a two-year
concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is
encouraged; however, one year of each
language is acceptable); two introductory
history courses; two to four courses in cultural
specialization and/or comparative studies; and
two or more independent study and/or seminar
courses.
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to
certification in Education at these levels:
Elementary Education, Kindergarten, and
Nursery School, and Secondary Education.
Certification programs are offered in the
following majors: American Studies, Art,
Biology, Business Education, Chemistry,
English-Language Arts, French, German,
History, Mathematics, Music, Physical
Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech, and Theater Arts.
Students wishing to become certified teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for certification requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all
students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teacher
education program. Students are advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program at
another college must be re-admissable to that
program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for certification
in Elementary Education:
1 . A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 2 5 5 , 3 5 1 , and two professional
semesters: 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ; and 4 8 1 ,
4 8 2 and electives
2. Physical Education 11 1, Safety and Drug
Education
3. Library Science 3 5 8 , The Elementary
School Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended.
5. GPA of 2 . 0 overall and maintain a 2 . 5 in the
major.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATIOKIN
URBAN SETTING (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing or above. Fall, Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Focus is upon the young child as a person and
the importance of the early years of hidher life
in relation to the effects of present-day society
and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start,
implementation of planned variations, and other
interventions and compensatory programs,
Class sessions and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #.)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching of
reading. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors or
seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms.
(Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary
education. Spring)
372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences
in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent
registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring)
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory
experience. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and
acceptance into the Dept. of Ed. Interim)
425 NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge
and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the
organization of a good program for children:
records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with children
who have uniquely different needs. Class
sessions, and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the
Department of Education and/or #.)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Certification Program:
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1 . Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with or after
the Orientation course. Application forms are
available in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department
or division of their declared major. A student
may take education courses after the
Orientation course only if he or she has
been admitted into the program of the
Department of Education.
2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2 . 0
overall.
3 . Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
a) Educ. 2 6 5 , Orientation to Education
(Secondary)
b) Educ. 3 5 9 , Competencies: Secondary
Education
c ) Educ. 478, School and Society
d) Educ. 480, 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 (two courses
minimum), Student Teaching
e) Psych. 1 0 5 , General Psychology
f ) P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug Education
g) Educ. 3 6 1 , 3 6 5 or 3 7 3 for art, physical
education, or music majors
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching
Certification Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning
experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 ,
3 72. Fall, Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 . Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 and 4 8 3 .
Offered on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary
Education)
Secondary Education
(teacher certification program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
Department. Secondary Education students are
advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher
certification. This consultation is recommended
in addition to conferring with the student's
major field adviser.
-
1 , B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3 . Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(Successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
course P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug
Education)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Certification Program
courses.
General Information:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
certification:
Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and
Physical Education receive a special
certificate which allows them to teach in all
grades (K-12) in their area. A person
working for certification in one of these
areas follows the secondary education
program even though he or she plans to
teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas is advised to take three courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching on both the secondary and
elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 3 5 9 ,
the major in art will register for Educ. 3 6 1 ;
the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major
in Music for Educ. 373.
2 , For social studies certification: The program
leading to certification in this area is being
revised to conform to new state guidelines.
See Einar Johnson or Orloue Gisselquist for
further information.
3 . The professional term:
Student Teaching is taken concurrently with
School and Society in one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon
and/or evening seminars are held during the
term as part of the professional work. A
student taking two courses in student
teaching may elect to take one course in
Independent Study. All students are
expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION
(Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all
students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall,
Spring)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING
READING (See Elementary Education)
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY
EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, materials and projects,
both general and in the student's major
concentration. The two phases must be taken
concurrently as one course: general teaching
methodology from the Education Department
and special methods from the department of
the major field. (Prereq.: Psych. 105, Educ.
265 and admission into the secondary
education program)
Special methods are offered in the following
major fields:
American Studies (Spring)
Art (Fall)
Business (Spring)
Health and Physical Education (Fall)
English (Spring)
Social Studies (Spring)
Mathematics (Spring)
Music (Spring)
Natural Science (Spring)
Foreign Language (See Language
Department for information)
Speech and Theatre Arts (Spring)
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and
junior high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art at
the elementary and junior high school level.
(Fall)
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching
health and physical education at the secondary
and elementary levels. (Fall)
373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and
junior high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of
music at the elementary and junior high school
level. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by a study of
educational philosophy and the development of
American education, current major issues in
education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience
in observing and directing learning experiences
on the secondary school level under the
supervision of college and high school
personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis
during the student teaching experience.
(Prereq.: senior standing and completion of
teacher aide work and human relations
elements of Education courses 265, 359. Fall,
Spring)
school library. Extensive study of-evaluation
sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum
needs. Concentration on guidance in use of
print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE
LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most
frequently used by students and librarians.
Includes preparation of bibliographies and
library instruction. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in a variety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
Library Science
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition,
processing and circulation. Services of the
media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION
AND GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the
secondary school level, with attention to their
use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interests and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some topic
of interest in the field of school library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Augsburg College is cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and
Michigan Technological University (Houghton,
Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies
which will enable a student to earn the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological Univeristy in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg
followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program
are guaranteed admission to the engineering
school, provided they have met course
requirements, have a B average, and are
recommended by a designated representative
of Augsburg College. Students receiving
-
financial aid who are participants in the Three.
Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications will be
evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria. Minimum course
requirements for admission to the Three-Two
Plan are: Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224, 226; Physics
121, 1 2 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 ; Computer
Science 245; English 1 11 ; additional courses
to meet general education requirements and a
total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally math
124, 1 2 5 and Physics 121. 122 are taken in
the freshman year. Students are encouraged to
apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the
adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged.
Department of English
Chairman: Barbara Andersen
MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 1) , including one
course in American literature, one course in the
Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and
three courses in British literature. Of the British
literature courses, one must concentrate on
literature before 1 6 6 0 (for example, 331 or
448) and one must survey a number of writers
(for example, 3 3 6 , 337, or 423). All majors
must take Advanced Writing: Expository.
Majors are encouraged to take, early in their
college work, course 2 4 5 Introduction to
Literature. Majors are strongly urged to consult
their departmental advisor regularly. A student
with a double major or special program that
involves considerable work in the English
department should also work closely with an
adviser in the English department.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
English: 1 0 courses, including those listed for
the major and 320. Courses in earlyBAmerican
literature, Shakespeare and film are
recommended.
Speech: ( I ) a course in public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Group Leadership,
Interpersonal Communications, Argumentation,
Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative Reading or Stage
Direction
Library Science: 4 7 5 The High School Library:
Materials Selection and Guidance
In addition to field experience and student
teaching, as required by the Department of
Education, English Education majors will be
required to gain practical experience in the
teaching of writing, to be arranged through the
department chairperson.
Students interested in a teaching major are
encouraged to take courses toward their major
during the freshman and sophomore years,
enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term
of the sophomore year and apply for teacher
education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses of
study with the department chairperson,
students should consult an adviser in the
Department of Education.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 in the major and
3 . 0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 1 ) , including one
course in British literature, and either 21 9 or
320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9
and 320.
The English Department recommends but does
not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world literature
concentration. A student arranges a
concentration by careful selection of elective
courses in the major, by the design of an
independent study course that applies to the
concentration, and by the selection of some
related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 4 1 2 , 416; English 2 7 1 ,
3 3 1 , 3 3 2 , 3 3 6 , 3 3 7 , 3 6 7 , 3 6 8 , 423, 4 3 8
and sometimes 282, 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 .
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 2 2 1 , 222; American
Studies 2 3 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 5 0 , 3 5 1 , 3 6 7 ,
3 6 8 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491. A
student with an American literature
concentration should take some of the courses
listed under the American Studies major which
are selected from the offerings of several
departments at Augsburg.
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 ;
Philosophy 1 10, 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , 3 7 0 ; German 244;
French 2 4 3 ; Spanish 249; Scandinavian
Studies 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 7 1 ,
2 7 2 , 4 2 3 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491.
A student electing a concentration should work
closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses given at the other
cooperating colleges will often fit well into a
concentration. A student with a double major or
special program that involves considerable work
in the English department should also work
closely with an adviser in the English
department.
Enqlish 1 1 1 is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course or consent of the
instructor.
e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced
Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the
historical development of the film media. The
course includes the viewing and discussing of
both feature length and short films. See also
description under Speech, Communications and
Theatre Arts. (Spring)
245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama,
and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted
to developing critical and analytical skills in
reading and writing about literature. Strongly
recommended for English majors.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works
of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism.
Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
(Fall, Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE:
HOMER TO DANTE
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
21 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in a variety of writing specializations. The focus
of each course will shift from term to term,
A study of major works of Greek and Roman
literature, for example the epics of Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles,
and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural
background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance.
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval to the modern
period. (Fall or Spring)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH
LANGUAGE
-
A studv of modern Enalish viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student
an introduction to structural linguistics and a
view of the development of the English
language.
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature. Special
emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature. (Fall,
Spring)
367 MODERN POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets
and schools of criticism. Discussion may
include the poetry and aesthetics of the
Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics,
Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black
Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional
Poets, and other contemporary movements.
(19 76- 77)
While the primary study of the course will be
the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable
attention will be given to the medieval literary
milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval
poetry, romance, and drama will be examined.
(Alternate years, 19 76- 77)
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century.
(Alternate years, 19 76- 77)
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
388 LITERARY CRITICISM
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78)
A course designed to introduce students to the
various ways in which modern literary critics
have approached the problem of analyzing and
evaluating literature. Students will study the
works of historical, pyschological, textual, and
archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply
such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78)
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or
three novels of the period. Relationships among
these writers and their influence on one
another will be emphasized as well as their
relationship to their own age and their lasting
contribution to the forms of poetry and prose.
(Spring)
368 MODERN DRAMA
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel in
England from its eighteenth century beginnings
up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will
be selected from the works of such authors as
Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions,
contributing to the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the twentieth century as the
dominant literary form.
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies,
histories, tragedies - with attention to the
development of Shakespeare's dramatic and
poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading
analysis. (Fall, Spring)
490, 491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
4 9 1 , a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of B or consent of department chairman.
Provides directed independent study in the
area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring)
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman: Ruth Aaskov
Chinese
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited for their
particular level of preparation. Basically,
placement in foreign language courses follows
the formula: 1 year of high school foreign
language equals 1 course of college foreign
language. However, final placement is made
according to the results of a placement test
which may be taken at pre-registration time
after consultation with the department.
Students who register below their level may do
so, but only for a grade of PIN.
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
Course 3 1 1 is prerequisite to all upper division
courses.
Language majors must consult with department
for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and
minors must consult with the Department of
Education for program. Methods courses by
language are joint five-college offerings and
should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A
3 . 0 average in Advance Conv. - Comp. is a
departmental requirement for teaching majors.
MLA Competency Exam needed for
certification.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
departmental honors must apply no later than
early in the senior year. Requirements: 3 . 3 0
GPA in the major, 3 . 0 GPA overall, and honors
thesis demonstrating ability in independent
study for one course credit. Consult
department chairperson for details.
111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II
Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive
practice in the basic structures and vocabulary
of the spoken language, as well as with
Chinese characters and the written language.
In the second semester, use of the spoken
language is in conjunction with graded cultural
readings using Chinese characters. (Offered
19 76- 7 7 and alternate years.)
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II
For students with a knowledge of basic
Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of
vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the
spoken language are reviewed and intensively
practiced using cultural readings in Chinese
characters and, in the second.semester,
selections from contemporary Chinese history
and literature. (Prereq.: one year of collegelevel Mandarin Chinese or #. Alternate years.)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2 , including two
in conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 3 5 2 . Study in France strongly
recommended.
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. lnterim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study
Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
11 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no
previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system and basic sentence structures are
taught to enable understanding and expression
on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 1 1 1 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills, and
acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. (Spring, also Fall with sufficient
enrollment)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century French
literary readings and a grammar review, this
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. For those who have
studied most of the basic structures. Two
hours of laboratory work. (Fall)
21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Several modern literary works are explored with
the goals of communicating ideas and building
sufficient reading skills to pursue general
reading in French. Completes the review of
basic structures and more complex forms.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
sig~ificanceof these works. Sophomore
standing. Does not count toward a French
major or minor.
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Explores topics of current interest in both oral
and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and
facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments.
Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other
upper division courses.
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and
correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome
inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (On
demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural
manifestations of their intellectual, political,
social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials.
In French. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 )
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their
contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French.
(Alternate years. Spring, 19 7 7)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish
350)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT
Major representative works of French literature
read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
A survey of the major literary creators of the
Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
French intellectual, social and ethical currents
reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay,
theater, early novel, letters and other prose
forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory work in French. Required of all
majors. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On
demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and
the literature of ideas that led to new forms and
emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall 1975. Offered
alternate years.)
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in
French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry,
medieval works, Romanticism). Student
presentations in French. For advanced
students. (See also lnterim offerings. Prereq.:
352, 3 5 4 or 3 5 5 . Offered on demand)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers
required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser)
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including the
novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and
criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Fall 1 9 7 6 and
alternate years)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest
the student acquires extensive training in the
four skills at an advanced level. Attention to
accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic
levels of expression, refinements in style and
organization as individual needs indicate.
Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Spring 1 9 78 and alternate
years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
German
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
3 1 1 and 41 1 , lnterim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1 . lnterim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
111, 11 2, BEGINNING GERMAN
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust,
Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution
of this genre in theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. On demand)
452 FRENCH DRAMA
A study of French plays that shows the
Course 1 1 1 is for students with no previous
background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had
1 1 1 or equivalent or less than two years of
high school German. Aims at developing basic
skills. Classroom practice in speaking,
understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: Ability to read extended narratives in
simple German, insights into German culture
and participation in short conversations.
Laboratory materials available. (1 11 Fall,
Spring. 112 Spring; also Fall with sufficient
enrollment)
21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high
school) of previous German. Aims at developing
basic skills into working knowledge of German.
Review of basic structures with emphasis on
extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporary German
life and literature. ( 2 1 1, Fall. 2 1 2 , Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements
are read and discussed in English. The
readings are considered not only in the
particular context of German cultural history,
but also discussed in terms of their relevance
to perennial human problems. Credit for this
course does not apply to the major or minor in
German.
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility in the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common in
colloquial German. Intensive practice in
speaking is supplemented with exercises in
written composition. (Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and
social development of the German-speaking
peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European
origins (ca. 3 , 0 0 0 B.C.) to the Thirty Years
War (1 6 4 3 ) , with emphasis on the impact of
Roman civilization, the re-emergence of
German cultural self-awareness during the
Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German.
(Spring 19 7 7)
332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of
Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking peoples. In
German. (Alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish
350)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th
CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation,
Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Extensive readings and discussions
in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, supplemented by lectures on the
history of German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class discussions help to
improve students' ability to express ideas in
German. (On demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th
CENTURY
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland,
poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism.
The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual
and the rise of materialism, technology and
mass man. Readings in German. Class
discussions help to improve students' ability to
deal with concepts and express themselves in
German. (On demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th
CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals
of our time. Writers of international stature are
discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht.
Readings in German with class discussions are
designed to aid students' self-expression in
German. (Fall, 19 76)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Spring 19 78 and alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic
genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Offered Spring 1 9 76)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the
drama. (Spring 1 9 7 7)
Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall 1 9 76)
Norwegian
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1
and two of 331 , 353, 41 1 , plus one course
under Scandinavian Area Studies.
For the teaching minor: 31 1 , 331, 353, 41 1
plus required education courses, including
special methods.
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in
Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics,
additional courses under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
111, 11 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Greek
See instructor for supporting courses at
Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature,
linguistics, which can apply toward classics
concentration in cooperation with Macalester
College.
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress
on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work expected. ( 1 1 1 , Fall. 11 2 ,
Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
11 1, 112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, with special emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and
into Greek. ( 1 1 I Fall, 11 2 Spring)
I
I
21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion
of vocabulary and development of reading skills
through selections from the New Testament
and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers,
historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing
and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or
#. Fall)
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS
An introduction to linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles
and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics. (Inquiry into the mechanics of
language learning and the structure of the mind
as revealed in language.) Theoretical questions
will be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite.
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian
used as basis for class discussion and
exercises. Laboratory work and some field
experience expected. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or
equivalent. Fall)
31 1 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages
of Norway. (Prereq.: 2 1 2 or equivalent. Some
laboratory work and field experience required.
Offered 1 9 77 Interim)
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
This study of Norwegian cultural history will
include significant aspects of the contemporary
Norwegian society. Through extensive readings
(in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work in the
comparatively homogenous population of
Norway will be examined. Written and oral
reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work. (Prereq.
3 1 1 or #. Offered Fall 19 77 and alternate
years.)
standing, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is arl
integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 11 2 ,
Spring)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350)
21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian
literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending
back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given
to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written
reports are in the Norwegian language.
(Prereq.: Norw. 2 1 1 or equivalent. Offered
Spring, 19 77. Alternate years)
41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written
Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical
development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required.
(Prereq.: 3 1 1 or f. Spring 19 78)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1,
4 5 6 or 457, 41 1, two of 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 5 4 .
(Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1,
3 3 1 or 3 3 2 , and one course in literature.
(Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
Linguistics, another language, Pre-Colombian
civilization, Latin-American Area Studies.
Consult department for other supporting
courses in humanities.
1 1 I, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills: under-
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
1 12 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class
discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in
this course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred.
31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility.
Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work.
(Prereq.: 21 2 or equivalent. This course is a
prerequisite for all upper-division courses. Fall)
31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Systematic study of the refinements of
grammatical usage. (On demand)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through its
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Spring, 19 78)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
AND CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the Pre-Colombian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish.
(Prereq.: 3 11 or 2 12, with consent of
instructor. Spring 19 77 and alternate years.)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports
in the language. (On demand)
A first course in the theory and practice of
literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature,
literary genres, and different approaches to
literary analysis. In the practical component, the
class will divide into small groups according to
foreign language, where the elements of theory
will be applied through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected works of foreign literature
in the language. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
2 12 or #. Offered Spring 19 77)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of Spanish
literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral
reports in the language. (352, Fall, 1978. 353,
Fall, 1977)
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness
of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Spring 19 78. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature
in Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the
Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course.
Spring 19 78)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Offered 19 77. Alternate
years)
An introduction to Spanish-American literature.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar.
At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course
(either survey or upper level) from each of the
four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern
Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the
regular history major a social science major
with history emphasis is also available. See
"Social Science" in this catalog. Students
wishing to become certified teachers see
"Education Department" in this catalog and
consult with Education Department faculty for
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 6 in the major and
3 . 0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of
the junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be
defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 3 0 0 ) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in sequence.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1 200s. (Fall, Spring)
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the last
2 0 0 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or
study on topics not covered in the scheduled
courses. The proposed study must be
approved by the directing faculty member and
the chairperson of the department before
registration. A maximum of one course in
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.
history (excluding foreign policy; see History
3 3 2 ) . The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration. (Fall)
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations;
immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the
Twin Cities; economic and political
development. Primary emphasis will be on the
late 19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring)
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND
GREECE TO 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East
from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in
the arts and sciences and political institutions
(Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise
of Rome as the world's greatest power.
Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts
and sciences and Rome's contributions in law
and the political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 7- 7 8 )
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions by the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 )
399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division students
majoring in history. See department chairman.
41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history, (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state.
Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of
modern science and its effect on intellectual
history. The chronological boundaries may be
listed as 1 5 6 0 - 171 4. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 )
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities
in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th
century, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples, The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(SPrin g)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of Japan as a
major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study
of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era,
modernization factors since 1 8 6 8 , interaction
and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century. (Spring 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 )
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's
fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be
on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last
fifty years. (Fall, 1 9 77- 7 8 )
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to
individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments in this
area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist
movements and the process of decolonization
will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 781
Geography
114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN
WORLD
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium war of 1 8 3 9 . The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall)
An introduction to the basic concepts of
geography through an emphasis on the
historical development of the Mediterranean
World and the role of geography in the human
exploitation of the region. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 and
alternate years)
Interdisciplinary Studies
357 FIELD EXPERIENCE
lectures on Scandinavian Life and Institutions,
aimed at facilitating the students' studies of life
and learning in Urban Scandinavia.
The student works in a community agency or
institution. Reports and logs required.
373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY
BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA
358 SEMINAR: READINGS IN URBAN
STUDIES
A review of current literature on urbanism,
Seminar discussions.
This interdisciplinary core course in urban
studies is offered for 14 weeks. It examines
the extent, the nature, and the processes of
urbanization taking place in contemporary
Scandinavia and the changing settlement
patterns and community developments that
were associated with it.
Minneapolis Urban Studies Term
359 SEMINAR: CITY OF MINNEAPOLIS
An overall view of the city as a political,
economic, social system.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
372 ORIENTATION TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE
AND CULTURE
This course includes a two-week intensive
language study coupled with a series of
396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
This is the second core urban studies course.
In addition to the study of the housing
developments themselves, this course pays
close attention to the policies, the structures,
the processes and character of the
comprehensive social planning integrally related
to the housing programs.
Department of Math
Chairman: Beverly Durkee
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5,
224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher certification, courses
351, 373, 441 must be included. Students
wishing to become certified teachers are
advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must
include advanced study in areas of Analysis,
Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA
AND TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations,
ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric
functions. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Topics in finite mathematics including linear
programming, probability, and statistics with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. (Fall)
the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes
the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics.
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
Differential and integral calculus of a single
variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. (Spring)
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures
of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: 2 15. Fall)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall;
125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction to the structure of mathematical
systems and math models which have had a
primary historical impact on the other liberal
arts. Primarily for students not intending further
study of mathematics. No course credit will be
given to mathematics majors or minors. (Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of
instructor)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean spaces,
transformations, sequences and series of
functions, improper integrals, differential forms
and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.:
224, 324, Spring; 325, Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation
methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 19 78,
offered alternate years)
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities,
expectation, sampling distributions, central limit
theorem, estimation, regression and tests of
hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
215 LINEAR ALGEBRA
399 INTERNSHIP
A study of vector spaces, linear
tran~f~rmations,
the algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with
applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations
with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq.:
3 14, 324. Spring 1 9 77, offered alternate
years)
481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics in real and complex
analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability,
statistics, and computer science. (Prereq.:
3 14, 324, or consent of instructor. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL
PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods. COBOL
and non-scientific applications of FORTRAN.
Primarily for students in non-science areas.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Spring. Computer Fee: $30.00)
245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC
PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer languages and
methods. Machine language and FORTRAN.
Materials primarily from science areas. Does
not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Prereq.: Mathematics 1 2 5 .
Computer Fee: $30.00 Fall)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL
METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems
and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit may be
granted towards a mathematics major or minor.
(Prereq.: Computer Science 2 4 5 or consent of
instructor. Fall. Laboratory Fee: $30.00)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent
depending on the hospital with which the
student plans to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 11 1,
11 2 and two additional upper division (usually
3 6 7 and 4 7 6 ) ; 2) Chemistry: 105, 1 0 6 (or
11 5 , 1 16), 2 2 3 (or 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) , 3 2 5 .
Metro-Urban Studies
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 1 20; Political
Science 122; Pyschology 3 7 3 ; Sociology
1 1 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; plus a
minimum of one course of internship and/or
independent study.
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 1 0 2 ; Biology 1 1 0 ;
Business Administration 131 ; Computer
Science 2 4 5 ; Education 478; English 3 5 1 ;
History 431 ; Psychology 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ;
Religion 3 6 0 ; Speech 3 4 2 ; others, including
interims, internships, and independent studies,
by approval of the Director and the Advisory
Council.
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors
(such as business administration, business
education, history, political science,
psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The
following core courses are required for the
Concentration: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Sociology I 1 1 ; Sociology 381 ;
an approved Social Science Research course;
an approved internship andlor independent
study.
Other Urban Studies options available through
the Higher Educational Consortium in Urban
Affairs (HECUA):
1 . Metropolitan Urban Studies Term (MUST)
A "semester in the city" program focused
upon the Twin City metro area.
2. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
A "semester in the city" located at the
University of Oslo and focused upon
Scandinavian Urbanization and city planning.
Other electives in Urban Studies can also be
taken at other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
For further information on these electives
through HECUA and ACTC, and for planning
either a major or minor in Metro-Urban Studies,
consult the director of the program.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robert Karlen
MAJOR: 1 2 courses: 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224,
260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 or 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 or
3 7 5 , 457, 458, 4 years of Performance
Studies, 2 years in a music organization;
Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and
3 music repertoire tests.
TEACHING MAJOR: 1 1 courses: 101, 102,
223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458,
two of 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 375; 3 years of
Performance Studies; 2 years in a music
organization; Performance Workshop; piano
proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests.
Consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 courses plus 4
years of Performance Studies with double
periods in the last two years; 2 years in a
music organization; Performance Workshop;
piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): Music 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223,
224, 260, 261, 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , or 3 6 5 , 457, 476,
or 350; 3 years of Performance Studies
including organ and voice; Performance
Workshop; piano and guitar proficiency; Music
Therapy 3 6 0 , 382, 383, 3 9 5 , 3 9 9 , 435,
495; Psych. 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 , and one of 264, 3 5 1 ,
352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of
11 1 , 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in physical
education (folk dancing recommended);
elective in speech (Speech 1 1 6
recommended). Eligibility for application for
certificationlregistration with the National
Association for Music Therapy is made possible
upon satisfactory completion of a six-month
internship in an NAMT approved institution, in
addition to the above degree program in Music
Therpy.
MINOR: 5 courses; 101, 1 0 2 , 260, or 261,
458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance
Studies and 1 year in a music organization;
piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests.
Attendance at all Performance Workshops
during the year of Performance Studies and 8
campus recitals also required.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they ( I ) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by
attendance at concerts both on and off
campus; the performing organizations; the
creation andlor promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; ( 2 ) have earned a GPA of at least
3.0 in music courses; and (3)apply for the
Honors Program at the beginning of the second
term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for
vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less
than 1 5 minutes duration and either a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty
committee or a solo recital of graduate quality;
(3) a senior thesis and its defense before a
faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate
quality.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 4 ,
260, 2 6 1 , 354, 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 3 8 2 , 3 9 5 , 4 3 5 ,
457, 4 7 6 or 3 5 0 , 495; 3 years of
Performance Studies; Performance Workshop;
piano proficiency; Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 ;
Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 1 1 1 ,
121, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 375; plus recreational music
and electives in physical education,
psychology, art, English, religion, foreign
languages; and speech, communication and
theater arts. Eligibility for application for
certificationlregistration with the National
Association for Music Therapy is made possible
upon satisfactory completion of a six month
internship in an NAMT approved institution, in
addition to the above degree program in Music
Therapy.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260, or 261,
4 5 8 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance
Studies and 1 year in a music organization;
piano proficiency; and two music repertoire
tests. Attendance at 8 performance workshops
and campus recitals also required.
Students intending to major in Music or Music
Therapy must declare their intent not later than
the end of their Freshman year, or at the
completion of Theory 1 0 2 .
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 1 0 2 .
Performance Workshop and Recital
Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student
recitals is required of sophomore, junior and
senior music majors. Music minors must attend
8 faculty and student recitals as well as all
Performance Workshops during the year of
their Performance Studies. All music majors and
minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is required
of majors during either the junior or senior year,
except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors
are required to pass three Music Repertoire
tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire
tests. Information regarding the test may be
secured from the Music Office.
Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8
terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2
terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double
lessons throughout the last 4 terms. Major in
Music Therapy: 7 terms.
Performing Organizations Requirements: All
majors: 2 years; minor, one year.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and
minors are required to pass a piano proficiency
examination by the end of the sophomore year.
Confer with department regarding specific
requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given
required lessons in the area of his
concentration without extra cost. The total of
Performance Studies credits earned under this
provision may not exceed four terms of weekly
half-hour lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College
as a Music major must, before registration and
acceptance into the major program, ( 1 ) take a
placement test in music theory, and ( 2 ) sing or
play representative pieces recently studied in
his or her area of applied music concentration.
This may be done immediately before
registration or earlier when convenient.
Transfer students must pass the Piano
Proficiency test by the end of their first term in
Augsburg.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. (Fall)
Music Theory is an integrated course extending
over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical
theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel,
rather than sequentially. (1 0 1, 223, Fall, 102,
224, Spring)
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
458 CONDUCTING
The development of music through the study of
selected works of great composers from each
period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships
between music and the other fine arts. For the
non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music
for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. (Alternate years)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
457 CONDUCTING
476 ORCHESTRATION
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to
advanced students upon approval of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Music Therapy
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of the music of the
110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSlC THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs in the
surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions. This will be an introductory course
for the freshmen and sophomores who may be
considering music therapy as a major. This
course will give the students a broad
background in the many and varied ways in
which music is used as a therapy. (Interim)
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSIC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings.
(Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and
response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process and
development of an experimental research
project.
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC II
Implementation of group and individual research
projects, emphasis on music in a clinical
setting. Various theories of learning music,
musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSIC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates with music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to
all students. For statement of fees, see under
Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in piano taken after the piano
proficiency examination has been passed
may be applied toward the music major or
minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and
articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass
Instruments, String Instruments,
Percussion Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS
Full-time placement in an internship setting
approved by the National Association for Music
Therapy for six months. This is started after
completion of the senior year and is necessary
for registration by the NAMT.
The musical organizations exist not only for the
benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to
participate in groups affording opportunity for
musical expression. Membership for the full
year required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a
week, six terms. No credit.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for public
performance. Acquaints students with a
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to 65
singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band,
Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble,
Woodwind Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 7 9 .
Students now entering college should be alert
for changes in requirements after July 1,
1 9 79).
MAJOR: A total of 1 2 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 11 1 , 1 1 2.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from
the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105, 1 0 6 , or ( 1 15, 1 16 ) , and
3 5 3 are required. In order to complete the total
of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 2 2 3 and 3 6 1 ; or 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ; or
3 5 1 and 3 6 1 .
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 1 2 1 , 122, 2 4 5 are
required; two additional courses to be chosen
after consultation with a member of the Physics
Department.
Early consultation with adviser is
recommended.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a
number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools to
which he or she intends to apply. Early
consultation with a premedical adviser is
recommended.
MAJOR: 1 3 courses including Biology 1 1 1 ,
11 2, 4 9 1 or 492, and 2 upper division biology
courses; Chemistry 1 15 , 1 16 or (10 5 , 10 6 ) ,
351 , 3 5 2 , and Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , or 1 2 4
and 1 2 5 ; and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
Nursing
Chairman: Donna Peterson
Augsburg offers a second-step program in
nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree with a major in nursing. For admission
to the program, a student must have completesd
an associate degree or a diploma program in
nursing, with a minimum overall grade point
average of 2.3, and have a current license to
practice nursing in the state of Minnesota, or
be preparing to sit for the state board
examinations prior to enrolling. Nursing
students are expected to complete course
work in: Introductory sociology, introductory
psychology, English composition, inorganic
chemistry, organic chemistry, anatomy and
physiology, and microbiology at accredited
institutions of higher education. Students
enrolling without course work in these areas, or
having taken course work at non-accredited
institutions, are expected either to test out of
the courses or to take the required course
work before undertaking the last year of the
program.
MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing, including 3 0 1 ,
302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402,
and two of the following: 420, 421; or 425,
426. Speech 354, Interpersonal
Communications, is also required in addition to
the sociology, psychology, English, chemistry,
and biology listed above.
301, 302,401,402 NURSING SEMINAR
I, 11, Ill, IV
Discussions designed to facilitate the student's
progress throughout the nursing program and
to assist in career-goal attainment. One course
credit granted on completion of all four
seminars.
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Lecture courses which focus on the
investigation and application of the concepts
and principles of health promotion, health
maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and
rehabilitation to nurse-clientifamily relationships
in the community setting. Emphasis is placed
on involving the student in health teaching and
counseling activities with individuals and
families.
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Lecture, laboratory course which is an
extension of Nursing 31 0 .
nurse and the trends and issues evolving in
contemporary nursing practice.
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the
development of skills in comprehensive history
taking and physical examination which assist
the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families.
350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING
RESEARCH
Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic
research as applied to nursing. Students are
involved in designing, implementing, and
evaluating research projects.
420,421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC
NURSING
Seminarilaboratory courses in which the
student explores in depth a chosen area of
study and develops expertise in the selected
area of practice. Opportunities are available
which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop
behavioral objectives, select learning
experiences, and work cooperatively and
collaboratively with preceptor, instructor,
agencies and clients/families in initiating
complex nursing care. (Prereq.: 3 10, 3 1 1 ,
3 2 0 , and 325).
320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP
IN NURSING
425,426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN
DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current
leadership responsibilities of the professional
For course description see 420, 421.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,
343, and 344.
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy
Honors program is by recommendation of
the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year. The
program will consist of an honors thesis on an
approved topic of the student's choice,
involving research above the course level, and
a defense of this thesis before the faculty of
the department.
Courses 1 1 0 , 120, and 1 3 0 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS AND METHOD
Though each person has his own set of ideas
and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. The major
function of the course is to enable you to
develop the critical and analytical skills required
to evaluate and construct a system of ideas
and beliefs. (Fall, Spring)
120 ETHICS
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right
or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is
right? Because you like it? Are there better
reasons for thinking something right or wrong?
This course takes a long, hard look at possible
grounds for making moral decisions, and at the
moral judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt
to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore
the worship of the world and the individual in
the Renaissance and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists, (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with ex~erience?What can we reallv know
about the world? What impact did oma antic ism
have on philosophy? This course studies the
major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV:
130 LOGIC
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then
says you must accept a particular conclusion.
Do you? When does a conclusion follow from
premises? Here we examine the rules which
govern valid arguments and work to develop
your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring)
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's
love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a
rigorous science? These and other issues are
dealt with in a study of the major
representatives of linguistic analysis,
pragmatism, existentialism, and
phenomenology. (Spring)
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
AND ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? How did
Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our
contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness
of God with human and animal suffering? Is man
really immortal? Are miracles possible? We
intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of
religious beliefs. (Spring, 1 9 7 9 )
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies
which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 )
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an individual be fully
human without it? How does language relate to
the world - can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the
mathematician and the scientist have a
language? Is it possible to have a language
which only one individual can understand? We
shall explore how philosophers have responded
to these and other important questions about
language. (Fall, 1 9 78)
Studies in such philosophical movements as
Analytic philosophy, American philosophy,
Phenomenology. Russian philosophy, etc.
(Suggested prior course: 3 4 4 )
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is
purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What
constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there
certain real questions which science cannot
answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition
to dealing with these questions, students will
work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Fall, 1 9 78)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and
literary - of prominent Existentialist authors
We will examine what it means to be a being-inthe-world, and explore such themes as
absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox,
(Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to problems
which arise in the areas of medical care and
delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for
the dying and euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes,
Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 2 4 1 ,
2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.)
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of
culture, political and legal philosophy, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses:
2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty
adviser.
Physical Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses
H.Ed. 11 1 P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 3 5 0 ,
351, 3 5 2 , 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
I 1 courses. 11 1 , 223, 231, 232, 243, 350,
351, 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472. Students wishing
to become certified teachers are advised to
consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: Physical Education 11 1 , 2 2 3 , 231,
232. 243, 3 5 0 , 351. 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472,
4 8 5 , 491, 495. Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 5 5 , 362.
Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy
major must be secured from Coordinator of
Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses.
11 1 , 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis
upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq.: Biology 1 0 3 . Fall)
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 1 10,
11 1, 350, 351, 360.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 6 courses, 11 1 ,
243, 350, 351, 482 and practicum in
coaching. (Practicum requires registration for
499, Independent Study)
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota public schools are
required to have at least a coaching
endorsement in the field of physical education
and athletics.
Physical Education
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
The major effects of exercises upon the
systems of the body. (Prereq. : Biology 1 0 3 .
Sprin g)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
Physical education for the exceptional child
with special reference to the analysis of
functional and organic abnormalities and the
role of physical education. Survey of basic
statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in
physical education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 . Spring)
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching
health and physical education at the secondary
and elementary levels. (Fall)
Three hours per week. Meets the general
education requirement. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
223 TEAM SPORTS
Consult department chairman.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating
team sports. (Fall)
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching individual and
dual sports. (Spring)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon hour activities, camp
nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq. : 2 4 3 , Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND
AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics,
stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety. Open only to majors
and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test or satisfactory
completion of Lifetime Sports - Swimming.
Fall)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention
and care of athletic injuries. (Spring)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or
senior only)
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq. : 3 50,
3 5 1 , 352. Summer School only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration
of neuromuscular re-education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 ,
35 1, 3 5 2 . Summer School only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at VA
Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge
State Hospital. Includes actual hospital
experience in the following four areas of
corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485, 4 9 1, and approval of
department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in the area of Physical
Health Education
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and the
community. (Fall)
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be
done for the abuses. Also includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Curriculum, organization and administration of
the school health program. (Offered alternate
years. Prereq.: 1 10. Fall, 19 77)
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 2 4 5 ,
3 5 1 , 3 6 2 and 3 9 5 plus three coursegabove
122. In planning their courses of study,
students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 ,
and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 the freshman year, and
Mathematics 2 2 4 and 2 2 6 the sophomore
year.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and
three courses above 1 2 2 .
HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics
and 3 . 0 overall. An independent investigation
of a physics topic with an oral defense of the
written research report. Application for the
honors major should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major.
Students are advised to refer to the Education
Department section of the catalog and consult
witti the Education Department early in their
planning.
SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of SPS provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the
physics community on a professional basis.
Membership in SPS is open to all students
interested in physics.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as
well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night
viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but
also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to
the life sciences. The course is designed to
serve students in biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical
technology and other health science programs.
The course is also a very suitable elective or
distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour
laboratory. Fall)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics,
fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent
registration. 1 2 1, Fall; 122, Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout.
Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an
introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122, Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms
of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian
and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion,
systems of particles, oscillatory systems,
central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems
and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures, Prereq. : 1 2 2 Mathematics 226,
351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics,
solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour
lectures, Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226,
362, Fall; 363, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear and solid state physics. This course
indicates the need for, and develops the
experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall)
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring)
261 ELECTRONICS
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of
solid state diodes, transistors and integrated
circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures,
3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 1 2 2 or 103 plus
Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two
independent yet complementary viewpoints; the
experimental, macroscopic classical
thermodynamics and the theoretical,
microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 3 5 1, Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions,
expectation values, angular momentum, and
approximation methods. Specific problems
studied include potential wells and potential
barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq.:
245, 351, 352, Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students to systematically
explore a problem in experimental or theoretical
physics, worked out in consultation with a
faculty advisor. Open to juniors and seniors
with departmental approval.
Political Science
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The major in Political Science will
consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics
(Sociology 3 6 5 ) : 121 or 1 2 2 or 1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ;
3 8 4 ; and at least 5 other upper division
courses in 4 out of 5 areas*. A seminar in one
of the five areas may be counted for that area.
MINOR: The minor in Political Science will
consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 1 2 2 or
1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ; and at least 3 upper division
courses in 3 out of 5 areas*.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in
Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 2 . 7 5 over-all. The student must take an
Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than March 1 of the
senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students should
apply for the Honors Major no later than the
first term of the junior year. For specific
information, consult the Honors Adviser in the
department.
* The five areas are American Government and
Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis,
International Politics, Public Law, and Political
Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in
more than one area may be counted in only
one area toward major or minor requirements.)
General Education
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially
appropriate are Political Science 121 , 122,
158. 1 6 0 or 1 7 0 .
The Urban Requirement may be filled by
Political Science 1 2 2 , 3 4 2 or by an Internship,
Independent Study, or Seminar on an urbanrelated topic.
Students interested in secondary education
may take one of the three broad social science
options with a concentration in Political
Science. See the Department Chairman for
more information on these and pending options.
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS
The politics of American government including
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of
congressional, executive, and bureaucratic
policymaking; the contemporary structure of
federalism; and current issues in American
society.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #.
Offered on demand.)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political parties
in the lectoral process. Field work with political
parties and interest groups and media in
presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 2 1 or #,
Fall term of election years.)
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and
discussion of contemporary issues.
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Politics in the urban setting, including important
issues, actors, and structures influencing public
policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists. *
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation,
promotion and management, emphasizing
political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1
course in Political Science or #)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years).
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and
other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #)
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of elite and!or mass partipation
in the political system. (Offered on den:~nd.
Prereq.: #).
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including public
opinion research and political public relations. *
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics in the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism,
legalism, and realism in foreign policy.
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judical process, and policy
process in American politics; national, urban or
state focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of Communist
nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union
and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or #.)
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decision-
making, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years.)
conservative and liberal authors. The
contemporary search for political processes
and structures appropriate to human potentials
and limitations. (Offered alternate years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
382 MARXIST VISIONS:
PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE
170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process.
Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United
States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and
movements emphasizing Marxism as developed
in Russia and China. Consideration of the
political, social, and economic dimensions of
the theories, with some focus on the preferred
futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.:
158 or #. Offered alternate years.)
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional system,
emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases
involving the United States government and the
federal system. (Prereq.: One course in
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate
years.)
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding
political philosophers from Plato through the
eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of
their thought having continuing significance for
an understanding of contemporary political
issues and the problems of human society.
(Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II
Recent political philosophy and ideology.
including readings from individualist, anarchist,
socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic,
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological
and economic approaches to political study,
and a survey of the methods common to
empirical social science. (Prereq.: Social
Statistics; Political Science 158 or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship
Supervisor in the department to determine
project.
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
Special topics: Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq. :#)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Norman Ferguson
I
I
MAJOR: 10 courses. Additional supporting
courses from other departments will also be
required; Physics 103 is one of the required
courses. The major program is planned in
consultation with an adviser in the psychology
department and approved by the department
chairman. Required courses will include 105,
264, 265 and 493. Basic courses to include in
preparation for graduate study are 105, 264,
265, 355, 357, 359, 481, and at least one
course in Personality or Developmental
Psychology. The major program will include
105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the
freshman or sophomore year, 493 in the junior
or senior year. Beginning the Experimental
Psychology sequence (264-265) in the
freshman year is recommended. The overall
plan will be directed toward a basic
understanding of the discipline of psychology
and toward the particular educational,
vocational, and professional interests and goals
of the individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by
the beginning of the junior year. The plan,
which may indicate one or more electives in
psychology, should be completed early in the
sequence of psychology courses. Completion
of a written plan later than the beginning of the
junior year may delay graduation; early planning
is recommended.
Not more than a total of two courses from
among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted
toward the minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that this
restriction applies toward the minimum
requirement; the student may actually take
more such courses.
It is recommended that psychology majors take
some course work from among the following
courses: Biology 103, 1 1 1-112, 353, 355,
367, 473, 474, 481 ; Chemistry 103, 105106, 1 15-116, 223; Mathematics 1 14, 121 122; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics
261. It is recommended that students
interested in physiological psychology,
comparative psychology, psychological
measurement, or experimental psychology
include at least three of these courses in their
psychology major program.
MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more
than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may
be counted toward the minor.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average
over-all, and completion of a high quality
research project culminating the major program.
Application for honors consideration must be
made during the junior year. Please consult
department chairman for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior, and
research procedures associated with the study
A structure the field
psychology include psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation
in human and animal learning, problem solving,
social psychology, and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and
experimental design methodology. Experimental
Psychology I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Experimental Psychology II.
Majors in psychology must take both terms of
the two-term sequence; 264 must precede
2 6 5 ; 2 6 5 should be taken in the term
immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105, 2 6 4 ,
Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission.
Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the
time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical
implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq. : 105, Fall)
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior
of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases
used for building understanding of and
appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data
and theory have for the development of persons
in the adolescent and adult periods of life.
(Prereq.: 35 1, Spring)
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture,
laboratory, and discussion regarding the
fundamentals of neuroanatomy,
neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis will be given to interactions of the
central nervous system with environmental
events including the effects of drugs on
behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in
biology; two courses in biology are
recommended, Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide
variety of species from lower animals
(invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with the
environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105, Spring)
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and
environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq. : 10 5 , Fall, Spring)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement,
interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105, Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideration of
theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105, Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders.
Consideration of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or
3 6 1, Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL:
FEMALE AND MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and
goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data
bearing on these differences. (Does not count
toward Natural Science General Education
requirement.) (Prereq.: 105 or consent of
instructor.)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of
individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality;
exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 1 0 5 ,
Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology. (Does not
count toward Natural Science General
Education requirement.)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult with the
departmental internship coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register.
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology. (Prereq..
2 courses. Offered alternate years)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given to
goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 CURRENT TOPICS IN
PSYCHOLOGY
Study of selected areas and topics within
psychology that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific
topics will be published prior to registration.
(Prereq.: 1 0 5 and consent. Fall, Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal issues.
Consideration of the approaches and methods
of behavioral science in relation to the study of
such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student
must present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and
purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 3 5 6 ,
481 and also including a seminar especially for
majors to be taken in the junior or senior year.
Only one interim course may be applied to the
major. One upper division New Testament
Greek course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered 361 - 3 6 3
and one from those numbered 471 - 4 7 5 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 2 5 in the major
and 3 . 0 0 over-all: research project approved
by the department and a colloquium with the
department.
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim
course may be counted to the minor. Religion
11 1 or 221 are prerequisite to'all other
courses.
The Minnesota State Department of Education
does not at this time certify a Religion major or
minor. In order to prepare for teaching about
religion in public schools the student should
work closely with the Religion Department in
designing a program which includes: (a) a major
in an academic field which is certifiable for
elementary or secondary school teaching, and
(b) a Religion major with courses 3 5 6 , 3 6 0 ,
3 6 3 . 471. and 3 5 5 .
11 1 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian
doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of these
changes to the institutional church. (Fall)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
361 CHURCH FATHERS
The origin, literary character, and transmission
of the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OR RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy.
353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS
IN AMERICA
A study of the early Christian Church in the
context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the
development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions.
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several
early Christian leaders and a special unit on the
life and thought of Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of
the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
An introduction to the theological thought of the
Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century.
Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be
examined. The theological, as well as the
legal and educational implications will be
analyzed and discussed. (Spring)
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
(See under Department of Music)
A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to
the history of religion. An historical survey
beginning with pre-historic times and continuing
to the present of some of the major religious
traditions and forms of faith found in India,
China, and Japan (special attention will be
given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist,
Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose
of this survey is to introduce both the variety
and the continuity of these traditions and to
illuminate what they have meant or mean to
their participants, as well as their significance
to the rest of mankind.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and
the responses of religion to the challenges of
its environing culture.
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing
with their content, literary structure and
relationships. Attention to the vadety of
interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus."
(Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring 19 75-76)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD
TESTAMENT
the continuing theological task of the Christian
Church. (Spring)
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
(Spring 19 76- 77)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
475 JUDAISM
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as
expressed in the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological
and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions
of the church. (Fall)
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end
of the Old Testament period to modern times.
with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern
Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a
grant to Augsburg College in support of this
course in Judaism offered in the religion
department. (Fall)
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. (Spring)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
495 SEMINAR
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor.
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Scandinavian Area Studies
MAJCR: 8 upper division courses.
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to
Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language Department or
subdepartment regardless of their content
which may be linguistic, literary or cultural.
Students graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate
level study of a Scandinavian language.
330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable but not required.
The Old World background and use of
"America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land;
aspects of Norwegian-American culture.
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic communities in Minnesota.
(Offered Fall, 19 74- 75, soliciting students from
the community on a non-credit basis, as well as
regular college students either on an audit or
credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Lanugage majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered
alternate years. Fall, 19 76)
and other topics. Taught in English. Counts
toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when
readings and papers are done in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 19 7 5 )
372 ORIENTATdON TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE
AND CULTURE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs.
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Spring, 19 76)
373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY
BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs.
396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs.
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
360 EDDA AND SAGA
A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of
early Scandinavia, including Snorre's
Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas.
Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland.
Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology
495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON
EXPERIENCE
See under Department of History.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
This major is particularly designed for those
preparing for secondary school teaching in
social studies. The requirements for
certifications are in the process of being
changed. For those graduating after July 1,
1 9 7 9 a new "competency based" program will
be in effect. See Mr. Gisselquist, Social
Studies Education Adviser, or the Education
Department for further details. The Social
Science major is also recommended for others,
such as pre-law students who desire a broad
major in this area. This major consists of 1 4
courses, which may be earned in any one of
four distributions. A student may not list a
double major in Social Science and one of the
several component disciplines unless the
distribution selected in the Social Science
major is significantly different from the other
major.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses in history; a distribution of these
courses among the fields of American,
European, and Non-Western is encouraged at least 4 of these courses must be upper
division and one a seminar; 2 courses in
political science; 4 courses: 1 each in
geography, anthropology, economics, and
sociology; 1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences (Political Science 1 5 8 or 3 8 4 ,
Sociology 3 6 5 or 3 6 2 . 3 6 3 ; Economics 3 7 9
or 4 9 5 )
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384;
Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362, 363
or 365); and 4 additional electives; one each in
geography, anthropology, sociology, and
economics.
1 course in geography; 1 course in
anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses
in the methodology of the Social Sciences
(Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365
or 362, 363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other
courses in economics, political science, and
sociology, with at least 2 courses in each
discipline and at least 3 upper division courses;
1 additional upper division course in
economics, history, political science,
psychology or sociology.
For a Social Science major with a Non-Western
emphasis to meet the requirements of the State
of Minnesota for a high school teacher of the
social studies, there must be among the
courses taken at least 7 courses in history or
in political science, sociology, economics,
anthropology combined.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least 2 courses in
history and 2 courses in political science:
History 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Political Science 351, 353, 461, 363, 382,
495, 499; Religion 356; Philosophy 355.
1 course in each of geography, anthropology,
statistics; 11 courses in history, political
science, and economics, with at least 3 in
each discipline and at least 5 upper division
courses, to be selected from the following:
Political Science 158, 160, 350, 351 , 353,
461. 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103,
104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474,
495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499.
6 other courses including: History 103; one
course in the methodology of the social
Sociology and Social Work
-
Sociology
Chairman: Robert Grams
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 1 0 courses including
121, 362, 363, 375 and 485. Completion of
Graduate Record Examination in sociology.
[Highly recommended: a CHR course,
internship independent study or upper division
interim course in sociology.] This
recommendation is made in the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety of
learning models offered through the
department.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two
upper division courses (i.e,, 300 and above)
HONORS MAJOR: The student must have a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7
overall. Application for honors in sociology
candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis
proposal to Department Chairman before April 1
of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent
upon departmental approval of proposal by
April 3 0 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through
which work on thesis will be completed.
Honors degree in sociology will be granted to a
candidate if helshe successfully defends the
thesis before March 31 of senior year and
maintains GPA through graduation.
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilities of human community in the context
of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basic aspects of society; socialization, family
life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and
profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The
relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element in the way we see the
world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a
comparison of alternate realities as found in
different cultures and varying social contexts.
An analysis of selected aspects of U.S.
culture. (Fall, Spring)
300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS
IN SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Aubsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in
such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed,
and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together with
college students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending on needs and interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion.
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts to build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach.
Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of
quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical
analysis. Designed especially for political
science and sociology majors. Sociology
majors should take Soc. 3 6 3 the following
term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence.
Overview of commonly-used research designs
and measurement techniques. Applications for
program evaluations. Practice doing research
by way of class activities and individual
projects. To be taken immediately after Soc.
3 6 2 . (Prereq.: Soc. 3 6 2 or #. Spring.)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
AND PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview of methods of organizing,
comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data processing equipment
for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially
experimental designs and applications to
program evaluations. Designed for social work
majors, (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring)
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juvenile
justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections.
Major attention is focused on the causation and
prevention of crime and delinquency, and the
various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121.
Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the idea of "gr.oupn, its
relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity"
and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at the
major assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the
ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic
Interaction", an important orientation in social
psychology, will be used as a way of dealing
with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.:
121 and Psych 1 0 5 . Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in
urban sociology; the metropolis as an ecosystem; metro-urban planning and policy
systems; major issues related to shaping the
future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan
area is utilized as an important learning
laboratory.
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only)
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status
and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of the
amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning
inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 1 2 1.
Spring)
The core program of Social Work begins in the
junior year, but all students are advised to take
Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores
unless exempted by the faculty.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for
students preparing for social work practice is
the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor
of Arts degree should be chosen only if the
student is not interested in a professional
social work position. Core program consists of
psychology 105, and either psychology 3 5 1
and 3 5 2 or sociology 3 7 5 ; sociology 1 2 1 ,
231, 3 6 5 , and 3 8 3 ; and social work 257
(optional and if available), 3 5 1 , 352, 3 5 3 , 461,
463, and 4 6 7 . Students may take up to 1 5
courses in the Department of Sociology and
Social Work. Re~ommendedcourses are: one
CHR; economics 122; political science 121 or
1 2 2 or 3 2 5 or 3 2 6 ; psychology 3 6 2 .
Specializations in social work are available by
appropriate selection of field experience and
selection of a course as follows: for Aging,
social work 372; for Corrections, sociology
373; and for a youth, sociology 2 5 5 (Summer
School).
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or Internship
Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the course
of their development in the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according
to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 12 1 and
permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director: Anthony R. Wagner
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS
DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose
the BA program unless there are definite plans not
to enter social work practice after graduation.
The core program consists of the same courses
as specified for the BS except that Sociology
231 is not required and only one of Social Work
461 or 4 6 3 is required. Students may take a
second major, but cannot take a Social Work
Specialization. A maximum of 1 3 courses in
Sociology and Social Work is allowed.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED
FOR PREPARATION FORGRADUATESTUDY
IN SOCIAL WORK:
Broad preparation in all areas of social science
with at least one course in each social science
is recommended if graduate training in social
work is considered. The following are highly
recommended: Economics 1 2 2 ; Political
Science (one or more) 121, 1 2 2 , 1 5 8 , 325,
and 3 2 6 ; Psychology 3 6 1 and 362; and
Sociology 241, 3 7 3 , and 3 7 5 .
SPECIALIZATIONS: One specialization may
be taken in the BS major. The department has capability of offering
specializations in Aging, Crime and Corrections,
and Youth. A specialization consists of one
Sociology course descriptive of dysfunctional
and programmatic aspects of the special area,
plus field work assignments in two senior year
Social Work courses in the area of
specialization. Completion of a specialization
sequence will be noted on the student's
transcript.
257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hourslweek as a volunteer in
a social agency or institution. Opportunity to
know social work professionals, social service
delivery systems, and career aspects of the
helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper report and weekly review
conferences. Especially recommended for
freshmen or sophomores. (Interim)
363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL
WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive methods,
and practical experience necessary for social
work practice with individuals and small groups;
development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Two class periods (a
lecture-discussion session and a laboratory
session) and 6 - 8 hours field experience per
week. (Prereq.: 3 6 1, Junior, Fall)
362 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
Seminars consisting of an introduction to social
policy formulation and analysis associated with
the delivery of services in selected areas of
social work practice. Examination of the
development and impact of policy in such areas
as mental retardation, chemical dependency,
youth, aging, and public welfare and social
security. Field experience of 1 6 hours per
week. (Prereq.: 36 1, and junior, or #. Interim)
361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects of the
various systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the role of social work in them. Special
emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions
and movements contributory to the rise of the
welfare state; description of the various
programs and services of the welfare system;
the profession of social work; exploration into
the future of welfare. Two class periods and 6 8 hours field experience per week. (Prereq.:
Junior, or #. Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS AND
SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK
Refinement of practice skills in direct service
social work through field practice, seminar
analysis, and regular class work. Examination
of the alternatives, modes and subrnethods in
social work. Some emphasis upon development
of an eclectic practice style. Attention to
professionalism and futurism in social work. 6 - 8
hours of field work, 2 hours lecture per week.
(Prereq. : 353 or #, Fall. NOTE: Corrections
specialists: Prereq. Soc. 3 73, or #, Spring.
Non-majors in this section 4 6 1 meet one extra
class period per week.)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 )
surveyance of historical forms of social change,
2) understanding the basic issues and
strategies relevant to social protest and
change, 3 ) examination of the structure,
function and dysfunction of various community
organizations and other corporate and political
systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential
principles and techniques of organizing. (Fall)
467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL
WORK
Responsibilities assigned as a professional
social worker in selected social welfare agency
with arranged reflective seminars. (Prereq.:
46 1 or 4 6 3 and major.)
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in
the major, 3 . 0 0 over-all, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive
examinatiqn in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior year.
Courses 11 6 and 4 7 6 are strongly
recommended for all students in elementary
education.
Communication Arts
COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses,
including: 3 4 2 , 3 5 1 or 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 9 9 and
English 21 9. Supporting courses required but
not counting toward the major: Speech 1 1 1 ;
Philosophy 130: Psychology 105; Sociology
1 1 1 , 3 7 5 . Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different
emphases - journalism, advertising and public
relations, radio-television-film, human relations,
and supervisory management. Program guides
for each area are available from the Department
Chairman or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action
plan. Freshmen should take Speech 1 1 1 ,
Psychology 1 0 5 , Sociology 11 1 , and
Philosophy 1 3 0 .
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses.
SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved
by department.
English minor, preferably a major. The
communications major or minor does not qualify
one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0
courses, including 1 1 1 , 241 or 243, 3 5 1 or
3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 . Participation in
forensics, and a minor in English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 1 1 1
and six of the following: 241 or 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 or
3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 and participation in
forensics.
11 1 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
See under Department of Art.
21 9 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM
See under Department of English.
225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II
See under Department of Art.
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See under Department of English.
242 FILM-MAKING
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
An introduction to commercial television with an
emphasis on the director's role; some emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting,
casting, and lighting. (Fall, Spring)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
and communication. (Fall)
See under Department of Political Science.
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Selected topics in speech and communication,
with emphasis on the use of primary sources
and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical
work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 ADVERTISING
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and
communications. (Spring)
Theater Arts
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 courses,
including: 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , 228. 232. 3 6 0 , 361 ,
366, 467. A course in cinema arts and 2
courses in drarntic literature may be counted
toward a theater arts major. This major should
be supported by an English minor or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and
help to overcome communication barriers.
(Spring)
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND
DISCUSSION
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on factors involved in effective group
functioning. (Fall)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts majors:
Experience is required in four out of the five
following areas: acting, set construction and
painting, lighting and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in
dramatic productions during all four years.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0
courses, including 11 1 , 116, 228, 232, 241
or 243, 3 6 0 , 361, 366, 4 6 7 , 476 or a voice
and diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
See under Department of Psychology.
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
476
SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech An introduction to
principles and methods of speech correction.
f SP rin g)
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 11 1 , 228, 232, 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , one of the
following: 241 , 243, 4 7 6 , and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 366.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 1 2 courses. 11 1 . 228, 232, 241
or 2 4 3 , 351 or 355, 3 5 2 , 354. 360. 3 6 1 ,
3 6 6 , 467, 476 or a voice and diction course,
and participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a
minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
361 THEATER HISTORY
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for
elementary and secondary school teachers and
recreation leaders. (Fall)
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall)
228 STAGECRAFT
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper
division students only. (Spring)
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Fall)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
399 INTERNSHIP
232 ACTING
Consult Department Chairman for details.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by
combining appropriate portions of two majors
may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The
Transdisciplinary Major enables students to
respond to a particular career interest. While
such an individually developed major may
satisfy the particular interests of a student,
broad majors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary
Major are to observe the following:
a. The major program should include at least
two-thirds of the courses required in the
normal major programs of two major fields
offered at the college;
b. The student should design, and sign, a
contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year; (the contract
forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar)
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1975-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,906
Summer Session, 1976. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 0
Summary of Graduates
Graduates, 1870-19 7 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,315
Graduates, 1976 (August 31, 1975-May 18, 1976) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Faculty
RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970. University of
Wisconsin (French), Department Chairman
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1 9 4 7 ,
Northwestern University
BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 5 4 , Northwestern University,
Department Chairman
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D,
1 9 6 2 , Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 , University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET ANDERSON, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1 9 4 2 , Luther Theological Seminary;
L.L.D. 1 9 6 3 , Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972. University of Minnesota
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 0 , University of Minnesota
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
*MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct Instructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1 9 4 8 , Northwestern
University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program,
M.S.W. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1 9 7 0 , Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Indiana University, (Director of
the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
*RANDALL CASPER, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1 9 7 6 , Augsburg College
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 5 , University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 2 9 , The Hartford Seminary
TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California - Santa
Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Iowa (Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMIN COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Adjunct Instructor in Norwegian, M.A. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 0 , University of Minnesota
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 ,
Duke University
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Arizona State
University, Department Chairman
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota
*JOHN ECKBERG, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), M.M. 1 9 7 3 , Catholic University of
America
'EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1 9 5 6 , Manhattan School of Music
MARK ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 6 , University of Minnesota
*ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 0 , Colorado State
University, Department Chairman
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , Northwestern University
NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of
Wisconsin, Department Chairman
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949,
University of Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , Penn State University
MARK FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
STEPHEN M . GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Chicago
BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Executive Assistant to the President and Director of Planning, Ph.D.
1 9 6 8 , University of Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968. University of Minnesota
*STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Communications
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women
*JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , Southern Illinois University
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota
*DEBORAH SUE HANSEN, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1 9 7 3 , Augustana College
LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 5 0 , New York University
MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1 9 6 1 , William Mitchell College of
Law (Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 0 , The Hartford Seminary Foundation
*KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1 9 5 6 , University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 6 2 , University of Iowa (Sculpture)
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 5 4 , University of Minnesota
*CARLA HOWERY, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , St. Olaf College
ERVIN INNIGER, Instructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities,
M.S. 19 7 5 , St. Cloud State University, (Head Basketball Coach)
I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 6 , University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL, Assistant to the Dean and Director of Summer School, M.A. 1 9 4 7 , University
of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota
ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Washington
GLEN W . JOHNSON, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, B.S.E. 1 9 5 2 , University of
Nebraska, and B.D. 1 9 5 9 , Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1 9 5 8 , Juilliard School of Music
(Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D.
1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of
Minnesota, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , Columbia University (French)
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 , University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959. University of Minneosta, (Director
of Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 4 1 , University of Minnesota
ALVIN KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University
of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
"ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn)
BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota
*ROY H. LA FAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of
Minnesota
*ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, M.S. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota
PAMELA S. LARSON, Instructor in Nursing, M.S. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass)
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of
Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1 9 5 1 , University of
Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 ,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of Minnesota
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Nebraska
*ANN MEISSNER, Associate Professor of Nursing, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Wisconsin, M.P.H.
1 9 6 9 , University of California - Berkeley
DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota
(Organ, Piano)
ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1 9 7 1 , University of Kansas (Music
Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota
*HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Wisconsin
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L1.D. 1 9 4 4 , University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
'JON E. MONDA, Lecturer in Music Education, B.Mu.Ed. 1 9 6 5 , Mac Phail College of Music
CAROL MORK, lnstructor in Education, M.A.T. 1 9 6 9 , Reed College
*GEORGE MOUDRY, Lecturer in Sociology. M.S.W. 1 9 5 8 , Catholic University
ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 8 , University of Minnesota
*R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 ,
University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of Chicago
RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota
*GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota (American Studies)
NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , Indiana University,
Department Chairman
'CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1 9 6 3 , Boston University
JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, B.A., 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota
WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of
Minnesota (German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D, 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of
Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M S. 1 9 6 3 , University of Wisconsin
*PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 5 , University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 6 , Marquette University,
Department Chairman
*DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1 9 6 8 , University of Cincinnati,
Department Chairman
LA VONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 5 3 ,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 9 , University of
Minnesota
"ALICE PREVES, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1 9 6 4 , University of Illinois - Urbana
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 5 2 , University of Minnesota
PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 5 8 , Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , Northwestern
University
STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Exeter
(England)
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1 9 6 5 , Gettysburg College D.Mus. 1 9 6 5 ,
Lakeland College, (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 6 4 ,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
*IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1 9 4 3 , University of Illinois,
and M.A, 1 9 6 1 , University of Minnesota
*DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1 9 6 2 , University of Heidelberg (Germany)
*DANA SKOGLUND, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Piano), B.M. 1975, Augsburg College
*EMMA SMALL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Voice)
*NANCY SOLI, Assistant Volleyball Coach, B.A. 1 9 7 5 , Augsburg College
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1 9 6 6 , Augsburg College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
*CARROLL I. STEIN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University
of Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska
*MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct Instructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Brass), M.M.Ed., 1964, University of
Minnesota
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 5 8 , University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Wisconsin,
Department Chairman
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1 9 3 4 , American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1 9 2 7 , American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota (MetroUrban Studies)
ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of SociologylSocial Work, M.S.W. 1 9 7 3 , University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist-in-Residence (Flute), B.A. 1 9 3 8 , Macalester College
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , Bowling Green State University
PERSONNEL
ADMINISTRATION
President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Assistant to the President. . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collegepastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oscar A. Anderson
Bruce Gildseth
Lowell Brandt
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Auxiliary Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager, College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager,IceArena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assistant Manager, Ice Arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GroundsSupervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Burton P. Fosse
Wayne Pederson
Eugene Ecklund
Carl Stromer
Douglas P. Wasko
Robert Gores
Herald Johnson
Charles Gerster
Mildred Nelson
Therese Morrison
Michael Walgren
James Carey
Joseph Roberts
Edwin Hovey
Dennis Easley
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Deanofthecollege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . .
AssistanttotheDean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadLibrarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Audio Visual Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FineArtsManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charles Anderson
F. Mark Davis
Mildred Joel
Beverly Wegge
Marjorie Sibley
James Olson
Louise McColl
Cynthia Mandl
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Institutional Advancement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OfficeManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glen W. Johnson
Sigvald Hjelmeland
Donald A. Christenson
Jeroy Carlson
Irene Steenson
a
.
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Coordinator of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Darralu Lindholm
Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stella Rosenquist
Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pat Mattos
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Transfer Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David Benzel
Jennifer Harvey
Kathryn Lange
Raymond Dahlof
Leslie Samuelson
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni
Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . Tod Hanson
Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pat Olsson
Director of Student Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joel Mugge
Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder
Head Resident, Mortensen and Director of Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . Debra Bergh
........................
..................................
.........................
................ .
..........
Academic Administration
27
Academic Life.................................
-12
Accreditation
7
Administration .................................
97
Admission to the College
22
Advanced Placement
23
AdvancedStanding ............................. 2 3
American Studies
32
Anthropology
.84
Art. Department of
-3-2
Bachelor of Music Degree
17, R 3
Biology. Department of
-34
Board. Cost of ................................. - 2 5
Business Administration
38
Business Education ............................ -30
Calendar
12
Campus
7
CampusMap
8
-41
Chemistry. Department of
Chinese
51
Classification ..................................
31
Communications
87
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-62
Conservation of Human
15
Resources (CHR)
Corrective Therapy
1 5 70
Courses of Study
31 -32
Course Descriptions
32
31
Credit by Examination
Degrees ...................................... 1 7
Divisional Organization
27
Early Admission ................................
23
Early Decision
23
East Asian Studies .............................. 43
Economics .................................... 3 9
Education. Department of
43
Education. Elementary
44
Education. Secondary ........................... 4 5
Engineering
1 5 . 47
English. Department of .......................... 4 8
Enrollment
89
Expenses
25
12. 9 0
Faculty ...................................
Financial Aid
-24
Financial Information
-25
Five College Cooperative ......................... 1 5
Foodservice
19
51
French
ForeignLanguages .............................
51
25
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education Requirements
12
Geography ....................................
59
53
German
Grading ......................................
29
89
Graduates (1870.1975)
Graduates. Summary of
89
27
Graduation Requirements
Graduation With Distinction
30
...............................
..................................
.............................
....................
..........................
.........................
......................................
......................................
...................................
.......................
.......................................
...............................
.
.............
..............................
.......................... .
...........................
.............................
...........................
..........................
..................................
........................
...........................
...............................
....................................
.....................................
.................................
...........................
...................................
........................................
........................
..................
....................................
...........................
..........................
........................
......................
Greek ........................................ 55
HealthEducation
72
History of Augsburg College ...................... 8
History Department of
57
Honors Program ................................ 1 7
Housing
19
Identification ..................................
6
Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-30
Inter-Institutional Programs
14
Intercollegiate Athletics
18
Journalism ................................... -87
Library Science ................................ 4 R
Location
6
Majors ........................................ 12
Mathematics. Department of
60
Medical Technology ......................... 15 â¬32
Metro-Urban Studies
62
Metro-Urban Studies
17
Internship Program (MUSIP)
Music. Department of ............................
63
Music Therapy ................................. 6 5
6
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
Natural Science
67
New Dimensions Program ........................
19
Norwegian
55
Numbering of Courses ........................... 31
Nursing
67
Personnel of the College
97
Pre-Professional Training
13
Philosophy Department of
68
Physical Education
70
Physics Department of .......................... 7 2
Political Science Department of
74
Probation and Dismissal ........................ - 2 8
Psychology. Department of
77
Recreation
18
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6
Registration
-28
Religion. Department of .......................... 7 9
Religious Life .................................. 1 8
Room Costs
-25
Scandinavian Area Studies ....................... 81
Social Science Majors ........................... 8 2
Social Work ....................................
85
Sociology. Department of
-83
Spanish ....................................... 5 6
-87
Speech. Department of
Student Life ................................... 1 8
18
Student Services ...............................
Summer School
17
Study Abroad .................................. - 1 7
Symbol(#)
31 . 3 2
88
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary Major
89
Transfer to Augsburg
22
25
Tuition and Fees ................................
7
Visiting the Campus
...............................
...........................
.
......................................
.
............
.......................
..........................
......................................
......................
.
............................
....................
.................
................................
....................................
.......................................
.........................
........................
........................
.
.
..............................
.
...................
.......................
....................................
..................................
..................................
........................
..........................
................................
.................................
...................................
..........................
............................
.............................
Academic Calendar For 1977-78
(Tentative: Subject to Change)
Fall Semester 1977
Sept. 6-7
Sept. 8
Sept. 21
Oct. 2 4
Nov. 2 3
Nov. 2 3
NOV.24-27
Nov. 2 8
Dec. 1 4
Dec. 1 5
Dec. 16-21
Dec. 22-Jan. 2
Registration and Welcome Days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Reading Day
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
lnterim 1978
Jan. 3
Jan, 27
Jan. 31
lnterim Begins
lnterim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1 978
Feb. 1
Feb. 1 4
Mar. 1 7
Mar. 18-Mar. 26
Mar. 2 7
Apr. 21
May 1 2
May 15-18
May 21
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the
time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements... Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the
time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic
policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerning any matter
published herein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the dean of the
college, or the registrar.
Table of Contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 1I,
PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 25, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 32, EXPENSES
PAGE 34, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 38, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 39, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 101, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 102, FACULTY
PAGE 110, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 112, INDEX
PAGE I 13, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a
student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have
about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at
the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses
are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim in
January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation.
MAJOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20
departments.
MINOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major.
ELECTIVE.
. . . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for
the major or minor but taken by the student
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result
of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts
and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria
are used for Grants-ln-Aid.
SEMESTER.
. . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks
in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special
Christian colleges which can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at a variety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to you
on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics.
Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government to
oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life
on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose
and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg.
You design your own learning experience.
While distributional and major requirements act
as guidelines, there is latitude to design a
portion of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The
college follows the calendar known as the "41-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration
is necessary in your chosen field. You may
choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg Is in the center of the Twin Cities of
Mlnneapol~sand St. Paul. In thls rnetrapolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and
activities are available to enrich your education,
if you choose. You may select an evening at
the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop,
or at any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon touring
the M~nneapolisInstitute of Arts. You may
choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra
or one by the many professional touring groups
that appear in the Twin Cities. There are
numerous opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the
Fighting Saints, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a
capable and dedicated staff, an eager student
body and a remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and
is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 65% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the surrounding
metropolitan area.
Location
You and your education will have the option of
benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin
Cities. Excellent art collections are available to
you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the
Walker Art Center, and many other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities
for the enjoyment of music of many types. The
Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations
is provided by several theaters in the area such
as the nationally known Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the
St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the
Chanhassen Dinner Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swim In one
of the many area lakes. In the winter you may
join other students on skiing trips. Professional
sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport, including United,
Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North
Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the
United States.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (Directions are given in the map
section of this catalog.)
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were
enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college
graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 .
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed
to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the
sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of
the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to
become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding of the
urban environment and culture, and to
enable them to gain the skills needed to
respond creatively to the problems and
potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their
interests and abilities, and to aid them in
discovering the occupatio~~al
opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes and
qualities of character compatible with the
Christian faith.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex
or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its
admissions policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices. Inquiries
regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed to Charles Gerster, Science Hall,
Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall,
(332-5181), or to the Director of the Office for
Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education
and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the
Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom
as promulgated by the American Association of
University Professors and the Association of
American Colleges.
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City
of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent to the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the
following associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is to permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the
process of selecting a college and in making
admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly
recommended but are not mandatory.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked to write for an appointment
or call the office (332-5181 ). Preferred times
for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet
with a member of the faculty and to attend
classes, Monday through Friday, when school
is in session.
School, church, and other groups are welcome
to visit the College. Arrangements may be
made by writing the Office of Admissions,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55454.
Memorial Hall
Art Studio and Art Annex
Music Hall
Si Melby Hall
Augsburg College Ice Arena
Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
East Hall
Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
Olivet Hall (notshown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H R . (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 1 35)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1 st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 1 14)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
2 1st Avenue South.
The Physical Plant
Instructional facilities and student housing at
Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to
each other.
Following is a brief description of each building.
A new music/classroom building is designed
and scheduled for completion in 1978.
Old Maln, erected in 1900, contains a large
number of classrooms and offices.
Sclence Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer
Center; well-equipped laboratories for
chemistry, physics, and biology; a mediumsized auditorium; and several classrooms and
faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory
on the roof of Science Hall, was complefed in
the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor
of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science
Hall and of similar contemporary architectural
design, it provides excellent resources for
research and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms,
and a number of faculty offices.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was
completed in 1961. This building named in
honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men
from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head
of the Christianity department, provides
excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics,
chapel services, and general auditorium
purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966, houses the pipe
organs and equipment for class-piano
instruction.
The Music Bullding, acquired by purchase in
1947, has been remodeled to provide vocal,
string and piano studios as well as a rehearsal
room for large groups.
dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student
government and student publications have
quarters in this building. The bookstore is also
located here. Spacious lounges and
recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, is an
eleven-story building providing living quarters
for 324 students. The building was named in
honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who
have given several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the building is that
each floor is considered a "house unit"
providing the 36 residents, housed two to a
room, with their own lounge, study and utility
areas.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in
1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The building
houses about 60 students and provides space
for several faculty and administrative offices.
Mortensen Tower, erected in 1973, named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of
women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964,
contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments
providing housing for 31 2 upperclass students.
A spacious lounge area as well as conference
rooms are located in this building.
The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964,
houses the Department of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased
in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It
provides excellent housing for married students.
Annex Houses, located in the campus area
provide accommodations for students, faculty,
and staff members.
The Admissions House, located at 628 21 st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired
in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other
speech activities.
The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for hockey,
recreational skating, and figure skating.
The Augsburg College Center, completed in
1967, is a center of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the Commons,
which is the main dining area, plus private
Ollvet Hall, a gift to Augsburg from the
congregation of Olivet Lutheran Church, is used
as a practice room for the band and other
instrumentalists.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college
which aims to provide its students with a broad
liberal arts education as well as prepare them
for a career. A strong academic program in the
arts and sciences and in theology is available.
Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and the Christian
ministry is offered. The College prepares
students for graduate study in several
disciplines. Preparation for careers in business,
communications, medical technology, music,
nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand
themselves and the world and to equip them to
serve according to their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student As Learner
A great deal has been written during the last
few years describing the responsibilities of a
college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its
task to provide consistently high quality
opportunities for learning along with support
systems which enhance the teaching-learning
process.
Learning is not, however, a commodity which
can be purchased. It is not equal to simply
buying so many courses and being exposed to
the activities of professors. Learning involves
the solitary inner struggle of the student who
investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the
materials and insights offered. When these
have become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities in this process. Neither party
can elude its basic task.
problems. They often join students in
discussing the political climate, comparing
notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make the
library a favorite place to study. The main
library, centrally located next to the Science
Hall, houses over 150,000 volumes including
books, periodicals, records and various other
media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are
located within the departmental areas.
Access to over a million volumes is available
via daily interloan and courier service among
the seven private liberal arts colleges and the
Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the
statewide network, the additional resources of
Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are
accessible to the Augsburg faculty and
students.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with
assistance to meet diverse information needs
including instruction in the use of the library,
standard reference service, guidance in
pursuing term paper topics, and directions to
other local sources of information.
The AV Center of the Library provides facilities
for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual
materials. Assistance with the production of
slides, transparencies, filmstrips and
audiolvideo tape recordings are available for
both faculty and students. Equipment such as
movie and slide projectors and tape recorders
may be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice on materials
selection are also available.
Faculty
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a
personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 16.3 to 1, with
class size averaging 25 or less.
Augsburg follows the 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week
interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during
the interim concentration is on one subject.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual
interests determine the course of study.
Innovation and experimentation are encouraged
in this change from the general academic
schedule. Interest in music may take form in
the study and presentation of a concert
program. Interest in people may find form in the
study and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies
provide opportunities for those interested in
communications. Whether your interests are
sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the
opportunity to experience and experiment while
learning.
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would probably
choose many of them even if they were not
required.
,
In the humanities area, students may select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion.
Science courses may be chosen from biology,
chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in
social and behavioral sciences are offered in
the departments of economics, history, political
science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency
in English writing must be demonstrated. One
course from an approved list of courses
containing an emphasis on urban concerns is
required as is also proficiency in two lifetime
sports. For details on general education
requirements see under Academic
Administration.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area
Studies are available through cooperative
programs with the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these
programs for further information. It is possible
for students to complete other majors also
through ACTC. Make application for such
majors through the Registrar.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that
requirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the
natural and social sciences, in the humanities,
and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 11 1, 11 2; Physics
121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106),
351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1
course.
Biology 1 11 , 1 12; Chemistry 1 15, 1 16, 351 ,
352; Economics 122, 123; English 11 1, and a
second course; Health Ed. 1 10; Mathematics
124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60
semester-hour requirements should be chosen
from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please
refer to the bulletins published by the College
of Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Requirements have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the School of
Dentistry at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of
liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with
the Washington University School of
Engineering and Applied Science and the
Michigan Technological University. See under
Engineering for information on the course
requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in law
should consult the handbook published by The
Association of American Law Schools. Early
consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles
Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may
wish to take the Political Science course, Law
in the United States, to help determine whether
they possess an interest in law. Since law
schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student should
be aware that many graduate schools consider
the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their
class schedules.
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
Biology 11 1 , 112, 355; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; English 11 1, and one
or more writing and literature courses;
Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122;
Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral
sciences and humanities, 5 courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical School of
the University of Minnesota. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
This two-year program has been designed to
fulfill minimum requirements of the College of
Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary with any
of several different majors, e.g., history,
philosophy, English, psychology, sociology,
religion. The student planning to enter seminary
should include Religion 11 1, 221 among the
courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum
should include at least two semesters of history
(Western Civilization) and one or more courses
in the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses: Mathematics 124; Public
Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; Biology 11 1, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic
expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music,
humanities, theater, and upper division foreign
languages); anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science,
psychology, and sociology courses to fulfill the
remainder of the distribution requirements.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutions in the Twin Cities area on several
programs.
LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER
Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the
statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000
volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of educational materials including
approximately 150,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes, scores and films.
ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF TH6 TWIN
CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the
St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course
each semester at another campus. No
additional fee is required for such an exchange,
except for private instruction in music and
some independent studies. See under
"Independent Study" for further details.
Students may elect to participate in the
cooperative program to gain new perspectives,
to get better acquainted with the other schools,
or to undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges
have coordinated calendars. The interim term
may also be taken on another campus. A
regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free
between the campuses.
'
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in
social work, sociology or psychology with a
chemical dependency specialty. The program is
designed to train specialists to help professional
people in dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring together
Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental
hospital patients, guards, and students at
rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such
places as the Shakopee Institution for Women,
Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically
handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments
give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The
response of students involved in the courses,
both from Augsburg and the institutions, has
been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for the
January interim. For example, Augsburg and St.
Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study
opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim Director
should be consulted regarding planned
programs.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING.
Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive
instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for
admission to the school of nursing should be
made directly to the hospital.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This
group is composed of colleges and universities
in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned
activities include innovative curricular programs
for students, interchange and sharing of
academic personnel and other college
resources, cooperative research projects,
foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metrourban affairs conference, and development of
programs consistent with the needs and
resources of the community organizations of
the Upper Midwest.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical
Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg
offers work which enables qualified students to
receive a college degree with a major in
Medical Technology. The first three years of
this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program is completed at one of
the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not guarantee
acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan
Technological University in Houghton,
Michigan, enables a student to receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University, in a five-year
program. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated
university.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in
Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State
Hospital, is available to students who complete
a major in physical education with specialization
in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to this program requires an
application to be approved by the director of
the program. Application should be made
during the spring semester of the sophomore
year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5
grade-point average in work completed in the
major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all.
All candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult with the Director regarding proper
sequence of courses.
ANTIOCH-MINNEAPOLIS COMMUNIVERSITY.
Students at Augsburg College and AntiochMinneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan
school emphasizing experiential-based learning,
may take classes at each other's campuses
under certain mutually satisfactory
arrangements. Interested persons should
contact the Academic Dean.
ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved
Officers Training programs for the various
armed services of the United States, such
programs are available in the metropolitan area
and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For
information, confer with the Dean of the
College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are
available to Augsburg students. Some of them
are briefly described below. For application
procedures and further information, request the
special brochure on lnternational Study at
Augsburg from the Director of lnternational
Programs. Since there is a limit on the number
of students who may study abroad each year it
is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one
wishes to participate in an international
program.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG
NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges in
the state. Each year three or four countries are
selected, and qualified students are granted
partial scholarships to enable them to spend a
summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad on a topic
of one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior
year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are
the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College
in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House
College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto
Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico;
the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe
Institute in Germany; the University of
Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville,
Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In
addition, through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experiment in
lnternational Living, Augsburg students are
offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark,
England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece,
Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal,
Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This
type of study must be approved before
departure by the Director of lnternational
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign study
may be applied to the student's graduation
requirements as electives, as elements of the
major sequence, or to satisfy some of the
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director
of International Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
both credit and non-credit, through its
Continuing Education Program. Classes are
generally in the evening. Since continuing
education courses are offered on a semesterhour basis, the courses vary in length from four
weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write the
Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults who
have not attended or who have not graduated
from college. The program provides admissions
counseling, career guidance and planning, a
simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and,
for those who desire it, a special course to
ease the transition to academic life.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed
to provide opportunities for qualified students to
pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated
course of study. Special seminars, colloquia,
honors student forums and options in
completing the general education requirements
are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom,
Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all fields
of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests.
Internships are available with a variety of
companies, agencies and community
organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses,
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment,
testing, counseling, training and practice in
study skills, career exploration, and discussion
of personal and family problems arising from
the return to school. The course enables
returning adults to get to know each other
through sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts,
the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of
Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in
Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing,
and Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or
the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with
majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of
Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a major
aspect of your college life, but learning and
development also occur in formal and informal
activities and opportunities of the college and
metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident
or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can add
dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation to worship,
devotional life and the stimulation of faith.
Chapel services are held three times a week
and are both experimental and traditional in
character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist
service in the College Center is a valued
worship experience for many students. Students,
faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special
events are sponsored throughout the year and
a number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor
has an office in the College Center where you
can contact him for counseling, consultation or
ways to get more involved.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in the Twin Cities. These activities
include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities in
various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the
yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower
level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or
non-classroom related interests meet in the
Center.
There are several opportunities for participation
in music and drama. In addition to performing
on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String
Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and
several student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given on campus
each year under the direction of the theater arts
department.
Recreation
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Broomball
has been an especially popular coed sport.
Climaxing the intramural program is the
Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural
winners at various colleges. Check schedules
for times when there is open use of the
gymnasium and the ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and
is a member of the National Association of
lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College
annually competes in ten sports, including
football, soccer, cross-country, basketball,
hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and
golf. Augsburg is also a member of the
Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association for
lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW).
The women annually compete in volleyball,
gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf, tennis,
and track.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerned with educating
the whole person and recognizes that the
context in which learning takes place is a
critical factor in achieving optimal growth.
Knowledge grows from more than intellectual
endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring
values, identifying life styles, developing
autonomy and interdependence, finding
purpose and commitment - all combine with
intellectual content and skills to produce the
desired educational impact of the college on its
students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created to support this task. During the summer
before your freshman year, or at the time of
transfer, you will receive a copy of
SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College
Education. This book will help you assess the
possibilities in your education, choices i o make,
directions to consider and different destinations
for which to plan. SEMAPHORE was designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development provides a
variety of services to help make your journey
as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of
the opportunities you may wish to participate in
are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first
academic year and register for classes. You
and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend
events in the metropolitan area and seek
answers to the many questions you have about
college life.
Career Planning and Placement. You may be
uncertain about where you want to be when
you finish your undergraduate experience,
whether your life style will be a balanced one,
how work will provide opportunity for service
and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career
development plan to help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare
for entry into the next phase of your life. All
new students will have a chance to review their
interests with a counselor.
Human Development Seminars. A series of
informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to
help you grow in understanding of yourself and
your relationship to others. Such topics as
PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in
Relationships), Issues in Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information on current
offerings and opportunity to register are
provided several times during the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want to
improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studying, note-taking, and testing by attending
one or more of the workshops offered. You
also will have an opportunity to meet with a
counselor to diagnose your needs. If a
particular course proves difficult, you can
arrange for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for
all of us where we can handle challenges more
effectively by finding and discussing things with
someone who has more expertise. Counselors
are available to help you think through how you
can handle major or minor problems in a
constructive way. Consultation is provided on
questions of policy and procedure.
Minority Concerns. If you have some special
needs or simply want to expand your crosscultural awareness, you can contact a staff
member to help you find out which resources
and programs will help meet your needs.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's
ability to respond to the learning environment
depends, in part, upon his or her living
conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is
provided. The residence hall program is
designed to promote student growth through
relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision making.
Each residence unit has one or more Resident
Staff who are able to facilitate the process of
group living as well as discuss personal
concerns with individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is
considered a house unit providing 36 students,
two to a room, with their own lounge, study
and utility area.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is
an alternative to traditional residence-hall living.
It contains 104 one and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are
located in the campus area. One way to
maximize the living-learning aspects of your
housing situation is to avail yourself of the
opportunity to bid for a house as a Special
Interest House. Groups of students have
created exciting projects by writing and
implementing educational impact proposals on
such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's
and Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
the basis of academic interests, and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. Secondary
Education students have available a second
adviser; one in the major and one in the area of
education. Freshmen also have an upperclass
adviser.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All
freshmen and sophomores not living at home
are required to live In college-operated
houslng.
You may wish to contact this office for
information on types of assistance available and
for answers to questions about deadlines and
procedures. Work opportunities both on and off
campus are also recorded. If you have financial
problems, this is a good place to work them
out.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linens,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the
fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg.
Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 1 will be provided housing only if space is
available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $50 advanced payment when they sign
the housing contract. The fee is credited to the
students' account when they move into the
residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and
clubs and by events sponsored by the student
government. If you need information or wish to
initiate a new group or activity, contact the
Student Activities Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
Student Financial Services
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of
Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside
Avenue across the street from the campus.
Vkfts are free except for special testing or
service, and prescriptions are available through
the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to
check your family health coverage to determine
if you are included; if not, a student health
insurance plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center is the main food-service facility.
This pleasant room features small table units for
easy conversation and overlooks the College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan who live in residence halls eat their
meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Student Government
Student government is the vehicle through
which students can secure a closer relationship
and better understanding with the
administration and faculty, and provide better
input into the decision-making process at
Augsburg. Student government also sponsors
and directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions
and action on all issues pertaining to student
life at Augsburg. Student government is
organized into three branches: the executive
branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial
branch. Student-government elections are held
in the spring except for freshmen who elect
their representatives in the fall of their first year,
Many kinds of involvement are possible from
program planning to writing or editing to service
opportunities. If you want to get involved,
contact the President or Vice President in their
offices in the College Center.
International Students
If you are a student from a foreign country or
would like to be part of the activities of this
group, contact the faculty member who is
appointed as adviser.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and has
provided for due process in matters of
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
Judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and
review matters of concern. Any student who
wishes to identify appropriate procedures for
complaint should contact the Vice President for
Student Affairs if the concern is related to
student life and the Vice President for
Academic Affairs if the concern is related to
academic matters.
The College operates in compliance with the
Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX.
Students have the right to inspect all official
records, files and data which pertain to them
and which are maintained in the office of the
registrar and the placement office and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Exceptions are parents' financial records and
confidential letters and statements placed in the
record before January 1 , 1975, or placed under
conditions where students have signed a
waiver of right of access. Students have the
right to experience education free from
discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or
cultural background, creed, marital status or
age.
Persons seeking additional information on these
topics should contact the Center for Student
Development.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is
a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and
students are accepted on the basis of high
school performance, promise of success in
college as shown by college entrance
examination scores, other motivational factors,
and personal recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex
or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its
admission policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices.
A visit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
The Application Process
For Freshmen
1 . From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and complete
it.
2. Hand the completed application to your high
school counselor, along with the $1 0.00
application fee, and ask that these be sent with
your official high school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that
candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is required by April 15 after
acceptance has been made andlor financial aid
(if applied for) has been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data form,
which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation
information will be mailed to the student during
the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at
accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based on
work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education
requirements at Augsburg except for two
courses in religious studies.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure and
complete, an official application for admission.
This should be sent to the Admissions Office
with a $1 0.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is requested within one month
after acceptance has been made and/or
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the student
will be requested to complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special (Non-degree)
Students
1 . Obtain an application form from the Office of
the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
731 21 st Ave. South
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need to have sent only the
transcripts of colleges attended since the last
enrollment at Augsburg.)
3. Special students will submit a $1 0.00
matriculation fee with their application form.
4. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made in
the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed at
Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser is
available to help them in the transition to
college and ta the United States. Admission Is
based upon performance in secondary school
and previous college work, If any. EvIdence of
proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship Is required, A very llmlted number
of scholarships is available.
'
Medical insurance is required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg.
If they have an internationally valid health
insurance policy, a copy of the policy is
required.
For application forms and further information,
write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by December 10 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about January 1. After notification of
admission and financial aid, if needed, the
student is encouraged to withdraw applications
made to other colleges. The admissions
decision is based upon the academic record
through the junior year, test scores, and
recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit
which is non-refundable is required by February
1
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high
academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school and the
maturity to cope with a college course after the
junior year in high school. Also, it is
recommended that the student complete the
requirements for a high school diploma during
the summer or during the first year of college.
A student applying for Early Admission can
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg
College and the United States Army makes
provision for an individualized plan of
education. A prospective student who qualifies
for the program may choose Augsburg as a
home school and carry on a pre-planned course
of study at other colleges while in the Army. An
adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the
selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student
matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of
$1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the
student's tuition, provided he or she
matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg
College within five years from initial registration
with the college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for
courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment,
when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the
Army provides 36 months of financial
assistance under the G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a
college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of
scores received on the College Level
Exmination Program (CLEP) offered by the
College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 82% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college through
some form of scholarships, grants, loans,
campus employment, or a combination of
these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of
financial need and academic record.
Application for aid is made by completing the
Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the
American College Testing Program. While
Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is
required for students applying to the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students
may instead submit the Financial Aid Form
(FAF) of the College Scholarship Service.
Upperclass students must also complete the
Augsburg Application for Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1976-77, approximately
82% of the students at Augsburg received
scholarships, grants, or loans totaling
$2,802,788 from Augsburg and all other
sources.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program to which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and
the following federal programs: Supplementary
Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan
(formerly National Defense Student Loan),
College Work-Study, Federally Insured Student
Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both
on-campus and off-campus work opportunities
are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April 1
will be considered first. For further information,
contact the Office of Student Financial Services
at Augsburg.
Other college-related expenses are those for
transportation to and from the campus.
Estimates should be based on nine months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts
should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.)
After you have written down estimates of your
expenses, make a list of all possible sources of
income, such as: contributions from parents'
earnings; personal and family savings; personal
earnings during vacation periods; earnings from
part-time jobs during academic year; benefits
from Social Security and/or Veteran's
Administration; aids or loans from other
relatives or friends; aid or loans from sources
other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers,
their parents' employers and any union to
which a family member belongs for possible
scholarship programs. High school guidance
counselors may have information about student
aid offered by church, civic, professional, or
fraternal organizations in a given locality.
Following you will find a summary of financial
aid programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan is
available from the Augsburg College Office of
Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses
and of all potential financial resources is the
best way to do your financial planning. Both
your own financial ability and that of your family
are considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for books and
supplies. Tuition and fees for 1978-79 are
$31 00 per year. Books and supplies may be
estimated at $200 per year. Room and board is
$1 500 per year.
Baslc Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG)
For students with proven financial need.
Available to full-time and part-time students.
Up to $1 400 per year depending on the
institutional costs and the student's eligibility.
Obtain application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Adrnlnistratlon Benefits1G.I. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children
of disabled or deceased veterans may
qualify for special benefits. Amount is
dependent upon eligibility as determined by
the Veteran's Administration. To apply,
contact the Federal Veteran's Administration
Office in your area.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from Minnesota
State Student Loan Office.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one parent
(covered by Social Security) is retired,
deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent
upon eligibility as determined by the Social
Security Administration. To apply, contact
the Federal Social Security Administration
Office in your area.
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emotional
disabilities may qualify for special
assistance. Amount is dependent upon
eligibility as determined by the Vocational
Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your
local Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
National Scholarship and Grant Program for
Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and ethnic
minorities and other eligible groups who are
either seeking admission to an American
Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are
members of an ALC congregation.
Up of $1 000 per year. Renewable. Obtain an
application from the American
Lutheran Church, Division of College and
University Services, 422 South Fifth Street,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 5541 5. Application
deadline is April 1.
Federally insured Student LoanslMinnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half the
normal full-time academic load.
If the adjusted family income of the student
is less than $25,000 per year or if financial
need is established for those not in this
category, the Federal Government pays the
full interest on the loan while the student is
in college. When repayment begins, the
student pays the full 7 % interest on the loan.
Maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost
of education whichever is less and the
aggregate maximum is $7500. Freshmen are
limited to $1 500. in the Minnesota State
Student Loan.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents on the
basis of scholastic achievement and need.
High School seniors who are Minnesota
residents are expected to apply.
Range: $1 00 to $1 100; but shall not exceed
one half of the applicant's demonstrated
financial need.
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of
evident need. High school seniors and
community I junior college transfer students
who are Minnesota residents are expected to
apply.
In addition, persons who have not attended
a post-secondary institution for twelve
months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
ScholarshipIGrant will be mailed to all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not
receive an application by December 1, contact
your high school guidance counselor or the
college financial aid office.
Return completed application and FFS to The
American College Testing Program, Financial
Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa
52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080)
and the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant
Program (Code 6500) to receive the FFS
analysis.
NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications
are automatically considered for the State
Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED
THROUGH THE COLLEGE
How To Apply
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking in
the top 15% of their high school class with
above average aptitude test scores.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for a
maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who have
shown academic potential and have financial
need.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for a
maximum of 4 years based on 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
Range $1 00 to $1 000. Renewable for a
second year.
Educational
For students having exceptional financial
need who could not otherwise attend
college, and who carry at least one-half the
normal academic load.
Range $200 to $1 500 per year. Renewable
for 3 years. Will be matched by other
financial assistance such as loans,
scholarships, employment.
1. Apply for admission; for new students
this application is also the financial aid
application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS)
from high school counselor or Augsburg
College Financial Aid Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent to Augsburg
College. Augsburg's ACT code number is
2080. Financial statements received by April
1 will be considered first.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the
College will accept the Financial Aid Form
(FAF) of the College Scholarship Service.
Augsburg's CSS code number is 601 4.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descrlptlons of awards are copied
verbatlm from statements of the donors' wlshes.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
For students with proven financial need and
who carry at least one-half the normal
academic load.
1. The Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal
Scholarship
awarded annually to able and
Averages approximately $1 000 per year.
Can be reapplied for each year although
renewal is not guaranteed.
2. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dlckerson
Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to
-
deserving juniorlsenior students as recommended
by the committee.
-
two deserving juniorlsenior students.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial need and
who carry at least one-half the normal
academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further fulltime study and with proven financial need.
- awarded
annually to a worthy student of the College
selected by the scholarship committee.
3. The M. J. Estrem Scholarshlp
-
awarded annually to an
able and deserving upperclass student as
recommended by the scholarship committee.
4. Memorial Scholarship
5. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Scholarships
established in 1972 to be
-
distributed by the scholarship committee to needy
students
6. The Reader's Dlgest Endowed Scholarshlpsawarded to able and deserving upperclassmen.
7. The Tozer Foundatlon Scholarships-up to
$1 000 each - awarded on the basis of
scholarship, achievement, character, leadership,
industry, personality, and need. Winners must be
junior or senior students who are residents of the
State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine,
Kanabec or Washington Counties. Separate
appllcatlon requlred of semi-finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent to
Tozer Foundation (code 6577)
-
8. The Edward Yokle Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
-
1. Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans
awarded to
able and deserving upperclass students who are
policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans
Insurance Company.
2. Mlldred Ryan Cleveland Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded annually to able and deserving
students, who have physical disabilities and have
demonstrated financial need.
-
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
1 . Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans Mlnorlty
-
awarded annually to
Scholarshlp Program
Lutheran American minority students who show
financial need.
2. Minnesota Mlnlng & Manufacturlng Mlnorlty
Student Scholarshl~ established in 1973 to be
awarded to a Black student.
-
3. The Marlys Johnson Slmengaard Memorlal
Scholarshlp
Awarded periodically to an
American Negro student.
-
4, Natlonal Scholarshlp & Grant Program for
Mlnorlty Students
sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to
members of racial and ethnic minorities. Separate
applications required. FFS must be sent to ALC
(Code 6591).
-
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
t , The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorlal
Scholarship-awarded annually to a student(s) in
the senior class who is preparing for the ministry.
-
2. The lver and Marle lverson Scholarshlp
awarded on the basis of need, character and
interest in Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and
interest in Christian Service.
-
4. The Morrls G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
awarded to a
Mlsslonary Scholarshlp Fund
Juniorlsenior student preparing for service as a
missionary through the World Missions
Department of the American Lutheran Church.
-
-
5. Oneslmus Scholarshlp
awarded periodically to
students preparing for the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerlte Hamllton Storley Memorlal
Scholarshlp
awarded annually to an able and
deserving juniorlsenior student recommended by
the scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are
interviewed and selected by donor.
-
-
7. Gerda Mortensen Memorlal Scholarshlp
Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the
Christian faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical
Education faculty to the Student Personnel
Committee.
-
1 . The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
awarded annually to an able and deserving male
student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and
academic achievement.
-
2. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship
awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in
field of physical education.
3. The James Wlnkler Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and
academic achievement.
-
4. Women's Physical Education Scholarship
awarded to able and deserving women students
showing ability in women's athletics.
-
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded
to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
-
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to
a football player on basis of financial need.
-
7 Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field
of athletics.
8. David Gronner Memorlal Scholarship Fund
-
awarded to two or more students participating in
athletics or music. The award is "made to
students who have demonstrated financial need"
andlor "of high Christian character". The athletic
scholarship is for male candidate only, with a
preference for basketball.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology
Department faculty.
-
Blology Scholarships
established in 1972 by the
faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology,
Natural Science or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the
Business Administration faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
t . The GambleSkogmo Foundatlon Scholarship
- awarded to one or more upperclass students
interested in the field of business.
-
2. The Reld Scholarshlp awarded to one or more
upperclass students who are interested in
business andlor education.
CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry
faculty,
Awarded to students whose academic record
indicates promise of achievement in the field of
Chemistry.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
5, The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6, The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
7, The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty
-
awarded to
The Davld Mathre Scholarshlp
qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term in which they are
student teaching.
ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty
-
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarshlp
awarded
annually to juniorlsenior students who
are majoring in English with preference given to
those who plan to teach English as a career.
2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorlal Scholarshlp
-awarded to an outstanding student in the field
of English.
HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty
-
The H. N. Hendrlckson Hlstory Scholarshlp
awarded annually to students majoring in history
with preference given to those who plan a career
in the field.
LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winners selected by Library
staff.
-
1. The Llbrary Sclence Scholarshlp
established
in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding
juniorlsenior student@) choosing librarianship as a
career.
MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by
Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel
Committee.
1. Mlnneapolls Gas Company Scholarshlp
generally awarded to able and deserving
juniorlsenior students majoring in mathematics or
the sciences on basis of need and academic
ability.
-
2. Davld and Mlchelle Chrlstianson Mathematics
Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving
student in the field of mathematics.
-
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern
Language faculty.
The Miml Baez Klngsley Modern Language
Scholarshlp
awarded annually to juniorlsenior
students who are majoring in a modern language
with preference given to those who plan to teach
language as a career.
-
MUSIC
- Winners
selected by Music faculty.
-
1 . 0. T. Hertsgaard Scholarshlp
awarded
annually to juniorlsenior students who have
demonstrated proficiency in choral andlor
instrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of over-all
academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Muslc Scholarshlp
awarded to a sophornoreljunior student of
outstanding promise in the field of music.
-
-
3. The Marllyn Solberg Volca Scholarshlp
awarded to an Augsburg student who has music
as a majorlminor and who shows outstanding
promise for achievement in the art of singing.
acquire musical and performance skills in
instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
-
6. David Gronner Mernorlal Scholarship Fund
awarded i o two or more students participating in
athletics or music. The award is "made to
students who have demonstrated financial need"
andlor "of high Christian character."
7. Peggy Chrlstensen Benson Mernorlal
Scholarshlp awarded annually to a student
studying choral music.
-
-
4. The lngaborg C. Chrlstenson Scholarshlp
awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in stringed instruments.
5. The Leonard and Sylvla Kuschel Scholarshlp
awarded to upperclass students seeking to
SOCIOLOGY
-
-
Adolph Paulson Mernorlal Prlze awarded
annually to a student in the general field of
Christian Sociology.
.-
--
..-#
,
l..\
y
C--m:;:
,, ,
C
;
, ..
.
.
. .
. r
, * ;
.
,-
-.
. ...
,-.-.:
.'
.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION
- $3,100
Film Making, $70
Life Drawing, $1 0
Stagecraft, $20
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning September, 1978. Students are
considered full-time when they take three or
more courses during the semester terms for a
total of seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1 -4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods. If the student
elects to omit an interim or to graduate in
December, a refund is not authorized.
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 20 a
semester (1 4 lessons), or $8.60 per lesson
during the interim.
Practice Studio rental for each semester for one
hour a day: organ, $25.00 ($1 0.00 an interim);
piano or voice, $1 0.00 ($4.00 an interim).
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $20.00 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
A part-time rate of $425 per course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy,
$1 .oo.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is one half the part-time rate per
course. Part-time students who take Lifetime
Sports are charged the audit rate for that
course.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office with charges
according to the schedule on file.
SPECIAL FEES
- NOT REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all
new students.
A registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$1 25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register at
Augsburg. The charge is $250.00.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $2.00 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $5.00 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
REFUNDABLE
Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $1,500
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office
of Auxiliary Services.
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be
increased at any time before or during the
contract year.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply
company.
- NOT
Cinema Arts, $25
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
1978-79 COST SUMMARY
Application Fee - $1 0.00
Tuition - $3,100
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
Board and Room - $1,500
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
-
TUITION DEPOSIT
New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; to
be paid by April 15, 1978. (Payment is due
February 1 under Early Decision Program). The
deposit is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All
resident students: $1 00.00 advanced deposit.
Required at the time of signing a contract, to
reserve a housing assignment for the term
beginning September. Applied to the room
charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT
All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable
upon graduation, transfer to another institution,
or discontinuing educational program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the first half-year
billing period is due August 20, and the second
half-year is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August 20.
No student is permitted to register if his or her
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of hislher
registration andlor being released from hislher
housing contract will be refunded charges for
tuition and room except for the minimum
deduction of $1 00 of fees to cover
administrative costs according to the following
schedule:
through the first five days of classes.
from the sixth day through the tenth
day of classes.
from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
from the sixteenth day through the
twentieth day of classes.
from the twenty-first day through the
twenty-fifth day of classes.
from the twenty-sixth day to the
middle of the term.
No ref1und will be made after the middle of the
term.
Should a student be forced to cancel hislher
registration during the first one-half of the term
due to illness or accident, upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued
matriculation, the charges will be reduced by
one-half.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will be applied back to
the account of the student and all adjustments
for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc, shall be
gathered in the student's account before
eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are readily
available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will
include courses in the humanities, the natural
sciences, and the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to
write effectively; they are also expected to be
knowledgeable about urban concerns and have
some understanding of cultures outside the
United States.
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Duane Johnson
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson
The general recreational activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to acquaint students
with and to equip students for lifetime sports,
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of
the Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman for
each division is elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course
listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Linguistics,
Norwegian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communication, and
Theater Arts
Minimum Graduation Requirements
Include the Following:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 13 in one
department, except 17 for Bachelor of
Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of
Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R.
courses, 2 courses by independent study or
directed study or a combination of directed
and independent study, 4 courses of
internship and 8 courses with a grade of P
(two in the major except Elementary
Education and one in the minor if approved
by the department chairman) may apply
toward the 35 total courses required.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental
headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward the
major.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester and
one course in the interim. Students registered
for three or more courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students. Students must
petition and receive permission to register for
more than 4.5 courses.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer students,
the number of interim courses is one less
than the number of years at Augsburg.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (English I 1 I ) or
certification of demonstrated proficiency
by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. A course from each of the following eight
areas (One course may fulfill the
requirement in one area, only):
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology - Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English - Speech, Communications
& Theater Arts
Foreign Language
Art - Music
C. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an
interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
D. A course related to urban concerns.
Courses approved to meet this
requirement are published each term.
E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency in two lifetime sports.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee is also charged for changing
registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses
after the first five days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses
or cancellation from College must be done in
the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in accounts
are effective as of the date the completed
Cancel From College form is returned to the
Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as
sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or her
achievement is unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below 1.6 or 2 zero grades
having taken 6 or fewer
courses
below 1.7 or 3 zero grades
having taken 7-1 5 courses
below 1.9 having taken 16-24
courses
below 2.0 having taken 25 or
more courses
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, helshe is subject to
dismissal at the end of the following spring
term. A student who has a poor academic
record may be strongly advised to withdraw
before the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College
voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured,
primarily, by means of final examinations.
Shorter examinations or tests, written papers,
oral reports, and other types of evaluation are
also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0
with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for
the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the
grade is recorded but not computed in the
grade point average.
the PIN grading system. Some education
courses are graded only on the PIN system;
some others are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Students may select the traditional grading
system in most other courses. Students are
cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care
since some graduate and professional schools
do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration card
those courses which they wish to take on the
PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of
grading system must be made during the first
two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged
after the first five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance studies,
Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are
graded P1O.O.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing stating the reasons for requesting it,
the plan and date for removing it, and
comments from the instructor of the course. If
permission to receive an I grade is granted, it
must be removed during the following
semester. If the incomplete is not removed
during the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along with the
incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year. Two courses in the major
(except Elementary Education) and one in the
minor may be on PIN grading system if
approved by the department chairman.
A course in which a grade of 0, 1 .O, 1.5, N, I,
or X has been received may be repeated for
credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and grades
earned the second time are counted toward
graduation and in the grade point average.
Courses in which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated for credit; they
may, however, be audited.
Sociology 383, Nursing 301, 302, 401, 402,
and several interim courses are graded only on
Students who wish to take courses without
credit or grade may do so by registering for
Audit (V). Such students should confer with the
professor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance
requirements, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the student's
transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is
listed under Expenses.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward
the 35 courses required for the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent
studies only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for exceptions
to this policy should be made directly to their
own academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to
independent study by the host campus.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.8 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.79 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
In order to qualify for graduation with distinction
transfer students must have completed two
years (fourteen graded courses) of work at
Augsburg College.
lndependent Study
Veterans
Augsburg College is approved by the State
Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of the
Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of
other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more courses
are classified as full-time students. It is the
responsibility of each veteran to report any
change in registration andlor academic load to
the Office of the Registrar.
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These
programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis.
Students interested in registering for
independent study must first secure permission
from the faculty member who will direct the
study as well as from the department involved.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive
terms in which they did not earn a minimum of
three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I)
may b e given only in the case of extreme
emergency. See section on Grading.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a
grade of X is given at the end of the first term,
and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's
academic load for the term below three courses
will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will need to meet the requirements of
the Veterans Administration regarding
repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit by
examinations should consult with department
chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be
earned through the College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive
examinations.
Classification
..
Sophomore . . 7 courses. . .
I 4 grade points
Junior. . . . . . . 16 courses. . . . . 32 grade points
Senior . . . . . 25 courses. . . . 50 grade points
.
.
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course
during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
A full course is offered for one course credit.
A few fractional courses (one-half course credit)
are offered in the Division of Professional
Studies.
A full course has the approximate value of 4
semester credits. A total of 35 courses is
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods of two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is
approximately 1 5 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes
to determine definitely the current course
offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300 and
above are classified as upper division. In
general, courses numbered in the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores;
300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some
departments course numbers also designate
areas within the department.
Symbol
#Consent of instructor
Course Descriptions
The description of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics to be
Eonsidered For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and
clarification of content and requirements for
individual courses, please consult the
respective instructors of the courses.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
American Studies
Director: Grief Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and
399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of
these areas and 3 in each of the others):*
Hlstory of the United States
American Studies, 23 1, 260
History 221, 222, 331, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2
courses in each of the above groupings under
MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to the
black experience, e.g. African backgrounds,
religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course
content subject to change from year to year.
Meets one religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Humanities in the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 351,
490 and 49 1 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis
upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. (Spring)
Social Sciences in the United States
Economics 120, 122, 123, 251
Education 4 78#
Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326,
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
370, 371, 421
Psychology 48 1 #; Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73,
381,383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other
colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
The situation of Indians in the United States
since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with
an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal
sovereignty, treaty rights, and education.
Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural
traditions among selected Indian tribes today.
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the
class will collectively assess the position of
black and white women in American culture
from the founding of the colonies to the
present. (Fall)
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract, Intended for
majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American life. Includes a study
of the approaches of several disciplines to the
topic and practice in the integration of primary
source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities
resource persons and the co-learning model
when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
For description, see course 295. Open to
juniors and seniors who will do a different level
of work. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary nature
in area of student's choice. Consult with
director to determine conditions of contract.
Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Art
Chairman: Philip Thompson
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major
but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses
including 107; two from 118, 221, 223, 225,
and 250.
118 PAINTING I
Introduction to painting media and technique in
acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white, color and photographic processes.
ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses
including 386, 387, 388.
150 JEWELRY
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
An introduction to the making of jewelry in
copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring)
Fine arts in the urban and world setting.
Concern for the visual content of experience in
the environment leading toward appreciation
and criticism. (Spring)
221 SCULPTURE l
STUDIO ART
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels.
Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
(Fall, Spring)
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media:
clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and
stone. (Fall, Spring)
223 PRINT MAKING I
Principles and methods of print making in a
variety of media including etching, silk-screen
and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
399 INTERNSHIP
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.(Fall, Spring)
Consult chairman or internship director to
determine project.
242 FILM MAKING
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media:
clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and
stone. (Prereq.: 2 2 1. Fall, Spring)
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
250 CERAMICS l
An introduction to the making of pottery with an
emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall,
Sprin g)
478 SCULPTURE II
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's choice.
Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring)
ART HISTORY
290 ART HISTORY SURVEY
330 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in
magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of
photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
351 CERAMICS II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis
on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation
of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring)
355 PAINTING II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118.
Fall, Spring)
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits to museums. (Offered summer,
1977)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from
pre-history to modern times. (Spring, 1978,
Alternate years)
385 PREHISTORIC AND ANCIENT ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period to the 4th century A.D. (Offered 1 9 8 0 8 1)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
360 DRAWING AND WATER-COLOR
PAINTING
Early Christian through late Gothic and protoRenaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture in Europe. (Offered 1979-80)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape.
The functions of perception, structure, and
gesture in drawing and transparent water-color
(Prereq.: 1 0 7. Offered alternate years. Fall,
1978)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture
from the early Renaissance through the 18th
century. (Offered 1 9 78-79)
368 PRINT MAKING II
388 19th AND 20th CENTURY ART
Advanced work in various media, including silkscreen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223.
Fall, Spring)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture
from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Offered 1 9 78- 79)
387 RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE ART
389 AMERICAN ART
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its
relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 and
alternate years.)
Department of Biology
Chairman: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 11 1,
112, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following three groups: 351, 353, 361
(Group I); 355, 473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471,
476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,
106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121,
122); Physics 1 21 , 122 also required. Students
intending to enter graduate school should
ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, including 111,
112, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following five groups: 351, 353 (Group I);
355, 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471,
473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352) also
required. Students who plan to teach in
secondary schools often select this major.
Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also
requires three courses in earth and life
sciences. Students are advised to consult with
the Education Department early in their
planning.
anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes man
just another member of the biotic fold? Does
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
iniluence does man have on the environment?
What influence does the environment,
especially the urban environment, have on
man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory.
A student may not receive credit for both
Biology 10 1 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other
paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical
Education, Music Therapy and other interested
students. A student may not receive credit for
both Biology 1 0 1 and 103. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
108 MICROBIOLOGY
MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1, 112 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major. In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one
course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application
for the honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an
Basic microbial features are considered as well
as applications of microbiology to the fields of
medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring.
Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with
community people taking the course together
with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending upon needs and
interest. Applies towards the Natural Science
requirement.
111 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary
mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology,
and phylogenetic relationships of organisms.
Must be taken in sequence except by
permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4
hours laboratory. 1 1 1, Fall; 1 12, Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and physical
mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water
relations in vascular and nonvascular plants.
The relationships of these processes to plant
structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 1 12. Fall, 1 9 79. Offered alternate
years).
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics
1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Spring)
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing
classification, morphology, behavior, life history,
and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall, 1 9 7 8 .
Offered alternate years).
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of
the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis on
the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and
chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 ; Chemistry 1 0 6 or
1 16; Physics 1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Fall)
355 GENETICS
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory
work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring)
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as
descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging,
and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class,
4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and
ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2; Chemistry 2 2 3 or
3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71
and 4 76).
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms
with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 3 6 7 or #. Fall)
481 ECOLOGY
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.;
1 12, 3 6 1, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers relating
to recent biological literature and research. (For
seniors majoring in bklogy)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor. Intended for
biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 1 12, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Department of Business
Administration, Business
Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
Business Administration
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the
experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the MathematicsPhysics general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses
but not more than 12 courses of related
business subjects (Economics, Finance and
Mathematics). Students who have completed
the above requirements are qualified under the
rules of the Minnesota State Board of
Accountancy to sit for the examination
immediately after graduation.
MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING
SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration
101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and
either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251
and one additional course selected from 258 or
391 or 392 are also required. At least three
upper division courses are required. For those
planning on careers in accounting, completion
of the two remaining courses in the sequence
381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261,
262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from
the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122,
123, 251 and one additional course selected
from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At
least five upper division courses are required.
(392 is strongly recommended.) In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are strongly recommended.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101 , 102, and one of 261 , 373,
379, 478; and one of 262, 379, 381 ; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
Students who plan to major in the department
are strongly encouraged to select a department
adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan
well their program of study.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq: 10 1. Fall, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code, (Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics.(fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School
Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm: sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102, Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination
considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262.
Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach
to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision-making, presentation through literature,
readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.:
261, Spring)
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various
forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 1 0 1,
102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
one full term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in
Interim only).
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint of
both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1.
Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq: 263. Fall)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108, 121,
350 and 353.
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fa//) TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
Spring. Offered alternate years)
If a student desires a two-year secretarial
program, a certificate will be awarded upon
295, 495 TOPICS
completion of the following: Business Education
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
Business Administration 101, 102, 131 and
methodology and readings in the areas of
Economics 120. A student in the two-year
program must select six courses from the
Accounting, Finance or General Business.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand)
general education requirements.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING (No Credit)
Business Education
NOTE: The major in Business Education is
being phased out, effective 1979-80. A limited
number of courses will be offered in 1978-79.
See class schedule for courses offered.
MAJOR: 1 2-1 4 Courses.
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110, 364,
460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high school
typewriting or equivalent required. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are recommended.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262, 263, and
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business
Education 108, 350, and English 21 9.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
have had one year of high school typewriting.
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators.
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of transcription machines, filing and
records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties.
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Development of speed in transcribing material
dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a
minute. (Not open to students who have had
one year of shorthand in high school.)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating.
(Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.)
379. In addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand
systems may enroll for rapid dictation and
transcription of material dictated at speeds of
80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 221 or
equivalent.)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122, 123, 251, and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
Business Administration 101, 102, 261, 373,
379 and one other course from business
administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly
recommended.
MINOR:
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #.)
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems relating to supervision and
management in the business office, selection
and training of employees; and human relations
within the office.
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on
distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and
projects in marketing.
Economics
MAJOR IN ECONOMICS:
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three
other courses of economics offerings. Business
Administration 101, 102, 379, also required.
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373
may be substituted for Business Administration
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
examination in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general
education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
Students who plan to major in the department
are strongly encouraged to select a department
adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan well
their program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are:
Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer
Army; Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems,
etc, Fundamental microeconomic tools
introduced to facilitate discussion of the abovementioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a
basic course designed for those students who
do not plan to major in either Economics,
Business Administration or Business Education.
Students who plan to major in the above three
areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than
120. 122 and 123 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application
of elementary economic theory to current
economic problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and
123 may be taken in either order, or may be
taken in the same term in order for the student to
progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall,
Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory
of the household, firm, market structures and
income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken
independently of Economics 122 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term in order
for the student to progress more rapidly to other
courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to
aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on
monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122.
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through an
internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
250 DATA PROCESSING
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics.(Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing
of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models.
Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122.
Fa4
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention
paid to the economic problems of minority
groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #.
Spring)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of
the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public
The student may earn independent study credits
through individually supervised projects designed
to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth.(Prereq.:#. Fall,
Spring)
Department of Chemistry
- -
Chairman: Earl Alton
approved research; participation in seminar.
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115,
116 (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361 and one
advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics
121, 122, and Mathematics 124, 125 also
required. Since upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites,
students should plan to take Mathematics 124,
125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121,
122 in the sophomore year.
Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115;
106 and 1 16; 223 and 351, 352.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 11 courses including 11 5, 116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350.
Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics
124, 125 (which should be taken during the
freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics
121, 122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German
equivalent to one semester also required.
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 11 5,
116 (or 105, 106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic,
and biological chemistry around the theme: the
molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward
the major. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry
within last 3 years or #. Fall)
105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 1 16;
designed especially for students who will not
major in chemistry, although students may go
from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of
examples including organic and environmental
systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of
laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it is suggested
that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the
advanced course. Licensure after July, 1979,
also requires three courses in earth and life
sciences. Students are advised to consult with
the Education Department early in their
planning.
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic
chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief
introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq: high
school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry.
1 15, Fall; 1 16, Spring)
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same
as the graduation major. In addition, medical
schools expect at least two courses (and
usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
I
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of
Designed for nurses in the degree program,
medical technologists and others in allied health
science programs whose professional goals do
not require either of two-term organic course or
the one-term biochemistry course. The organic
chemistry most relevant to a survey of
biochemistry is studied followed by the
structures and metabolic reactions of
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids,
enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour
bctures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 1 15. Spring)
351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of
chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactior
mechanism; many applications of organic
chemistry to biological, environmental and
industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 3 5 1,
Fall; 3 5 2 , Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and
solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques
of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative
analysis of a variety of samples, and includes
trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Spring)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and
states of matter are studied in the first
semester. Applications of these concepts to
areas of molecular structure, equilibria and
electrochemistry in the second semester. (3
one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353; Physics 12 1, 122; Mathematics
124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory
and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours
lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq: 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq: 362 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop
molecular orbital theory for molecules, Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular momentum
and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq:
361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate,
with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors
are occasionally invited to participate.
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of
the literature (including Beilstein); and further
study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra
routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some
reading knowledge of German. Spring)
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by
research participation during the academic year
(which may be counted as a course). (Junior
standing)
East Asian Studies
Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen
MAJOR CONCENTRATION: A major
concentration plan is constructed for each
student with the advice and assistance of his or
her adviser. A major plan normally consists of
ten to twelve courses distributed under one of
the following general categories:
East Asian Culture
Two language courses including one year of
Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history
courses; four to six courses in cultural
-
specialization andlor comparative studies; two
or more independent study andlor seminar
courses.
East Aslan Language and Culture
At least four language courses (a two-year
concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is
encouraged; however, one year of each
language is acceptable); two introductory
history courses; two to four courses in cultural
specialization andlor comparative studies; and
two or more independent study andlor seminar
courses.
-
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
I
I
Augsburg College offers programs leading to
licensure in Education at these levels:
Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early
Childhood, and Secondary Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education
are offered in the following areas: American
Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health,
History, Mathematics, Music, Physical
Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech, and Theater Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for licensure requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all
students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teachereducation program. Students are advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program at
another college must be re-admissable to that
program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for licensure in
Elementary Education:
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361, 362, 371, 372; and 481,
482 and electives.
2. Health Education 1 14 and 1 15.
3. Library Science 358.
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 in the
major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement.)
Requirements for Kindergarten License are the
same as those for elementary education plus
Education 375 and 483.
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching of
reading at both secondary and elementary
level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
Early Childhood Education
Steve Reuter. Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood
Education are the same as those for elementary
education plus the following courses:
SOC.231
Psych. 351
Ed. 325
Ed. 425
Ed. 484
Sociology of the Family
Developmental Psychology:
Child
Contemporary Influences in
Early Childhood Education
Early Childhood Curriculum
Student Teaching (160 hours)
For an Early Childhood License with other than
an education major, consult with the Early
Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN
URBAN SETTING (Elementary)
362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms
(Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary
education. Spring)
372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences
in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent
registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring)
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore
standing or above. Fall, Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory
experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and
acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING
PROBLEMS
Focus is upon the young child as a person and
the importance of the early years of hislher life
in relation to the effects of present-day society
and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start,
implementation of planned variations, and other
interventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of lab.
experience in a day care center andlor nursery
school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #. Fall)
(See Secondary Education)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
(See Library Science)
425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge
and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the
organization of a good program for children:
records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with children
who have uniquely different needs. Class
sessions, and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the
Department of Education and/or #. Spring)
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
1. Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with, or after
the Orientation course. Application forms are
available in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department
or division of their declared major. A student
may take education courses after the
Orientation course only if he or she has
been admitted into the program of the
Department of Education.
2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2.0
overall.
3. Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human
Relations (successful completion of
Augsburg's Education program meets this
requirement).
5. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program: Psych.
105; Health Educ. 1 15; Educ. 265, 359,
478; a minimum of one-half course in
special methods in the area of the student's
major, and a minimum of two courses in
Student Teaching.
481. 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning
experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 351, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 371,
372. Fall, Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 48 1, 482. Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 481, 4 8 2 and 483.
Offered on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Secondary Education
(teacher licensure program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
Department. Secondary Education students are
advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher
licensure. This consultation is recommended in
addition to conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education
will take one full course in special methods and
three courses in Student Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching in Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(Successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
courses H.Ed. 115.)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Licensure Program
courses.
General Information:
1 . For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in
Art, Music and Physical Education receive a
special license which allows them to teach
in their area in all grades from Kindergarten
through twelve (K-12). A person preparing
for licensure in one of these areas follows
the secondary education program even
though he or she plans to teach at the
elementary school level. A person with a
major in one of these special areas will take
three courses in student teaching and do
some student teaching at both the
secondary and elementary levels. In addition
to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for
Educ. 361 ; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365;
and the major in Music for Educ. 373.
2. For social studies licensure: The program
leading to licensure in this area is being
revised to conform to new state guidelines.
See Einar Johnson for further information.
3. The professional term: Student Teaching is
taken concurrently with School and Society
in one full-time term in professional
education. Special afternoon and/or evening
seminars are held during the term as part of
the professional work. A student taking two
courses in student teaching may elect to
take one course in Independent Study. All
students are expected to be involved full
time in the activities of the professional term.
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN
AN URBAN SETTING (Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all
students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall,
Spring)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY
EDUCATION (1/2 course)
Teaching procedures, materials and projects.
With this general methodology course, must be
taken one or more of the following education
courses in special methods from the
department of the major field. (Prereq.: Psych.
105, Educ. 265 and admission into the
secondary education program)
Special Methods Courses (1/2 to 1 course)
Methods and materials in teaching special areas
360 American Studies Methods
l/2 course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary
and junior high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
% course (Fall)
363 Business Methods
% course (Spring)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
l/2 course
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods
l/2 course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
41 0 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 41 0,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING
PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristics of
different kinds of learning problems found in
regular classroom environment. The primary
focus of the course will be on teaching
strategies, but attention also will be given to
procedures for the identification of different
kinds of learning problems, prescriptive
procedures, referral processes, and alternatives
for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fall)
media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
% course
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship
Director.
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production
and evaluation of effective audio visual
materials for teachingllearning situations. (Fall)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by a study of
educational philosophy and the development of
American education, current major issues in
education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary
school library. Extensive study of evaluation
sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum
needs. Concentration on guidance in use of
print and non-print materials. (Fall, Spring)
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience
in observing and directing learning experiences
on the secondary school level under the
supervision of college and htgh school
personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis
dur~ngthe student teaching experience (Pmreq:
senior standing and completion of teacher aide
work and human relations elements of
Education courses 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 . Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
lndependent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Library Science
Patricia Parker, Coordinator
1
I
I
I
,(
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition,
processing and circulation. Services of the
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE
LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most
frequently used by students and librarians.
Includes preparation of bibliographies and
library instruction. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in a variety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation of library materials on
the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
lndependent study and research on some topic
of interest in the field of school library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Earl Alton: Adviser
Augsburg College is cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and
Michigan Technological University (Houghton,
Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies
which will enable a student to earn the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg
followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program
are guaranteed admission to the engineering
school, provided they have met course
requirements, have a B average, and are
recommended by a designated representative
of Augsburg College. Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications will be
evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria. Minimum course
requirements for admission to the Three-Two
Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics
121, 122; Chemistry 11 5, 116; Computer
Science 245; English 11 1 ; additional courses to
meet general education requirements and a
total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math
124, 125 and Physics 121, 122 are taken in the
freshman year. Students are encouraged to
apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the
adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged.
Department of English
Chairmen: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 I ) , including one
course in American literature, one course in the
Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three
courses in British literature. Of the British
literature courses, one must concentrate on
literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438)
and one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336, 337, or 423). All majors must
take Advanced Writing: Expository. Majors are
encouraged to take, early in their college work,
course 245, Introduction to Literature. Majors
are strongly urged to consult their departmental
adviser regularly. A student with a double major
or special program that involves considerable
work in the English department should also
work closely with an adviser in the English
department.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
Engllsh: 1 0 courses, including those listed for
the major and 320. Courses in early American
literature, Shakespeare, and film are
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course in public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group
Communication, Interpersonal Communication,
Argumentation, Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative
Reading or Stage Direction
Library Science: 475, The High School Library:
Materials Selection and Guidance
In addition to field experience and student
teaching, as required by the Department of
Education, English Education majors will be
required to gain practical experience in the
teaching of writing, to be arranged through the
department chairman.
Students interested in a teaching major are
encouraged to take courses toward their major
during the freshman and sophomore years,
enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term
of the sophomore year and apply for teacher
education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses of
study with the department chairman, students
should consult an adviser in the Department of
Education.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and
3.0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
A student electing a concentration should work
closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses given at the other
cooperating colleges will often fit well into a
concentration.
English 11 1 is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course or consent of the
instructors.
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 I ) , including one
course in British literature, and either 21 9 or
320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9
and 320.
The English Department recommends but does
not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world literature
concentration. A student arranges a
concentration by careful selection of electives
in the major, by the design of an
independent study course that applies to the
concentration, and by the selection of some
related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 41 2, 41 6; English 271,
331, 332, 336, 337, 367, 368, 423, 438 and
sometimes 282, 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 221, 222; American
Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368,
and sometimes 282, 490, 491. A student with
an American literature concentration should
take some of the courses listed under the
American Studies major which are selected
from the offerings of several departments at
Augsburg.
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
21 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in a variety of writing specializations. The focus
of each course will shift from term to term, e.g.,
Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced
Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the
historical development of the film media. The
course includes the viewing and discussing of
both feature length and short films. See also
description under Speech, Communications and
Theater Arts.
245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama,
and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted
to developing critical and analytical skills in
reading and writing about literature. Strongly
recommended for English majors.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102, 360, 361 ; Philosophy
110 , 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243;
Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352;
English 241, 261, 271, 272, 423, and
sometimes 282, 490, 491.
Reading and analysis of some significant works
of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism.
Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall,
Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE:
HOMER TO DANTE
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
A study of major works of Greek and Roman
literature, for example the epics of Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles,
and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural
background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or
three novels of the period. Relationships among
these writers and their influence on one another
will be emphasized as well as their relationship
to their own age and their lasting contribution to
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval to the modern
period. (Spring)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH
LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student
an introduction to structural linguistics and a
view of the development of the English
language. (Offered on demand)
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
While the primary study of the course will be the
writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable
attention will be given to the medieval literary
milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval
poetry, romance, and drama will be examined.
(Alternate years, 1 9 78-79)
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature. Special
emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature. (Fall,
Spring)
367 MODERN POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets
and schools of criticism. Discussion may
include the poetry and aesthetics of the
Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics,
Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black
Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional
Poets, and other contemporary movements.
368 MODERN DRAMA
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century.
(Alternate years, 1 9 78- 7 9 )
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
388 LITERARY CRITICISM
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 79-80)
A course designed to introduce students to the
various ways in which modern literary critics
have approached the problem of analyzing and
evaluating literature. Students wil study the
works of historical, psychological, textual, and
archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply
such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Offered on demand)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship
Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel in
England from its eighteenth century beginnings
up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will
be selected from the works of such authors as
Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions
contributing to the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the twentieth century .as the
dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1 9 7 8 79)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention
to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic
and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairman. Provides directed independent study
in the area of the student's choice. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Foreign Languages
Chairman: Gunta Rozentals
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited to their level
of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign
language courses follows the formula: 1 year of
high school foreign language equals 1 course
of college foreign language. However, final
placement is made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the
department. Students who register below their
level may do so, but only for a grade of PIN.
Course 112 completes basic elements of the
language. Courses numbered 21 1, 21 2 meet
useable skill levels.
Course 31 1 is prerequisite to all upper division
courses.
See department faculty for career information
Language majors must consult with department
for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course.
Teaching majors and minors must consult with
the Department of Education for program.
Methods courses by language are joint fivecollege offerings and should be taken in the fall
of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced
Conversation and Composition is a
departmental requirement for teaching majors.
MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
departmental honors must apply no later than
early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3
GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors
thesis demonstrating ability in independent
study for one course credit. Consult department
chairman for details.
Chinese
21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Several modern literary works are explored with
the goals of communicating ideas and building
sufficient reading skills to pursue general
reading in French. Completes the review of
basic structures and more complex forms.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including two in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 352. Study in France strongly
recommended.
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. Interim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French literature
read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of these works. Sophomore
standing. Does not count toward a French
major or minor.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study
Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no
previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system and basic sentence structures are
taught to enable understanding and expression
on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 11 1 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills, and
acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. (Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century French
literary readings and a grammar review, this
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. For those who have
studied most of the basic structures. Two hours
of laboratory work. (Fall)
Explores topics of current interest in both oral
and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and
facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments.
Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other
upper division courses. (Fall 1978)
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and
correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome
inadequacies and incorrect speech habits.
(Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural
manifestations of their intellectual, political,
social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
In French. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring 1979)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their
contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual
materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. Alternate years. Spring 1 9 79)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of French
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT
a
A survey of the major literary creators of the
Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
French intellectual, social and ethical currents
reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay,
theater, early novel, letters and other prose
forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory work in French. Required of all
majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest
the student acquires extensive training in the
four skills at an advanced level. Attention to
accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic
levels of expression, refinements in style and
organization as individual needs indicate.
Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate
years)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust,
Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of
this genre in theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. On demand)
452 FRENCH DRAMA
A study of French plays that shows the
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq. : 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On
demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and
the literature of ideas that led to new forms and
emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Offered alternate
years)
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in
French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry,
medieval works, Romanticism). Student
presentations in French. For advanced
students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq:
352, 3 5 4 or 355. Offered on demand)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including the
novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and
criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #.
alternate years. Prereq: 3 1 1 or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers
required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1
and 41 1. interim and/or summer in Germany
strongly recommended.
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility in the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common in
colloquial German. lntenslve practice in
speaking is supplemented with exercises in
written composition, (Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
111,112, BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 11 1 is for students with no previous
background; 112 is for students who have had
11 1 or equivalent or less than two years of high
school German. Aims at developing basic skills.
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Goals: Ability to
read extended narratives in simple German,
insights into German culture and participation in
short conversations. Laboratory materials
available. (1 11, Fall; 11 2, Spring)
21 1,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years high
school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills into working knowledge
of German. Review of basic structures with
emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and
discussion of materials representing
contemporary German life and literature. (21 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements
are read and discussed in English. The
readings are considered not only in the
particular context of German cultural history,
but also discussed in terms of their relevance
to perennial human problems. Credit for this
course does not apply to the major or minor in
German.
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and
social development of the German-speaking
peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European
origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War
(1 643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman
civilization, the re-emergence of German
cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages,
and the intellectual and religious upheavals of
the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or
#. Spring 1 9 79 and alternate years)
332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of
Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking peoples. In
.
Spring 19 78)
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of German
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th
CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation,
Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Extensive readings and discussions in
Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, supplemented by lectures on the
history of German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class discussions help to
improve students' ability to express ideas in
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th
CENTURY
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland,
poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism.
The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual
and the rise of materialism, technology and
mass man. Readings in German. Class
discussions help to improve students' ability to
deal with concepts and express themselves in
German. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th
CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals
of our time. Writers of international stature are
discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht.
Readings in German with class discussions are
designed to aid students' self-expression in
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 Or #.)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic
genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I.)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the
drama. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
See instructor for supporting courses at
Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature,
linguistics, which can apply toward classics
concentration in cooperation with Macalester
College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, with special emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and
into Greek. (1 11, Fall; 112, Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion
of vocabulary and development of reading skills
through selections from the New Testament
and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers,
historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing
and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 112 or
#. Fall)
Japanese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS
An introduction to linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles
and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics (inquiry into the mechanics of
language learning and the structure of the mind
as revealed in language). Theoretical questions
will be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite.
Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
Norwegian
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1 ,
and two of 331, 350, 353, 41 1 ; plus one course
under Scandinavian Area Studies.
For the teaching minor: 31 1, 331, 353, 41 1 plus
required education courses, including special
methods.
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in
Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics,
additional courses under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
11 1, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading .and writing. Stress
on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work expected. (1 1 1, Fall; 1 12,
Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian
used as basis for class discussion and
exercises. Laboratory work and some field
experience expected. (Prereq.: 11 2 or
equivalent. Fall)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages
of Norway. Some laboratory work and field
experience required. (Prereq.: 21 1 or
equivalent. Spring)
353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian
literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending
back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given
to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written
reports are in the Norwegian language. (Prereq.:
2 1 1 or equivalent. Spring, 1 9 79. Alternate
years)
41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written
Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical
development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required.
(Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
This study of Norwegian cultural history will
include significant aspects of the contemporary
Norwegian society. Through extensive readings
(in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work in the
comparatively homogenous population of
Norway will be examined. Written and oral
reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years.)
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 31 1,
41 1 , 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study
in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 31 1,
331 or 332, and one course in literature. (Study
in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics,
another language, Pre-Colombian civilization,
Latin-American Area Studies. Consult
department for other supporting courses in
humanities.
11 1, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an
integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 112,
Spring)
31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speaking skills in
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive
practice to improve oral and written expression
with emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of
grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from
contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.
Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years)
21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
1 1 2 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
AND CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the Pre-Colombian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or 2 12, with #. Spring 1 9 79)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class
discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in
this course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred.
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works of literature in Spanish.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to
all qualified students. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #.
Offered 1 9 76-77 and 1 9 77-78)
31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility.
Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work.
This course is a prerequisite for all upperdivision courses. (Prereq.: 2 12 or equivalent.
Fall)
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of
Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written
and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11
or 1.352, Fall, 1978; 353, Fall, 1 9 79)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature.
Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Offered
1 9 7 7 and on demand)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness
of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature
in Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the
Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course.
On demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four
of these courses must be upper division. A
major must have at least one course (either
survey or upper level) from each of the four
areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe;
U.S.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the
regular history major a social science major
with history emphasis is also available. See
"Social Science" in this catalog. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers see
"Education Department" in this catalog and
consult with Education Department faculty for
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and
3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of
the junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be
defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must
be upper division.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1200s. (Fall, Spring)
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in seauence.
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or
study on topics not covered in the scheduled
courses. The proposed study must be
approved by the directing faculty member and
the chairman of the department before
registration. A maximum of one course in
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.
history (excluding foreign policy; see History
332). The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration. (Fall)
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
I
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations;
immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the
Twin Cities; economic and political
development. Primary emphasis will be on the
late 19th and early 20th centuries. (Spring)
I
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND
GREECE TO 338 B.C.
I
I
The development of civilization in the Near East
from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in
the arts and sciences and political institutions.
(Spring 1978-79)
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis
is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences
and Rome's contributions in law and the
political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 9 - 8 0 )
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions during the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation. (Spring, 1980-8 1)
399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division students
majoring in history. See department chairman
41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period. An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history. (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state.
Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of
modern science and its effect on intellectual
history. The chronological boundaries may be
listed as 1 560-1 71 4. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities
in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th
century, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples. The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's
fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be
on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last
fifty years. (Spring 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments in this
area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist
movements and the process of decolonization
will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring 1 9 7 9 80)
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of Japan as
a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study
of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era,
modernization factors since 1868, interaction
and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring 1 9 7 8 79)
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century. (Spring 1 9 79-80)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to
individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
Geography
114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools
of geography followed by a survey of the
distribution patterns to be found in our physical
and human environment. (Fall 1 9 7 8 and
alternate years)
Department of Mathematics
Chairman: Beverly Durkee
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5,
224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses
351, 373, 441 must be included. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers are
advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must
include advanced study in areas of Analysis,
Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations,
ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric
functions. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. Students who have
completed 124 may register for credit only with
consent of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL
AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a single
variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. Students who
have completed 1 2 4 may not register for
credit. (Spring)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with
applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations
with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq: 224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on
the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes
the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Admission to Elementary Education Program)
31 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures
of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq: 2 15. Fall)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (1 24, Fall;
125, Spring; 2 2 4 , Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean spaces,
transformations, sequences and series of
functions, improper integrals, differential forms
and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq:
224. 3 2 4 , Spring; 325, Fall)
An introduction to the structure of mathematical
systems and mathematical models which have
had a primary historical impact on the other
liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending
further study of mathematics. Does not apply
toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq: #)
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities,
expectation, sampling distributions, central limit
theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of
hypotheses. (Prereq: 224. Fall)
21 5 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear
transformations, and matrices. (Prereq: 224.
Spring)
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation
methods. (Prereq: 122 or 125. Spring, 1980.
Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq: 3 14,
324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring,
19 79. Offered alternate years)
245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from real or
complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology,
probability, statistics, or computer science.
(Prereq: 3 14, 324, or #. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods including
flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation.
Extensive programming in a non-scientific
higher level language, such as COBOL.
Primarily for students in non-science areas.
An introduction to computer languages and
methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and
manipulation, hardware register operations, and
computer organization. Programming in
machine language, assembly language, and
FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily
from science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math
125 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems
and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit may be
granted toward a mathematics major or minor.
(Prereq: C.S. 2 4 5 and Math. 224 or
concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent
depending on the hospital with which the
students plan to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 1 11, 112
and two additional upper division (usually 367
and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116),
223 (or 351, 352), 353; 3) Physics: 103 (or
121, 122); one math course.
Students transferring to Augsburg College with
an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent
should expect to spend two years at Augsburg
before participating in the internship year. The
Medical Technology major is not designed for
persons who already have the baccalaureate
degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies (Interdisciplinary)
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 1 5 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 11 1 ,
362, 363, 381, and 383; plus a minimum of one
course of internship or independent study.
visit agencies, talk with specialists in various
fields, and investigate current issues in the
Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography,
government, economics, historic preservation,
populations, ethnic communities, transportation,
planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 102; Biology I01 ;
Computer Science 245; Education 478; English
351 ; History 431 ; Religion 360; Speech 342;
others, including interims, internships, and
independent studies, and urban courses at
other ACTC colleges by approval of the
director and the Urban Studies faculty.
Each student's major program must be
approved by the director.
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors
(such as business administration, history,
political science, psychology, religion,
sociology, speech). The following core courses
are required for the Concentration: Economics
120; Political Science 122; Sociology 11 1 ;
Sociology 381 ; an approved Social Science
Research course; an approved internship andlor
independent study.
Students are placed in a variety of public and
private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with MUST
faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study is done in conjunction with
a one-course internship. In consultation with
MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic
for library andlor field research related to
subjects of seminars andlor major academic
interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This program is located at the University of
Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Other Urban Studies options available through
the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA):
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
Students are placed in beginning, intermediate
or advanced study depending on proficiency.
Instruction emphasizes conversational
vocabulary to support student course work and
daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current
issues in Norwegian life and society is
coordinated with the language instruction.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement
morning field seminar topics. Included are
government and institution publications, journal
articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: TWIN CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom, students
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution,
and social organization of Scandinavian cities
are approached through a combination of
lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban
development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian
approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips,
and guest speakers. Course focus is on the
Norwegian planning system with comparative
analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or
major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is
located in Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon
urbanization and development in the Third
World.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced
levels.
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION IN
LATIN AMERICA
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both
English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and
visiting Colombian urbanists.
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY,
AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
IN THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY
Structured field course focusing on plight and
prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with
field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities
for comparison. Visits to various types of
barrios and to public and private agencies
dealing with urban problems.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or
major academic interests.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robed Karle'n
Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg
College must make application to the Music
Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such
application should be made no later than the
beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music
Department handbook for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must
take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses:
101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261, pass a piano
proficiency test, perform in a music
organization for 2 years, participate in
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
re~ertoiretests.
MAJOR: 1 2 courses including Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355;
365 or 375; 457, 458; and 4 years of
Performance Studies.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses including Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457, 458; two of
354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; and education courses. Consult with
Department of Education for requirements in
education.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE: 1 3 courses
including Core Curriculum plus 350, two of
354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or
other elective; and 4 years of Performance
Studies with double periods in the last two
years.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or
476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of
Performance Studies including at least one term
of voice; Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395,
399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of
264, 351, 352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and
one of 11 1, 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in
physical education (232 recommended);
elective in speech (1 16 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music
Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses
required for graduation.
Students need to apply for internship sites nine
months in advance of starting date. Since the
number of sites in Minnesota is limited,
students may need to seek out-of-state
internship placements.
This major normally requires four and one-half
years for completion Upon satisfactory
completion of the program, the student is
eligible to apply for certificationlregistration with
the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458
and elective; plus 1 year of Performance
Studies and 1 year in a music organization;
piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests.
Attendance at all Performance Workshops
during the year of Performance Studies and 8
campus recitals also required.
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
I
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they (1) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by
attendance at concerts both on and off campus;
the performing organizations; the creation
andlor promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least
3.0 in music courses; and (3) apply for the
Honors Program at the beginning of the second
term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate
quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal
andlor instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis
and its defense before a faculty committee or a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty
committee and a solo recital of graduate
quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital
Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student
recitals is required of sophomore, junior and
senior music majors. Music minors must attend
8 faculty and student recitals as well as all
Performance Workshops during the year of
their Performance Studies. All music majors
and minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is required
of majors during either the junior or senior year,
except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or
Bachelor of Music degree, is given required
lessons in the area of his concentration without
extra cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may not
exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour
lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College
as a Music major must, before registration and
acceptance into the major program, ( I ) take a
placement test in music theory, and (2) sing or
play representative pieces recently studied in
his or her area of applied music concentration.
This may be done immediately before
registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer
students must pass the Piano Proficiency test
by the end of their first semester at Augsburg.
101,102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course extending
over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical
theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel,
rather than sequentially. (10 1 , 223, Fall. 102,
224, Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music through the study of
selected works of great composers from each
period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships
between music and the other fine arts. For the
non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras,
(Spring)
Works of 20th Century composers will be
chosen according to instrumentation and
abilities represented by the class, so that indepth analysis can prepare for performance.
An evaluation will be made of each
composition studied with regard to its
significance and relationship to the total output
of that composer. (Prereq: 224. Spring.
Alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of choral
ensembles. (Fall)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
458
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
476 ORCHESTRATION
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music
for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. (Alternate years)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniaues for teachina ~ i a n oStudents
.
will
give individual lessons-to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Development and influence of the music of the
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. (Fall)
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to
advanced students up0n
Of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Music Therapy
Offers an opportunity to apply information and
techniques acquired in music theory and history
classes to the study of the music of our time.
110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs in the
surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions. This will be an introductory course
for the freshmen and sophomores who may be
considering music therapy as a major. This
course will give the students a broad
background in the many and varied ways in
which music is used as a therapy. (Interim)
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq: 3 9 5 )
495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a
week, six terms. No credit.
Recitals, Lessons, Organizations
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings.
(Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and
response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process and
development of an experimental research
project.
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning
music, musical talent, and performance.
(Prereq: 3 8 2 )
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement in an internship setting
approved by the National Association for Music
Therapy for six months. This is started after
completion of the senior year and is necessary
for registration by the NAMT. Applications for
internship sites must be made nine months in
advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for public
performance. Acquaints students with a
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available
to all students. For statement of fees, see under
Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in piano taken after the piano
proficiency examination has been passed
may be applied toward the music major or
minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and
articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass
Instruments, String Instruments,
Percussion Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance.
MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for the
benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to participate
in groups affording opportunity for musical
expression. Membership for the full year
required of participants. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to 65
singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band,
Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble,
Woodwlnd Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 79.
Students now entering college should be alert
for changes in requirements after July 1,
19 79).
MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 11 1, 112.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from
the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105, 106, or (1 15, 11 6), and 353
are required. In order to complete the total of 5
courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351
and 361.
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 121, 122, 245 are required;
two additional courses to be chosen after
consultation with a member of the Physics
Department.
Early consultation with adviser is
recommended.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a
number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools to
which he or she intends to apply. Early
consultation with a premedical adviser is
recommended.
MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 11 1,
112, 491 or 492, and 2 upper division biology
courses; Chemistry 115, 116 or (1 05, 106),
351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124
and 125; and Physics 121, 122.
Department of Nursing
Chairman: Donna Peterson
Augsburg offers a second-step program in
nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree with a major in nursing.
Requirements for admission to the major are:
completion of an associate degree or a diploma
program in nursing with a minimum overall
grade point average of 2.5; a current license to
practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota;
and completion of inorganic chemistry, anatomy
and physiology, and microbiology at accredited
institutions of higher education. These courses
may be taken at Augsburg prior to admission
into the nursing program.
Nurses who have not been actively engaged in
the practice of nursing for five years must take
a refresher course prior to acceptance into the
program.
Courses in introductory psychology,
introductory sociology, English composition,
and organic chemistry are also required for the
major. Students may take these courses at
Augsburg during their first year in the program
or they may take CLEP examinations to validate
credits.
MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing including 301,
302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402, and
two of the following: 420, 421 ; or 425, 426.
Speech 354, Interpersonal Communication is
highly recommended. The required courses in
sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and
biology listed above may apply toward
distribution requirements as well as toward the
major.
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Lecture, laboratory course which is an
extension of Nursing 31 0.
320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP
IN NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current
leadership responsibilities of the professional
nurse and the trends and issues evolving in
contemporary nursing practice.
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the
development of skills in comprehensive history
taking and physical examination which assist
the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families.
350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING
RESEARCH
Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic
research as applied to nursing. Students are
involved in designing, implementing, and
evaluating research projects.
301, 302, 401, 402 NURSING
SEMINAR I, 11, Ill, IV
420, 421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC
NURSING
Discussions designed to facilitate the student's
progress throughout the nursing program and to
assist in career-goal attainment. One course
credit granted on completion of all four
seminars. PIN grading only.
Seminarllaboratory courses in which the
student explores in depth a chosen area of
study and develops expertise in the selected
area of practice. Opportunities are available
which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop
behavioral objectives, select learning
experiences, and work cooperatively and
collaboratively with preceptor, instructor,
agencies and clientslfamilies in initiating
complex nursing care. (Prereq: 3 10, 3 1 1 ,
320, and 325).
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Lecture courses which focus on the
investigation and application of the concepts
and principles of health promotion, health
maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and
rehabilitation to nurse-ciientlfamily relationships
in the community setting. Emphasis is placed
on involving the student in health teaching and
counseling activities with individuals and
families.
425, 426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN
DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING
For course description see 420, 421.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Kenneth Bailey
130 LOGIC
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,
343. and 344.
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then
says you must accept a particular conclusion.
Do you? When does a conclusion follow from
premises? Here we examine the rules which
govern valid arguments and work to develop
your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy
Honors program is by recommendation of the
philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will
be made at the end of the junior year. The
program will consist of an honors thesis on an
approved topic of the student's choice,
involving research above the course level, and
a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the
department.
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS AND METHOD
Though each person has his own set of ideas
and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. The major
function of the course is to enable you to
develop the critical and analytical skills required
to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and
beliefs. (Fall, Spring)
120 ETHICS
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right
or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is
right? Because you like it? Are there better
reasons for thinking something right or wrong?
This course takes a long, hard look at possible
grounds for making moral decisions, and at the
moral judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
AND ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? How did
Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our
contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt
to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore
the worship of the world and the individual in
the Renaissance and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with experience? What can we really know
about the world? What impact did Romanticism
have on philosophy? This course studies the
major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HI,STORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV:
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love
affair with language? Is truth that which works?
Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous
science? These and other issues are dealt with
in a study of the major representatives of
linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism,
and phenomenology. (Spring)
constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there
certain real questions which science cannot
answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition
to dealing with these questions, students will
work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Fall, 1 9 78)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings - both philosophical
and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what it means to be a
being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as
absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness
of God with human and animal suffering? Is
man really immortal? Are miracles possible?
We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of
religious beliefs. (Spring, 19 79)
Application of ethical principles to problems
which arise in the areas of medical care and
delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for
the dying and euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies
which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1978)
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes,
Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses:
24 1, 242, 3 4 3 , or #.)
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
440 THEORY OF BEING
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an ir~dividualbe fully
human without it? How does language relate to
the world - can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the
mathematician and the scientist have a
language? Is it possible to have a language
which only one individual can understand? We
shall explore how philosophers have responded
to these and other important questions about
language. (Fall, 1 9 78)
Being is the most important concept which
philosophy investigates. This course studies
some of the perennial theories of metaphysics
along with some modern applications of these
theories. Students will have the opportunity to
read and discuss primary texts as well as
contemporary articles dealing with
metaphysics. (Prereq: one prior course in
philosophy)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is
purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture,
political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar
format. (Suggested prior courses: 2 4 1, 242,
343, or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty
adviser.
Department of Physical Education and Health Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
Physical Education
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: H.Ed. 11 4,
115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351,
471, 472, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232,
243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472; Biol. 103.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 1 15, 354, 355; P.E. 223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 485, 491,
495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362.
Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy
Major must be secured from the Coordinator of
Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
485, 491 ; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 11 4, 115;
P.E. 243, 350, 351, 475, one of 476-480, and
practicum in coaching (Practicum requires
registration for Independent Study 499).
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota high schools are
required to have at least a coaching
endorsement in the field of physical education
and athletics.
102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement. No
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and
officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and
officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
AND RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon-hour activities, camp
nights, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis
upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq: Biology 103; Fall)
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term)
The major effects of exercise upon the systems
of the body and physiological principles applied
fo exercise programs and motor training.
(Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring)
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
'12 course
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching
physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 MODERN DANCE
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration
of movement, energy, form, and design. No
previous dance experience necessary.
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairman
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
'
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq: 243. Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS AND SWIMMING
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics,
stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior
and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq:
Swimming competence as determined by pretest or satisfactory completion of Lifetime
Sports, Swimming. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF
ATHLETIC INJURIES
% course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room
procedures. (Prereq: 350. Spring, 1st half of
term)
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of
term)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALLISOFTBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd
half of term)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq: 350,
35 1; H. Ed. 355. Summer School only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration
of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq: 350,
351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation
required. Includes actual hospital experience in
the following four areas of corrective therapy:
(1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology,
(4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq: 485, 491, and
approval of department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in an area of physical
education. Open only to junior or senior majors.
C
.
Health Education
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: I 10, 1 1 4 , 1 1 5 ,
320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103, 108, 11 1 ; Chem.
105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241.
Techniques for developing a course of study
based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and
diseases. (Prereq: All courses in the major
sequence numbered in the 100 and 200
series; also #.)
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
11 0 , 11 4, 11 5, 320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103,
108, 11 1 ; Chem. 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231,
241 ; Educ. 265, 478, 480, 481, 482.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 11 0 , 11 4, 11 5;
Biol. 103, 11 I .
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and the
community. (Fall)
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD
% course
Education of the exceptional child with special
reference to the analysis of functional and
organic abnormalities and the role of school
health and physical education programs.
(Prereq.: P. E. 350. Spring)
355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT
% course
114 SAFETY EDUCATION
% course
Survey of basic statistical procedures and
evaluation of tests in health and physical
education. (Spring)
Principles and practices of safety education in
school and community life. Includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
41 0 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION
OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
% course
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abused. (Fall, Spring)
Historical background, legal bases, school
health services, and relationship to community
health program and resources. Methods and
materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
(Prereq: 320.)
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245,
351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above
122. In planning their courses of study,
students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have Mathematics 124, 125,
and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and
Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and
three courses above 122.
HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics
and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of
a physics topic with an oral defense of the
written research report. Application for the
honors major should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major.
Students are advised to refer to the Education
Department section of the catalog and consult
with the Education Department early in their
planning.
SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of
membership in a national physics society and
of participating in the physics community on a
professional basis. Membership in SPS is open
to all students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor
society is open to those students who have
completed the equivalent of a minor in physics
and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0
overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as
well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night
viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments are
selected not only to illustrate fundamental
principles, but also to demonstrate the
relevance of physics to the life sciences. The
course is designed to serve students in biology,
psychology, physical education (therapy
programs), medical technology and other health
science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hour laboratory. Prereq: Elem. algebra. Fali)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics,
fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq:
Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration.
12 1, Fall; 122, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear and solid state physics. This course
indicates the need for, and develops the
experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C, and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube and
some circuit applications. The study of solid
state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits
with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq: 122 or 103 plus
Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout.
Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an
introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122. Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms
of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian
and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion,
systems of particles, oscillatory systems,
central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems
and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.
35 1, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus throughout.
Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of
Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and
magnetic properties of materials, and the theory
of electromagnetic radiation based on
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 362, Fall;
363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq: Junior standing. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject is developed
from two independent yet complementary
viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic
classical thermodynamics and the theoretical,
microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq. : 3 5 1 . Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation
values, angular momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include
potential wells and potential barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 3 5 1, 352.
Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students to explore
systematically a problem in experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and
seniors with departmental approval.
Department of Political Science
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis
(Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 170;
158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division
courses in 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one
of the five areas may be counted for that area.
MINOR: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or
170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses
in 3 out of 5 areas*.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in
Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 3.0 over-all. The student must take an
Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than March 1 of the
senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may work
with any member of the Department on their
Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan.
Students should apply for the Honors Major no
later than the first term of the junior year.
* The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis,
International Politics, Public Law, and Political
Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in
more than one area may be counted in only
one area toward major or minor requirements.)
General Education
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially
appropriate are Political Science 121, 122, 158,
160 or 170.
The Urban requirement may be filled by
Political Science 122, 342 or by an Internship,
Interim, lndependent Study, or Seminar on an
urban-related topic.
Students interested in secondary education
may take a political science major in
combination with specified social science
courses, in compliance with state requirements.
For more information, see the department
chairman or the Social Studies Education
adviser.
opinion research and political public relations.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS
The politics of American government including
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of
congressional, executive, and bureaucratic
policymaking; the contemporary structure of
federalism; and current issues in American
society.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national, urban or
state focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq: Two courses in Political Science or #.
Offered on demand.)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
I
Politics in the urban setting, including important
issues, actors, and structures influencing public
policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and
discussion of contemporary issues.
1
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation.
promotion and management, emphasizing
political and economic interaction. (Prereq: 1
course in Political Science or #)
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years).
I
I
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and
other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics.
(Prereq: One course in Political Science or #)
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political parties
in the lectoral process. Field work with political
parties and interest groups and media in
presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #.
Fall term of election years.)
(See Section V for description)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including public
Indepth study of elite andlor mass participation
in the political system. (Offered on demand.
Prereq: One course in Political Science or I.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics in the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism,
legalism, and realism in foreign policy.
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of
Commurlist nations, with emphasis upon the
Soviet Union and China. (Prereq: One course in
Political Science or #.)
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process.
Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United
States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional system,
emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases
involving the United States government and the
federal system. (Prereq: 170 or #. Offered
alternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq: 1 70 or #. Offered alternate years.)
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT
A study of influential political philosophers from
Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values,
goals, and assumptions which continue to
inform and to rationalize human governance.
(Prereq: One course in Political Science or # .)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public policy
practice with focus on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare
state in comparative perspective. (Prereq: One
course in Political Science or #.)
382 MARXIST VISIONS:
PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and
movements emphasizing Marxism as developed
in Russia and China. Consideration of the
political, social, and economic dimensions of
the theories, with some focus on the preferred
futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq: 158
or #. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological
and economic approaches to political study,
and a survey of the methods common to
empirical social science. (Prereq: Social
Statistics; Political Science 158 and two upper
division courses, or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship
Supervisor in the department to determine
project.
-
-
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
determine project. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
Special topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
495 SEMINAR
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.
#)
Independent study for lower division students.
(Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
- -
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Norman Ferguson
MAJOR: 10 courses. Supporting courses from
other departments will also be required;
Physics 103 is one of the required courses.
The major program is planned in consultation
with an adviser in the psychology department
and approved by the department chairman.
Required courses include 105, 264, 265 and
493. Additional courses to include in
preparation for graduate study are 355, 357,
359, 481, and at least one course in Personality
or Developmental Psychology. The major
program should include 105 in the freshman
year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or
sophomore year, 493 in the junior or senior
year. Beginning the Experimental Psychology
sequence (264-265) in the freshman year is
recommended. The overall plan will be directed
toward a basic understanding of the discipline
of psychology and toward the particular
educational, vocational, and professional
interests and goals of the individual student. A
written plan for the major should be completed
and approved by the beginning of the junior
year. The plan, which may indicate one or
more electives in psychology, should be
completed early in the sequence of psychology
courses. Completion of a written plan later than
the beginning of the junior year may delay
graduation; early planning is recommended.
Not more than a total of two courses from
among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted
toward the minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that this
restriction applies toward the minimum
requirement; the student may actually take
more such courses.
It is recommended that psychology majors take
additional course work from among the
following departments: Biology, Mathematics,
and Computer Science. It is recommended that
students interested in physiological psychology,
comparative psychology, psychological
measurement, or experimental psychology
include at least three of these courses in their
psychology major program.
MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more
than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may
be counted toward the minor.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average
over-all, and completion of a high quality
research project culminating the major program.
Application for honors consideration must be
made during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairman for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior, and
research procedures associated with the study
of behavior. A structure of the field of
psychology including psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture and
laboratory regarding the fundamentals of
neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research
methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions
of the central nervous system with
environmental events including the effects of
drugs on behavior. (Prereq: 105 and one
course in biology; two courses in biology are
recommended. Fall)
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation
in human and animal learning, problem solving,
social psychology, and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and
experimental design methodology. Experimental
Psychology I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Experimental Psychology II.
Majors in psychology must take both terms of
the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265;
265 should be taken in the term immediately
following 264. (Prereq.: 105. 2 6 4 , Fall, Spring;
265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission.
Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the
time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical
implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq.: 105. Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide
variety of species from lower animals
(invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with the
environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and
environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq.: 1.05. Fall, Spring)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement,
interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior
of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases
used for building understanding of and
appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data
and theory have for the development of
persons in the adolescent and adult periods of
life (Prereq.: 35 1. Spring)
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideration of theories
of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders.
Consideration of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or
3 6 1 . Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL:
FEMALE AND MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and
goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data
bearing on these differences. (Prereq: 105 or
#.)
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology. (Prereq:
2 courses. Offered alternate years)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given to
goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 CURRENT TOPICS IN
PSYCHOLOGY
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of
individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality;
exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105.
Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult with the
departmental internship coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register.
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and
Study of selected areas and topics within
psychology that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics
will be published prior to registration. (Prereq:
105 and #. Fall, Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal issues.
Consideration of the approaches and methods
of behavioral science in relation to the study of
such issues. (Prereq: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student must
present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and
purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
Religion 1 1 1 or 221 are prerequisite to all other
courses.
major. One upper division New Testament
Greek course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered 361-363
and one from those numbered 471 -475.
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 356,
481 and also including a seminar especially for
majors to be taken in the junior or senior year.
Only one interim course may be applied to the
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and
3.0 over-all; research project approved by the
department and a colloquium with the
department.
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim
course may be counted to the minor. In order
to prepare for teaching about religion in public
schools the student should work closely with
the Religion Department in designing a program
which includes: (a) a major in an academic field
which is certifiable for elementary or secondary
school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with
courses 356, 360, 363, 471, and 355. The
Minnesota State Department of Education does
not at this time grant licensure for a Religion
major or minor.
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian
doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
An introductory survey of some of the major
living religions of the world, including Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and
Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of
primary documents from these religious
communities.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of these
changes to the institutional church.
361 CHURCH FATHERS
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
See under Department of Philosophy.
A study of the early Christian Church in the
context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the
development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions,
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several
early Christian leaders and a special unit on the
life and thought of Augustine.
353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS
IN AMERICA
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of
the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
An introduction to the theological thought of the
Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century.
Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
354 LIFE AND WORK OF THE CHURCH
Congregational life in its varied character with
attention directed to Christian education and
curriculum, youth work and parish work.
(Offered 1 9 7 7-78)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
The origin, literary character, and transmission
of the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and
the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture.
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be examined.
The theological, as well as the legal and
educational implications will be analyzed and
discussed. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
(See under Department of Music)
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing
with their content, literary structure and
relationships. Attention to the variety of
interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus."
(Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD
TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from the
end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern
Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a
grant to Augsburg College in support of this
course in Judaism offered in the religion
department. (Fall)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian
Church. (Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as
expressed in the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and
biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of
the church. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action.
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor. (Fall)
Russian Area Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major in Russian Area Studies is a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to
give the student the broadest possible exposure
to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics,
literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition
to providing a good liberal education, the
program can enable students to prepare for
graduate study, or careers in areas such as
government, international business, or teaching.
The Major consists of 11 courses:
4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian
(or equivalent competencies)
2 courses in Russian history
1 course in Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course in Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
Scmdinavim Area Studies
Director: Mildred Joel
331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT IN
AMERICAN HISTORY
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to
Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language Department or
subdepartment regardless of their content
which may be linguistic, literary or cultural.
Students graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level
study of a Scandinavian language. See
Norwegian courses listed under Department of
Foreign Languages.
255, 355 OIL AND NORWAY:
MUTUAL IMPACT
An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging
Norwegian petroleum industry upon the politics
and economy of Norway and, conversely, of
Norwegian political perspectives and institutions
upon the development and use of this recently
discovered resource. (Interim, 1 9 7 8 )
330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable but not required. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 78)
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
The Old World background and use of
"America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land;
aspects of Norwegian-American culture.
(Offered 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 )
How did the Old Stock American host society
receive the waves of new comers to the U.S. in
the 19th and 20th centuries? How did the
immigrants respond to the reception? Through
case studies, selected readings, class lecture,
and discussions, this course examines the
encounter of the new American culture with the
older European cultures. (Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 )
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic communities in Minnesota.
(Offered 1 9 7 4 - 7 5 , soliciting students from the
community on a non-credit basis, as well as
regular college students either on an audit or
credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered
alternate years. Fall, 1 9 7 8 )
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Fall, 1979)
See description under Department of Art.
360 EDDA AND SAGA
396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA
A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of
early Scandinavia, including Snorre's
Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas.
Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland.
Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology
and other topics. Taught in English. Counts
toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when
readings and papers are done in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 1 9 7 5 )
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History. (1977-78).
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Department of History. (1 974-75).
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
In consultation with a faculty member, student
selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquisl
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for
those preparing for secondary school teaching
in social studies. The requirements for licensure
are in the process of being changed. For those
graduating after July I , 1979 a new
"competency based" program will be in effect.
See Department of Education for further details.
The Social Science major is also recommended
for others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This major
may be earned in any one of four distributions.
A student may not list a double major in Social
Science and one of the several component
disciplines unless the distribution selected in
the Social Science major is significantly
different from the other major.
A. History Emphasis
7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in
Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2 in
Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at least 4 of
these courses must be upper division.
2 courses in political science
1 course in the methodology of the social
sciences selected from the following:
Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 - Quantitative
Methods for Economics and Business
Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I
Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis
Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation
4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines:
geography, anthropology, economics,
sociology, psychology
B. Behavioral Science Emphasis
14 courses from the following disciplines:
economics, history, political science,
pyschology, sociology (including
anthropology); at least 5 courses must be
upper division.
Included in this requirement are the
following:
( I ) at least 2 courses fr.om each of 3 of
the 5 disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th
discipline excluding history.
(2) 1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the
following:
Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365
(3) 1 course in American history
C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis
Hist. 103 - The Modern World
1 course in the methodology of the social
sciences selected from the following:
Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365
12 courses in non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least four
disciplines represented.
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474;
history seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic.
Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political
science seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant t o ~ i c .
Econ. 122, 258.
Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104;
Econ. 122
4th term of college work in a modern
foreign language.
2) Required: upper division
Pol. Sci. 363, 461 ; Hist. 332.
3) Electives: 7 courses selected from this
list. No more than five from any one
discipline.
Pol. Sci. 350, 351, 380, 381, 382;
political science seminar, independent
study, or interim course on a relevant
to~ic
Hist. 41 6, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474;
history seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic
Econ. 251, 258, 495; economics
independent study or interim course on a
relevant topic
Sociology 241
4th term of college work in a second
modern foreign language.
Sociology 241
Religion 356
Philosophy 355
D. International Relations Emphasis
1) Required: lower division
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
each of five disciplines, selected from the
following: anthropology, economics, geography,
history, political science, psychology, and
sociology. The selection of courses must be
approved by one of the faculty supervising the
social science major.
Department of Sociology
Chairman: G. Nelson
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including
121, 362, 363, 375 and 485, Completion of
Graduate Record Examination in sociology.
(Highly recommended: a CHR course,
internship, independent study or upper division
interim course in sociology.) This
recommendation is made in the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety of
learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairman
concerning areas of concentration.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two upper
division courses (i.e., 300 and above).
HONORS MAJOR: The student must :~ave a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7
overall. Application for honors in sociology
candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis
proposal to Department Chairman before April
1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent
upon departmental approval of proposal by
April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through
which work on thesis will be completed. Honors
degree in sociology will be granted to a
candidate if helshe successfully defends the
thesis before March 31 of senior year and
maintains GPA through graduation.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in
such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed,
and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these
institutions take the course together with
college students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and interest.
11 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
See under Department of Religion.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilities of human community in the context
of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basic aspects of society; socialization, family
life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and
profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The
relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element in the way we see
the world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a
comparison of alternate realities as found in
different cultures and varying social contexts.
An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture.
(Fall, Spring)
300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS
IN SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts to build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach.
Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of
quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical
analysis. Designed especially for political
science and sociology majors. Sociology
majors should take Soc. 363 the following
term. (Prereq: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence.
Overview of commonly-used research designs
and measurement techniques. Applications for
program evaluations. Practice doing research
by way of class activities and individual
projects. To be taken immediately after Soc.
362. (Prereq: Soc. 362 or #. Spring.)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
AND PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview of methods of organizing,
comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing eqiriprnent
for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially
.experimental designs and applications to
program evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq: high school algebra. Spring)
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juvenile
justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections.
Major attention is focused on the causation and
prevention of crime and delinquency, and the
various modes of treatment. (Prereq: 1 2 1. Fall)
relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity"
and what part they play in understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at the
major assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the
ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic
Interaction", an important orientation in social
psychology, will be used as a way of dealing
with the major issues in the course. (Prereq:
121 and Psych 105. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban
sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system;
metro-urban planning and policy systems; major
issues related to shaping the future metropolis.
The Twin Cities metropolitan area is utilized as
an important learning laboratory. (Prereq: 11 1
or 1 2 1 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status
and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of the
amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning
inequality in the U.S. (Prereq: Soc. 121.
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or Internship
Director for details. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. (Prereq: 2 courses in
sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according
to department guidelines. (Prereq: 1 2 1 and
permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Department of Social Work
Chairman: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins in the
junior year, but all students are advised to take
Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores
unless exempted by the faculty.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for
students preparing for social work practice is
the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor
of Arts degree should be chosen only if the
student is not interested in a professional social
work position. Core program consists of Psych.
105, and either Psych. 351 and 352, or Soc.
375; Soc. 121, 231, 365, and 383; and Social
Work 257 (optional and if available), 361, 363,
461, 463, 465 and 467. Recommended
courses are: one CHR; Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. 121
or 122 or 325 or 326; Psych. 362.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS
DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose
the BA program unless there are definite plans
not to enter social work practice after
graduation. The core program consists of the
same courses as specified for the BS except
that Sociology 231 is not required and only one
of Social Work 461 or 463 is required. Students
may take a second major, but cannot take a
Social Work Specialization.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED
FOR PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
IN SOCIAL WORK:
Broad preparation in all areas of social science
with at least one course in each social science
is recommended if graduate training in social
work is considered. The following are highly
recommended: Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. (one or
more) 121, 122, 158, 325, and 326; Psych. 361
and 362; and Soc. 241, 373, and 375.
SPECIALIZATIONS: Specialization may be
taken in the BS major. Specializations in Aging,
Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections,
and Youth are possible. Specialization consists
of courses descriptive of dysfunctional and
programmatic aspects of the special area, plus
field work assignments in the senior year.
Completion of a specialization sequence will be
noted on the student's transcript.
257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
Opportunity to know social work professionals,
social service delivery systems, and career
aspects of the helping vocations. Independent
study with a term paper report and weekly
review conferences. Especially recommended
for freshmen or sophomores. (Interim)
361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects of the
various systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the role of social work in them. Special
emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions
and movements contributory to the rise of the
welfare state; description of the various
programs and services of the welfare system;
the profession of social work; exploration into
the future of welfare. Three class periods per
week plus special assigned work. (Prereq:
Junior, or #. Fall)
363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive methods,
and practical experience necessary for social
work practice with individuals and small groups;
development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Two class periods of
lecture-discussion sessions or small group
discussions per week plus 10 hours of field
experience per week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , Junior.
Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS AND
SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK
Refinement of practice skills in direct service
social work through field practice, seminar
analysis, and regular class work. Examination of
the alternatives, modes and submethods in
social work. Some emphasis upon development
of an eclectic practice style. Attention to
professionalism and futurism in social work. 1 0
hours of field experience per week. (Prereq.:
363 or #. Fall)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 )
surveyance of historical forms of social change,
2) understanding the basic issues and
strategies relevant to social protest and change,
3) examination of the structure, function and
dysfunction of various community organizations
and other corporate and political systems, and
4) knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #.
Fall)
465 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
Seminars consisting of an introduction to social
policy formulation and analysis associated with
the delivery of services in selected areas of
social work practice. Examination of the
development and impact of policy in such areas
as mental retardation, chemical dependency,
youth, aging, and public welfare and social
security. Field experience of 10 hours per
week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , 4 6 3 , and senior or #.
Interim)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER
AS A PROFESSIONAL
Futurism in social work; professional education;
application of ethics and all professional
principles to practice. Field assignment of 1 0
hours per week as a professional social
worker. (Prereq.: 461, Spring)
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPAof 3.25 in the
major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive
examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly
recommended for all students in elementary
education.
Communication Arts
COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses,
including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 21 9. Supporting courses required but
not counting toward the major: Speech 111 ;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology
11 1 or 241, 375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows for
different emphases - journalism, advertising
and public relations, radio-television-film, human
relations, and supervisory management.
Program guides for each area are available
from the Department Chairman or the Office of
Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action
plan. Freshmen should take Speech 11 1,
Psychology 105, Sociology 11 1, and
Philosophy 130.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
English minor, preferably a major. The
communications major or minor does not
qualify one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses,
including 11 1, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352,
354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a
minor in English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 11 1
and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation in
forensics.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
See under Department of Art.
219 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM
See under Department of English.
225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II
See under Department of Art.
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See under Department of English
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses.
242 FILM-MAKING
SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved
by department.
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
An introduction to commercial television with
an emphasis on the director:^ role; some
emphasis on producing, programming, writing,
acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee:
$10. Fall, Spring)
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
COMMUNICATION
See under Department of Political Science.
Selected topics in speech and communication,
with emphasis on the use of primary sources
and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring)
351 ARGUMENTATION
Theater Arts
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical
work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 ADVERTISING
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and
communications. (Prereq: Jr., Sr.,
Communication major or #. Spring)
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and
help to overcome communication barriers.
( S ~ r iinns)
355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and
organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology
I
399 INTERNSHIP
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses,
including: 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 360, 361, 366,
467. A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in
dramatic literature may be counted toward a
theater arts major. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 111, 1 16, and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts major:
Experience is required in four out of the five
following areas: acting, set construction and
painting, lighting and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in
dramatic productions during all four years.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 241 or
243, 360, 361, 366, 467, 476 or a voice and
diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 11 1, 228, 232, 361, 366, one of the
following: 241, 243, 476, and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech. An introduction
to principles and methods of speech
correction. (Spring)
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses. 11 1, 228, 232, 241 or
243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366,
467, 476 or a voice and diction course, and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a
minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
361 THEATER HISTORY
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for elementary and secondary school teachers
and recreation leaders. (Fall)
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Fall)
228 STAGECRAFT
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Laboratory fee $20. Fall)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upperdivision students only. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Department Chairman for details.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq: 228 or #. Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and
drama. (fall)
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by
combining appropriate portions of two majors
may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The
Transdisciplinary Major enables students to
respond to a particular career interest. While
such an individually developed major may
satisfy the particular interests of a student,
broad majors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary
Major are to observe the following:
a. The major program should include at least
two-thirds of the courses required in the
normal major programs of two major fields
offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year (contract
forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar);
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1976-77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,821
Summer Session, 1977. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,314
Summary of Graduates
Graduates,1870-1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,675
Graduates, 1977 (August 31,1976-May 22,1977). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6
Faculty
RUTH L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin
(French)
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D.
1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARGARET ANDERSON, Acting Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota.
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D.
1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972, University of Minnesota
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department
Chairman
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of
Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
*MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
'ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Percussion)
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern
University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959,
University of Minnesota
*ANNE BOLLATI, lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota (Spanish)
*RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*DANIEL G. BRICK, lnstructor in Business Administration
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the
Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English and Director of Summer School, Ph.D. 1973,
University of California - Santa Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMIN G. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Adjunct lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966,
Duke University
*DAVID DOMAAS, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1977, Augsburg College
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech & Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairman
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music
MARK J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
'KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University,
Department Chairman
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University
NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin, Department Chairman
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Planning and Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University
Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
MARK L. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota
*STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Speech and Communications
*ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women
"JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969,
University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota
LElF HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of
Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary
*KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
EDWINA L. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
GARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture)
*KENNETH HOLMEN, Instructor in Biology, B.A. 1974, Augsburg College
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
*WILLIAM IACONO, Lecturer in Psychology, B.S. 1972, Carnegie-Mellon University
ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities,
M.S. 1975, St. Cloud State University (Head Basketball Coach)
*I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies Program, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and
B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota
*JAMES ROBERT JOHNSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech and Theater Arts, B.A. 1974,
University of Minnesota
*LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University
of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
*NORMA KNUTSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Religion, M.A. Columbia University
*ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn)
BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*ROY H. LaFAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University0 f Minnesota
PAMELA S. LARSON, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), B.A. 1971, Augsburg College
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California
- Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
*EDWARD McGAA, Adjunct lnstructor in American Studies
*MARIE McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, E.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ,
Piano)
ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas
(Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1971, University of Wisconsin
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor in Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota
SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University
of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago,
Department Chairman
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota,
Department Co-chairman
*GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, Yniversity of Minnesota (American Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota
NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department
Chairman
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University
PATRICIA O'KANE, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1971, Emory University
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, lnstructor in Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
'WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
(German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin, On
Leave 1977-78
*PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois
- Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University,
Department Chairman
*DOUGLAS PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
DANIEL W. PETERSON, lnstructor in Physics, B.A. 1973, Augsburg College
*DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1968, University of Cincinnati,
Department Chairman
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960,
Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
R
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University
STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairman
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art (Film Making)
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D
1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England),
Department Co-chairman
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D.Mus. 1965
Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M. Mus. Ed. 1963, Mac Phail School of Music
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, M.A.
1961, University of Minnesota, On Leave 1977-78
DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech
*R. JOHN SINGH, lnstructor in Religion, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany)
*DANA SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), 6. M. 1975, Augsburg College
*EMMA SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
*GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass)
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1966, Augsburg College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska, Department
Chairman
*DEBORAH S. SWANSON, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1974, Augustana College
*MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, On
Leave 1977-78
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Metro-Urban
Studies)
*GERALD VIZENOR, Instructor in American Studies, B.A. 1960, University of Minnesota
*MARY JO WAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*DEBRA A. WILSON, Women's Tennis Coach
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Flute), B.A. 1938, Macalester College
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*Indicates part-time
ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Planning and Facility Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avalon Okerson
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Acting Vice President for Finance and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carl Stromer
Director of Auxiliary Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko
. . Gores
Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Robert
Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Charles Gerster
Manager, College Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred Nelson
Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Therese Morrison
Manager, Ice Arena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Carey
Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dennis Easley
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . Charles S. Anderson
Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis
.
Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BeverlyWegge
Head Librarian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie
.
Sibley
.
Olson
Director of Audio Visual Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Louise McColl
Fine Arts Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cynthia
.
Mandl
..
Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Borghild
Estness
Assistant Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pamela
.
Louisa
Executive Secretary to the Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roberta
.
Henke
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glen W. Johnson
Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeroy Carlson
Director of Annual Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Michael Walgren
Assistant to Vice President for Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. B. Batalden
.
Executive Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Irene
Steenson
PUBLIC RELATIONS
C. Boatman
.
Director of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anthony
Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Stella
. Rosenquist
Mattos
Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Patricia
.
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Benzel
Director of Transfer Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jennifer
.
Edwins
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,.. . , . . . , . . Kathryn Lange
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . William Ross
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . , . , . , . , . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leslie Samuelson Larson
a
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni
Dlrector of Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linda Schrempp
M. Olsson
Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Patricia
.
. . Slater
Director of Student Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joan
Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder
Head Resident, Mortensen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joe Voelker
Director of Human Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Judy Essman
Director of Academic Achievement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Phyllis Miller
.
Head Resident, Urness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Janet
Grant
Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JanSollon
Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JoelMugge
.
Index
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
.
AcademicLife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. .
.
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Admission to the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-22
.
Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
.
American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
.
Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
..
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
.
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. .
Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
.
Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
.
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
CampusMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8. .
Chemistry. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
.
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
..
.
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
.
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). . . . . . . . . 15
Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
.
. 80
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
...
Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Course Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
..
Credit by Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
..
Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.7
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
..
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
..
.
East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
.
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
.
Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.
. . 56
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
..
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10)
.
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
..
Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I02
..
Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
.
Five College Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
..
Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
French
60
.
Foreign Language. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Full-Time Student Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
.
General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 13. 35
..
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
..
.
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
.
Graduates. Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
.
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Graduation With Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
..
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
..
Health Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20
History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
..
.
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Inter-Institutional Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Intercollegiate Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Internship Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
..
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
..
Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
.
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.70
Metro-Urban Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
.
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
.
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
New Dimensions Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
..
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Personnel of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 10
..
Pre-Professional Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
.
..
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
.
Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
..1
Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Psychology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
...
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Religious Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
...
Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
.
Scandinavian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
..
Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Social Work. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
.
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
..
.
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
.
.
Student Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
.
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Symbol(#) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
.
..
Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
.
Transdisciplinary Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Transfer to Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
.
TuitionandFees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
..
Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Visiting the Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Academic Calendar For 1978-79
(Tentative: Subject to Change)
Fall Semester 1978
Sept. 5-6
Sept. 7
Sept. 20
Oct. 23
Nov. 22
Nov. 22
NOV.23-26
Nov. 27
Dec. 13
Dec. 16-20
Dec. 20-Jan.
Registration and Welcome Days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
Interim 1979
Jan, 3
Jan, 26
Jan. 31
lnterim Begins
Interim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1979
Feb. 1
Feb. 14
Apr. 6
Apr. 7-1 5
Apr. 16
Apr. 20
May 11
May 14-17
May 20
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirement... Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies
contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpub1ishedherein;the
student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar.
Table of C o n t e n t s
PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 23, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 29, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE
PAGE 33, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 42, EXPENSES
PAGE 45, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 52, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 54, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 142, FACULTY
PAGE 151, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 153, INDEX
PAGE 155, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog i s designed togive you the information you need to know
as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions
you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the
Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hopethe following brief
definitions will be helpful.
ACADEMIC
COURSE
.......... The
practices, principles, regulations, and customs which
characterize school and college.
............. A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four
courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the
interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for
graduation.
MAJOR
.............
.A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in
20 departments.
MINOR.. .......... ..A concentration in a field or study in less depth than the major.
ELECTIVE
FEE
.......... ..A
course not required for the major or minor but taken by the
student from any college department as his or her interests
dictate.
.................. Charges
LOAN
made by the College for special services such as
laboratory equipment or locker rental.
...............Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays.
See "Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP ...... .Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or
the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships
vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally
depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no
obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
......... .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15
weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE
...... .A course which a student i s required to complete before another
one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the
same or another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the
excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of
the rural setting. Augsburg i s one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which
can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables
you to be a participant or a spectator at a
variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are
regularly available to you on campus,
as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic
programs.
Religious activities are a vital part of the
campus. The Religious Life Commission
has been established by the Student
Government to oversee, stimulate and
perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg
campus. Its primary purpose and goal is
neither self-serving nor self-sustaining,
but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning
experience. While distributional and
major requirements act as guidelines,
there is latitude to design a portion of
your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are
central. The college follows the calendar
known as the "4-1-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will
encounter ideas and experiences from
the whole range of human knowledge.
The liberal arts education, however, i s
more than an education of knowledge
from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration i s necessary in
your chosen field. You may choose from a
variety of majors for hundreds of career
possibilities.
Augsburg i s in the center of the Twin
Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this
metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope
of resources and activities is available to
enrich your education, if you choose. You
may select an evening at the Guthrie
Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at
any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon
touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in
the Twin Cities. There are numerous
opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North
Stars, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an
eager student body and a remarkable
location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege
affiliated with the American Lutheran
Church (ALC). Founded more than 100
years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s
centennial in 1969 and i s i n its second
century of Christian higher education.
The current student body of over 1600 i s
largely of Lutheran background though
many denominations are represented on
campus. About 65% are residentstudents,
while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area.
Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several
major airlines provide daily service t o
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient,
Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and
Allegheny. Bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United
States.
The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes
east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border
of the campus. (Directions are given in the
map section of this catalog.)
History
Location
You and your education will have the
option of benefiting from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art
collections are available t o you in the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker
Art Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded
by Norwegian Lutherans in America.
Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first
college students were enrolled i n 1874
and the first college graduation was held
in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area
performing organizations afford rich
opportunities for the enjoyment of music
of many types. The Twin Cities also appear
regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists.
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1963 when its former sponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with
the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters
in the area such as the nationally known
Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round,
the O l d Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera,
Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen
Dinner Theater.
Nature and Objectives
Recreational activities abound. You can
play tennis at parks near the campus or
swim in one of the many area lakes. In the
winter you may join other students o n
skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
of the American Lutheran Church. It i s
committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and
humanities in the context of the Christian
faith.
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g
primary objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting
them to become proficient i n onearea
or major.
Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
t o h e l p students understand t h e
Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world.
The College and i t s faculty subscribe t o
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulagated by the American Association of American Colleges.
to develop students' love o f learning
and their faculties o f reason, criticism,
curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic
excellence.
to increase students' understanding o f
the urban environment and culture,
and to enable them to gain the skills
needed to respond creatively to the
problems and potentialities o f the
modern city.
to encourage students to ascertain
their interests and abilities, and to aid
them i n discovering the occupational
opportunities which exist for them.
to assist students i n their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes
and qualities o f character compatible
with the Christian faith.
Policies
It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed t o Charles Gerster, Science Hall,
Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial
Hall, (332-5181), or t o the Director of the
Office for Civil Rights, Department of
The Campus
Augsburg's campus is located i n the heart
of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 16
major buildings with a number of cottage
housing units that are very popular with
the students. The University of Minnesota
and two of the city's largest hospitals,
Fairview and St. Mary's are adjacent t o the
campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation
in the following associations that set
standards by which excellence i s judged:
North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is t o
permit students t o learn, first-hand, about
t h e College program, facilities, and
admissions requirements. A personal
interview affords candidates, parents, and
the admissions counselor the opportunity
to exchange information vital i n the
process o T - T e r e a K - aTdtege and i n
making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions
officer are strongly recommended but are
not mandatory.
of the faculty and to attend classes,
Monday through Friday, when school is in
session.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour
and an interview are asked to write for an
appointment or call the office (332-5181).
Preferred times for campus visits are 9
a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements
may also be made to meet with a member
School, church, and other groups are
welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office
o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454.
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
,<
- \.-
.-'
.Z
Campus Guide
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1. Admissions House
2. West Hall
3. Library
4. Science Hall
5. O l d Main
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. The Quadrangle
10. Memorial Hall
11. Art Studio and Art Annex
12. O l d Music Hall
13. Si Melby Hall
14. Augsburg College Ice Arena
15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
16. East Hall
17. Music Hall
18. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
- Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus o n Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St.*Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
Admissions (628 21st Ave. 5.)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 114)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
The Physical Plant
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located i n
relation t o each other.
Following i s a brief description of each
building.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a
large number of classrooms and offices.
offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat
recital hall.
The Speech and Drama Building, was
acquired in 1959 and remodeled for
dramatic and other speech activities.
Science Hall, erected i n 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories
for chemistry, physics, and biology; a
medium-sized auditorium; and several
classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa
Odland Observatory on the roof of
Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960.
The Augsburg College Center, completed
in 1967, is a center of non-academic
activity on campus. The building houses
the Commons, which i s the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and a
coffee shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this
building. The bookstore i s also located
here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided i n this three-story
building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
was erected and dedicated i n 1955.
Adjaceant t o Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it
provides excellent resources for research
and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an
eleven-story building providing living
quarters for 324 students. The building
was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given several
generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building i s that each floor i s
considered a "house unit" providing the
36 residents, housed two to a room, with
their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium,
was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby,
dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for
the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel
services, and general auditorium purposes.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected
in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The
building houses about 60 students and
provides space for several faculty and
administrative otfices.
The Music Hall, erected in 1978, is the
newest building on the campus. It contains classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, a music library, practice studios,
Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973,
named in honor of M i s s Gerda Mortensen,.dean of women at Augsburg from
1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing
for 312 upperclass students. A spacious
lounge area as well as conference rooms
are located i n this building.
-
-
The Art Studio Building, dedicated in
1964, houses the Department of Art on its
two floors.
West Hall, i s an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for
married students.
Annex Houses, located in the campus
area p r o v i d e accommodations f o r
students, faculty, and staff members.
The Admissions House, located at 628-21st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for
hockey, recreational skating, and figure
skating.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide its students
with a broad liberal arts education as well
as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences
and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and t h e
Christian ministry i s offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation f o r
careers i n business, communications,
medical technology, music, nursing,
occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks t o assist its students
through their academic experience t o
better understand themselves and the
world and to equip them t o serve accordi n g t o their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student as Learner
A great deal has been written during the
last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to i t s students. Augsburg
recognizes its task to provide consistently
high quality opportunities for learning
along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process.
Learning is not, however, a commodity
which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o
simply buying so many courses and being
exposed to the activities of professors.
Learning involves t h e solitary i n n e r
struggle of the student who investigates,
analyzes and synthesizes the materials
and insights offered. When these have
become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities i n this process. Neither
party can elude its basic task.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try t o
take a personal interest i n their students.
The student-faculty ratio i s approximately
15.5 t o 1, with class size averaging 25 or
less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as
academic advisers and are available for
help on individual problems. They often
join students in discussing the political
climate, comparing notes on a visiting
speaker, or talking over the latest sports
victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place t o study. The
main library, centrally located next to the
Science Hall, houses over 150,000volumes
including books, periodicals, records and
various other media. The Music and
Chemistry libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
Access to over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service
among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library.
Through Minitex, the statewide network,
the additional resources of Minnesota
and Wisconsin libraries are accessible t o
the Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff p r o v i d e s
students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction
in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance i n pursuing term
paper topics, and directions t o other local
sources of information,
The AV Center of the Library provides
facilities for classes in broadcasting and
audio-visual materials. Assistance with the
production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings
are available f o r b o t h f a c u l t y and
students. Equipment such as movie and
slide projectors and tape recorders may
be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice o n
materials selection are also available.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two
15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each
semester the student generally enrolls i n
four courses; during the interim concentration i s on one subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an
arena of learning. Creative energies and
individual interests determine the course
of study. Innovation and experimentation
are encouraged in this change from the
general academic schedule. Interest i n
music may take form in the study and
presentation of a concert program. Interest i n people may find form i n the study
and participation i n activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising
agencies provide opportunities for those
interested' i n communications. Whether
your interests are sedate or spectacular
the interim will afford the opportunity t o
experience and experiment while learning.
General Education
Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation
are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f
courses. A student seeking a liberal arts
education would probably choose many
of them even if they were not required.
I n the humanities area, students may
select courses i n literature, philosophy,
art, music, foreign languages, speech,
drama, and religion. Science courses may
be chosen f r o m biology, chemistry,
mathematics, or physics. Courses in social
and behavioral sciences are offered i n
science, psychology and sociology.
Proficiency in English writing must be
demonstrated. O n e course f r o m an
approved list of courses containing an
emphasis on urban concerns i s required
as is also proficiency in two lifetime sports.
For details on general education requirements see under Academic Administration.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
wide scope of courses in the natural and
social sciences, in the humanities, and in
religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
many graduate schools consider the
grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their class schedules.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1 course.
Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116
(or 105,106), 351,352,353; English Ill,
and
one or more writing and literature
courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics
121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociology,
behavioral sciences and humanities, 5
courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year. Requirements have been designed
to fulfill the minimum requirements of
the School of Dentistry at the Universityof
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program
of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied
Science and the Michigan Technological
University. See under Engineering for
information on the course requirements
in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical
School of the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may
vary. Programs have been designed to
fulfill the minimum requirements of the
Medical School of the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in
law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American
Law Schools. Early consultation with the
pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, is
strongly suggested. Students may wish to
take the political science course, Law in
the United States, to help determine
whether they possess an interest in law.
Since law schools encourage students to
maintain a high grade point average, the
pre-law student should be aware that
Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,
352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and
a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to
fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements
should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the
bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
This two-year program has been designed
to fulfill minimum requirements of the
College of Pharmacy at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary
with any of several different majors, e.g.,
history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology, religion. The student planning
t o enter seminary should include Religion
111, 221 among the courses selected. A
pre-seminary curriculum should include
at least two semesters of history (Western
Civilization) and one or more courses i n
the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior and/or senior
year. .
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges
and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C.,
the Twin Cities private colleges library
consortium, and Minitex, the statewide
library network, the Augsburg community has access t o over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 150,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus.
No additional fee i s required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction
in music and some independent studies.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
See under "Independent Study" for
further details. Students may elect t o
English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124;
participate in the cooperative program t o
Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology Ill, gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or t o
112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1
undertake a specific course or major not
course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art,
offered on the home campus. The colliterature, music, humanities, theater, and
leges have coordinated calendars. The
upper division foreign languages); aninterim term may also be taken o n
t h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography,
another campus. A regularly scheduled
history, political science, psychology, and
bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e
sociology courses to fulfill the remainder
campuses.
of the distribution requir,ements.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed t o fulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges i n planning study opportunities for the January interim. For
example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly
plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
The Higher Education Consortium. This
Computer Programming. Augsburg and
group is composed of colleges and uniControl Data Institute have an arrangeversities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South
ment whereby students may transfer the
Dakota. Planned activities include inequivalent of three courses in computer
novative curricular programsfor students,
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg
interchange and sharing of academic perCollege.
sonnel and o t h e r college resources,
cooperative research projects, foreign
Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursstudy, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban
ing students in the school of nursing at
affairs conference, and development of
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive inprograms consistent with the needs and
struction in biology, chemistry, and other
resources of the community organiza~ basic courses at Augsburg. Applications
tions of the Upper Midwest.
for admission t o the school of nursing
should be made directly t o the hospital.
Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year
program i n social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program i s designed t o train
specialists to help professional people i n
dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards,
and students at rehabilitation centers.
Classes are held at such places as the
Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison,Trevillaof Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response o f students
involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been
extremely favorable.
Medical Technology. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers w o r k which
enables qualified students t o receive a
college degree with a major in Medical
Technology. The first three years of this
work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program i s completed at
one of the three hospitals when the
student i s accepted by the participating
hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by
the hospitals.
Engineering. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and
Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and
Michigan, enables a student t o receive
the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the
last two at the affiliated university.
Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home,
is available to students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
wishes t o participate i n an international
program.
Admission t o this program requires an
application t o b e approved by t h e
director of 'the program. Application
should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are
r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point
average in work completed in the major
and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All
candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult w i t h t h e Director regarding
proper sequence of courses.
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations. Augsburg participates i n the
SPAN program. This i s a joint venture of
the University of Minnesota and several
colleges i n the state. Each year three or
four countries are selected, and qualified
students are granted partial scholarships
to enable them t o spend a summer in
informal study in one of the countries
chosen. Applications to the program are
made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and
group meetings during the school year
before departure, independent study
abroad on a topic of one's choice during
the following summer, and the writing of
a paper upon return.
Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity.
Students at A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e a n d
Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity, a
metropolitan school emphasizing experiential-based learning, may take classes at
each other's campuses under certain
m u t u a l l y satisfactory arrangements.
Interested persons should contact the
Academic Dean.
While Augsburg
not
Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United
States, such programs are available i n the
area and may be pursued by
Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study
Abroad
Several types of international experience
are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on
lnternational Study at Augsburg from the
Director of International Programs. Since
there is a limit on the number of students
who may study abroad each year it i s wise
to apply in the fall prior t o the year one
Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or
junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at
San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
lnstitute for American Universities at
Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France;
The Goethe Institute in Germany; the
University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. In addition,
through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs i n
Columbia, Denmark, England, France,
Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type
o f study must be approved before
departure by the Director of International
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's
graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or t o
satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School. Again there i s a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish
t o spend a summer studying abroad. Re-
cently Augsburg students have spent
summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England.
Those interested in further information
should contact the Director of International Programs.
fourteen weeks. Students wishing to
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write
the Office of the Associate Dean of the
Faculty.
New Dimensions Program
Interim. Study abroad during the interim
is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and
in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued each spring for the following
January.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed t o provide opportunities for
qualified students to pursue an enriched
and sometimes accelerated course of
study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors
student forums and options in completing
the general education requirements are
all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom, Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain
practical on-the-job experience that can
be related to their academic program or
personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies
and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of
courses, both credit and non-credit,
through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses
are offered on a semester-hour basis, the
courses vary in length from four weeks to
The New Dimensions Program i s for
adults who have not attended or who
have not graduated from college. The
program provides admissions counseling,
career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special
course to ease the transition to academic
life.
The transitional course, "The Adult
Student: Issues and Challenges," i s offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training
and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and
family problems arisingfrom the return to
school. The course enables returning
adults to get to know each other through
sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, i s awarded t o
graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and
Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of
Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a
major aspect of your college life, but
learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan
area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can
add dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg
is religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of
faith. Chapel services are held three times
a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. The Wednesday
evening Eucharist service in the College
Center i s a valued worship experience for
many students. Students, faculty and staff
participate voluntarily. Special events are
sponsored throughout the year and a
number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The Campus
Pastor has an office in the College Center
where you can contact him for counseling, consultation or ways to get more
involved.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, special dinners,
name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo,
and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are
on the lower level. Many of the clubs that
unite classroom or non-classroom related
interests meet i n the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition
to performing on campus and in the city,
the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the
Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several
student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given o n
campus each year under the direction of
the theater arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged t o participate i n
some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as
well as individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges. Check schedules for times when
there i s open use of the gymnasium and
the ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg i s affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and i s a member of the National
Association of lntercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA). The College annually competes
in ten sports, including football, soccer,
cross-country, basketball, hockey,
wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
Augsburg i s also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association
for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete i n
volleyball, cross country, gymnastics,
basketball, tennis, track & field, and
softball.
Student Services
Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the context i n which learning takes
place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge growsfrom more
than intellectual endeavors. Expanding
relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and
interdependence, finding purpose and
commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills t o produce the
desired educational impact of the college
on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created t o support this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at
the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide t o a
College Education. This book will help
you assess the possibilities in your education, choices t o make, directions t o
consider and different destinations for
which t o plan. SEMAPHORE was designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development
provides a variety of services t o help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as
possible. Some of the opportunities you
may wish to participate in are listed
below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your
first academic year and register for classes.
You and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory,
attend events in the metropolitan area
and seek answers t o the rnany questions
you have about college life.
you think through how you can handle
major or minor problems i n a constructive
way. Consultation i s provided on questions of policy and procedure.
Career Planning and Placement. You may
be uncertain about where you want to be
when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a
balanced one, how work will provide
opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your
life. All new students will have a chance t o
review their interests with a counselor.
Minority Concerns. If you have some
special needs or simply want t o expand
your cross-cultural awareness, you can
contact a staff member t o help you find
out which resources and programs will
help meet your needs.
Human Development Seminars. A series
of informal "mini-courses" are offered
each year t o help you grow i n understanding of yourself and your relationship
t o others. Such topics as PEER (Positive
Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information o n
current offerings and oppoi-tunity t o
register are provided several times during
the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want t b
improve your skills in such areas as
reading, studying, note-taking, and
testing by attending one or more of the
workships offered. You also will have an
opportunity t o meet with a counselor t o
diagnose your needs. If a particular
course proves difficult, you can arrange
for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations
occur for all of us where we can handle
challenges more effectively discussing
things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability t o respond t o the learning
environment depends, in part, upon his
or her living conditions, a variety of
housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an
active participant i n group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or
more Resident Staff who are able t o
facilitate the process of group living as
well as discuss personal concerns with
individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students l i v e i n Urness Tower. This
eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each
floor is considered a house unit providing
36 students, two t o a room,with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence
hall, is an alternative t o traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and
t w o - b e d r o o m apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
about 60 upperclass men and women.
Memorial's special advantage is that it i s
large enough t o meet new people, but
small enough to retain a friendly, close
atmosphere.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom
apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Another alternative option is Annex
Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of
upperclass men or women share living
space, house responsibilities, and cooking.
Houses are located in the campus area.
One way to maximize the living-learning
aspects of your housing situation is to avail
yourself of the opportunity to bid for a
house as a Special Interest House. Groups
of students have created exciting projects
by writing and implementing educational
impact proposals on such topics as
Environmental Concerns, Men's and
Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
Married student housing i s available in
annex housing and Kueffner Apartments.
All freshmen and sophomores not living
at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels,
blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning
of the fall term for the entire school year.
New students receive room assignments
during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make
housing arrangements in the spring. All
resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged
to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who
deposit after June 1 will be provided
housing only if space i s available.
All students living on campus are required
to pay a $100 advance paymentwhen they
sign the housing contract. The fee i s
credited to the students' account when
they move into the residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups
and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities
Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty
serve as academic advisers. Advisers are
assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged to
establish close working relationships with
their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one
in the major and one in the area of
education.
Student Financial Services
You may wish to contact this office for
information on types of assistance available and for answers to questions about
deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also
recorded. If you have financial problems,
this i s a good place to work them out.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff
of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the
campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, and prescriptions are
available through the Fairview Pharmacy
at cost. Be sure t o check your family
health coverage t o determine if you are
included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
to writing or editing t o service opportunities. If you want to get involved,
contact the President or Vice President i n
their offices in the College Center.
International Students
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor
of the College Center is the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e
Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor
of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the
evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Student Government
Student government i s t h e vehicle
through which students can secure a
closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and
faculty, and provide better input into the
decision-making process at Augsburg.
Student government also sponsors and
directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student l i f e at Augsburg.
Student government is organized intothe
executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Elections are
held i n the spring except for freshmen
who elect their representatives i n the fall
of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning
If you are a student from a foreign country
or would like to be part of the activities of
this group, contact the faculty member
who i s appointed as adviser.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in matters of
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
Judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves t o conduct hearings
and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should
contact the Vice President for Academic
Affairs if the concern i s related to academic matters.
The College operates in compliance with
the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Students have the right t o inspect all
official records, files and data which pertain t o them and which are maintained i n
the office of the registrar and the placement office and t o challenge inaccurate
or misleading information. Exceptions are
parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed i n
the record before January 1, 1975, or
placed under conditions where students
have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information
on these topics should contact thecenter
for Student Development.
Admission t o the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application i s reviewed by the Admissions
Office and students are accepted on the
basis of high school performance, promise
of success in college as shown by college
entrance examination scores, other motiv a t i o n a l factors, a n d personal
recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended in its admission policies,
educational programs, activities and
e'mployment practices.
A visit t o the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions,
and arrange for you to see the campus.
The Application Process
for Freshmen
1. From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and
complete it.
2. Hand the completed application to
your high school counselor, along with
the $10.00 application fee, and ask that
these be sent with your official high
school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these
tests are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file is complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by
April 15 after acceptance has been made
and/or financial aid (if applied for) has
been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the
student during the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from
other colleges and universities on the
basis of their academic record. College
credit i s granted for liberal arts courses
satisfactorily completed at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the
right not t o grant credit for courses where
it considers the work unsatisfactory, and
to grant provisional credit for work taken
at unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based
on work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except
for two courses i n religious studies.
Registered Nurse Students, seeking a
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing
must also complete the Department of
Second Step Nursing entrance tests.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure
and complete, an official application for
admission. This should be sent t o the
Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended to be
sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file i s complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s requested
within one month after acceptance has
been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the
student will be requested to complete a
medical data form, which will be sent by
the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during
the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special
(Non-degree) Students
1. Obtain an application form from the
Office of the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcriptsfrom all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need to have sent
only the transcripts of colleges attended
since the last enrollment at Augsburg.)
4.. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made
in the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed
at Augsburg College. A foreign student
adviser i s available to help them in the
transition to college and to the United
States. Admission is based upon performance in secondary school and previous
college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship i s required. A very limited
number of scholarships is available.
Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending
Augsburg. If they have an internationally
valid health insurance policy, a copy of
the policy is required.
For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an
offer of admission if it i s extended. An
Early Decision candidate must apply by
November 15 of the senior year and will
receive the admission decision about
December 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the
student i s encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The
admissions decision is based upon the
academic record through the junior year,
test scores, and recommendations. A
$50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by April 1.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program i s offered for
a few high school juniors. To apply for
Early Admission, a student must have a
high academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school
and the maturity to cope with a college
course after the junior year in high school.
Also,it is recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or
during the first year of college. A student
applying for Early Admission can take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army
makes provision for an individualized
plan of education. A prospective student
who qualifies for the program may choose
Augsburg as a home school and carry on a
pre-planned course of study at other
colleges while in the Army. An adviser at
Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 i s charged. This fee will
apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time
student at Augsburg College within five
years from initial registration with the
college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the
tuition for courses under Project Ahead.
After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36
months of financial assistance under the
G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work
taken in high school or elsewhere, t o
enroll in courses beyond the beginning
level. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the
study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit i s granted to high school
students who have successfuIly completed
a college level course and who have
scored high on the Advanced Placement
Examinations. Augsburg will also award
credit on the basis of scores received on
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the
Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 82% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college
through some form of scholarships,
grants, loans, campus employment, or a
combination of these. Assistance i s
awarded on the basis of financial need
and academic record. Application for aid
i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which i s required
for students applying to the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial
Aid Form (FAF) of the CollegeScholarship
Service. Upperclass students must also
complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1977-78, approximately 82% of the students at Augsburg
received scholarships, grants, or loans
totaling $3,789,000 from Augsburg and all
other sources.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program to
which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal
programs: Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity
Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study, Federally insured Student Loan, and Minnesota State Student
Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by
April 1will be considered first. For further
information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg.
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all
expenses and of all potential financial
resources i s the best way to do your
financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are
considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for
books and supplies. Tuition and fees for
1979-80 are $3365 per year. Books and
supplies may be estimated at $225 per
year. Room and board is $1620 per year.
Other college-related expenses are those
for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine
months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but
amounts should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics,
incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses,
etc.)
After you have written down estimates of
your expenses, make a list of all possible
sources of income, such as: contributions
from parents' earnings; personal and
family savings; personal earnings during
vacation periods; earnings from part-time
jobs during academic year; benefits from
Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other
than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.,
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any
union to which a family member belongs
for possible scholarship programs. High
school guidance counselors may have
information about student aid offered by
church, civic, professional, or fraternal
organizations in a given locality. Following
you will find a summary of financial aid
programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan
i s available from the Augsburg College
Office of Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant
(BEOG)
For students with proven financial
need. Available to full-time and parttime students. Up to $1600 per year
depending on the institutional costs
and the student's eligibility. Obtain
application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Administration Benefits/
G.1. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans
may qualify for special benefits.
Amount i s dependent upon eligibility
as determined by t h e Veteran's
Administration. To apply, contact the
Federal Veteran's Administration
Office in your area.
National Scholarship and Grant Program
for Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and
ethnic minorities and other eligible
groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church
(ALC) college or are members of an
ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per
year. Renewable.
Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half
the n ~ r m afull-time
l
academic load. If
the adjusted family inconk of the student i s less than $25,000 per year or if
financial need i s established for those
not i n this category, the Federal
Government pays the full interest on
the loan while the student is in college.
When repayment begins, the student
pays the full 7% interest on the loan.
Maximum loan i s $2500 per year or the
cost of education whichever i s less and
the aggregate maximum i s $7500.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one
parent (covered by Social Security) i s
retired, deceased or disabled. Amount
is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal
Social Security Administration Office
in your area.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emotional disabilities may qualify for
special assistance. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation
Office. To apply, contact your local
Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of scholastic achievement and
need. High School seniors who are
Minnesota residents are expected to
apply. Range: $100 to $1100; but shall
not exceed one half of the applicant's
demonstrated financial need.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from
Minnesota State Student Loan Office.
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of evident need. High school
seniors and community/junior college
transfer students who are Minnesota
residents are expected t o apply.
In addition, persons who have not
attended a post-secondary institution
for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
Scholarship/Grant will be mailed to all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you
do not receive an application by
December 1, contact your high school
guidance counselor or the college
financial aid office.
Return completed application and FFS
to The American College Testing Pro-
gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O.
Box 1000, Iowa City, Iowa 52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code
2080) and the Minnesota Statescholar-
ship'Grant
(Code 6500'
receive the FFS analysis.
NOTE: Unsucce5sful Scholarship applications are automatically considered for the State Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE
COLLEGE
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking in the top 15% of their: high school
class with above average aptitude test
scores.
Up to full tuition per year. Available
for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who
have shown academic potential and
have financial need.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for
a maximum of 4 years based on 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise
attend college, and who carry at least
one-half the normal academic load.
Range $200 to $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched
by other financial assistance such as
loans, scholarships, employment.
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
For students with Droven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
Averages approximately $1000 per
year. Can be reapplied for each year
although renewal i s not guaranteed.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further
full-time study and with proven financial need.
Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable
for a second year.
How to Apply
1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the
financial aid application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement
(FFS) from high school counselor or
Augsburg College Financial Aid
Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code
number is 2080. Financial statements
received by April 1 will be considered
first.
5. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female
students transferring from Waldorf
College. Preference given t o those in
music and/or elementary education.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS,
the College will accept the Financial
Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code
number i s 6014.
6. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the
scholarship committee.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
7. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Scholarships
established in 1972 t o
be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students.
-
Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descriptions of awards are
copied verbatim from statements of the
donors' wishes.
8. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o a
deserving student.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards
Memorial Scholarship - established
i n 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or
health.
2. The Alma JensenDickerson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
two deserving junior/senior students
as recommended by the committee.
3. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen
Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
-awarded annually t o twodeserving
junior/ senior students.
-
4. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student
of the College selected by the scholarship committee.
9. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and
deserving upperclassmen.
10. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial
Scholarship -distributed annually t o
needy and deserving students.
-
11. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships
up t o $1000 each - awarded on the
basis of scholarship, personality, and
need. Winners must be junior or
senior students who are residents of
the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabec orwashington
Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must
be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code
6577)
12. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee
1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders
with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
able and deserving students, who have
physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need.
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. Aid Association for Lutherans Minority
Scholarship Program - awarded
annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need.
2. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 t o be awarded to a Black
student.
3. The M a r l y s Johnson Simengaard
Memorial Scholarship - Awarded
periodically t o a Black American
student.
4. National Scholarship & Grant Program
for Minority Students - sponsored by
the American Lutheran Church (ALC).
Awarded annually t o members of racial
and ethnic minorities.
5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass
Oriental students.
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE
SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to
a student(s) i n the senior class who i s
preparing for the ministry.
2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship
- awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial
Scholarship - awarded on the basis of
need, scholarship and interest i n
Christian service.
4. The Morris G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student
preparing for service as a missionary
through the World Missions Department of t h e American Lutheran
Church.
5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded
periodically t o students preparing for
the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually t o an able and deserving
junior/senior student recommended
by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected
by donor.
7. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected o n the
basis of scholarship, characteristics of
service and devotion t o the Christian
faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by
Physical Education faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
- awarded annually to an able and
deserving male student on basis of
Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually to a male student or students
on basis of personality, character,
athletic and academic achievement.
3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male
student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of
physical education.
4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male
student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic
achievement.
The award is "made to students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character".
The athletic scholarship i s for a male
candidate only, with a preference for
basketball.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the
Biology Department faculty.
Biology Scholarships - established in
1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who
intend to major in Biology, Natural Science
or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by
the Business Administration faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation
Scholarship -awarded to oneor more
upperclass students interested in the
field of business.
2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded to
.one or more upperclass students who
are interested i n business and/or
education.
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded to a freshman football player
on basis of financial need.
CHEMISTRY
Winners selected by the
Chemistry faculty.
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to a football player on basis of
financial need.
Awarded to students whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of Chemistry.
7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
- awarded to a student because of his
academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
7. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music.
-
5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by
Education faculty.
The David Mathre Scholarship - awarded
to qualified full-time students in need of
financial assistance during the term in
which they are student teaching.
MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by Mathematics faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. Minneapolis Gas Company Scholarship
- generally awarded to able and
deserving junior/senior students
majoring in mathematics or thesciences
on basis of need and academic ability.
2. David and Michelle Christianson
~
~
t scholarship
h
~ - awarded
~
~
to an able and deservingstudent inthe
field of mathematics.
- Winners selected by English
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners
selected by Modern Language faculty.
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with
preference given to those who plan to
teach English as a career.
The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language
Scholarship - awarded annually to
juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach
language as a career.
ENGLISH
faculty.
2. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial
Scholarship -awarded to an outstanding student in the field of English.
HISTORY - Winners selected by History
faculty.
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students
majoring in history with preference
given to those who plan a career in the
field.
LIBRARY SCIENCE -Winners selected by
Library staff.
MUSIC
faculty.
-
Winners selected by Music
1. O.T. Hertsgaard
Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental
music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise
of overall academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship - awarded to asophomore/junior
student of outstanding promise in the
field of music.
3. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship
1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or
more outstanding student(s) choosing
librarianship as a career.
-
awarded to an Augsburg student
who has music as a major/minor and
who shows outstanding promise for
achievement in the art of singing.
4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on thk
basis of skilled performanceor aptitude
in stringed instruments.
7, Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually to a
student studying choral music.
5' The leonard
and Sylvia KuschelPHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics
Scholarship - awarded to upperclass
students seeking to acquire musical
and performance skills in instrumental
music with preference given to
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music.
The award is "made to students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
faculty.
The Theodore
,.
-
icho~rs~ip
awardedannually
to an upperclass
student majoring in
SOCIOLOGY
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the
general field of Christian Sociology.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are for the
1979-80 academic year, and are subject t o
change without notice.
TUITION
Fee for change in registration after the
first three days of classes is $2.00 for each
course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin i s $5.00 per day.
- $3,365
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not
on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
the academic year beginning September,
1978. Students are considered full-time
when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms for a total of
seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student
must register for the semester periods. If
the student elects t o omit an interim or t o
graduate in December, a refund i s not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $470 per course is
charged the student taking less than three
courses i n a semester or registering for an
interim course only.
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. For part-time students,
the charge for auditing i s one half the
part-time rate per course. Part-time
students who take Lifetime Sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $10.00 is required
from all new students.
A registration fee for students studying
abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $125.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals
must register at Augsburg. The charge i s
$280.00.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T
REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $35
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
Film Making, $90
Life Drawing, $20
Stagecraft, $30
Nursing Admission Test, $15
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad
Adviser.
Music lessons i n addition t o tuition are
$130 a semester (14 lessons), or $9.30 per
lesson during the interim..
Practice Studio rental for each semester
for one hour a day: organ, $35.00 ($15.00
an interim); piano or voice, $20.00 ($6.00
an interim).
Band - Orchestra instrument rental
$30.00 a semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional
copy, $1.00.
Locker rental for commuter students:
$5.00
Arrangements for special examinations
are made i n the Registrar's Office with
charges according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account
basis.
BOARD A N D R O O M
Full Board and Room - $1,620.
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the
Office of Auxiliary Services.
BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another
institution, or discontinuing education
program at Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
In the event of excessive increases in the
cost of operation, these board rates may
be increased at any time before or during
the contract year.
Linen service i s available in residence halls
on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
A statement of estimated charges for the
year will be prepared and forwarded to
the student early in August. Payment of
the first half-year billing period i s due
August 20, and the second half-year i s due
January 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August
20.
1979-80 COST SUMMARY
Application Fee - $10.00
Tuition
- $3,365
No student i s permitted to register if his or
her account for a preceding term has not
been paid in full.
Board and Room - $1,620
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT - New students,
$50.00 (not refundable). Required of
students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by April 15,
1979. (Payment is due February 1 under
Early Decision Program). The deposit is
applied to the tuition charge.
R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - AII
resident students: $100.00 advance
deposit. Required at time of signing a
contract, to reserve a housing assignment
for the term beginning September.
Applied to the room charge.
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of his/her
registration and/or being released from
his/her housing contract will be refunded
charges for tuition and room except for
the minimum deduction of $100 of fees to
cover administrative costs according to
the following schedule:
100% through the first five days of classes.
90% .from the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through
the twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through
the twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day through
the middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle
of the term.
Should a student be forced to cancel his/
her registration during the first one-half
of the term due to illness or accident,
upon submission of a report from the
attending physician stating the inability or
inadvisability of continued matriculation,
the charges will be reduced by one-half.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will beapplied back
to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and
deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the
student's account before eligibility for a
cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College
are encouraged to plan their own course
of study with the help of faculty advisers
who are readily available for consultation
and guidance. A well-planned program of
liberal arts studies will include courses in
the humanities, the natural sciences, and
the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be
able to write effectively; they are also
expected to be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United
States.
The general recreational activities courses
at Augsburg are designed to acquaint
students with and to equip students for
lifetime sports.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into
four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily
achieved. A chairperson for each division
i s elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in
the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE A N D
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairperson: Duane lohnson
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the
study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its
mission.
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of
Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, i s
awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing
and Social Work. Majors in Music may
select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and
Health Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College.
Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages:
Chinese, French, .German, Greek,
Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian,
Russian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
5. Three interim courses. For transfer
students, the number of interim
courses is one less than the number of
years at Augsburg.
6. The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic advisers,
department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Minimum Graduation
Requirements Include the
Following:
7. Each student must apply for graduation
at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available in the
Registrar's Office.
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must
be upper division (numbered in the
300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in
one department, except 17 f o r
Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy
and Bachelor of Music degrees and 18
for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing.
A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2
courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4
cours,es of internship and 8 courses
with a grade of P (two in the major
except Elementary Education and one
in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward
the 35 total courses required.
8. All degree and course requirements
must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there
may be no incompletes or open courses
on the academic record).
2. Completion of a major. Requirements
for each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all
courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major. (Except for
elementary education and Second
Step Nursing, where 2.5 averages are
required.)
9. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (EnglishIll)
or
certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of
English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. An approved course from each of
the following eight areas (One
course may fulfill the requirement
in one area, only):
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology - Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Foreign Language
Art - Music
C. Three courses in religious studies
of which not more than one may
be an interim course. For transfer
students, the number required i s
one for each year of study (or
equivalent) at Augsburg.
D. A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet
this requirement are published
each term.
E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course
in order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester and one course i n the interim.
Students registered for three or more
courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and
receive permission to register for more
than 4.5 courses.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee i s also charged for
changing registration, i.e., cancelling or
adding courses after the first five days of
the semester.
Students are urged not t o abandon
courses for which they are registered.
Abandoned courses result in a failing
grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the
Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in
accounts are effective as of the date the
completed Cancel From College form i s
returned to the Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least
7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified
as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or
her achievement i s unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
below 1.6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7-15
courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken
16-24 courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken
25 or more courses
If a student has been on probation two or
more semesters consecutively, he/she i s
subject to dismissal at the end of the
following spring term. A student who has
a poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of the
spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by
the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for
two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses i s measured, primarily, by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation are also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0
to 0 with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course
standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the
course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a Pass/
No Credit system, with P meaning a grade
of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit
and a grade of less than 2.0. On the P/N
grading system the grade is recorded but
not computed in the grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of Ptoward graduation. For transfer students the maximum i s an average of
two courses per year. Two courses in the
major (except Elementary Education) and
one in the minor may be on P/N grading
system if approved by the department
chairperson.
Sociology 383, and several interim courses
are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded
only on the P/N system; some others
are graded only only P, 1.0, N. Eng. Ill i s
graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Students may
select the traditional grading system in
most other courses. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care
since some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish
to take on the P/N grading system. Any
changes in choice of grading system must
be made according to dates published
each term. A fee i s charged after the first
five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance
studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
An incomplete grade (I)may be given
only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive an I grade, a student must file a
petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the
reasons for requesting it, the plan and
date for removing it, and comments from
the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an 1 grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
If the incomplete is not removed during
the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along
with the incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course
that is to be spread over more than one
semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the
grade of X will remain on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N,
1, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade
point average. Courses i n which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however,
be audited.
Students who wish t o !ake courses without credit or grade may do so by register-
ing for Audit (V). Such students should
confer with the professor within two
weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the
student's transcript as having been
audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed witti a grade
of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. The charge for part-time
students i s listed under Expenses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s composed of students
whose grade point average for a semester
is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of
three full courses (or equivalent) graded
on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes in courses offered for credit.
The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a
letter of commendation from the Dean of
the College.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined
as follows:
Summacumlaude
3 . 8 - 4.0 grade
Magnacumlaude
3.6
- 3.79
Cum laude
3.3
-
average
grade
average
3.59 grade
average
In order to qualify for graduation with
distinction transfer students must have
completed two years (fourteen graded
courses) of work at Augsburg College.
l ndependent Study
Independent study programs are offered
by many departments in the College.
These programs are often available to
conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on
an independent basis. Students interested
in registering for independent study must
first secure permission from the faculty
member who will direct the study as well
as from the department involved.
A student who registers for independent
study should normally expect to complete
it in one semester but may extend it into
the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is
given at the end of the first term, and the
student will register again for the course
in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may
count toward the 35 courses required for
the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in
which the independent study is proposed
i s not available on their home campus.
Requests for exceptions to this policy
should be made directly to their own
academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to
independent study by the host campus.
Veterans
Augsburg College i s approved by the
State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training.
Veterans should consultwith the Officeof
the Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more
courses are classifiedas full-time students.
It i s the responsibility of each veteran to
report any change in registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the
Registrar.
Veterans will be referred to the State
Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not
earn a minimum of three courses per
term. An incomplete grade (I) may be
given only i n the case of extreme
emergency. See section on Grading.
Grade reports are issued to students following each term.
A non-punitive grade which brings a
veteran's academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported to
the Veterans Administration. Veterans
will need to meet the requirements of the
Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning
credit by examinations should consult
with department chairpersoris or with the
Registrar. Credit may be earned through
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Courses
A full course i s offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses (one-half
course credit) are offered in the Division
of Professional Studies.
Classification
.
Sophomore.. . 7courses . I 4 grade pts.
Junior . . . . . .16courses . . 3 2 grade pts.
Senior.. . . . , .25courses . .50 grade pts.
..
.
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three
courses each of the two semesters and
one course during the interim (for a total
of seven courses). To be considered full
time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses.
A full course has the approximate value of
4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a
week in addition to laboratories. Each
semester is approximately 15 weeks in
length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings.
Courses with inadequate registration may
be cancelled. Students should consult the
schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300and
above are classified as upper division. I n
general, courses numbered in the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for
seniors. In some departments course
numbers also designate areas within the
department
Symbol
#Consent of instructor
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1977-78 .................................................
1,838
Summer Session, 1978 ..................................................... 478
Summary of Graduates
.................................................... 6,991
.............................. 299
Graduates, 1870-1977
Graduates, 1978 (August 31, 1977-May 21, 1978)
Course Descriptions
The descriptions of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics t o
be considered. For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and clarification of content and
requirements f o r individual courses,
please consult the respective instructors
of the courses.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
Courses and terms listed are subject t o
change.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
American Studies
Director: Crier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495
and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S.
History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the
U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5
courses in one of these areas and 3 in each
of the others).*
History of the United States
American Studies, 237, 260
History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
Humanities in the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 247 (also Speech 247), 250,351,
490 and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences i n the United States
Economics 720, 722, 123, 251
Education 478#
Political Science 727, 722, 770,325,326,
370, 377, 427
Sociology 777, 373, 387,383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken
during the Interim, Summer Schoolandat
other colleges should-be approved by the
director for inclusion i n the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization t o be approved by director.
M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495
plus 2 courses in each of the above
groupings under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN
HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related
to the black experience, e.g. African
backgrounds, religion under slavery,
evangelicalism. Course content subject t o
change from year to year. Meets one
religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the
black experience i n urban America, e.g.
Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II,
with emphasis upon the contributions of
literature, art and music of the period.
Course content subject t o change from
year t o year. (Spring)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN
INDIANS
The situation of Indians in the United
States since the Indian Reorganization Act
(1934) with an emphasis upon current
issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights,
and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions
among selected Indian tribes today.
(Spring)
phenomenon in American life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines t o the topic and practice i n the
integration of primary source materials.
Occasional use of Twin Cities resource
persons and the co-learning model when
appropriate to topic. Open t o freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
265 W O M E N I N AMERICAN CULTURE
495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the
position of black and white women in
American culture from the founding of
the colonies t o the present. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
For description, see course 295. Open t o
juniors and seniors who will do a different
level of work (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature i n area of student's choice. Consult
with director t o determine conditions of
contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only.
Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
Art
Chairperson: Philip Thompson
ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history
courses including 386, 387, 388.
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art
major but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses
including 107; two from 118,221,223,225,
and 250.
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience
i n t h e environment leading t o w a r d
appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980)
STUDIO ART
242 FILM M A K I N G
107 DRA'WING
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation
of the expressive and structural elements
of film. (Summer, Interim)
Drawing i n pencil, charcoal, ink, and
pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures,
building interiors and exteriors, and
experimental work. (Fall, Spring)
250 CERAMICS I
118 PAINTING I
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o p a i n t i n g media and
technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
An introduction t o the making
- of .pottery
with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1
The camera used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression with attention
given t o black and white,
and
photographic processes.
A study of visual communications in
magazines, television, film, advertising
symbols, and other mass media. Practice
in areas of photography, typography, and
illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
150 JEWELRY
An introduction t o the making of jewelry
in copper, brass, pewter, and silver.
(Spring)
221 SCULPTURE l
An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring)
351 CERAMICS I1
Advanced work in ceramics with an
emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:
250. Fall, Spring)
355 PAINTING I1
223 PRINT M A K I N G I
Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 718.
Fall, Spring)
Principles and methods of print making i n
a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING
225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements
such as color, line, shape, texture, and
pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks
of water-color painting with emphasis o n
the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing
and transparent water-color. (Prereq.:
707. Offered alternate years. Fall, 7978)
368 PRINT M A K I N G I1
478 SCULPTURE II
Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring)
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 227. Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult chairman or internship director
to determine project.
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice, intended for senior art majors.
(Fall, Spring)
proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Offered
7979-80)
ART HISTORY
290 ART HISTORY SURVEY
A survey of art from prehistoricto modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing
of slides, visits to museums. (Offered
Summer, 7977, 7979-7980)
387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART
European painting, sculpture, and archit e c t u r e t h r o u g h t h e 18th century.
(Offered 7 935-75)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia
f r o m pre-history t o modern times.
(Spring, 7979, Alternate years)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicisp through the
present. (Offered 7978-79)
385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART
389 AMERICAN ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period to the 4th Century A.D. (Offered
7 980-87)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
Early Christian through late Gothic and
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and
its relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements. (Offered Fall
7977 and alternate years)
Biology
Chairperson: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one
course from each of the following three
groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473,
474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill);
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352;
Mathematics 124,125 (or 121,122); Physics
121,122 also required. Students intending
to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses,
cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least
course from each of the following
groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355,
inone
five
474
(Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473
(Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352)
also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this
major. Licensure for teaching after July,
1979, also requires three courses i n earth
and life sciences. Students are advised to
consult with the Education Department
early in their planning.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 111,112and
three upper division courses. Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The
same as Option I major. In addition,
medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology
and 3.0 overall; active participation i n
seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the
research report. Application f o r t h e
honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
deal?What threats are posed by pollution,
the prospect of war, and by shortages of
food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of
genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of
health care? (3 hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours
laboratory. Does not apply to the major or
minor. Fall)
108 MICROBIOLOGY
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt t o
answer such questions as: What makes
man just another member of the biotic
fold? Does man have a niche in the
ecosystem? What influence does man
have on the environment? What influence
does the environment, especially the
urban environment, have on man? (3
hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours laboratory. A
student may not receive credit for both
Biology 707 and 703. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structureand
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain
other paramedical students, or #; Spring
for Physical Education, Music Therapy
and other interested students. A student
may not receive credit for both Biology
107 and 703. Does not apply to the major
or minor).
105 BIOLOGY AND SOCIEN
What are some of the biologically-based
problems with which our society must
Basic microbial features are considered as
well asapplications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours
lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student
nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.:
Chemistry 703. Spring. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS I N BIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people ta-king the
course together with college students i n a
co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needsand interest. Applies
towards the Natural Science requirement.
111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science
majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular
biology, genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l
biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be
taken in sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours
laboratory. 717, Fall; 172, Spring)
323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N
PHYSIOLOGY
A laboratory-based course in which the
principles of human function are learned
by experimentation and class discussion
of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended
for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health,
physical education and related programs
as well as b i o l o g y majors (primarily
Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall,
7980. Offered alternate years.)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the
plant kingdom including the study of
anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the
chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture.
Prereq.: 772; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #.
Fall; this course is prereq. to 477 and 476.
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
351 INVERTEBRATE Z O O L O G Y
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior,
life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7978. Offered alternate
years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE
ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772.
Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and
physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7979. Offered alternate
years).
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes
microtechnique, cytological studies, cell
physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367
or #; Physics 703 or 722 or #. Spring)
473 A N I M A L PHYSIOLOGY
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis
on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila
genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis
on the vertebrates. Wherever possible,
functions are explained on the basis of
physical and chemical principles. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772;
Chemistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722 or
#. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes w h i c h occur
during the development of organisms
with emphasis on the vertebrate animals.
Experimental as well asdescriptive studies
are included i n the laboratory work. In
addition to embryonic development, the
topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4
hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers
relating t o recent biological literature and
research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n
biology)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and
viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology,genetics,and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain
methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors
who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772,
and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Business Administration and Economics
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
MAJOR I N ACCOUNTING: Business
Administration 101,102,131,261,263,379,
381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122,
123, 251 and o n e additional course
selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also
required. At least three upper division
courses are required. For those planning
on careers i n accounting, completion of
the two remaining courses in the sequence
381, 382, 483, 484 i s recommended. I n
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
MAJOR I N FINANCE: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373, 379,
478, and one other course from the
sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122,
123, 251, and one additional course
selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also
required. At least five upper division
courses are required. (392 i s strongly
recommended) In addition, courses i n
data processing and c o m p u t e r p r o gramming are strongly recommended.
NOTE: The department i s currently
planning to introduce a new major in
marketing and a new major in management information systems.
In addition to the courses listed below,
the following courses are offered under
the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Computer-
aided Research Methods, lntroduction
to Marketing, Managerial Economics,
Managerial decisionmaking, Intermediate Quantitative Methods, Operations
Research and Research Methods for
Economics and Business.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101, 102, and one of 261,
373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the
major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in
the major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who
wish to take the Certified PublicAccountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must
have completed the major i n Business
Administration-Accounting, taken all
accounting and business-law courses
offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics
general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5
courses but not more than 12 courses of
related business subjects (Economics,
Finance and Mathematics). Students who
have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the
Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
Students who plan to major in thedepartmerit are strongly encouraged to select a
department advisor as soon as possible,in
order t o carefully plan their program of
study.
101 PRlNClPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting,
the accounting cycle and preparation of
financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 707, Fall,
Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction t o COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor i n
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm;
sources and uses of long and short term
funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting,
leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
A, analysis
of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, capital stock and surplus
accounts, current and long-term assets.
(Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and
reserved, actuarial topics. Additional
emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.:
262, Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
dent the opportunity to spend one full
term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will
write a report on his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer.
Cannot be taken in Interim only).
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Advanced financial theory: a systems
approach to financial structure and policy.
Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures
and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring)
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships
of various types of securities from the
viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of
capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s
strongly recommended. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
483 AUDITING
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied
problems in business and economics.
(Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls
for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.)
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq.: 701, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring.
Offered alternate years.)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
readings in the areas of Accounting,
Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation, but not to the
major. This program will afford the stu-
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity to analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
ECONOMICS
MAJORI N ECONOMICS: Economics 122,
123,251,258,454 and three other courses
of economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 379, also required.
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning graduate study i n economics.
Mathematics 373 may be substituted for
Business Administration 379. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are strongly recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics
122, 123, 251, and 258 and one other
course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379
and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly
encouraged to take other courses offered
in the department in addition to those
listed above.
NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in applied
economics and a new area of public
policies studies.
In addition to the courses listed below.
the following courses are offered under
the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Consumer
Economics, Managerial Economics, Managerial Decision-Making, Mathematical
Economics, History of EconomicThought,
Intermediate Quantitative ~ e t h d d s ,
Research Methods for Economics and
Business and Advanced Economic
Theory.
MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258and
one other course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the
major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination
in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as
possible, in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit
Systems, etc. Fundamental m i c r o economic tools introduced t6 facilitate
discussion of the above-mentioned
topics.
NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not
plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the
above three areas should enroll in 122and
123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also
open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
(MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics;
national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade, eco-
nomic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory to current economic
problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122
and 123 may be taken in either order, or
may be taken in the same term in order for
the student to progress more rapidly to
the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
(MICRO)
macro-models. Attention paid to areas of
monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the
business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
An introduction to micro-economics.,the
theory of the household, firm, market
structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
-
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction to COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry;
the pricing of factors of production and
income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 723, Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal
policy on economic activity; debt policy
and its economic implications. (Prereq.:
122, 723. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks,
the Federal Reserve System and its role in
relation to aggregate economic activity.
Emphasis placed on monetary theory and
policy. (Prereq.: 722. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation but not to the
major. This program w i l l afford the
student the opportunity to spend some
time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on
his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be
taken i n Interim only)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND
POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination
of wages, collective bargaining. Particular
attention paid to the economic problems
of minority groups and poverty areas.
(Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring).
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare
functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring,
alternate years)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity to analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
Chemistry
Chairperson: Earl Alton
GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY:
115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar.
Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125
also required. Since upper division courses
have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take
Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman
year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
A M E R I C A N CHEMICAL SOCIETY
APPROVED MAJOR: I 1courses including
115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry
courses above 350. Chemistry seminar
participation; Mathematics 224; and
Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading
ability in German equivalent to one
semester also required.
M I N O R : 5 courses which must include
115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses
in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361
are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it i s suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken
as the advanced course. Licensure after
July, 1979, also requires three courses in
earth and life' sciences. Students are
advised to consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry
department for assistance in planning a
course program early in their college
career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS
major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one
summer or course of approved research;
participation i n seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 105
and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352.
Concerning prerequisites: Most courses
in this department have prerequisites,
courses that must be completed before
enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of
2.0 or higher in order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s
necessary. These requirements must also
be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second
term.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of
general, organic, and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of
life. Does not apply toward the major.
(Credit cannot be earned for both Chem.
103 and any one of Chem. 105, 106, 115,
116, 223, 357, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 7 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3
years o f #. Fall)
105,106 PRINCIPLES O F CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116;
designed especially for students who will
not major in chemistry, although students
may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated
by a variety of examples including organic
and environmental systems. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 705, Fall;
706, Spring)
reactor mechanism; many applications of
organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour
lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq. :
706 o r 176, 357 Fall; 352, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL A N D QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester
includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory
with examples from inorganic chemistry.
The second emphasizes equilibrium and
solution chemistry.
Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c
analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The
laboratory involves quantitative analysis
of a variety of samples, and includes trace
.analysis. (Prereq.: 706 or 776. Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC A N D
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r non-chemistry majors,
medical technologists, and others i n
allied health science programs whose
professional goals do not require either of
two-term organic course or the one-term
biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant t o a survey of biochemistry i s studied followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids,
enzymes and certain hormones. (3 onehour lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory.
Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol.
367. Credit cannot be earned for both
Chem. 223 and any one o f Chem. 703,357,
352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 705 or 775.
Spring)
351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds
with special emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material
is correlated by means of modern theories
of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum
theory, and states of matter are studied i n
the first semester. Applications of these
concepts t o areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry i n the
second semester. (3 one-hour lectures,
one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353;
Physics 727, 722; Mathematics 724, 725.
367, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f
identifying organic compounds i n the
l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e
structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the
literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and
further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and
ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
352,353,357 or #; some readingknowledge
o f German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium
theory and principles of atomicand molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical
methods as well as chromatographic and
electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3
hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using
the electrostatic, valence bond, and
molecular orbital models. Coordination
chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand
field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a
variety o f techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r
lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation t o solve the problems of the
harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen
atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular
orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular
momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 367 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit,
is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors
under the direction of the Augsburg
Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniorsare
expected t o participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited t o participate.
497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research
careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n the department (not counted as
a course) or by research participation
during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). (Junior standing).
East Asian S t u d i e s
Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen
The major i n East Asian Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This
program enables students t o obtain a
broad exposure to Japan and China as
important world cultures. Components of
the program include language, history,
cultural specialization, comparative
studies, and seminar work or independent studies.
Requirements for the major consist of a
minimum of ten courses, distributed as
follows:
4 courses i n Japanese
2 introductory history courses
2 courses in cultural specialization or
comparative studies
2 seminars or independent studies
Each student's major program must be
submitted to the coordinator for approval.
-
Education
Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Education at these
levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary
Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education are offered in the following areas:
American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Mathematics,
Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social
Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements.
?he courses, Orientatio" to Education,
both elementary and secondary, are open
to all students of sophomore standing or
above. To enroll in other education
courses, a student must first apply and be
admitted to the teacher-education program. Students are advised to apply for
admission in the spring semester of the
sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program
at another college must be re-admissable
to that program.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2),
373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and
electives.
2. Health Education 114 and 115.
3. Library Science 358.
4. An academic minor. An academic
major i s recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5
average in the major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations.
Requirements for Kindergarten License
are the same as those for elementary
education plus Education 375 and 483.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Steve Reuter, Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for
Elementary Education plus the following
courses:
Soc 231
Sociology of the Family
Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
Ed. 325
Contemporary Influences in
Early Childhood Education
Ed. 425
Early Childhood Curriculum
Ed. 484
Student Teaching (160 hours)
Coordinator: Marie McNeff
Requirements for the major and for licensure in Elementary Education:
For an Early Childhood License with other
than an education major, consult with the
Early Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY)
371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art,
Music (1/2 course)
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students.
(Prereq.: sophomore standing or above.
Fall, Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for art and music taught at
the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N
EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION
372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Science, Mathematics (M course)
Focus i s upon the young child as a person
and the importance of the early years of
h i d h e r life in relation t o the effects of
present-day society and culture upon the
child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of
planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center
and/or nursery school. (Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265, concurrent registration i n 367, 362.
Spring)
341
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
(W course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources i n the teaching
of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys.
Ed., Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for physical education and
health taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265. Fall)
374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Social Studies, Language Arts
(% course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for social studies and
language arts taught at the elementary
level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361,
362. Spring)
361,362 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY
375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD O F
KINDERGARTEN
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265 or #. Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of
teaching approaches. The course requires
laboratory experience. Required f o r
Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the
Dept. of Ed.)
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
Electives
483,484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
(See Secondary Education)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select
a
situations for professional work experiA learning'Ontract
must be developed and must have education faculty
approval.
425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating
knowledge and skills of teaching the
young child. The course concentrates on
details essential to the organization of a
good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with
children who have uniquely different
needs. Class sessions, and two hours per
week of lab experience in a day care
center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Observing and directing learning at the
following levels: N, K, and/or elementary
levels under the supervision of college
and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmentalcurriculum.
A projected program must be outlined
which meets the approval of education
faculty.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
(TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM)
It i s the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult
with Education faculty regarding state
requirements for teacher licensure. This
consultation i s recommended in addition
to conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor
meeting requirements in a teaching major
and licensure are available through the
Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access to computer.)
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation
2.
3.
4.
5.
course. Application forms are available
in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department or division of their declared
major. A student may take education
courses after the Orientation course
only if he or she has been admitted into
the program of t.he Department of
Education.
GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5
average in the major.
Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching.
Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation in
Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program
meets this requirement.)
Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265,
359,478; a minimum of one-half course
in special methods in the area of the
student's major, and a minimum of two
courses in Student Teaching.
Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education will take one full course in special
methods and three courses in Student
Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching i n Secondary
Schools (Through the Augsburg College
Education Department Program)
Education Department Licensure Program courses.
GENERAL INFORMATION:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors
in Art, Music and Physical Education
receive a special license which allows
them to teach in their area in all grades
from Kindergarten through twelve
(K-12). A person preparing far licensure in one of these areas follows the
secondary education program even
though he or she plans to teach at the
elementary school level. A person with
a major in one of these special areas
will take three courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching
at both the secondary and elementary
levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
major in art will register for Educ. 361;
the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the
major in Music for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School
and Society in a one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are
held during the term as part of the
professional work. A student taking
two courses in student teaching may
elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfull State Department of Education
265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
A N URBAN SElTING (Secondary)
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsb u r g E d u c a t i o n p r o g r a m meets
requirement)
4. Health Educ. 114 and 115
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.:
sophomore standing. Fall, Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY
(% course)
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255,256
or #. Fall, Spring)
With the general methodology course,
one or more of the following education
courses in special methods must be taken
from the department of the major field.
(Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 or #)
Special Methods Courses (% to 1 course)
Methods and materials in teaching special
areas
360 American Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior
high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
% course (Fall)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
% course
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
?hcourse (Spring)
376. Speech and Theater Arts Methods
% course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristicsof
different kinds of learning problems
found in regular classroom environment.
The primary focus of the course will be on
teaching strategies, but attention also will
be given to procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning
problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select from a variety of
situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be
developed and must have education
faculty approval.
478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course i s on the
school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American
education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
481, 482,483, 484
STUDENT TEACHING
Observing and directing learning at the
secondary level under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel.
(Prereq.: Admission to student teaching
and program approval. Fall, Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION
A N D GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of
evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance i n use of print and non-print
materials (Fall, Spring)
--
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized
359 REFERENCE SERV~CES
IN THE
research projects not otherwise provided
LIBRARY
for in the departmental curriculum. A
projected program must be outlined Study of basic information sources most
which meets the
of
frequently used by studentsand librarians.
faculty.
Includes preparation of bibliographies
and library instruction. (Spring)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
399 INTERNSHIP
M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475.
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o do field work i n a variety of
library situations i n the metropolitan area.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION A N D
ADMINISTRATION
475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION A N D
GUIDANCE
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation.
Services of the media center and methods
of evaluation. (Fall)
Survey and evaluation of library materials
on the secondaryschool level, with attention to their use inrelation
to curricula
as well as for personal interest and needs
of adolescents. (Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Psychological and philosophical d i mensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production and evaluation
of effective audio visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
Independent study and research o n some
topic of interest in the field of school
library service, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniorsand
seniors, with department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson: Adviser
Augsburg College i s cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis,
Missouri) and Michigan Technological
University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a
Three-Two Plan of studies which will
enable a student t o earn the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College and
an engineering baccalaureate degree
from Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year
period. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted
into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided
they have met course requirements, have
a B average, and are recommended by a
designated representative of Augsburg
College. Students receiving financial aid
who are participants in the Three-Two
Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications
will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum
course requirements for admission to the
Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224,
226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116;
Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at
Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and
Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman
year. Students are encouraged t o apply
for admission t o the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with
the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged.
English
Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard
Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in American literature, one
course in the Western literary tradition
(271 or 272) and three courses in British
literature. Of the British literature courses,
one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and
one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must
take 225, Advanced Expository Writing.
Majors are encouraged to take, early in
their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly
urged t o consult their departmental
adviser regularly.,A student with a double
major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the English department:
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
English: 10 courses, including those listed
for the major and a course i n the English
language. Courses in early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course i n public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction.
Library Science: 475, The High School
L i b r a r y : M a t e r i a l s Selection and
Guidance.
In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education
majors will be required to gain practical
experience in the teaching of writing, to
be arranged through the department
chairperson.
Students interested in a teaching major
are encouraged to take courses toward
their major during the freshman and
sophomore years, enroll in Orientation
to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses
of study with the department chairperson,
students should consult an advisor in the
Department of Education.
H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 overall; submit program to
department chairperson early in senior
year; defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis
may be an independent study program.
M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in British literature, and one
writing course. Teaching minors must
include both 225 and a course in the
English language.
The English Department recommends
but does not require that English majors
consider developing an area of emphasis
broader than the major as listed above.
The most likely areas would be a British
concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration,and
a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec-
tion of electives in the major, by the
design of an independent study course
that applies to the concentration, and by
the selection of some related courses
outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416;
English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423,
438 and sometimes 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222;
American Studies 232; English 241, 250,
351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A
student with an American literature concentration should take some of the
courses listed under the American Studies
major which are selected from the
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360,361;
Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German
244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490,
491.
WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition to Advanced Expository Writing,
Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect
Interim courses in writing.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser.
lnterim courses, special courses, and other
courses given at the other cooperating
colleges will often fit well into a concentration.
English 111 i s strongly recommended but
not a prerequisite for a lower division
literature course. Prerequisite for an
upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature
course or consent of the instructor.
111 EFFECTIVE WRlTlNC
The study of composition with emphasis
on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the
research paper. The grading system for
this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In
order to hold a place in their course the
student must either attend class the first
day or personally notify the instructor that
s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring)
225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING
The development of essays in a variety of
rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and
analysis. Particular attention will be given
to stylistic and organizational matters
through the course's workshop format, in
which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 711, Fall, Spring)
226 CREATIVE WRITING
The purpose of the course i s to encourage
and guide, by means of appropriate
models, theories, and criticism, writing in
narrative and poetic modes of expression.
Short stories, personal narratives, and
poems may be selected by students for
experimentation and development, according to the student's preference.
227 JOURNALISM
An introduction to newswriting, with
secondary emphasis on the feature and
the news feature. The student is first
introduced to the principles of writing the
news story, what constitutes news, copy
preparation, and editing practices, then
goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and
community news stories. A unit on the
feature and the news feature concludes
the course. Throughout the semester,
attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons
and contrasts with the electronic media,
and stylistic trends inside and outside
the journalism establishment.
241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities
and the historical development of the film
media. The course includes the viewing
and discussing of both feature length and
short films. See also description under
Speech, Communications and Theater
Arts.
245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction,
drama, and poetry. Particular attention
will be devoted to developing critical and
analytical skills in reading and writing
about literature. Strongly recommended
for English majors. (Fall, Spring)
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant
works of selected American writers from
colonial times t o the emergence of
literary naturalism. Attention i s also given
to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 M O D E R N FICTION
Significant works of selected prose
writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth
century. (Fall, Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER
T O DANTE
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M
D O N N E T O BLAKE
A study of major works of Greek and
Roman literature,for example the epics of
Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the
comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's
Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be
studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring
relevance. (Fall)
Reading, analysis and discussion of works
of selected writers from the metaphysical
poets t o Blake, with attention t o the
historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M
THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N
PERIOD
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval t o the
modern period, including such authors as
Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe,
Dostoyevsky.
331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE
While the primary study of the course will
be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer,
attention will be given to the medieval
literary milieu out of which Chaucer
wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and
drama may be examined. (Alternate years,
7 980-87)
332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and
selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which
Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 7979-80).
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE
ROMANTICS A N D THE
VICTORIANS
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two
or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their
own age and their lasting contribution t o
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention
is given to the dynamics of American
society and i t s intricate relationship to the
literature. Special emphasis is given t o the
city as setting and symbol in modern
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
367 M O D E R N POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism.
Discussion may include the poetry and
aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance,
M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n
Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and
other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 7 979-80)
368 M O D E R N D R A M A
Significant works of American, British,
and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements
such as Naturalism, Existentialism,Theater
of the Absurd, and Transformationalism.
Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 7980-87)
399 INTERNSHIP
The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students
should consult the Department
Chairpersons.
Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the
conditions contributing t o the rise of the
novel and i t s emergence by the twentieth
century as the dominant literary form
(Alternate years. 7980-87)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with
attention t o the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work.
Enrollment open to juniors and seniors.
423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A survey of the development of the novel
i n England from its eighteenth century
beginnings up t o the twentieth century.
Novels studied will be selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens,
Open t o junior or senior English majors
with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed
independent study in the area of the
student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Chairperson: Gunta Rozentals
below their level may only do so for a
grade of P/N.
Students with previous
language
study should register in courses suited t o
their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows
the formula: 1 year of high school foreign
language equals 1 course of college
foreign language. However, final placement i s made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with
the department. Students who register
Course 112 completes basic elements of
the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useableskill levels.
Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper
division courses.
See d e p a r t m e n t f a c u l t y f o r career
information.
Language majors and minors must consult
with the department for limits o n nonAugsburg courses, and majors for midpoint evaluation after the third postintermediate course.
Teaching majors and minors must consult
with the Department of Education for
program. Methods courses by language
are joint five-college offerings and should
be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0
average in Advanced Conversation and
Composition i s a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
de.partmental honors must apply no later
than early i n the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 GPA
overall, and honors thesis demonstrating
ability in independent study for one
course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
two in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and three i n literature, of
which one should be course 352. Study in
France strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 courses above 212, including
one in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and one i n literature. Interim
or summer of study in France strongly
recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature.
Study Abroad. Also see lnterim catalog.
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed t o introduce the student with
no previous background in French t o the
language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence
structures are taught t o enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary
level. Two hours laboratory work. See
above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and
forms i s completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills,
and acquaintance with French culture
and way of life. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century
French literary readings and a grammar
review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading.
For those who have studied most of the
basic structures: Two hours of laboratory
work. (Fall)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating
ideas and building sufficient reading skills
t o pursue general reading in French.
Completes the review of basic structures
and more complex forms. Laboratory
work. (Spring)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Major representative works of French
literature read i n English translation.
Through individualized background
reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities
and cultural-historical significance of
these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or
minor.
Explores topics of current interest i n both
oral and written form to build fluency,
accuracy, and facility o f expression.
Emphasis o n vocabulary enrichment,
grammatical r e f i n e m e n t s , e f f e c t i v e
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.
(Fall 7 979)
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and
correct expression. Attention t o grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics. French
phonology and speech groups practiced
to overcome inadequacies and incorrect
speech habits. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n
demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION:
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of
the French from their beginnings to the
modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual,
political, social and artistic self-awareness.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 377
or #. Spring 7980)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems,
ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and
their contribution to the contemporary
scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of
audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n
French. (Prereq.: 371 or#. Alternate years.
Spring 7980)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works of French literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
377 or #. Offered o n demand)
352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT
A survey of the major literary creators of
the Renaissance and Classical periods,
and the French intellectual, social and
ethical currents reflected in their works.
Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel,
letters and other proseforms. Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory work
i n French. Required o f all majors.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER A N D
OUTER WORLDS
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry,
and the literature of ideas that led to new
forms and emphases with the turn of the
century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts i n French.
(Prereq.: 377 or#. Offered alternate years)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including
the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay,
and criticism. Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts i n French.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing
on topics of intellectual,social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive
training i n the four skills at an advanced
level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression,
refinements i n style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for
self-improvement and self-evaluation.
Laboratory assignments. Required for all
majors (Prereq.: 377 or#. Alternate years)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette,
Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola,
Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.)
that shows the evolution of this genre i n
theme and form. Analyses, discussion,
and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Recommended 337. O n demand)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study in depth of an author, topic or
genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French.
For advanced students. (See also lnterim
offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. Offered
on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement,
or genre at an advanced level. Designed
t o complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense
are included. (Consultations with French
teachers required. Junior standing. Fall,
Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be
clarified early with study adviser.)
German
M A J O R : 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer
in Germany strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r
teachers; European History, a second
language, linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who
have had 111 or equivalent or less than
two years of high school German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice i n speaking, understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives
in simple German, insights into German
culture and participation i n short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
(177, Fall; 772, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g
knowledge of German. Review of basic
structures with emphasis on extending
range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporary
German life and literature. (277, Fall; 272,
Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English.
The readings are considered not only i n
the particular context of German cultural
history, but also discussed in termsof their
relevance t o perennial human problems.
Credit for this course does not apply to
the major or minor in German.
311 GERMAN CONVERSAT'ON AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility i n the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n
colloquial German. Intensive practice i n
speaking i s supplemented with exercises
i n written composition. (Fall)
331 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE l
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000
B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with
emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle
Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the- elements of' theory
through reading, analyzing and discuss.
Ing selected works of German literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
377 or #. Offered on demand)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH
18TH CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und
Drang literature. Extensive readings and
discussions i n Classic and Romantic
periods. Readings i n German, supplemented by lectures on the history of
German literature i n i t s cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o
improve students' ability t o express ideas
in German. (Prereq.: 377 or#. O n demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 19TH CENTURY
332 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland since
the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of i t s
roots in the intellectual, geopolitical,
artistic and scientific history o f t h e
German-speaking peoples. I n German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980)
I n c l u d e s l a t e r Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction
to the decline of idealistic philosophy and
the importance of the individual and the
rise of materialism, technology and mass
man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o
deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n
demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 20TH CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse,
Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with
class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German.
(Prereq.: 371 or #.)
411 ADVANCED GERMAN
COMPOSITION A N D
CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing his own ideas and opinions.
Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through
use of German as classroom language,
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Coethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the
epic genre as a mirror of cultural and
geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 377 or #.)
452 GERMAN D R A M A
Representative dramatic works from late
18th century t o the present are discussed
and read as symptomatic of perennial
human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #)
literature, linquistics, which can apply
toward classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n
morphology. Translation exercises from
and into Greek. (777, Fall; 712, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development
of reading skills through selections from
the New Testament and other Hellenistic
writings (early fathers, historians, etc.)
Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of
the Greek text. (Prereq.: 172 or #. Fall)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
A first course i n the theory and practiceof
literary studies. A theoretical component
(in English) treats the basic principles of
literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. I n the
practical component, the class will divide
into small groups according t o foreign
language, where the elements of theory
will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for
foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors.
Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.:
272 or #. Offered on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
See the instructor for supporting courses
at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
Japanese
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS
An introduction t o linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus
on linguistic universals (organizational
principles and features common t o all
languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry
in t o the mechanics of language learning
and the structure of the mind as revealed
i n language.) Theoretical questions will
be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
wegian used as basis for class discussion
and exercises. Laboratory work and some
field experience expected. (prereq.: 772
or equivalent. Spring)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
A N D COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian
with emphasis on pronunciation and
original composition. Some attention
given to regional variations in spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between
the two official languages of Norway.
Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring)
Norwegian
312 OLD NORSE
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411;
plus one course under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
For the teaching minor: 311,331,353,411
plus required education courses, including special methods.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under
Scandinavian Area Studies.
An introduction t o the structure of O l d
West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some
attention given to O l d East Norse and
aspects of the history of four modern
Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of
the latter i s desired but not reauired.
Norwegian language minors wili have
special assignments. ( O f f e r e d Spring
7 980)
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language
skills: speaking, listening, reading and
writing. Stress on spoken rather than
literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (777, Fall; 772, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition
t o improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Nor-
This study o f Norwegian cultural history
will include significant aspects of the
c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society.
Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work i n the
comparatively homogeneous population
of Norway will be examined. Written and
oral reports i n the Norwegian language
will be required along with some field
work. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and
alternate years.)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open t o all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 o r #. Offered o n demand)
353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN
LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the
study of original works from earlier
periods extending back to O l d Norse
literature. All genres are examined, and
considerable attention i s given t o writings
i n the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and
written reports are i n Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring
7987. Alternate years)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN
CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and
written Norwegian. Attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and t o the
historical development of the Norwegian
language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354.
(Study i n Spain or Latin America i s
strongly recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American
Area Studies. Consult department for
other supporting courses i n humanities.
111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld.
Laboratory work i s an integral part of the
course (777, Fall; 772, Spring)
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with
emphasis on active use of the language,
supplemented by readings in culture and
literature. (Prereq.: 772 or 2 years o f high
school Spanish. 277, Fall; 272, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various
periods and movements are read i n
English translation. Through background
reading and class discussion i n English the
student i s acquainted with the salient
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this
course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred.
311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice i n
correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course i s a
p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall)
312 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speakingskills i n
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis o n conversational facility, stressing idiomatic
usage and the finer points of grammar.
Readings t o stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted i n Spanish. (On demand)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
A N D CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the
Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations t o the present. I n
Spanish. (Prereq.: 317 or 272, with #.
Spring 7980)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y
through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n
Spanish. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open t o all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand)
352,353 SURVEY O F SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
A study of representative authors i n
Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 377 or #. 352,
Fall, 7980; 353, Fall, 7979)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of
Spanish contribution to world civilization
through historical, intellectual, literary,
and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate
years)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC
AMERICAN AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 377
or #. Offered on demand)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311
or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH D R A M A
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature in Spain. Oral and written re-
ports in the language. Emphasis on the
Golden Age and the Modern Period.
(Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in
Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. (Prereq.: One survey course.
Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
History
Chairperson: Richard Nelson
M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least
four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four. areas. Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course.
Lower level courses need not be taken i n
sequence.
M A J O R FOR TEACHING: I n addition t o
the regular history major a social science
maior with historv, em~hasisis also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog.
Students wishing t o become licensed
teachers see "Education Department" in
this catalog and consult with Education
Department faculty for requirements.
.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the
major and 3.0 overall; except in special
instances, application before the end of
the first term of the junior year; two years
of a foreign language at the college level
(or its equivalent); an honors thesis
(equal t o one course credit) t o be
defended before a faculty committee.
101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE
WESTERN CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations i n
the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of
Europe into the13th century.(Fall,Spring)
102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN
CIVILIZATION
A consideration of European institutions
and values from the waning of the middle
ages through the remodeling of Europe
by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE M O D E R N WORLD
A study of the main currents i n western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to
the present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN
WORLD
An introduction to various centers of
cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation
torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the
scheduled courses. The proposed study
must be approved by the directingfaculty
member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of
one course i n directed study may be
applied to the major.
332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN
FOREIGN POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy t o
general American development is stressed
as i s the period of the Cold War. (Fall
7980-87)
353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A survey of topics relating t o the mergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic
adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities;
economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and
early 20th centuries. (Fall)
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D
GREECE T O 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the
Near East from earliest times through i t s
extension and elaboration by the Greeks.
Emphasis i s placed on the development of
writing, achievement in the arts and
sciences and political institutions.
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E
T O 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the
rise of Rome as the world's greatest power.
Emphasis is placed on personalities, the
arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
(Fall, 1979-80)
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES T O 1560
331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY
Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n
U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see
History 332). The specific topics to be
offered will be-announced prior t o registration. (Fall)
A study of the scholastic tradition and the
role of the Church and state through the
changes forced on these institutions
during the Italian Renaissance and the
early years of the Reformation. (Spring,
7 980-87)
399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division
..
students majoring i n history. See department chairperson.
412
PERIODS
AND STUART
A study of English history from a 15th
century background through 1714. The
emergence of modern constitutionalism
is the major theme of the course. Emphasis
i s also placed on 16th and 17th century
aspects of England's subsequent role i n
the world economy and on the English
literary renaissance of Elizabethan and
early Stuart periods. (Fall)
416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most
critical period in the rise of the modern
state. Emphasis i s also placed on the
emergence of modern science and its
effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. (Fall 7980-87)
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth,
the distinctive institutions, and the culture
of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire
t o the 20th century, with focus on specific
historic cities as examples. The course i s
designed for history students, urban study
majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. (Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial
empires and the rise of the third world.
The emphasis will be o n Western Asia.
Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years.
(Spring 7980-87)
463 MODERNSOUTHEAST
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments
in this area. A comparative analysis of the
nationalist movements and the process of
decolonization will especially focus on
Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and
Vietnam. (Spring 7979-80)
464 MODERN
A selective treatment of Chinese history
since the Opium Warof 1839. The erosion
of China's i;olationism and collapse of the
imperial system. The Nationalist and
Communist revolutions of t h e 20th
century. (Fall)
465 M O D E R N JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of
Japan as a major world power i n the 20th
century. Components of the course will
include a study of the distinctive features
o f t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization
factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring
7980-87)
474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers
cultural interaction and conflict, and the
building of European empires in Asia and
the Americas, and concludes with the
breakdown of these imperial systems at
the end of the 18th Century. (Spring797980)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission
of the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply
for directed independent study. A maxi-
mum of one course in independent study
may be applied toward the major.
114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the basicconceptsand
tools of geography followed by a survey of
the distribution patterns to be found in
our physical and. human environment.
(Temporarily cancelled. See History Department Chairman)
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Beverly Durkee
M A J O R : 9 courses including 124,125,215,
224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure,
courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224.
,
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be submitted
to department during first term of junior
year, and must include advanced study in
areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and
Mathematics-Education.
ties in two variables. Does not apply
toward a major or minor in mathematics.
Does not satisfy the general education
requirement in mathematics.
114 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O COLLEGE
ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, functions and graphs, linear
equations, exponents and radicals,
quadratic equations, ratio and variation,
progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms
and trigonometric functions. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may register for credit only with consent
of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
104 BASIC MATHEMATICS
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and
a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities
in one variable, including linear and
quadratic; and graphs of linear and
quadratic equations and linear inequali-
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major
or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a
single variable with applications to the
social and behavioral sciences. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may not register for credit. (Spring)
techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.:
224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F
MATHEMATICS
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including
calculus of several variables and series
with applications primarily f r o m the
physical sciences. Primarily for students i n
the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725,
Spring; 224, Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure o f
mathematical systems and mathematical
models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts.
Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g
further study of mathematics. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational
to abstract mathematics. A study of the
integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is
placed on the inductive techniques of
discovery. Includes the ideas of modern
elementary school mathematics curricula.
Does not apply toward a major or minor i n
mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 INTRODUCTION T O M O D E R N
ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings,
integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275.
Fa11)
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean
spaces, transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and
vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring;
325, Fall)
215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
A study of Euclidean and other geometries
by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. (Prereq.: 722 or
725. Spring, 7980. Offeredalternate years.)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by
special integral transforms; systems of
differential equations with matrix algebra
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions
and densities, expectation, sampling dis-
tributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses.
(Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems.
(Prereq.: 374, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 7987. Offered alternate
years)
481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from
real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 374, 324, or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation
between student and department.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL
COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G
An introduction to computer methods
includingflowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming
in a non-scientific higher level language,
such as COBOL. Primarily for students in
non-science areas.
Does not apply toward a major or minor
in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G
An introduction t o computer languages
and methods. Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register
operations, and computer organization.
Programming i n machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from
science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Math 725 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems
on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms
for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language
i n numerical analysis. Topics include the
general concept of iterative formulas,
solution of equations, Newton's method,
linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit
may be granted toward a mathematics
major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and
Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of
three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship
at Hennepin County Medical Center,
Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended
courses vary t o some extent depending
on the hospital with which the students
plan t o affiliate. It i s important to work
closely with the Medical Technology
adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by
the hospitals for the 12-month internship.
Students must negotiate directly with the
hospitals involved.
Although it i s not recommended, Chemistry 223 may be taken instead of Chemistry
351-352. However, credit for both Biology
367 and Chemistry 223 is not given. If
Chemistry 223 is taken, then the two
required upper division biology courses
may not include Biology 367.
Required science courses: 1) Biology 111,
112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,
106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics:
103 (or 121,122); one math course.
Students transferring t o Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalent should expect to spend two
years at Augsburg before participating in
the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons
w h o already have t h e baccalaureate
degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl
Director: Carry W. Hesser
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics
123; Political Science 122; History 431;
Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379
or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or
Sociology 363; a minimum of one course
of internship or independent study; plus
two urban-related non-social science
courses with an urban emphasis, at least
one of which must be i n the humanities
(current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics
103, Biology 101, 105).
To complete the major, the student has a
choice among three emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or
CeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a widevariety of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges, as well as those offered
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below).
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate
majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following
core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science
122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an
a p p r o v e d Social Science Research
course; an approved internship and/or
independent study.
Other Urban Studies options available
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA):
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN
ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution
publications, journal articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom,
students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues i n the Twin Cities area. Topics
include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
Students are placed in a variety of public
and private agencies for work experience.
A learning contract is developed with
MUST faculty approval. Students may
choose an internship of one or two
courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n
consultation with MUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or
field research related t o subjects of
seminars and/or major academic interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST)
This program is located at the University
of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Students are placed i n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on
proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student
course work and daily living i n Oslo. An
orientation t o current issues i n Norwegian life and society i s coordinated
with the language instruction.
373GROWTHANDDEVELOPMENTOF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a
combination of lectures, guest speakers,
and field work. Emphasis is placed on
Norwegian u r b a n development w i t h
comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING I N
SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are
viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers.
Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of
other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related t o subjects of seminar
and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program i s
located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t
focuses upon urbanization and development i n the Third World.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or
advanced levels.
various types of barrios and t o public and
private agencies dealing w i t h urban
problems.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N
LATIN AMERICA
Readings, discussions, and lectures i n
both English and Spanish, with aid of
SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n
urbanists.
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH,
POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y
DEVELOPMENT IN THE LATIN
AMERICAN CITY
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty,
student selects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related t o subjects
o f seminar and/or major academic
interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a
field seminar, an internship, and independent study.
382 FIELD EXPERIENCE
Structured field course focusing o n plight
and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota,
with field trips t o other Colombian and
foreign cities for comparison. Visits to
383 FIELD SEMINAR: SAN FRANCISCO
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Music
Chairperson: Robert Karlen
Students wishing t o major i n Music at
Augsburg College must make application
t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into
the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of thesophomore
year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors
must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261;
pass a
piano proficiency test, perform i n music
organizations for 3 years, participate i n
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
repertoire tests.
MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or
355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of
Performance.Studies; recital performance.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two
of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department
o f Education for requirements i n
education.
BACHELOR O F M U S I C DECREE: 13
courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, two or
354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or
other elective; 4 years of Performance
Studies with double periods in the last two
years, and junior and senior recitals.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus
350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3
years of Performance Studies including at
least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382,
383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362,
and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc.
241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective
in physical education (232 recommended);
elective in speech (116 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and
Music Therapy may be applied toward the
35 courses required for graduation.
Students need to apply for internship sites
nine months in advance of starting date.
Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s
limited, students may need t o seek outof-state internship placements.
This major normally requires four and
one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the
student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
MINOR: 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261,
458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organizations; piano proficiency; and 2 music
r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all
Performance Workshops during the year
of Performance Studies and 8 campus
recitals also required.
Those wishing t o minor in music should
declare their intent by the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify
for graduation honors i n music if they (1)
provide leadership in: the promotion of
higher music performance standards
within the Department of Music; breadth
of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/
or promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at
least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for
the Honors Program at the beginning of
the second term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of
the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental
ensemble of not less than 15 minutes
duration and either a senior thesis and i t s
defense before a faculty committee of a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a
senior thesis and its defense before a
faculty committee and a solo recital of
graduate quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 14 campus faculty and
student recitals i s required of sophomore,
junior and senior music majors. Music
minors must attend 8 faculty and student
recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and
minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration
i s required of majors during either the
junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both
their junior and senior years.
Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required t o pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a
student who has been certified by the
Department of Music as a major for the
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music
degree, receives required lessons in the
area of his concentration without extra
cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A
junior or senior student transferring t o
Augsburg College as a music major must
take a placement test in music theory
before registration. Application f o r
acceptance into a music program should
be made at the end of the student's first
term at Augsburg, after passing the piano
proficiency test.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course
extending over four terms. Taught by a
team of instructors, the various aspects of
musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are
presented in parallel, rather than in
sequence. (707,223, Fall. 702,224, Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS
380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H
The
Development and influence of the music
of the Christian church. Designed for the
general student as well as for organists,
directors, and pre-theological stu-
of music through the
selected
of great 'Omstudy
posers from each period. Emphasis is
placed upon
between music
and the other fine arts. For the non-music
major (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras.
(Fall)
261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D
ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related
t o choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
dents.
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Offers an opportunity t o apply information and techniques acquired in music
theory and history classes to the study of
the music of our time. Works of 20th
Century composers w i l l be chosen
according t o instrumentation and abilities
represented by the class, so that in-depth
analysis can prepare for performance. An
evaluation will be made of each composition studied with regard t o its significance and relationship t o the total output
of that composer. (Prereq.: 224. Spring.
Alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation
of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental en~wnbles.(Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of
varying sizes and types. (Alternate years.)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
Advanced technique i n the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
488,489 P I A N O TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods,
and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons t o child r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e
instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
O F M U S l C II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and specialized studies
and projects not otherwise provided for
in the departmental curriculum. Open
only to advanced students upon approval
of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
M U S l C THERAPY
110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C
THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs i n
the surrounding area, with field trips t o
various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y
course for the freshmen and sophomores
considering music therapy as a major;
gives the students a broad background i n
the ways in which music is used as a
therapy. (Interim)
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL
MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
OF MUSlC I
An objective approach t o musical stimuli
and response, with an emphasis on the
socio-psychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process
and development of an experimental research project.
395 INFLUENCE O F M U S l C O N
BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association
for Music Therapy for six months. This i s
started after completion of thesenior year
and is necessary for registration by the
NAMT. Applications for internship sites
must be made nine months i n advance.
Sites i n Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC I N THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of
music with the emotionally ill, mentally
retarded, and physically handicapped.
(Prereq.: 395)
495 PRACTICUM I N MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two
hours a week, six terms. No credit.
RECITALS, LESSONS, ORGANIZATIONS
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for
public performance. Acquaints students
with a repertoire of musical excellence.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
Vocal and instrumental instruction i s
available to all students. For statement of
fees, see under Financial Information. No
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
The music organizations exist not only for
the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes to
participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Normally,
membership i s reserved for full-time students. Membership for the full year i s
required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of
songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
Choir
Membership by audition.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra.
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Brass Ensemble,
String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
N a t u r a l Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching
in Secondary Schools.
The Minnesota Board of Teaching has
approved the licensure program for
science teachers and has authorized
Augsburg to recommend candidates for
licensure in:
Life Science, grades 7-72
Life Science, (minor) grades 7-72
Physical Science, grades 7-72
Earth Science, grades 7-72
Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-72
Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72
Physics, (minor) grades 7-72
Middle School Science, grade 5-9
PROGRAM COMPONENTS
The program of courses is designed to
provide a broad, basic background i n
science and allow for specialization in an
area. The following programs assume that
the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and, in
the physical science, have at least one year
of calculus.
BROAD BASE COURSES - 7 COURSES
Seven courses comprise the set for the
broad base background.
1. Earth Science - 1 course
Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics
161 - Understanding the Weather
2. Life Science - 2 courses
Biology 111,112 - General Biology
3. Physical Science - 4 courses
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106)
General Chemistry
Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR
Biology 473 - Animal Physiology
Group V Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR
Biology 476 - Microbiology
BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE
Grades 5-9 - 7 courses
-
In order to make the program slightly
more flexible, it is recommended that
students with emphasis in life science
have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 - Physics for
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics.
LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES
1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry
2. Biology Component - 7 courses
Biology 491 - Seminar
At least one course from each of the
following groups:
Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology
OR Biology 353 - c6mparative
Vertebrate Zoology
Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology
474 - Developmental Biology
Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant Biology OR
Biology 474 - Ecology
1. Earth Science - 2 courses
Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR
Physics 161 - Understanding the
Weather (the alternative course not
taken in the BROAD BASE section)
2. Life Sciences - 2 courses
Any two biology courses above 112.
3. Physical Science - 3 courses
Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic
Chemistry
Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Physics 245 - Modern Physics
CERTIFICATION WITH MINOR
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation in life science
shall complete 7 courses in Biology in
addition to the BROAD BASE.
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation in chemistry or
physics shall complete the broad basic
competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry
351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For
Physics, these are any four courses above
122.
-
Nursing
Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson
Augsburg offers a second-step, upper
division major in nursing leading t o a
Bachelor of Science degree.
Requirements for admission t o the major
are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. in
the state of Minnesota; and completion of
inorganic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition; and i n t r o d u c t o r y courses i n
psychology and sociology at accredited
institutions of higher education. These
courses must be taken prior t o admission
into the nursing major. CLEP examinations may be taken to validate credits.
I n addition, each applicant to the nursing
major must successfully complete theoretical and clinical testing prior t o acceptance into the major.
Nurses who have not been actively engaged in the practice of nursing within the
past five years, must take a refresher
course prior to acceptance into the major.
A course in organic chemistry is also required for the major. Students must take
this course at Augsburg by the end of the
first year.
MAJOR:11 courses (10 course credits) i n
nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325,
350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354
(Interpersonal Communications) i s
highly recommended. The r e q u i r e d
courses in sociology, psychology, English,
chemistry, and biology listed above may
apply toward distribution requirements as
well as toward the major. A 2.5 overall
GPA in the nursing courses i s required.
303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I
This course is designed t o explore the
contemporary role of the nurse as a client
educator. Content on learning theories,
assessment, planning, communicating via
negotiated objectives, matching
methodology and evaluation techniques
within an experiential setting as presented. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major. 1/2 course credit.)
304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II
Through lecture-discussions, the class will
explore factors affecting one's influence
with individuals. Students will explore
their own leadership style as it relates t o
the professional nurse's role and the
theory of planned change. (Spring-junior
year. Prereq.. 303. 1/2 course credit.)
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Through a lecture-discussion format, the
class develops a holistic health framework
within a family and community context.
Factors such as cultural values, environment, change, epidemiology, and social
trends are considered, as they relate t o
the individual's perception and state of
health. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major.)
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Clinical application of health concepts.
Students participate i n negotiated health
intervention and facilitation within a
selected community setting. (Springjunior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325)
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
The professional nurse's role as advocate
and facilitator i s strengthened via the use
of a systematic process of assessment and
planning, intervention, and evaluation.
This negotiated process isexplored within
a developmental frame of reference with
application t o the adult individual. (Falljunior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the
major.)
350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING
RESEARCH
The research process and methodologies
appropriate t o nursing are the focus of
this course. Issues of ethics and nursing
research i n nursing studies are explored.
Students will critique nursing research
and design individual research projects.
(Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance
into the nursing major.)
403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill
This course will explore the process of
negotiating with individuals and groups
to identify learning needs and goals. We
will experience a variety of teaching
methods as we integrate therapeutic
communication techniques w i t h t h e
teaching process. (Fall-Senior year.
Prereq.: 303,304,310,317,325,350. To be
taken prior to or concurrent with Nursing
423.)
404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I V
This is a nursing synthesis seminar course
dealing with the integration of a professional role and the utilization of professional nursing tools, such as effective
communication techniques, in facilitating
complex group or family interaction.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 303,304,370,
317, 325, 350, 403, 423, 430. To be taken
prior to or concurrent with Nursing 427.)
423 PRECEPTORSHIP I
The preceptorship practicum is a flexible
approach t o learning and allows the student an opportunity t o explore a chosen
area of study i n a selected practice setting.
This approach allows opportunity to practice self-objectives, select learning
expe.
riences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor(s), faculty,
agencies, and clients i n initiating complex
nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.:
303, 304, 310, 322, 325, 350. To be taken
after or concurrent with Nursing 403.)
427 PRECEPTORSHIP II
This course builds upon the knowledge
and skills obtained i n Contemporary
Nursing IV. Applies leadership skills to
groups. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423,
430. To be taken after or concurrent with
Nursing 404.)
430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES I N NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional
nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored
in light of their implications for nursing
practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.)
Philosophy
Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey
120 ETHICS
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241,
242, 343, and 344.
Sometimes you say that a certain action is
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it i s right? Because you like it? Are
there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a
long, hard look at possible grounds for
making moral decisions, and at the moral
judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses
from 241, 242, 343, and 344.
H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission to the
Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such
recommendationswill be made at the end
of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
topic of the student's choice, involving
research above the course level, and a
defense of this thesis before the faculty of
the department.
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement.
130 L O G I C
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and
then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid
arguments and work to develop your
ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring).
110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS A N D M E T H O D
Though each person has his own set of
ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been
critically analyzed or evaluated for their
consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the
needed skills. Another i s that they may
have had little opportunity to examine
critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are to provide the student with some
experience i n examining ideas, and
thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall,
Spring)
241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
A N D ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle
and the Stoics; what did they believe?
Why did Plato think that the physical
world was not overly important, and what
did he value? How did Aristotle, the
scientist, respond to this? The answers to
these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11:
MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE
PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and
enlightenment. How dark were the
Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the
grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was
carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the
individual in the Renaissance and the new
methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
What i s the relation between faith and
reason?Does God exist, and what can be
said about him if he does?Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and
animal suffering? I s man really immortal?
Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious
beliefs.
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism.
360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE
343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 1 9 f H
CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate
ideas or with experience? What can we
really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major
empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis-ofphilosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Neitzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV:
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth
that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science?These and
other issues are dealt with in a study of the
major representatives of linguistic
analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and
phenomenology. (Spring)
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with
friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How
does language relate to the world - can
we really learn about the nature of things
from words? Do the mathematician and
the scientist have a language?I s it possible
to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to
these and other important questions
about language.
365
PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s
purported to be profoundly different and
better than that of the non-scientist. I s this
true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions
which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist
to recover knowledge? In addition to
dealing with these questions,students will
work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special
sciences.
-
370 EXISTENTIALISM
440 THEORY O F BEING
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine
what it means to be a being-in-the-world,
and explore such themes as absurdity,
freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course i n philosophy)
Being i s the most important concept
which philosophy investigates. This
course studies some of the perennial
theories of metaphysics along with some
modern applications of these theories.
Students will have the opportunity to read
and discuss primary texts as well as contemporary articles dealing with metaphysics. (Prereq.: one prior course i n
philosophy)
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical
care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care f o r t h e dying and
euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of
art, philosophy of literature, philosophy
of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested
prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard,
Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the
student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty adviser.
Physical Education and Health Education
Chairperson: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R : H.Ed.
114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350,
351, 471, 472, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G
MAJOR: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,472; Biol.
103. Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R W I T H
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 495,
491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355,
362. Approval for admission to Corrective
Therapy Major must be secured from the
Coordinator of Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R WITI..
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
485, 491; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed.
114,115; P.E. 223,231,232, or 472, and 243.
C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480,
and practicum in coaching (Practicum
requires registration for Independent
Study 499).
Physical education major meets t h e
coaching requirement.
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment in Minnesota high
schools are required t o have at least a
coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching,
and officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching,
and officiating individual and dual sports.
(Fall)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHYMS
355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT
(See Health Education)
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon-hour
activities, camp nights, modified games,
simple rhythmic games, folk and square
dancing. (1/2 course. Interim)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for
teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
234 OUTDOOR EDUCATION
373 MODERN DANCE
This course will look at a wide variety of
outdoor activities that can be taught in a
school setting. The following activities will
be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing,
cycling,. outdoor cooking, camping and
water safety. Students must be prepared
to spend some weekends participating in
these activities. (I/.
course. Spring)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, principles, and philosophy of
physical education. (Spring)
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form,
and design. No previous dance experience
necessary. (1/2 course. Interim)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairperson
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
Mechanics of movement with special
emphasis upon the action of the muscular
system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (1/2 course. Fall)
The major effects of exercise upon the
systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs
and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103.
Spring)
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL
CHILD
(See Health Education)
474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open
only to junior and senior P.E. majors and
minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test or satisfactory
completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming.
1/2 course. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHL n I C INJURIES1/2 course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring,
1st half of term)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games,
and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354. Summer school
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL %course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall,
1st half of term)
A study of the treatment of disease and
injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular reeducation. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354
Summer school only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd
half of term)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half
of term)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
'/Z course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring,
2nd half of term)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball.
(Spring, 2nd half of term)
Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation
required. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485,492, andapproval of department.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in an area of
physical education. Open only to junior
or senior majors.
HEALTH EDUCATION
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114,
115, 320, 354, 410; Biol. 103, 108, 111;
Chem. 103 or 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231,
241.
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 110,114,115,320,354,355,310; Biol.
103, 108, 111; Chem. 103 or 105; Psych.
105; Soc. 231, 241; Educ. sequence for
teaching license.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114,
115, 320; Biol. 103; SOC. 231
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATlON 1/2 course
1 1 0 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y
HEALTH
An analysis of chemical abuse and what
can be done for the abused. (Fall, Spring)
Modern concepts and practices of health
and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall)
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
114 SAFETY EDUCATION 1/2 course
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid
course. (Fall, Spring)
Techniques for developing a course of
study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
i n nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l
courses i n the major sequence numbered
i n the 100 and 200 series; also #.)
354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L
CHILD % course
evaluation of tests i n health and physical
education. (Spring)
Education of the exceptional child with
special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the
role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
410 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVIS I O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH
PROGRAM
355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/z course
Survey of basic statistical procedures and
Historical background, legal bases,school
health services, and relationships to community he:<lth program and resources.
Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physics
Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122,
245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses
above 122. I n planning their courses of
study, students are encouraged t o work
closely with members of the physics
faculty. Normally, students should have
Mathematics 124,125, and Physics 121,122
the freshman year, and Mathematics 224
and 226 the sophomore year.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122,
and three courses above 122.
H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent
investigation of a physics topic with an
oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major
should be made no later than the first
term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
major. Students are advised to refer t o the
Education Department section of the
catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
SOCIETY O F PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the
physics community o n a professional
basis. Membership in SPS i s open t o all
students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership i n the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open t o those students
who have completed the equivalent of a
minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in
physics and 3.0 overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and
galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a
12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a3-inch Questar.
Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour
lectures. Fall; Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments
are selected not only t o illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life
sciences. The course i s designed t o serve
students i n biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical
technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable
elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem.
algebra. Fall)
transistors and integrated circuits, with
applications to both digital and analog
circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 722 o r 703 plus
Mathematics 722 or 125 and consent o f
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical optics, using
t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. Interference, diffraction,
polarization, and an introduction to the
electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 722.
Fall)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, 11
A rigorous study of the concepts of
mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics,
electricity and magnetism, and some
aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other specified majors. Must
be taken i n sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 724 or concurrent registration. 727,
Fall; 722, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from
a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state
physics. This course indicates the need
for, and develops the experimental basis
of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 722. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis i s on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of
D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing
solid state devices. The study of diodes,
351,352 MECHANICS I, I1
A careful study of classical mechanics in
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles,
single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion,
dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation,
kinematics of two-particle systems and
noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 722; Mathematics 226.
357, Fall; 352, Spring)
362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory
is developed using the vector calculus
t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's
equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of
electromagnetic radiation based o n
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation i n
physics seminars. Experiments i n the area
of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum
physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per
week. Prereq.: Junior standing o r consent
o f instructor. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject i s developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS
A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 245, 357, 352. Fall)
488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o
specific topics chosen from the areas of
solid state physics, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear physics, and particle
physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students t o explore
systematically a problem in experimental
or theoretical physics, worked out in
consultation with a faculty adviser. Open
to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
Political Science
Chairperson: Norma Noonan
M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical
Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or
122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5
other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5
areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122
or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division
courses in 3 out of 5 areas.*
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major i n
Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following:
The student's grade-point average must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The
student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis t o be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may
work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements, consult the Honors Ad-
viser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply
for the Honors Major no later than the
first term of the junior year.
*The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public
Law, and Political Theory and Analysis.
(Any course listed i n more than one area
may be counted i n only one area toward
major or minor requirements.)
Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major
in combination with specified social
science courses, i n compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the department chairperson or the Social
Studies Education adviser.
For precise listing of terms in which
courses are o f f e r e d , see t h e Class
Schedule.
1. AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
121 AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the
dynamics of congressional, executive,
and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and
current issues i n American society.
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental
regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 course i n Political
Science or #)
326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D
BEHAVIOR
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political
parties in the electoral process. Field work
with political parties and interest groups
and media i n presidential election3
(optional in non-presidential election
years). (Prereq.: 727 or #. Fall term o f
election years.)
342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N
SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of
mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship,
newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Politics in the urban setting, including
important issues, actors, and structures
influencing public policy i n the modern
urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts
and activists.
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national,
urban or state focus; topic t o be included
in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n
Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D
ANALYSIS
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
160 ISSUES IN W O R L D POLITICS
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics i n the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy.
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES
An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation,
and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon
the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL
POLITICS
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing
on political behavior, institutions, and
processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet
Union and other communist states i n
terms of political behavior, institutions,
processes and politics. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
(See Section V for description)
Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of
international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries;
t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic
and contemporary legal issues.
459 TOPICS IN ELITE A N D MASS
BEHAVIOR
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass
participation i n the political system.
( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e
course i n Political Science or #.)
The legal-political-philosophical role of
the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant
Supreme Court cases involving the United
States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 770 or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of
Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment
as applied by the Supreme Court to the
protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 770 or #.
Offered alternate years.)
V. POLITICAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
deration of the political, social, and
economic dimensions of the theories,
with some focus on the preferred futures
envisaged in the doctrine.(Prereq.: 758or
#. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches
t o political study, and a survey of the
methods common to empirical social
science. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 758 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL T H O U G H T
A study of influential political philosophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls,
emphasizing t h e values, goals, and
assumptions which continue to inform
and t o rationalize human governance.
(Prereq.: One course i n Political Science
or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public
policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism
and the welfare state i n comparative
perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY
A N D INTERNSHIPS.
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department t o
determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject
matter. (Offered o n demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST,
PRESENT, A N D FUTURE
399 INTERNSHIP
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory
and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consi-
Consult Chairperson or Internship
Director t o determine project. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Selected topics. Consult department
chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.)
Topics defined through consultation
between instructor and student.(Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Chairperson: Norman Ferguson
MAJOR: 10 courses including 105, 264,
265,381, or 399, and 493. Physics 103 i s also
required. The major program should include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and
265 in the freshman or sophomore year,
381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 in the
senior year. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the
psychology department and it i s approved
by the department chairperson. The overall plan i s directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology
and toward the particular educational,
vocational and professional goals of the
individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior
year.
Not more than two courses from 299,399,
and 499 may be counted toward the
minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that
this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The student may
actually take more such courses.
I t i s recommended that psychology
majors take additional course work from
other areas that will complement and
strengthen their particular interests i n
psychology. For example, developing a
minor in business administration, biology,
or communication i s recommended for
many students.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 105. Not
more than one course from among 299,
399, and 499 may be counted toward the
minor.
H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify
for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade
point average in the major, a 3.0 grade
point average overall, and completion of
a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for
honors consideration must be made
during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairperson for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the methods and
approaches used in psychology for the
purpose of understanding behavior. The
structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. (Fall, Spring)
264, 265 RESEARCH METHOD: DESIGN,
PROCEDURE, & ANALYSIS I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation i s human and animal learning,
problem solving, social psychology, and
sensation-perception. Emphasis will be
placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research
Methods I may be taken for credit without
continuing i n Research Methods 11.
Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must
precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the
term immediately following 264. (Prereq.:
105. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must
be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development
and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and
applications of data and theory in respect
to the development of children. (Prereq.:
7 05)
-
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used for building
understanding of and appreciation for the
developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory
have for the development of people in
the adolescent and adult periods of life.
(Prereq. : 357)
355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR
A survey of the functions of the nervous
system which are responsible for behavior
in animals and human beings. Major
topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory,
and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and
one course i n biology. Fall)
356 A N I M A L BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior. Emphasis i s placed on studying
animals and human beings in their natural
habitats and upon understanding behavior patterns which have been produced through interaction with the environment. Major topics include: behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals
and human beings. (Prereq. 705. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Learning concepts, behavior change
principles and psychology of instruction.
Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 705)
361 PERSONALITY
An introduction to the field of personality
study with special attention directed
toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
A review of maladaptive human behaviors
from the social, organic and psychological
points of view. Experience in a variety of
community service units will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE
INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society
upon values and goals, differential legal
status and feminist movement views, and
physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices
such as management styles, evaluation
and maintenance of work effectiveness,
and social influences. An organizational
field experience. (Prereq.: 705)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
381 PSYCHOLOGY I N HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
Historical development of psychological
viewpoints and theoretical positions.
(Prereq.: two psychology courses)
399 INTERNSHIP
490 CURRENT TOPICS I N PSYCHOLOGY
Study of selected areas and topics in
psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings.
Specific topics will be published prior to
registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #).
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Interested students should consult with
the departmental internship coordinator
regarding requirements and permission
to register.
Discussion of contemporary societal
issues from a psychological viewpoint.
Consideration of the approaches and
methods used by psychologists i n
studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses.
Fall, Spring)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical
guidelines for a counseling relationship.
(Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing.
Spring)
Limited registration by special permission
for advanced students in psychology.
Students must present a written plan prior
to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the
proposed study.
Religion
Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all
other courses.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the
major and 3.0 over-all; research project
approved by the department and colloquim with the department.
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 111, 221,
356, 481 and also including a seminar
especially for majors to be taken in the
junior or senior year. Only one interim
course may be applied to the major. One
upper division New Testament Greek
course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered
361-363 and one from those numbered
471-475.
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one
interim course may be counted to the
minor. In order to prepare for teaching
about religion in public schools the
student should work closely with the
Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an
academic field which is certifiable for
elementary or secondary school teaching,
and (b) a Religion major with courses 356,
Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe
360, 363, 471, and 355. The Minnesota
State Department of Education does not
at this time grant licensure for a Religion
major or minor.
teacher and the actual teaching itself will
be examined. The theological, as well as
the legal and educational implicationswill
be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087)
111 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O THEOLOGY
356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which
concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The
task of biblical interpretation. The history
of Israel and the emergence of the
church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy
353 D E N O M I N A T I O N S A N D SECTS IN
AMERICA
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and
sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
354 LIFE A N D W O R K O F THE C H U R C H
Congregational life in its varied character
with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and
parish work. (Offered 7979-80)
An introductory survey of some of the
major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary
documents from these religious cornrnunities.
360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
361 C H U R C H FATHERS
A study of the early Christian Church in
the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and
martyrdom, the development of the
creeds, Christianity i n conflict with
Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of
several early Christian leaders and a
special unit on the life and thought of
Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS
355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with
such efforts, the resources available to the
An introduction to the theological
thought of the Protestant reformers of the
sixteenth century. Special attention to the
writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 RELIGION I N AMERICA
475 JUDAISM
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o
the challenges of its environing culture.
A survey of the history of Judaism from
the end of the O l d Testament period t o
modern times, with emphasis placed upon
the religious development. A special
interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as
Buber and Heschel. TheJewishChatauqua
Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in
Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall)
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, .literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the
variety of interpretations given the person
of Jesus, including the "quest for the
historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship t o
the early church, and some of the themes
to be found in his writings. (Offered
7 979-80)
473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D
TESTAMENT
An introduction to some representative
trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church.
(Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N
CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology
as expressed i n the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic
definitions of the church. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility,
in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
495 SEMINAR
The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew
thought with emphasis on the message of
the prophets. (Offered 7980-87)
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall)
-.
Russian Area Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It
seeks t o give the student the broadest
possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet
life, history, politics, literature, tradition,
and philosophy. I n addition t o providinga
good liberal education, the program can
enable students to prepare for graduate
study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching.
The Major consists of 11 courses:
4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian
(or equivalent competencies)
2 courses i n Russian history
1 course in Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course in Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
A minor is presently under consideration.
F o r i n f o r m a t i o n , p l e a s e see t h e
coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Director: Mildred )oel
255,355 O I L A N D NORWAY: M U T U A L
IMPACT
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses
listed i n the Augsburg College catalog or
transferred t o Augsburg as upper division
Scandinavian Language courses, i.e.,
courses t a u g h t by a Scandinavian
Language Department or subdepartment
regardless of their content which may be
linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian
language. See, Norwegian courses listed
under Department of Foreign Languages.
An inquiry into the early impact of the
emerging Norwegian petroleum industry
upon the politics and economy of Norway
and, conversely,- of Norwegian political
perspectives and institutions, upon the
development and use of this recently
discovered resource. (Interim, 7980)
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
The O l d World background and use of
"America Fever," adaptation t o the New
Land; aspects of Norwegian-American
culture.
331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT I N
AMERICAN HISTORY
How did the O l d Stock American host
society receive the waves of newcomers
to the U.S. i n the 19th and 20th centuries?
How did the immigrants respond t o the
reception? Through case studies, selected
readings, class lecture, and discussions,
this course examines the encounter of the
new American culture with the older
European cultures.
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST
SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience
i n the Midwest with emphasis on M i n nesota, especially among Norwegians,
Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also
given t o the Danish and Icelandic communities i n Minnesota. ( O f f e r e d o n
demand)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on
assigned reading of selected novels by
Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof,
Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor
Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required to do
assigned readings and written work i n a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Spring, 7981)
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk
and other twentieth century dramatists.
Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian
drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge o f a Scandinavian
language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and
written work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Offered alternate years. Fall, 1980)
360 EDDA AND SAGA
A study of the major poetic and prose
eddas of early Scandinavia, including
Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland
sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de
Roland. Guest lectures in O l d Norse,
Norse mythology and other topics. Taught
in English. Counts toward Scandinavian
Area Studies major when readings and
papers are d o n e i n a Scandinavian
language. (Offered on demand)
364 NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN
CHURCH LIFE
Offered under Department of Religion.
(1980-81)
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
See description under Department of Art.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
See description under Department of
Music.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Department of History.
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with a faculty member,
student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed
for those preparing for secondary school
teaching in social studies. The requirements for licensure are in the process of
being changed. For those graduating after
July 1, 1979 a new "competency based"
program will be in effect. See Department
of Education for further details. The Social
Science major i s also recommended for
others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This
major may be earned in any one of four
distributions. A student may not list a
double major in Social Science and one of
the several component disciplines unless
the distribution selected in the Social
Science major i s significantly different
from the other major.
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics
and Business Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I
Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis
Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation.
4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: geography, anthropology,
economics, sociology, psychology.
B. Behavioral Science Emphasis
14 courses from the following disciplines: economics, history, political
science, psychology, sociology (including anthropology); at least 5
courses must be upper division. Included in this requirement are the
following:
(1) at lea~t2coursesfrom
each of the 5
disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th discipline excluding history.
(2) 1course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362,
365.
(3) 1 course in American history.
\
A. History Emphasis
7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in
Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2
in Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at
least 4 of these courses must be upper
division. 2 courses in political science,
1 course in the methodology of the
,
C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis
Hist. 103 - The Modern World
1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362,
365
12 courses in non-western studies;
selected from the following, with at
least four disciplines represented.
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 465, 474; history
seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic.
Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political
science seminar, independent study,
or interim course on a relevant topic.
Econ. 122, 258
Sociology 241
Religion 356
Philosophy 355
D. International Relations Emphasis
(1) Required: lower division
Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104;
Econ. 122
4th term of college work in a modern foreign language.
(2) Required: upper division
Pol. Sci. 363, 461; Hist. 332.
(3) Electives: 7 courses selected from
this list. No more than five from any
one discipline.
Pol. Sci. 351,351,380,381,382; political
science seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic.
Hist. 416,440,463,564,465,474;
history
seminar, independent study, or interim
course on a relevant topic.
Sociology 241
4th term of college work i n a second
modern foreign language.
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
each of five disciplines, selected from the
f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science,
psychology, and sociology. The selection
of courses must be approved by one of
the faculty supervising the social science
major.
Social Work
Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins
i n the junior year, but all students are
advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by
the faculty, and should seek advisement
from faculty as t o sequence of requisite
courses from other departments.
MAJOR LEADING TO A BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DECREE: The approved program for students preparing for social
work practice is the Bachelor of Science
program. The Bachelor of Arts degree
should be chosen only if the student does
not plan t o pursue a professional social
work career. Core program consists of
Psych. 105*, Psych. 351* and 352*, Soc.
121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social
Work 257, 361, 363, 461, 462, 463, 464,
466, and 467. Recommended courses are:
one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 723, Pol.Sci.727,
325,326, Biology 707 or 105, Psych.367 and
362, Speech 354 and/or 355.
*These courses are t o be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
M A J O R LEADING T O A BACHELOR O F
ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised
to choose the B.A. program unless the
student does not plan to enter social work
practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same program as
specified for the B.S. except that Social
Work 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, 467, are not
required.
S P E C I A L I Z A T I O N S : Specializations i n
Aging, C h e m i c a l D e p e n d e n c y ( b y
arrangement with Metropolitan Community College), Crime and Corrections
and Youth are possible. Specialization
consists of courses descriptive of functional, disfunctional and programmatic
aspects of the special area, plus field work
assignments in the senior year. A Human
Services Management specialization is
also available. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript.
257 P R A C T I C U M IN THE H U M A N
SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems,
and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term
paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open t o all students. (Interim)
340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D
SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G
This course will include the study of the
impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social
policy, services planned t o address needs
of olde,r population and skills needed t o
work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior. Citizen Residence.
(Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.)
361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects
of the various systems of social welfare i n
the U.S. and the role of social work i n
them. Special emphasis on analysis of the
major assumptions and movements contributory t o the rise of the welfare state;
description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social
work, i t s ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per
week; guest lectures, research paper.
(Prereq.: lunior, o r #. Fall)
363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F
SOCIAL WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods, and practical experience necessary for social Work practice with indi-
viduals and small groups; development of
the student's repertoire of relationship
building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory
exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, lunior.
Spring)
364 FIELD WORK I
Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship
building. Ten hours per week, plus one
small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS
IN SOCIAL WORK
Enlargement and refinement of practice
skills through lecture, classroom exercise
and regular class work. Enlargement of
social group work skills, emphasis o n
development of generalist practice skills
and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour
class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises
per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and364, or#.
Fa11)
463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on:
1)surveyance of historical forms of social
change, 2 ) understanding the basic issues
and strategies relevant t o social protest
and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various
community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4)
knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior
or #. Fall)
462, 464, FIELD W O R K II A N D IV:
Ten hours per week in a Social Service
agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families,
groups and/or communities. Ten hours
per week, plus one supportive/discussion
seminar per week. (Prereq: completion
and 2.0 i n 367, 362; concurrent with 467
and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D
DEVELOPMENT
This course will include the study of
theories of Social Policy formulation and
methods of analysis associated with needs
and services and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed
first hand through work with a public
policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class
period per week, readings, analytical
paper integrating class concepts with
practical experience. (Prereq.: 367, 463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 FIELD W O R K Ill
Continuation of 462 conducted during
Interim. (1/2 course. Interim.)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS
PROFESSIONAL
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival,
professional job attainment, personnel
policies and practices, organizational
theory, and resourcedevelopmentwill be
studied i n the course. The field work
practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464;
Spring)
468 SPECIAL TOPICS
Current issues in social work theory or
practice. To be announced. (# half or full
credit. Interim)
Sociology
Chairperson: C. Nelson
M A J O R IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121,362,363,375 and 485. (Highly
recommended: a CHR course, internship,
independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology.) This recommendation i s made i n the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety
o f learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two
upper division courses (i.e., 300 and
above.)
H O N O R S M A J O R : The student must
have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major
and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n
sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal t o Department
Chairperson before April 1 of the junior
year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April
30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499)
through which work on thesis will be
completed. Honors degree i n sociology
will be granted t o a candidate if he/she
successfully defends the thesis before
March 31 of senior year and maintains
GPA through graduation.
111 H U M A N COMMUNITY AND THE
MODERN METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of
the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation,
with a focus on the possibilities of human
community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce.
The relationship of the family to i t s institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element i n the way we
see the world. An examination of the
ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and
"progress"; a comparison of alternate
realities as found in different cultures and
varying social contexts. An analysis of
selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall,
Spring)
300,301,302,303,304
SPECIAL TOPICS
I N SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult
felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens.
Residents and staff of these institutions
take the course together with college
students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and
interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms and sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n
American society.
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts t o build a body of
k n o w l e d g e b y way o f a s c i e n t i f i c
approach. Tools and approaches used to
evaluate ideas and describe social life
through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment
and computers for statistical analysis.
Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors
should take Soc. 363 the following term.
(Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of
class activities and individual projects. To
be taken immediately after Soc. 362.
(Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D
PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview o f methods o f
organizing, comparing and interpreting
quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical
analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program
evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
orientation i n social psychology, will be
used as a way of dealing with the major
issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 727 and
Psych. 705. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives
in urban sociology; the metropolis as an
eco-system; metro-urban planning and
policy systems; major issues related t o
shaping the future metropolis. The Twin
Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an
important learning laboratory. (Prereq.:
711 or 121 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY CROUP
RELATIONS
373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various
theoretical components of criminology
and corrections. M a j o r attention i s
focused on the causation and prevention
of crime and delinquency, and the various
modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 127, Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and
society. An analysis of the ideas of "self"
and "identity" and what part they play i n
understanding interpersonal relations
and human behavior. A sociological view
of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted.
"Symbolic interaction", an important
The dimensions of racial and minority
g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the
role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring.
P/N grading only)
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth,
status and power i n the U.S. and other
selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality.
Detailed analysis of current issues and
policies concerning inequality i n the U.S.
(Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairperson or
Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the
course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.:
2 courses i n sociology including 727 or #.
Fall)
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study
according t o department guidelines.
(Prereq.: 727 and permission o f instructor.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication and Theater A r t s
Chairperson: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25
in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality,
distinguished performance in at least one
of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early i n the,senior
year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary
education.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS
C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses,
including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 225, or 226, or 227. Supporting
courses required but not counting toward
the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130;
Psychology 105; Sociology 111 or 241,
375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows
for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for
each area are available from the Department Chairperson o r t h e O f f i c e o f
Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work
out a plan for the major and a personal
career action plan. Freshmen should take
Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology I21
or 241, and Philosophy 130.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary
schools may specialize in any of three
majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor,
preferably a major. The communications
major or minor does not qualify one for
teaching speech.
SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation i n
forensics, and a minor in English.
SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course
111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,
351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation i n forensics.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
353 ADVERTISING
See under Department of Art
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: ]r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring)
227 ADVANCED WRITING:
JOURNALISM
See under Department of English
225,230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS
I, I1
See under Department of Art
241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART
354 INTERPERSONAL
COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build
relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring)
See under Department of English
242 FILM-MAKING
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
An introduction to commercial television
with an emphasis on the director's role;
some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting.
(Laboratory fee: $70. Fall)
355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
A study of group dynamics and leadership
with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups
and organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology.
399 INTERNSHIP
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N
SOCIETY
Consult the Department Chairperson for
details.
See under Department of Political Science.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Physical and psychologicalfactors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction to principles and methods of
speech correction. (Spring)
352 PERSUASION
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda,
practical work in speech and promotional
projects. (Spring)
Cooperative investigation of topics i n
speech and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N
COMMUNICATION
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use
of primary sources and methodology of
research. (Fall, Spring)
THEATER ARTS
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus
Beginning Speech. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least
by several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning
to major in theater arts should begin with
courses 111, 116, and 228.
A. Acting Emphasis: 111, 116, 228, 229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, plus a course in
advanced acting and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended:
courses in voice and movement, dance,
cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting
emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of
crew work, and 1 internship.
0. Directing Emphasis: 111,116,228,229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the
children's theater interim. Strongly
recommended: courses in voice and
movement, cinema art, and dramatic
literature. Performance requirements for
the directing emphasis include 4 units of
crew work, 3 unitsof acting, 2of directing,
1 in stage management, and 1 internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 111, 228, 229, 361,
362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290
in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in
cinema art, art, and dramatic literature.
Performance requirements for the design
emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2
in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in
assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship.
THEATER ARTS MAJORFORTEACHING:
10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229,
232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice
and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts
majors, and a minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FORTEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation
in dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 365.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360, 361,
366,476 or a voice and diction course, and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and
a minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
A study of creative improvisation using
stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self,
human relations, etc. Uses of creative
dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall)
228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I
An introduction to the backstage world of
the theater: its organization, crafts, magic,
and art. Practical craft projects, theater
tours, and production experience. Open
to all students. Should be taken in freshmen or sophomore years. Lab fee.
(Offered alternate years.)
229 STAGE DESIGN I
366 STAGE DIRECTION I
lntroduction to scenery and lighting
design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical
studio projects. (Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.)
Basic directorial process: choice of plays,
casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play
analysis, blocking, and characterizationto
a specific play chosen by the class. Term
project: direct a one-act play. Upper
division students only. Offered alternate
years.)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting.
Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose,
poetry, and drama. (Fall)
367 STAGE DIRECTION II
In-depth analysis
and practice in directingtypes of plays:
serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a
one-act or exerpt from a longer play.
(Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor.
Offered alternate years.)
399
Consult faculty in area of emphasis.
361 THEATER HISTORY
428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION II
Overview of theater history; examination
of plays from various periods. Attendance
at local theater productions. Introduction
to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered alternate years.)
Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery,
and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent
of instructor. Lab fee. Offered alternate
years.)
429 STAGE DESIGN I1
362 THEATER CRITICISM
A study of forms and ideas as they are
expressed through the art of drama.
Attendance at local theater productions;
classical, experimental, and new plays.
Lectures and discussions on theory and
criticism using theater productions as
focus for discussion. (Offered alternate
years.)
Advanced design projects based on Stage
Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent
of instructor. Offered alternate years.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual projects in oral interpretation
and theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing t o develop their own
major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary
Major enables students t o respond t o a
particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy
the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not be suitable for those
wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic
fields. Students wishing t o develop a
Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the
following:
a. The major program should include at
least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two
major fields offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior t o the
end of his or her sophomore year
(contract forms are available i n the
Office of the Registrar)
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
BOARDOFREGENTS*
Mr. Ernest A. Alne
C.P.A.
Pasadena, California
Mr. Charles W. Arnason
Senior Vice President and
Secretary
Minneapolis Star and Tribune
Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Norman R. Carpenter
Attorney
Faegre & Benson
Mr. Lawrence 0. Hauge
Chairman of the Board
Citizens State Bank of St. Louis
Park
St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Mrs. Norma Knutson
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Minnesota Gas Comaanv
,
,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Rev. Harris W. Lee
Pastor
Lutheran Church of the Good
Shepherd
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Clayton L. LeFevere
Attorney
LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson,
O'Brien & Drawz
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman
Mr. john Lienemann
President
Estate and Business Planning
Consultants
Edina, Minnesota
Mr. James C. Lindell
Treasurer
West Publishing Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Treasurer
Chairman, Finance and Management Committee
*as of September, 1978
Dr. Harold I.Lunde
Vice President, Planning and
Research
The May Department Stores
Company
St. Louis, Missouri
Dr. Arthur Naftalin
Professor, Public Affairs
University of Minnesota
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr.
Chairman of the Board
Nelson Resource Corp.
Secaucus, New Jersey
Mr. Donald C. Padilla
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer
Padilla and Speer, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. George T. Pennock
Chairman of the Board
Tennant Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, Jr.
Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Secretary
Chairman, Facilities Development Committee
Dr. Carl N. Platou
President
Fairview Community
Hospitals
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman, Nominating Committee
Mr. Martin 0. Sabo
Speaker, Minnesota House of
Representatives
St. Paul, Minnesota
Mr. Bertil Sandberg
President
N.H. Sandberg Erection Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Rev. Paul C. Sonnack
Professor, Church History
Luther Theological Seminary
St. Paul, Minnesota
Mr. N. Stanley Stake
Vice President and General
Manager
Commercial Division
Honeywell, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Clair E. Strommen
General Agent
Strommen & Associates, Inc.
of Central Life Assurance Co.
St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice Chairman
Mrs. Mary Lou Williams
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. John R. Winsor
Executive Vice President
Piper, Jaffray & H o p w o o d
Incorporated
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College Faculty
R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson
LYLA M A E ANDEREGG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern
University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College,
Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University
of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological
Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairperson
K E N N n H C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933,
University of Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D.
*MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
*ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence in Music (Percussion)
JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence i n Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948,
Northwestern University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W.
1959, University of Minnesota
RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University
of Minnesota
*MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
*MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor i n Economics, M.S. University of Minnesota
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University o f California Santa Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the
Social Science Research Center)
AlLENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Instructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965,
Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairperson
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of
Music
M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of
Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State
University, Department Chairperson
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIC, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern
University
N O R M A N B. 1. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University o f
Wisconsin, Department Chairperson
HENRY C. FOLLINCSTAD, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University
*MICHAEL H. FOOTE, lnstructor i n English, Ph.D. 1977, University of California - Santa
Barbara
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of
Minnesota
*FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMETZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota (Spanish)
BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Minnesota
STEPHEN M. CABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of
Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY CERASIMO, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE CISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota
*BONNIE Z. GOLDSMITH, Lecturer i n English, Ph.D. 1978, O h i o State University
*STEPHEN 1. C O R D O N , Lecturer i n Speech and Communications
ROBERTCRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota
*BRIAN CRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone)
* J O H N GRYCELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. CUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois
University
D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D.
1969, University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University o f
Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University o f
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
M l L D A K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor o f Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University
of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer i n Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell
College of Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Nebraska
EDWINA 1. HERTZBERC, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson'
CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Notre Dame
CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa
(Sculpture)
JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota, O n
Leave 1978-79
I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL,Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of
Minnesota
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of
Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958,Juilliard School of Music
(Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and computer Science,
Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Pyschology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950,
University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971,
Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University
of Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
*JOANNEKARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia
MARY MARIE KINCSLEY, ASsistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,Middlebury College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970
University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
* N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University
*ERIK KODNER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (French Horn)
BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University o f
Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1971, Augsburg College (Brass)
*JAY G. LINDGREN, Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology, M.S.W. 1967, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of
California - Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
*MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967,Universityof Nebraska
ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of
Kansas (Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of
Minnesota
JOHNR. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia
(Stained Glass)
1. ELIZABnH MOORE, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1975, University
of Minnesota
JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor i n Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of
Minnesota
WILLIAM PAUL M U L D O O N , lnstructor in Chemistry, B.S. 1972, Massachusetts School
of Pharmacy
SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota
Head Baseball Coach
G O R D O N 1. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, PI1.D. 1972, University of
Chicago, Department Chairperson
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson
*CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of
Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson
*CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota, (American
Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairperson
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano)
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
*JACK OSBERG, Assistant Football Coach
*WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of
Minnesota (German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Minnesota
PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs,
Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin
*PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University
of Illinois - Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963,
Concordia College
LAURElTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
University, Department Chairperson
DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor i n Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1953, Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969,
University of Minnesota
*GEORGE 1. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A.
1960, Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
(Strings)
Q
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological
Seminary
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University
STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor i n Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of
America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University
of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making)
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics,
Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England), Department Co-Chairperson
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus and Director of the Augsburg Choir, L.H.D.
1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College
EDWlN J. SAUCESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of
Music
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois,
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
*R. J O H N SINGH, lnstructor i n Philosophy, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma
EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany), Department Chairperson
* D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music, B.M. 1975,Augsburg College (Piano)
* E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
* H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Organ)
*GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass)
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg
College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota
D O N A L D B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965,University of Colorado
*LORI STURDEVANT, Lecturer in English
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of ~ebraska,Department Chairperson
*MARY T. SWANSON, lnstructor in Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota
LARRY TALLMAN, lnstructor in Music, M.S. 1978,Michigan State University, Director of
the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting)
Department Chairperson
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin
J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of
Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D.1959, University of Minnesota
*PAUL WALTON, Artist in Residence i n Music (Tuba)
*MARY JOWAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University
DAVID C. WOOD, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
Administrative Personnel
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President ..............................................Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Facility Development ....................... .Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. ...... .Avalon Okerson
FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management .............Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing ............... .Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer
Director of Auxiliary Services.. ..........................Douglas P. Wasko
Manager, Book Store and Vending ......................Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services ....................Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel. ................................. .Charles Gerster
Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey
Custodial Supervisor.. ................................. .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor
.Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Dennis Easley
Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman
...............................
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
of the College ......................................Charles S. Anderson
Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker
Registrar ............................................. .Beverly Wegge
Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson
Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ..................Louise McColl
Coordinator of Black Student Affairs.. ...................Ralph Crowder
Counselor/Advocate, Native American Studies ...........Bonnie Wallace
Recorder ..............................................Elizabeth DeaKyne
Assistant Registrar ......................................Pamela Louisa
Executive Secretary to the Dean ........................ .Roberta Henke
DEVELOPMENT
.Glen W. Johnson
Vice President for Development
.Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Deferred Giving..
Director of Annual Fund..
.Michael Walgren
Asst. to the Vice-president ............................. .A. B. Batalden.
Director of Alumni and Parents Program
.Jeroy Carlson
Executive Secretary .....................................Irene Steenson
........................
..........................
.............................
................
-
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Director of Public Relations .............................Anthony C. Boatman
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information ..... .Patricia G. Mattos
Fine Arts Coordinator ..................................Monica Maye
Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions ................................
Assistant Director
Director of Transfer Programs
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor .................................
Admissions Counselor .................................
.David Benzel
..................................... Kathryn Lange
......................... .Jennifer Edwins
................................. .William Ross
.Anthony Harris
.Susan M. Bonner
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs.. ..................... .Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni
Director of Student Life.. .............................. .Linda Schrempp
Director of Career Planning and Placement
.Patricia M. Olsson
Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater
Head Resident, Mortensen ............................. .Cindi Anderson
Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren
Head Resident, Urness.. ............................... .Cindy Ragan
.............
Index
. .
.............................................................
Academic Administration
45
Academic Life
14
Accreditation
7
Administration
151
Admission t o the College
29
Advanced Placement
32
Advanced Standing
32
American Studies
54
Anthropology ..............................
133
Art, Department of
55
Biology. Department of
58
Board of Regents
141
Business Administration
61
Calendar
155
Campus Map ........................................................................
70
Chemistry, Department of
66
Chinese
82
Classification ........................................................................52
Communications
736
Computer Science
96
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
19
Continuing Education
21
Corrective Therapy ..............................................................
19. 710
Costs ............................................................................... 42
Course Descriptions
54
Course Value
52
Credit by Examination ................................................................
52
Dean's List
50
Degrees
22
Divisional Organization
45
Costs
42
East Asian Studies
70
Economics
61
Education, Department of
73
Engineering
19, 77
English, Department of
77
Enrollment ..........................................................................
53
Expenses ..........................................................................
42
Faculty ............................................................................. 142
Financial Aid
27,33
Five College Cooperative .............................................................
18
Food Service
28
French ............................................................................... 62
Foreign Language, Department of
81
Full-Time Student Defined ............................................................
52
General Education Requirements
15.46
Geography
94
German
85
Glossary of terms .....................................................................
4
Grading
48
Graduates, Summary of
53
Graduation Requirements
46
Graduation With Distinction ..........................................................
50
Greek
87
Health Education
110
Health Service .......................................................................
27
History of Augsburg College ...........................................................
6
.......................................................................
.........................................................................
.....................................................................
.............................................................
.................................................................
..................................................................
....................................................................
........................................
..................................................................
..............................................................
...................................................................
..............................................................
..........................................................................
............................................................
.............................................................................
....................................................................
...................................................................
..............................................
................................................................
.................................................................
........................................................................
..........................................................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................
...............................................................................
....................................................................
..........................................................................
............................................................
......................................................................
...............................................................
.....................................................................
........................................................................
.....................................................
..................................................
..........................................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................
............................................................
..............................................................................
...................................................................
...............................................................
.....................................................................
............................................................................
..................................................................
...........................................................
..............................................................
..................................................................
............................................................................
....
......................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................................
.........................................................
...........................................
................................................................
....................................................
............................................................
.........................................................
..........................................................................
...............................................................
............................................................
..........................................................
..................................................................
........................................................................
..............................................................
.....................................................
..............................................................
.......................................................................
.........................................................................
.............................................................
........................................................................
................................................................
...........................................................
H.istory. Department of
91
Honors Program
22
25
Housing
50
Independent Study
18
Inter-Institutional Programs
24
Intercollegiate Athletics
22
Internship Program
87
Japanese
136
Journalism .........................................................................
76
Library Science ...................
6
Location
Majors
15
94
Mathematics, Department of
19, 96
Medical Technology ..............................................................
....
97
Metro-Urban Studies .............
99
Music, Department of
103
MusicTherapy .....................................................................
6
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
104
Natural Science .....................................................................
22
New Dimensions Program
7
Non-Discrimination Statement
88
Norwegian
53
Numbering of Courses
106
Nursing ............................................................................
151
Personnel of the College
15
Pre-Professional Training .............................................................
108
Philosophy, Department of
110
Physical Education
12
Physical Plant
115
Physics, Department of
117
Political Science, Department of
47
Probation and Dismissal
Psychology, Department of .......................................................... 121
43
Refunds
47
Registration
124
Religion, Department of
23
Religious Life
127
Russian Area Studies
127
Scandinavian Area Studies
129
Social Science Majors ...............................................................
130
Social Work, Department of .........................................................
133
Sociology, Department of
89
Spanish ......................................................................
136
Speech, .Department of
23
Student Life .........................................................................
28
Student Rights
24
Student Services
21
Summer School
20
Study Abroad
Symbol (#)
53
136
Theater Arts
140
Transdisciplinary Major
30
Transferto Augsburg
42
Tuition and Fees .....................................................................
50
Veterans
7
Visting the Campus
...........................................................
............................................................
......................................................................
.....................................................................
......................................................................
.......................................................................
..........................................................................
........................................................................
..............................................................
.................................................................
............................................................................
...................................................................
Academic Calendar For 1979-80
(Tentative: Subject t o Change)
Fall Semester 1979
Sept. 4-5
Sept. 6
Sept. 19
Oct. 22
Nov. 21
Nov. 21
NOV.22-25
Nov. 26
Dec. 12
Dec. 14-18
Dec. 19-Jan. 2
Registration and Welcome days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
Interim 1980
Jan. 3
Jan. 30
Feb. 6
lnterim Begins
lnterim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1980
Feb. 7
Feb. 20
Mar. 28
Mar. 29-Apr. 6
Apr. 7
Apr. 25
May 16
May 19-22
May 25
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Libr... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. O l d M a i n
5. Wcsl Hall
6. M o r t r n s o n Towrr
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music- Hall
11. Psychology Building
12 Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Slage II Thrdter
15. Lillle Thrcitc,r
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Studrnt Parking
C. M a i n ~ntrance-Tunncl/Ramp/
Skyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Facul~y-StaffParking
F. M u r p h y Square
G. Practice Field
H Fairview-St. M;lry'~ Parking Ramp
-..-... + ' -
,
,
.
. - , .,\: ,. -.:+,
.
(
Campus Map/3
Driving to Campus on Interstate 94
East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and
left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign.
West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the
Mississippi River and then turn right o n t o Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign
and turn left at 21st Avenue South.
Contents
2 Campus Map
5 Introduction
7
8
12
16
24
30
44
45
128
139
140
142
Facilities
Admissions
Costs
Financial Aid
Student Life
Academic Information
Brief Facts
Course Descriptions
Registers
Communication List
Index
Academic Calendars
Philip Thompson, Art Department chair,
checks a student project
Fall sports include foorball, soccer, and
women's volleyball
Dorm artistry flourishes in Urness Tower
at Homecoming
Introducing Augsburg
Few liberal arts coll~gescombine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the
Mission stat ern en^ adapted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents In 1377.
Mission Statement
Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran
Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin City metropolitan area.
The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely o l Lutheran
orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious,
cultwral and ethnic backgrounds.
For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for
knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness to the needs of society and the world,
and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society.
The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive
combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in
academic program.
Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal
anB free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment.
The academic program is prirnarity committed ro providing opportunities for a
broad back round in a variety of subject areas as well as personal clevelopment. The
college cha lenges students with a porrion of the knowlcd e and thought which has
been formative within human history and culture throu a wide variety of idear,
disciplines and selected prolessional and pre-professions programs; assistsstudents
in dcvefoping intellectual skills as well as in selecting a carcer; and encourages
within students the atritudes and skiIls necessary to prepare them to be learners
throughout their lives. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is
a cran~~nued
goal of the college,
f
P$
Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world is God's, entrustedto us
for care, exploration and understanding.
As a Christian communitv the college embraces a wide range of reliaious exwression
and participation, As pa'rt of its a&dcrnic program Au ;burg se<ks to giic all its
studentsan informed understanding of the Christian fail and heritage as well asan
opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In
addition to this intellectual task the aim of the college is to helpstudenrs understand
I ~ Christian
P
faith a5 relevant for their own experi~nceandlor particlptttion in the
commitrn.ent to 11ie role of the Christian community in the modern world.
a
Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community.
The quality of Augsburg's education i s enriched by the pcople, culture and
educational resources provided by irs location. However, the college is also aware
that i t has a responsibility to contribute to rhe larger camrnuni~y.In doing this, the
college directs several of i t s programs specifically at the rnerro olitan setting,
provider arcas of study not nvnilnhle eircwhere in the area, and oRerr itself nr ao
educational resource for a variety of new student populations.
History - Fjord to Freeway
Augsburg was thc firs2 s~minaryfounded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Luihrrans i n Augshurg, Germany,
in '1530.Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,as A~rgsburg'shome three years
later, in 7872. Thc firs! college students were enrolled i n 1874 anrl the first college
graduation was in 1879.
Tllc school was officially namcd Augsburg College in 1963 when i t s forrncrsponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with She American Lutheran Church. Augsburg
Seminary joined with L u t l i ~ rTlicalogical Seminary in St, Pau! that samc year.
Continuing ties, w i ~ hlhis heritage are reflcctcd in the College Center's Augsburg
Room and in replication of l h e original sign for O l d Main. Frnn? Fjord L OFrccway,
centennial history by A ~ ~ ~ s b u r gCarl
' q E. Chrislock, is available in the College
Bookstore for a candid vicw of the College and i t s people during the first 100 years.
Location and Campus
Au~sburg'scampus is lorated in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy
Square, t he firs1 of 155 parks in theUCity of Lakes."The Univenity of Minnesota West
Hank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, arc
adjacent t n the campus. Downtnwn Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and
past via lnterstat~94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus
routes that also connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Citics i s easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St
Paul International Airport include American, Braniff, Capitol, Delta, Eastern,
Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus .
or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X
of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activilies and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the individuals
listed in the Communications Directory on page 139 nr to he Director of the Office
of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and
Elementary)
The Council on Social Work Education
The American Chemical Society
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC)
Minnesota Private College Council
Lutheran Education Council in North America
Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities a n d student housing at Augsburgare conveniently located near
each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects t h e t o w e r dormitories a n d t h e
five buildings o n t h e Quadrangle, w i t h street level access f r o m 21st Avenue South.
Admissions House, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff
and reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains
reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrboms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960.
Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms
used by other de artments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, O l d Main combines energy
efficiency with arcEitectural details from the past.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to
1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus
conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
UrnessTower, (1967) named in honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several
generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor
unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility
areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third
residents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student
Eousing.
Music Hall, (1978) newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology
department in the former studio building.
Melby Hall, (1961) named in honor of I. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general
auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and
recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a
temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace in the Little
Theater building.
South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area,
provide additional housing accomodations for students, faculty and staff.
Admissions
9 Freshmen Students
Early Decision
Early Admission
10 Transfer Students
11 Former Students
Special Students
(Non-Degree)
International Students
8
Admissions House - at 728 275t Avenue
South
Campus Hub, the College Center, and
Urness Tower
I'
Moving in - often a family affair
Ir: .
.
4
Admissions
Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character
which will cnable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college
community. Each ap licant is judged on individual merit without regard for race,
creed, scx, age, llan icap, and na~ianalor ethnic origin.
cP
Augsburg maintains an admissions office staffed with trained admissions counselors.
visit prospective students in their schools, assisting
rtudano and parents wit[ college planning. Persons seekin admissions services
slrotrld write or phone the Admissions Office (612)330-1001.Tae Admissions House
i s located on the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
Whencves possible, the
Prospective students and their parents are invited and encouraged to visit the
Augsburg campus. The Admissions Office will arrange a campus tour, class
visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor.
The Admissions Office is normally open weekdays from 8:3Qa.m. ro4:30 .rn. Group
tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitorsareaskr? to write or
call the Admissions Office prior to the visit so that arrangements can be made.
f
Application Procedures for Freshmen
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the
Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants.
Frcshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application
should have their mast recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon
graduatfon. Graduaic Examinarian Degrec scores (G.E.D.) may bc presented
instcad of t h high
~ school transcript.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary
Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the
American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affeaed the applicant's reuious
academic performance, it may be included wilh ihe application or &curred
personall with an admissions counselor. Addttional rcr.omrncndations may be
required y the Admissions Committee beforc an adnliss~onsd~cisioni s made.
g
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete.
6. Completion of Admission
An accepted student i s asked to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit by
April 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted
upon request by the Admissions Office.
Early Decision for Freshmen
An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary
collegr! choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The
admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test
scorcs, and tecommenrlation5.
Early Decision candidates applyin for financial aid are encoura ed to complete the
Au rhurg Early Decision ~inanciaFi\idApplication, which enah er our Financial Aid
0 d c e lo compute a preliminary award. Canadidates will be notiliecl of their award
by January 3. This application i s available in the Admissions Office.
f
A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit is required by January 1 or within 15 days of
financial aid notification.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptionat ability who wish to accelerate their educational program
may be granled adrnissioii to begin full-[imp work toward a degree lnllowin
corn letion of their junior year or ( i iernertcr
~
of the senior year of high i r l i o o f
hpph-ants for early ndrnirrion must complete the normal proccdurcr for freshman
applican~s, submit two recomn~encfationsfrom the high school principal or
counselor, an3 arranRea personal intcrvicw wit h a college official. Inquiriesshould
go lo he OIficc of the Associate Dean of the College.
Application Procedures for
Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having com leted
work at 01her accreditetl colleges or universilies. College credit is granted for iberal
a r i s coursessatisfaaorily co~npIeteda t accrcclited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit far courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to
granl provisional crcdit for work ~ a k e ndl unaccredited institutions, and to require
that certain courses 6c taken at Augshurg.
P
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous
work from four year colleges; from two year colleges, a GPA of 2.5 is required.
Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5
average and complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an a plication for admission and return it to the
Admissions Office together with t k non-refundable application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the college(s) you are transferring credits from is
required. Transfer student applicants who have attended colle e for one year or
less must also have an official transcript from their high sc77 ool sent to the
Admissions Office.
3. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious
college performance, it may be included with the application or tscussed
personall with an admissions counselor. Additional recommendations may be
required Ly the Admissions Cornmillee before an admissions decision is made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissfons drcision wrthin two weeks after the application file is com lete. An
~ ~ r i l 1
arcepird rluricn, is asked to makc a$SO non-refundable tuition deposit
or within 75 days of linancial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon
request by the Admissions O f f i c ~ .
py
Re-Admission of Former Students
A student who has interrupted attendanceat A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes 10
return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A sludent who has
attended any other insiitution s) during the ahsc~lcefrom Augsburg must have an
official transcript sent from eac one to the RegistrarlsOffice. Return~ngstudentsdo
not pay the application fce,
b
Admission as a Special
Student (Non-Degree)
I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree)
and granted ihe privile e of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time
student, heor she may su sequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning
through the Registrar's Office.
5
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the
Registrar's Office.
Admission for International Students
International students should consult the information available from the Admissions
Office regarding admissions procedures for applicants who are citizens of other
nations.
Financial Information
13 Costs 1980-81
14 Deposits
15 Payments
Refunds
Financial Aid
16 Application
17 Gifts
18 Loans
Campus Work
19 Sponsored Scholarships
12
Melby Hall - site for registration,
Chapel, games, Commencement
Gymnasts praclice for competition
Music Hall entry invites a lineup
Costs and Financial Policies
Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance
of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The
American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals,
corporations and foundations.
College Costs 1980-81
Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1980-81 academic
year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college
reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
......................................$3,660.00
Thls rate applies to ail full-time students entering in Septernber,1980. Students are
considerpd lu [I-time when they ta kc three or more courses durin the semester
tcrrns for a total of revcn or more courser in rhc rchool year. The cRarge includer
trrition, generdl fees, facilifies fees, subscription to student puhlica~ions, and
admission lo college-sup otled events, conceris and lectures. The amount is
pilyahlc i n two equal inslir/;menlr ar lhr beginning ol each semester.
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course
............................
510.00
This rate applies tostudents taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
.........................
255.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
Room Rent (includes telephone).
....................................
957.00
Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
Full Board (19 meals a week)
...............................
.
......
880.00
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Fees Billed on Student Account
Late Registration (per day
after classes b e g ~ n ) . . . . . . . . . . $
5.00
A d d a course (after first three
days of class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Cancel a course (after first three
days of class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
....
.........
.........
...
20.00
.......
5.00
Nursing Admission Test
Introduction t o Cinema Arts
35.00
Film Making (Interim)
70.00
Life Drawing (Interim)
Application (new and/or
special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00
20.00
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee)
................. 510.00
Locker Rental
(for commuters)
Student Parking Lot
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00
Transcri t Fee (per copy
after fPrst, w h ~ c h
is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.00
Special Examinations (Schedule o n
file in Registrar's Office)
Music Therapy Internship (one
course c r e d ~ t ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510.00
Student Teaching
.............. 35.00
Study Abroad ( i n approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00
10.00
Private, Interim, per lesson
Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 70.00
...
Psychology of Music
10.00
Radio-Television
...........
Production . . .
10.00
..
35.00
Theater Technical Production
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated t o range between $175 - 225 per year
Deposits
Tuition (non-refundable)
............................................
$ 50.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge.
Housing
...........................................................
100.00
Required of all residcnt studcnts at the time of signing a contract, to rcscrvc a
housing assignment. hpplicd to [he room charge. Newmntracts may he terminated
for Fall or Spring Terrn by notilyin t h ~0ffrt:e
.
of Slurletit I.if~in wr~lingby the lint
day nf r e g i r ~ r u ~ i oThc
n . resident w f l hc r c s p ~ n r i b lfor
r all costs i n i u r r r d dur l o late
cancella~ionor lack of proper n a ~ i f i c a l i o nI.f the new conlract is cancellctl prior l o
july 1 for F a l l semester or January 1 for Spring Sernesler, $35.00 will be forfrited from
[he $100 deposit as a s ~ r v i c echarge. Thc entire dcposit will be l n r l c i ~ ~ irf f
cancellation is alier these dates.
Breakage and Fine
... . ... . ... . . . .. . ... . , . ... . .. . ... .
,
... . .., , .. . ..
25.00
Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to
another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg.
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated
Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; [2) Scmcst~r
Payments, due August T O and January 20 as billed: (3 Payment Plan - upon
aprrllcatlon ant1 aflcr College approvat, a thrrc-mont plan i s available each
remestel. Details are included w i h~ the Estimate of Charges letter. ( 4 ) Defcrrcd
Paymcnts, a n individual conrrda with a privatc comrncrcial agency which operates
l single year contracts are
indepenclently of the Collrge. Multiplr yrar as w ~ l as
r
brochure will be miiilcd.
availdble. An inlnrmatinn l c t ~ c and
b
Tilitinn is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal Installments at t h bcginnir~g
~
of each semestvr. Registrdtion i s pc?rmitled on1 if the student's awount for a
previous tcrm is paid in full. Augrburg College wil not retease aradcmir transcripls
11ntiIall sritdcni accouryts are paid in (1111or, in ~ h tasc
r of loan Iunds~drninis!ererlI>y
the C o l l e g ~
(Nalional Bircct/Drfensc Studcnt Loans-NDSL), arc current according
to established repaympnt schetlulcs.
r
Refunds
Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released
from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room
(except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100% - Ihrough the firsr five (lays of classes.
90% from ilit' sixth 111rc)u~h
10th day of cla~srs.
UO','G.- Irom t h I~l ~ lhrnu#h
h
75th clay ofclasses.
;(Ii;:, - from the 16th through 20rh day of r-ldssrbs.
60'L - from ttrc 2151 thru~rgh25th dav ot clar~cs.
5U'!:, - from thc 26th day or rlnsws thruugh the mid-point of thr rprrn.
-
No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to
illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
t
to
Students w h n e f ~ c lto o m i t an intcrimor tograduate in Decembcr a r e ~ r oentitled
a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students wliu parlicipale in an
approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply lor a board reft~ncland room
sub-lease. Details and request forms arp avail:~lllr~in the O f l i c ~of Student Life.
Canrrllatlan (rom College forms arc available in the Registrar's Office.
All refunds of charges will be a plied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines an8deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a
cash refund is determined.
IG/Financial Aid
Financial Aid
The financing of post-sccandary education may w ~ l bl r one of ihe more significant
investments t hat an individual or a family will make i n an entire lifrtimc. Bccause this
i s thc casr, proper pldnning and wisp choices arc important, nor only i n theselection
of an instilurion, but also i n the methods trtitired in payrng t h c relatrtl expenfes.
Augsburg College, ~ h r o uh its Office of Studen[ f'inancial Services, i s r o m m ~ t t c dto
hcl
rturlen~ran! their families will1 t h r ncrdecl arrirrancr, boll1 monetary
an advisury, t h a t will protcct acceqr tn a qualily education i n spitc of increasing
costs.
9
Financial assistance awardcd t h r o u ~ hAugsburg is a combination of scholarships,
grants, loans, and parr-rime work opportunities. 'The Collcgc coappratcs with
Federal, State, church, and private ag~nciesin provirlin various aid rograms. For
the academic ) I P J ~1979-110, approximil!ely 82'1, of all STUC entr at Augrgurg received
scliolarshtp~,grants, loans and part-lime crnployrn~nttolalling over $4,500,000 from
all aid sources.
\
The primary responsibility for financing a colfege education rests upon the student
and family, financial aid is intended to supplrmeni student enrl family resources.
The amount of a s s i s ~ a n clor
~ which a stt~dentis cligible is determined with the hetp
and analysis of tlie Family Finanrial Sta~cmenr(FTS) of the American Collear Tcqting
Program (ACT) or lhc Financial Aid Form (FAI:) of thc College Schatarqhip Servirt(CSS). These analyses estimate t h c amaunr a stirdcnr and family can provide tor
c o l l ~ g cexpenses, taking into account such family financial factors as c~lrrent
incame, assets, number of dependents, orher educational expenses, drbrs, retirc-
men1 needs, and special ronsidc~atians.
How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made
untiythe student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aicl form (FAF) from a
high school or rollege financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to
t h e processtng agency after january 1 but before March I for priority considcration.
Minnesota residents must cornplcte the FF5 wliich includrs the application for the
M i n n e s ~ l aState Schotarship/Grm"trogram. To bc oonsid~red,code 6500. Augsburg's code on thp FFS is 2080. f o r non-Minnesota residents u ~ i n g[he FAF.
Au~sburg'scode is 6014.
3. Within three to four w ~ e k saugsbrtrg
,
will receive the analysis. If at that time you
are accepted for adrnissfon, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your
eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the
students' financial aitl packagc.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If
necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to
you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended.
Financial Aid/l7
New Students - Early Decision
This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early
Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive
the admission decision about December 1.
1. Early Decisi<>nCandidales applying for financial aicl may wish to complete the
Augsburg Early Derision Financial A i d Applica~ion,availableby writing or calling the
Admissions Office. This e n a b l ~ sour Financial Airl Office to compute a preliminary
award hefore thr Farnlly Financial Stnremenl i s Illcd. Candidates will be notified of
their awarcl by January 1.
2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision,
the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after 1980 income
information is available. This is after January I, 1981 but before March 1,1981.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the
application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility,
satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in eneral rather
than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid avaifable are listed
here for inkrmation only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are ur cd to
inverti~ate
rhe poiiibility of rcholarrhipr, grants, and loans rhnt might beavaicble in
rhcir own communities. I t could he wortliwhile to check with churches, ihe
company or husinessemploying parentsor rpouses, hl h schools, service clubs, and
frarernal organizations lor information on aid availab e to students meeting rhcir
requiremenrs. In adrlirion to these sources, somc sfudents are eligible lor aid
through Vocational Rrhahilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational
Assistance for Veterans' Ohildrcn, and others,
"i
Gift Assistance
-
Available to students who have shown academic
Augsbur Tuition Grant
r,olrnliarilnrl ~ ~ J V(inancis1
E
need. A grant may ay up to full tuition and fees. A
r;~urlen~'s
scholas~icstantling,test scores, and hig school and community involvement are taken into consideration.
1
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents who have financial need. They range from $100 to $1400. All applicants
from Minnesota are expected t o apply before the priority deadline of March 1.
St~pp!emenh~Educa#ional
Opportunity Grant - A federal program administered by
thc C o l l ~ g e .To Ije rligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent
rcsicl~nt; (2) have sufficient financial necd as defincd by the program and
demonstrated by the KFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining good academic
standing at the Cnllege; and (4) be accepted (or admissicln.
18/Financial A i d
Basic Educational Opportanity Grants - A fedcral program that provides Basic
Grant awiirrls l o st~trlrntsw h o atrend eligiblc insti~ulionsof highcr education, The
maximum grant rligibility for eacli siudcnt lor 1980-81 is BIAOn, minus thc. amount
. grants are hilsed on need
the studcnt and fam~lycan be expcctcd to contri b u ~ eThe
as d e t e r r n i n ~ dby the program u i d ~ l i n c sApplicntion
.
is made by f i l ~ n gthc FFS (or
and requesting on ihe appficnlion form thnt i h r nererrary information be rrnr
to the appropriate BEOG officc.
mF)
Loan Assistance
National Direct Stt~dentLoans (NDSL) - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program nclminisrrrerl r hrou h the Cnllegc, for students who demonstrate financial
eligibility. Loans s r e i n t r r e i r f r c c i l u r i r ~ g
your education. Noinlrrrslaccruer nor do
a mcnrs have to be m ~ d on
c the principal at any lime yo11 d r e enrolled at least
l 4.:) and rcpa mcnt of rhc
fnri-iimr. Bc inning October 1,1480, simple i n ~ c r e iol
minimurn of830 a ~manih)
b r .in six tnonths a l l r r yclu cave school.
principal (a1 t
R~paylncntmay be cxtendcd up to 10 yrJrr. T e loan carries a teacher cancellation
claus~.The maximum which may be barrowcd for undcrgraduatc study is $6,0fl0.
f:
'h
Y
Guaranteed Student Loan {CSL) and Minnesota State Student Loan - Programs
backed by e i ~ h c r~ h lcrferal
c
or stale g o v e r n n i ~ n it,- o d n funrls are obtained directly
from a lucal lendcr or state gnvernmrnt in qtareq which provide such proarams.
W h r l ~the sturIeni is atlending at least hall-timc, there i s no interest tharge,
Rrginning lanudry 1, 1901, simple annual i n ~ r r c s !of 9':i) o n the loan balancc and
rcpayrnent of the principal begin six monr hs after you (pave srhool. Repdyrnent may
be e x ~ ~ n d up
e d to 10 yedrs. Thc maximum loan is62500 per year with t h ~cumula~ive
!
.
arc available at thr?callcge, samc
~1ndr1rgra~luate
maximum ~ f $ ' l 2 , 5 0 0 Applications
banks, and the Minnesota State S t u d ~ n tLoan Oflice. You mily obtain this loan
without demonstrating financial eligibility.
Nursing Student Loan - Fcdcral program with provisions similar to thc National
~ denrolled in
Direct Student Loan program, but rmtricted to applirants a r r ~ p t or
the program leading to the baccalaurcatc d ~ g r c e
In nursing, Kccipienrs [nust have
financial need and be registered full time. U p to 85% of t h e total horrowcd may bc
cancelled, depending upon the type of work donc afrer graduntion. The maxinrum
loan is $2500 per year.
Campus Work
Augsburg College provides work opparlunities for studenfs with proven financial
need who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Assignrncnt is made on
the basis of need and potential cornpctencc in pcrformlng the dtitics arsignccl,
Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, j u s ~ as
scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours nl on-ca~npus~tmploymenl
per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to
the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the
student employee.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under
these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis
with t e College to provide some part-time work opportunities.
1
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Personnel Committee. For
departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department
involved.
These scholarships are available to students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and
Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes.
General Scholarships
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving
junior/senior students as recommended by the committee.
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1979 by his family. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
deserving junior/senior students.
-
awarded annually t o t w o
M. I. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the
scholarship committee.
David J. Formo Scholarshi
established i n 1979 by members of his family. One or more
scholarships will be a w a r B e d a n n u a ~ ~t yo a junior or senior student who has successfully
overcome adversity and hasachieved excellence in academicand extracurricular performance.
Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from
Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education.
Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as
recommended by the scholarship committee.
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established in 1972 t o be distributed by
the scholarship committee t o needy students.
Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior.
Quanbeck Scholarship Fund -established i n 1963 by a bequest of JohnG. Quanbeck, awarded
annually t o freshmen students w h o without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher
education.
Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded
t o able and deserving upperclassstudents.
Tozer FotmdaHon Scholar~l1ip5- u p to $1000 each - swarded on I ~ basls
P
of scholarship,
p ~ r % r ~ n , ~ l i l y , ,n~wn ct lf Wrrrners must be juniororseninrsturlrin~r w l ~ o a r ~ r e s l d e n t sthe
o f State
nl M l n n r m t , ~bur not r r ~ i d r r i nf
~ r Plne, Kanabec orW,~\hingtclnCauntre~~Separate
application
required ol scnii-Tin.ili~~3
rt*lt,c~tvlby the scholarshir~mmmilrre. F I S must be sent t o Tozer
I r)unrldtron {code h577)
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior
student.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are
certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to able and deserving
students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship -awarded to able and deserving students who are policy
holders with Lutheran Brotherhood.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior.
Minority Student Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded annually to Lutheran
American minority students who show financial need.
Minnesota Minin &Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 to be
awarded to a Blaca student.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically to a Black
American student.
National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to upperclass Oriental students.
Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) i n the
senior class who is preparing for the ministry.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship -awarded
Christian service.
on the basis of need, character and interest in
The Reverend Olal Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service.
Morris C. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a juniorhenior
student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the
American Lutheran Church.
OnesimusScholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry.
awarded annually to an able and
Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshi
deserving junior/senior student recommended by treLholarship committee. Semi-finalists
are interviewed and selected by donor.
Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be
awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving malestudent
on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or
students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education.
James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement.
Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player on basis of financial need.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~
i n athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need
and/orl'of h i h Christiancharacter".Theathleticscholarshipisfora malecandidateonly,with
a preference for basketball.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarshi s are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, wit[ preference vested in the
wrestling program.
Biology
Biology Scholarships -established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology.
Business
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship
interested in the field of business.
- awarded to one or
more upperclass students
Reid Scholarship - awarded toone or more upperclassstudents who are interested in business
and/or education.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship -One or more scholarships will be awarded annually
to a junior or senior majoring in Business Administration.
Chemistry
Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of
Chemistry.
Manhaid Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Carl Forse Memorial Cliemlstry Scholarship.
Federirk C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Schnlarship.
Dr. W. M. Sandslrom Chemistry Scholarship.
Waltcr Cordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Wallcr C. Tl~waitc,jr. Mcrnorial Cl~~mislry
Scholarship.
Covey Hentlrirksnn M~mtlrialChcrni~tryScholarship.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are
majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career.
Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the
field of English.
Foreign Language
M i m i Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring i n a modern language with preference given to those who plan to
teach language as a career.
Foreign Travel Scholarship -available to language majors studying a language abroad during
the academic year, to help with travel expenses. A special application is required by the Foreign
Language Department.
Health-Related
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarshi
students preparing for a career in medicine or h e a d . -
established in 1978 for upperclass
History
awarded annually to students majoring in history
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshi
with preference given to those who p t n a career in the field.
Library Science
Library Science Scholarship -established is1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s)
choosing librarianship as a career.
Mathematics
Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/
senior students majoring in mathematics orthe sciences on basis of need and academicability.
Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student i n the field of
mathematics.
Music
0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have
demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship- awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding
promise in the field of music.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a
major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing.
lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude i n stringed instruments.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire
musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating
in athletics or music. The award i s "made to students who have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying
choral music.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to
upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in
physics.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students pursuing careers in political
science.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student in the general field of
Christian Sociology.
-
Student Life
25 Religious Life
Student Government
26 Athletics
Student Activities
Student Services
27 CSD
Intercultural Center
28 Health Service
Food Service
Residence Life
29 Student Rights
All roads (and ( h e skyway) lead to the
College Cenler
Ready for Christmas - afler finals
Classes are small, so you get to know
faculty and students
Li
~b
7
..
Student Life/25
Student Life
Your expe~iencesin the classroom are the prirnar aspect of your colte e life, but
learning anddevelopment also occur in formal andlinformal activities of r ieCollege
and t l l r ~rnc~rnpotitanarea, Wl~ethcryou are a resident or commuter student, you
will find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to
your edura~ion.
!'
Religious Life
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and
social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we
encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith.
Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different rrligious and
cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness o f tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel reams, plannin
rornrnitrecr, ret rears, P ~ a r eand lustice forums, Hun er conferences, ronrcrtr, an!
plays and movies arc cxsrnpler of ihc wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students,
faculty and staff gather each Monday, W~dnesrlay,and Friday to give thanks and
hear he Word proclaimed by a number o f speakers. Each Wednesday night some
200 stuclents garher for I-loly Communion.
We seek 'to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to
gradually change and ctiscover the ifts that God has iven them. As a colle e of the
church, we encouragestudents to Porm their own vakes which will be thetasir for
the kind and quality o f life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for
counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious
activity and groups.
Student Government
Student ovcrnmcnt is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer
relationrEip and h e l m understanding wilh the arlrninirrrillion and faculty, and
providr? input into the decision-malcina process a t Augfihurg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protcctsstudcnt rights, and provides the
means (oxcliscuaions and aclion on all issucs pertaining to sti~dentlife at Augsburg.
Student government i s or anized into the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Aectionr a r c held in ihc spring except for freshmen who
elect r heir represenralives in the fall of their firn yedr. Many kinds of involvement
arp possibl~!
from program plannin to writing or erliling tn service op ortunit ics If
p.
..:-.
you want to get involved, contar, i f e Prerid~ntor Vice President in t letr ofl~cpqIn
the College Cenlcr.
Social, Cultural, and Recreational
Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus
as we1pas in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
26/Student Services
The College Ccnler is the foeus of leisure-lime acriviry on campus. Offlces for the
C o l l ~ g encwspapcr, theArlgsbrir,y Echo. and the yearbook, ~ I i e A us l ) u r ~ i a narPon
,
i
unite ciarrronm or nnn-i%rsroorn relstrd
the lower lcvrl. Many of I ~ rPl r ~ bthat
inlerpsrs meet ill (he Centcr. KCMR, student-oper,~ted non-proli~ratlio station
v,
serving thc nccds o f Augsburg and t h e surrounding Ccdar-Kivcrsidc c o ~ n t n u n i ~is
lucatcd i n M o r t ~ n s e nTower.
There are seueral opportunities for partici ation i n music and drama. In addition to
appearing on cdmpur nntl in ihc cily, i l ! ~ Ahr~gsburgChoir, Conrert Band, and
Orchestr,~perform on national and international tourh. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of musical SIVIP~and previous musical
rxpericnce. Several plays are given on campus pach year under thc clirec~ionof the
theater arts depart rnent.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota lntercolle iate Athletic Conference (MIAC)
a n i is a member of the National Association o Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA).
M e n annually compete in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
B
Augsburg is a member of the Mlnnesata Women's lntcrcollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for I~itcrcollegiateAthletics for Women (AIAW).
Women annually compete in volleyhall, cross country, gymnastics, basketball,
tennis, track & field, and softball. Women also h a w joined the golf team.
lntramurals
Every student is urged to participate in somc activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program providrs cornperilion i n a variety of team sports as well as
individual performdnce activiries. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check s r h ~ d u l e sfor times when them is open usc of the gymnasium and ice
arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerncd with educating the whole person and recognizes
that t ~ pconiext
.
in which lcarning takcs place i s a critical laclor In acliirving oplimal
growrh. Knowlcd c grows from morv than intellectual cnclenvorr. Expanding
relationships, exp orirrg valucs, id~nzilyinglife stylcs, developing autonomy and
interdepentlence, finding purpose and cornmitrner~l-all corn bin^ w i ~ h
intrllectual
conten1 and skills to producc t h c dcsirrd cdr~cationalimpact of the college o n its
students.
F:
The Division of Student Affairs has bcen crcatcd to sup ort this task. During the
summer before your freshman ycar,orar the time ol trans er, you will receive a copy
of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a Colleg~ErEucatior~.This book will help you
assess the possibilities in your d u r a t i o n , choicrs to make, directions to consider
and different destinations lor which tn plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a
sort of road map for you.
P
CSD, l ntercultural Center/27
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may
wish to participate in are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes.
, and staff as well as
You and your parents get ac uainted with classlnates f
with the campus. You stay in %e dormitory, attend evenlr in t e metropolitan area
and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life.
"'""6
Career Plannin and Placement. You may be unmrtaln about where you want to be
when you finis I your undcrgrdduatc experience, wheiher your life style will he a
I~alancedone. how work will provlde opportunily Ior service and fulfillment.
htlgsburg has a four-year career d e v e l o p m c ~ ~
plan
t
to liclp you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, tcst realities and prcparc for entry into the next phasc of your
lifr. ,411 new ~trtdentswill h a v a~ c l l a n c ~to review their interests with a counselor.
B
Human Develo ment Seminars. A series of informal "mini-uourses" are offered
each year to P
II p yo11gr0w III und~r5tandinga l ynurself and your relationship to
fli hers. Such topirs as PEER (Positive Eclucatiot?al Exp~ricnccsi n Relationships),
lsrues i n Mgn'sand Wonien's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Sceking,and Sexuality arc
availahlr?.Information on current nfferings ancl opporlunily to register are providecf
several limes d u l i n ~the year.
P
Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studying, note-takin , and testing by attending one or more of the workshops
offered. You also wil have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose
your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring
through the Center.
7
Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle
elfet:rively disrussing thin s with someone who has moreexpertise.
c h a l l r n g ~mare
\
Couns~lorsarc available to hclp you thin through how you can handle major or
minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of
policy anrl procedure.
f
Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire
to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same.
This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a College in thc city, commincd to the values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy anrl counseling for all minority students in close
cooperation with administrators. faculty and community. At the present time these
efforts concentratr i n two major areas:
American Indian Programs. Augsburg offen an American lndian student support
program to meet tJle special nreds of lndian students. The American lndian
community
Programs Counselor provides recrui~~nent,cnurscs.supportiveservices,
service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities.
The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs.
28/Residence Life
The other facet of Augsbur 's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in stujying in other countries, and in planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member
whoservesas Director of International Programs tocheck on the many opportunities
available.
lnternationalStudents. If you are a student from another country or would like to be
part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed
International Student Advisor.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of Srniley's Point Clinic located on
Riverside Avenue across thestreet from the campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, ancf prescriptions are availabl~
thraugh the Fairview Pharmacy at
rasr. Be sure to check our family health coverage to determine if you are included;
if not, a student healti inrurunrr plan ir available.
Food Service
The Commons, sitttated on the top floor of the College Cenrer i s the main foodservice facility, fnr sluclenrs, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
S uarc. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan
w\o live in residence halls ear their meals i n the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg providesa variety of board plan optionsfor those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Residence Life
Because Augsbusg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning
environment depends, i n art, upon his or her living conditions,a variety of housing
alternatives ir provided. T[c rcridcnrc hall program i s designed ro promote student
growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in
group decision-ma king. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are
able to facilitate the proccss of group living as well as discuss personal cuncerns wii h
individual students.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and
Kueffner Apartments.
Students engage a roam at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year.
New studenrs receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All
residcnt students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1 will be provided housing
only if space is available.
Student Rights/29
All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they
move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstor high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36
studients, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional
residence-hall livin . It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 uppercfass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students.
Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a uniqueopportunity
to try group tiving. Croir s of upperclass rnpn or women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooring. Hourer are located in the carnpur area. Onc wa
maximize the living-learning aspects or your housing situation is to avail yoursc Iof
the opportunity to bid lor a house as a Special Interest FIouse. Groups of students
have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact
proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Sinlplilied Life Styles, and Scandinavian Sludics.
Yo
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are
available in each residence.
Student Rights
The Colle e has adopted a staternem of student rights and responsibilities and has
provided or due process in matters of disciplinary action. grievances, and grade
appeal. The judicial Council is elected by sludents and faculty and serves toconduct
hparings and review matlers of concern. Any studrnt who wishes to idcntify
a p ropriate proc~duresfor complainl should contart the Vicc Prcsidenr for Student
~fEir5.
7
t h e College operates in compliance with the family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Sf udenrs have thc right to inspect all official records, filcsand data which pertain
la them and which are rnaintainrd in the office o l thc registrar and the placement
office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceplions are
parents' financial records and confidentii~llcttcrs and siaternents placed in the
record before January 1, 1975, or placer1 undcr conditions where students have
signed a waiver o l right of access. Students have the right to experience erlucation
( r ~ efrom di5t:riminatfon based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background,
handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development.
Academic Information
31 Degrees
Academic Calendar
Faculty
Library & Audio-Visual
32 Divisions
33 M a j o r s & M i n o r s
Teaching Licensure
34 Certification Programs
Pre-Professional
35 Inter-Institutional Programs
37 Study A b r o a d
38 H o n o r s Program
Internship
C o n t i n u i n g Education
Academic Policies
38
39
40
41
42
Registration
Graduation Requirements
Grading
A u d i t i n g Courses
Grade Point Average
Classification
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
Probation a n d Dismissal
Dean's List
43 Graduation w i t h Distinction
Independent/Directed Study
Veterans
44 Brief Facts
45 Course N u m b e r i n g
Prerequisites
Psychology Building, Norwegian class,
Music Therapy class
Academic Information/31
-
Academic Information
Requirements for a de ree from Augsburg C n l l e g ~provide students with a broad
liberal arts backgroun! i
n the hurnaniticr, t h c natural sciences and the social
sciences - and conrentrated major rlurly in onp o r more fields. Students are
c
of faculty advisers.
encouraged to plan their o w n course n l study with ~ h help
Augsburg gi-atJuales are expecred to b~ able 10 write effectiv~t tn hr knnwledgeable alloilt urban concerns, a n d to have some unclers~;~t~
ing
' of c ~ r l ~ u r e s
outside the unired States. Cclicral rccrcational activit~escourscs acquaint sturien IS
with and P uip Ihrm lor lifetimesports, Cnurses i n religion assist in reflection on tlir
meaningo?lhc Chrislian Church r h r a u g h r ~ u d yof i t s b ~ l i ~ b , r r r i p t u r e , amission.
~~rl
rY
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees. The B.S. degree i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical
Technology, Music Therap , Nursing and Social Work. Majors i n music may select
the program for the Bacheror of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates
with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with 15-week Fall anrf Spring semrstcrs
separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses ~ a c h
semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of t h r e r coirrses can Ire
earned i n the t w o annual summer sessions, one of four weeksanrloncofsix wcek5.
The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can takecourses o n another campusduring
the regular term. (See Registration).
j a ~ ~ u a Interim
ry
is partirularly inter~cledta be a time (or b o l h studentsand faci~ltyto
employ styles of teaching ~ n learning
d
and to invest~gatcquestions ant1 rnpics in
places and ways no1 p ( > s ~ i ldurinf:
~ I ~ lhe rprular term. Thc Interim ciltnlog,
pobiirhrd in rllc fall of tach year, i l rlirtrihutPrblo all rtvden~sand i s availat,lt* by
c o n tact in^ thc lntcrim Office. I n a d d i t ~ o nto classes offercd on canlpus, Ihcrc arc a
v a r i ~ r yo l !ravel opporti~nitieswithin the Unttetl Statesand abroad. / n r l ~ p r n c l ~or
nt
rlircr~edstucly and internships are aenong thr many Interim options.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal
interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 13 to 1.
Faculty m e m b r r s s e r v ~ a sacadrmicadvisers and are available for help o n individual
problems. All ~ t i i c l e n l rarp asqigned a faculty adviser t o help i n planning their
programs and apprnving (heir choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each
departmental Irrting, with further information i n the Augsburg College Faculty
section.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the
library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books
eriodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide
gbraries are located within the departmental areas.
32/Academic Organization
Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through
Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and
Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service,
guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of
information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical
handicaps.
The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and
for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies,
filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students.
Equipmentsuch as movie and slide rojectorsand ta e recorders ma be borrowed
for limited periods. Film bibliograpEies and other a g i c e on materiarr selection are
available.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The colle e curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology,
Sociology
Professional Studies - Marie 0. McNeff (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work
Majors, Licensure/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concenirations of study, may be within one department, within one
division, or cross acadcmic disciplines. Some rtudrnrs decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Othcrs te5t a variety a{ diwi l i n ~ sbefore deciding.
Normally a major should l ~ cel e c t ~ d
by the enrl ol the fourt I semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Dctails of majors and minors arr i n thc coursc description section.
P
Majors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
lnternational Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Church Staff Work
Communication Arts
Corrective Therapy
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Education
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages
(Chinese,' French,
German, Japanese,'
Norwegian, Russian,'
Spanish)
History
International Relations
Mathematics/Computer Science
Medical Technology3
Metro-Urban Stud~es
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philoso hy
PhysicaPEducation
(& Adapted PE)
Ph sics
PoLtical Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies'
Social Science/Social Studies
Social Work
Sociology
S eech
TReater Arts
1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota.
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
Teaching Licensure
Teaching liccnsure pro rams are d f e r r d at Augsburg in Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Early C h i l t h o o d ~ducation,andi h e w fields in Secondary Education:
Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earrh Science, English-Languagt. Arts, French, German,
Healrh, Hiszory, t i l r Scicnce, Mathematics, Middle School Science, Music, Natural
Science, Norwe ian, Physical Education, Physical Science {Chemistry or Physics
Emphasis). Socin'f~cicncc,Social Studies, Spanish, Zprech, Thcaler Artr, h minor is
olfcrcd i n Library Science. Students planning to teach on the secondary level have
advisers both in he Educa~iondcparlment and thearea of their academic major(s).
34/Certification, Pre-Professional
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg
to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth:
Certification in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact
the Art Department Chairperson.
Women's Studiescertification -may be earned by completin six interdisciplinary
courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individual y planned program
should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas
focusing on women, Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark.
7
Church Staff Worker Certification - is designed ro prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in thc Lutheran Church. I t consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses i n psychology,
sociology, speech and ph slcal education. The pro ram is designed to meel clr
exceed criteria used in Tr7 e American Lutheran C irrch certification program.
~nterestedstudents sl~ouldcontact the Religion Departmen1 Chairperson.
a
-
Program Evaluation Certification
Provides the background for performing
systematic assessments of programs for social improvemen~s.Students are required
to complete a group of fivc psychology and sociology courses, including an
internship. For futher inf~rrnation~contact
the Psychology or Sociology Department
Chairperson.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the coirrsenf study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A
faculty adviser is available i n each field to assist students in their planning. It i s
recommended that stud~ntswho want to plan a pre-professional program consult
with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social
sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry a t the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses;
Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124; General Psycholagy,l course. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and
engineering i n rooperation with the Washington University of Engineering and
Applied Science in St, Louis, Missouri,and the Michigan Technological University in
Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for
information on thc course requircmcntr in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
I nter-l nstitutional/35
he-Law - Studcnts planning to pursue a career in law should consult the
handbook published hy The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the
Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, Students may wish to take the
poIi~icalscienrp coursp, Law in the Uniled States, to help tleterminr whpthpr they
possessan inlerest In law. Since law schools encnuragc sludents to maintain a high
gradc palnt average, the pre-law studcnt should be aware that many graduate
rcliools consicl~rihe grade P givcn for a course as a C.
he-Medicine - Many metficaf schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to
reparc lor study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology anti chemistry departments
[ s v r majors rpecirlly dcrigncd for pre-medical s~udentr.Both require Chernirtry
115, 116 (or 705, 1061, Mathematics 124, 125; and I'liysics 121, 122. The Chemistry
major also requires Chemistry 353, 361, one advanceti course, seminar, and two or
more biology courses. The Hiofogy major alsa requires Biology 111,1t2,491 and one
from each r,l ~ I i r c e
groups (351, 353, 3611, (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 47G),with 353
recornmencled, Des~gnetlto meet the Univcrsity of Mtnnesola requirements, both
programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities,
at othcr medical schools may
including psychology and sociology. R~guirements
vary. Sti~dcntsate encnurag~dto consult with the faculty adviser early in the
freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology
111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,352; Economics 122,123; English 111 and a second
course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122; electives from
humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
d i f f e r r n ~majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Rccornmcndcd preparation include5 Religion 111, 221; at least two
scrncstcrs of history (Western Civiliration); one or rnore courses in the history of
philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum retluirernent~of the College of
Veterinary Mcdirine a1 [he University of Minnesota, these courses are recorn*
mended: English, 2courses; Math~matirs
724; publics eaktng, 1 course; Chemistry
I l 5 , l l l (or l05,1(16/,
351,352. 351; Biology I l l , 312; Plyiicr 121,122; Fconomicr, 1
course; 2 courses in art, li~eralure,music, humanities, theater, or uppcr division
foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political
sci~nce,psychology or sociology courses to fulfill rhe rest of the distribution
requiremrnts. Requirements at other universities may vary,
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges
library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
36/l nter-I nstitutional
Associated Colleges of theTwin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies.
See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the
cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the
other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home
campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be
taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is
composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota.
Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative
research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of
the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in
the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology
with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to
help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses
are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes
offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
ROTC - While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the
metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information,
confer with the Dean of the College.
Study Abroad/37
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further
information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from
the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of
students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the
year one wishes to participate in an international program.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice
and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive
Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The
cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at
Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries areselected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages:
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure,
independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
-
Semester or Year Abroad
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The
Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University
of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in
the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational
Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark,
England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan,
Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved
before departure by the Director of International Programs, faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend
a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs.
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued
each s ~ r i n afor the followina lanuarv.
38/Academic Policies
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified
s t u d ~ n t sto purque an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special
seminars, colloquia, hnnors sludent lorurns and options in completing the general
eductl~ionrequirements are all part o l the Honors Program. Inquiries should be
addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director.
Internship Program
The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be
related t o their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available
with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augshuxg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through
its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since
continuing ed~tcationcourses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary
in length fram four weeks to fourtecn weeks. Students wishing to know more about
Augsburg's conttnuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the
Associate Dean.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration
- Semesters, Interim, Summer
Students normally register tor four courses a semester and one course in the
intrrim. Sti~dcntsregistered for three or rnorfcourses i n a semester are classified as
full-time sturlents. To regislcr For mare than 4.5 courses, students must contact the
registrar1<otficc to petition the Committecon Admissions and Student Standing for
permission.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
semesters.
Se arate catalo s of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer
Sclool Office or those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and
procedures.
f
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms
lnterim Office, Memorial 230, lnterim
Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School
Graduation Requirements/39
Frcshmen and translersrudents have an opportunity to pre-register during summer
(or courses i n ~ h cfall, Atl currently enrolled students have a n opportunity to
pre-re istcr during the fall for the spring and during [he spring for both the fall and
the f o l k w i n g spring. Ail students must confirm their registrarion .tihe beginning of
each semestcr and c o m p l ~ t efinancial arrangements.
Although a student may re ister u to two weeks after the semester begins,
registration is encouraged at t e regu arly scheduled time. Fees are charged for late
registration and for cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of a
semester.
8,
P
Students are urged nor to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this
results in a failing grade on the alficial record. Cancellation of courses or
cancellation from C o l l r g ~must b e done in tlic Registrar's Office. Cancellations
from college and resulting adjustments in account5 are elfective as of the date the
c
of the Registrar.
completed Cancel from College form i s returned ro ~ h Office
Graduation Requirements
1. Completion of 35 courses.
At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and400s. Not more
than 13 may be in one department, except as listed i n approved majors under
departmental headin s Thr course rural rnusl inclutle ihrce Interims for students
whose complete a c a j e k i c work ir a t hugrburg. For trnnricr rturients, the course
total must include one l e a interim coursc than the numbcr of yPnrs at Augsburg.
No more than these maximums may be applfed toward the 35 total courses
re uired: 4 Conservation of Human Rcsourccs (CHR courses; 2 courses by
in ependent/{lir~cledstudy; 4 courses o l internship; ant B r a u r ~ e swith a gradeof
Pass (P). Non-traditional rading ( P ) i s limited to two in the major and onr in thc
minor ilapproved by the ( epartrnent chairperson and is not available for majors or
I
4
7
minnrs In Elementary Educa~ion.
Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should
contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirementsfor a second bachelor's
degree.
2. Completion of a major.
Requiremenbfor each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or co-major is not required, but is encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5
averages are required.
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
40/Evaluation, Grading
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biolog
Psychology-Socio ogy
English-Speech, Communication
& Theater Arts
Y
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Forei n Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at
Au s%urg.Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one
adBtionai course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies -Three approved courses in religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns - A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet
this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of
the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports -Two
sports.
lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are
used.
MOSIC O U ~ ~ Care
? S oflercd wlth gradln options - traditional grading o n a 4.0 to 0.0
scaIc or the Pass/Credit systpm, i n w ich P means a grarl~of 2.0 nr better and N
mtZanFno credit anti gratlc of lesq than 2,0. Students are c ~ u t i o n e tto
l use the P/N
gri~de0 tron with care sincr romc gradt~aleand professional schools do no1 look
ldvorabr on u large number of P-grarird rourrcr, nr rank each ns .I "CPi.For
graduation lrom Augshurg, a s~urlcnrmay count a rnsxilnum of eight courses of P. I f
aplsrovetl 11 the clel)artmen~rhairpprson, two rtlurscs in the malrjr anti one in the
minor m a y ge on ihr P/N system, cxccpt in Elcmcntary Educat~nn.
%
Certain cnurscs are offered n n one grading system only. Sociology 383and several
~
radccl only on the P/N grading system. Some education
interim C O U ~ S Carp
courses are grarled On y oh [he P/N system or only on the ~rarlirionalsystcm. English
111 is grildecl P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses a r e gradetl only P, 1.0, N.
1
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their re istration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice ofgrading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
\,
Grading, AuditingMI
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N ( N o credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
An incomplete i s a temporary grade indicating that the student has been authorized
by the Academic Dean t o complete work in this course by a specified time. The
grade i s changed t o 0.0 if work i s not completed by the agreed upon date. Seniors
must have any incompletes from first semester and interim removed by April 1.
An incomplete ,radc may be giver? only in the case of extrp~ilePmcrgcncy. 'TO
receive it. a Stur en1 mu51 file a p r t i t i o n with t h e Committcp o n Admissinns , ~ n d
Student Standing stating he reasons for the rpqupst*the plan and dare l a r rcrnoving
il, ant1 colnmcnh from t h r instructor. If permission i~granleri, the i n t . o m p l c t ~mu\!
h~ removed t+uri~.rgthc following semeswr, or i t bccomcs ~ h ~c r a d strbrnittcd
r
hy
~
~ l i cteaclicr along will, t h incornplere.
P
A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the
second semester or the grade of X will remain o n the record.
A rour&in w h i c h a gradc o10,1.0,1.5, N, I, ar X has heen received may be repeated
lor credit. Coirrses In which higher grades have I w ~ earned
n
may not be repeated
for ~ ~ ~ l bj ui t tmr7y
,
h r rrudiled. All courses takprj r e r n i n o n the academic record.
d s r r o n r l time a r r counted toward graduation
O n l y thr rreditsand g n r . 1 r~n~r n ~ thp
and in ~ l i grade
c
p n i n l average.
A course is given a grade of W when it i s dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation o n the record.
Auditing Courses
Stud~ntswho wish to takp courses without crcdir or grade m a y d o s o by r q i s ~ c r i n g
(or Audit (V). Full-time ftudents may aurlit a course without ct~arge.Thr chargr for
part-time students is lister! under Exper~ser,S t u c l ~ n
ts who ;lucfil a coursr 5110i11~1
confer with the lnstrilctor within two wceks of tlic beginning ol t h r tcrm to
dptprmine expectaliuns, altenrlancr anrl any oiher r ~ q u i r c m e n I~f .e x p ~ c t a t i o n s
l i h e transcripl as having b w n audiicri. I f
have bee11me!, ~Jlecourse will Ile l i ~ t e ton
cxpcrtations havc not been met. the corlrsc will ~ I P listctl w i t h a gradc o l W
(Wii hdrawn).
42/Classification, Probation
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based o n final rades for all work at Augsburg. I t
does not include credit and grade points for w o r t transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken o n the P/N grading option are recorded, b u t not computed in the
GPA.
Classification
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i n courses beyond the beginning level i s granted to students
with scores of 3,4, and 5 o n the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional
credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
Advanced Standing
College credit isgrantrd to high school students who have successfully completed a
college level course ilnd w h o have scored high o n the Advanced Placement
Examinations. hugsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received o n the
College Level Exnminirlion Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should be addressed to the
Office of the Registrar.
Probation and Dismissal
A studenl will be placrd o n schalastic probation at the end of the term if his or her
t
has been o n probation two or more
a c h i c v ~ l n ~ is
n tunsatisfactory. A s t u r l ~ n who
ir s u b j c r ~10 dis~nissalat the end of the term. Dismissal from
c o n ~ e c u l i v sPrne5crrs
r
the College i q not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee o n Admissions
and Stpdrnt Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly
adviqetl to withdraw betorc the end o l the term. A student who has been o n
probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have
special permission t o re-enroll.
A student will be placed o n probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 grade average or 2 zero grades, having taken 6 or fewer
courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7 or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 to 15 courses.
Junior - below 1.9, having taken 16 t o 24 courses.
Senior - below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point
average for a semesrcr i s 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three f u l l courses, or
equivalent, graded o n the traclitional grading system, with n o incompletes i n
courses offered for credit. f he Dean's List is included i n a College publication and
each student o n it receives a letter of rec:ommendation.
Study Options, Veterans/43
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average
Magna cum laude 3.6 - 3.79 grade average
Cum laude 3.3 - 3.59 grade average
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed
two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
IndependentIDirected Study
Manydrpartrnen.ts offer opportunities forcanscien~iousstudentswho demonstrate
~ufficlenthackgrounrl and prepara~ionIn a given field to carry out upprr d~vision
departmenz5al5ooffer a11opportuniry for
lcvel work nn an indcpendcn~ba~is.Sorn~
(Iirrcted s~udyon a lower division Icvcl. h student who rcgistcrs for dirccted or
indcpcnrlenr study should normally exper1 to complete i t i n one semestpr but may
exterid ir inro thc ncxt tprm by permi5sirmof ~heinstructnr.In such casrs,agradrof
X is givrn at the end of the firs[ term. ant1 t h e s t ~ ~ i ewill
n t r c g i s t ~again
r
tor t h e c o u r s ~
to rrceive the final grade.
Students inrerestetl in registering for directed or independent study must first
securr! permishion from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two
courses i n fndcpcndent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35
courses reqi~ircrllor he degree.
Students may cross-registcr for inde endrnr studies at another ACTC school only
when the major field i n which ihp inApendrnt study is proposed is not available on
tlieir liorne rampus, ant1 will bc charged by the host campus for an special costs
attached. R~questsfor cxccption to this potrcy should be made direct y to their own
academic dciln.
Y
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is a roved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans s h o u k n s u l t with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
V e f ~ r a n swill be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms i n which the did not earn at least threc courses er lcrm, he
minimum for rlursification as {ull-time students. It is the rPrponri&llty of each
veteran to repor1 any change in registration and/or academic load to thcOfficc of
the Registrar, as i t is for all students.
A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below
threecourses wil be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to
meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
7
44/Brief Facts
Facts & Figures
about Augsburg College
Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota,
since 1872. Founded in 1869.
Affiliation - The American Lutheran
Church. 57% of students are Lutheran,
16% other Protestant, 14% Roman
Catholic.
Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Council on
Social Work Education, National Association of Music Therapy, approved by
American Chemical Society.
MemberTwin Cities
Associated Colleges of the
Enrollment (1979-80) - 1,576 from 26
states and 20 nations.
Graduates - 1870-1979,7627. Class of
1980,288.
Faculty - 90 teach full-time, 89 parttime. Class size averages 25-30.
Campus - 14 major buildings, 8 new
since 1961. Major renovation 1979-80.
Library - Over 160,000 volumes,
access to over 5,000,000 through the
Twin Cities private college consortium
and Minitex.
Majors - 40 in 20 departments.
Special offerings include International
Relations, Medical Technology, MetroUrban Studies, Music Therapy, Corrective Therapy, Scandinavian Studies.
Off-Campus Programs - Program in
Global Community, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA), Study Abroad, and extensive
internship program.
Athletic Affiliation - Association of
Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW), Minnesota Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(MAIAW), Minnesota Intercollegiate
Athletic Conference (MIAC), National
Association of Intercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA).
Policy - Augsburg College does not
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by
Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices.
School Year - September to May,
4-1-4 calendar. Two summer school
sessions.
~ugsburgCollege
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Departments, Courses/45
Departments,
Course Descriptions
Course desctiplians. arr listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The
descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise
description and rlarification of content and requirements for individual courses, the
student should consult the instructors of the courses.
subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall
and Spring terms, unless anolhrr frequency is specified, The Schedule of Classes
published each spring lisls oll'eringr and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Desrri tions and schedules for cottrses offered i n January Interim and Summer
Schoorare publirhpd in scparare c a r a l ~ g ~ .
Courscs and terms listed arc
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit,
are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate
value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two90-minute periods a week, in
addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are
primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must betaken before enrolling in a higher level courseare listed in the
course de5cription. A student may enroll in a course when a rerequisite has not
b e ~ fulfilled
n
iI t here is prior a proval of a professor teaching t e course and of the
academic atlviser. Consent o f t e instructor is indicated in some course descriptions
by this sign: (#)
t:
t:
Departments
and Courses
47 Art/Art History
49 Biology
53 Business Administration
& Economics
55 Chemistry
58 East Asian Studies
Education
Elementar /Kindergarten
Early Chidhood
Secondary
Library Science
68 Engineering
69 English
72 Foreign Languages
Chinese
French
German
Greek
Japanese
Linguistics
Norwegian
Russian
Spanish
81 Geography
Health and Physical Education
84 History
87 International Relations
Mathematics/Computer Science
90 Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
93 Music and Music Therapy
98 Natural Science
99 Nursing
101 Philosophy
103 Ph sics
106 Poitical Science
109 Psychology
112 Religion
115 Russian Area Studies
Scandinavian Area Studies
117 Social Science
Social Studies
118 Social Work
120 Sociology
122 Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
126 Transdisciplinary Major
127 Women's and Minority Studies
46
Chemisrry lab, Science Hall
from the Quad
XB
FWF-
-
I
. .
ART
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August
Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson
Studio Art Maior: 9-13 studin courses with Foundations 102, '107,225; 3 art history
coirrses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (110,223,360) and
one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs
with the Founclatians, although advallced placement is possible with portfolio on
approval by thc Art taculky.
Teaching Major: Foundations 102,107, 225; Studio 118,132, 150, 221, 223 and 250
plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificatein Art: 8 art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may
be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern forthevisual content of experience in the
environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects
exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil,
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and
white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring)
150 Jewelry
An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn
how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals.
221 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective
media.
223 Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etc hing, silk-screen
and woodcut.
242 Film Making
Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim)
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
330 Visual Communications II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and
other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq. :225)
351 Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a
continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor.
(Alternate years)
368 Print Making I1
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture II
Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 Independent Study
Advanced study i n area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey o f art f r o m prehistoric t o modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits t o museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts i n Scandinavia from pre-history t o modern times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the4th Century A.D. (Alternate years,
1982-83)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture i n Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14 t o 18th century.
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Alternate years, 1981-82)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis o n
19th and 20th century art and its relationship t o European art as well as indigenous
movements. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
Biology
Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg,
Ralph Sulerud
-
Major
Option 1: 7 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from
each of three groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students
intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from
each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; ( I l l ) 361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476;
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352). Students who plan to teach in
secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also
requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are
advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually
reauire Chemistrv 353.
Minor: 5 courses, including I l l , 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105,106).
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
101 Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer
such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man haveon theenvironment?What
influence does theenvironment,especially the urban environment, haveon man?(3 hours
lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and
103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for
Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not
receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What
threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and
non-renewable resources?What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism,
socio-biology,and inequitiesin thedelivery of health care?(3 hour lecture. Does not apply
to the major or minor. Spring)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields
of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #.
Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 Special Topics in Biology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course
together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon
needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
323 Experimental Human Physiology
A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by
experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will
also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective
therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors
(primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112.
Fall 1982 and alternate years).
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.
Spring, 1981 and alternate years).
353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution,
behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Spring)
361 Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Fall)
367 Biochemistrv
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry
352 or #. Fall)
440 Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular
plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1982 and alternate years)
471 Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring)
473 Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1981. Alternate
years.)
474 Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well
as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours
class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
52/Business Administration
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered
as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some
Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall)
491 Seminar
Oral presentationsand written papers relating to recent biological literatureand research.
(For seniors majoring in biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor.
Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous
arrangement with instructor)
Business Administration
& Economics
Edward M. Sabella (Chairperson), James E. Billings, Wayne Carroll, Satya Gupta,
Douglas Heidenreich, Amin Kader, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Lynne
Medcalf, Nichole Miller, George Powell, Kenneth Rich, Frank Seidel.
Business Administration
I
Major in Accot~nting:.9 Business Administration courses [101,102,131,261,262,263,
379,381, and 483 or 484)):4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258,391,
392). A1 leas^ 1111 cc u p p r r ttivision courses arc required. For I hose planning careers i n
accounting, completion of Ihe two remaining courses i n rhcscquence381,382,483,
484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and computcr programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,267,262,373,379,
478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, anrl one from
258, 391, 392). At least five upper clivizion courses are required. Economics 392,
Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145,250,
261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 o r 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445);
Philosophy 120; Psychology 371, 373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 o r
English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is strongly recommended.
Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261,
330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech
and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 is strongly
recommended.
Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other
courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above.
Business Administratiod53
M a i o r in lnlfernational BusEness: 8 Ruslncss Adrninlstratlon coursrs (101,102,131,
335,261 and 39Cfo r 499 ancl rwo (rom 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123,
379); Politica t Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses ( o r demonstrated proficicncy) from
nnc of t h following:
~
Arrbic, ~ { i n p r e ,French. Ccrmnn, Grcck. Ifaiinn, J a p a n r r ~ .
Norwegian, Russian, Spa~iFsh; 1 I-listory course ( c o o r d i n a t e d w i t h thc foreign
languaarcnurzes) lrom 103,l04,222,322,323,321,331,332,440,474:
8 Internalional
Core courses, i n c l u d i n g internship or i n t l e p e n r f e n ~stud Corc c o u r s r s must be
taken ilbroud (England a n d C ~ r m a n y ,orhcrs to be ad<!klj. Exceptions may be
pwmitted w i t h department a prnval G ~ n c r adescriptiunq
l
follow. Studrrlrs w h o
plan t o major in lnlernatiuna Business should colitact ll-le dcpartmcnt's international a d v i w r , Arnin Katler, as soon as possiblc to carefully p l ~ their
n
program of
t'
study.
lnternational C o r e Courses
- Required
Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the
comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign
investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc.
European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it;
structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies;
distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S.
Import-Export Operations-The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and
export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and
financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations.
Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and
managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative
industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international
setting.
lnternational C o r e Courses
- 3 t o b e Elected
Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and
obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure,
land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism.
European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of
economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path
to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport;
industrial policy; current membership negotiations.
lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of
domestic and international policies, lnternational monetary cooperation.
lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques
and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof
economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid
policies; exchange rate policies.
Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in
the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and
forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the
impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the
performance of monetary policy.
54/Business Administration
Mirror: 6 courses, i n c l u d i n g Business Administration 101,102, a n d o n e o f 261,373,
379,478; a n d trne nf 262,379,381; a n d Economics 122 a n d 123. O t h e r configurations
f o r t h e Business Administration m i n o r may b e p e r m i t t e d o n consultation w i t h t h e
deparrmcn~chairperson.
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration.
C.P.A. Certification: Graduates w h o wish t o take t h e Certified Public Accountants
{C.P.A.) examination p r i o r to fulfilling t h e e x p e r i ~ n c erequirement must have
corn l e t e d the major in Rusincss A<lministratian-Accounting, taken all accounting
and gusines, law c,,t~rws offered, (uililled the Mathematics-Physics general rollegr.
r e q u i r e m e n t by taking maihematics, and c o m p l e t e d at least 5 courses b u t no1 more
than '12 courses o l related business subjects (Economics, Finance a n d Mathematics).
Students w h o have c o m p l e t e d theabove requirements a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r t h e rules
of ihc Minnesota State Roarrl of Accountancy lo sit for ihc? examinariotr immediately
after graduation.
Notes: Students w h o plan t o major i n t h e department are strongly encouraged t o
select a d e p a r t m e n t adviser as soon as possible, i n o r d e r t o carefully plan t h e i r
program o f study.
I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e courses listed below, these have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r Business
Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research M e t h o d s f o r Economics a n d Business,
C o m p u t e r Simulation f o r Business, I n c o m e Taxes f o r Individuals, C o m p u t e r
Applications, a n d Discrete Event Simulation.
101 Principles of Financial Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
102 Principles of Managerial Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101)
131 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring)
135 lntroduction to Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand)
145 Fundamentals of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control.
The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager. (On Demand)
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall)
261 Fundamentals of Finance
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
I
I
.
,
.
.
."
Business Administration/55
262 lntermediate Accounting I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101,102, Fall)
263 Intermediate Accounting
- II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring)
330 Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research
methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand)
,
340 Personnel Administration
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand)
373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis
on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 261)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
381 Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well asother quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102)
382 Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and
various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Spring 1982-83)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. I n addition the student will
write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken i n Interim only).
430 Marketing
- Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and
decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product
selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand)
440 Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from
service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial
point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
Junior or Senior or #. O n Demand)
478 Investments and Financial Institutions
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides theopportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use
of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods
and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are:
Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis
of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring)
483 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis o n internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting
and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1982)
295, 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings i n the areas of Accounting, Finance o r General
Business. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Economics
Major in Econamics: 8 Eronomics courses {122,123,251,258,454
and three other
upper division); Uusiness Adminis~ration'101. 102, 379; Mat hernat ics 114. Mathematics 373 may he substituted fnr Rusiness Adminisrralian 379. The complete
calculus sequence isvery strongly recomrnencled lor thosc pIanning graduate study
i n cconornics, I n addition, courses In data proccssingantl computer programming
are strongly recommended.
MajorindppliedEconomics: 9Ecnnomicsco~1rses(122,127,251,258,454and445or
453 and t h r r e other upper division); R u s i n ~ s sh d m i n i s r r a ~ i o n101, 102, 379. 479:
Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 ir strotigly
recommcndcd, Mathematics 373 may be suhstiturcd for Uusincss Administrat~on
379. The st~rtlentis slrongly encourag~dto rake other E c ~ n o m i c s c o u r s ~insadditioo
to thosf: listetl above.
Combined Major in Economirs - Business Administration: 5 Ec.anomics courses
(122,123,251, 258 and one upper divrsinn); 6 Business Administration courses (101,
102,261,373,379and one upper division), Courses in data processing and computer
ly
to
programming are highly rccornrncndecl. Tlle student is very ~ ~ r n n gencouraged
take additional corrrscs both in business administration and economics.
Minor: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Honors M a j o r : GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration.
Notes: In a d d i t i o n t o the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d
unrlrr 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Lconomics, History of Economic Thought,
Kesrarch Mrthods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d
1 3 ~ c i s i o n - M a k i n gw i t h Finite Mnrkov Chains.
Economics 120,122 a n d 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics
120 will satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement.
Students w h o Ian t o m a j o r i n t h e d e artment are strongly encouraged t o select a
d e p a r t m e n t a&iser as soon as p o s s i b k i n order t o carefully plan their p r o g r a m o f
study.
120 Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and
Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics.
(Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or
minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should
instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors)
122 Principles of Economics (Macro)
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken in the same term in
order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses.
123 Principles of Economics (Micro)
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics122or 120. Economics122and 123 may be taken
i n either order,or may be taken in thesame term in order forthe student to progress more
rapidly to other courses.
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n economics.
251 Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. (Prereq.: 123)
258 lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
340 Managerial Decision Making
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modcrn techniques of management
science to prepare students to make better husincss and economic decisions. Emphasis is
on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, i n v ~ n t o r ymodels, information
systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bur. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents.
Spring, O n Demand)
370 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
391 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall)
392 Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 Internship Program
Astudent may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization, tn addition, rhe student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
442 Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor asa factor of production; determination of wage collective
bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand)
445 Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and carrespendfngpractices i n business, Among the topics
considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, producrron and rost considerations, and an
analysis of economic problems of relevance to manilgemenr. (Prcrcq.: Econ. 251 or
equivalent or #. Spring, On Demand)
453 Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the
areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122
or equivalent or #. O n Demand)
454 Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, 1983)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides ~lieopportunltyto become lamiliar with sratls~iralresearch methods through use
sf the eleclranrc cornouter. This course srresses the understandtna of statistical methods
and computer prograhming techniques. Thc mawrials to br prw&ted i n the course are:
Computer ProgrammingTechniqucs; Statistical Methotic General Linear Models, Analysis
of Varfancr, etc. (Prereq,: Bus. Ad. 379 or pquivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring)
295,495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Chemistry
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra
Olmsted
Graduation Major in Chernfstr 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353, 361 and one
advanced course which may inc ude Biochemistry; participation in seminar; Physics
121,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and
hysics prerequisites, students shoul cf' plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the
Eerhrnan year and Phyricr 121,122 in the sophomore year.
7:
American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sop omore year).
Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required.
/
Teaching Major: PhysicalScience Emphasis- Chemistry Major: Recommendation
for licensure in Physical Science re uires general chemistry (115,116 or 105,106); 3
courses in earth and life sciences; C emistry 351,352,353,361,362,482,491
(Biology
367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised to consult with the
Education Department early in their planning.
71
Pre-Medlcal Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition,
medical schools expect at least twa courses and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry epartment for assistance in planning a
course program early in thelr college career.
d
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115,for 106and 116, or for 223and
351 or 352.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites,courses that must be completed
before enrolling in the given course. h prerequisite must be completed with a grade
of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These
requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in
registering for the second term.
60/C hemistry
-
-
105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major
i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed Ior sfil(lent5 who need asurvvy of the fundamen~alprinciples olgeneral,organic
anti biological rhemi5try for careers i n allird h r a l ~ hareas such as nitrsing (inr:lurling
A u g s h u r g ' ~ Upprr Division Program), inhalrtion therapy, hrstotechntllo~y, physlral
erluvatirln. and ntlierr. Open also to ~ l u d e n t sIn the humanitlcr and social sciences. rirst
t a r r n , ~ c l ~ e r chemistry
nl
prinril)lcsandan inrrorluction t a n r g a l ~ i chemistry,
r
Secontl term,
nrp,anlc anrl l~iolrrgical chemistry with ~ p p c i a l applications t o human physiological
cheniisfrg. ( 3 I - l i o u r I ~ d ~ e r e2s hours
,
labnr.~tory, This rourw doer not apply toward the
major or mlnor i n chcmisrry. Crrvlii cannot b e earncrl tor hoth Chemistry 109 arvtl 105 o r
I T S nor can rterlii bp ~ a r n c dfor both Che~nisrry110 and 223 or 351, Srereq.. H i ~ school
h
chem~stryw ~ t h l nthe last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring)
115, 116 General Chemistry
A n intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from
inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including
kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 I - h o u r lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school
chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring)
223 Elementary Organic Chemistry
Designed t o present the basic facts and theories of modern organic chemistry within the
time frame of a one-semester course, this course gives students a sound background i n the
reactions and structures of organic molecules. (3one-hour lectures, one 3-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring)
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organlc compounds with sp~clal
cmphasison mechanisms and multlstepsynthesls D e s c r ~ p t ~ vmater~al
e
~ s c o r r ~ l a ~hy
c rmeansol
l
mocl~rn
r h ~ o r ~ of
e schem~cal
bonds, energy-relat~ons,and reactor mechanism; many applicatrnnr of orEanlc chem~stry
to blologlcal, environmental and ~ndustrlalIrelrls. (3 onr-hour lectures, one 4-hour
laboratory Prereq 106 o r 116, 351 Fall, 352, Sprlng)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety ofsamples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106or 116.
Fall)
361, 362 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states o f matter arestudied i n the first semester. Applicationsof these concepts toareas
of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124,
125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory.
Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions.
Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours
lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of
German. Fall)
481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
353, 361, or #. Spring)
482 Advanced Inorganic
Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 361, or #. Spring)
483 Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to
solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules.
Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under
the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to
participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to
participate.
497 Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or
historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding)
62/East Asian Studies
East Asian Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Campus Coordinator)
This major is an Inrer-college, interdepartmental program enabling studcn~sto
acquire a broad kr~owledgeof China and lapan as miijor culrurer anrl to gain a
general command at rhe la~iauae of one country. Tlie three program corn onents
include n incur a n languagr, cu turn1 rpecialization and comparative rluri?cs. Thc
program provides a founrlation for careers in internarional business, government,
teaching and work wirh ~ o e i aagencies,
l
7
This major is available a5 a result nf the cooperation and cross-regisfration
OI
eSt. Catherine
possibilities among Augsburg, I-iamline, Macalester, the C o l l ~ ~
~ n (College
l
of St. 1 hornas.TWO years ol Iapancse language arc offercd each year on
one of ~ h r !ACTC campuses. Chincse (and Japanese) is availnhle through a
contractual arran ernent with the Vniversily o l Minnesota's East Asian Language
Depar~ment.Slut enrs therelore have an opportunity to take courses i n ~ h e s e
languages beyot~dthe first two years.
7
To undertake a comprehensive cultural analysls of Easl Asia, a srltdent may choose
from refateti five-collegp courses i n art, c.coriomics, geogra lhy, government,
history, liierature, philosophy, religion andsociolngy or an~hropong .The emphasis
is on hoth h~itoricsland comprra~iven p p r o a c h ~ iCornparativr
.
stuXe5 i n ~ i u tno1
i~
only contrasrs and simildritier brtwecn China and Japan, bur also cross-cultural
comparisons ol East Asian civilization with Wertrrn or European rivili7arion.
I
Major in East Asian Studies: 4 courses in Ja anese or 4 courses in Chinese; 2
P
introductory History courses; 2 courses in cu tural specialization or comparative
studies; 1 seminar, independent studies course, or internship. Students are advised
to conrult with rhe coordinator in planning this major.
d
Minor in East Asian Studies: 2 courses in either Chinese or Japanese or equivalent
competencies); 1course in Introductory History of East Asia; 1 upper ivision course
in cultural specialization (China or Japan); 1 other course from approved list of
electives.
- ---
Economics
See Business Administration and Economics
Education
Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar
Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton
Ai~gsburgCoIlcge offers rugrams leading to licensure in Elementary Education,
Kindcrgar~cn,Early C h i ~ d R o d and
,
Secondary Education. I-iccnrurr programs for
s ~ c o n d d r yeducation are offered in Art, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Life Sciencc, Mathcmatlcs, Miislc, Norwr.gian, Physical
Education, Physical Sciencc, Physics, Social Scicncc, Spilnish, Speech and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing ro become licenscd teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure r~quirements.Fnr studenrs transf~rringto
Augshurg Collcge from other institutions o f higher education, it is within the
jurisdictinn of the Edtlcdlian D~parrmentand/or other appropriatc departrncnts to
asr
deterrninc essefrtial ~quivalencyof course content takrn a! other ~ n s r i ~ u t i o n
applirable lo requiwmcntso!'the approved teacher education program at Augshurg
College.
Orientarton to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of
Teaching Reading a r e open to a l l students o f sophomort. 5tanding or abovc. To
enroll i n other education raurse5, astudent must tirst apply and bp admir~edlo the
tcactirr erlucation program. Sfurien IS are aclvisecj lo apply for atl~nissionin rhe
spring semester of thp sophomore year, during or after the Orientation coursc,
S t u d ~ n ~transferring
s
from an education program at anuther rollege must be
readmissible lo that program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Major and Licensure Requirements: Mlnimurn of 8.5 education courses (255, 351,
383. and two orofessional semesters): Health Education 914.115:
. . Librarv Sciencr?.341.
358; ~ c a d e m l cminor (major recommendecl): CPA o l ~ ~ a v e r aand
l l 2.i i n major and
minor; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A R 3.041 i n Human Relations. The
first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
(Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional rading
system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482and e7ectiver
(483, 484, 478, 499).
Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus
Educ. 385 and student teacRing at the Kindergarten level.
Early Childhood Education
Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator)
License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych.
351; Educ.325,425.483or484 (160 hoursof student teachin ). Toran Early Childhood
license wirh other than a n education major, consult with r e -program coordinator.
7,
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Secondary Education)
325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education
Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her
life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and
other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading
at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring)
381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in
352, 353. Spring)
382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall)
384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
425 Early Childhood Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsandtwo hours per
week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
481,482 Student Teaching I
Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels
under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to
student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring)
483,484 Student Teaching II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring)
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the
elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education studcnts arr advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requiremenrs for teauhcr liccnsure. Thisconsultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field
adviser.
licensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for
admittance and acceptdnce Into rhe Departmcnr of Edi~cationteacher licenst~fe
program. This may be madc hrfare, concurrently or aftcr the Orientation course.
Application farms arcavailabl~
in the Edi~cationDepartment officc. Before applying
for admission, students slioulrl receive dpproval from the d~parrmcntor divirion of
their rleclarcd major. A student
take education courses aficr thc Orientation
course only if he or she has been a rn~rteclinto thp program of the Departmenl nf
Education; ( 2 ) GPA of 2.0 overall and 4 1 least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for
admittance and acceptance into studen1 teaching; (4) Complelion of Minnesota
13oarrl of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human R ~ l a t l o n ~ l h r o uAugshurg's
gl~
Education
< Ion
program; (5) 5ut:ccssful completion of tllc required courses o l rhe edtlc7t'
program: Psychology 105: Elctllth Education 114, 115; Education 265, 354,308,478,
special r n c t h ~ t l in
s (lie area of the student'^ major, and a minimum of two ar three
courses in sludrnt traching as reqi~ired.
my
Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools:
( t h r o u g h thc Augsburg Col[p.gp Eduration Dcpartrnent Program): (1) 13.A. o r B.S.
degree; (2) Collegc major in a teaching area; (3) Fulflll Minnesota Board of Teaching
5 M C A H 3.047 in Human Relations (sucrer;sful complerion of A u g ~ b u r gEducation
program meets requirement); 4) Psychology 105; (5) Henlth Educi~tion1'14,115; (6)
Successful completion of Augs )urg Eclucation Program courses.
1
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of rhesc a r r a s follows the srtondary ~ r l u c a t i o nprogram cven though heor she
plans to teach a! the clemrntary school level. h person with a major in oneof these
special areas wrll take three rourses in sturrcnt teaching ant1 do some studcnt
teaching a1 110th the secanrrary and elementary levels. In adtlition ro Educ. 354, rhe
art majorwill r r g i s t ~for
r Educ. 361,362; the Physical Cducation major for Educ. 365;
and (he music m i l j ~ rlor ECIUC.
373.
The Professional Term: Student Tcaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in
one lull-rirne lerm in professional education. Special afternuon and/or evening
seminars arc held during tlie term as part of the profcssianal work. Astudent taking
two courses in student teaching may elect to takc one coursp in lnde cndent Study.
All sluclen~rare expected to be involved full-tlmc in iheactivitierof
term.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 lntroduction to Special Education
lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and
educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD and ED and giftedness. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary (1/2 course)
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265)
Noteon Special Methods Courses: With the general m e t h o d o l o g y course, o n e o r
more education courses in special methods must he taken f r o m t h e department o f
the major field. Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or c o n c u r r e n t w i t h 354. Courses
363, 365, 373 an 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.)
d
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school.
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the
Foreign Language Department.)
373 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
Library Science/67
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
410 Health Methods
(See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention
to urban education, Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.:
senior standing)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the
approval of education faculty.
Library Science
Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, Boyd Koehler,
JamesOlson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith
Minor: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475.
245 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing.
Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective
audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Services in the Library
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information
and use libraries effectively. (Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library
situations in the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to
their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
tngineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of
Engineering and Appliecl Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical
University (Houghtun, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will ena ]lea
student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augshurg College and an
en ineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Techno ogical University in a five-year period.
P
k
The first three ears are spent at Au sburg followed by two years a t the affiliated
university. s t u b n t s accepted into t e program are guaranteed admirrion to the
en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average,
an! are recommended by a designned representative of Augsburg College.
R
Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be
encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing
support.Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance
as criteria.
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Three-Two Plan: Math 124,
125,224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,116; Computer Science 245; English
111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses a t Augsburg. Normally Math 124,125 and Physics 121,122 are taken in the
freshman year,
Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser is encouraged.
English
Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni
Clark, John Gidmark, Joanne Karvonen, John Mitchell, Crier Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood
Major: 9 English courses above 711, including 225; one course in American
literature; onc course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in
Briii~h
literature, one on iiterature before1660 (for exarnp!e,331 or438) and onethat
surveys a number of writerr; (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged ro take En lish
245 early in thcir collegework and to roniult t h ~ i r d e ~ a r t r n e n tadviser
nl
regulaj A
i l u d ~ with
n ~ a double major or 5 ecial program ,hat involver conriderable w o r t i n
(he English department should
work closely wiih an adviser in the department.
a10
Major for Secondary Teaching: 10 English courses, including those listed for the
major and a course in the English Ian uage; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,
354 or 355 and ather 360 or 365: Lkrary Science 475. Courses in early American
literature, Shakes eare and fllm are recommended, I n addition to fielcl experience
and student tracging rcquircd by the Department of Education, rnajarr will be
required to gain ractical experir;ncc in teaching writing, to be arranged through
t h e department cfairDerron. slvdenlr arc cneoura~edto rake courser toward ihrlir
ma'or during ~hefreshtnanand saphomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education
in tke tall term of the so~hornore
y e a r and ao~lvforteacher education not later ~ h a n
the fall of [heir junior iear. 317 adrfition to 'p'lanninR their courscs with the Englisli
departmen1 chairperson, sturlents should consult an adviser in the Department o f
Education.
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing
course.
Honors Major: CPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to
department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program.
Noleon Concentration: I n addition to meeting requirements for the major, English
majors may, if they wish, develop a n area of ernphasis,such as British cancentration,
American concehtration, world literdture concentration, or writing tonccntration.
k student arranges a concentration by careful scleaian of electives in the major, by
the design o l an independent study course that applies to the concentrarion, and by
the selection of some relaled courses outside the department. English majors should
work closely with their advisers in developing a concenrrazion. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses a t other hCTC schools will often f i t well into a
concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: English Illis strongly recommended but not a prerequisite
for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is
successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the
instructor.
101 Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as
needing nddltfnnal preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be
given. Studentr will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and
thought. P I N grading only.
111 Effective Writing
Thestudy of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either
P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class
the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized.
Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq.: 111 or equivalent, Spring)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include
identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis.
Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the
course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course Is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models,
theories, and criticism, wrltlng rn narrativrand poetic modes of expression. Short stories,
personal narratives, anti porrns may be selected by students for experimentation and
development, according to the student's prefer~nce.[Fall)
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news
feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what
constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and
imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on
the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester,
attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and
stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artisticqualities and the historical development of the film medium.
The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films.
(Spring)
245 lntroduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American literature.
261 Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
271 European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman li!eraturt.,forexample theepicsof Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles,and Euripid~s,rhecamediesof Aristophanes
o he stt~dleclas a work i n which the
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dantp'r I n f ~ r r ~will
Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on
later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern
period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky.
(Spring)
331 Chaucer and His Age
While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention
will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry,
romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out ofwhichMilton created his workswill beexamined. (Alternateyears,1981-82)
336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets
to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major wrfters of the ninctcenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poelry, Victorfan prose and two or three novel5 of the period. Kelationships
among these writers and their influenceon oneanother will beemphasizedas wellas their
relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution 10the forms of poetry and
prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature.
366 Poetry
Study of the poem as a concentratetl, esthetic form of human expression and experience.
The course emphasizes modern American and British poelry, but also includes a generous
selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in Engllsh and in translation from
selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods,
themes, and techniques is represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry
and modern poetry is examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82)
368 Modern Drama
Significant worksof American, British, and continental dramatistsof thetwentieth century,
with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism,
Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and
minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus
internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
72/Foreign Languages
P
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from i t s eighteenth century
beginnings up 10 the rwenricth century. Novels studird will be selected Irom the works ol
surh authors ar Dcfoe, Richardson, Fjelding, Sterne, husten, Dickrns, Bronte, Thackeray,
Ellot, Hardy,and butler. Allention will be given to the tondirions contributing to the riseof
rhe nnvel and i t s emergcncc by the twentieth century as the dominant literary Inrm,
(Alternate years, 1982-83)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten ortwelve major plays- comedies, histories, tragedies- with attention to the
development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis.
490,491 English Seminar
Course490, a theme or movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (On demand)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of
Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley,
William Oyler, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald
Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited to
their level of preparation.
Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or
equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of language study; 311, four years or
more of that language.
Students should arran e for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a
course above t h e leve determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with
satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112, 212, o r 311.
k
Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they arc placed by the
I.angua~eDeparlrnent may do so, but grading for such a course must bc I'/N only.
The language requirrment wit1 be satisfied only by completion of the course in
which the studer~rwasoriginally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be
traditional.
For majors, a m i n i m u m of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s
required for graduation. A maxinlurn of four upper division non-Augshurgcourses
may be accepted. N o fewer than t w o of these four courses should br taken abroad.
For minors, a m i n i m u m of t w o upper division courses at Augsburg College is
reauired for graduation.
Chinese, French/73
For transfer students intending t o major o r minor, a minimum of one upper division
credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits o n nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite t o all upper division courses.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German, Norwegian and
Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specificinformntion;tnd
enrollment i n the rogram. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offwings
and should be taren in the fall of the senior ..I(. A 3.0 avcragp in ArIvancrrI
Conservation and Composition is a departmcnfnYrrquiremrnr for icaci~ingr n ~ j o r r .
Licensure requires successful completion of thc Modern Languagc Associalion
Competency Exam.
Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must ap ly early in the senior
year. Requircrncntr: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 CPA overal;, and honors thesis
demonstraring abiliiy i n independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East
Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator.
French
Major: 8 courses above 212, including t w o in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study i n
France strongly recommended.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and one i n literature. Interim o r summer of study i n France strongly
recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
011 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand)
111 Beginning French
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught
to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement.
112 Beginning French
For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two
hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 lntermediate French
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in
communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those
who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall)
212 lntermediate French
Through informative and controversial articles, interviewsand literary readings, thiscourse
works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of
sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French Ilterature read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading ant1 classdisct1s5ion,stutlrn1~
become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical sijinificanc~ol these works. Sophomore standing.
Does not count toward a French rnaior or minor. {Offeredo n Demand)
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy,
and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements,
effective organization of idpas. I-aborstnry assignments. Post-intermediate level. A
prerequisite to other upper dlvision courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression i n speaking and writing.
Altpntion to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for
business and p ~ r s o n ause.
l
French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of
wrilren models. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand)
331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, politica1,social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literarystudies, A theoretical component [in Enfilish) treats the basic
principles of literature, IEterary gsrwes, ant1 dilfcrvnt approacher to l l t ~ r a r yanalysis. In the
practical component, studenrs apply t h r rlcvncnts o l theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of rrcnrli li~crature.Recomrncnded lor majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prercq.: 311 or 8 , Offrred on dernanrf)
352 Creativity and Restraint
survey ol thr major lirerary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
rrenrh inrctl~ctual,social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the
essay, heater, early novcl, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports,
and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
n
354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds
A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the
literature of idcas that led tonew forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claude!, Apollinairr, elc) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 317 or P. Ofrered alternate years)
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level.
Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and
self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
Demand)
450 French Seminar
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th
Century literature, poetry). Student presentations in French. (See also Interim offerings.
Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand)
451 The French Novel
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand)
499 Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature
a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required.
Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser.)
German
Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e j .
Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n
311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly recommended:
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had
111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic
skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals:
ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
211, 212 Intermediate German
For students wltll ~ w oterms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basir < k ~ l into
l \ working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructures with
emphasison rxtrriding range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and
discussinn o l rna~ertakrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall;
212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular
context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to
perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or
minor. (On Demand)
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is
supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples frnln llie prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1643),withempfiasisonthe impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergenceof
German cultural sell-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
332 German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s
considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history
of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practlce of I~terarys~urhes.A theor~licnlcomponenl(in fnglislr) treats the basic
to lrtrrary analyst<. I n I ~ P
prlnc~plesof Ilterature, iitcrary gerlres, anti rllffrrelit apy>rt>arh~\
practical component, s~udcntsapply ~ l r rlcrnenrs
r
uf thcory through readrng, annly/irig
and dlscuss~ngselected wnrksolGrrman I ~ t ~ t a t u rRecommenderl
e.
lor majorstrid minors.
Open to all quallfled stutlrn~s.(Prrrecl.: 311 or G , Offpretl on Demarid)
351 German Literature through 18th Century
Brief curvcy nf heroic, cour~ly,K ~ l o r r n a ~ i o Baroque,
n,
hulklarung and Sturm und Drang
lilerarure. Exlrn<ivcreadin~santlcliscu~slonrin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, wpplcrncnted by l r c t u r ~
011~ the history of German literature in its cultural and
genlioliticai corilent. Claw dlscusslarrs help to tml~tove\tutlrnts' abillty to express ideas In
German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. On Dernt~ntl)
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of
the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express
themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature
are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are
A--:---^I
.-
-:A
r+..^I--e.r
-un.-eccn,
.
.
Cnrrnxn I D r n r o n
. '411 n r ft
nn
nPmand\
Greek, Japanese, Linguistics/77
411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
451 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
499 Independent Study
Creek
See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration in cooperation
with Macalester College.
111,112 Beginning Greek
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours
preparation per week required.)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to
literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups
according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through
reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the language.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #.
Offered on demand)
Japanese
Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East
Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator for more information.
Linguistics
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the
mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying
samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand
minors. (Fall)
311 Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic
research with the aim of illuminating underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational
criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with
those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication
theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of
traditional grammar. (On Demand)
Norwegian
M a j o r : 8 courses above 211, including 311,312,331,350,353,411, and 499, and one
Scandinavian literature course. lnterim or summer in Norway recommended.
M i n o r : 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-com osition, one in
cP
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroa encouraged.
R e c o m m e n d e d Supporting Preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign langu-
age, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies.
111, 112 Beginning Norwegian
lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stresson spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory workexpected. (111, Fall; 112,
Spring)
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises.
Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.)
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languagesof Norway. Some laboratory work and field
experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.)
312 Old Norse
An introduction to the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from
Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of
four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as
possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous
population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian
language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)treats the basic
principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered on demand)
Russian, Spanish/79
353 Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given to writings i n the Nynorsk language,
particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reportsare in Norwegian. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Russian
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area StuJies Program, which re uires two
years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus coorjinator.
111, 112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral
classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance
with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab.
Spanish
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354.
(Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended)
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian
civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting
courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course (111, Fall; 112, Spring)
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic
structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed
for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class
discussion i n English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and
cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward
a major or minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand)
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and
facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper-division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basiccommand of writing and speaking skills i n Spanish
and w i ~ hto expand rhem. Intensive practice fa improvc oral and written expression with
emphaqis on conversational facility, stressing itflornaric usage and the finer points of
grammar. R e a d i n ~ sto stimulate discussion ant1 hroatlen cultural background from
contemporary literary texts and magazinr articles. Conducted i n Spanish. ( O n Demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian
civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212,with #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of litcrary studies. A rhearciirnl component (in English) treats the basic
principles of Ilterature, litcrary genres, and different approaches lo literary ~nalysis.In the
[ h etheory thrclugh rcading,analyz~ng,and d i s c u s s ~ n ~
practical comporr~ni.sl~~rienrsap~~ly
selected works of l i t e r a ~ i ~ In
r e Spanisli, R ~ c o r n m r n d ~for
t l ma]c~r<
and mrnors. Open to all
q u a l ~ f e dstudents. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Offered on demand)
352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures o n the
literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written
and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction t o Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral
reports i n the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand)
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis o n increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Alternate years)
456 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the M o d e r n Period. (Prereq.: O n e survey
course. O n demand)
457 Spanish Novel
Study o f the outstanding novelists o f the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral
and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Geography, Health Education/81
Geography
Paul Grauer
114 Human Geography
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the
distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment.
Health and Physical Education
Richard Borstad (Chairperson), James Agre, Ernest Anderson, Rolf Eriksen, Paul
Grauer, Rees Johnson, Al Klopp~n,D o u g Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson,
M a r i l y n Pearson, R o n a l d P e t r ~ r h ,Joyce Pfaff, Denise Rivet, William Ross, Edwin
Saugestad, Jeff Swrnson, M a r y 'rirn~n
Health Education
Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;
SOC. 231, 241.
Biol. 103,108,111; Chem. 105 o r 109; Psych. 105;
Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 355 and Educ.
sequence for teaching license.
Minor: 110, 114,115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231
110 Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
114 Safety Education (1/2 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
American Red Cross First Aid course.
115 Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major
sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and
organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs.
(Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical
education. (Spring)
82/Physical Education
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases,school health services,and relationshipstocommunity
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physical Education
Major: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475; Biol.
103.
Teaching Ma'or: H.Ed. 114,115, 354,355; P.E. 223,231,232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,
472, 474; Bio! 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Maior with Specialization In Correctfve Tlrerapy : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223,
231,232,243,350,35'1,365,471,472,474,475,405,487,431,493;
Professional Affilialion
Rlock495-496-497-499; Riol. 703; 1)sycholo y 105,355,362. All C.T. specialists must be
accept~clby the e d ~ ~ c a ~rjepartmenl
ion
or teaching and student tcachin i n an
udapled sitt,a,ion. Ap rovsl rnur, he secured hy rhe cmrrcrlivp lherapy ranrfinator.
(This program is penrgnR approvn l of the ACT* accrediialion con~rnitler.Courrc
adclitions and/or dclr!ions may he necessary.)
f
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department
chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243.
Coaching Endorsement: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and
practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching
requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment i n Minnesota
high school5 are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102, 103 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No
course credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, non-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course)
This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school
setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling,
outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some
weekends participating in these activities. (Spring, even # years)
Physical Education/83
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles
applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring)
254 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-2)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 Modern Dance (1/2 course)
An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration
of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary.
(Interim)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
471 Physical Education Programming
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.:
243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to
junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined
by pre-test. Fall)
475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term)
476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coachingfootball. (1/2 course. Fall, 1st half
of term, odd # years)
477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim,odd # years)
478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd #years)
479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coaching track and field. (Spring,2nd half
of term, odd #years)
480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring,
2nd half of term, odd years)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd # years)
485 Applied Adapted Activities
Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only)
487 Neurology and Pathology
A basic introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. (Summer
School only)
491 Therapeutic Exercise
A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354 Summer
school only)
493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy
ACTA organization, by-laws, administrative guidelines, and history; North Central Chapter
organization, administrative guidelines, and history; construction of a CT treatment clinic,
ordering and maintaining equipment; public relations; employment procedures; and
professional ethics. (Summer School only)
495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required, lncludes actual hospital experience in four areas
of corrective therapy: (1)Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation.
Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of
department.)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior
majors.
History
Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen,
Richard Nelson
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Major for Teaching: The history major may be part of the preparation for
certification for social studies teaching on the secondary level. See Social Studies for
details.
Minor: 5 courses, at least three o f w h i c h must b e u p p e r division.
Honors Major: CPA of 3.6 in the inajar and 3.0averall; except i n special instances,
h c icrm or t h r junior year; t w o years o f a f o r e i g n
application I-rclare lhr ~ n t l f l ~ l firs1
3
1
r c o l l r g c level (or i t s ecluiv;llrnt); an honors thesis (equal t o o n e
language at 1
course credit) lo hu dcfcndcd before a ( ~ c u l l ycommittee.
Notes: Freshmen should e n r o l l i n o n e o r m o r e o f t h e History 101-104 courses.
History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore o r upper division students.
Students are r e q u i r e d t o have at least o n e lower division course before registering
for an u p p e r level course.
There are 16 u p p e r division courses ( n u m b e r e d 300and u p ) i n this department. Five
o r six are o f f e r e d each term, o r 11 p e r year. Offerings d e p e n d u p o n faculty
schedules a n d student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present.
104 The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the
scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member
and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History
332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed.
322 Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area.
A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will
especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of
China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modern Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji
era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban
development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
353 Select Topics in Minnesota History
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and
political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries.
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions.
361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the riseof
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
-
370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the Church and state through thechanges
forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation.
399 Internship in History
A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students
majoring in history. See department chairperson.
412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of
modern constitutionalism is the majorthemeof thecourse. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th
and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the
English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods.
416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century
Thestudy of thiscentury as the most critical period in the riseof the modern state. Emphasis
is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history.
The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714.
431 European Urban History
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of
cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic
cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and
those who desire a background to enrich future travel.
440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler'sfascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe,and Africa in the
last fifty years.
l nternational Relations/87
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life
of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration.
474 The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century.
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor.
499 lndependent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged to apply for
directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
International Relations
Norma C. Noonan (Coordinator)
Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: Economics 122 or 123; History 103 or 104,
332; Political Science 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a
modern foreign language.
(2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be
counted toward I he major): History 322,323,324,440,474; PoIiticalScience 350,351,
381, 382; Sociology 24'1; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Comparative Economic
Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade;
seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the
discipline of economics, hissary and/or political science; the fourth term of collcge
work in a second modern language.
Note: Only the fourth term of langua es counts toward the major; prere uisite
courses or competencies are assumef, but cannot be credited toward %e 14
required courses.
Mathematics
/Computer Science
Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad
Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 315, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124,125,224. For a teaching m i n o r t h e t w o additional
courses must b e selected f r o m 215,314,351, 373,441.
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination, Program must b e submitted t o department d u r i n g first t e r m o f j u n i o r
year, and must i n c l u d e advanced study i n areas o f Analysis, Algebra, Topology, a n d
Mathematics-Education.
104 Basic Mathematics
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and ra~ionalexprcssionr; algebraic processes including factoring;
solvina equarions and inequalities In one variable, including linear ant1 quadratic; and
graphs of linear and quadratic equations anti linear inequalities in two varlahles. Docs not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education
requirement in mathematics.
114 Introduction to College Algebra and Trigonometry
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor
i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with
consent of instructor.
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who
have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring)
124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111
Topics of the elementsof plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and
integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (124,
Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 Mathematics for the Arts
An introduction to the structure of mathematical systemsand mathematical modelswhich
have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not
intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Fall)
211 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
215 Elementary Linear Algebra
Astudy of systems of linear equations, determinants,vectorspaces, linear transformations,
and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Computer Science/89
242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics
The structureof mathematics underlying arithmeticand geometry. Emphasis is placed on
the tndt~ctlvetechniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathemarics uurric~lla.Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.:
Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 lntroduction to Modern Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324,325 Advanced Calculus I, II
Astudy of the fundamental concepts of calculusfor functionsof several variables including
the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions,
improper integrals,differential formsand manifolds,and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324,
Spring; 325, Fall)
351 Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods with projective axiomsas a basis. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1982
and alternate years)
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and
densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
441 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314,
324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983. Offered alternate years)
481 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or # Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science Courses
145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming
An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Programming in PASCAL or BASIC. Primarily for students in non-science
areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics.
245 lntroduction to Scientific Computer Programming
A n iniraduttinn to carnprltrr languages and methods. Techniques studied include
Ilowcharts, alaorithrns, data representation and manipulatinn, hardware rt?gister operattons.antl ronjpllter organiration. Programming in machine languagt*,as~emt)lylanguage,
and FORTRAN or PASCAL. Examples and applications primarily from scicnce areas. Does
not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Math 125 or #. Fall)
90/Medical Technology, Metro-Urban
355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods
h sri~dyof rnethntls uscd to solve probtcms on computers. Analysis of cornputatlonal
problemsanrl dpvclopment of al~orithmsfor their solu~ions,application of a pracedurro r i ~ r i t ~prngrilnlming
cl
languagr in numerical analy~~s.
Topin tncluric error analysis, the
a ~ n r r a concepl
l
of ill*rativc%
formutas, soh~tionof equatinns, Nrwton's methocl, linear
4yrterns, int~rlrolatlon,numerical rlit(~rcntiat~on
ant1 integration. Credit may be granted
toward a ma~tiematic~
rnajtrr or mlnur. (Prereq.: C.S. 245 ant! Math. 224 ur concurrent
registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
Neal 0 .Thorpe (Adviser)
This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or
Abbott-Northwestern Hospital.
Specific recommend~dcourses vary to sorneextrnt depending on the hospital with
which the student plans to affiliat~.I t is important to work closely with the Medical
Tcclinolo y adviser, hugsburg Collcgcdnes not guarantee that all students will be
accepted% the hospitals for thc 12-month internship. Students must negotiate
dirprlly wit{ he hos,~italsinvolved.
Students transferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalent should expect to s cncflwa yearsat hugsburg before participating in the
internship year. The Medica Technology major is nut clesigned for persons who
already have the baccalaureate degrcc from ano~herinstitution.
P
Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103
(or 121,122); one math course; one course in immunology.
Metro-Urban Studies
Garry W. Hesser (Director)
Major: 15 courscs including 10 care requirements: Economics 123: Political Scicncc
722; History 431; Sociology 111, 381: Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Poli~ical
Sctcnce 384 or Snriology 363: a minimum of one coursc of in~ernshipor
independent study; two non-social science courses w i t h an urban emphnsir,at least
one of which must be in !FIP hurnarlitirs (currenl options i n c l u d ~ Art
: 102, Religion
354, English 351, Speech 34.2, Physics 103,111, Biology 101,105).
To complete the major, the student has a choice among threc emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberaI Arts. These fiveelective courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide varicty of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges. as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
Metro-Urban Studies/91
Minor: To be linked with a propriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psyc~ology,
religion, sociolog,y, speech). Core courser arc
required for the concentration: Economics 120; Politica Sc~cncc122; Sociology 171,
381; an a proved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or
indepenBent study.
399 lnternship
-
Metropolitan Resources
498 lndependent Study
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed
i n consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member.
499 lndependent Study
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are
government and institution publications, journal articles and books.
359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various
fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography,
government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 Internship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
499 lndependent Study (Optional)
lndependent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation
with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related
to subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Students are placed I n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on
proficiency. Inslruction ernphasires conversational vocabulary to support student course
work and daily living in Oslo. A n orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society
is coordinated wirli ~ h c
language instruction.
92/Metro-Urban Studies
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian
cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 Urban Planning
- in Scandinavia
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the
Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
499 lndependent Study
I n consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon
urbanization and development in the Third World.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and
visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City
Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor i n Bogota, with
field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of
barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent
study.
382 Field Experience
383 Field Seminar: San Francisco
499 lndependent Study
Music
t , L. Flcming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand.
Mar are1 Brand, Laine Bryce, Edgar E. Eklof, Robert Fornandcr, M i c h a ~Fraxier,
l
5repfen Cabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coctr, Katherine Hcnnig, lamer D.
johnson, Robcrt KarIPn, Diane Kennelly. Merilre Klemp, Nic-holaq I-enz, Cynthia
Mclson, Roherta Mctzler, Ccleste O'Bricn, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma
Small, George Stahl, Daniel Stt~rm,Larry Tallman, lames ten Bcns~I,~ a uThomas,
l
David Tubergen, Mary Wilson
Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to
the Music Faculty for acce tance into the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of t f e sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
Bachelor of Arts Degree
Major: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350or 476; 354or 355; 365 or 375; 457,458;
4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance.
Teaching Major: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,
355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education.
Minor: 5 courses, 101, 702, 260 or 261, 457 or 458 and elective: 2 years nf
Performance Studies; 2 years In music ensembles: piano proficiency and 2 music
rcpcrtoirc tests; attendance at all Performance Workshops during tlie years of
Performance Studies and 50% of desi nateci recitals. Those wishing 10 minor in
music should rlectarp their intent by ehc end of their sophomore year, or at the*
camplction of Thcory 1112,
Bachelor of Music Degree
Major: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus350,457,458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,
499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2
years, and junior and senior recitals. Bachelor of Music students are required to
study the French or German language lor a t least 1 year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of Science Degree
Major in Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476,354, 355 or
365,457 or 450; 3 years of performance studies including at leas^ one term of voice;
Music Thcrapy 360, 382, 383, 3'35, 393, 435, 495. Other requirements: Biology 103,
Eciucation 282; 2 Physical Erlucatio~i(232and 373 recommen(leci); 3 Psychology ancl 7
Saciology, includin Psych. 105, 362 and Psych. 264 or Soc. 362 (Recommended
courser include ~ryJ1.2~4,31,J52.355,35h,357and
Soc. Ill,
lZT,231,241,362,375);
7 Speech (176 rccommcnded); Music reciral or music therapy presentation during
t h senior
~
year.
This major normally requires four and one-half years for corn IetIon, with
internship afler four ycarr of academic preparation. Students ncpBto r ply for
intcrnrhip sites ninr months in advance of rtarllng dale. Students may ncecf'to reek
internship placements in other states, since the number of sites in Minncsota IS
limited. Upori satisfactory cornplerion ofthe program, tliestudent iseligible to apply
fnr r r r t i f i r s ~ i n n / r ~ ~ i c t r a t iwith
nn
I
~
N;lrinnal
P
A c c n r i ~ t i n nf a r M l ~ c r r~ h a r a n v I n r
radiratlon honors In music If they (1)
provldc leadership in: rhe promotion of hi^ er music performancestandards within
the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at conccrts
bath o n and o f f campus; thc performing organizations; the creation anriJor
promotion of smaller performin cnsem bles; ( 2 ) have earr~eda GPA of at least 3.3 i n
music courses; and (3) apply for I%P Honors
.
Program at the beginning of t h e s e c o ~ ~ d
term of the junior year.
Honors Maior: Students may qualify for
1
Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble
of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before
a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its
defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality.
Core Curriculum: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; perform in ensembles for 4 years; attend 75'lr;of
designated recitals every year; participate in Performance Workshop each year of
Performance Studies; and pass a piano proficiency test and 3 music r r p e r t o i r ~tests.
Performance Worksho and Recital Requirements: A t t ~ n d a n ca~t Performance
Workshop and 75% oi&rignated recitals ir r c q u i r ~ rof
l music majors. Music minors
musl attcnd 50'X of rlesipnated recitals as well as all Ikrformanre Workshops tiuring
Ihe yearsof l l ~ ~Pertarnlance
ir
5tucfirs. All music majors and minors must rcgister for
Pcrfwrmance Workstlap. A recital in thcir area of Performance concentration is
requircd of majors tiuring either the 'unior or senior year, A music therapy major
may r u b i r i ~ u r e
rl senior plerentation lor thc rrcitai requirement. Junior and rcnior
recitalr i n t he area of Performance Studies concent ratinn is requircd of R~chelorsof
Music.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
Music Lessons: During the junior and senior years, a student who has been
accepted by the department as a Music Major receives required lessons in the area
of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits
earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour
lessons.
Transfer Students in Music: A junior Or senior student transferring to Au sburg
College as a music major rnua take a placement tcrt in rnuric theory Relore
regisiratiwn. Application lor acceptance into a music program shoutd Ire madeat the
end of the student's first term a t Augshurg, after passing the piano proficiency test.
Transfer students will not qualify far frec private instruction without at least one
term of residency a t kugsburg College,
101,102,223,224 Theory
Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224,
Spring)
230 Introduction to the Fine Arts
The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and theother fine arts.
For the non-music major. (Fall)
260 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring)
325 Scandinavian Music
I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is
offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand
music majors. (Fall)
331 Diction for Singers
(Spring, alternate years)
330 Vocal Repertoire
A historical survey of solovocal literature from 1600to the present. Thestudy includes such
aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring)
350 Choral Technique and Arranging
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 lnstrumental Technique
Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 lnstrumental Technique
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 Music of the Western Church
Development and influenceof the musicof the Christian church. Designed forthegeneral
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring)
440 Advanced Musicianship
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and
history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
457 Conducting
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 Conducting
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
476 Orchestration
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. (Fall)
96/Music Therapy
488,489 Piano Teaching Methods
Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course
credit.
499 Independent Study
Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty.
Music Therapy
110 Introduction to Music Therapy
A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music
therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is
used as a therapy. (Interim)
360 Therapeutic Recreational Music
Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational music activities
to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work.
382 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project.
383 Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical
setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for
Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is
necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made
nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
435 Music in Therapy
The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded,
and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
495 Practicum in Music Therapy
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit.
Music Workshops, Recitals, Performance Studies
Performance Workshops: An informal setting for student performances, seminars,
and guest lecture demonstrations.
Recitals: Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and
acquaint students with all aspects of preparation and presentation of a quality
performance. To fulfill their performance requirement, music students must
register for Junior Recital or Senior Recital for the term of rhrir recital.
Performancestudies: Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students.
Piano-Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in Iano laken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may
beapplie toward the music major ar minor. Class lessons in pianoare available for
students majoring in voice or another instrument.
S
Organ - Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice - Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, interpretation, flexibility, ear training as needed. Class instruction in voice available for
students majoring on a keyboard instrument, band or orchestral instrument.
-
Guitar
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Class
lessons in guitar available for students majoring in voice or another instrument.
-
Orchestral and Band Instruments
Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion
Instruments: Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
Music Organizations
The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity
for musical expression.
Augsburg Choir
Wind Ensemble
Chamber Orchestra
(Membership by audition)
Brass Ensemble
Chorale
Jazz Ensemble
Percussion Ensemble
String Ensemble
Woodwind Ensemble
98/Natural Science
Natural Science
Earl R. Alton (Coordinator)
Ma'or for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492,
and two upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 351, 352, and
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122or 124and 125; Physics
121, 122.
This major is presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish LO take a
major which provides the science courses necessary and recomm~ncletlfor
admission to most m ~ d i c aschools,
l
including t h e University of Minnesota Mcdical
School. and also permilsa numbcr olelectivrs. The student should choose elpctivrs
carefully, keeping in mind thespecific rcquirementsof tlie medical schools to which
hc or she intends to apply. Early ca~isultation with a premedical adviqer is
recommended.
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the liccnsur~program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend
cantlirlates in Lifc Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical
Scicncc, Chemistry major or Physics major, rades 7-12; Chemistry minor), grades
7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and M i d le School Science, gra es 5-9.
d
!
All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Base courses and in
addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle
School Emphasis.
Thc program of courses is designed ta provide a broad, basic background in science
and allow for specialization in an area. Xhp following pro rams assulne that the
student will mept tlie general education requirements of t (; college and, in the
pliysical science, have at Least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of
Education for rcquirementr, in Education. Early cans~~ltation
with ~ d v i s e ris
recommended.
a
&road Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 in Life
S c i ~ n (Riology
r~
111,112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122and Chemistry 115,
116 (or l05,106).To njakethe program slightly moreflexible, it is recommended that
students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122.
Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate (Chemistry 223); 7 Biology courses,
including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or
353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistr seminar,
Chemistry 351, 352,353, 361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, PKysics 245.
Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and
three additional to r e selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363, 481, 486,488.
Note: Candidates ma be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon
corn letion of eit her P ysical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science
EmpRarir - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach
chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12.
Middle School Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9): 7 courses, 2 in Earth Science (Physics
101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in Life
Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 223,
353; Physics 245).
Certification with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base;
for Chemistry, 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics,
any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base.
Nursing
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Darlene Dommel, Carol Hoffman, Susan Knust,
Nancy Malcolm, JoEttaA. Vernon, Helen Woelfel
Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of
courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology,
microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory
psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited
college or university prior to admission to the nursing major.
In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given
at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing.
Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past
five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work
experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable
equivalent.
Major: 11courses(70coursect~dits)in
nursingincludin 303,304,310,311,325,350,
403, 404, 423,427, and 430: I%ycholo~y
355 completed cfurinp.the first semester of
study in the major; a minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course, a 2.5 GPA i n the
nursing major to progress.from I ~ junior
P
to the senior year, and a cilmulative CPA
of 2.5 a t ihe completion of the courses of study; students i n nursing may pursue
part-t lme study, but arr required to c o m p l e t ~14 courses at Augshur College. The
prcrequiritc r o u r i c r i n rociolo y, psychology. English, chemirfly an%biology listecl
abuve rndy apply toward dirtrigution rcquirerncnts as well as toward admiriion to
the major. Courses in interpersonal cornmunicaiions, meclical crhics ant1 descriptive
statistics are supportive tn lhe major.
Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be corn leted within two
academic years. However, more than two years may be requireBto complete the
total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities.
303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course)
This course is one of the transitional courses that introduces the student t o components of
the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their
applicability t o changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.:
Acceptance into the nursing major)
304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course)
This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional
development. The function of theory i n guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected
nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303)
310 Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses o n systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to
current community health issuesand the practiceof nursing. Clinical application of course
content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue.
(Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major)
311 Community Health Nursing II
This course provides a knowledge base for understanding romrnunily characteristics and
cultural diversity related t o health care. The nurse's role asil generalist and as a member of
the health team i s explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will
demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in pravirling care t n a selected
caseload of clients. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355)
325 Nursing Process
I n thiscourse the student learns approaches t o assessment and the use of assessment tools
i n the nursing process. The student usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and
negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity t o
make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major).
330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse.
Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored i n light of their
implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junior year).
350 Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course.
Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its
applicability t o nursing practice. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance i n t o t h e nursing
major, Math 121 o r a course in descriptive statistics)
403 Contemporary Nursing Ill
This course provftlrsa t h ~ o r ~ t i cbasis
a l for family nursing care. Content includesfamily as a
group, family and grollp rlynarnlcs i n light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration isgiven t o the rrncrging role of the nurse in family health care. (Fall-Senior
year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423)
404 Contemporary Nursing IV
This course relates leadership and management theories and e~nergingprofessional nurse
roles t o primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system
dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advoracy proviclp the basis for role
development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Pr~req.:403. To be taken prior t o
or concurrently with 427)
423 Practicum i n Nursing I
This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 i n providing complex nursing care t o families i n a selected practice setting.
(Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403*)
427 Practicum in Nursing II
This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is
provided t o apply leadership and management theory i n a selected hospital setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403, 423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*)
499 Independent Study
This learning experience providestheopportunity for thestudent tostudy aselected topic
or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior t o registration.
*If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses,
students are required to consult with faculty prior t o registration regarding review of the
theoretical content.
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer
Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,343, and 344.
Minor: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344.
Honors Major: Admission to the Pl~ilosophyHonors pro ram is by r~cornrnendation of the philcmphy faculry. such reromrncndntionr w i l l t e madcat the ~ n ofthe
d
junior year. The program will consist of a n honors thesis on an approved topic of the
student's choicc, involving research alrrov~the course level, and a defenrt of this
thesis before t h r I a c ~ ~ lof
i y t h departmrn~.
~
Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general
education requirement.
110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his o w n set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. O n e reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity t o
examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are t o provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby t o
sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas
and beliefs.
120 Ethics
Sometimes you say thatacertain action i s right or condemn itas wrong. Why d o you think it
is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine
the rules which govern valid argumentsand work to develop your ability to recognize and
construct sound arguments.
241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle
How, when and why did phiiosophy begin? Who were Sor-rates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they belleve? Why did Platn think that t l r physlcal
~
world was not overly
important, and what did he valur7 Wow ditl Arisio!l~,thr srientrst, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will hr considered as ro reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewas a
timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened
the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the
worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.)
343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowledge h g i n ? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really
know about the wt,rld? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy?This course
studies the malor empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Herkcley, Humc). Kant's synthesis
of philosophy, 79th century idealism, and the reaction to idcalism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.)
344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt
with in a study of the major representativesof linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism,
and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.)
350 Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about
him i f hedoes?Can we reconcile thegoodnessof God with human and animal suffering? Is
man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course i n philosophy.)
362 Political Philosophy
As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the relation between the
citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its
laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and
the State?This coursestudies the key conceptsof politics found in the tradition of western
political thought.
365 Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutesscientific knowledge?Are there
certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students
will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.)
370 Existentialism
Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such
themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in
philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and
delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and
euthanasia.
410 Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of
individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific
problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for
credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 241, 242,343, 344, or #.)
430 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242,
343, or #)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Physics
Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, Ted Hanwick, Mark
Engebretson
Major: 9 courses, including 121,122,245,351,362 and 395 plus three courses above
122. In Planning theircoursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of t h r physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,
125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the
sophomore year,
Teaching Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the
Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n inrlependent investigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense of t h e w r i t t e n research report.
Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later t h a n t h e first t e r m o f t h e
senior year.
Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg cha ter o f Society o f Physics Students
providYes students t h e o p ortunities o f m e m b e r s R p i n a national physics society a n d
o f participating i n t h e p ysics c o m m u n i t o n a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n
SPS i s o p e n t o all students interested i n p ysics.
1
K
Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics
h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a
m i n o r i n physics, h a v e a G P A o f 3.0in physicsand overall,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d
o f their class.
101 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures.)
103 Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems,and experimentsareselected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology,
physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science
programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem, algebra. Fall)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will
be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to
discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and
computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory.
(3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified
majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3one-hour lectures,3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Math
124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
245 Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics.Thiscourse
indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
An introduction to the use of electronic instruments and integrated circuit devices. A
review of D.C. and A.C. circuits precedes discussion of semiconductor devices. Study of
analog and digital circuits culminates in the use of microprocessors and applications to
computer interfacing. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, or 103 plus
math. 122 or 125 and #. Spring)
270 Optical Physics
The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a
wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introducation t o the electromagnetic
theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
351, 352 Mechanics I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single
particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Math. 226. 362, Fall; 363,
Spring)
395 Comprehensive Laboratory
An emphasis o n independent laboratory investigations, including participation i n physics
seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics,
electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory
and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. Spring)
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints;
the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential
barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
245, 351, 352. Fall)
488 Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring)
499 Independent Study
A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem in experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniorsand
seniors with departmental approval.
106/PoIiticaI Science
-
Political Science
M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Barbara Richards-Haugen, Myles
Stenshoel
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r
170; 158; 384; a n d at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science
Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d for that area.
Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n : 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division
7
courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Politica Science Areas.
Honcrs Major: The H o n o r s M a j o r i n Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, lus thc f o l l o w i n g : The student's gradp-point average must bc 3.5 i n
Ihr major anA.0 overall. ~hestudenfrnurl take an H o n o r s fn<irpendenl 5turly and n
seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of [lie setitor year, an I-lonors
Tli~sisto be d e f e n d e d bcforc a faculty commirree. Students may w o r k with any
rnemlrcr of Ihr: Department o n their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
s h o u l d ,rppIy for Ihe Horlars
c o n ~ u l lhe Departmental Honors Adviser. Stude~~ts
M a j o r no later than the fi1.52 t e r m of the junior yPar.
Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t a n d Politics (11) Comparative
Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory
a n d Analysis. Any course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements.
Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science
major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state
requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t chairperson o r t h e Social
Studies Coordinator.
See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121 American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics
of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure
of federalism; and current issues in American society.
122 Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy i n the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation,and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States;
governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in
the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in
presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall
term of election years)
Political Science/l07
342 Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming.
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
(See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years)
421 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state focus; topicto be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:
Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or
#.I
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on
demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #).
Ill. International Politics
160 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of
the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
363 Communist Foreign
- Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course
in Political Science or #)
461 Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
108/Political Science
IV. Public Law
170 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political
system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national
government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law I1
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court t o the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I I for description)
380 Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the
values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human
governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic
dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the
doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.)
384 Political Analysis
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an
examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research
required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Offered on demand)
Psychology/lOg
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq.: #.)
498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman
Ferguson, Duane Johnson
Major: 10 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5
courses a1 Augsburg; Physics 103, Not more than two courses from among 299,399
and 499 may bc counted lowarrl the minimum 10 psychology courses requircd for a
wiajor. This rcsrriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stirdent
may actually take more such courses. The major program sliould includc 105 in [he
freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophn~nor~!
ear. 381 or 399 in !he
junior year, and 493 in ihe senior year. The major program is p/anned in conrr~lrntion
with a n adviser in the psychology department ancl is a proved by the departrnent
chairpprron. The overall plan is directpd toward a l a r i r undrrrtnnrling o l the
discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocarional and
professional goals of t h p indiviclual student. A written plan far the major should be
cornple~edand approved by the beginning of the junior year. I t is reconimended
[hat psycholo~ymajars t a k e additional course work from other arcas that will
cornpl~rnentand strengthen their particular interests in psychology, for examplc,
devrloping a minor in business izdminis~ration,biology, or cornmunica~ionis
recommended far many students.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Au sburg. Not more
than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward t e minor.
E
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department
chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Certificatein ProgramEualuation: 5 courses including PSY 264 or SOC 362,SOC363,
PSY 399,450, ' r h c ~ ecoursrs a r e designed to proviclc the cognlt ive barkground and
skill developrncnt to pcrform well a s a rescarch assistant for agenciw or firms which
[lo program rvalualions or an crnployee who can rlevelop and maintain ongoing
self-asstlssmenr programs for an employer agency, Sce dcpar~mentchairperson for
furthcr dctails.
105 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major
sub-areas, is emphasized.
251 Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the
processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and
subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine
intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
264,265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for
credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term
immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
299 Directed Studv
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into
practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of
children. (Prereq.: 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical
bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of
people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in
animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation &
emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in
biology. Fall)
356 Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on
behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
357 Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior
r h a n u and
~
indivirl11nli7edi n s t r ~ ~ r t i nnrniects.
n
IPrerea.: 1051
359 Measurement
Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest,
personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward
personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #)
373 Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as
management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social
influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105)
375 Social Psychology
See under Department of Sociology,
381 Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.:
two psychology courses. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
-
450 Proaram Evaluation
The application of sclentifir research rcchniques and statistical analysis ro provrams for
social improvement. Designing inforniation systems for thc ongoing mon~toringof
programs, Assessing cornrnunlty needs. Assersing program effectlvrtit?~~
and effici~ncy,
The ~~oliflcdlantl
organtzarional canrrxl of progrdm mt~riitnringandevaluat~on.
The roleof
evaluation rcsearch for social palicy and program improvcrnenr. (Prereq.: PSY 264 or SQC
362; 50C 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.:
105 and #. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration
of the approaches and methods used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5
courses)
499 Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale
and purpose for the proposed study.
Religion
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), Paul Almquist, John Benson, Delores Burtness,
James Burtness, David Fagerberg, Irene Getz, Norma Knutson, R. John Singh,
Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart
Academic Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar
especially for majors, taken in rhc junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each
major must have writtrn onp formal research paper and placed it on file with I ~
department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. Onc
upper division Ncw Te~tamentGreek coursp may be applied to the major.
Church Staff Worker Religion Major: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399,
481,354 or 358,360 or 483,471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other
departments can lead t o Augsburg certification.
public School Religion Maiot: The Minnesota Department of Edtrcat ion does not at
the nresent time r r a n l teacher crr~ificatlonIora religion maioror r n i n 0 r . T ~crrenare
for (caching a b o h rclfgion in publicschools, the stiden1 sfiould work clo5&ly with
the Kcliginn De artrncnt to rlesi n a program which include^: a ) a major in an
academic rield wEirh is crrtiliable
i h e r l a l r fnrelemcntary or secondary tenchina,
and b) a religion major of 8 courses, including 111, 221, 355, 356,360,363 and 471.
ky
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved
by the department and colloquium with the department.
Church Staff Worker Certificate: 9 Religion courses ( I l f , 221,356,362,481,354 or
358,360or 483,471 or474,399); Psychology 105,357,352 or 371,485, Sociology 111or
Psychology 373, Sncialog 231; Physical Erltlca~ion232; Speech 354 or 355,499. This
program r n w t s o r excepc s thc eclucational requirements of T ~ American
P
Lutheran
Church, but certification b the church is a separate func~ion.By oc'ldin two or three
courses from appropriate c cpartrncnts, th~stuclentcan develr,pspecia cmphases i n
parish edt~catian,business management or diaconal work.
1Y
7
7
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chair.
111 Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
P
350 Philosophy of Religion
(See under Department of Philosophy)
353 Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City
The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures.
355 The Study of Religion in the Public Schools
The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be
examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be
analyzed and discussed.
356 History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including
Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some
discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian educati0.n
and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
i n American society. (Spring)
361 Church Fathers
A study of the early Christian Church i n the context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on
the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring)
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth
century. Special attention tothe writingsof Martin Luther and other representativefigures.
(Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious
liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country.
(Offered as funding permits)
380 Music of the Western Church
(See under Department of Music)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first
semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
471 Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations
given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early
church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1982)
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983)
475 Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the religious dev~lopmcnr.A special interest i n such
modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and H~schel,The J e w i ~ h
Chatailqila Society annually
makes a grant to Augsburg Collcgr in partial support of this coursr i q Judaism offered in
the religion department. (Fall)
481 Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as
seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the
Christian Church. (Spring)
482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic
definitions of the church.
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon
moral action. (Fall)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian, Scandinavian A r e a / l l 5
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator)
The major in Russian Area Studies i s a cooperarive program of the Associated
Cnlleges of theTwin Cities {AC'I'C).It seeks togive the student the broadest possible
exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, I~tcrature,tradition, and
philosophy. In addition 10 providing a goorl liberal education, the program can
enable m d e n t s to prepare for graduatc study, or careerr; in areas such as
government, international business, o r teaching.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in
Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives.
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in
Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Mildred Joel (Director)
Major: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
Note: Major programs musr contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or
transferred to Augsburg as upper divislon Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e.,
courses [aught by a Scandinavian Ian ua e de artment or subdepartment re ardlcrs of their conicnl, which may %P Bnau&tic, literary or curursI. Stu ents
rilduating wlth a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate
&vel competence in il Scandinavian language. Scc Norwegian courier undcr
!
Department of Foreign Languages.
312 Old Norse
An intraductian to the strucrurc of Old West Norse throufih the study of selections from
Old Norse literarurr. Same attention given to Old East Norrc and aspects of the history of
lour modern NordIc languages. Knowledgeof oneof the latter isdesired but not required.
N(~rwt?gtan
language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years)
325 Scandinavian Music
(See under Department of Music)
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable
but not required.
llG/Scandinavian Area Studies
-
345 Scandinavian American Experience
The Old World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land,
aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982)
351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Lectllrcs provide a survey or the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selectecl novels by JonasLip, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, fialldor Laxness and ofhers. Knowfedgr ol a Scandinavian language desirable.
Langtlagr rnajorsand minors will be requir~rlto cloassigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. {Alternale yrars. Fall. 79112)
352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ihscn, Ejarnson, Slrindberg, tag~rkvist,Munk and
other twentierh century tlramatis~s.l . e c t u r e s p ~ ~dsurveyof
~ ~ i c ~ ~ Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbscn and Strinrlberg, K n n w l r t l ~of~ a Scan(iinavta~~
language desirable.
Language majorsand minorswill b e r p q u i r e d r o d o ~ ~ s i p n rcadin~san.11
rcl
written work in a
Scandinavian langua~c.[Alternatr years. Fall, f9B1)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(Offered under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
(Offered under Department of History)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science, Social Studies/l17
Social Science
Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson)
Two emphases exist within the Social Science major: the Teaching Major and the
Non-Wcstcrn crnpfrasis.A student may not list a double major in Social Science and
in one of the romponcnt disriplines unless the distribution selected in the Social
Scicnce major i s signi(icantly different lrom the other major.
Teaching Major: 1 5 courses: 10 required courses (Economics 122,123; History 221,
222; Geography 114; Sociology 121, 247; Psycholog 105; Political Scienc~158 and
121 .or 170); 4 u p er division courses in one of the fn l o w ~ n disciplines:
g
Economics,
History, PoliticarScicnrc, Psycholngy or Sociology; a statistics courrc approved by
the clepartmcnt in which the4 upper division courses are takcn, The st~rtlcntshould
choose an adviser who is a member of I hc department in which the upper division
courses are to he takcn. (For supplementilry information and alrernativc ways to
fullill Ihe stale-approved compctenry-hasrd program for secondary teachereducation) SPP the following section o n Social Sturlies for Secondary Educa~ion.)
!
Major - Non-Western Emphasis: 14 cottrses: History 103; 1 social science
n~rthodology
course (Eronornics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology J62or 365); and 12
courses, in a t least 4disciplines, lrom the following: Economics 722,250; History 104,
3 2 2 , 3 2 3 , 3 2 4 , 4 4 0 , 4 7 4 ; Polilical Science 351,363,382,467; Philosophy 355; Religion
356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent 5tudy or interrm courses on relevant
topics in fdistory and/or Political Science. Thc student planning to fulfill this social
science major should consul^ t h ~ chairperson
!
of thc Dcparrmenl of History in
choosing a rnajor a d v i s ~ r .
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete,
in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of
Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation
in the social sciences.
Teaching Major: 7 courses (Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 123,
Political Science 158, Psycholagy 105,Soclofogy 121 and 141) plus a major in one of
five fields - Economics, I-listory, Politrcal Scicnce, Psychology or Sociology - or
incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major, described in section above).
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
118/Social Work
Social Work
Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry
The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social
Work Education.
The core program of Social Work begins in the 'unior year, but all students are
advised to takeSocia1Work 257ar freshmen or sop~omoresunless exempted by the
faculty, and should seek advisement from social work faculty as to sequence of
required courses from other departments.
Candidacy: Students planning to major in Social Work must apply to the
department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year.
Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program isa professianal program In preparation
for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program
consi~t5of 810, I O I * ; I%ych. 105*, J5I1, and 352*; Soc, 12Is,23It,365,375*, and 303*;
and Social War k 2STC, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466
and 467. At least
{CHR) course i s strongly recommended.
onc Conservation of Human Reso~~rres
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
Emcentration: Concentrations in Aging, Chernlcal Dependency, Youth, and
Crime and Carrectjons are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive
ol functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus fiefd work placement
in thesenior year I n the special area. Completion of aconcentration is noted on the
transcript.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of Education 388.
257 Practicum in the Human Services
-WithfacuIty appmvnl,srudent selectsa placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a
social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service
delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper rcport and weekly rcvivw conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen
and sopharnores. Open ro all students.
340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population,
older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older
population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior
Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work in Human Development, Systems of Social
Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #).
3613ystems of Social Welfare
An examination of fundamental aspectsof thevarlous systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the roleof social work in them. Special emphasison analysis of the major assumptions
and movemrntscontrtbutory to the rlse of thp walfare state; description of a selection of
modern s~rviresystems, rhe prolesston of qocial work, its ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per week; Ruest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.:
Junior, or #. Fall)
Social Work/l19
363 Methods and Skills-of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques
of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work
practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Three class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or
laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363.
Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and
regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of
generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Three two-hour class lectures, and/or
laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and 364, or #. Fall)
463 Community Development and Organization
Locality development and socialchange through community organization,social planning,
and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2)
understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3)
examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential
principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall)
462,464, Field Work II and IV:
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work
with individuals, families,groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours
per week, plusone supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0
in 361, 362; concurrent with 461 and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social
work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work
with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings,
analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim.
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and
practices,organizational theory, and resourcedevelopment will bestudied in the course.
The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463,
Spring)
468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course)
Current issues i n social work theory or practice. To be announced. (# half or full credit.
Interim)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently drsigncd course a studenf (or group of students) develops, making
extensive,systen~~tic
dncl Integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
communily,e.g. l e c l u r c s , ~ y r n ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ , p ~ r fhearings.
~ r m i ~ ~These
~ c e sresources
,
become the
core of the course, supplemented by rraditfonal college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
499 Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #)
Sociology
Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Robert Clyde, Jerry Gerasimo, Robert Grams,
Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman, Joel Torstenson
Major: 10 courses includin 121, 362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR
course, internship, indcpen!pnl study or upper division ~nterimcourse in rociolo y.
This recommendation ir mndc in the hope [hill ihp rrudcnl will take advantage of t\e
variety of learning rnorlrls olfcrcd through the dcparrment. Consult department
chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.)
HhnorsMajor: Thestudcnt must h a v e a minimum C P A o f 3.5in the majorar.rd3.0
overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of ~ubrnissionof
thecis roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year.
C a n r l i c ~ ~ ci yi c o n ~ i n g c n fupon drpartrncntul approval of proposal h April 30 of
junior year. After acceptancr as a candidate, the student will regisles or Indcpcndcnt Study (Sociology 499) through whirh work on tlissis will be completed, I-lonors
rlpgrep in sociology wlII be grantrcl to a candidate i f he/~h~successfuIly
Ocfcndsthc
tliesis before March 31 a l senior year ancl maintains CPA througll graciuation.
Y
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses includin PSY 264 or SOC 362, SOC 363,
PSY 399,450. These courses are designed to provide t e cognitive background and
skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which
do prograrn evaluations or an crnployet. who can develop and maintain ongoing
self-assessment programs lor an cmployer agency. See department chairperson for
further details.
\
111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the
context of urban institutions and processes.
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basicaspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection,
marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context.
241 Introduction t o Cultural Anthropology
An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation toculture; languageas a major
organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n
different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S.
culture.
300,301,302, 303, 304 Special Topics i n Sociology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest.
360 Religion and Society
A n examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research o n religious movements
and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course i n a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts t o build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used t o evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.:
high school algebra. Fall)
363 Research Methods
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research
designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice
doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately
after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 o r #. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of
commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o
program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused o n the causation
and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.:
121, Fall)
375 Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look
at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life-a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation
i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course.
(Prereq.: 121 and Psych. 105)
122/Speech, Communication
381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretlcal perspectives in urban
sociology; t h metropolis
~
as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems;
tosllaping the future metropolis. TheTwin C i l i ~ mctropo[itan
r
area is
m a j o r i s ~ u relaled
~s
utilized as a n importilnr learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring)
383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
388 Social Inequality
Analysis of inequality i n regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of theamount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
485 Modern Sociological
- Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An i n d r p ~ r i d e n ~dl y~ s i g n e dcourse a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integra~cdutilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lecture.;,sy~nposia,perlor~nances,
hearings. These resources become the
core of I ~ courqe,
P
supplemented Ily rradltfonal college resources, and designed in
consultation with ant1 cvaluatrd by a faculty member of the department.
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according todepartment guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Syl Jones, Howard
Liszt, Joel Mugge, Stan Ransom
Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguishecl performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in i h senior
~
year.
Communication Arts/l23
-
- -
Communication Arts
Thc communication major is a flexihle interdisciplinary program which allows for
differen! emphases -journalfsrn, advertising and public rrlarions! radio-televisionfilm, human rrlations, and supervisory management. Program guldes for each area
are available from rhe Departmen1 Chairperson or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech
111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354, 399 and English
225 or 226 or 227, anrl satis(actory performance a n competency tests in writing and
typlng. Supparting rourscs rcrluircA hut nor counring toward the major: Speech
111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 705; Sociology 121 or 247,375,
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching: 10 courses, including I l l , 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355,
352,354,360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English.
Speech Minor For Teaching: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,350,351
or 355, 352,354, 360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students prrparing to reach speech in secondary schools may s ecialize in
any of three majors: ~ p ~ e c h , t h e a t artr,ind
er
speech-theater nrtr, A n y ofthese must
he combined with a t lcast an English minor, preferably a major. Thecrrmmunication
major or minor cloes not qualify one for reaching speech. Consult with the
Department of Edi~cationfor recpjrerncnts in Education. Course 116 i s strongly
recnmrnended tor students in elcmcntary ducation.
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
227 Advanced Writing: Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225,230 Visual Communications I, II
(See under Department of Art)
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
243 Radio-Television Production
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10.
Fall)
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)
124/Theater Arts
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and
listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements
in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #.
Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers.
355 Small Croup Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and organizations. (Fall)
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
480 Seminar in Communication
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall)
495 Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Theater Arts
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to
major i n theater arts should begin with courses I l l , 116, and 228. Course 111 is not
part of the major.
Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be
sup orted by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including
ShaRespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228,232,243,350,360,361,362,366,432, and the children's
theater interim. S~ronglyrecommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema, art,
and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include
6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
Theater Arts/125
r:
B. Directin Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus t h e
chilclren's I iearyr i n t e r i m . Courses stron ly r e c o m r n r n d ~ d courses
:
i n movement,
cinema art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance rcquirementr for t h e directing
emphasis i n c l u d e 4 units o f c r e w work, 3 units o f acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage
management, a n d 1 internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 a n d 290 i n Art.
Strongly r e c o m m e n d e d : courses i n cinema art, art, a n d dramatic literature.
Performance requirements f o r t h e design emphasis include 5 units i n c r e w work,2 i n
technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 i n design, a n d 1 internship.
Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 228, 232, 360, 361,366.
Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 10 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,116,228,229,232,241 o r
243,350,360,361,366, t h e experience r e q u i r e m e n t specified f o r theater arts majors,
a n d a m i n o r i n English.
Theater Arts Minor For Teaching: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; o n e o f t h e
f o l l o w i n g : 241, 243, 350; a n d participation i n dramatic productions.
Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,241 o r 243,
350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation i n t w o activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n d a m i n o r i n English.
116 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human
relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy,
and other settings. (Fall)
228 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and
art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall)
229 Stage Design I
Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing,
painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in
freshmen and sophomore years. Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and
drama. (Fall)
361 Theater History
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at
local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Spring, Alternate years)
362 Theater Criticism
A study of forms and ideas a s they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at
local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions
on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Spring, Alternate
years)
126/Transdisciplinary Studies
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical
production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play
chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only.
(Spring)
367 Stage Direction II
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental,
musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #.
Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428 Technical Production II
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or
lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall)
429 Stage Design II
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring)
432 Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive
scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare,
French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the
Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years)
499 Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater.
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appro riate portions of
two rnajnn may conridcr ,he Tranniisciplinary Major. The TransJsci linary Major
enables ~ t u d r n t rto respond l o a particular career interest. Wgile such an
indivirlually clevcTopecl major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not he suitable far those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofe5sianal programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in
the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college;
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
Women's, Minority Studied127
Women's and Minority Studies
Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, James Porter
The Women's a n d M i n o r i t y Studies Program (formerly American Studies) consistsof
several interdisciplinary courses. A l t h o u g h n o major o r m i n o r i s offered, there is a
certificate program i n women's studies.
CertificateinWomenrsStudi~; lndivldually planned program wlth a m i n l m u m of 6
courses o r i e n t e d lowarrls women's perspectives: 3 course$ lrom the social sciences
{ i n c l i ~ d i n ghistory); 1-2 courser l r o m humanities (literature, religion, art, music,
philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disc1 l i t ~ a r ycourses,
independent rturly. directed study, cfr. Courrer mily hr taken l o r n rhe ncrc
colleges as w e l l as Augshurg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or N o r m a Noonan for
further details.
231 Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement.
232 Blacks in America
This i s an introduction to Black culture. The course will provide an overview of the major
issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family,education, religion, aesthetics,
economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding
the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of
Black culture on American society.
260 Contemporary American Indians
Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with
an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education.
Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes
today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historiansand selectionsfrom women's journals,
speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will
collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the
founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and
other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Registers
129 Board of Regents
Division for College and
University Services
130 Administration
131 Emeriti
132 Faculty
Music Hall, newest campus building
Kiosk, a place to check for what's happening, and Stage I1 Theater
Commencement Procession wends
through Murphy Square
i
P
.,--
.
Regents, DCUS/l29
-
Augsburg College Board of Regents
Officers
Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman
Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman
James C. Lindell, Treasurer
Norma E. Knutson, Secretary
Members
Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Minneapolis Star and T r i b u n
Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Nancy Bottemiller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota
Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Donald R. Crangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota
Norma E. Knutson (1984). Minneapolis, Minnesota
Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chester Lind (1986). President, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
James C.Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota
Jane M o o t y (1986). Edina, Minnesota
Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald C. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota,
Washington, D.C.
N. Stanley Stake (1986). Senior Vice President, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. M e r t o n P. Strommen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Stanley Thiele (1986). Vice President, Human Resources, 3 M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota
Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term.
Board for College and University Services
The American Lutheran Church
Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin
Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio
Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas
Erwin H. Coldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska
Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington
Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Edwin Cunberg, Bethesda, Maryland
Custav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan
~,.....lrl )r~.wL:..~
h ~ ; . . ~ - . . ~ ~h l~ :; ~. . ~ ~ . ~ t . .
Administration
President
President ......................................................Charles S. Anderson
Lowell Brandt
College Pastor
Carolyn Magnusson
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President
........................................................
................
A c a d e m l c Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College
Rlchard Green
Associate Academic Dean
Pat Parker
John (Jack) A. Hlll
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Carol Stack
Margaret Anderson
Head Librarian
Cralg Carnahan
Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator..
Director of Audio Visual Services.. ......................................
James Olson
Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs ...................... Bonnie Wallace
Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................................
Valerle Gealther
Mary Olson
Recorder ...............................................................
Interim Director ..........................................................
Tonl Clark
Mary A. Klngsley
International Studies Program Director
International Student Advisor ................................ Mary E. (Mlml) Johnson
Secretary to the Dean .................................................... Pat Urdahl
............
................................................
........................................................
......................................................
...................................................
......................
..............................
F l n a n c e and M a n a g e m e n t
Vice President for Finance and Management ......................... .Wayne Pederson
Herald Johnson
Assistant Vice President for Enrollment Services
Vlrene Luthl
Associate Director, Financial Aid
Director of Personnel
Bonnle-Jean Mork
Chief Accountant
Jeff Kosse
Manager, College Center
Mlldred Nelson
Robert Gores
Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending
Gerald Johnson
Director of Plant Services
Custodial Supervisor
Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor
Rob Curtls
Grounds Supervisor .....................................................
Fred Wolter
Manager, lcae Arena
James Carey
......................
........................................
.............................................
........................................................
.............................................
..............................
............................................
................................................
..................................................
...................................................
D e v e l o p m e n t a n d P u b l i c Relations
Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................. Gerald D. Bjelde
Associate Director of Development/Deferred Giving ............. Slgvald V. Hjelmeland
Associate Director/Alumni and Parent Giving ...........................Jeroy Carlson
Assistant Director of Development/Annual Fund.. .......... Catherlne (Kate) Klelsmeler
A. 8. Batalden
Assistant to the Vice President
Lols G. Wollan
Director of Public Relations..
Janlce Rykken
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs
Kay Cady
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information
Manager, Graphic Center
Therese Nlchols
Executive Secretary
Irene Steenson
........................................
.........................................
...............................
........................
............................................
..................................................
Admlsslons
.............................................
Kathryn E. Lange
Director of Admissions
Assistant Director
Coordinator of Transfer Programs..
Admissions Counselor.
Admissions Counselor..
Admissions Counselor..
Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator..
..........................................................
Blll Ross
Sue Bonner
......................................
...............................................Erlc Anderson
................................................
Sally Hough
................................................
Llsa Novotny
.......................Charlene Weidenbach
Administration, Emeriti/l31
Student Affalrs
..............
Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students
Marlanne Sander
Associate Dean of Students
Rlck Thonl
Director of Student Life (Housing). ........................... Llnda Schrernpp-Alberg
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement.
Patrlcla M. Olsson
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement.
Nancy Medcraft-Tldwell
Director of Student Activities.. ........................................... Joan Slater
Head Resident (Urness/Mortensen). ....................................Pam Joachlm
Director of Human Development
Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ...................................... Don Warren
Area Apartment Manager ............................................
John Augustlne
...............................................
.....................
...............
.......................................
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Ser
Foundation.
Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magester der Philc
University of Latvia.
K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesc
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington.
Mildred V. Joel, Professor Emerita, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. M.A., U n i ~
of Minnesota.
Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minn
Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minn
Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., Univers~~y
01
Minnesota.
Esther Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lavonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland
College.
A. Mayo Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music.
Paul 1. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JohnThut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music.
JoelS. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
132/Facu lty
Fac uI ~ 01Y
as
September, 1980
Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music.
James Agre*. Assistant Soccer Coach.
Paul Almquist (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.S., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Child Development/Family Life, lnstructor i n Education.
B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S. Education Specialist, Mankato State University.
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin;
B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York.
Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Athletic Director, Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Assistant Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
John Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University.
Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University.
JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Timothy Blackburn*. Lecturer i n English.
Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton* (1975). lnstructor in Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Department Chair Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Margaret Smith Brand* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., Indiana University.
Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown* (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Delores Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
James Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer in Religion.
Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Wayne Carroll* (1978). lnstructor i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Chicago.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English and Interim Director. B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College.
*Part-time
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications
Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of TheaterApeech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of
Technology; Ph.D., Yale University.
Lawrence Copes* (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Darlene Dommel* (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Durkee (1965).Associate Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L.,
B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Ronald Duty* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science. B.A., San Diego State University;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof* (1977). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.M., Manhattan
Music School.
Mark J.Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Rolf Eriksen* (1971). Soccer Coach.
David Fagerberg* (1980). Lecturer in Religion.
Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
1.1. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia
College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Henry C. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. M.S., University of Minnesota.
Robert A. Fornander* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., Augustana College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., Los Angeles College; M.S.,
California State University.
Michael Frazier* (1979). Studio Artist/Saxophone. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College;
M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark Fuehrer (1971). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen Cabrielsen (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Jerry Cerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Irene Cetz* (1980). Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Princeton Seminary.
John Cidmark* (1979). Lecturer i n English.
Thomas Cilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University.
Orloue N. Cisselquist (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Coetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M.,
University of Colorado.
Robert Crams. (1971) Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
134/Facu lty
Paul Crauer. (1979) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia
College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Louisville.
Satya Cupta.* (1976) Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University.
Donald R. Custafson (1961). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin Cyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Theodore Hanwick* Professor Emeritus i n Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science.
Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A.,
Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of
Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Peter Hendrickson* (1980). Chorale Director.
Katherine Hennig* (1966). Studio Artist/Voice. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Social Work. B.A., Cedar
Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Carry Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Norman Holen (1974). Professor of Arts. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., State University of
Iowa.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College, Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma), M.A.,
Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mildred Joel* Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron
College, University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Einar Johnson (1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S.,
juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Chair of Foreign Languages, and
International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.S., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S.,
Winona State University.
Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College.
Amin Kader (1974). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm., University of
Caior (Egypt); M.S., University of Michigan.
Robert Karlkn (1973). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Facu lty/l35
Joanne Karvonen* (1965). Lecturer i n English. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
University of Georgia.
Betty Kelly* (1980). Women's Tennis Coach.
Diana 1. Kennelly* (1979). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. Director of International
Program. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
Merilee Klemp* (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College.
Al Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana
College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Susan J. Knust (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., University of Cincinnati; M.S., Wright State
University.
Norma Knutson*. lnstructor i n Religion.
Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Roberta Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communications. B.A., M.S., University
of Minnesota.
Jon Lorence* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. B.A., Central College; M.A., lowa State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H.,
University of Minnesota.
Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor of Psychology and Department Chair. B.A.,
University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda
University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
James Mayer*. Visiting Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Marie 0.McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Nebraska.
Sallye Cooke McKee* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Education.
Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University
of Minnesota.
Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Park College; B.M.Ed., M.M.Ed., University
of Kansas.
Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music
Ed., University of Kansas.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
John Mitchell (1968). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.S., University of
Tennessee.
August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu,
Estonia.
Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas Nelson (1977). Acting Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; B.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1977). Associate Professor of History. B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Nicholl* (1973). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., Hope
College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College,
Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
NormaC. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,
Ph.D., Indiana University
Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University.
Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Sandra Olmsted*. Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry.
James F. Olson* (1975). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Jack Osberg* (1979). Assistant Football Coach.
William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Carleton College; B.S.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.S., University of Wisconsin.
Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of
Colorado; M.S., University of Illinois.
Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College,
Moorhead.
Lauretta Pelton. Associate Professor of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Douglas Perry*. lnstructor i n Social Work.
Ronald Petrich*. Baseball Coach
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
James Porter*. Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies.
George 1. Powell*. lnstructor in Business Administration.
Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. A.B., Augsburg
College; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Stan Ransom*. Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communications.
Bruce Reichenbach (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. A.B.,
Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University;
M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Barbara Richards-Haugen* (1979). lnstructor i n Political Science. B.A., Vanderbilt University.
Denise Rivet* (1979). Gymnastics Coach.
William Ross* (1977). Assistant Hockey Coach.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor and Department Chair of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A.,
Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Saraent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina;
Facu lty/l37
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Irene Schilling* (1970). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Wisconsin;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor in Foreign Language. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest,
Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh.
Frank Seidel*. Visiting Lecturer in Business and Economics.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Illinois;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
R. John Singh* (1979). lnstructor in Religion.
Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological
Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist in Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Howard D. Small* (1978). Studio A r t M o r g a n . B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul Sonnack.* Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Chicago; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary.
George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College.
Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor in Foreign Language. B.A., Augsburg College.
Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; M.A.,
Concordia Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Bruce Stuart*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace Sulerud (1966). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of
Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeff Swenson.* Wrestling Coach.
Larry Tallman (1978). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.A., Ph.D.,
Michigan State University.
Mohammed Tavokoli* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology.
James ten Bensel.* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist in Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach.
Joel Torstenson.* Professor Emeritus of Sociology.
David Tubergen* (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale
University; Ph.D., New York University.
Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota
Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). Lecturer i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
M a r y Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist in Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College.
Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette
University.
David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A.,
Ph.D., Bowling Green University.
139 Communication List
for Mail or Telephon
140 Index
141 Academic Calendars
F?
T...
. ; .. .,
! .
..-.."". ... ,.. .......
" -,
138
O l d Main, campus keyslone
Hockey is the key attraction at the
Ice Center
Advenl Vespers in Central Lutheran
,
'
r...
,
,',,',
..,
'.:'
Communication List/139
Communications Directory
Key offices are listed for correspondence or telephone inquiries.
All have this mailing address:
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
Area Code: 612
President .................................................................330-1212
Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) ..................................... 330-1024
Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ........................................ 330-1 168
Director of Admissions (Admissions) .......................................330-1001
Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance, Scholarships) ................ 330-1046
Director of Student Life (Housing). ......................................... 330-1 105
Registrar (Academic records, transcripts, Veterans' Affairs) .................. 330-1036
Summer School/lnterim Office .............................................330-1025
Career Planning and Placement (Job Counseling, Placement Services) ....... 330-1 162
College Pastor (Spiritual life programs and activities) ........................ 330-1 107
Business Office (Fees and accounts) .......................................330-1028
Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ..................... 330-1 171
Director of Public Relations (Information Service, media relations,
publications). ........................................................... 330-1 180
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs .................................... 330-1 179
College Center Manager. ..................................................
330-1 109
Ice Arena Manager ........................................................330-1251
Student Government Office ................................................ 330-1 110
General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ............ 330-1000
The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance:
Boyd Koehler, Assistant Professor, Library (612/330-1018) - Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race, creed, national or ethnic origin)
Pat Parker, Associate Academic Dean - Memorial 231 (612/330-1021) -504 Coordinator
(matters based on physical or mental handicap)
Marianne Sander, Vice President for Student Affairs, CSD-Memorial (612-330-1 168) -Title
IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status)
Bonnie-Jean Mork, Director of Personnel, 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023)
ployment
- Em-
All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at Augsburg College,
731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described
in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office.
140/l ndex
Academic Adviser ..................... 77
Academic Enrichment ................. 27
Academic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-38
Academic Policies and Procedures
38-45
Accounting Major ..................... 52
Accreditation ....................... 6, 44
Adapted Physical Education ............ 82
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-131
Admissions
9-'1'1
Advanced Placement .................. 42
Advanced Standing
42
American Indian Programs
27
Application t o Augsburg
11-11
Application for Financial Aid
15-17
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC)
31. 36
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Auditing Courses
41
...
.........................
....................
.............
.............
........
...............
.....................
Black Student Programs ................ 27
Black Student Union
27
Board for College and University
Services. TALC ..................... I29
Board of Regents
'129
Books and Supplies .................... 14
Brief Facts about Augsburg
44
..................
.....................
.............
Calendar. Academic ............... 31. 142
Campus M a p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Campus Tours ......................... 9
Campus Work
10
Cancellation from College
39
Cancellation of Courses
39
Career Planning and Placement
27
Center for Student
Development (CSD) .............. 27. 2'3
Certification Programs-Art
34. 47
Church Staff Work .............. 34. 112
Program Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . 34.130.120
Women's Studies
34. 127
Chemical Dependency Program
36
Chinese
62. 73
Classification ......................... 42
Coaching Endorsement
82
College Center ................ 2,3.24. 26
College Pastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.130. 139
College Work Study Program
18
Communications Directory
13!1
Computer Programming (CDI)
36
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) .................... 36
38
Continuing Education
Coordinators - Discrimination
or Grievance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
82
Corrective Therapy
13
Costs 1980-81
C.P.A. Certification
34
........................
.............
...............
........
..........
................
........
...........................
................
.
...........
...........
.........
.................
....................
.........................
....................
Courses. Majors. Minors
Art. Art History .................. 47-49
Biology ......................... 49-52
Business Administration
and Economics
52-59
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-61
East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Education
62-68
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-72
Foreign Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-80
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Health and Physical Education
81-84
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-87
International Relations
87
Mathematics/Computer Science
87-90
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
90-92
Metro-Urban Studies
Music. Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-97
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98-99
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-101
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-104
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-105
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-109
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-112
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-114
Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Scandinavian Area Studies
115-116
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-120
Sociology
120-122
Speech. Communication and
Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-126
Transdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Women's and Minority Studies
127
.................
.......................
.....
..............
...
.............
......
.....................
......
Dean's List ............................ 42
31
Degrees ..............................
Deposits ............................. 14
Directed Study ........................ 43
Dismissal from College ................42
Distribution Requirements ............. 39
Divisions .............................
32
Driving to Campus
..................... 3
.......................10
.......... 53-55
........................ 10
Early Admission
Early Childhood Education
Early Decision
Economics .........................
Elementary Education
Emeriti
Enrollment
Evaluation and Grading .............
56-59
..............63-65
..............................131
...........................14
4n-47
.........................
.................................
Facilities..
2-3. 7
Faculty .................... 31.44.132-137
Fees
14
......................
..................
.......
......................
.....................
Financial Aid
16-23
. 28
Food Service
Foreign Study
28. 37
French ............................ 73-75
13
Full-time Student
German ...........................
Grade Point Average (GPA)
Graduation Requirements
Graduation with Distinction.
Grants
Greek ...........................
75-77
......10. 39. 41
..........39-40
...........43
............................
17-78
77
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Higher Education Consortium
(HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Honors Major (See Departmental listings)
Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14. 28. 29
Human Development Seminars . . . . . . . . . 27
.
.
.
........
............
...................
............
43
Independent Study . . . . . . . .
26. 44
Intercollegiate Athletics
Intercultural Center
27
Inter-Institutional Programs
35
Interim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.37.3R. 39. 112
International Business
53
11. 28
International Students
Internship Program
38
26
Intramural Athletics
Japanese
62. 77
26
KCMR Radio
Kindergarten Licensure ................ 63
.................
..............
....................
...................
..........................
.........................
....................
27
Learning for Living
Library/Audio-Visual
31. 35
Library Science Courses ............. 67-68
Life Science Emphasis
98
40. 82
Lifetime Sports
Linguistics Courses ................. 77-78
Loans ................................ 40
Location
2. 3, 6
...............
..................
.....................
..........................
Majors and Minors (Also see
Courses) ........................ 33. 39
Management Major
52
52
Marketing Major
Memberships .......................... 6
Metro-Urban Studies
91
Term (MUST)
M i d d l e School Science
Emphasis
99
Minnesota State Work Study
Program ............................ 18
Mission Statement ..................... 5
Mortensen Tower
2. 3. 29
26. 97
Music Organizations
...................
......................
.......................
...........................
.................
...............
Numbering of Courses
Off-Campus Programs
................45
.................44
Part-Time Students .................... 13
Physical Science Emphasis
98
Payment Plans
15
Policies ............................ 6. 44
Pre-Professional Programs
34. 3 5
Prerequisites
45
42
Probation
Program in Global
Community
37
..............
........................
..........
..........................
............................
........................
Re-admission o f Former
Students
11
Refunds
.
15
Registration ....................... 30. 39
Religious Life
25
Residence Life
28.20
Residence Requirement ............... 39
Room Rent
13
ROTC
36
Russian .............................. 79
...........................
.........................
.........................
.....................
...........................
................................
...........
San Francisco Summer Term
92
Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term (SUST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23
Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-68
SEMAPHORE -- Student Handbook
26
Semester or Year Abroad
37
Sigma Pi Sigma ....................... 104
Smiley's Point Clinic
2R
Society of Physics Students ............ '104
South American Urban Semester
(SAUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
... 79-81
Special Interest Houses
29
Special Students (Non-degree) ......... 11
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Student Government
25
Student Life .......................... 25
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations (SPAN) ..................... 37
Student Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,
26
Sudent Rights ......................... 29
Student Services
26-29
Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28. 37
Summer Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Summer Sessions ................... 31, 38
.....
..............
...................
...
................
..................
....
...................
....................33
............................
9
.........................9. 70
............................... 13
.....................9. 10
.....................
2. 3. 29
Teaching Licensure
Testscores
Transcripts
Tuition
Tuition Deposit
Urness Tower
Veterans
.............................
43
Academic Calendar
1980-81
Fall Semester
1981-8z*
Sept. 2-3
Sept. 4
Registration and Welcome
Classes Begin
Labor Day Recess
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day to designate grading
option
Mid-term break
lnterim Registration
Spring Term Pre-Registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Final Grades Due
Sept. 1-2
Sept. 3
Sept. 7
Sept. 17
Sept. 17
Oct. 27
Nov. 10-13
Nov. 17-Dec. 5
Nov. 20
Nov. 27
Dec. 1
Dec. 12
Dec. 15-18
Dec. 29
Sept. 17
1980
1981
September
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
January
6
13
20
21
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
1 2 3
89101
15 16 11
22 23 24
2 3 4
91011
16 11 18
23 24 25
30 31
November
2 3 4 5
9 10 11 12
16 17 18 19
"10 24 25 26
6
13
20
21
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
31
4
11
I8
25
1
14
21
28
1
8
I5
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
5
12
19
26
Jan. 6
Jan. 23
Jan. 30
Feb. 3
Classes Begin
Last day to register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day to withdraw from a class
Classes end
Interim grades due
6 1 8
13 14
20 21
21 28
4
11
10
25
5
12
19
26
6 1 8
13 14
20 21
21 28
5
12
19
26
I
1
9
15
22
29
2 3 4 5
9 10 11 12
16 11 I6 19
''m?'~ 25 26
Jan. 5
Jan. 22
Jan. 29
Feb. 2
3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13
11 I8 19 20
''1 25 26 21
1
14
21
28
2 3
1 0 l
16 11
23 24
30
4
l
I8
25
1
14
21
28
6
I3
20
21
1
14
21
28
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
1
14
21
28
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
I8
25
4
1
18
25
6
13
20
21
7
14
21
28
I
8
15
22
29
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
I8
25
5
12
19
26
1 2
6 1 8 9 1
13 I4 15 16
20 21 22 23
27 26 29 30
3
0
11
24
31
October
November
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 18 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 21 28
29 30
June
1
8
15
22
29
2 3
1 0 1
16 11
23 24
30 31
September
6
13
20
27
May
Jan. 4
1
9
15
22
29
August
4 5 6 7
1121314
18 19 20 21
25 26 21 28
April
6
13
20
21
Interim
Jan. 5
5
12
19
26
March
I
8
15
22
29
December
7
14
21
28
3
0
17
24
31
Februarv
October
Nov. 2
Oct. 26
Nov. 9-12
Nov. 16-Dec. 4
Nov. 19
Nov. 26
Nov. 30
Dec. 11
Dec. 14-17
Dec. 28
July
1 2
6 1 8 9 1
13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23
21 28 29 30
December
6
13
20
21
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
31
4
11
I8
25
5
12
19
26
Spring Semester
Feb. 3
Feb. 4
Feb. 17
M a r . 23-27
April 3
April 17-20
April 24
April 27-May 7
M a y 15
M a y 18-21
M a y 22
M a y 27
M a y 24
Validation of registration
Classes begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term Break
Last day to designate grading
option
Easter Break
Last day to withdraw from a class
Pre-registration for Fall
Classes end
Final Examinations
Final grades due
Seniors
Others
Baccalaureate-Commencement
1982
1
Feb. 3
Feb. 4
Feb. 17
(See Easter)
I
April 2
April 3-13
April 23
April 26-May 6
M a y 14
M a y 17-20
January
3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20
"1
25 26 27
7
I4
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
I
4
I1
I8
25
5
12
19
26
July
1 2
6 7 8 9 1
13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23
27 28 29 30
Augusl
3
0
17
24
31
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
18
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
7
14
21
28
5
12
19
26
6 7 8
13 14
20 21
27 28
Februarv
1
7 8
14 15
21 22
28
2
9
16
23
3
10
17
24
4
11
I8
25
5
12
I9
26
6
13
20
27
1
7 8 9
I4 15
21 22
28 29
2 3 4 5 6
1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3
16 17 I 8 19 20
23 24 25 26 21
30 31
April
1 2 3
6 7 8 9 1 0
13 I 4 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24
2 1 28 29 30
March
M a y 21
M a y 26
M a y 23
4
I1
18
25
5
12
19
26
Summer School
J u n e 1-26
J u n e 29-Aug. 7
Term I
Term I1
'
*Subject to change
AUGSBU~COLLEGE 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454
612/330-1000
6
13
20
27
1
7 8 9
14 I 5
21 22
28 29
6
13
20
27
June
2 3
1 0 1
16 17
23 24
30
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
September
1 2 3
9 1 0 1
15 16 17
22 23 24
29 30
4
1
18
25
October
3 4 5 6
I 0 11 12 13
17 18 19 20
."J
25 26 27
7
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
5
16
23
30
November
May
2 3 4 5
9 I 0 11 12
16 17 I 8 19
7 ' ~ 0 7 ' 3 25 26
4
11
I8
25
7
I4
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
1
7 8 9
14 15
21 22
28 29
2 3 4
1 0 1 1 1
16 17 I 6
23 24 25
30
5 6
2 1 3
19 20
26 27
December
4 5
1 1 2
18 19
25 26
5
12
19
26
6 1 8
13 I 4
20 21
27 28
1
9
15
22
29
2 3
1 0 1
I 6 17
23 24
30 31
4
1
18
25
Show less
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements... Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies
contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpublishedherein, the
student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar.
Table of Contents
PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 24, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 31, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE
PAGE 35, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 44, EXPENSES
PAGE 47, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 54, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 56, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 147, FACULTY
PAGE 156, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 158, INDEX
BACK COVER, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog i s designed to give you the information you need to know
as a student or prospective student. I n it you will find most of the answers t o questions
you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the
Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar t o you. We hope the following brief
definitions will be helpful.
ACADEMIC..
. . . . . . . .The
practices, principles, regulations, and customs which
characterize school and college.
... .. .. ... .A subject
studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four
courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the
interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for
graduation.
COURSE..
.
........A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors i n
MAJOR . ... .
20 departments.
-......, ...A concentration i n a field or study i n less depth than the major.
MINOR.. .
.. .. .... ....A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the
ELECTIVE
student from any college department as his or her interests
dictate.
FEE
.............,....
Charges made by the College for special services such as
laboratory equipment or locker rental.
.... ... , . ...Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays.
LOAN . . .
See "Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP
. . .....Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or
the result of special kerb such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships
vary in amounts and lengrh of duration. The amount generally
depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no
obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
... .......The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15
weeks i n length and the interim i s 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE
.... ...A course which a student i s required t o complete before another
one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the
same or another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the
excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of
the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which
can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables
you to be a participant or a spectator at a
variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are
regularly available to you on campus,
as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic
programs.
Religious activities are a vital part of the
campus. The Religious Life Commission
has been established by the Student
Government to oversee, stimulate and
perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg
campus. Its primary purpose and goal i s
neither self-serving nor self-sustaining,
but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning
experience. While distributional and
major requirements act as guidelines,
there is latitude to design a portion o f
your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are
central. The college follows the calendar
known as the "4-1-4."
I n the study of the liberal arts, you will
encounter ideas and experiences from
the whole range of human knowledge.
The liberal arts education, however, is
more than an education of knowledge
from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in
your chosen field. You may choose from a
variety of majors for hundreds of career
possibilities.
Augsburg is i n the center of the Twin
Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this
metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope
of resources and activities i s available t o
enrich your education, if you choose. You
may select an evening at the Guthrie
Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at
any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon
touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear i n
the Twin Cities. There are numerous
opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North
Stars, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg i s a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an
eager student body and a remarkable
location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege
affiliated with the American Lutheran
Church (ALC).
more than loo
years
A u g s b u r g celebrated its
centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second
century of Christian higher education.
The current study body of about 1600 is
largely of Lutheran background though
many denominations are represented on
campus. About 65% are resident students,
while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area.
Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several
major airlines provide daily service to
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including united, ~~~~h~~~~orient,
Eastern, Braniff, Republic, Ozark and
Allegheny. Bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United
States.
The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes
east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border
of the campus. (Directions are given in the
map section of this catalog.)
History
Location
You and your education will have the
option of benefiting from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art
collections are available to you in the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker
Art Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded
by Norwegian Lutherans i n America.
Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first
college students were enrolled i n 1874
and the first college graduation was held
in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area
performing organizations afford rich
opportunities for the enjoyment of music
of many types. The Twin CitjesaIsoappear
regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists.
The school wasofficially namedAugsburf3
College in 1963 when its former sponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with
the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theelogical Seminary in St. Paul that same year.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters
in the area such as the nationally known
Cuthrie Theater, Theater in the Round,
the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera,
Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen
Dinner Theater.
Nature and Objectives
Recreational activities abound. You can
play tennis at parks near the campus or
swim in one of the many area lakes. I n the
winter you may join other students on
skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
of the American Lutheran Church. It i s
committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and
humanities i n the context of the Christian
faith.
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g
primary objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting
them to become proficient i n one area
or major.
Department of Health, Education and
Welfare, Washington, D.C.
t o h e l p students understand the
Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world.
The College and i t s faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors
and the Association of American Colleges.
to develop students' love o f learning
and their faculties o f reason, criticism,
curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic
excellence.
to increase students' understanding o f
the urban environment and culture,
and to enable them to gain the skills
needed to respond creatively to the
problems and potentialities o f the
modern city.
to encourage students to ascertain
their interests and abilities, and to aid
them i n discovering the occupational
opportunities which exist for them.
to assist students i n their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes
and qualities o f character compatible
with the Christian faith.
Policies
It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended i n i t s admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed t o Bonnie-Jean Mork, Memorial
Hall (330-1023), or Marianne Sander,
M e m o r i a l H a l l (330-1160), o r t o t h e
Director of the Office for Civil Rights,
The Campus
Augsburg's campus i s located i n the heart
of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of 155 parks i n the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 16
major buildings with a number of cottage
housing units that are very popular with
the students. The Universitv of Minnesota
and two of the city's largest hospitals,
Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to
the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation
i n the following associations that set
standards by which excellence i s judged:
North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting t h e Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is t o
permit students to learn, first-hand, about
t h e College program, facilities, and
admissions requirements. A personal
interview affords candidates, parents, and
the admissions counselor the opportunity
t o exchange information vital i n the
process of selecting a college and i n
making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions
officer are strongly recommended but are
not mandatory.
with a member of the faculty and to
attend classes, Monday through Friday,
when school i s in session.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour
and an interview are asked to write for an
appointment or call the admissions office
(330-1001). Preferred times for campus
visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements also may be made t o meet
School, church, and other groups are
welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office
o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454.
I
,
I
::-
'
I,:
DRIVING T O THE CAMPUS. Augsburg i s easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
-_--
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortenson Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. Studio Building
12. Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Old Music Hall
15. Little Theater
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Main Entrance-Tunnel/Ramp/
Skyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Faculty-Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Practice Field
H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
-
--..
Admissions (628 21st Ave. S.)
Alumni/Parent Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
American Indian Programs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor)
Arts Coordinator (Music Hall 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Black Student Affairs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Memorial 2nd floor)
College Pastor (College Center 1st floor)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Continuing Education (Memorial 2nd floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Memorial 2nd floor)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Foreign Student Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor)
->
/.
A
*,>4<
4-
.< -?A
,
1
+..&-+--
.
*.,
;. ,
-
.
- ,
-...
,--
- --.
-,
.
,
?
.
d
i
,-
--
8
7.
.:
-./y-
-
<
-.
, -
-,
-
--
-
-
*.
? ,
,
*,T'-.
,.:. -"----.
/~-//~T~cc<F-,
-
<,/ER
.-
--
Housing (College Center 1st floor)
Intercultural Center (Memorial 2nd floor)
Interim Director (Memorial 2nd floor)
Internship Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
Little Theater (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (College Center 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 114)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 2nd floor)
Summer School Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
The Physical Plant
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located in
relation t o each other.
Remodelling and construction work to
eliminate architectural barriers is expected t o be completed during 1980. This will
include street level access from 21st
Avenue South t o a tunnel/ramp/skyway
system that connects the tower dormitories and the five buildings on theQuadrangle.
Remodelling of academic and administrative space will result in relocations of
some departments and offices by 1980-81.
Following are descriptions of buildings.
The Admissions House, located at 628-21st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent t o Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it
provides excellent resources for research
and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories
for chemistry, physics, and biology; a
medium-sized auditorium; and several
classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa
Odland Observatory on the roof of
Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960.
O l d Main, erected i n 1900, contains a
large number of classrooms and offices.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for
married students.
Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973,
named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from
1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing
for 312 upperclass students. A spacious
lounge area as well as conference rooms
are located i n this building.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an
eleven-story building providing living
quarters for 324 students. The building
was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given several
generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building i s that each floor i s
considered a "house unit" providing the
36 residents, housed two to a room, with
their own lounge, study and utility areas.
The Augsburg College Center, completed
i n 1967, i s a center of non-academic
activity on campus. The building houses
the Commons, which i s the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and a
coffee shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this
building. The bookstore i s also located
here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided in this three-story
building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected
in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The
building provides space for administrative
and faculty offices and houses about 40
students.
The Music Hall, erected i n 1978, i s the
newest building on the campus. It con-
tains classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, a music library, practice studios,
offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat
recital hall.
The Art Studio Building, dedicated i n
1964, houses the Department of Art on i t s
two floors.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium,
was completed i n 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby,
dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball
coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for
the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel
services, and general auditorium purposes.
The Ice Arena, built i n 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for
hockey, recreational skating, and figure
skating.
The Speech and Drama Building was acq u i r e d i n 1959 and remodeled f o r
dramatic and other speech activities. A
theater wing addition t o Melby Hall, replacing the old music hall, is proposed for
completion late i n 1980.
Annex Houses, located i n the campus
area, provide accommodations for students, faculty, a n d staff members.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide i t s students
with a broad liberal arts education as well
as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences
and in theology i s available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and t h e
Christian ministry is offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation f o r
careers in business, communications,
medical technology, music, nursing,
occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching i s available.
Augsburg seeks to assist i t s students
through their academic experience to
better understand themselves and the
world and to equip them to serve according t o their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student as Learner
A great deal has been written during the
last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg
recognizes its task to provide consistently
high quality opportunities for learning
along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process.
Learning i s not, however, a commodity
which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o
simply buying so many courses and being
exposed to the activities of professors.
Learning involves t h e solitary inner
struggle of the student who investigates,
analyzes and synthesizes the materials
and insights offered. When these have
become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities in this process. Neither
party can elude its basic task.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to
take a personal interest in their students.
The student-faculty ratio i s approximately
15.5 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or
less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as
academic advisers and are available for
help on individual problems. They often
join students in discussing the political
climate, comparing notes on a visiting
speaker, or talking over the latest sports
victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place t o study. The
main library, centrally located next to the
Science Hall, houses over 160,000volumes
including books, periodicals, records and
various other media. The Music and
Chemistry libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
Access t o over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service
among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library.
Through Minitex, the statewide network,
the additional resources of Minnesota
and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to
the Augsburg faculty and students.
A s e r v i c e - d e d i c a t e d staff p r o v i d e s
students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction
i n the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term
paper topics, and directions to other local
sources of information.
The AV Center of the Library provides
facilities for classes in broadcasting and
audio-visual materials. Assistance with the
production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings
are available f o r b o t h faculty and
students. Equipment such as movie and
slide projectors and tape recorders may
be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice o n
materials selection are also available.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two
15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each
semester the student generally enrolls in
four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject.
The interim period i s an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an
arena of learning. Creative energies and
individual interests determine the course
of study. Innovation and experimentation
are encouraged i n this change from the
general academic schedule. Interest in
music may take form i n the study and
presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study
and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising
agencies provide opportunities for those
interested in communications. Whether
your interests are sedate or spectacular
the interim will afford the opportunity t o
experience and experiment while learning.
General Education
Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation
are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f
courses. A student seeking a liberal arts
education would probably choose many
of them even if they were not required.
In selecting courses t o meet the general
distribution requirements, students may
select an approved course in the areas of
mathematics or physics, chemistry or biology, psychology or sociology, economics o r p o l i t i c a l science, history o r
philosophy, and English or speech, communication and theater arts. The study of
a foreign language is required. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list
of courses containing an emphasis on
urban concerns i s required as is prof i c i e n c y i n t w o l i f e t i m e sports.
For details on general education requirements, see the Academic Administration
section.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Norwegian
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science (Special Emphasis in History, Behavioral Science, Non-Western
Studies, International Relations)
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian
Area Studies are available t h r o u g h
cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Consult directors of these programs for
further information. It i s possible for
students t o complete other majors also
through ACTC. Students who wish to
complete a major offered at one of the
other ACTC colleges must make application for such a major through the Office
of the Registrar.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of
law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It i s suggested
that requirements for admission t o graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and
then the course of study at Augsburg be
planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a
wide scope of courses in the natural and
social sciences, i n the humanities, and in
religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
the United States, t o help determine
whether they possess an interest i n law.
Since law schools encourage students t o
maintain a high grade point average, the
pre-law student should be aware that
many graduate schools consider the
grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their class schedules.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or
105,106), 351, 352; Mathematics124; Genera1 Psychology, 1 course.
Students are encouraged to consult with
in the freshman
the faculty adviserearly
year. Requirements have been designed
to fulfill the minimum requirements of
the School of Dentistry at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program
of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University
School o f Engineering and A p p l i e d
Science and the Michigan Technological
University. See under Engineering for
information on the course requirements
in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career i n
law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American
Law Schools. Early consultation with the
pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, i s
strongly suggested. Students may wish to
take the political science course, Law in
Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116
(0r105,106), 351,352,353; English l l l , a n d
o n e or more w r i t i n g and literature
courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics
121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociolog~,
behavioral sciences and humanities, 5
s recorncourses. General P s ~ c h o l o gi ~
mended.
students arc encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed t o fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical
School of the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may
vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116, 351,
352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and
a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives t o
fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements
should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the
bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged t o consult with
the faculty adviser early i n the freshman
year.
This two-year program has been designed
to fulfill minimum requirements of the
College of Pharmacy at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary
with any of several different majors, e.g.,
history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology, religion. The student planning
t o enter seminary should include Religion
111, 221 among the courses selected. A
pre-seminary curriculum should include
at least two semesters of history (Western
Civilization) and one or more courses in
the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior and/or senior
year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124;
Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,
112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1
course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art,
literature, music, humanities, theater, and
upper division foreign languages); ant h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography,
history, political science, psychology, and
sociology courses t o fulfill the remainder
of the distribution requirements.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed tofulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Inter-lnstitutiona( Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges
and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C.,
the Twin Cities private colleges library
consortium, and Minitex, the statewide
library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus.
No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction
in music and some independent studies.
See under "Independent Study" for
further details. Students may elect to
participate in the cooperative program t o
gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to
undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The
interim term may also be taken on
another campus. A regularly scheduled
bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For
example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly
plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program i s new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
The Higher Education Consortium. This
group i s composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programsfor students,
interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources,
cooperative research projects, foreign
study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban
affairs conference, and development of
programs consistent with the needs and
resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year
program in social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program i s designed t o train
specialists to help professional people i n
dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards,
and students at rehabilitation centers.
Classes are held at such places as the
Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response o f students
involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been
extremely favorable.
Computer Programming. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the
equivalent of three courses in computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg
College.
Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications
for admission t o the school of nursing
should be made directly to the hospital.
Medical Technology. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which
enables qualified students to receive a
college degree with a major in Medical
Technology. The first three years of this
work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program is completed at
one of the three hospitals when the
student i s accepted by the participating
hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by
the hospitals.
Engineering. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and
Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and
Michigan, enables a student to receive
the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, i n a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the
last two at the affiliated university.
Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home,
is available t o students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to this program requires an
application t o be approved by t h e
director of the program. Application
should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are
r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point
average i n work completed in the major
and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All
candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult w i t h t h e Director regarding
proper sequence of courses.
ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer
Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United
States, such programs are available i n the
metropolitan area and may be pursued,by
Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study
Abroad
Several types of international experience
are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on
International Study at Augsburg from the
Director of International Programs. Since
there i s a limit on the number of students
who may study abroad each year it i s wise
to apply in the fall prior to the year one
wishes to participate in an international
program.
Program in Global Community. Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based i n Cuernavaca, Mexico,
focuses on the study of issues related to
global justice and human liberation in the
light of Christian proclamation. Includes
intensive Spanish instruction, group trips,
home stay with a family, and cultural
activities. The cost, including travel, is
equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment
limited.
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations. Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of
the University of Minnesota and several
colleges i n the state. Each year three or
four countries are selected, and qualified
students are granted partial scholarships
to enable them to spend a summer in
informal study in one of the countries
chosen. Applications t o the program are
made i n the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and
group meetings during the school year
before departure, independent study
abroad on a topic of one's choice during
the following summer, and the writing of
a paper upon return.
Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or
junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at
San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
lnstitute for American Universities at
Aix-en-Provence and Avignon i n France;
The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the
University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. I n addition,
through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experi-
ment in International Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs i n
Columbia, Denmark, England, France,
Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type
of study must be approved before
departure by the Director of International
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's
graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or t o
satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School. Again there i s a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish
to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent
summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England.
Those interested in further information
should contact the Director of International Programs.
gram. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses
are offered o n a semester-hour basis, the
courses vary in length from four weeks t o
fourteen weeks. Students wishing t o
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write
the Office ofthe Associate Dean of the
Faculty.
Interim. Study abroad during the interim
i s planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and
in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued each spring for the following
January.
New Dimensions Program
Honors Program
Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities f o r
qualified students t o pursue an enriched
and sometimes accelerated course of
study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors
student forums and options in completing
the general education requirements are
all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser,
Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain
practical on-the-job experience that can
be related to their academic program or
personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies,agencies
and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of
courses, both credit and non-credit,
through i t s Continuing Education Pro-
The New Dimensions Program i s for
adults who have not attended or who
have not graduated from college. The
program provides admissions counseling,
career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior t o graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special
course to ease the transition to academic
life,
The transitional course, "The A d u l t
Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training
and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and
family problems arising from the return t o
schooll The course enables returning
adults t o get to know each other through
sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and
knowledge have been established t o increase vocational possibilities and/or to
enhance personal growth. At the present
time, there are offerings in Art, Women's
Studies, and Church Staff Work.
Certification in Art requires eight courses,
one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns are addressed. See Art Department
Chairperson.
The Women's Studies Certificate may be
earned by completing six courses oriented towards women's perspectives. Each
individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences and
t h e humanities. Interested students
should contact Professor Toni Clark.
The Church Staff Worker Certification
Program i s designed t o help persons
prepare for full-time specialized lay work
in the Lutheran Church. It consists of a
"Church Staff Worker Major" in Religion
(9 courses) plus additional specialized
courses in departments such as psycholo-
gy, sociology, speech, and physical education. The program i s designed to meet
or exceed criteria used in the American
Lutheran Church in its certification program. See Religion Department Chairperson.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree,
Bachelor of S-cience, i s awarded t o
graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and
Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of
Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors i n other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a
major aspect of your college life, but
learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan
area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can
add dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg
is religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of
faith. Chapel services are held three times
a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. The Wednesday
evening Eucharist service in the College
Center is a valued worship experience for
many students. Students, faculty and staff
participate voluntarily. Special events are
sponsored throughout the year and a
number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The College
Pastor has an office in the College Center
to be readily available for counseling,
consultation or ways to get more involved
in religious activity and groups.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, special dinners,
name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo,
and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are
on the lower level. Many of the clubs that
unite classroom or non-classroom related
interests meet in the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition
to performing on campus and in the city,
the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the
Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several
student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given o n
campus each year under the direction of
the theater arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged t o participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as
well as individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there i s open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and i s a member of the National
Association of lntercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA). The College annually competes
in ten sports, including football, soccer,
cross-country, basketball, hockey,
wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association
for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete i n
volleyball, cross country, gymnastics,
basketball, tennis, track & field, and
softball.
Student Services
Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the context in which learning takes
place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more
than intellectual endeavors. Expanding
relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and
interdependence, finding purpose and
commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the
desired educational impact of the college
on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created to support this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at
the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a
College Education. This book will help
you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to
consider and different destinations for
which t o plan. SEMAPHOREwas designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development
provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as
possible. Some of the opportunities you
may wish to participate i n are listed
below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your
first academic year and register for classes.
You and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory,
attend events in the metropolitan area
and seek answers to the many questions
you have about college life.
Career Planning and Placement. You may
be uncertain about where you want to be
when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a
balanced one, how work will provide
opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your
life. All new students will have a chance t o
review their interests with a counselor.
Human Development Seminars. A series
of informal "mini-courses" are offered
each year t o help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship
to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive
Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information on
current offerings and opportunity t o
register are provided several times during
the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want t o
improve your skills i n such areas as
reading, studying, note-taking, and
testing by attending one or more of the
workships offered. You also will have an
opportunity t o meet with a counselor to
diagnose your needs. If a particular
course proves difficult, you can arrange
for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations
occur for all of us where we can handle
challenges more effectively discussing
things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help
you think through how you can handle
major or minor problems i n a constructive
way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure.
Learning for Living. A series of miniclasses designed for the person who has a
desire t o explore new interests, enhance
leisure time, and meet others doing the
same. This i s a non-profit effort of the
Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a college in the city, committed t o the
values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy and
counseling for all minority students in
close cooperation with administrators,
faculty and community. At the present
time these efforts concentrate in two
major areas:
American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support
program to meet the special needs of
lndian students. The American lndian
Programs Counselor provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve
educational opportunities for American
Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with
responsibilities i n recruitment, supportive services, community service and
activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and
programs.
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in studying in other
countries, and i n planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural
awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in
study abroad, consult the faculty member
who serves as Director of International
Programs to check on the many opportunities available.
lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like
to be part of the activities of this group,
contact the faculty member who is appointed lnternational Student Advisor.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning
environment depends, in part, upon his
or her living conditions, a variety of
housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or
more Resident Staff who are able to
facilitate the process of group living as
well as discuss personal concerns with
individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students live i n Urness Tower. This
eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each
floor is considered a house unit providing
36 students, two to a room, with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence
hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and
two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom
apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Another alternative option i s Annex
Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of
upperclass men or women share living
space, house responsibilities, and cooking.
Houses are located in the campus area.
One way to maximize the living-learning
aspects of your housing situation i s to avail
yourself of the opportunity to bid for a
house as a Special Interest House. Groups
of students have created exciting projects
by writing and implementing educational
impact proposals on such topics as
Environmental Concerns, Men's and
Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
Married student housing is available in
annex housing and Kueffner Apartments.
All freshmen and sophomores not living
at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels,
blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning
of the fall term for the entire school year.
New students receive room assignments
during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make
housing arrangements i n the spring. All
resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged
to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who
deposit after June 1 will be provided
housing only if space i s available.
All students living on campus are required
to pay a $100 advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is
credited to the students' account when
they move into the residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups
and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities
Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty
serve as academic advisers. Advisers are
assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged t o
establish close working relationships with
their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one
in the major and one i n the area of
education.
tures small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan who live i n residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e
Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor
of the Center, features short orders and i s
open through the noon hour and i n the
evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living i n College houses
or nearby apartments.
Student Government
Your health needs will be met by the staff
of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the
campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, and prescriptions are
available through the Fairview Pharmacy
at cost. Be sure to check your family
health coverage t o determine if you are
included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
Student government i s t h e vehicle
through which students can secure a
closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and
faculty, and provide better input into the
decision-making process at Augsburg.
Student government also sponsors and
directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pert a i n i n g t o student l i f e at Augsburg.
Student government i s organized into the
executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Elections are
held in the spring except for freshmen
who elect their representatives in the fall
of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning
to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want t o get involved,
contact the President or Vice President i n
their offices in the College Center.
Food Service
Student Rights
The Commons, situated on the top floor
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in matters of
Student Financial Services
You may wish to contact this office for
information o n types of assistance available and for answers t o questions about
deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also
recorded. If you have financial problems,
this is a good place to work them out.
Health Service
of the College Center i s the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room fea-
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves t o conduct hearings
and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should
contact the Vice President for Student
Affairs.
The College operates i n compliance with
the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Students have the right to inspect all
official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in
the office of the registrar and the place-
ment office and t o challenge inaccurate
or misleading information. Exceptions are
parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in
the record before January 1, 1975, or
placed under conditions where students
have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information
on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development.
Admission t o the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions
Office and students are accepted on the
basis of high school performance, promise
of Success i n college as shown by college
entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal
recommendations.
1973 as amended in its admission policies,
educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
The ~ ~ ~ Process
l i ~
for ~~~~h~~~
A ,isit to the campus is highly recomare availmended: admissionscounse~ors
abletohelpyou,answeryourquestions,
and arrange for you to see the campus.
~
1. From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and
complete it.
t
2. Hand the completed application to
your high school counselor, along with
the $10.00 application fee, and ask that
these be sent with your official high
school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these
tests are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file is complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by
April 1 after acceptance has been made
and/or financial aid (if applied for) has
been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus. and matriculation information will be mailed to the
student during the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from
other colleges and universities on the
basis of their academic record. College
credit is granted for liberal arts courses
satisfactorily completed at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the
right not to grant credit for courseswhere
it considers the work unsatisfactory, and
to grant provisional credit for work taken
at unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based
on work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except
for two courses in religious studies.
Registered Nurse Students seeking a
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing
must-also complete the Department of
Nursing entrance tests.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure
and complete, an official application for
admission. This should be sent to the
Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended to be
sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file i s complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested
within one month after acceptance has
been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the
student will be requested to complete a
medical data form, which will be sent by
the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during
the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special
(Non-degree) Students
1. Obtain an application form from the
Office of the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need t o have sent
only the transcripts of colleges attended
since the last enrollment at Augsburg.)
4. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made
i n the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed
at Augsburg College. A foreign student
adviser i s available to help them i n the
transition to college and t o the United
States. Admission is based upon performance i n secondary school and previous
college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship i s required. A very limited
number of scholarships i s available.
Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending
Augsburg. I f they have an internationally
valid health insurance policy, a copy of
the policy is required.
For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program i s offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an
offer of admission if it is extended. An
Early Decision candidate must apply by
November 15 of the senior year and will
receive the admission decision about
December 1. The admissions decision is
based upon the academic record through
the junior year, test scores and recommendations.
Early Decision candidates applying for
financial aid are encouraged t o complete
the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid
Application, which enables our Financial
A i d Office t o compute a preliminary
award. Candidates will be notified of their
award by January 1.
After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged t o withdraw applications t o
other colleges.
A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit i s
required by January 1 or within 15 days of
financial aid notification.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for
a few high school juniors. To apply for
Early Admission, a student must have a
high academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school
and the maturity t o cope with a college
course after the junior year i n high school.
Also, it i s recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or
during the first year of college. A student
applying for Early Admission can take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
months of financial assistance under the
G.I. Bill.
A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army
makes provision for an individualized
plan of education. A prospective student
who qualifies for the program may choose
Augsburg as a home school and carry on a
pre-planned course of study at other
colleges while i n the Army. An adviser at
Augsburg Gsists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 is charged. This fee will
apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time
student at Augsburg College within five
years from initial registration with the
college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the
tuition for courses under Project Ahead.
After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work
taken in high school or elsewhere, to
enroll in courses beyond the beginning
level. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the
study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit i s granted to high school
students who have successfully completed
a college level course and who have
scored high on the Advanced Placement
Examinations. Augsburg will also award
credit on the basis of scores received on
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the
Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 85% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college
t h r o u g h some f o r m o f scholarships,
grants, loans, campus employment, or a
c o m b i n a t i o n o f these. Assistance i s
awarded on the basis of financial need
and academic record. Application for aid
i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which is required
for students applying t o the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial
Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship
Service. Upperclass students must also
complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1978-79, approximately 85% of the students at Augsburg
received scholarships, grants, or loans
totaling over $3,900,000 from Augsburg
and all other sources.
Augsburg participates i n the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program t o
which all Minnesota residents are expected t o apply, and the following federal
programs: Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity
Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study and Guaranteed Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus w o r k opportunities are also
available. Applications for financial aid
received by April 1 will be considered
first. For further information, contact the
Office of Student Financial Services at
Augsburg.
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all
expenses and of all potential financial
resources i s the best way to do your
financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are
considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for
books and supplies. Tuition and fees for
1980-81 are $3660 per year. Books and
supplies may be estimated at $225 per
year. Room and board i s $1760 per year.
Other college-related expenses are those
for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine
months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but
amounts should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics,
incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses,
etc.)
After you have written down estimates of
your expenses, make a list of all possible
sources of income, such as: contributions
from parents' earnings; personal and
family savings; personal earnings during
vacation periods; earnings from part-time
jobs during academic year; benefits from
Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other
than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.,
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any
union t o which a family member belongs
for possible scholarship programs. High
school guidance counselors may have
information about student aid offered by
church, civic, professional, or fraternal
organizations i n a given locality. Following
you will find a summary of financial aid
programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan
i s available from the Augsburg College
Office of Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant
(BEOG)
For students with proven financial
need. Available t o full-time and parttime students. Up to $1800 per year
depending on the institutional costs
and the student's eligibility. Obtain
application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Administration Benefits/
G.I. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans
may qualify f o r special benefits.
Amount is dependent upon eligibility
as d e t e r m i n e d by t h e Veteran's
Administration. To apply, contact the
Federal Veteran's A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Office in your area.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one
parent (covered by Social Security) i s
retired, deceased or disabled. Amount
i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal
Social Security Administration Office
in your area.
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emot i o n a l disabilities may qualify f o r
special assistance. A m o u n t is d e pendent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation
Office. To apply, contact your local
Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
National Scholarship and Grant Program
for Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and
ethnic minorities and other eligible
groups who are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church
(ALC) college or are members of an
ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per
year. Renewable.
American lndian Scholarships
American lndian students who meet
federal and state requirements may
apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs,
Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship
monies. lndian grants are supplemental
to all other sources of financial aids. For
assistance in application, contact the
American lndian Programs Counselor.
Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half
the normal full-time academic load, the
Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while thestudent is in
college. When repayment begins, the
student pays the full 7% interest. The
maximum loan is $2500 per year or the
cost of education, whichever is less. The
aggregate maximum i s $7500.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from
Minnesota State Student Loan Office.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents o n
the basis of scholastic achievement and
need. High School seniors who are
Minnesota residents are expected t o
apply. Range: $100 t o $1250; but shall
not exceed one half of the applicant's
demonstrated financial need.
for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of evident need. High school
seniors and community/junior college
transfer students who are Minnesota
residents are expected t o apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
Scholarship/Grant will be mailed t o all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you
do not receive an application by December 30, contact your high school
guidance counselor or the college
financial aid office.
In addition, persons who have not
attended a post-secondary institution
Return completed application and FFS
t o The American College Testing Pro-
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O.
Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code
2080) and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (Code 6500) t o
receive the FFS analysis.
NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically c o n sidered for the State Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE
COLLEGE
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking i n the top 15% of their high school
class with above average aptitude test
scores.
Up t o full tuition per year. Available
for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who
have shown academic potential and
have financial need.
Up t o full tuition per year. Available for
a maximum of 4 years based o n 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise
attend college, and who carry at least
one-half the normal academic load.
Range $200 t o $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched
by other financial assistance such as
loans, scholarships, employment.
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
For students with proven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
Averages approximately $1000 per
year. Can be reapplied for each year
although renewal i s not guaranteed.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further
full-time study and with proven financial need.
Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable
for a second year.
How to Apply
1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the
financial aid application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement
(FFS) from high school counselor or
Augsburg College Financial Aid
Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code
number i s 2080. Financial statements
received by April 1 will be considered
first.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS,
the College will accept the Financial
Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code
number i s 6014.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descriptions of awards are
copied verbatim from statements of the
donors' wishes.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards
Memorial Scholarship - established
in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or
health.
2. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
two deserving junior/senior students
as recommended by the committee.
3. The Elias B. Eliason, Sr. M e m o r i a l
Scholarship -established in 1979 by his
family. One or more scholarships will
be awarded annually t o needy and
deserving upperclass students.
4. The O l i v e r M. a n d Alma Jensen
Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving
junior/ senior students.
5. T h e M.J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student
of the College selected by the scholarship committee.
6. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female
students transferring from Waldorf
College. Preference given to those in
music and/or elementary education.
7. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the
scholarship committee.
8. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing
Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o
be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students.
9. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually to a
deserving senior.
10. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship
- $250 awarded to a senior.
11. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund established in 1963 by a bequest of John
G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o
freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher
education.
12. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and
deserving upperclassmen.
13. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial
Scholarship - distributed annually t o
needy and deserving students preparing for a career in professional Christian
service.
14. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded o n the
basis of scholarship, personality, and
need. Winners must be junior or
senior students who are residents of
the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabecor Washington
Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must
be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code
6577)
15. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee
1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders
with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland M e m o r i a l
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
able and deserving students, who have
physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need.
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. A i d Association for Lutherans M i n o r i t y
Scholarship P r o g r a m - awarded
annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need.
2. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing
M i n o r i t y Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 to be awarded to a Black
student.
3. T h e M a r l y s J o h n s o n S i m e n g a a r d
Memorial Scholarship - Awarded
periodically t o a Black American
student.
4. National Scholarship & Grant Program
for M i n o r i t y Students -sponsored by
the American Lutheran Church (ALC).
Awarded annually to membersof racial
and ethnic minorities.
5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass
Oriental students.
6. Homecoming Auction Scholarship awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty,
administration. staff and students at
the Homecoming auction.
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE
SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt M e m o rial Scholarship - awarded annually to
a student(s) in the senior class who is
preparing for the ministry.
2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship
- awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial
Scholarship - awarded on the basis of
need, scholarship and interest i n
Christian service.
4. The Morris C.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student
preparing for service as a missionary
through the World Missions Depart-
ment of the American Lutheran
Church.
5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded
periodically to students preparing for
the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually t o an able and deserving
juniorhenior student recommended
by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected
by donor.
7. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the
basis of scholarship, characteristics of
service and devotion t o the Christian
faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ART
- winners
selected by Art faculty.
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship established by the Crown Princess of
Norway to be awarded annually to a
talented art student with financial need.
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by
Physical Education faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male
student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of
physical education.
4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male
student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic
achievement.
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded t o a freshman football player
on basis of financial need.
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded t o a football player on basis of
financial need.
7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
- awarded t o a student because of his
academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
8. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music.
The award is "made t o students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character".
The athletic scholarship i s for a male
candidate only, with a preference for
basketball.
1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
- awarded annually to an able and
deserving male student on basis of
Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the
Biology Department faculty.
2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually t o a male student or students
on basis of personality, character,
athletic and academic achievement.
Biology Scholarships - established in
1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who
intend to major in Biology, Natural Science
or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by
the Business Administration faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation
Scholarship - awarded t o one or more
upperclass students interested i n the
field of business.
2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded t o
one or more upperclass students who
are interested i n business and/or
education.
CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the
Chemistry faculty.
Awarded t o students whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of Chemistry.
ENGLISH - Winners selected by English
faculty.
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually t o junior/senior students who are majoring in English with
preference given to those who plan t o
teach English as a career.
2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial
Scholarship -awarded t o an outstanding student i n the field of English.
HISTORY
faculty.
- Winners selected by History
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students
majoring i n history with preference
given t o those who plan a career in the
field.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chem-
istry Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by
Education faculty.
The David Mathre Scholarship -awarded
t o qualified full-time students in need of
financial assistance during the term in
which they are student teaching.
LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winnersselected by
Library staff.
1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or
more outstanding student(s) choosing
librarianship as a career.
MATHEMATICS - Winners r e c o m mended by Mathematics faculty t o the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship
- generally awarded t o able and deserving juniorhenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on
basis of need and academic ability.
2. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded
to an able and deserving student in the
field of mathematics.
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selecte d by M o d e r n Language faculty.
1. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually
t o juniorhenior students who are
majoring in a modern language with
preference given t o those who plan t o
teach language as a career.
2. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available
to language majors studying a language
abroad during the academic year, t o
help with travel expenses. A special
application i s required by the Foreign
Language Department.
MUSIC
faculty.
-
5. The Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel
Scholarship - awarded t o upperclass
students seeking t o acquire musical
and performance skills i n instrumental
music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music.
The award i s "made t o students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
7. Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o a
student studying choral music.
Winners selected by Music
1. 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/or instrumental
music, who show interest or potential
in conduaing and who show promise
of overall academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship -awarded tOaso~homore/junior
student of outstanding promise in the
field of music.
3- The
solberg
SchO1arshi~
- awarded to an Augsburg student
who has music as a maior/minor and
who shows outstanding promise for
achievement i n the art of singing.
NURSING -winners
faculty.
selected by Nursing
Donna Henke Hendershot Memorial
-awardedtoagraduateof
the Abbott Northwestern School of
Nursing enrolled in the Upper Division
Nursing Program at Augsburg.
PHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics
faculty,
The Theodore J.Hanwick Scholarship awarded annually
to an upperc~ass
stu-
dent majoring in
SOCIOLOGY
4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the
basis of skilled performance or aptitude
in stringed instruments.
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the
general field of Christian Sociology.
Expenses
Costs listed here are for the 1980-81
academic year, and are subject to change
without notice.
T U I T I O N - $3,660
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not
on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
the academic year beginning September,
1980. Students are considered full-time
when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms for a total of
seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student
must register for the semester periods. If
the student elects to omit an interim or to
graduate in December, a refund is not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $510 per course is
charged the student taking less than three
courses i n a semester or registering for an
interim course only.
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. For part-time students,
the charge for auditing is one half the
part-time rate per course. Part-time
students who take Lifetime Sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE
Students enrolled in the music therapy
program will arrange their internship
with Music Department faculty. The
charge for this one-course credit is $510.
Fee for change in registration after the
first three days of classes i s $2.00 for each
course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T
REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $35
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
Film Making, $90
Life Drawing, $20
Stagecraft, $30
Psychology of Music, $10
Nursing Admission Test, $20
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad
Adviser.
Music lessons i n addition to tuition are
$140 a semester (14 lessons), or $10.00
per lesson during Interim.
Class piano lessons, $70 per term
Practice Studio rental for each semester
for one hour a day, $35.00 ($15.00 an
interim).
Band - Orchestra instrument rental
$30.00 a semester.
An application fee of $10.00 i s required
from all new students.
Nursing students are required to have a
name pin, available at cost through the
Department of Nursing.
A registration fee for students studying
abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $125.00.
OTHER COSTS
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals
must register at Augsburg. The charge is
$510.00.
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional
copy, $1.00.
Locker rental for commuter students:
$5.00
Arrangements for special examinations
are made in the Registrar's Office with
charges according t o the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore o n a cash or charge account
basis.
BOARD A N D R O O M
Full Board and Room
- $1,760.
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the
Office of Auxiliary Services.
I n the event of excessive increases i n the
cost of operation, these board rates may
be increased at any time before or during
the contract year.
Linen service i s available in residence halls
on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All
resident students: $100.00 advance deposit required at time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment for
the t e r m beginning in S e p t e m b e r .
charge. New 'OnApplied to the
tracts may be terminated for Fall or
Spring term by notifying the Office of
student Life in writing by the first day of
registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late
cancellation or lack of proper
notifica. .
tion. If the new contract i s cancelled prior
to
(Fall semester) or
(Spring semester), $35.00 will be forfeited
from the $100 advance payment
as a
.
.
service charge. If the new contract is
cancelled after July or January
the
entire amount will be forfeited.
BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another
institution, or discontinuing education
program at Augsburg.
1979-80 COST SUMMARY
Settlement of Account
Application Fee - $10.00
A statement of estimated charges for the
year will be prepared and forwarded t o
the student early i n August. Payment of
the first half-year billing period i s due
August 20, and the second half-year isdue
January 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August
Tuition - $3,660
Board and Room
- $1,760
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded o n termination o f studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New students,
$50.00 (not refundable). Required of
students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by April 15,
1979. (Payment is due February 1 under
Early Decision Program). The deposit is
applied to the tuition charge.
No student is permitted to register if hisor
her account for a preceding term has not
been paid in full.
A student cancelling part or all of his/her
registration and/or being released from
his/her housing contract will be refunded
charges for tuition and room except for
the minimum deduction of $100 of feesto
cover administrative costs according to
the following schedule:
100% through the first five daysof classes.
90% from the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through
the twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through
the twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day through
the middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle
of the term.
Should a student be forced to cancel his/
her registration during the first one-half
of the term due to illness or accident,
upon submission of a report from the
attending physician stating the inability or
inadvisability of continued matriculation,
the charges will be reduced by one-half.
In all cases board refunds a r e made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will beapplied back
to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and
deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the
student's account before eligibility for a
cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College
are encouraged to plan their own course
of study with the help of faculty
advisers
who are readily availablefor consultat;on
and guidance. A well-planned program of
liberal arts studieswillinclude courses in
the humanities, the natural sciences, and
the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected t o be
able to write effectively; they are also
expected to be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United
States.
The general recreational activities courses
at Augsburg are designed to acquaint
students with and t o equip students for
lifetime sports.
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students i n their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the
study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its
mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of
Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is
awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing
and Social Work. Students who enter the
nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts
degree and who wish t o earn a Bachelor
of Science degree should contact the
Office of the Registrar for information on
the specific requirements for a second
bachelor's degree. Majors in Music may
select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors i n other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into
four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily
achieved. A chairperson for each division
is elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated i n the departmental statements in
the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE A N D
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson:
Earl R. Alton
Department
Department
Department
Department
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
of
of
of
of
SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairperson: Myles Stenshoel
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairperson:
Marie 0. NcNeff
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary .Education
Department of Physical Education and
Health Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
D e p a r t m e n t o f Foreign Languages:
Chinese, French, German, Greek,
Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian,
Russian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Minimum Graduation
Requirements Include the
Following:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must
be upper division (numbered in the
300s and 400s) and not more than 13 in
one department, except in certain approved majors for the Bachelor of
Science/Arts degree and 17 for these
degrees: Bachelor of Music, Bachelor
of Science i n Music Therapy, and
Bachelor of Science in Nursing.
No more than these maximums may be
the 35
'Ourses
required: CHR
courses
independent study or directed study or
a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship
and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in
the major except Elementary Education
and one in the minor if approved by the
department chairperson).
Students who enter the nursing program with a B.A. degree and who wish
t o earn a B.S. degree should contact
the Office of the Registrar for specific
requirements for a second bachelor's
degree.
For transfer students, the maximum in
the areas listed in the paragraph above
is an average of two courses per year of
attendance at Augsburg.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements
for each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all
courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major (except for
Elementary Education and Nursing,
where 2.5 averages are required).
4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer
students, the number o f i n t e r i m
courses is one less than the number of
years at Augsburg.
6. The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic advisers,
department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
7. Each student must apply for graduation
at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are availableinthe
Registrar's Office.
8. All degree and course requirements
must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there
may be no incompletes or open courses
on the academic record).
9. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (EnglishI l l ) or
certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of
English. Exemption tests are administered .during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. An approved course from each of
the following seven areas (onecourse
may fulfill the requirement in one
area only):
courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and
receive permission t o register for more
than 4.5 courses.
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology -.Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English -Speech, Communication &
Theater Arts
Art - Music
Although a student may register up t o two
weeks after the semester begins, it i s
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee i s also charged for
changing registration, i.e., cancelling or
adding courses after the first five days of
the semester.
C. Students without prior study of a
foreign language will complete two
courses (111 and 112) of one foreign
language. Students who test above
111 level of a foreign language will
take one additional course at placement level in that language or two
courses (111 and 112) of another
foreign language.
Students are urged n o t t o abandon
courses for which they are registered.
Abandoned courses result i n a failing
grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the
Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments i n
accounts are effective as of the date the
completed Cancel From College form i s
returned to the Office of the Registrar.
D. Three approved courses in religious
studies of which not more than one
may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is
one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
E. A course related t o urban concerns.
Courses approved t o meet this requirement are published each term.
F. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency i n two lifetime sports.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course
i n order t o receive credit for it.
A normal load i s four courses per semester and o n e course i n t h e interim.
Students registered for three or more
Students who have completed at least
7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified
as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or
her achievement i s unsatisfactory.
below 1.6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7-15
courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken
16-24 courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken
25 or more courses
FRESHMAN,
If a student has been on probation two or
more semesters consecutively, he/she i s
subject to dismissal at the end of the
following spring term. A student who has
a poor academic record may be strongly
advised t o withdraw before the end of the
spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by
t h e Committee o n Admissions and
Student Standing.
A student who has been o n probation for
two terms and withdraws from the Cod
lege voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation are also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0
to 0 with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards o f
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course
standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the
course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance ( n o
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a Pass/
N o Credit system, with P meaning a grade
of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit
and a grade of less than 2.0. O n the P/N
grading system the grade is recorded but
not computed in the grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an averageof
two courses per year. Two courses in the
major (except Elementary Education) and
one in the minor may be on P/N grading
system if approved by the department
chairperson.
Sociology 383 and several interim courses
are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded
only on the P/N system or only o n the
traditional system. English 111 is graded P
or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are
graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select
the traditional grading system i n most
other courses. Students are cautioned t o
use the P/N grade option with care since
some graduate and professional schools
do not look favorably on a large number
of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish
to take on the P/N grading system. Any
changes in choice of grading system must
be made according t o dates published
each term. A fee i s charged after the first
five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance
studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given
only in the caseof extreme emergency. To
receive an I grade, a student must file a
petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the
reasons for requesting it, the plan and
date for removing it, and comments from
the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
If the incomplete is not removed during
the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along
with the incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course
that i s t o be spread over more than one
semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the
grade of X will remain on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N,
1, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time arecounted toward graduation and i n the grade
point average. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however,
be audited.
Students who wish t o fake courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should
confer with the professor within t w o
weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the
student's transcript as having been
audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed witti a grade
of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. The charge for part-time
students i s listed under Expenses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s composed of students
whose grade point average for a semester
is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of
three full courses (or equivalent) graded
on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes i n courses offered for credit.
The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a
letter of commendation from the Dean of
the College.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined
as follows:
Summacumlaude
Magnacumlaude
Cum laude
3.8 - 4.0 g r a d e
average
3.6 - 3.79 grade
average
3.3 - 3.59 grade
average
To qualify for graduation with distinction,
transfer students must have completed
two years (14traditionally graded courses)
of work at Augsburg.
Independent Study
An opportunity for independent study i s
offered through many departments. This
i s available to conscientious students who
demonstrate sufficient background and
preparation in a given field to carry out
work on an independent basis.
Most departments also offer an opportunity for directed study. As the term
suggests, this requires considerably more
faculty direction than for independent
study, and a student i s not expected t o
have as much background as for independent study. Directed study is offered
on a lower division level.
Students interested in registering for
either independent study or directed
study must first secure permission from
the faculty who will direct the study.
A student who registers for independent
study should normally expect to complete
it i n one semester but may extend it into
the next term by permission of the instructor. I n such cases, a grade of X i s
given at the end of the first term, and the
student will register again for the course
i n order t o receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may
count toward the 35 courses required for
the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field i n
which the independent study is proposed
is not available on their home campus.
Requests for exceptions t o this policy
should be made directly to their own
academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached t o
independent study by the host campus.
Veterans
Augsburg College is approved by the
State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of
the Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information t o the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more
courses are classified as full-time students.
It i s the responsibility of each veteran t o
report any change i n registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the
Registrar.
Veterans will be referred to the State
Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not
earn a minimum of three courses per
term. An incomplete grade (I) may be
given only i n t h e case of extreme
emergency. See section o n Grading.
Grade reports are issued t o students following each term.
A non-punitive grade which brings a
veteran'; academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported t o
the Veterans Administration. Veterans
will need to meet the requirements of the
Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested i n earning
credit by examinations should consult
with department chairpersons or with the
Registrar. Credit may be earned through
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore.. . 7courses . .I4 grade pts.
Junior . . . .. .16courses . - 3 2 grade pts.
Senior. . . . . .25courses . -50 grade pts.
..
..
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three
courses each of the two semesters and
one course during the interim (for a total
of seven courses). To be considered full
time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
A full course i s offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses (one-half
course credit) are offered i n the Division
of Professional Studies.
A full course has the approximatevalue of
4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a
week in addition t o laboratories. Each
semester is approximately 15 weeks in
length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings.
Courses with inadequate registration may
be cancelled. students shouid consult the
schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300and
above are classified as upper division. I n
general, courses numbered i n the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for
seniors. In some departments course
numbers also designate areas within the
deDartment
symbol
#Consent of instructor
T o t a l Student E n r o l l m e n t
Academic Year, 1978-79.. ............................................
Summer Session,1979 ...........................................
Summary o f Graduates
Graduates, 1870-1978 ................................................
Graduates, 1979 (August 31, 1978 - May 20, 1979).
.....................
1,712
408
7,290
337
Course Descriptions
The descriptions of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics t o
be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and
requirements f o r individual courses,
please consult the respective instructors
bf the courses.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
Courses and terms listed are subject t o
change.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
American Studies
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495
and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S.
History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the
U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5
courses i n one of these areas and 3 i n each
of the others).*
History of the United States
American Studies, 231, 260
History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
Humanities i n the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 241 (also Speech 247), 250,351,
490 and497 (
A
~
~
~
;
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences i n the United States
Economics 120, 122, 723, 251
Education 478#
Political Science 127,122,170,325,326,
370, 371, 427
Sociology 171, 373, 381, 383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken
during the Interim, Summer School and at
other colleges should be approved by the
director for inclusion i n the major.
TEACHING M A J O R : 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director.
M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495
plus 2 courses in each of the above
groupings under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN
HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related
to the black experience, e.g. African
backgrounds, religion under slavery~
evangelicalism.
Course content subject t o
~
~
~
change from year to year. Meets one
religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the
black experience in urban America, e.g.
Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II,
with emphasis upon the contributions of
literature, art and music of the period.
Course content subject t o change from
year to year. (Spring. Offeredon demand)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN
INDIANS
The situation of Indians in the United
States sipce the Indian Reorganization Act
(1934) with an emphasis upon current
issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights,
and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions
among selected Indian tribes today.
(Spring)
phenomenon in American life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the
integration of primary source materials.
Occasional use of Twin Cities resource
persons and the co-learning model when
appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
265 W O M E N IN AMERICAN CULTURE
495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the
position of black and white women i n
American culture from the founding of
the colonies to the present. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
For description, see course 295. Open t o
juniors and seniors who will do a different
level of work (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
with director to determine conditions of
contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only.
Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
Art
Chairperson: Philip Thompson
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING M A J O R : Same as studio art
major but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses
including 107, and 1 art history course.
Two required from 118,221,223,225,250;
one from 240,382,385,386,387,388,389.
ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history
including 386, 3 8 7 ~388.
100, 300 SPECIAL TOPICS Occasional
courses dealing with subjects not usually
offered by the department.
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I
Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience
i n t h e environment leading toward
appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980)
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements
such as color, line, shape, texture, and
pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
STUDIO ART
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and
pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures,
building interiors and exteriors, and
experimental work. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING I
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o painting media and
technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
242 FILM M A K I N G
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation
of the expressive and structural elements
of film. (Summer, Interim)
250 CERAMICS I
An introduction to the making of pottery
with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. (Fall, Spring)
330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
The camera used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression with attention
t o black and white photographic process.
Need access to 35 mm. camera.
A study of visual communications i n
magazines, television, film, advertising
symbols, and other mass media. Practice
in areas of photography, typography, and
illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
150 JEWELRY
351 CERAMICS I1
An introduction t o the making of jewelry
i n copper, brass, pewter, and silver.
(Spring)
Advanced work i n ceramics with an
emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:
250. Fall, Spring)
221 SCULPTURE I
355 PAINTING II
An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring)
Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 778.
Fall, Spring)
223 PRINT M A K I N G I
360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING
Principles and methods of print making i n
a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks
of water-color painting with emphasis o n
the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture i n drawing
and transparent water-color. (Prereq.:
107. Offered alternate years).
368 PRINT M A K I N G I1
Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult chairman or internship director
t o determine project.
478 SCULPTURE 11
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 221. Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice, intended for senior art majors.
(Fall, Spring)
ART HISTORY
proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture i n Europe. (Offered
7 982-83)
240 ART HISTORY SURVEY
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing
of slides, visits to museums. (Offered
7 980-87)
387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART
European painting, sculpture, and architecture through the 18th century.
(Offered 7987-82)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia
f r o m pre-history t o m o d e r n times.
(7 982-83)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from neoclassic is^ through the
present. (Offered 7987-82)
385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART
389 AMERICAN ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period t o the 4th Century A.D. (Offered
7980-87)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and
its relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements.(7980-87)
Early Christian through late Gothic and
Biology
Chairperson: Neal Thorpe
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one
course from each of the following three
groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473,
474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill);
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122
also required. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily
choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses,
cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least
course from each of the following
groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355,
inone
five
474
(Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473
(Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352)
also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this
major. Licensure for teaching after July,
1979, also requires three courses in earth
and life sciences. Students are advised to
consult with the Education Department
early in their planning.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including Ill,
ll2and
three upper division courses. Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The
same as Option I major. In addition,
medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry).
H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in biology
and 3.0 overall; active participation in
seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the
research report. Application f o r t h e
honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 H U M A N B I O L O G Y
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes
man just another member of the biotic
fold? Does man have a niche in .the
ecosystem? What influence does man
have on the environment? What influence
does the environment, especially the
urban environment, have on man? (3
hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A
student may not receive credit for both
Biology 707 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 H U M A N A N A T O M Y A N D
PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structureand
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certair;
other paramedical students, or #; Spring
for Physical Education, Music Therapy
and other interested students. A student
may not receive credit for both Biology
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major
or minor).
105 B I O L O G Y A N D SOCIETY
What are some of the biologically-based
problems with which our society must
deal?What threats are posed by pollution,
the prospect of war, and by shortages of
food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of
genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of
health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not
apply to the major or minor. Spring)
108 M I C R O B I O L O G Y
Basic microbial features are considered as
well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours
lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student
nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.:
Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN B I O L O G Y
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the
course together with college students i n a
co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies
towards the Natural Science requirement.
111,112 GENERAL B I O L O G Y
A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science
majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular
b i o l o g y , genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l
biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be
taken in sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours
laboratory. 771, Fall; 712, Spring)
323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N
PHYSIOLOGY
A laboratory-based course i n which the
principles of human function are learned
by experimentation and class discussion
of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended
for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health,
physical education and related programs
as well as biology majors (primarily
Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall,
7980. Offered alternate years.)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the
plant kingdom including the study of
anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the
chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture.
Prereq.: 772, Chernistry 352 or #. Fall)
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior,
life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Spring, 1981 and alternate
years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE
ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772.
Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and
physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Spring, 7980 and alternate
years)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes
microtechnique, cytological studies, cell
physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367
or #. Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis
on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila
genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis
on the vertebrates. Wherever possible,
functions are explained on the basis of
physical and chemical principles. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772;
Chernistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722or
#. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur
during the development of organisms
with emphasis on the vertebrate animals.
Experimental as well as descriptive studies
are included i n the laboratory work. In
addition to embryonic development, the
topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4
hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers
relating t o recent biological literature and
research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n
biology)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and
viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain
methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors
who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772,
and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Business Administration and Economics
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella
M A J O R I N ACCOUNTING: 9 Business
Administration courses (101,102,131,261,
262, 263, 379, 381, and 483 or 484); 4
Economics courses (122,123,251, and one
from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper
division courses are required. For those
planning careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the
sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly recommended.
M A J O R IN FINANCE: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 261, 262,
373,379,478, and one from 381,382,483; 4
Economics courses (122,123,251, and one
from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper
division courses are required. Economics
392, Mathematics 114 and courses in data
processing and computer programming
are strongly recommended.
M A J O R IN MANAGEMENT: 10 Business
Administration courses (101,102,131,145,
250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478; 5
Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340,
445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371,373;
Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111
or English 223; Communications 354 or
355. Math. 114 i s strongly recommended.
M A J O R IN MARKETING; 9 B,usinys A$ministration courses (101, 102, 131, 135,
.,
J
0
250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics
courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications
351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics114 is
strongly recommended.
Majors in Marketing and Management
are strongly encouraged t o take other
courses offered in the department in
addition to those listed above.
NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in management information systems.
In addition to the courses listed below,
these are offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income
Taxes for Individuals, and Computer Applications.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101, 102, and one of 261,
373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the
major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination i n
the major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who
wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must
have completed the major in Business
Administration-Accounting, taken all
accounting and business-law courses
offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics
general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5
courses but not more than 12 courses of
related business subjects (Economics,
Finance and Mathematics). Students who
have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the
Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
Students who plan t o major in thedepartment are strongly encouraged to select a
department advisor as soon as possible, i n
order to carefully plan their program of
study.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting,
the accounting cycle and preparation of
financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101, Fall,
Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring)
135 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING
Principles of basic policy and strategy
issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and techn o l ~ g i c a lfactors as they affect product,
promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand)
145 FUNDAMENTALS O F MANAGEMENT
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and
control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the
role of the professional manager. (On
Demand)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction t o COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees)
261 FUNDAMENTALS O F FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm;
sources and uses of long and short term
funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting,
leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
search methodology; marketing research
results; evaluation of the effectiveness of
research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad.
135 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand)
340 PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources;
desirable working relationships; effective
integration of the worker with the goals of
the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 745
or consent of instructor. O n Demand)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY A N D CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems
approach to financial structure and policy.
Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures
and case material. (Prereq.: 267, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, capital stock and surplus
accounts, current and long-term assets.
(Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
An introduction t o quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied
problems in business and economics.
(Prereq.: High School Afgebra. Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I1
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining t o investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and
reserved, actuarial topics. Additional
emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.:
262, Spring)
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702. Spring)
330 MARKETING RESEARCH A N D
ANALYSIS
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq.: 107, 702. Spring.
Offered alternate years.)
Research process as an aid to decision
making i n marketing management; re-
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation, but not to the
major. This program will afford the student the opportunity t o spend one full
t e r m w o r k i n g w i t h some industrial
organization. In addition the student will
write a report o n his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer.
Cannot be taken i n Interim only).
viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of
capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 267. Economics 392 is
strongly recommended. Fall)
479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE
METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D
BUSINESS
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management
and decision making, planning marketing
programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or consent o f
instructor. O n Demand)
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods
through use of the electronic computer.
This course stresses the understanding of
statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be
presented in the course are: Computer
Programming Techniques; Statistical
Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379
or equivalent or consent o f instructor. N o
lab fee. Spring, O n Demand)
440 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
483 AUDITING
Concepts and principals related t o the
management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profi t organizations and manufacturing.
Taught from a managerial point of view.
Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling,
and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: lunior or Senior or consent o f instructor. O n Demand)
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls
for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
430 MARKETING MANAGEMENT
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.)
295,495 TOPICS
Lecturer, discussions, meetings with
478 INVESTMENTS A N D FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships
of various types of securities from the
members of the staff or visiting faculry
regarding research methodology and
readings in the areas of Accounting,
Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: ".
FaSI, Interim, Spring]
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed t o afford him or her the
opportunity t o analyze some topic or
issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
NOTE: In addition to the courses listed
below these topics are offered under 295,
495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History
of Economic Thought, Research Methods
for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory.
MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and
one other upper division economics
course.
ECONOMICS
MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: 8 Economics
courses (including 122,123,251,258,454);
Business Administration 101, 102, 379;
Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may
be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence
is very strongly recommended for those
planning graduate study in economics.
I n addition, Mathematics 114 and courses
i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
MAJOR I N APPLIED ECONOMICS:
9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258,
454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper
division);Business Administration 101,
102, 379, 479; Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended.
Mathematics 373 may be substituted for
Business Administration 379. The student
i s strongly encouraged t o take other
Economics courses in addition t o those
listed above.
-
COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICS
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: 5 Economics courses (including 122, 123, 251,
258); 6 Business Administration courses
(including 101,102,261,373,379). Courses
in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The
student is very strongly encouraged t o
take additional courses both in business
administration and economics.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the
major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination
in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged t o
select a department adviser as soon as
possible, i n order to carefully plan their
program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income ~ i s t r i b u t i o n ;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit
Systems, e t c . F u n d a m e n t a l m i c r o economic tools introduced t o facilitate
discussion of t h e above-mentioned
topics.
NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not
plan to major in Economics or Business
Administration. It does not apply toward
an Economics major or minor. Students
who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead
enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open
to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS
(MACRO)
An introduction t o macroeconomics;
national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory t o current economic
problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122
and 123 may be taken in either order, or
may be taken in the same term i n order for
the student to progress more rapidly to
the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS
(MICRO)
An introduction to microeconomics, the
theory of the household, firm, market
structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student t o progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction t o COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE M I C R O ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry;
the pricing of factors of production and
income distribution; introduction t o welfare economics.(Prereq.: 123, Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE M A C R O ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via
macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of
monetary-fiscal PO"'YJ growth and the
business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall)
340 MANAGERIAL DECISION M A K I N G
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students t o make
better business and economic decisions.
Emphasis is on applications, which are
taken from the areas of transportation,
marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route,
inventory models, information systems,
etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 723, Bus. Ad. 101 and
h i g h school algebra o r equivalents.
Spring, O n Demand)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS
See under Department o f Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal
policy on economic activity; debt policy
and its economic implications. (Prereq.:
122, 123. Fall)
392 MONEY A N D BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks,
the Federal Reserve System and i t s role i n
relation to aggregate economic activity.
Emphasis placed on monetary theory and
policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP P R O G R A M
454 WELFARE E C O N O M I C S
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation but not t o the
major. This program w i l l afford t h e
student the opportunity to spend some
time working with some organization. I n
addition, the student will write a report on
his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be
taken i n Interim only)
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare
functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring,
alternate years)
442 LABOR E C O N O M I C S
Analysis of labor markets; labor as afactor
of production; determination of wagecollective bargaining; labor legislation
and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 257'or
#. O n Demand)
445 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and
practices i n forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, price and
non-price competition, production and
cost considerations, and an analysis of
economic problems o f relevance t o
management. (Prereq.: Econ. 257 or
equivalent o r consent o f instructor.
Spring, O n Demand)
479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE
METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D
BUSINESS
Provides the opportunity t o become
familiar with statistical research methods
through use of the electronic computer.
This course stresses the understanding of
statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials t o be
presented i n the course are: Computer
Programming Techniques; Statistical
Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379
or equivalent or consent of instructor. N o
lab fee. Spring, O n Demand)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings w i t h
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring).
453 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Mathematical economics with emphasis
on the application of mathematical tools
t o the areas of micro and macro economic
theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 257, 258 and at
least Math. 722 or equivalent or consent
o f instructor. O n Demand)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity t o analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
Chemistry
Chairperson: Earl Alton
GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY:
115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar.
Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125
also required. Since upper division courses
have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take
Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman
year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
A M E R I C A N C H E M I C A L SOCIETY
APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including
115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry
courses above 350. Chemistry seminar
participation; Mathematics 224; and
Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading
ability in German equivalent t o one
semester also required.
M I N O R : 5 courses which must include
115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses
i n chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361
are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: PHYSICAL SCIENCE
EMPHASIS - CHEMISTRY MAJOR:
Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry
(115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth
and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352,353,
361, 362, 482, 491 (Biology 367 may be
substituted for 362); Physics 245. Students
are advised t o consult with the Education
Department early i n t h e i r planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry
department for assistance i n planning a
course program early i n their college
career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS
major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one
summer or course of approved research;
participation i n seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 105
and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351,352.
Concerning prerequisites: Most courses
in this department have prerequisites,
courses that must be completed before
enrolling i n the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of
2.0 or higher i n order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s
necessary. These requirements must also
be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second
term.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of
general, organic, and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of
life. Does not apply toward the major.
(Credit cannot be earned for both Chem.
703 and any one o f Chem. 105, 106, 115,
176, 223, 351, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3
years or # . Fall
105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116;
designed especially for students who will
not major in chemistry, although students
may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated
by a variety of examples including organic
and environmental systems. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall;
106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY
An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester
includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory
with examples from inorganic chemistry.
The second emphasizes equilibrium and
solution chemistry including kinetics and
electrochemistry. (One-hour lectures, 3
hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school
chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115
Fall, 116 Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
Designed for non-chemistry majors and
those in allied health science programs
whose professional goals do not require
either the two-term organic or the oneterm biochemistry course. The organic
chemistry most relevant to a survey of
biochemistry is studied, followed by the
structures and metabolic reactions of
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic
acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for
Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for
both Chem. 223 and any one of Chem.
103, 351, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 105 or
115, Spring)
351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds
with special emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material
i s correlated by means of modern theories
of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and
reactor mechanism; many applications of
organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour
lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
106 or 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c
analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The
laboratory involves quantitative analysis
of a variety of samples, and includes trace
analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Spring)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum
theory, and states of matter are studied in
the first semester. Applications of these
concepts to areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry in the
second semester. (3 one-hour lectures,
one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353;
Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125.
367, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f
identifying organic compounds in the
l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e
structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the
literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and
further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and
ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
352,353,351 or#; some reading knowledge
of German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium
theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical
methods as well as chromatographic and
electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3
hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory.
Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using
the electrostatic, valence bond, and
molecular orbital models. Coordination
chemistry is discussed i n terms of ligand
field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a
variety of techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the
harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen
atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular
orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular
momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit,
i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors
under the direction of the Augsburg
Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniors are
expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research
careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n the department (not counted as
a course) or by research participation
during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). (Junior standing).
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Chemistry majors who are interested in
non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue
their interest via independent study.
(Junior Standing)
East Asian Studies
Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen
The major i n East Asian Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This
program enables students t o obtain a
broad exposure to Japan and China as
important world cultures. Componentsof
the program include language, history,
cultural specialization, comparative
studies, and seminar work or independent studies.
Requirements for the major consist of a
minimum of ten courses, distributed as
follows:
4 courses in Japanese or
4 courses in Chinese
2 introductory history courses
2 courses in cultural specialization or
comparative studies
2 seminars or independent studies
Each student's major program must be
submitted to the coordinator for approval.
Economics
Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella
74
See under Business Administration and
Economics.
Education
Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Education at these
levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary
Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education are offered i n the following areas:
American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Mathematics,
Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social
Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised t o consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education,
both elementary and secondary, are open
t o all students of sophomore standing or
above. To enroll i n other education
courses, a student must first apply and be
admitted t o the teacher-education program. Students are advised t o apply for
admission in the spring semester of the
sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program
at another college must be re-admissable
to that program.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
1. A minimum of 8 education courses t o
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2),
373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and
electives.
2. Health Education 114 and 115.
3. Library Science 341 (%), 358
4. An academic minor. An academic
major i s recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least
a 2.5 average in the major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's
EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations.
Requirements for Kindergarten License
are the same as those for elementary
education plus Education 375 and 483.
Courses 371,372,373,374 are offered o n a
traditional grading system only.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Bobbie Anderson, Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for
Elementary Education plus the following
courses:
Sociology of the Family
Soc 231
Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
Ed. 325
Contemporary Influences i n
Early Childhood Education
Ed. 425
Early Childhood Curriculum
Ed. 484
Student Teaching (160 hours)
Coordinator: Marie McNeff
Requirements for the major and for licensure i n Elementary Education:
For an Early Childhood License with other
than an education major, consult with the
Early Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION I N
URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY)
371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art,
Music ('/z course)
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students.
(Prereq.: sophomore standing or above.
Fall, Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for art and music taught at
the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N
EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION
372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Science, Mathematics (Y2 course)
Focus i s upon the young child as a person
and the importance of the early years of
his/her life in relation t o the effects of
present-day society and culture upon the
child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of
planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center
and/or nursery school. (Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362.
Spring)
341
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/z course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching
of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys.
Ed., Health ('/z course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for physical education and
health taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265. Fall)
374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Social Studies, Language Arts
(Yi course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for social studies and
language arts taught at the elementary
level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361,
362. Spring)
361,362 CREATlNG LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD O F
KINDERGARTEN
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265 or #. Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of
teaching approaches. The course requires
laboratory experience. Required f o r
Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the
Dept. o f Ed. Summer I)
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
Electives
483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring)
478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
(See Secondary Education)
399 INTERNSHIP
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may select
Opportunity for advanced and special-
A learning'Ontract
m~~~~ be developed and must have education faculty
approval.
ized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmental curriculum.
A projected program must be outlined
which meets the approval of education
faculty.
a
situations for professional work experi-
425 EARLY C H I L D H O O D CURRICULUM
Learning a b o u t a n d d e m o n s t r a t i n g
knowledge and skills of teaching the
young child. The course concentrates o n
details essential t o the organization of a
good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with
children who have uniquely different
needs. Class sessions and two hours per
week of lab experience in a day care
center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
SECONDARY EDUCATION
(TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor
meeting requirements i n a teaching major
and licensure are available through the
Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access t o computer.)
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Observing and directing learning at the
following levels: N, K, and/or elementary
levels under the supervision of college
and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval. Fall, Spring)
It is the responsibility of each student t o
meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult
with Education faculty regarding state
requirements for teacher licensure. This
consultation i s recommended in addition
t o conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Edu-
2.
3.
4.
5.
cation. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation
course. Application forms are available
in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department or division of their declared
major. A student may take education
courses after the Orientation course
only if heor she has been admitted into
the program of the Department of
Education.
GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least
a 2.5 average in the major.
Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching.
Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n
Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program
meets this requirement.)
Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265,
359, 388, 478; the required course(s)
in special methods i n t h e area
of t h e student's major, and two or
three courses in Student Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching i n Secondary
Schools (Through the Augsburg College
Education Department Program)
GENERAL INFORMATION:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors
in Art, Music and Physical Education
receive a special license which allows
them t o teach i n their area i n all grades
from Kindergarten through twelve
(K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the
secondary education program even
though he or she plans t o teach at the
elementary school level. A person with
a major in one of these special areas
will take three courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching
at both the secondary and elementary
levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
art major will register for Educ. 361
and 362; the P.E. major for Educ. 365;
and the music major for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School
and Society in a one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are
held during the term as part of the
professional work. A student taking
two courses in student teaching may
elect t o take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major i n a teaching area
3. Fulfull State Department of Education
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion o f Augsb u r g Education p r o g r a m meets
requirement)
4. Health Educ. 114 and 115
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Licensure Program courses.
265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
A N URBAN SElTlNG (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teachi n g profession, with opportunity for
inschool work. Open t o all students.
(Prereq.: Sophomore Standing. Fall,
Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (ficourse)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY
(lh course)
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences, (Prereq.: Psychology 705, EDS 265)
With the general methodology course,
one or more of the following education
courses i n special methods must be taken
from the department in the major field.
Special Methods Courses ('/i to 1 course)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods
% course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN W I T H
LEARNING PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristicsof
different kinds of learning problems
found i n regular classroom environment.
The primary focus of the course will be on
teaching strategies, but attention also will
be given t o procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning
problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fa 11)
Methods and materials in teaching special
areas
388 H U M A N RELATIONS % course
360 American Studies Methods
'/Z course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior
high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
'/Z course (Fall)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
?hcourse
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
Emphasis o n the study of values, of
communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups i n Minnesota for
the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and
other professional vocations. Open to all.
(Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select from a variety of
situations f o r professional work experience. A learning contract must be
developed and must have education
faculty approval.
478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course i s on the
school i n relation t o society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American
education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
481, 482,483, 484
STUDENT TEACHING
Observing and directing learning at the
secondary level under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel.
(A minimum o f two courses, except three
courses required o f Art, Music, Physical
Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to
student teaching and program approval.
Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized
research projects not otherwise provided
for in the departmental curriculum. A
projected program must be outlined
which meets the approval of education
faculty.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475.
mensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production and evaluation
of effective audio visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION
A N D GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of
evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance in use of print and non-print
materials (Fall, Spring)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE
LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most
frequently used by students and librarians.
Includes preparation of bibliographies
and library instruction. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of
library situations i n the metropolitan area.
475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION A N D
GUIDANCE
245 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION A N D
ADMINISTRATION
Survey and evaluation of library materials
on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation t o curricula
as well as for personal interest and needs
of adolescents. (Spring)
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation.
Services of the media center and methods
of evaluation. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical d i -
Independent study and research o n some
topic of interest i n the field of school
library service, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and
seniors, with department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson: Adviser
Augsburg College i s cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis,
Missouri) and Michigan Technological
University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a
Three-Two Plan of studies which will
enable a student to earn the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College and
an engineering baccalaureate degree
from Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year
period. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted
into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided
they have met course requirements, have
a B average, and are recommended by a
designated representative of Augsburg
College. Students receiving financial aid
who are participants in the Three-Two
Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications
will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum
course requirements for admission t o the
Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224,
226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116;
Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at
Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and
Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman
year. Students are encouraged t o apply
for admission t o the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with
the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged.
English
Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard
Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course i n American literature, one
course i n the Western literary tradition
(271 or 272) and three courses in British
literature. Of the British literature courses,
one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and
one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must
take 225, Advanced Expository Writing.
Majors are encouraged to take, early in
their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly
urged t o consult their departmental
adviser regularly. A student with a double
major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the English department:
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
English: 10 courses, including those listed
for the major and a course in the English
language. Courses i n early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course in public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction.
Library Science: 475, The High School
Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance.
In addition t o field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education
majors will be required to gain practical
experience in the teaching of writing, t o
be arranged through the department
chairperson.
Students interested i n a teaching major
are encouraged t o take courses toward
their major during the freshman and
sophomore years, enroll in Orientation
to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planningtheir courses
of study with the department chairperson,
students should consult an advisor in the
Department of Education.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 overall; submit program t o
department chairperson early i n senior
year; defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis
may be an independent study program.
M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in British literature, and one
writing course. Teaching minors must
include both 225 and a course in the
English language.
The English Department recommends
but does not require that English majors
consider developing an area of emphasis
broader than the major as listed above.
The most likely areas would be a British
concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration, and
a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec-
tion of electives in the major, by the
design of an independent study course
that applies t o the concentration, and by
the selection of some related courses
outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416;
English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423,
438 and sometimes 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222;
American Studies 232; English 241, 250,
351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A
student with an American literature concentration should take some of t h e
courses listed under the American Studies
major w h i c h are selected f r o m t h e
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360, 361;
Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German
244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490,
491.
WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition t o Advanced Expository Writing,
Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect
Interim courses i n writing.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser.
lnterim courses, special courses, and other
courses given at the other cooperating
colleges will often fit well into a concentration.
English 111 i s strongly recommended but
not a prerequisite for a lower division
literature course. Prerequisite for an
upper division course i s successful completion of a lower division literature
course or consent of the instructor.
101 DEVELOPMENTAL WRITING
226 CREATIVE WRITING
A preparatory course for effective writing
for students identified by an examination
as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing
skills will be given. Students will write
short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N
grading only. (Fall, Spring)
The purpose of the course is t o encourage
and guide, by means of appropriate
models, theories, and criticism, writing i n
narrative and poetic modes of expression.
Short stories, personal narratives, and
poems may be selected by students for
experimentation and development, according t o the student's preference.
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
227 JOURNALISM
The study of composition with emphasis
on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the
research paper. The grading system for
this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n
order t o hold a place i n the course the
student must either attend class the first
day or personally notify the instructor that
s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring)
An introduction t o newswriting, with
secondary emphasis on the feature and
the news feature. The student i s first
introduced t o the principles of writing the
news story, what constitutes news, copy
preparation, and editing practices, then
goes on t o write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and
communitv news stories. A unit on the
feature and the news feature concludes
the course. Throughout the semester,
attention is paid to ethics, comparisons
and contrasts with the electronic media,
and stylistic trends inside and outside
the journalism establishment.
223 WRITING FOR BUSINESS A N D THE
PROFESSIONS
A practical course designed to improve
writing skills for those preparing for
business and professional careers. The
writing of reports, letters, and proposals
w i l l be emphasized. Students will be
encouraged to use material from their
own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 7 7 1
or Equivalent)
225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING
241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART
'
The development of essays i n a variety of
rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and
analysis. Particular attention will be given
t o stylistic and organizational matters
through the course's workshop format, i n
which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 777, Fall, Spring)
An investigation of the artistic qualities
and the historical development of the film
media. The course includes the viewing
and discussing of both feature length and
short films. See also description under
Speech, Communications and Theater
Arts.
245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction,
drama, and poetry. Particular attention
will be devoted to developing critical and
analytical skills in reading and writing
about literature. Strongly recommended
for English majors. (Fall, Spring)
Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe,
Dostoyevsky.
331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant
works of selected American writers from
colonial times t o t h e emergence o f
literary naturalism. Attention is also given
to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring)
While the primary study of the course will
be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer,
attention will be given t o the medieval
literary milieu out of which Chaucer
wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and
drama may be examined. (Alternate years,
1980-81)
332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE
261 M O D E R N FICTION
Significant works of selected prose
writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth
century. (Fall, Spring)
A study of Milton's major poems and
selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which
Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER
T O DANTE
A study of major works of Greek and
Roman literature,for example the epics of
Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the
comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's
Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be
studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring
relevance. (Fall)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M
THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N
PERIOD
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval t o the
modern period, including such authors as
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M
D O N N E T O BLAKE
Reading, analysis and discussion of works
of selected writers from the metaphysical
poets to Blake, with attention t o the
historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE
ROMANTICS A N D THE
VICTORIANS
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two
or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their
own age and their lasting contribution t o
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention
i s given to the dynamics of American
society and i t s intricate relationship t o the
literature. Special emphasis i s given to the
city as setting and symbol i n modern
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
beginnings up t o the twentieth century.
Novels studied will be selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens,
Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the
conditions contributing t o the rise of the
novel and its emergence by the twentieth
century as the dominant literary form
(Alternate years. 1980-81)
367 M O D E R N POETRY
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism.
isc cuss ion may include the poetry and
aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance,
M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n
Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and
other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 1981-82)
368 M O D E R N D R A M A
Significant works of American, British,
and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements
such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater
of the Absurd, and Transformationalism.
Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1980-81)
399 INTERNSHIP
The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students
should consult the department chairperson.
423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel
i n England from its eighteenth century
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with
attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and seniors.
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
Open t o junior or senior English majors
w i t h a grade of 3.0 or consent of
department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes
use of the resources of Augsburg's urban
location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open to junior or senior English majors
with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed
independent study in the area of the
student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Chairperson: Cunta Rozentals
Students with previous foreign language
study should register in courses suited to
their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows
the formula: 1 year of high school foreign
language equals 1 course of college
foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with
the department. Students who register
below their level may only d o so for a
grade of P/N.
., be:
,c.J/.
--
,;.I
-
For majors, a minimum of four upper
division courses at Augsburg College i s
required for graduation. A maximum of
four upper division non-Augsburg courses
may be accepted. N o fewer than two of
these four courses should be taken abroad.
For minors, a minimum of two upper
division courses at Augsburg College is
required for graduation.
For transfer students intending to major
or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended i s specified.
See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Course 112 completes basic elements of
the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useable skill levels.
Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper
division courses.
Teaching majors and minors must consult
with the Department of Education for
program. Methods courses by language
are joint five-college offerings and should
be taken in the fallof the senior year. ~ 3 . 0
average in Advanced Conversation and
composition i s a. departmental requirement for teachingmaiors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
departmental honors must apply no later
than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA
overall, and honors thesis demonstrating
ability in independent study for one
course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Offered in conjunction with the Five
College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including
one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim
or summer of study in France strongly
recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature.
Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
/
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with
no previous background in French to the
language and to pench culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence
structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary
level. Two hour? laboratory work. See
above on placehent. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111or equivalent.
Through convepsations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and
forms i s completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills,
and acquaintaice with French culture
and way of life. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
two in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and three in literature, of
which one should be course 352. Study in
France strongly recommended.
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the-basis for practice in
communication, vocabulary building and
developing greater ease in reading. For
those who have studied most of the basic
structures. Two hours of laboratory work.
(Fall)
come acquainted with artistic qualities
and cultural-historical significance of
these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or
minor. (Offered o n Demand)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through informative and controversial
articles, interviews and literary readings,
this course works toward the goals of oral
fluency, communication of ideas, and the
acquisition of sufficient skills t o pursue
general reading in French. Completes a
review of basic structures. Laboratory
work. (Spring)
311 C O N V E R S A T I O N - C O M P O S I T I O N
Explores topics of current interest in both
oral and written form to build fluency,
accuracy, a n d f a c i l i t y o f expression.
Emphasis o n vocabulary e n r i c h m e n t ,
grammatical refinements, effective
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.
243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N
TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French
literature read i n English translation.
Through individualized background
reading and class discussion, students be.
.
--
.
,
.
a
.
-
-
%
.....
(Fall)
*
,,,...... . .
*
,
*
.
.
,
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and
correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics. French
phonology and speech groups practiced
to overcome inadequacies and incorrect
speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION:
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of
the French from their beginnings to the
modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual,
political, social and artistic self-awareness.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 317
or #. Alternate years)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems,
ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and
their contribution to the contemporary
scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of
audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works o f French literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
317 or #. Offered o n demand)
352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT
A survey of the major literary creators of
the Renaissance and Classical periods,
and the French intellectual, social and
ethical currents reflected in their works.
Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel,
letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory work
i n French. Required of all majors.
(Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years)
354 REALITIES: INNER A N D
OUTER WORLDS
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors i n poetry,
and the literature of ideas that led t o new
forms and emphases with the turn of the
century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts in French.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including
the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay,
and criticism. Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts in French.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing
on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive
training in the four skills at an advanced
level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression,
refinements in style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for
self-improvement and self-evaluation.
Laboratory assignments. Required for all
majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette,
Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola,
Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.1
that shows the evolution of this genre i n
theme and form. Analyses, discussion,
and Papers in French- (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Recommended 337. O n demand)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
an
Or
Study in depth
genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, b m a n ticism). Student presentations i n French.
For advanced students. (See also Interim
offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n
Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement,
or genre at an advanced level. Designed
to complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense
are included. (Consultations with French
teachers required. junior standing. Fall,
Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be
clarified early with study adviser.)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer
in Germany strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r
teachers; European History, a second
language, linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 isfor studentswho
have had 111 or equivalent or less
than
two years of high school German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives
in simple
G
~ insights
~ intoG~~~~~
~
~
culture and participation i n short conversations.
~~b~~~~~~~
materialsavailable.
(Fa//, spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g
knowledge of German. Review of basic
structures with emphasis on extending
range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporary
German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212,
Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English.
The readings are considered not only i n
the particular context of German cultural
history, but also discussed in terms of their
relevance t o perennial human problems.
Credit for this course does not apply t o
a German major or minor. (On Demand)
311 GERMAN CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility i n the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n
colloquial German. Intensive practice in
speaking i s supplemented with exercises
i n written composition. (Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000
B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with
emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle
Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. I n German.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Offered o n demand)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE T H R O U G H
18TH CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und
Drang literature. Extensive readings and
discussions i n Classic and Romantic
periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of
German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o
improve students' ability to express ideas
in German. (Prereq.: 311 or#. O n demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 19TH CENTURY
332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland since
the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered i n view of its
roots in the intellectual, geopolitical,
artistic and scientific history o f t h e
German-speaking peoples. In German.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
I n c l u d e s later Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction
to the decline of idealistic philosophy and
the importance of the individual and the
rise of materialism, technology and mass
man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o
deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 20TH CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed : Kaf ka, Hesse,
Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with
class discussibns are designed t o aid students' self-expression i n German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand)
411 ADVANCED GERMAN
COMPOSITION A N D
CONVERSATION
literature, linquistics, which can apply
toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n
morphology. Translation exercises from
and into Greek. (771, Fall; 772, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, exand d e v e l o ~ m e n t
pansion of
Aims at developing and refining the stuof
reading
skills
through
selections from
use of German as a vehicle for
the New Testament and other Hellenistic
expressing his own ideas and opinions.
writings (early fathers, historians, etc.)
Emphasis on written composition includOn parsing and 'yntax
ingcontrolof style. Oral practicethrough
the
Greek
text.
(Prereq.:
772 0' #. Fall)
language,
use of German as classroom
(Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
451 GERMAN PROSE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the
epic genre as a mirror of cultural and
geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
Demand)
452 GERMAN D R A M A
Representative dramatic works from late
18th century to the present are discussed
and read as symptomatic of perennial
human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand)
A first course i n the theory and practiceof
literary studies. A theoretical component
(in English) treats the basic principles of
literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. I n the
practical component, the class will divide
into small groups according to foreign
language, where the elements of theory
will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for
foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors.
Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.:
272 or #. Offered on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Japanese
Greek
See the instructor for supporting courses
at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
Offered in conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LINGUISTICS
An introduction t o linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus
on linguistic universals (organizational
principles and features common t o all
languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry
in t o the mechanics of language learning
and the structure of the mind as revealed
i n language.) Theoretical questions will
be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
Norwegian
MAJOR: 8 courses above 211, including
311,312, 331,350,353,411, and 499 (independent study). Interim or summer in
Norway recommended. (Academic credit
may also be earned through the Camp
Norway program in Norway.) Consult
department for details.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus
one course under Scandinavian Studies.
TEACHING M I N O R : 311, 331, 353, 411
plus required education courses, including special methods.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
PREPARATION:
Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies.
writing. Stress on spoken rather than
literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (117, Fall; 712, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition
to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion
and exercises. Laboratory work and some
field experience expected. (prereq.: 172
or equivalent.)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
A N D COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian
with emphasis on pronunciation and
original composition. Some attention
given to regional variations i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between
the two official languages of Norway.
Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.)
312 O L D NORSE
An introduction t o the structure of O l d
West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some
attention given to O l d East Norse and
aspects of the history of four modern
Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of
the latter i s desired but not required.
Norwegian language minors will have
special assignments. (Offered alternate
years)
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE
111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language
skills: speaking, listening, reading and
This study of Norwegian cultural history
will include significant aspects of the
c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society.
Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work in the
comparatively homogeneous population
of Norway will be examined. Written and
oral reports i n the Norwegian language
will be required along with some field
work. (Prereq.: 371 or #. Alternate years)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand)
353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN
LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the
study of original works from earlier
periods extending back to O l d Norse
literature. All genres are examined, and
considerable attention i s given t o writings
i n the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and
written reports are in Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 217 or equivalent. Spring
1981. Alternate years)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN
CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice i n spoken and
written Norwegian. Attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and t o the
historical development of the Norwegian
language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of class for course offerings, and
Russiam Area Studies in this catalog.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
311,411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354.
(Study i n Spain or Latin America i s
strongly recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American
Area Studies. Consult department for
other supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world.
Laboratory work is an integral part of the
course (711, Fall; 112, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with
emphasis on active use of the language,
supplemented by readings in culture and
literature. (Prereq.: 172 or 2 years of high
school Spanish. 271, Fall; 212, Spring)
223 THE C H I C A N O EXPERIENCE
Through essays, short stories, and novels
written by Chicanos and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists,
the course will introduce the student t o
the world of the Chicano and his dual
struggle t o maintain his traditions and
culture on the one hand, and t o integrate
into American society on the other. (On
Demand)
249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various
periods and movements are read i n
English translation. Through background
reading and class discussion in English the
student i s acquainted with the salient
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this
course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred. (On Demand)
311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice i n
correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course isa
p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses. (Prereq.: 272 or equivalent. Fall)
312 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speakingskills i n
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic
usage and the finer points of grammar.
Readings t o stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of
Spanish contribution t o world civilization
through historical, intellectual, literary,
and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #, Spring 7987, alternate
years.)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
A N D CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the
Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilization~to the present. In
Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or 272, with #.
Spring 7980, alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. I n the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y
through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n
Spanish. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand)
352, 353 SURVEY O F SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
A study of representative authors i n
Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and de-
velopment of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 352,
Fall, 1981; 353, Fall, 1982)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC
AMERICAN AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311
or #. O n Demand)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311
or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH D R A M A
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the
Golden Age and the ~ d d e r nPeriod.
(Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and written reports i n the
language. (Prereq.: One survey course.
Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
History
Chairperson: Orloue Cisselquist
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least
four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas. Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; u.S.;
and
non-Western.
M A J O R FOR TEACHING: In addition t o
the regular history major a social science
major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers see "Education Department" in
this catalog and consult with Education
Department faculty for requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the
major and 3.0 overall; except in special
instances, application before the end of
the first term of the junior year; two years
a
language at the college level
(0' i t s equivalent); an honors thesis
(equal t o One course credit) to be
defmded before a faculty committee.
M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course.
Lower level courses need not be taken i n
sequence.
There are16upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Five
or six are offered each term, or 11 per
year. Offerings depend u p o n faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE
WESTERN CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations i n
the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of
Europe into the 13th century. (Fal1,Spring)
102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN
CIVILIZATION
A consideration of European institutions
and values from the waning of the middle
ages through the remodeling of Europe
by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE M O D E R N WORLD
A study of the main currents i n western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to
the present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN
WORLD
An introduction to various centers of
cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts t o reconstruct a nation
torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student t o do readings or study on topics not covered i n the
scheduled courses. The proposed study
must be approved by the directing faculty
member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of
one course i n directed study may be
applied to the major.
331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY
Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n
U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see
History 332). The specific topics to be
offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN
FOREIGN POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy t o
general American development is stressed
as is the period of the Cold War.
353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A survey of topics relating t o the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic
adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities;
economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and
early 20th centuries.
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D
GREECE T O 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the
Near East from earliest times through i t s
extension and elaboration by the Greeks.
Emphasis i s placed on the development of
writing, achievement in the arts and
sciences and political institutions.
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E
T O 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the
rise of Rome as the world's greatest power.
Emphasis is placed on personalities, the
arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
370 THE LATE MIDDLE ACES T O 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the
role of the Church and state through the
changes forced on these institutions
during the Italian Renaissance and the
early years of the Reformation.
399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division
students majoring i n history. See department chairperson.
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth,
the distinctive institutions, and the culture
of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire
to the 20th century, with focus on specific
historic cities as examples. The course is
designed for history students, urban study
majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel.
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial
empires and the rise of the third world.
~h~ emphasis will be on Western Asia,
Europe, and Africa in the lastfifty years.
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
412 ENGLAND I N THE
TUDOR A N D STUART PERIODS
A study of English history from a 15th
century background through 1714. The
emergence of modern constitutionalism
is the major theme of the course. Emphasis
i s also placed on 16th and 17th century
aspects of England's subsequent role i n
the world economy and o n the English
literary renaissance of Elizabethan and
early Stuart periods.
416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most
critical period in the rise of the modern
state. Emphasis i s also placed on the
emergence of modern science and i t s
effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714.
Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in
the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland,
Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.
Attention i s given to overseas emigration.
463 M O D E R N SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments
i n this area. A comparative analysis of the
nationalist movements and the process of
decolonization will especially focus o n
Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and
Vietnam.
464 M O D E R N CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history
since the Opium Warof 1839.Theerosion
of China's isolationism and collapse of the
imperial system. The Nationalist and
Communist revolutions o f the 20th
century.
465 M O D E R N JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of
Japan as a major world power i n the 20th
century. Components of the course will
include a study of the distinctive features
of t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization
factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade i n Asia and Africa.
breakdown of these imperial systems at
the end of the 18th Century.
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission
of the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n
history courses are encouraged t o apply
for directed independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study
may be applied toward the major.
474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST
114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers
cultural interaction and conflict, and the
building of European empires i n Asia and
the Americas, and concludes with the
An introduction t o the basicconceptsand
tools of geography followed by a survey of
the distribution patterns t o be found in
our physical and human environment.
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Beverly Durkee
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,215,
224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure,
courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised t o consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be submitted
t o department during first term of junior
year, and must include advanced study i n
areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and
Mathematics-Education.
104 BASIC MATHEMATICS
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and
a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities
i n one variable, including linear and
quadratic; and graphs of linear and
quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not apply
toward a major or ,,,inor in mathematics.
Does not satisfy the general education
requirement
in mathematics.
114 [NTRODUC-lON T O COLLEGE
ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, f u n c t i o n s a n d graphs, l i n e a r
equations, exponents a n d radicals,
quadratic equations, ratio and variation,
progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms
and trigonometric functions. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may register for credit only with consent
of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications t o the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major
or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a
single variable with applications t o the
social and behavioral sciences. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may not register for credit. (Spring)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including
calculus of several variables and series
with applications primarily from the
physical sciences. Primarily for students i n
the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725,
Spring; 224, Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational
to abstract mathematics. A study of the
integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by
special integral transforms; systems of
differential equations with matrix algebra
techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.:
224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F
MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is
placed on the inductive techniques of
discovery. Includes the ideas of modern
elementary school mathematics curricula.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 INTRODUCTION T O MODERN
ALGEBRA
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure of
mathematical systems and mathematical
models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts.
Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g
further study of mathematics. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Fall)
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings,
integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275.
Fa/ I )
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean
spaces, transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and
vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring;
325, Fall)
351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries
by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or
125. Spring, 1982, and alternate years)
COMPUTER SCIENCE
145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods
including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming
in a non-scientific higher level language,
such as COBOL. Primarily for students in
non-science areas.
Does not apply toward a major or minor
in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions
and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses.
(Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems.
(Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1981. Offered alternate
years)
481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from
real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics d e f i n e d throu.gh consultation
between student and department.
245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer languages
and methods.Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register
operations, and computer organization.
Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from
science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems
on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms
for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language
in numerical analysis. Topics include the
general concept of iterative formulas,
solution of equations, Newton's method,
linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit
may be granted toward a mathematics
major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and
Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of Required science courses: 1) Biology 111,
three years of academicwork at Augsburg 112 and two additional upper division
College and twelve months of internship (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,
at Hennepin County Medical Center,
106 (or 115,116), 351, 352,353; 3) Physics:
Metropolitan Medical Center or North- 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one
western Hospital. Specific recommended course in immunology.
courses vary t o some extent depending
on the hospital with which the students
Students transferring to Augsburg Colplan to affiliate. I t i s important to work
lege with an Associate of Artsdegreeor i t s
closely with the Medical Technology
equivalent should expect to spend two
adviser. Augsburg College does not guaryears at Augsburg before participating in
antee that all students will be accepted by
the internship year. The Medical Technothe hospitals for the 12-month internship.
logy major is not designed for persons
Students must negotiate directly with the
w h o already have t h e baccalaureate
hospitals involved.
- degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl
Director: Carry W. Hesser
MAJOR: 15-courses including the following core requirements: Economics
123; Political Science 122; History 431;
Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379
or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or
Sociology 363; a minimum of one course
of internship or independent study; plus
two urban-related non-social science
courses with an urban emphasis, at least
one of which must be i n the humanities
(current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics
103, Biology 101, 105).
To complete the major, the student has a
choice among three emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or
GeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges, as well as those offered
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below).
M I N O R : To be linked with appropriate
majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following
core courses are required forthe Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science
122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an
a p p r o v e d Social Science Research
course; an approved internship and/or
independent study.
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in
t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n c o m m u n i t y , e.g.
lectures, symposia, performances, hear-
ings. These resources become the core of
the course, supplemented by traditional
college resources. The course is designed
in consultation with and evaluated by a
department faculty member.
consultation with MUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or
field research related t o subjects of
seminars and/or major academic interests.
Other Urban Studies options available
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA):
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST)
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN
ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution
publications, journal articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom,
students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics
include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
Students are placed in a variety of public
and private agenciesfor work experience.
A learning contract is developed with
MUST faculty approval. Students may
choose an internship of one or two
courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study i s done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In
This program is located at the University
of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
A N D CULTURE
Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study. depending
on
.
proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student
course work and daily living i n Oslo. An
orientation t o current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated
with the language instruction.
373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a
combination of lectures, guest speakers,
and field work. Emphasis is placed o n
Norwegian urban development w i t h
comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are
viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers.
Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of
other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH,
POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y
DEVELOPMENT I N THE LATIN
AMERICAN CITY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar
and/or major academic interests.
Structured field course focusing on plight
and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota,
with field trips to other Colombian and
foreign cities for comparison. Visits t o
various types of barrios and to public and
private agencies dealing w i t h urban
problems.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SA U S)
This "semester in the city" program is
located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t
focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty,
student .elects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related to subjects
o f seminar and/or major academic
interests.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or
advanced levels.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a
field seminar, an internship, and in-
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N
LATIN AMERICA
-
Readings.
discussions, and lectures in
" ,
both English and Spanish, with aid of
SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n
urbanists.
-382
dependent study.
FIELD EN'ERlENCE
383 FIELD SEMINAR: sAN FRANCISCO
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Music
Chairperson: Robert Karlen
Students wishing t o major in Music at
Augsburg College must make application
t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into
the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of the sophomore
year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors
must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261;
pass a
piano proficiency test, perform in music
organizations for 3 years, participate i n
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
repertoire tests.
MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or
355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of
Performance Studies; recital performance.
TEACHING M A J O R : 11 courses: Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two
of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department
of Education for requirements i n
education.
BACHELOR O F M U S I C DEGREE:
17
courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457,
458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,499 and
electives; 4 years of Performance Studies
with double periods in the last two years,
and junior and senior recitals.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus
350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3
years of Performance Studies in'cluding at
least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382,
383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362,
and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc.
241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective
in physical education (232 recommended);
elective i n speech (116 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and
Music Therapy may be applied toward the
35 courses required for graduation.
Students need t o apply for internshipsites
nine months in advance of starting date.
Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s
limited, students may need to seek outof-state internship placements.
This major normally requires four and
one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the
student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
M I N O R : 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261,
458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organ-
izations; piano proficiency; and 2 music
r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all
Performance Workshops during the year
of Performance Studies and 8 campus
recitals also required.
Those wishing t o minor in music should
declare their intent by the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
H O N O R S MAJOR: Students may qualify
for graduation honors i n music if they (1)
provide leadership in: the promotion of
higher music performance standards
within the Department of Music; breadth
of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/
or promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at
least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for
the Honors Program at the beginning of
the second term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of
the following ways: (1) two solo recitalsof
graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental
ensemble of not less than 15 minutes
duration and either a senior thesis and its
defense before a faculty committee of a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a
senior thesis and i t s defense before a
faculty committee and a solo recital of
graduate quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 14 campus faculty and
student recitals is required of sophomore,
junior and senior music majors. Music
minors must attend 8 faculty and student
recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and
minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration
is required of majors during either the
junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both
their junior and senior years.
Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a
student who has been certified by the
Department of Music as a major for the
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music
degree, receives required lessons in the
area of his concentration without extra
cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: A
junior or senior student transferring to
Augsburg College as a music major must
take a placement test in music theory
before registration. Application f o r
acceptance into a music program should
be made at the end of the student's first
term at Augsburg, after passing the piano
proficiency test.
101,102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory i s an integrated course
extending over four terms. Taught by a
team of instructors, the various aspects of
musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are
presented i n parallel, rather than i n
sequence. (101,223, Fall. 102,224, Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D
ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related
to choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The development of music through the
study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s
placed upon relationships between music
and the other fine arts. For the non-music
major (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras.
(Fa 11)
261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
O F MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
I n a historical approach to the study of
music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into
topics of particular interest. Suitable for
both non-music and music majors.
330 VOCAL REPERTOIRE
A historical survey of solo vocal literature
from 1600 to the present. The study includes such aspects of concern for the
performer as interpretation, style, and
diction. (Fall)
Advanced technique i n the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H
Development and influence of the music
of the Christian church. Designed for the
general student as well as for organists,
choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall)
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired i n music
theory and history classes t o the study of
20th century music. (Prereq. :224. Spring,
alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation
of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of
varying sizes and types. (Fall)
488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods,
and techniques for teaching piano. students will give individual lessons to
d r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e
instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
OF MUSlC I
An objective approach t o musical stimuli
and response, with an emphasis on the
socio-psychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process
and development of an experimental research project.
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
O F M U S l C II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
395 INFLUENCE O F M U S I C O N
BEHAVIOR
Permits advanced and specialized studies
and projects not otherwise provided for
in the departmental curriculum. Open
only to advanced students upon approval
of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
MUSIC THERAPY
110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C
THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs in
the surrounding area, with field trips to
various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y
course for the freshmen and sophomores
considering music therapy as a major;
gives the students a broad background in
the ways in which music is used as a
therapy. (Interim)
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL
MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall)
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association
for Music Therapy for six months. This is
started after completion of thesenior year
and is necessary for registration by the
NAMT. Applications for internship sites
must be made nine months i n advance.
Sites i n Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC I N THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of
music with the emotionally ill, mentally
retarded, and physically handicapped.
(Prereq.: 395)
495 PRACTICUM
IN
THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two
hours a week, six terms. No credit.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS
An informal setting for student performmces, seminars, and guest lecture dem~nstrations.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of
songs.
RECITALS
Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion
Student recitals afford an opportunity for
public performance and acquaint
students with all aspects of preparation
a quality perforand presentation
mance.
Instruments: Technique as
ertoire~performance.
rep-
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The music organizations exist not onlyfor
the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes t o
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
participate in groups affording
- opportun. .
Vocal and instrumental instruction i s
ity for musical expression. The student
available t o all students. For statement of
must be carrying at least two courses each
fees, see under Financial Information. No term. Participation for the full Year is
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
required. No course credit.
Brass Ensemble**
Piano
Choir*
Technique as needed, repertoire, perforChorale**
mance, accompanying. Only those lessons Concert Band*
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
Jazz Ensemble**
examination has been passed may be apOrchestra*
plied toward the music major or minor.
String Ensemble**
Woodwind Ensemble**
Organ
*Membership by audition.
Technique as needed, repertoire, per**Membership by audition or consent
formance, hymn-playing, accompanying. - o f instructor.
Natural Science
Chairperson: Earl R. Alton
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching
in Secondary Schools.
The Minnesota Board o f ~ e a c h i nhas
~
approved the licensure program for
science teachers and has authorized
Augsburg to recommend candidates for
licensure in:
Life Science, grades 7-12
Life Science, (minor) grades 7-12
Physical Science, grades 7-12
Earth Science, grades 7-12
Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-12
Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72
Physics, (minor) grades 7-12
Middle School Science, grade 5-9
PROGRAM COMPONENTS
The program of courses i s designed t o
provide a broad, basic background i n
science and allow for specialization in an
area. The following programs assume that
the student will meet the general educa-
tion requirements of the college and, i n
the physical science, have at least one year
of calculus.
BROAD BASE COURSES
7 COURSES
-
Seven courses comprise the set for the
broad base background.
1. Earth Science - 1 course
Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics
161 - Understanding the Weather
2. Life Science - 2 courses
Biology 111, 112 - General Biology
3. Physical Science - 4 courses
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry
I n order t o make the program slightly
more flexible, it i s recommended that
students with emphasis in life science
have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 - Physics for
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics.
LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES
1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry
2. Biology Component - 7 courses
Biology 491 - Seminar
At least one course from each of the
following groups:
Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology
OR Biology 353 - Comparative
Vertebrate Zoology
Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology
474 - Developmental Biology
Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant -Biology OR
Biology 474 - Ecology
Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR
Biology 473 - Animal Physiology
Group v Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR
Biology 476 - Microbiology
SCIENCE
- 7 COURSES
Candidates may be recommended for
licensure i n Physical Science upon comp l e t i o n o f e i t h e r Physical Science
Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical
Science Emphasis-Physics major. The
student licensed in Physical Science may
teach chemistry and/or physics in grades
7-12.
1. Chemistry Major
Chemistry 351,352 - OrganicChemistry
Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Chemistry 361,362 -Physical Chemistry OR Biology 367 - Biochemistry
in place of Chemistry 362
Chemistry 482 - Advanced Inorganic
Chemistry
Chemistry 491 - Seminar (no credit)
Physics 245 - Modern physics
2. Physics Major
Physics 245 - Modern Physics
Physics 351 - Mechanics I
Physics 362 - Electromagnetic Fields I
Physics 395 - Comprehensive Laboratory
Three additional Physics courses t o be
selected from the following: Physics
261, Electronics; Physics 270, Optical
Physics; Physics 352, Mechanics II;
Physics 363, Electromagnetic Fields II;
Physics 481, Thermal Physics; Physics
486, Quantum Mechanics.
BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE
Grades 5-9 - 7 courses
1. Earth Science - 2 courses
Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR
Physics 161 - Understanding t h e
Weather (the alternative course not
taken i n the BROAD BASE section)
2. Life Sciences - 2 courses
Any two biology courses above 112.
3. Physical Science - 3 courses
Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic
Chemistry
Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Physics 245 - Modern Physics
CERTIFICATION W I T H M I N O R
Candidates requesting certification bas'ed
upon minor preparation in life science
shall complete 7 courses in Biology i n
addition to the BROAD BASE.
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation i n chemistry or
physics shall complete the broad basic
competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry
351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For
Physics, these are any four courses above
122.
Nursing
Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson
Augsburg offers an upper division major
i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor of
Science degree.
Requirements for admission to the major
are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. i n
the state of Minnesota; and completion of
courses i n inorganic chemistry, organic or
biochemistry, anatomy and physiology,
microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses
at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior t o admission t o the
nursing
- major.
.
I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior t o acceptance t o the major. These tests are
given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing.
Applicants must give evidence of current
nursing clinical practice, i.e. within the
past five years. This may include I ) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work
experience, or 3) completion of a nursing
refresher course or an acceptable equivalent.
MAJOR: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n
nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325,
350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354
( I n t e r p e r s o n a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s ) is
highly recommended. The required
courses i n sociology, psychology, English,
chemistry, and biology listed above may
apply toward distribution requirements as
well as toward admission t o the major. An
upper division science course is required
and must be completed during the first
year of study in the nursing major. This
is to be selected after consultation with a
nursing faculty advisor.
Courses in the nursing majoraredesigned
so that they may be completed within two
academic years. However, more than two
years may be required to complete the
total course of study, depending on the
number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities.
303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I
(!h course)
This course will present principles of
teaching and learning within a process
framework of assessment, planning, imp l e m e n t a t i o n a n d evaluation. The
students will have an opportunity t o assess
their own learning style, write behavioral
objectives and develop a teaching plan
for a selected client. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance into nursing major.)
304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II
(1/2 course)
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
I n this course the student will examine
elements of assessment and selected assessment tools in the nursing process.The
student will expand the use of communication skills for obtaining a health history
and negotiating health goals. A developmental framework will be used t o do a
holistic assessment of an elderly person.
(Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.)
350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING
RESEARCH
Students will assess their own leadership
style and examine concepts of management as they relate t o the professional
nurse's role. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.:
303.)
The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this
course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students will critique
nursing research and design a research
project. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.)
310 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING I
403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill
Focuses on systems theory, change theory
and concepts of health as they apply to
current community health issues and the
practice of nursing. Students will do a
health assessment of a client and will
explore a community health issue related
t o the course content. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance to the nursing major.)
This course will examine the diversity of
American families. Content includes the
structure and the role, rule and communication patterns of families in light of
situational and developmental crisis
events. The emerging role of the nurse in
providing family health care will be explored. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304,
377, 325, 350. To be taken prior to or
concurrently with Nursing 423.)
311 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING II
404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING IV
This course provides a knowledge base
for understanding community values of
cultural groups as they relate to health
care and the nurse's role in a community
health team. Strong clinical component
for application of knowledge from Community Health I and [I. (Spring-Junior
year. Prereq.: 303, 370, 325.)
This course deals with the integration of
communication, leadership theory and
the professional nurse role in the context
of complex group interactions. (SpringSenior year. Prereq.: 403,430. To be taken
prior to or concurrently with Nursing
427.)
423 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I
The preceptorship practicum offers the
student an opportunity to implement a
negotiated learning contract in a selected
practice setting. This approach provides
opportunities for developing objectives,
selecting learning experiences and collaborating with faculty, preceptor(s),
client and agencies, in providing complex
nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.:
To be taken concurrently with or followi n g Nursing 403.)
groups i n a selected practice setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To
be taken concurrently with or following
Nursing 404.)
430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES IN NURSING
A course designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional
nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored
in light of their implications for nursing
practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.)
427 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I1
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
This course is designed in the same manner as Nursing 423. It i s a synthesis course
utilizing knowledge and skills from nursing and liberal arts courses. Opportunity
is provided to apply leadership theory t o
I n depth study of a learner-selected topic
or issue. Students must consult with
faculty and submit a written study proposal prior t o registration.
Philosophy
Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement.
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241,
242, 343, and 344.
110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS A N D M E T H O D
M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses
from 241,242, 343, and 344.
H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission t o the
Philosophy Honors program i s by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such
recommendations will be made at the end
of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
topic of the student's choice, involving
research above the course level, and a
defense of this thesis before the faculty of
the department.
Though each person has his own set of
ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been
critically analyzed or evaluated for their
consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the
needed skills. Another is that they may
have had little opportunity to examine
critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are to provide the student with some
experience i n examining ideas, and
thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required t o evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall,
Spring)
120 ETHICS
Sometimes you say that a certain action i s
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it i s right? Because you like it? Are
there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a
long, hard look at possible grounds for
making moral decisions, and at the moral
judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
130 L O G I C
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and
then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid
arguments and work to develop your
ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring).
241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: P L A T 0
A N D ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle
and the Stoics; what did they believe?
Why did Plato think that the physical
world was not overly important, and what
did he value? How did Aristotle, the
scientist, respond to this? The answers to
these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11:
MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE
PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and
enlightenment. H o w dark were t h e
Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt t o discover the
grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was
carried forward i n the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the
individual i n the Renaissanceand the new
methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course,
247.)
343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 19TH
CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? I n innate
ideas or with experience? What can we
really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major
empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 247 or 242.)
344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV:
C O N T E M P O R A R Y PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth
that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and
other issues are dealt with in astudy of the
m a j o r representatives o f l i n g u i s t i c
analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and
phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested
prior course, 247, 242, or 343.)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and
reason? Does God exist, and what can be
said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and
animal suffering? I s man really immortal?
Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious
beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.)
360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with
friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How
does language relate to the world - can
we really learn about the nature of things
from words? Do the mathematician and
the scientist have a language?I s it possible
to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to
these and other important questions
about language. (Suggested prior course,
730 or 344.)
365
PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s
purported to be profoundly different and
better than that of the non-scientist. I s this
true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions
which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist
to recover knowledge? In addition to
dealing with these questions,students will
work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special
sciences. (Suggested prior course, 730 or
one course in natural science.)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine
what it means to be a being-in-the-world,
and explore such themes as absurdity,
freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to
problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion,
care for the dying and euthanasia.
410 TOPICS I N PHILOSOPHY
Advanced studies covering a specific area
of philosophy, such as studies in the
thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an
idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May
be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses, any from 247,
242, 343, 344 or #.)
430 STUDIES I N INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard,
Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the
student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty adviser.
Physical Education and Health Education
Chairperson: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R : H.Ed.
114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350,
351, 471, 472, 474, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G
M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354,355; P.E.223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474;
Biol. 103. Students wishing to become
licensed teachers should consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W l T H
SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474,
491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355,
362. Approval for admission to Corrective
Therapy major must be secured from the
corrective therapy coordinator.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W I T H
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
474, 485, 491; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed.
114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243.
C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480,
and practicum in coaching (Practicum
requires registration for Independent
Study 499).
Physical education major plus coaching
practicum meets the coaching requirement.
234 O U T D O O R EDUCATION
This course will look at a wide variety of
outdoor activities that can be taught in a
school setting. The following activities will
be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing,
cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and
water safety. Students must be prepared
t o spend some weekends participating in
these activities. (7/2 course. Spring)
243 HISTORY A N D PRINCIPLES O F
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment i n Minnesota high
schools are required t o have at least a
coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week.Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
History, principles, and philosophy of
physical education. (Spring)
Mechanics of movement with special
emphasis upon the action of the muscular
system. (Prereq.: Biology 703; Fall)
351 PHYSIOLOGY O F EXERCISE
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching,
and officiating team sports. (Spring)
The major effects of exercise upon the
systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs
and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 703.
Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL
223 TEAM SPORTS
CHILD
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching,
and officiating individual and dual sports.
(Fall)
(See Health Education)
355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES A N D
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice i n teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon-hour
activities, camp nights, modified games,
simple rhythmic games, folk and square
dancing. (7/2 course. Interim)
(See Health Education)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for
teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
373 MODERN DANCE
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form,
and design. No previous dance experience
necessary. (1/2 course. Interim)
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL
'/Z course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall,
1st half of term, odd # years only)
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
% course
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairperson
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (7/2 course. Fall)
474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open
only to junior and senior P.E. majors and
minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test or satisfactory
completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming.
1/2 course. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES1/2 course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring,
1st half of term)
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd
half of term, odd # years only)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half
of term, odd # years only)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
'/Z course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring,
2nd half of term, odd # years only)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball.
(Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games,
and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of the treatment of disease and
injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular re-
education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed 354
Summer school only)
HEALTH EDUCATION
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114,
495, 496, 497 pROFESSlONAL
AFFILIATlON
115, 320, 354, 410; ~ i ~103,
l . 108, 111;
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required.
Chem. 103 or 105;
105;
231,
Includes actual hospital experience i n
241.
four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology,
and (4)Rehabilitation. Course497 isstudy
o f Neurology and Pathology (Prereq. 485,
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING M A 491 and approval o f department.)
]OR: Same as health education major plus
H.Ed. 35% and Educ. sequence for teachi n g license.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study i n an area of
physical education. O p e n only t o junior
or senior majors.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114,
115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231,
110 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y
HEALTH
354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L
CHILD % course
Modern concepts and practices of health
and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall)
Education of the exceptional child with
special reference t o the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the
role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course
Princi~lesand practices of safety education i n school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid
course. (Fall, Spring)
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCAT l O N '/z course
An analysis of chemical abuse and what
can be done for the abuser. (Fall, Spring)
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
Techniques for developing a course of
study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l
courses i n the major sequence numbered
i n the 700 and 200 series; also #.)
355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/2 course
Survev of basic statistical ~roceduresand
evaluation of tests in heaith and physical
education. (spring)
410 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVIS l O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH
PROGRAM
Historical background,legal bases,school
health services, and relationships t o community health program and resources.
Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience i n classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physics
-
Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson
M A J O R : 9 courses, including 121, 122,
245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses
above 122. I n planning their courses of
study, students are encouraged to work
closely with members of the physics
faculty. Normally, students should have
Mathematics 124,125, and Physics121,122
the freshman year, and Mathematics 224
and 226 the sophomore year.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122,
and three courses above 122.
-
-
H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent
investigation of a physics topic with an
oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major
should be made no later than the first
term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
major. Students are advised to refer to the
Education Department section of the
catalog and consult with the Education
Department early i n their planning.
SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the
physics community o n a professional
basis. Membership in SPS i s open to all
students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open t o those students
who have completed the equivalent of a
minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in
physics and 3.0 overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and
galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a
12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar.
Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour
lectures. Fall, Spring)
103
FOR
LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments
are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life
sciences. The course i s designed to serve
students i n biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical
technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable
elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem.
algebra. Fall)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of
mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics,
electricity and magnetism, and some
aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other specified majors. Must
be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121,
Fall; 122, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from
a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state
physics. This course indicates the need
for, and develops the experimental basis
of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of
D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing
"
solid state devices. The study of diodes,
transistors and integrated circuits, with
applications t o both digital and analog
circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 122 o r 103 plus
Mathematics 122 or 125 and conseni o f
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using
t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. Interference, diffraction,
polarization, and an introduction to the
electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122.
Fall)
A careful study of classical mechanics i n
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles,
single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion,
dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation,
kinematics of two-particle systems and
noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.
351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory
is developed using the vector calculus
t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's
equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of
electromagnetic radiation based o n
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSlvE
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation in
physics seminars. Experiments i n the area
of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum
physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per
week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent
o f instructor. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq. : 351. Spring)
486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS
A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall)
488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o
specific topics chosen from the areas of
solid state physics, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear physics, and particle
physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students to explore
systematically a problem in experimental
or theoretical physics, worked out in
consultation with a faculty adviser. Open
to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
Political Science
Chairperson: Norma Noonan
M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical
Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or
122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5
other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5
areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122
or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division
courses i n 3 out of 5 areas.*
H O N O R S MAJOR: The Honors Major i n
Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following:
The student's grade-point average must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The
student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may
work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply
for the Honors Major no later than the
first term of the junior year.
See the class schedule for precise listing of
terms in which courses are offered.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
A N D POLITICS
121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the
dynamics of congressional, executive,
and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and
current issues in American society.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Politics in the urban setting, including
important issues, actors, and structures
influencing public policy in the modern
urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation, and meetings with political experts
and activists.
160 W O R L D POLITICS
Introduction t o the processes and issues
of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system,
theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
*The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public
Law, and Political Theory and Analysis.
(Any course listed i n more than one area
may be counted i n only one area toward
major or minor requirements.)
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major
in combination with specified social
science courses, i n compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the department chairperson or the Social
Studies Education adviser.
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental
regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 ' course i n Political
Science or #)
326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D
BEHAVIOR
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political
parties in th: electoral process. Field work
with political parties and interest groups
and media i n presidential elections
(optional i n non-presidential election
years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term o f
election years.)
An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N
SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of
mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship,
newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing
on political behavior, institutions, and
processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet
Union and other communist states i n
terms of political behavior, institutions,
processes and politics. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
(See Section V for description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I1
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national,
urban or state focus; topic to be included
i n subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n
Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D
ANALYSIS
459 TOPICS I N ELITE A N D MASS
BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass
participation i n the political system.
( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e
course i n Political Science or #.)
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics in the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy.
363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES
V. POLlTlCAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS
Analysis of the motivation, formulation,
and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon
the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
(See Section II for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT
461 TOPICS I N INTERNATIONAL
POLITICS
Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of
international problems. Topic t o be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries;
t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic
and contemporary legal issues.
A study of influential political philoSophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls,
emphasizing t h e values, goals, and
assumptions which continue t o inform
and t o rationalize human governance.
(Prereq.: One course i n Political Science
or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public
policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism
and the welfare state i n comparative
perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.)
382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST,
PRESENT, A N D FUTURE
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of
the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant
Supreme Court cases involving the United
States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of
Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment
as applied by the Supreme Court to the
protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #.
Offered alternate years.)
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory
and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and
economic dimensions of the theories,
with some focus on the preferred futures
envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or
#. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches
to political study, and a survey of the
methods common to empirical social
science.(Prereq.:StatisticalAnalysis;Political science 158 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairperson or Internship
Director t o determine project. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY
A N D INTERNSHIPS.
Selected topics. Consult department
chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (prereq.: #,)
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY:
METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department t o
determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject
matter. (Offered on demand)
An independently designed course a
student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n
the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings.
These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by afccijliy member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation
between instructor and student. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Chairperson: Norman Ferguson
M A J O R : 10 courses including 105, 264,
265, 381 or 399, and 493, with-a minimum
of 5 courses at Augsburg. Physics 103 is also
required. The major program should include 105 i n the freshman year, 264 and
265 in the freshman or sophomore year,
381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 i n the
senior year. The major program i s planned in consultation with an adviser i n the
psychology department and it i s approved
by the department chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology
and toward the particular educational,
vocational and professional goals of the
individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior
year.
Not more than two courses from among
299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward
the minimum 10 psychology courses required for a major. I t should be noted that
this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stu.dent may
actually take more such courses.
I t i s recommended that psychology
majors take additional course work from
other areas that will complement and
strengthen their particular interests i n
psychology. For example, developing a
minor in business administration, biology,
or communication i s recommended for
many students.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 105, with a
minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not
more than one course from 299,399, and
499 may be counted toward the minor.
H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify
for honors i n psychology with a 3.5 grade
point average in the major, a 3.0 grade
point average overall, and completion of
a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for
honors consideration must be made
during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairperson for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction t o the methods and
approaches used in psychology for the
purpose of understanding behavior. The
structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, i s emphasized. (Fall, Spring)
251 SENSING A N D PERCEIVING
An ecologically oriented approach to the
study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on
the processing of environmental information and how this relates t o adaptive
behavior and subjective experience. Major topics include: adaptation to novel
environments such as outer space, animal
& machine intelligence, and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 705)
264,265 RESEARCH METHODS: DESIGN,
PROCEDURE, A N D
ANALYSIS I, II
A' two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning,
problem solving, social psychology, and
sensation-perception. Emphasis will be
placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research
Methods I may be taken for credit without
c o n t i n u i n g i n Research M e t h o d s II.
Majors i n psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must
precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the
term immediately following 264. (Prereq.:
705. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must
be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development
and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and
applications of data and theory i n respect
to the development of children. (Prereq.:
7 05)
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g
understanding of and appreciation for the
developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory
have for the development of people in
the adolescent and adult periods of life.
(Prereq. : 357)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105)
361 PERSONALITY
An introduction to the field of personality
study with special attention directed
toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall)
355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
A survey of the functions of the nervous
system which are responsible for behavior
in animals and human beings. Major
topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory,
and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and
one course i n biology. Fall)
A review of maladaptive human behaviors
from the social, organic and psychological
points of view. Experience in a variety of
community service units will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring)
356 ENVIRONMENT A N D BEHAVIOR
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made,
has on behavior. Major topics include:
overcrowding and environmental stress,
territoriality, defensible space & crime,
and built environments such as rooms,
buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 705. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Learning concepts, behavior change
principles and psychology of instruction.
Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705)
371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE
INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society
upon values and goals, differential legal
status and feminist movement views, and
physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices
such as management styles, evaluation
and maintenance of work effectiveness,
and social influences. An organizational
field experience. (Prereq.: 705)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
381 PSYCHOLOGY IN HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY
Historical development of psychological
viewpoints and theoretical positions.
(Prereq.: two psychology courses)
Study of selected areas and topics i n
psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings.
Specific topics will be published prior t o
registration. (Prereq.: 705 and #).
399 INTERNSHIP
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Interested students should consult with
the departmental internship coordinator
regarding requirements and permission
to register.
Discussion of contemporary societal
Issues from a psychological viewpoint.
Consideration of the approaches and
m e t h o d s used by psychologists i n
studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses.
.
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and ethical
guidelines for a counseling relationship.
(Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing.
Spring)
Limited registration by special permission
for advanced students i n psychology.
Students must present a written plan prior
t o registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the
proposed study.
Religion
Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe
Religion 111 or 221 i s prerequisite t o all
other courses.
Department approval i s necessary before
courses taken in other colleges can be
accepted for Religion Department and/or
general education course credit.
ACADEMIC M A J O R : 8 courses, including
111, 221, 356, 4 8 1 a n d a s e m i n a r
especially for majors to be taken i n the
junior or senior year. Only one interim
course may be applied to the major. One
upper division New Testament Greek
course may be applied t o the major. One
course required from those numbered
361-363 and one from those numbered
471-475.
C H U R C H STAFF WORKER RELIGION
M A J O R : 9 courses, including 111, 221,
356, 362, 399, 481, 354 or 358, 360 or 483,
471 or 473. These together with specified
courses in other departments can lead t o
Augsburg certification.
PUBLIC SCHOOL RELIGION MAJOR:
The Minnesota Department of Education
does not at the present timegrant teacher
certification for a religion major or minor.
To prepare for teaching about religion in
public schools, the student should work
closely with the Religion Department t o
design a program which includes: a) a
major in an academic field which i s certifiable by the state for elementary or
secondary teaching, and b) a religion
major of 8courses, includinglll,221,355,
356, 360, 363 and 471.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the
major and 3.0 over-all; research project
approved by the department and colloquim with the department.
M I N O R : 5 courses. Not more than one
interim course may be counted for the
minor.
sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
354 LlFE O F THE CHURCH I N
THE LlFE O F THE CITY
The Gospel and various forms of ministry
evident in urban structures.
355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION I N THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with
such efforts, the resources available to the
teacher and the actual teaching itself will
be examined. The theological, as well as
the legal and educational implications will
be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087)
111 INTRODUCTION T O THEOLOGY
356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which
concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The
task of biblical interpretation. The history
of Israel and the emergence of the
church. (Fall, Spring)
An introductory survey of some of the
major living religions of the world, inc l u d i n g Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary
documents from these religious communities.
358 LlFE A N D WORK O F THE C H U R C H
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
Congregational life in its varied character
with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and
parish work. (Offered 7987-82)
See under Department of Philosophy
360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY
353 DENOMINATIONS A N D SECTS I N
AMERICA
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and
361 C H U R C H FATHERS
471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS
A study of the early Christian Church in
the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and
martyrdom, the development of the
creeds, Christianity i n c o n f l i c t w i t h
Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of
several early Christian leaders and a
special unit on the life and thought of
Augustine.
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the
variety of interpretations given the person
of Jesus, including the "quest for the
historical Jesus." (Fall)
362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e theological
thought of the Protestant reformersof the
sixteenth century. Special attention to the
writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 RELIGION I N AMERICA
A study of the development of religion i n
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o
the challenges of its environing culture.
364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T
CHURCH HISTORY
Topics and themes related t o church history and Scandinavian immigration t o this
country.
380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H
(See under Department of Music)
399 INTERNSHIP
Limited t o students who have completed
at least four academic courses, have at
least first semester Junior standing, and
satisfy department guidelines.
472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship t o
the early church, and some of the themes
to be found i n his writings. (Offered
1981-82)
473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D
TESTAMENT
The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew
thought with emphasis on the message of
the prophets. (Offered 1980-81)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from
the end of the O l d Testament period to
modern times, with emphasis placed upon
the religious development. A special
interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as
Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua
Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College i n support of this course in
Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction to some representative
trends i n Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church.
(Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N
CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
structive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
New trends of Roman Catholic theology
as expressed i n the writings of some of i t s
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic
definitions of the church. (Fall)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The bases of Christian social responsibility,
in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a con-
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian A r e a Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It
seeks t o give the student the broadest
possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet
life, history, politics, literature, tradition,
and philosophy. In addition to providing a
good liberal education, the program can
enable students to prepare for graduate
study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching.
MAJOR: 11 courses
4 courses (2 years) of basic college
Russian (or equivalent competencies)
2 courses i n Russian history
1 course i n Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course i n Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives.
M I N O R : 6 courses
2 courses (1 year) of basic college
Russian (or equivalent competencies)
1 course i n Russian history
1 course i n Soviet politics
1 course in Marxist theory
1 other course from the approved list
of electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Director: Mildred l o e l
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses.
Major programs must contain 4 courses
listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division
Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e.,
courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be
linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses
under Department of Foreign languages.
312 O L D NORSE
An introduction t o the structure of O l d
West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some
attention given t o O l d East Norse and
aspects of the history of four modern
Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of
the latter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language majors and minors
will have special assignments. (Offered
Spring, 1981.)
325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
See under Department of Music.
330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture
with special emphasis o n conditions and
developments i n the twentieth century.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable but not required.
345 SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
- AMERICAN
The O l d World background and use of
"America Fever," adaptation t o the New
Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Offered on Demand)
351 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on
assigned reading of selected novels by
Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof,
Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor
Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required t o d o
assigned readings and written work i n a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Spring, 7987)
352 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA
Readings include dramaticworks by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk
and other twentieth century dramatists.
Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian
drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and
written work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Offered alternate years. Fall, 7980)
364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T
CHURCH HISTORY
396 URBAN PLANNING I N
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of Religion.
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies,Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term (SUST).
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D
CULTURE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for ~ r b a ; Affairs. See M e t r o - - Offered periodically under Department
Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies of History 495 Seminar.
Term (SUST).
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
See description under Department of Art.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n consultation with a faculty member,
student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Cisselquist
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed
for those preparing for secondary school
teaching i n social studies. The Social
Science major i s also recommended for
others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This
major may be earned i n any one of four
distributions. A student may not list a
double major in Social Science and one of
the several component disciplines unless
the distribution selected in the Social
Science major i s significantly different
from the other major.
Students wishing t o become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
1. 7 history courses; 2 American, 2 Anc i e n t - M e d i e v a l - M o d e r n Europe, 2
non-Western, 1 seminar. At least 4 of
these must be upper division.
2. 2 political science courses.
3. 1 social science methodology course
from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Quantitative
Methods for Economics and Business;
Psych. 264, Research Methods I; Soc.
362, Statistical Analysis: Soc. 365,
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation.
4. 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: anthropology, economics,
geography, psychology, sociology.
vant topic; Philosophy 355; Religion
356; Sociology 241.
3. 1 social science methodology course
from: Bus. or con. 379, psych. 264, SOC.
362 or 365.
D. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
EMPHASIS
6. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE
1. 4 lower division courses: Econ. 122,
14 courses, at least 5 of them upper diviHist. 103 or 104, Poli. Sci. 158 or 160,4th
term of collegework in a modern
sion, from economics, history, political
foreign
language.
science, psychology, and sociology (including anthropology). These must in- 2. 3 upper division courses: Hist. 332,
clude:
Poli. Sci. 363, 461.
I.2 or more courses from each of 30f the 3. 7 electives, no more than 5 from any
disciplines.
one discipline, from: Econ. 251, 258,
2. 5 or more courses from another of the
495, seminar, independent study or
disciplines other than history.
interim course on a relevant topic;
3. 1 American history course (may be Part
Hist. 416,404,463,464,465,474, seminar,
of requirement 1).
independent study or interim course
4. 1 social science methodology course
on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. 350, 351,
from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Psych. 264, Sot.
380, 381, 382, seminar, independent
362 or365 (may be Part of requirement
study or interim course on a relevant
1 or 2).
topic; Sociology 241; 4th term of colC. NON-WESTERN STUDIES EMPHASIS
lege work in a second modern foreign
language.
1. Hist. 103, The Modern World.
2. 12 courses in non-Western studies,
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
with at least 4 disciplines represented,
each of five disciplines, selected from the
from the following: Econ. 122, 258;
f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics,
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, semigeography, history, political science,
nar, independent study, or interim
psychology, and sociology. The selection
course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci.
of courses must be approved by one of
351, 363, 382, 461; seminar, independthe faculty supervising the social science
ent study, or interim course on a relemajor.
Social W o r k
Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins
i n the junior year, but all students are
advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by
the faculty, and should seek advisement
from faculty as to sequence of requisite
courses from other departments.
MAJOR: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading t o a
Bachelor of Science degree. The core
program consists of Bio. I O I * ; Psych. 105*,
351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*, 365,375*,
and 383*; and Social Work 257, 361, 363,
364, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466 and 467.
Recommended courses are: one CHR,
Soc. 111, Econ. 123, Poli.Sci. 121,325,326,
Speech 354 and/or 355.
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning o f the senior year.
SPECIALIZATION: Specializations i n
Aging Chemical Dependency, Youth and
Crime and Corrections are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of
functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement
in the senior year in the special area.
Completion of aspecialization i s noted on
the transcript.
SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK: State Department of Education required Human Relations Certification for school social work
i s available through successful completion of Ed. 388.
257 PRACTICUM IN THE H U M A N
SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
.:
..
I..
.. -,:. ' -
Opportunity t o know social work professionals, social service delivery systems,
and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term
paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. (Interim)
viduals and small groups; development of
the student's repertoire of relationship
building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory
exercises per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior.
Spring)
340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D
SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship
building. Ten hours per week, plus one
small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring)
This course will include the study of the
impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social
policy, services planned to address needs
of older population and skills needed t o
work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence.
(Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.)
361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects
of the various systems of social welfare i n
the U.S. and the role of social work i n
them. Special emphasis on analysis of the
major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state;
description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social
work, its ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per
week; guest lectures, research paper.
(Prereq.: Junior, o r #. Fall)
363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F
SOCIAL W O R K
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with indi-
364 FIELD W O R K I
461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS
IN SOCIAL W O R K
Enlargement and refinement of practice
skills through lecture, classroom exercise
and regular class work. Enlargement of
social group work skills, emphasis o n
development of generalist practice skills
and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour
class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises
per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and 364, or #.
Fa11)
463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on:
1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social
change, 2) understanding the basic issues
and strategies relevant t o social protest
and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various
community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4)
knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior
or #. Fall)
462, 464, FIELD W O R K I1 A N D IV:
Ten hours per week in a Social Service
agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families,
groups and/or communities. Ten hours
per week, plus one supportive/discussion
seminar per week. (Prereq: completion
and 2.0 i n 361, 362; concurrent with 467
and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D
DEVELOPMENT
This course will include the study of
theories of Social Policy formulation and
methods of analysis associated with needs
and services and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Develapment and implemenration will be viewed
first hand through work with a public
policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class
period per week, readings, analytical
paper integrating class concepts with
practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 FIELD WORK Ill
Continuation of 462 conducted during
Interim. ('/z course. Interim.)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS
PROFESSIONAL
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival,
professional job attainment, personnel
policies and practices, organizational
theory, and resource development will be
studied in the course. The field work
practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464;
Spring)
468 SPECIAL TOPICS
Current issues in social work theory or
practice. To be announced. (#half or full
credit. Interim)
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
An independently designed course a
student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in
the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, sympolia, performances, hearings.
These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consulattion with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
Sociology
Chairperson: G . Nelson
MAJOR: 10 courses including 121, 362,
363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a
CHR course, internship, independent
study or upper division interim course i n
sociology. This recommendation is made
in the hope that the student will take ad-
vantage of the variety of learning models
offered through the department. Consult
department chairperson concerning
areas of concentration.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two
upper division courses (i.e., 300 and
above.)
H O N O R S MAJOR: The student must
have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major
and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n
sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department
Chairperson before April 1 of the junior
year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April
30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499)
through which work on thesis will be
completed. Honors degree i n sociology
will be granted to a candidate if he/she
successfully defends the thesis before
March 31 of senior year and maintains
GPA through graduation.
111 H U M A N C O M M U N I T Y A N D THE
M O D E R N METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of
the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation,
with a focus on the possibilities of human
community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES O F SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element i n the way we
see the world. An examination of the
ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and
"progress"; a comparison of alternate
realities as found in different cultures and
varying social contexts. An analysis of
selected aspects of US. culture. (Fall,
Spring)
300,301,302,303,304
SPECIAL TOPICS
I N SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult
felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens.
Residents and staff of these institutions
take the course together with college
students i n a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and
interest.
360 RELIGION A N D S O C I E N
An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n
American society.
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
231 SOCIOLOGY O F THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce.
The relationship of the family t o its institutional and cultural context.(Fall,Spring)
The first course in atwo-coursesequence.
Analysis of attempts to build a body of
k n o w l e d g e by way o f a s c i e n t i f i c
approach. Tools and approaches used to
evaluate ideas and describe social life
through the use of quantitative informa-
tion. Use of data processing equipment
and computers for statistical analysis.
Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors
should take Soc. 363 the following term.
(Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by. wav. of
class activities and individual projects. To
be taken immediately after Soc. 362.
(Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D
PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview o f methods o f
organizing, comparing and interpreting
quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical
analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications t o program
evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various
theoretical components of criminology
and corrections. M a j o r attention is
focused on the causation and prevention
of crime and delinquency, and the various
modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 721, Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and
society. An analysis of the ideas of "self"
and "identity" and what part they play i n
understanding interpersonal relations
and human behavior. A sociological view
of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted.
"Symbolic interaction", an important
orientation in social psychology, will be
used as a way of dealing with the major
issues in the course. (Prereq.: 721 and
Psych. 105. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city i n history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives
i n urban sociology; the metropolis as an
eco-system; metro-urban planning and
policy systems; major issues related to
shaping the future metropolis. The Twin
Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an
important learning laboratory. (Prereq.:
777 or 127 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority
g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the
role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring.
P/N grading only)
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth,
status and power in the U.S. and other
selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and typeof inequality.
Detailed analysis of current issues and
policies concerning inequality i n the U.S.
(Prereq.: Soc. 721. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairperson or
Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the
course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.:
2 courses i n sociology including 721 or #.
Fall)
-
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY
METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
An independently designed course a
student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in
the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings.
These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty
member of the department.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal
contai'ning rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study
according t o department guidelines.
(Prereq. :721 and permission of instructor.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, C o m m u n i c a t i o n and T h e a t e r A r t s
Chairperson: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25
in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality,
distinguished performance in at least one
of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior
year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary
education.
Supporting courses required but not
counting toward the major: Speech 111;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241; Sociology 375.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows
for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for
each area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of
Admissions.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS
C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses,
including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory
performance on competency tests in
writing and typing.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work
out a plan for the major and a personal
career action plan. Freshmen should take
Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology 121
or 241, and Philosophy 130.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses.
243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary
schools may specialize i n any of three
majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor,
preferably a major. The communications
major or minor does not qualify one for
teaching speech.
An introduction to radio and television
with an emphasis on the director's role;
emphasis on producing, programming,
writing, acting, casting, and lighting.
(Laboratory fee: $70. Fall)
SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in
forensics, and a minor in English.
SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course
111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,
351 or 355,352, 354, 360,476 and participation i n forensics.
342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S IN
SOCIETY
See under Department of Political Science.
351
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda,
practical work in speech and promotional
projects. (Spring)
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critica.1 listening. (Fall, spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
See under Department of Art
227 ADVANCED WRITING:
JOURNALISM
See under Department of English
353 ADVERTISING
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: /r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring)
354 INTERPERSONAL
COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human inter2259 230 "ISUAL
COMMUNICATlONS
action through verbal and non-verbal
I, II
messages; emphasis on factors that build
relatiokhips and help to overcome comSee under Department of Art
munication barriers. (Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART
355 SMALL GROUP C O M M U N I C A T I O N
See under Department of English
A study of group dynamics and leadership
242 FILM-MAKING
with emtlhasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups
See under Department of Art.
and organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology.
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairperson for
details.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction t o principles and methods of
speech correction. (Spring, a!ternate
years.)
480 SEMINAR I N C O M M U N I C A T I O N
Cooperative investigation o f topics i n
speech and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N
COMMUNICATION
Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use
of primary sources and methodology of
research. (Fall, Spring)
THEATER ARTS
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus
Beginning Speech. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least
by several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama o r
Scandinavian Drama.
Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning
t o major i n theater arts should begin with
courses 111, 116, and 228. Course 111 is
not part of the major.
A. ACTING EMPHASIS: 116,228,232,233,
243, 360, 361, 362, 366, and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended:
courses i n voice and movement, dance,
cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting
emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of
crew work, and 1 internship.
B. DIRECTING EMPHASIS: 116, 228, 229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly
recommended: courses in voice and
movement, cinema art, and dramatic
literature. Performance requirements for
the directing emphasis include 4 units of
crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing,
1 in stage management, and 1 internship.
DESIGN EMPHASIS: 228, 229, 361,
362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290
C.
in Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n
cinema art, art, and dramatic literature.
Performance requirements for the design
emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2
in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in
assistant design, 1 i n design, and 1 internship.
THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING:
10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229,
232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice
and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts
majors, and a minor i n English.
THEATER ARTS M I N O R FOR TEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation
i n dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS M I N O R : 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361,
366,476 or a voice and diction course,and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and
a minor i n English.
and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd.
(Spring, alternate years)
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
A study of creative improvisation using
stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self,
human relations, etc. Uses of creative
dramatics i n theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall)
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice i n reading prose,
poetry, and drama. (Fall)
228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I
An introduction to the backstage world of
the theater: its organization,crafts, magic,
and art. Practical craft projects, theater
tours, and production experience. Open
to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee.
Offered alternate years).
229 STAGE DESIGN I
lntroduction t o scenery and lighting
design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical
studio projects. (Open to all students.
Should be taken i n freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting.
Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring)
361 THEATER HISTORY
Overview of theater history; examination
of plays from various periods. Attendance
at local theater productions. Introduction
to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall, Alternate years.)
362 THEATER CRITICISM
A study of forms and ideas as they are
expressed through the art of drama.
Attendance at local theater productions;
classical, experimental, and new plays.
Lectures and discussions on theory and
criticism using theater productions as
focus for discussion. (Fall, alternate years.)
366 STAGE DIRECTION I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays,
casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play
analysis, blocking, and characterization to
a specific play chosen by the class. Term
project: direct a one-act play. Upper
dividion students only. Spring)
233 ADVANCED ACTING
367 STAGE DIRECTION I1
This course explores t h e elements o f
characterization through improvisation
and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on
a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and
In-depth analysis and practice i n directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a
one-act or exerpt from a longer play.
(Prereq.: 366 or consent o f instructor.
Spring.)
429 STAGE DESIGN II
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult faculty in area of emphasis.
428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I1
Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery,
and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent
of instructor. Lab fee. Fall)
- Advanced design projech based on Stage
Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent
of instructor. Offered alternate years.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN D R A M A
Individual projects in oral interpretation
and theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary M a j o r
- -
-
.
Students wishing to develop their own
major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary
Major enables students to respond t o a
particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy
the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic
fields. Students wishing to develop a
Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the
following:
a. The major program should include at
least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two
major fields offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior to the
end of his or her sophomore year
(contract forms are available in the
Office of the Registrar)
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
BOARD OF REGENTS+'
Charles W. Arnason
Senior Vice President and
Secretary
Minneapolis Star and Tribune
Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Clayton 1. LeFevere
Attorney
LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson,
O'Brien & Drawz
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman
Oscar M. Austad
President
The Austad Company
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
James C. Lindell
Treasurer
West Publishing Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Treasurer
Chairman, Finance and
Management Committee
Dr. Paul B. Batalden
Program Director, Health
Services Research
St. Louis Park Medical Center
St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Arley R. Bjella
Chairman of the Board
Lutheran Brotherhood
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Norman R. Carpenter
Attorney
Faegre & Benson
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Donald R. Crangaard
Chairman of the Board and
C.E.O.
First Bank System, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge
Chairman of the Board
Citizens State Bank of St. Louis
Park
St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Norma E. Knutson
Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Rev. Harris W. Lee
Pastor
Lutheran Church of the Good
Shepherd
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice Chairman
Chairman, Academic and
Student Affairs
Committee
*as of September, 1979
Dr. Harold I. Lunde
Executive Vice PresidentAdministration
Kobacker Stores, lnc.
Columbus, Ohio
Dr. Arthur Naftalin
Professor, Public Affairs
University of Minnesota
Minneapolis, Minnesota
William A. Nelson, jr.
Chairman of the Board
Nelson Resource Corp.
Secaucus, New Jersey
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, jr.
Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates,
Limited
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Secretary
Chairman, Development
Committee
Dr. Carl N. Platou
President
Fairview Community Hospitals
Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo
Member of Congress
Fifth District-Minnesota
Washington, D.C.
Bertil Sandberg
President, N. H. Sandberg
Erection Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack
Professor, Church History
Lut.her Theological Seminary
St. Paul, Minnesota
N. Stanley Stake
Group Vice President
Honeywell, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Howard E. Olson
Mary Lou Williams
President
Sonford Products Corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota
St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald G. Padilla
Chairman of the Board and C.E.O.
Padilla and Speer, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
George T. Pennock
Chairman
Tennant Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College Faculty
R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson
LYLA M A E ANDERECG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern
University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College,
Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University
of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological
Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairperson
*SCOTT L. ANDERSON, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1976, Augsburg
College
B
*JAMES BACON, Lecturer in Library Science
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933,
University of Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D.
*MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor i n Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
*ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Percussion)
JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University
* D O N A L D F. BIBEAU, Lecturer i n American Studies
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON B L O O M , Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W.
1959, University of Minnesota
R I C H A R D BORSTAD, Instructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota
*MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice)
*MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*ROGER A. BROOKS, Lecturer i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, Michigan State University
*LAINE BRYCE, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Bassoon), B.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*DOLORES BURTNESS, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion, M.A. 1979, Luther Seminary
*WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor in Economics, M.S. 1976, University of Minnesota
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
ROSALIE V. CLARK, Instructor, M.S.W. 1978, University of Minnesota
T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University of California
Barbara
-Santa
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the
Social Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971,Yale University
* J O H N COSGROVE, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1965, University of
Minnesota
*LIV DAHL, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER-BOLTON, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969,
University of Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairperson
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of
Music
M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of
Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State
University, Department Chairperson
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
F
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern
University
N O R M A N B.L. FERGUSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin, Department Chairperson
LARRY P. FLEMING, Associate Professor of Music and Director of Choral Activities,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Associate Professor o f Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University
*ROBERT A. FORNANDER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.F.A. 1979, University
o f Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of
Minnesota
*FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMIXZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1979,
University of Minnesota (Spanish)
BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Instructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSON, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of
Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Professor o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University o f Minnesota
PAUL H. GRAUER, Assistant Professor of Health & Physical Education, M.A. 1973,
University of Minnesota
*BRIAN GRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone)
*JOHNGRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor o f Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois
University
D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D.
1969, University o f Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of
Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell
College of Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Nebraska
EDWINA 1. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson
CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre
Dame
CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa
(Sculpture)
JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of
Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music
(Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science,
Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*LEOLA JOHNSON, Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science, M.A. 1976, University of
Kentucky
MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950,
University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971,
Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach
A M l N KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University
of Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
*JOANNE KARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia
* D I A N A LEE KENNELLY, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Piano), M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
M A R Y MARIE KINCSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970,
University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
SUSAN J. KNUST, lnstructor i n Nursing, M.S. 1979, Wright State University
* N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University
B O Y D N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
*MARY ELLEN LUNDSTEN, lnstructor i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1976, University of
Minnesota
M
J U D I T H MACCANELLI, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.Ed. 1965, University of
Minnesota
NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of
California - Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
*MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
*LYNNE E. MEDCALF, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1975, University
of Minnesota
ROBERTA A. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas
(Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERC, Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
J O H N R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia
(Stained Glass)
JOEL MUCCE, Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976,
University of Minnesota
SUSAN K. NASH, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota
Head Baseball Coach
C O R D O N L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Chicago, Department Chairperson
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of
Minnesota
*CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of
Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson
*CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University o f Minnesota, (American
Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairperson
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano)
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
*JACK OSBERC, Assistant Football Coach
*WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of
Minnesota (German)
R O N A L D G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Minnesota
PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs,
Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin
*PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University
of Illinois - Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963,
Concordia College
LAURETTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
University, Department Chairperson
DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
DANIEL PETERSON, lnstructor i n Physics, Ph.D. 1978, Iowa State University
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1953, Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969,
University of Minnesota
*GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor i n Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A.
1960, Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
(Strings)
M A R T I N QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,
Seminary
Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University
*BARBARA RICHARDS, lnstructor i n Political Science, B.A. 1972, Vanderbilt University
* J O H N F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, CathoEc University of
America
*DENISE R. RIVET, Women's Gymnastics Coach
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University
of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making)
-
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics,
Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England), Department Co-Chairperson
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus.
1965, Lakeland College
E D W I N 1. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of
Music
*WILLIAM 6. SCHEELA, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1974,
Mankato State University
*MARIA S. SCHWEIKERT, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1974, University of
Pittsburgh
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University o f Illinois,
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany), Department Chairperson
* D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.M. 1975, Augsburg College (Piano)
* E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence i n Music (Voice)
* H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Organ)
*LOUISA A N N SMITH, Lecturer i n Library Science, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota
*PAUL C. SONNACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, M.A. 1960, University of Chicago
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor i n Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg
College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota
D O N A L D 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
*VAL STRACHAN, Women's Basketball Coach, B.A., Mankato State University
*BRUCE STUART, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
*MARY T. SWANSON, Assistant Professor of Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota
LARRY TALLMAN, Instructor i n Music, M.S. 1978, Michigan State University, Director of
the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble
*JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting)
Department Chairperson
RICHARD J. THONI, Associate Dean of Students, Ph.D. University of Minnesota 1977.
NEAL 0. THORPE, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson
J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of
Music
VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer i n Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University
D A V I D C. W O O D , Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*NANCY ZINGALE, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. University of Minnesota
Administrative Personnel
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President ............................................. .Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Facility Development ........................ Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President..
.Avalon Okerson
......
FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management ............ .Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services .............................. .Gerald Johnson
Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer
Manager, College Center .............................. .Mildred Nelson
Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending .............. .Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services ................... .Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel.. ................................ .Bonnie-Jean M o r k
Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey
Custodial Supervisor. .................................. .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor ............................... .Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Fred Wolter
Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
of the College .....................................Charles S. Anderson
Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker
.Beverly Wegge
Registrar .............................................
Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson
Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ................. .Charlene Weidenbach
.Bonnie Wallace
Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs
Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................... .Valerie Geaither
Recorder ............................................. .Hope Schutte
.Pamela Louisa
Assistant Registrar .....................................
Executive Secretary t o the Dean ........................ .Carolyn Magnuson
.........
DEVELOPMENT
........................ .Glen W. Johnson
...........................Sigvald Hjelmeland
............................. .Michael Walgren
Vice President for Development
Director of Deferred Giving..
Director of Annual Fund..
Asst. t o the Vice-president ..................... ,
Associate Director, Alumni and
Parent Giving .......................................
Executive Secretary ....................................
....... .A. B. Batalden
.Jeroy Carlson
.Irene Steenson
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Director of Public Relations ............................ .Lois G. Wollan
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information..
Fine Arts Coordinator ................................. .Monica Maye
Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison
....
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions.. ............................... .Kathryn E. Lange
Assistant Director
Bill Ross
.Sue Bonner
Coordinator of Transfer Programs..
Admissions Counselor ..................................Eric Anderson
Admissions Counselor ................................. .Sally Hough
Admissions Counselor ................................. .Tom Jackson
.....................................
.....................
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs and
Dean of Students.. .................................. .Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni
Director of Student Life (Housing) ...................... .Linda Schrempp-Alberg
Director of Career Planning and Placement ............. .Patricia M. Olsson
Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater
Head Resident, (UrnesdMortensen) .................... .Cindy Ragen
Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren
Area Apartment Manager .............................. .John Augustine
INDEX
...........
Academic Administration
47
Academic Life ..................... 14
Accreditation ....................... 7
Administration ................... 156
Admission to the College ........... 31
Advanced Placement ...............34
Advanced Standing ................ 34
American Indian Programs
26
American Studies .................. 56
Anthropology .................... 139
Art, Department of ................. 57
Biology. Department of ............. 60
Black Student Programs ............ 26
Board of Regents ................. 116
Business Administration ............ 63
Calendar ...................... Cover
Campus Map ...................... 70
Certification Programs .............. 22
Chemistry. Department of .......... 71
Chinese ........................... 87
Classification ...................... 54
Communications ................. 141
Computer Science ................ 101
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) ................. 19
Continuing Education .............. 22
Corrective Therapy ................ 19
Costs .......................... 35. 44
Course Descriptions ................ 56
Course Value ...................... 54
Credit by Examination .............. 54
Dean's List ........................ 52
Degrees ........................... 23
Divisional Organization ............ 47
East Asian Studies .................. 74
Economics ........................ 67
Education. Department of .......... 75
Engineering ....................... 81
English. Department of ............. 81
Enrollment ........................ 55
Expenses ....................... 35, 4
Faculty ........................... 147
Financial Aid ...................... 35
Five-College Cooperative ........... 18
Food Service ...................... 29
Foreign Language,
Department of ................... 86
French ............................ 87
44
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education
Requirements ................... 15
..........
..........
Geography ........................ 99
German ........................... 90
Glossary of Terms ................... 4
Grading ........................... 50
Graduates ......................... 55
Graduation Requirements
48
Graduation with Distinction
32
Greek ............................ 92
Health Education ................. 719
Health Service ..................... 29
History of Augsburg College
6
History. Department of ............. 96
Honors Program ................... 22
Housing ....................... 27, 45
Independent Study ................ 52
Intercollegiate Athletics ............ 25
Intercultural Center ................ 26
Inter-Institutional Programs
75
International Students .............. 27
Internship Program ................ 22
Japanese .......................... 92
Journalism ........................ 83
Library Science .................... 80
Location ........................... 6
Majors ............................ 15
Mathematics, Department of ........ 99
Medical Technology .............. 702
Metro-Urban Studies .............. 102
Music, Department of ............. 104
Music Therapy .................... 108
Nature and Objectives
.6
of Augsburg ...............
Natural Science ................... 109
22
New Dimensions Program
Non-Discrimination Policy ........... 7
Norwegian ........................ 93
Numbering of Courses ............. 55
Nursing .......................... 111
Personnel of the College .......... 147
16
Pre-Professional Training
113
Philosophy, Department of
Physical Education ................ 116
Physical Plant ...................... 12
Physics, Department of ............ 120
Political Science,
Department of .................. 123
Probation and Dismissal ............ 49
Psychology, Department of ........ 126
Regents, Board of ................. 146
45
Refunds .........................
Registration ....................... 49
..........
........
.........
.........
..,
..........
...........
........
Religion. Department of ........... 129
Religious Life ...................... 24
Russian Area Studies .............. 132
Scandinavian Area Studies ......... 133
Scholarships. Grants ................ 35
Social Science Majors ............. 134
135
Social Work. Department of
Sociology. Department of .......... 138
Spanish ........................... 94
Speech. Department of ............ 141
Student Life ....................... 24
Student Rights ..................... 29
.......
Student Services ................... 25
Study Abroad ...................... 20
Summer School .................... 22
Symbol (#) ........................ 55
Theater Arts ...................... 143
Transdiciplinary Major
145
Transfer t o Augsburg
32
Tuition and Fees ................ 35. 44
Veterans .......................... 53
Visiting the Campus ................. 7
Work-Study ....................... 35
............
...............
CATALOG
1980-82
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
This material was published t o supply information on additions and changes to the
1980-82 Catalog. Material i s arranged in the same order as in the 1980-82 Catalog,
with page number references. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it i s subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic
policies contained i n this publication and the main 1980-82 Catalog. If you have
questions about anything in this bulletin, you should consult with a faculty adviser,
the Dean of the College, or the Registrar.
Accreditation and Memberships
National League for Nursing
National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
College Costs 1981-82
Tuition (full-time enrollment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,300.00
600.00
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ...........................
300.00
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ........................
Room Rent (includes telephone) ................................... 1,091.00
986.00
Full Board (19 meals a week) .......................................
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee)
..............
5.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) ............
Class, per semester
.......
150.00
50.00
600.00
Music Therapy Internship (one
course credit) ............ 600.00
POSTMASTER
Volume 112, Number 2
Summer 1981
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) i s published four times a year in Spring,
Summer, Fall, and Winter by AugsburgCollege,73121st Avenue South, Minneapolis
M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Financial Aid/l7-18
Gift Assistance
Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students w h o have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A grant may pay u p t o full tuition and fees. A
student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement 'are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents w h o have financial need. For 1981-82, they range f r o m $100 to $1050. All
applicants f r o m Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of
April 23.
Supplemental EducationalOpportunity Grant - A federal program administered by
the College. To be eligible, a person niust: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent
resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and
demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory
academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission.
Pel1 Grants [formerly Basic Educational 0 portunity Grants) - A federal program
ihat provider Rasic Grant awards to stufents who attend eligible institutions of
higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 i s
$1670. minus t h c a m o u n t the studentand family can beexpected tocontribute. The
grants are based o n need as determined by the program guidelines. Application i s
made by filing the F F S (or FAF) and requesting o n the application f o r m that the
necessary information be sent t o the appropriate BEOG office.
Bureau of lndian Affairs Scholarships/Grants - American Indian students whomeet
federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of Indian 4ffairs.fribal and/or
lndian Stare Scholarship monies. You must be "1 degree lndian ancesrrv and be
enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement a l l other
sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American
lndian Program Director or your tribal agency.
National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The
American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities
and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American
Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be
considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee.
Scholarships/20-23
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded to students preparing for full-time
service careers in the church.
The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing
in fields leading to full-time service in the church.
Departmental Scholarships
Chemistry
Ellenand Courtland Agre Chemistr Award -given toa chemistry major, preferably one going
into graduate studies to earn the dbctorate in chemistry.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who is
planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship -awarded
The Rev. and Mrs.
study of history.
annually to a history major.
0.1. Haukeness Award - given t o a senior student for excellence i n the
Music
Edwin W. and Edith B. NorbergScholarship - awarded to music majors preparing for careers in
church music.
Schubert Club Scholarship -awarded
annually to a music therapy student.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - An award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in
political science.
Majors, Licensure/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study. may be wirhin ane department, within one
division. or cror5 academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter coIlege. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a majorshould be elec~edby rhe end of the Fourth semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section.
Majors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
International Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-BusinessAdministration
Elementary Education
Engineering'
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese,l French
German, Japanese,'
Norwegian, Russian,l
Spanish
Health Education
History
International Relations
Mathematics
Medical Technology3
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies'
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
I t is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to
complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg
Registrar's Office.
1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University Schooi of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered a t Augsburg in Elementary Education,
Kindergarren. Earlv Childhood Education, and these fields in secondarv Education:
Arf. English-Language Arts, French, German. Health, L ~ f eSc~ence,Mathematics.
Music, Fhvsical Education, Physical Science (Chem~srrvor Phvsics\, Science (Grade5
5-9)) Social Studies, Spanish. Speech. Theater Arts. A minor is offered i n Librarv
Science. 5tudcnts planning to teach on the secondarv level have advtjers both in the
Education department and the area of their academic majnrisl.
Graduation Requirements/39-40
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the
student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the
Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available i n the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated
date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses o n the academic
record).
1. Completion of 35 courses.
4r least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not more
than 1 3 may be i n one de artmenl, except i n certain approved majors for the
Bachelor of Science/Ani g g r e e . 17 for ,he Bachelor of Music a n d Bachelor of
Sc~encern Music Thera y degrees. and 18 in r he Bachelor oi Science in Nursing
degree. The course fotafmcsl include three l n ~ e r i r nfor
i i1udenr5 whore complete
academic work i s at Aupburg. For transfer studenrc. the course oral must include
one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg.
No rnorerhan these maximums mav beapplied toward the 35 rota1 courses required:
4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR] courses: 2 courses bv independent/
directed study: 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses w ~ t ha grade of Pass (P).
Non-traditional g r a d ~ n g( P ) also has these limits: 2 In the major except Elementary
Educar~on:7 i n the minor i f approved bv the departmen! chairperson.
Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should
contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for the equivalent of a
major i n Nursing.
2. Completion of a major.
Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except tor Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5
averages are required.
4. Residence
The last year of full-time s:udy or equivalent must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements
Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
Psychology-Sociology
English-Speech, Communication
& Theater Arts
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at
Augsburg. Students who test above the111 level of a foreign language will take one
additional courseat placement level i n that language or two courses (111and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies -Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is,
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to
meet this requirement are published each term. Information i s available at the
Office of the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
sports.
Evaluation a n d Grading/40-41
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter
tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N
means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N
grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools d o not look
favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N
limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several
interim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education c.ourses
are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditionalsystem. English 111 i s
graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there i s a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. .4
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
A n incomplete rade may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. To
receive i r , a 5;tu ent must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing stating he reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing
it,and comments from rhe instructor. If permission is granted. the incomplete must
be removed during the following semester, or i t becomes the grade submitted b v
the teacher along with the incomplete.
J
A grade of X may be given for an independenr or directed study course or internship
that is to be spread over morethan one semester. Such a course must be completed
during rhe second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,f -5,N, I, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated
for credit, but may be audrted. All courses taken remain on the academic record.
Onlythe credits and gradesearned thesecond time are counted toward graduation
and i n the grade point average.
A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation on the record.
Art/49
352 Women's Art History
A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the
cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period.
Education
Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar
Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o
Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, i t i s within the
jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o
determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as
applicable to requirements of the approved teacher education program at Augsburg
College.
Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of
Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll i n other education caurse5.a student must first apply and be admitted to the
teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the
spring semester of the sophomore vear, during or after the Orientation course.
Students transferring from an education program at another college must be
readmissible to that program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Major and Licensure Requirements: Minimum of 8.5 education courses (255, 351,
383,and two professional semesters); Health Education 114,115; Library Science341,
358; Academic minor (major recommended); GPAof 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and
academic minor for licensure; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in
Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341,
352,353,381,382,384. (Courses 381,382,383,384 are one-half courses offered on a
traditional grading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ.
481,482 and electives (483, 484,.478, 499).
Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus
Educ. 385 and student t e a 3 i n g at the Kindergarten level.
Early Childhood Education
Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator)
License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych.
351; Educ. 325,425,483 or484(160 hoursof studentteaching). Foran Early Childhood
license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator.
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-schoo[
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Secondary Education)
325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education
Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her
life i n relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations.and
other interventionsand compensatory programs. Classsessions and two hours perweek of
lab. experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources i n the teaching of reading
at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 o r d. Spring)
381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n
352. 353. Spring)
382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 o r 265. concurrent
registration i n 352. 353. Spring)
383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materialsand resources for physical education and health
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall)
384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materialsand resourcesfor social studies and language arts
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. concurrent
registration i n 352. 353. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials. and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.. Summer I)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approvdl.
425 Early Childhood Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment. parental involvement. and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessionsand two hours per
week of lab experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
181,482 Student Teaching I
Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N. K, and/or elementary levels
under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to
student teaching and program approval. Fall. Spring)
483,484 Student Teaching II
Additional experience In teaching. (Prereq.: 481. 482. Fall. Spring)
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the
elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirementsfor teacher licensure, This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field
adviser.
Licensure Program Requirements for Secandary Education: ( 7 1 Application for
admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education teacher [icensure
program. This mav be made before, concurrently or afrer rhe Orierrtarion course.
Application formsare ava~lablein the Education Department office. Before applying
f o r admission, students should receive approval from the departmenr ordivision of
their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation
course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of
Education; (2) GPA of 2.0overall,2.0 in required education courses,and at least 2.5 in
the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (4)
Completion of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations
through Augsburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program: Psychology 105; Health Education 114, 115;
Education 265,354,388,478,special methods in the area of the student's major,and a
minimum of two or three courses in student teaching as required.
Requirementsfor State of Minnesota Licensurefor Teaching in Secondary Schools:
(through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): (1) 6.A. or F.S.
degree: ( 2 )Co[tege major i n a teaching a r e a ; 431 Fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching
5 ,!VICAR 3.041 i n Human Relations (sucressfut completion of Augsburg Education
program meets requirement); (4) Psvchologv 105; ( 5 ) Health Educatton 114.175: (6)
Stlcce~sfulcompletion of Augsburg Education Program EOUTSPS.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of rhese areas tollowsthe secondary education pragram even though h e or she
plans ta teach az t h e e l e m e n t a r y school level. A penon with a major in one of rhese
5petial areas will take three courses in student reach~ngand do some student
teach~ngarboth the secondary and elementarv levels. In addition to Edur. 354.rhe
art major will register { o r Educ. 361,362; the Phrsrcal Education major for Educ, 365:
and the music major for Educ. 373.
The Professional Term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in
one full-rime term i n professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening
seminarsare held during the term a 5 par1 of the professional work. A studenr: taking
two courses in srudent teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study.
All studenrrare expected to be insolred full-time in the artivitim of tee professional
term.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and
educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardatinn, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD dnd ED and giftedness. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265)
Note on Special Methods Courses: With the general methodology course, one or
more education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of
the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or concurrent with 354. Courses
361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school.
'
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory.The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the
Foreign Language Department.)
373 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
410 Health Methods
-.
(See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
-.I he emphas~si n this course is o n tne school in relation to society with particular ~ t t e n t i o n
to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.:
senior standing)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and
program approval)
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the
approval of education faculty.
Library Science
M a r j o r i e Sibley, G r a c e S u l e r u d ( C o o r d i n a t o r s ) , K a r e n H a r w o o d , B o y d K o e h l e r ,
James O l s o n , I r e n e Schilling, Louisa S m i t h
Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4'12 courses, i n c l u d i n g 341. 345,358, 359,475.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective
audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquisition,cataloging,classification.and processing.
Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance i n use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Sources and Services
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn h o w to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; h o w to find information
and use libraries effectively.'(Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o d o field work in a variety of library
situations i n the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Survey and e\,aluation of library materials on the secondary school level. with attention to
their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Independent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service.
worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Germad75
301 German Business Communication
German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.)
Major for Teaching: Students interested in secondart education may take a history
m a j o r i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social s c i p n c ~courses a n d rhe r e q u i r e d
e d u c a t i o n courses, i n c o m liance with the state requiremenrs For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t c R i r p e r r o n o r t h e Social Srudiei Coordinator.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life i n the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women i n China, Japan,
India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective,
responses to impact of modernization and Western education.
345 Scandinavian-American Experience
(See under Scandinavian Area Studies)
M a t hematics/89-90
361 Numerical Analysis (Formerly CSC 355)
A study of merhods used 10 50h.e problems on comprlters. lnalys~sof computat~onal
ofoan procedures
problems and developnienr 0 1 alaorithms Inr [heir ~ u l u t i ~ n s , a p p l ~ c a t ~
l
Topics tnclude the general concept
or~entedprogrammrny ti:n$uapc In n u m ~ r i c aanalysr~.
of lteratlve tnrmulae, inlu;~anor squarrons. Newton's method. l~nearsystems, ~nterpolariiiierentiatinn and Integrallnn, IPrereq.: M 4 T 224, CSC 245)
tlon, numer~r-a1
Computer Science
Augsburg College offers a n e w p r o g r a m i n C o m p u t e r Science that w i l l prepare
students f o r f u r t h e r study i n c o m p u t e r science at a major university o r f o r entry i n t o
a substantial variety o f c o m p u t e r related jobs.
Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with central memory at 256 kitobvtes and terminals a t
several campus locations. The College also has several Apple I1 microcomputers, a
Tektronix 4051 graphics m i c r o c o m p u r c r , a n d KEY(-1 l a b o r a ~ o r vmicrocomputers.
Augsburg also has access to large
r h r o u g h both Minnesota Educational
C o m p u t i n g Consortium a n d the Univers~ryof ~Minnesota.
~~~~~~~r.
Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 245, 261, 345, 350 a n d Mathematics 361 (formerly
C o m p u t e r Science 355) o r Business Administration 479 o r Sociology 363 o r
C o m p u t e r Science 395 o r 495.
Note: Business Administration 250 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d f o r those p l a n n i n g a
career i n business a n d is an additional prerequisite if Business Administration 479 is
t o c o u n t t o w a r d the C o m p u t e r Science minor.
145 Introduction to General Programming
An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming i n a general higher level language. Primarily for
students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor.
245 An Introduction to Computer Science
An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardwate register operations, and computer organization. Programming is done in machine language, assembly
language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: MAT 125)
261 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
345 Computer Systems
Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Comparison of batch, timesharing, and real time operating systems. Study of the social implications and applications
of computers through the use of various applications packages. Continued development
of competence in structured programmingand algorithms will be emphasized throughout
the course. (Prereq.: 245)
350 Data Structures and File Processing
Conceptsand algorithms used in thesolution of non-numerical problems. Applications to
data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245)
355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods
(See Mathematics 361, new number for this course)
395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science
Specific topics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend on the topics selected. 395
for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms.
Music
L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand, Laine
Bryce, Stephen Gabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coetz, James D. Johnson,
Robert Karlen, Diane Kennelly, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz, Paul Lohman,
Cynthia Melson, Roberta Metzler, Celeste O'Brien, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund,
Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Sturm, James ten Bensel, Paul Thomas, David
Tubergen, Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt.
See ~ u s i cDe artment Handbook for additional and explanatory information,
guidelines an8requirements. Students wishing t o major or minor i n music must
apply to the department.
Specific Music Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355,
365 or 375, music elective. French or German.
Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350
or 476, 354 or 355, 365 or 375. Consult with Department of Education for
requirements in education.
Bachelor of Music (Performance or Composition): 17 courses: Core Curriculum
plus 350, 457, 458, 476, 499, 354 or 355, 365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of
Performance Studies with double periods i n the last 2 years, and junior and senior
recitals; French o r German.
Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: C o r e Curriculum plus 354.360,
382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350
or476, one of 355,365,375, and 470 Introduc!ion
to MusicTherapy (Interim).Spanish E Srecommended. Other requiremenrs: B i o l o g
103, Education 262: 2 Physical Educat~on(232 and 373 recommended); 3 Prychologv
and 1Sociology. ~ncluding
Psych. 105,362 and Psych. 264or 50c. 362 {Recommended
courses include Psych. 264,357,352,355, 356, 357, and Sac. 211,121,237,741, 362,
3751; 1 Speech (116 recommended],
Music Minor: 5 courses: 101,102, 260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music:
Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent
with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Honors Major: Studenrs may qualify far graduation honors if they have earned a
GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses and have demonstrated leadership in
performance. Honors may be achieved by one oithefollowing: Senior thesisand i t s
defense before a faculty committee; presentation of an addi~lonalSenior recital of
graduate qua2ity: composition of a work for vocal and/orinstrurnental ensemble of
not less than 15 minutes duration. Application should be made before the senior
year.
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors)
1. Courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261.
2. Applied Music: Major Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters;
Recital appearance.
3. Examinations: 3 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Applied Music
Ensembles: Membership is determined by audition during the first week of the fall
semester. Times and locations are posted on the department bulletin board. These
organizations exist nol only for the benefit of the musicstudent, but for any student
who wishes to particrpate:
Augsburg Choir
Brass Ensemble
Chorale
String Ensemble
Concert Band
Jazz Ensemble
Woodwind Ensemble
Orchestra
Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening.
Private Lrsxlns: Vocal and rnstrumental insrruction is avaifable to at! student5 in any area.
MUSICstudents must reqister on the traditional gradlng system and take a jury exam at the
end of each semes~erto fulfill the requiremen1 of prlvare studv toward a mus~cdegree.
Other students m a y register for private lessons in the same manner ur use P/N grading.
D ~ ~ r l nthe
g junior and senior vear. a studern accepted by the Department of Mucrc as a
major receives lessons In rhe area of concentration wirhaut ewrra cost. Practice rooms and
Instruments are available for rent.
jury Examination: All students taking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each
semester for a faculty jury.
Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminarsand guest
lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly
workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument.
Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend 30 (out of 50)
designated music events each year.
Recital: One-half recital i s required of B.A. and B.S. candidates. B.M. students must
present full Junior and Senior recitals.
Examinations
All music majors and minors are required to pass a Piano Proficiency Test. Music
majors must pass three Music Repertoire Tests, and Music minors must pass two.
101,102,223,224 Theory
MUSICTheory i s a n integrated course ewtcndlng over four terms. Taught by a team of
~nstructors.the variausaspectsoi mus~caltheory (1.e , eartralnlng, harmony, counterpolnt,
and analysis) are presenred rn parallel, rather than In sequence (101, 223. Fall 102. 224.
Spr~ng)
110 lntroduction to Music Therapy
A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area. with field trips to various
institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music
therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music i s
used as a therapy. (Interim)
230 lntroduction to the Fine Arts
The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
For the non-music major. (Fall)
260 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 History and Literature o i Music
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring)
325 Scandinavian Music
I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries. opportunity is
offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and
music majors. (Fall)
330 Vocal Repertoire
A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present.Thestudy includessuch
aspects of ccncern for the performer as interpretation, style. and diction. (Spring)
331 Diction for Singers
(Spring, alternate years)
350 Choral Technique and Arranging
Fundamentals of voice as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and
arranging for various combinations of voices. (Spring)
354 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 Instrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring)
360 Therapeutic Recreational Music
Study of guitar and recorder.Orff instrumt.nts,applications of recreational musicactivities
to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work.
365 lnstrumental Technique
Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instrument^. (Fall)
375 Instrumental Technique
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 Music of the Western Church
Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directo-s. and pre-theological students. (Spring)
382 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response. with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project.
383 Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects. emphasison music i n a clinical
setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent. and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Full-rime placement In an inrernrhip setting approved by the National Association for
Music Therapy for rix months. This ir started after completion of the senior year and is
nece5sary for regisrration by the NAMT. Appl~cationsfor ~nternsh~p
sites must be made
n i n e m o n t h In advance. 5ttes In Mrnne5o;a are lim~ted.
435 Music in Therapy
The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded.
and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
440 New Music Seminar
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and
history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
457 Conducting
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores. organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 Conducting
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
476 Orchestration
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. (Fall)
488,489 Piano Teaching Methods
instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course
credit.
495 Practicum in Music Therapy
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, s i x terms. No credit
499 Independent Study
Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty.
Natural Science/99
Science (Grades5-9): 7 courses,2 i n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161.thealternative
course not taken i n the Broad Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology
courses above 112); 3 i n Physical Science (Chemistry 223,353; Physics 245).
Nursing/99
Augsburg offers an u p p e r division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor o f Science
degree. The p r o g r a m is accredited by the National League f o r Nursing.
261 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of
the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating i n analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103 or 122 and
Mathematics 122 or 125)
486 Prvchology of Religion and Thenlogy
-\ rrtrdv ot cvrrenl pr-ychnlogiralvicrvsof religion in the context of the traditional Christian
riew o i human nature. Spec~alartention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud.
lung.and Wil[lamlames,~ncito thos~Christiantheologians who have been influenced by
them. (Spring 1982)
Scandinavian Area Studies/ll6
345 Scandinavian - American Experience
The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever." adaptation to the New Land.
aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982)
Social Science/l17
Social Science
M y l e s C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson)
T w a ernphafes exist w i t h i n the S o c ~ a Science
l
major: t h e General M a j o r and the
Van-Western emphasis. A student may n o t l ~ sat d o u b l e major I n Social Science a n d
es
t h e d ~ s t r ~ b u t ~selected
on
In the Soc~al
I n one of the componen7 d ~ s c ~ p l ~ nunless
Science major i_c s~gniticantlydifferent f r o m the other major.
GeneraIMajor: IScotrrses: 10 required courres(Ecanom1cs1~,1?3:
Hi5tory221,222;
G ~ o g r a p h v714: 5ociology 221,241: Psvchologv 105: Roltrical5r1ence158 and121 or
710t. 4 upper d ~ ~ ~ s courses
i o n
in one of rhe l o l l o w i n g d ~ s c i p l ~ n e rEconomics.
:
Hisrorv. Political Science, Psychobogy or Socrvlogy: a stat~sricscourse approved bv
the d~partrnentin which the 4 upper d i v i s ~ o ncourses are taken. The student should
rhnose an adviser who 1s a m e m b e r of ( h e d e p a r t m e n t i n w h i c h the upper division
course5 are ro be taken. (For supplementary information and a[rernatiwe ways to
fulf~llrhestate-approved competency-hared program tor secondary teacher educarlnn, sce the f o l [ o w i n g section on Social Studies tor Secondary education.^
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: History 703; 1social science methodology course
(Economics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology 362 or 365): and 12 courses,i n a t least 4
disciplines, from the followrng: Economics 122,258; History 104,322,323,324,440,
474: Political Science351,363,382,461; Philosophy 255; Religion356: Sociology241 :
seminars, independenr study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and~'or
Political Science. The student planning to fulfill this soc1a1science major should
consul^ the chairperson of the Department of Hisrory tn choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
on rhe high school level must complete, in
Students preparing10 teach social s t u d i e ~
addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the Department of
Education, a competencv-based program designed to provide a broad foundation
in the social sciences.
Social Studies ticensure: 7 courser; (Economic.; 122 or 123, Geographv 174, History
222, Political Science 756, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 and 141) plusa ma'or in one
of five fields - Economics, History. Political Sricnce, ~ r y c h o l o g or
v sociology - o r
incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major. described in section above\.
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
Social Work 118-119
Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program i s a professional program i n preparation
for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program
consists of Bio. 101'; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*,365,375*,and 383*;
and Social Work 257*, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least
one Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A
minimum grade of 2.0 is required i n each upper division social work course required
in the major.
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corset tions, sorial Ministries,and Youth a r e possible. Concentration consists of courses
descriptive of functional. dy~functianal,and programmatic aspects, plus field work
placcment i n the senior year in the special area. Completion of a concentration i s
noted on the transcript.
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative
internship: 361; 364; Psych. 351 or Soc. 375; Soc. 383; and Pol. 121 or 158 or 325 or
Social Work 465.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of Education 388.
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim.
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
Official publication of
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue S.
Minneapolis, M N 55454
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1982-84 Catalog
Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church
2/Campus Map
/
Minneapolis, Minnesota
-
-
,
Campus Guide (2182)
1. Admissions
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortenson Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College ... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1982-84 Catalog
Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church
2/Campus Map
/
Minneapolis, Minnesota
-
-
,
Campus Guide (2182)
1. Admissions
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortenson Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. Psychology Building
12. Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage 2 Theater
15. Little Theater
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Main Entrance-TunnellRarnplSkyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Faculty-Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
C.Practice Field
H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
.'-
Campus Map/3
Driving to Campus on Interstate 94
East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenuegnd
left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign.
West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the
Mississippi River and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign
and turn left at 21st Avenue South.
Campus M a p - 2
Introduction - 5
Facilities - 7
Admission - 8
Costs and Financial A i d - 12
Student Life - 24
Academic Information - 30
Brief Facts - 44
Course Descriptions - 45
Registers - 132
Index - 143
Academic Calendars - 146
Winter at Augsburg is also for snowmen
Introducing Augsburg
Few liberal arts c o l l e e s combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting, Augsburg i s one of the
few, very special Christian cnlleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the
Mission Statement adopted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents in 1977.
Mission Statement
Augsburg i s an accredited four-year Iiheral arts college o f The American Lutheran
Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities merropolitan area.
The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran
orlentation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious,
,
cultural and ethnic backgrounds.
For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellecrual freedom in the search for
knowledge i n i t s disciplines, responsiveness ro the needs of society and the world,
and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society.
The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive
combination of commitment to the Christian faith. the liberal artsand excellence in
academic program.
Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal
ancf free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment.
The academic program is primarily committed to providing opportuniti- for a
broad background in a variety of subject areasas well as personal development. The
college challenges srudenrs with a portion of the knowledgcand ~ h o u g hwhich
t
has
been formative within human historv and culture through a wide variety OF ideas,
di5ciplinesand selected professional and pre-professional programs: assists students
in developing intellectual skills a5 we'll a 5 in selecting a career: and encourages
within stutients the attitudes and skills necessary to prepare them to be learners
rhroughour their lives. Excellence in theacademic programs hascharacterized and i s
a conrinued goal of r he rollege.
Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us
for care, exploration and understanding.
& a Christian comrnunitv the college embraces a wide ran e of religiousexpression
and par~icipation.As part of its academic program ,4ugs urg weks to give all its
students a n inlormed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an
opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious herilage. In
addition to this intellectual rask rhe aim of thecolbege isto helpsludents understand
the Christian faith as relevant for t h ~ i own
r
experience and for partic~parioni n r h e
commitment to the role of the Christian community in rhe modern world.
t
Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community.
The qualiry of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and
educational resources provided by i t s location. However, the college i s also aware
that it has a responsibility ro contribute to ihe larger communitv. In doing this, the
college directs several of i ~ sprograms specificallv ar the metropolitan serting,
provides area5 of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers irself as an
educational resource for a variety of new srudent populations.
History - Fjord to Freeway
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany,
in 1530. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,a3 Augsburg'~home three vears
later, in 1872. The first college students were enrol[ed in 1874 and rhe first c o l l ~ ~ e
graduation was in 1879.
The school was officially named .4ugsbur College i n 1963 when its former sponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with T e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg
Seminary joined with Luthrr Theological Seminary in St. Paul thar same war.
Continuiny lies with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's ~ u ~ s h u r g
Room and in replication of rhe original sign for Old Main. From Fjord lo Freeway, a
randTd history of the College and itr peopleduring the first 100 years, by AuqsburgJ.s
Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the Collcge Bookstore.
f
Location and Campus
Augsbur '5 campus i s located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy
square, tReiirrt of155 parks in ihen'Ciryof Lakes."The University of Minnesota Wesr
Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are
adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and
east via Interstate 91 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus
routes that also connect with the suburbs.
Y.
Reaching the Twin Cities is eas Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport inc ude American, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest
Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, united, USAir, and Western. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It i s the olicy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
nationa or ethnicorigins, age, marital status,sex or handicap as required by Title I X
of the 1972 Educational Amendmentsor Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended i n i t s admissions polides, educational programs, activities and employment prac~ices.lnqu~riesregarding compliance may be directed to the ~ndividuals
listed in the Communications Directory inside the front cover or to t h e Directory of
the Office of Civil Rights, Departmenr of Health, Eduration and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
f
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Au sburg College i s fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges
anBSecondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The
American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, and the
National League for Nursing.
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran
Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board (MHECB).
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near
each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories,the five
buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building.
Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff
and reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named i n honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains
reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed i n 1960.
O l d M a i n (1900) i s home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms
used by other departments. Extensively remodelled i n 1980, O l d Main combines energy
efficiency with architectural details from the past.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named i n honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 t o
1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus
conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
UrnessTower, (1967) named i n honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several
generous gifts t o the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor
unit," providing 36 residents, housed t w o t o a room, with their o w n lounge, study and utility
areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named i n honor of Augsburg's second and third
presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student
housing.
Music Hall, (1978) newest building o n campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, t w o rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology
department i n the former studio building.
Melby Hall, (1961) named i n honor of 1. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball
coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general
auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena, (1974) with t w o large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and
recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage II Theater, formerly O l d Music Hall, was redesigned i n 1979 with a thrust stage as a
temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace i n the Little
Theater building.
South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located i n or near the campus area,
provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
Freshmen Students - 9
Early Decision - 10
Early Admission - ID
Transfer Students - 10
Former Students - 11
Special Students
(Non-Degree) - 11
International Students - 11
Interests can be explored in a variety of classes
Admissions
Augsburg CoIleRp jeeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character
which will enahle t h e student to h e n e f ~ !fram and contribute to the college
community. Each applicant is 'udged on individuat merit without regard for race,
creed, sex. age, dirabiliry, and naiinnal or ethnic origin.
Augsburg's admissions office 51aff members are available to help srudents and
parents with college planning. The 4drnissions Ofiice is open weekdays from 8:00
a.m. t o 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Vis~torsare
asked to write or call the Adrnirsion3 Office (611) 330-1001 prior to the visir. The
admissions staff will arrange a campus tour. class visita~ions.and conferences with
professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on
the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
Application Procedures for Freshmen
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the
Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
A n official transcript from the h i h school i s required of freshman applicanrs.
Freshman applicanrs who are i t i l l f i e h iihool studenti at ihe rime of application
should have their nost receni transcript sent, f n l l o w ~ dbv a final transcript upon
graduarion. Graduate Examination Degree scores [G.E.D.) mav he presected
instead of the hiph srhool transcript,
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary
Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the
American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious
academic performance, it may be included with the application or xscussed
personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is
complete.
6. Completion of Admission
An accepted student i s asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by
April 1or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions requests may be
granted upon request by the Admissions Office.
Early Decision for Freshmen
An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary
college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by N o v e m b e r 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The
admissions decision i s based upon the academic record through the junior year, test
scores, and recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for
financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the
Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid
Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by
January 1. This application i s available i n the Admissions Office.
A $100.00 non-refundable tuition deposit i s required by January 15 or within 15 days
of financial aid notification.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program
may by granted admission t o begin full-time work toward a degree following
completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school.
Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman
applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty,
and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions.
Application Procedures for
Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish t o transfer after having completed
work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit i s granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, t o
grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and t o require
that certain courses be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better i s required o n previous
college work.
Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree i n Nursing must have a 2.5
GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission and return i-t t o the
Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript f r o m the college(s) you have attended i s required. Transfer
student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent t o
the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college
work will be evaluated primarily o n their college performance.
3. Additional Information
If there i s personal information that rnav have affected the applicant's revious
college performance, il mav be includrd wifh rhe application or &cursed
personally with an admissions counselor, Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decic~onis made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. An
accepted student isasked to makea $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April
1: or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted by the
Admissions Office upon request.
Re-Admission of Former Students
A student who has interrupted attendance a t A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes t o
return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A student who has
s ) during the absence from Augsburg must have an
attended any other ~nst~turian
official transcript sent from eac oneto the Registrar'sOffice. Returningstudentsdo
not pay the application fee.
i,
Admission as a Special
Student (Non-Degree)
I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time
student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning
through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent t o the Registrar's
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the
Registrar's Office.
Admission for International Students
International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the
rocedures for applying as an international student. You may contact the Director
calling (612) 330-1001 or addressing your correspondence to:
Director of Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis M N 55454
U.S.A.
py
12/Costs and Financial Aid
Costs 1982-83 - 13
Fees - 14
Deposits - 14
Payments - 15
Refunds - 15
Application - 16
Gifts - 17
Loans - 18
Student Employment - 19
Sponsored Scholarships - 19
Student employment options include Food Service crews
Costs and Financial Policies
Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College.The balance
of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The
American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals,
corporations and foundations.
College Costs 1982-83
Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1982-83 academic
year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college
reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,820.00
This rate applies to all full-time students e n r e r i n ~in September, f 981. Students are
considererl full-time when thev take thrce or more courses dus~ngthe semester
term5 for a ~ o t aof
l seven or more courses in the rchool vear. The charge includes
ruition. general fees, facilities, fees. suhscript~onto student publications, and
admission to college-sup orted events. concerts and lectures. The amount 1s
payable in two equal insla Iments a t the beginning of each semester.
P
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course.
.............................
670.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course..
.........................
335.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
Room Rent (includes telephone).
....................................
1,207.00
Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
Full Board (19 meals a week). ........................................ 1,070.00
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Late Registration (per day
after classes begrn) . . . . . . . . . .
5.00
10.00
5.00
....
35.00
Film Making (Interim) . . . . . . . . .
75.00
.........
20.00
ckys
Life Drawing (Interim)
Nursin Credit
Valifation Tests . . . . . . . .
Locker Rental
(for commuters)
Re istration Chan e after first 5
(cancelkdd/change
grade optlon, or combrnatlon
at one tlme) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to Cinema Arts
Application (new and/or
special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720.00
20.00
.......
5.00
Student Parking Lot
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.00
Transcri t Fee (per copy
after t?rst, whrch
i s free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Special Examinations (Schedule on
file in Registrar's Office)
Music Therapy Internship (one
course credrt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.00
Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 75.00
...
10.00
Theater Technical Production . .
35.00
..............
35.00
Radio-Television Production
Student Teaching
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $175 - 225 per year.
Deposits
Tuition (non-refundable)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$100.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. There
are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more
information, contact the Admissions Office.
Housing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00
Required of all resident srudenrs a t rhe time of signing a contract, to reserve a
housing ass~gnrnent.Applied to t h e room charge. Keu. cclrlrract5 mav be r ~ r m i n a t e d
for Fall or Spring Term by notifyin the O f f ~ c eof Student Life rn writing by the tirst
davof registralion. Thp rpsident wi I be responsible for all costs incurred due to [ate
cancellation or lack ofproper notltication. It thp new contract is canrelled prior to
lulv 1 for Fall semester or lanuarv 1 for Spring Semester, 535.00 will he iorieired irom
rhe $100 deposir as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited i f
cancellation ir after these dares.
7
.
Breakage and Fine . . . . . . . . . . .
. ... . ... . . . , ..... . .... . . . .. . ... .. . . .. .
25.00
Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to
another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg.
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated
Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester
Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon
application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each
semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges I ~ r t e r .( 4 ) Deferred
Payments, an individual contract with a private commercial aaencv which operates
independently of the College. Multiple year as well as sin le year contracts are
available. An information letter and brochure will be rnaiFL. Refrr a[so to the
Parent Loan Program (PLUS) on page 18.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning
of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a
previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or
financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
loan funds administered by the College (National Direct/Defense Student LoansNDSL), are current according to established repayment schedules.
Refunds
Cancellation from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's
Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop to part-time, are dismissed, or are
released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and
room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100% -through
90% - f r o m the
80% - f r o m the
70% - f r o m the
60% - f r o m the
50% - f r o m the
the first five days of classes.
sixth through 10th day of classes.
11th through 15th day of classes.
16th through 20th day of classes.
21st through 25th day of classes.
26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term.
N o refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made o n a
proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to
illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
Student%who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to
a refund af interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participare i n a n
approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room
sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Studenr Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility
for a cash refund i s determined.
16/Financial Aid
Financial Aid
The financing of post-secondary education may wet1 be one of t h e more significant
invenments that an individual or a family will make ~na n entire lifetime. Because this
is thecase, proper planning and wise choicesare important, not only in the selection
of an institution, but also in the methods utilized In paving he related expenses.
Augsburg College. through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to
he! provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary
an8advir.ory, that will prorect arcerr to a quality edurarion i n rpiie of increasing
costs.
Finanrial assistance a w a r d ~ d~ h r o u g hA u g b u r g i s a combinat~onof scholarships,
grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with
Federal, State, church, and private agencies i n providing various aid rograms. For
the academic year 1981-82 ap roximately 90% of all students at Augs u r received
~
srh~larrhi~r,
laanr nnBpait-time employmenl totalling over S~CIOO.OOOfrom
all aid sources.
g
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources.
The amount of assistance for which a student is eligible i s determined with the help
and analysis of tlie Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American CollegeTesting
Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service
{CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for
college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current
income. assets. number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made
untirthe student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial S r a ~ e r n e n (FFS)
t
or Financial Aid form (FAFI from a
high school or college financial aid office. Comptere the applica~ionand send i t ta
the processing agency after January1bur before March 7 for priority cons~deratlon.
Minnesota residenrs must complete the FFS which includes t h e a pl~cationfor the
Minnesota State Scholarrhip/Cranr Program. (To be considere2 ure code 6500.)
Augsburg's code on.the FFS is 2080. For nun-Minnesota resid~ntsusing tlte FAF.
Augsburg's code is 6014.
3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you
areaccepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your
eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the
students' financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package i s required within the deadline stated. If
necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o
you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended.
Financial A i d / l 7
New Students - Early Decision
This i s for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early
Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive
the admission decision about December 1.
1. 'Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish to complete the
Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the
Admissrons Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary
award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of
their award by Januarv 1.
2. For confirmation of the tinancial aid award package, with any necessary revision,
the FFS (or FAF for non-~Uinnesotaresidents) must be completed after prior
calendar year i n c o m ~infarmation is available. This is after January 1 but before
March 1.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the
application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility,
satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather
than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid available are listed
here for inkrmation only.
In addition to aid administered by Aupsburg College. students are ur ed to
invertigare the possibility ofrrholarihipr, g r a n s and loans thar might beavaiEbie in
their own camrnunities. It could be worthwhile t o check with churches, the
company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clu bs, and
fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their
requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid
,
through Vocational Rehabiliration, Education Assistance for V e r e r a n ~ Educationaj
Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others.
Gift Assistance
Presidents Scholarships- Awarded to incoming freshmen based on high academic
achievement, personal qualities, a personal interview, and an essay. Several full
tuition and half tuition award winners are annually designated by the President of
Augsburg College.
Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students who have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition and fees. A
student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarshi and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
r ~ r i d e n r swho have iinaniiarneed. For 1982-83, they range from $100 to $1050. All
applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of
April 23.
18/Financial A i d
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant - 4 federal program administered by
t h c Colleye. To be ~ l i g r h l r a, person m u ~ r :(1) be a L.5, c ~ t i z e nor permanent
reqidcnt: ( 2 ) have s u i f ~ r i e n tf~nancial need as detincd bv rhe program and
d ~ r n o n s t r a ~ rt3v
d rhe FFS (or FAF); (31 bc c a p a b l ~of maintaining satisfactory
a r a d ~ m i cstanding at rhe College; and (4) he accepted for admision.
Pell Grants - A federal program that provides Pell Grant awards to students who
attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for
each student for 1981-82 is $1670, minus the amount the student and family can be
expected to contribute. The grants are based on need as determined by the program
guidelines. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the
application form that the necessary information be sent to the appropriate Pell
Grant office.
Bureau of Indian Affairs kholarships/Grant -American Indian students who meet
t ~ d r r aand
l stare requrremenr5 mai appIvfar Bureauof Indian Affairs,Tribal and/or
Indian State Scholarship monies. S l u d ~ n r smust bc r i degree Indian ancestry and be
enrolled with a fcdcrallv recognized tribc, lndian grants supplement all other
rourccs of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American
Indian Program Director or your tribal agency.
Loan Assistance
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - join1 Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the Cotlegc for studenrs who demonstrate financial
rligrbility. Loans arp interest free during your education. N o inrerest accrues nor
do avmenrs have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled a l least
halfiime. Slrnple interest of 5':. and repilvmenr of the principal (at ihc minimum of
5311 a rnnnzh) begin ~ i months
x
afrer vou leave schoot. Repavment rnav extend u
to 10 vears. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. She maximum whic
may be borrowed for undergraduate sturiv is $6,000
R
Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) and Minnesota State Studmt Laan - Programs
backed bv either t h e f ~ d e r aor
l state governmen?. Loan funds are obtained directly
from a local lender or state povernrnent in stares which provide w c h programs.
LVhile the student is attending a t least half-time, rhere i s na inrerest charge.
Beginn~ngIanunrv 1.1981. simple annual interest of gom+
on the loan balance and
repavrnent of the principal begin six months after you leave schunl. Repaymen1
rnav extend up 10 10 wars. The maximum loan is $7500 ppr year w i t h the
cumulative undergraduate rnaximun~of $12.500. "Ipplications are available a t the
college. sc3rne banks, and the Minnesota Stare Student Loan Office.
Nursing Student Loan - Fcderal pro$ram with provisions similar to the National
Direct Student Loan pro ram, but restriaed to applicants accepted or enrolled in
t h e program leading tot i e baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have
financial n ~ e d
and be registered full rime. The maximum loan is $2500 per year.
i:
Parent Loan Program /PLUS) - PLUS i s a new loan program to help parents meet
collcge cost5. Parents m a v borrow up to 53,000 per year with a n rlggregate
rnaxtrnum ot $15.000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursrmerlI a t a
simple interest rate of 14"r)and a minimurn paymcnl af '550 per month. Application
forms are available at 4upsbur College or the lending rnstitutions. .%ppEicarions
are normally filed with thc hanf or t h i i d,t 1n5titution with which vour farnilu.has a n
account.
A
Student Employment
Augsbury College provides work opportunities for studenrr with proven financial
need who are at least one-half time srudenrs. Assignmenr is made o n the basis of
need and potential compezence in performing the duries assigned. Part-time work
p r o v i d e d by r h College
~
i s considered financial atd. just as scholarships, loans, and
grants. A mavimum of 1 5 hours of on-campus emplovment pcr week i s
recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued
to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check
to the student employee.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under
these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis
with t k College r o provide some part-time work opportunities.
Aid Association for Lutherans Work Service Program - A special program of
off-campus placement in Lutheran congregations, with work assignments made at
the discretion of the congregation, which will support the life and mission of the
congregation.
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department
involved.
These scholarships are available to Augsburg students who will be Sophomores,
Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors'
wishes.
General Scholarships
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation - A number of awards of varying amounts
(minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
- awarded annually to deserving junior/
senior students.
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established in 1979 by his family. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually to needy and deserving upperclass students.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to two
deserving junior/senior students.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College
established in 1979 by members of his family. One or more
David J. Formo Scholarshi
scholarships will be a w a r f e d a n n u a ~ lto
~ a junior or senior student who has successfully
overcome adversity and has achieved excellence i n academic and extracurricular performnce
Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from
Waldorf College. Preference given to those i n music and/or elementary education.
Memorial Scholarship -awarded
annually to an able and deserving upperclass student
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o b e distributed t o
needy students.
Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior.
Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - established i n 1963 by a bequest of J o h n G. Quanbeck,
awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue
higher education.
Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded
t o able and deserving upperclass students.
Tozer Foundation kholarships - u p t o 51000 ~ a c h
- awartfetf on the bas~sof scholarsh~p,
p e r ~ o n d l i t vand
,
n t r r l . I l i n n e n must be junior nr senior students ivho a r e residents of the
Slate of hllnnesota bur nor reridents of Pine. Kanahec or Xashinpron Counties. Separate
application re uired oi srml-itnallsts selertrtl hv rhe irholarshlp comrnirre~.FFS must be sent
to Twr.r Foun4datlon rod^ 65--)
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving junior o r senior
student.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students w h o are
certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving
students, w h o have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship - awarded t o able and deserving students who-are policy
holders with Lutheran Brotherhood.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving senior.
M i n o r i t y Student Scholarships/Grants
Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded
American minority students w h o show financial need.
annually t o Lutheran
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 t o
be awarded t o a Black student.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically t o a Black
American student.
National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American
Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities w h o are either
seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an
ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs
Committee.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships
students.
-
awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental
Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually t o t w o minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded t o students preparing for full-time
service careers i n the church.
Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student(s) i n t h e
senior class w h o is preparing for the ministry.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n
Christian service.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith.
Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparingforthe Christian ministry.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship- awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service.
The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing
in fields leading to full-time service in the church.
Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshir - awarded annually t o an able and
deserving junior/senior'student recommended by t e scholarship committee. Semi-finalists
are interviewed and selected by donor.
Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a junior/senior
student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the
American Lutheran Church.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway t o be
awarded anriually to a talented art student with financial need.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen MemorialScholarship- awarded annually t o an able and deserving male student
on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
-
Paul Dahlen
Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or
students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education.
James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement.
Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player o n basis of financial need.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
David Gronner MemorialSchrrlarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~
in athtetlcs or music. She award IS "made to students who have demonstrated financial need
and/or "oi h ~ g Christian
h
character". The tthleticscholarship i s for a male candidate only, with
a preference ror basketball.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference given to wrestlers.
Biology
Biology Scholarships -established i n 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major i n Biology, Natural Scienceor MedicalTechnology.
Business
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students
interested i n the field of business.
Reid Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business
and/or education.
GertrudeS. Lund Memorial Scholarship - One or more scholarships will be awarded annually
t o a junior or senior majoring i n Business Administration.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - given to a chemistry major, preferably one
going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry.
Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement i n the field of
Chemistry.
Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry 5cholarship.
Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Federick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship.
Dr. W. M. Silndsfrom Chemistry Scholarship.
Walter Cordon Schell Memorial Chemislrv Scholarship.
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term i n which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are
majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career.
Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the
field of English.
Foreign Language
M i m i Baez Kingsley M o d e r n Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to
teach language as a career.
Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during
the academic year, to help with travel expenses. Aspecial application i s required by the Foreign
Language Department.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who i s
planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine.
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass
students preparing for a career in medicine or health.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - awarded annually to a history major.
The Rev. and Mrs. 0.1.Haukeness Award - given to a senior student for excellence in the
study of history.
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history
with preference given to those who plan a career i n the field.
Library Science
Library ScienceScholarship -established
choosing librarianship as a career.
in 1971 to honor one or more outstandingstudent(s)
Mathematics
Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior
students majoring i n mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability.
Matheinatics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of
mathematics.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying
choral music.
lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in stringed instruments.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participating
in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have
demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/orinstrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of over;~ll academic success.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire
musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
Edwin W.and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship-awarded to music majors preparingforcareers in
church music.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarshippromise i n the field of music.
awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding
Schubert Club Scholarship - awarded annually to a music therapy student.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a
rnajor/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to
upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music.
Physics
Theodore
physics.
J.Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring i n
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - A n
political science.
award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student i n the general field of
Christian Sociology.
24/Student Life
Religious Life - 25
Student Government - 25
'Athletics - 26
Student Activities - 26
Student Services - 26
Center for Student Development - 27
Intercultural Center - 27
Health Service - 28
Food Service - 28
Residence Life - 28
Student Rights - 29
' D a y in May"
- a Spring celebration
Student Life/25
Student Life
Your experiences in rhe classroom are the primary aspecr of your colle e life, but
learning and development also occur i n formal and informal aaivitiesof t e College
and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you
will find that the climate for learning and living a t Augsburg can add dimension to
your education.
&,
Religious Life
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academicand
social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we
encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith.
Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and
cultural backgrounds, QUr worship life i s characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bibhe studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning
committees, retreats, Peace and ]usrice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, and
plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression i n chapel worship where students,
faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and
hear the Word proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night
students gather for Holy Communion.
W e seek ro develop a
graduafly change and
church. we encourage
the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the College Center t o be readily available for
counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious
activity and groups.
Student Government
Student government i s the vehicle through which students can secure a closer
relatfenship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and
provide input into t h e decision-making process a t Aug~burg.Student government
also sponsorsand direasstudent aaivities, protectsjtuclent righrs, and provides the
means fordisclrisiansand action on a l l issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg.
Student government i s organized info the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and t h e judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who
elea their r e resentatives in !he fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement
are posr;lble ram proqram planning to writing or editing to service opportunities.
li you want to get in~oliled,contact the President or Vice President of the student
society in their offices in the College Center.
/'
Social, Cultural, and Recreational
Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus
as we~fasi n the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities i n various fields.
26/Student Services
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activ%yo n campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augshur Echo, and the yearbook, the Augburgian, are on
the lower level. l s n y of the c l u f r rhat unite clarrroom or non-clasrroorn related
intererrs meet in r h e Center. KC,MR, fludent-operated nan-profit radio station
serving the needs of Augsburg and t h e surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is
located i n Mortensen Tower.
There are several opportunities for partici ation in music and drama. In addition to
appearing an campus and in the city, t e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra perform o n national and international tours. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical
experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the
theater a n 5 department.
R
lntercollegiate Athletics
Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)
a n 8 is a member of both the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA) and the National Co[legiate Athletic Association (NCAA). Men annually
compete in football. soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball,
track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics,
basketball, track Pc field. and $oftball.
lntramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition i n a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice
arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student Services
kugsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the cont~xZin which l ~ a r n i lakes
n ~ place i s a crirical tactor in a t h i ~ v i n optimal
g
growth. Knowled e grows from mare than intellectual endeavors. Expandin
iela~ionships,e r p 6 r i n g v ~ i u e r ,identifying Me styles, develnping auranomy an
~nterdependence,
finding purposeand commitment -all combine with in~ellectual
content and skills to produce the desired educarional impact of the collegc on its
3
students.
The Division of S t u d ~ n thifairs has been created to sup' ort this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at the t i n e of trans er, you will receive a copy
of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Educat~on.This book will help you
assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider
and different destinations for which to pIan. SEMAPHORE was designed tb act as a
sort of road map for you.
P
CSD, Intercultural Center/27
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may
wish to participate in are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your firrt academic year and pre-register for
classes. You and your parents ger acquainred with classmates, faculty, and staff as
well as with the campus. You stav in thcdormitorv, attend events in the metropolitan
area and seek answers to the many quesi~omyou have about college life.
Career Plannin and Placement. You rnav be uncertain about where you want to be
when you finis r your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a
balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a lour-year career development plan to help vou assess yourself.
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry inlo the next phase of your
life. All new students will have a chance to review rheir interests with a counselor.
?
Human Devefo ment Seminars. A serles of informal "mini-courses'' are offered
each year to herp you grow in understanding of yaurrelf and vour relatinnrhip ro
orhers. Such topics a s PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships],
y.
JobSeeking, and Sexuality are
Issues i n Men'< and Women's I d ~ n t ~ rAssertiveness.
available. Information on current offerings and opparrunityto register are provided
several times during t h e year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studving, n o t e - t a k i n ~and
,
testing by attendine one or more of the workshop5
offered. You a150 win have an opportunity to meet with a counselor T O diagnose
your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring
through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult t o cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience.
Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personalhnterpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of
personal growth groups.
Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire
t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same.
This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a College in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close
cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these
efforts concentrate in two major areas:
American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support
program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian
Programs Director provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community
service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates Black student activities.
The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs.
28/Residence Life
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member
who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities
available.
lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be
part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed
lnternational Student Adviser.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on
Riverside A v ~ n u ~ a c r o rhc
s s strcer from the campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service. and prescriptions a r e availab[e through the Fairview Pharmacy at
cost. Be sure to check \,our iarnily health coverage toc3etermine if you are included;
if n o r , a studen7 health insurance plan is avarlahle.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food
service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan
who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Thechinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center,features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a ~a srudentk aabilitv to respond to the learning
r
conditions, a variety of l~ousing
environmen r depends, i n art, upon his or h ~living
aliernatives i i provided. TEe residence hall program i i designed to promoterrudcnt
growth throu3h relationships with other students and being an acjive parricipant in
yroupdeci51on-makin?. Each restdenc~unit h a s o n e o r m o w Resiclent Staff who are
able to factlitare the process of group living asnell asdiscuss personal concernswith
Individual students.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and
Kueffner Apartments.
Students enpaye a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year.
New studentc r ~ c e i v eroom assignments during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All
res~dentstudcnts must 3ign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 i n
order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1will be provided housing
only if space i s available.
Student Rights/29
All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they
move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36
students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, i s an alternative to traditional
residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students.
Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunitv
to f r v R r O U p living. Grou 5 of upperclass men or women share living space, house
ieiponribil~rier.and coo!ine. Houier are loca~edin the campus area. One way to
maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation ii TO avail vourself of
the opportunitv to bid far a house as a Special lnteresr House. Groups of 5tudents
have c r ~ a t ~evciting
d
projects by writing and implementing educational impact
proposals o n such ropics as Environmeniat Concerns, Men's and Women's A w a r e
ness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads,and lamps. Laundry facilitiesare
available in each residence.
Student Rights
The College has adopled a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has
providecl lor due proces5 in matters of disciplinarv action, grievances. and grade
appeal. The judicial Council i s clecred by s~udenzsandIacultvand serve5 tocondua
hearings and review matterr of concern. 4ny student who wishes to identify
appropriate procedures forcomptainr should rontaa the Vice President for Student
Affairs.
The College operates in romptianre with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Studenrs have the right t o inspect all official records, filesand data which pertain
ro them and w h ~ c hare maintained i n the Officeof the Registrar and the Placement
Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are
parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the
record before lanuary 1, 1975. or placed under conditions where students have
signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education
free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background,
handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on the inside front cover of this Catalog.
30/Academic Information
Degrees - 31
Academic Calendar - 31
Faculty - 31
Library, Audio-Visual, Computer - 32
Divisions - 32
Majors & Minors - 33
Teaching Licensure - 34
Certification Programs - 34
Pre-Professional Programs - 34
inter-Institutional Programs - 36
Study Abroad - 37
Honors Program - 38
Internship Program - 38
Continuing Education - 38
Registration - 38
Graduation Requirements - 39
Hats off to the graduating seniors!
Distribution Requirements -40
Grading - 41
Auditing Courses - 41
Grade Point Average - 42
Classification - 42
Advanced Placement - 42
Advanced Standing - 42
Probation and Dismissal - 42
Dean's List - 43
Graduation with Distinction - 43
lndependent/Directed Study - 43
Veterans - 43
Brief Facts - 44
Course Numbering - 46
Prerequisites - 46
Academic Information/31
Academic Information
Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide studen~swirh a broad
liberal arts backgrount! - In the humanities, the natural sciences and the social
sciences - and concentrated major studv i n one or more fields. Students are
encouraged to plan their own course af study with the help of facult! advisers.
Augsburg graduates are expecred to bc able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns. and 20 have some understand~ngof cultures
outside the United Stares. General recreational activirres roursej acquaint students
with and e uip rhem for lifetime sports. Courses In religion assist i n reflection on the
~
Church rhruugh i t u d v a i i a h e l i r i r rcrlprure.and mission.
meaning 0 7 t h Chrlrrian
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science dcgrees. The B.S. degree i s a w a r d ~ dto graduates with majors in Medical
TcchnoEoyv, Music Therapv. Nursing and Social Work. Majors in music may select
the program lor the achet tor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates
with majors i n other fields rcceive the Rachclor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14weeksseparated by a 4-weekJanuary Interim. Students normally take four
courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses
can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six
weeks.
The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during
the regular term. (See Registration).
Ianuarv Interim i 5 particularly intended to be a time for both srudenrs and facuttv to
ernplov styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in
places and ways not possible during the r ~ g u l a rtrrm. The Interim cafalog.
publishetj in the fall of each year. I S d i ~ ~ r i h l r t etod a l l ~tudentsand i s available bv
contacting the tnterim Ofiice. In addirion to classes offcrcd on campus, there are a
variety of travel oppor~unitieswilhinthe IJnited Statesand abroad. Independent or
directed study and internships are among the many In~erirnoptions.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal
interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 14 t o 1.
Faculty membersserve as academicadvisers and are available for help on individual
problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their
programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each
departmental listing, u i t h f u r t h ~ rinformation in the Augsburg College Faculty
section.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and triendjy student library assistants make the
library a favorite place to 5tudy. The main library houses over 138,000 books,
periodicals, records, tapes and films, Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide
libraries are located within the departmental areas.
32/Academic Organization
Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through
Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and
Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff providesstudents with assistance 10 meet diverse informainstruction in the use of the library, standard ref~renceservice,
tion needs includ~ng
guidance in pursuing term paprr topius, and directions to other local sources of
information. Special arrangements arr made for access by srudentr with physical
handicaps.
The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and
for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies,
filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students.
Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed
for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are
available.
Computer Resources
Augsburg has a PDP 31-60 with central memory of 256 kilobytes and terminals at
several campus locations. The College also has several Apple S
I microcomputers, a
Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer, and KIM-1 laboratory microcomputers.
Augsburga150 has a access to large computers through both Minnesota Educational
Computer Con5ottium and the University of Minnesota.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The colle e curriculum i s offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four
divisions or administrative and instructional purposes.
B
Humanities - Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, ~sychology,
Sociology
Professional Studies - Rosalie V. Clark (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work
Majors and Minors/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one
division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a major should be elected by theend of the fourth semester and earlier i n
some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section.
M a j o r s available at Augsburg are:
A r t History
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
International Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Mathematics
M i n o r s available at Augsburg
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies'
East and Southeast
Asian Studies
Economics
English
M e d i c a l Technology3
M e t r o - U r b a n Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philoso h y
Physica~Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
Social W o r k
Sociology
Speech
Studio A r t
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
are:
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Library Science
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Special Education
Speech
Studio Art
Theater Art
It i s possible for students t o complete other majors through the ACTC. Students w h o wish t o
complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg
Registrar's Office.
1 -Cooperative
Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students t o take beginning and intermediate
courses i n Chinese, Japanese and Russian.
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
34/Licensure, Certification
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licemure programs are offered at Augsburg i n Elementary Education,
Kindrrpartcn. Prekindergarten, and thp iolrowing t i ~ l d sin 5econdarv Education:
English-Languag~Arts. Frrnch, German, Health. Lite Science, Mathematics, Physrcal
Science (Chcrnis~rvor Physics), Scienc~(Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech. Theater Arts. and in the special areas of Art (K-121, MUSIC[K-12). and
Phvsical Education (K-72). h minor i50ffered i n L~brilrvSci~nre.Students planning TO
teach an the secondary level h a t e advisers both in the Education department and
t h e area of their academic rnajor(~I.
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg
to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth:
Certification in Art -requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact
the Art Department Charrperson.
Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing
on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include
courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on
women. Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark.
Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology,
sociology, speech and physical educatian. The pro ram i s designed to meet or
exceed criteria used i n The American Lutheran C urch certification program.
Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
t
- Provides the background for performing
systematic assessmentsof programsfor social improvements. Students are required
to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an
internship. For futher information, contactthe Psychology or Sociology Department
Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg.
It i s recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A
faculty adviser is available in each held to assist students in their planning. It i s
recommended thar students who want to plan a pre-professional program consult
with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social
sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses;
Biology 111, 112; Phy~i- 727, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124; General Psychology, 1course. Requirementsat other universities
may vary.
Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dualdegree program of liberal arts and
engineering in c o o p ~ r a t i o nwith t h e Washington University of Engineering and
Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri,and the M~chiganTechnological University i n
Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for
information on the course requirements i n t h ~ sThree-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law - Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the
handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. and consult the
Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoe!. Students may wish to take the
political science course, Law i n the United States, to help determine whether they
possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student ~ h o u l dbe aware that many graduate
schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C.
Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education t o
repare for study in medicine. A t Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments
eave majors specially der~ynedior pre-medical students. Barh require Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), Matnematics 124, 125; and Physics 124, 122. The Chernisrry
major also requires Chemistry 353,361, one advanced course, seminar. and two or
more biology courses. The Biology major also requires Biology 117,112,491 and one
from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355,473,474),1440, 471,476), with 353
recommended. Designed t o meet the Univenity of Minnesota requirements, both
programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities,
including psychology and sociology. Requirements at other medical schools may
vary. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early in the
freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology
111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351.352; Econarnicsl22,123; English 111 andasecond
course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122: electives from
humanities, literature and the arts to futfill the semester hour requirements.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Recommended preparatron includes Religion 111, 221; at least two
semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of
philosophy: and Creek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine a1 the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: English.? courses; Mathematics 124; publics eaking,l course; Chemistry
115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,112; Pfysics 121,112; Economics, 1
course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division
foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, histor , political
science, psychology or sociology courser ta fulfill the rest of the Jstribution
requirements. Requirements a t other universities may vary.
36/1 nter-l nstitutional
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private collcgps
library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, he ,%ugsbur~
community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 138,000 books, periadicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an
exchange, except for private ins~ructionin music and some independent studies.
SPP Independent Study For further details. Students mav elen to participate i n zhe
cooperative program to ~ a i n
new p~rzpecrives,to get berter acquainted wirh the
other school^, or ro undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home
campus. Thc c o l l ~ q e shave c o a r d i n a t ~ dcalendarr. The interim term mav also be
l a k e n on another campus. .4 regularly scheduled busshutt les students between the
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is
composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin.
Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative
research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of
the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg
College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has
resulted in the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o
train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes
offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses i n computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
Study Abroad/37
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate i n Air Force ROTC at The
College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are
eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information,
contact the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further
information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from
the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of
students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the
year one wishes to participate in an international program.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the
ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in
intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular
semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take
part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo) or the South American Urban
Semester (Bogota) programs. Both programs are interdisciplinary and stress cross
cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other
nations in their respective regions.
'
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued each spring for the following January.
lnternational Business Program - See under Business Administration, page 53.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global
justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes
intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural
activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition
for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited.
Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller
College i n London and Heidelberg; the University of Bath, England; the University
of Dundee, Scotland; the University of Seville, Spain; and the Institute for
American Universities in Avignon, France.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates i n the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages:
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure,
independent study abroad a topic of one'schoice during the following summer,and
the writing of a paper upon return.
38/Academic Policies
Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish-to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent
summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those
interested in further information should contact the Director of International
Programs.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for
qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of
study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options i n completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program.
Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Benjamin Cooper, Honors Director.
Internship Program
The Internship Program i s a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost
all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can
be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are
available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through
its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since
continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary
in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about
Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the
Associate Dean.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normafly register for four courses a semester and onecourse in the interim.
Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time
students. To register for more than 4.5courses,~tudentsmu57 contact the Registrar's
office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission.
A joint class schedule i s published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
semesters.
Se arate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer
Sc ool Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and
procedures.
FI
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms
Interim Office, Memorial 230, Interim
Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School
Graduation Requirements/39
Freshmen and transfer students have an opportunity to pre-register during summer
for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students have an opportunity to
pre-register duringtheiall for the spring and duringthespring for both the fall and
the following spring. All students must confirm their registration at rhe beginning of
each semester and complete financial arrangemenrs.
Arthough a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins,
registrarlon i s encouraged at the regularly scheduled rime. Special fees are charged
for late cegistration. Special feesalso are c h a r g ~ sfor cancelling or adding courses or
changing grading option after t h e f1r51 f ~ v edays of a semester.
Students are urged not to abandon murscsfor which thev are registered, since this
results i n a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or
cancellation from College must be done i n the Registrar's Office. Cancellations
from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the
completed Cancel from College form IS rerurned to t h e Office of the Registrar.
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the
student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the
Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified i n the
Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no
incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
1. Completion of 35 courses.
.4t least 71 courses musr he upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not m a r e
~ h a n13 may be in one d c p a r ~ m e n t except
,
i n certa~napproved majors for !he
B a c h ~ t o rof Science/Arts degrec. 1: for the Barhelar of Music ancl Bachelor of
Scienre in Musrc Jhera v degrees, and 18 In the Bachclor of Science i n Nursing
degree. The course rota must tnclude t h r e ~
In~erimsfor student5 w h o s ~complete
academic work 1 5 a t Augsburg. Far rransfer students, the course toral m u ~includc
t
one less inrrrim course than the number of vears at 4ugsburq.
F
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35rotal courses required:
4 Conservation of Human Resources 4CHR) courses: ? courses bv inde ~ n d e n t /
directed study; 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade o Pass tP).
Non-traditional grading (P) also has these lirnirs: 2 in the major except Elemcnrarv
Education and Nursing; 1 i n the minor if approvcd by the department chairperson.
P
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the Office of the Registrar about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2. Completion of a major.
Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except for Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5
averages are required.
40/Distri b u t i o n R e q u i r e m e n t s
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time
students) must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements (See below)
Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematin-Physics
Chemistry-Biolog
Psychology-Sorio ogv
English-Speech. Communication
Rc Theater Arrs
Y
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Foreign Languages - Two courses (I11 and 112) of one foreign language at
Aufsburg. Students who test above the Illlevel of a foreign language will take one
ad ~ t ~ o ncourse
al
at placement level in that language o r t w o courses (111 and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies - Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to
meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the
Office of the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
sports.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement i n courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter
tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are-offered with grading oprions - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale or rhe Pass/NonCreditsystem.in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N
means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N
grade o tion with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look
favorabc on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N
limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several
interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses
are raded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional s y s t ~ m English
.
Illis
grafed P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, gnd Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest
standards of excellence
"
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
r2n incomplete qrade mav be given ontv in the case of extreme emergency. To
rcceive it, a siudent must file a pelifinn with he Carnmirtee on Student Sfanding
staling the reasons for the rtqucrt, the plan and d a t p tor removing it.and comments
from the insrructar If permission is granted, the i n c o r n p l ~ tmust
~
be removed
during the foTlowing scrnester, ar i t becomes rhe grade s u b m i t t ~ dbv the teacher
along wirtl rhe incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an independent o r d i r e r r ~ ds1udvcour5eor internship
that is to be spread aver more than enesemester. Strch a course must be completed
during the second semester or the grade of S wi[I remain on the t ~ c o r dIf. X i s given,
the course must be registered for a s 1 Y In the lollowing term tn order that credit and
a grade may be a5sipncdm
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated
for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record.
Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation
and in the grade point average.
A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering
for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for
part-time students is listed under Expenses. Students who audit a course should
confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W
(Withdrawn).
42/Classification, Probation
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) i s based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed i n the
G PA.
Classification
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement in courses beyond the be inning level i s granted to students
with scores of 3.4, and 5 a n t h e CEtB Advanced Wacement Program Test. ~ d d i t i o n a l
credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Office of rhe Registrar.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school students who havesuccessfuIIycompleted a
college level course and who have scored high on he Advanced Placement
Examinations. Augsburg will also award credir on the basisof scorer. received on the
College Level Examination Proyam (CLEF) ofiered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should b~ addressed to the
Office of the Registrar.
Probation and Dismissal
A student will be placed ort schotastic probation at the end of t h e term i f his or her
athie~ernentis unsat~sTac~ory.
A student who has been on probation two or morc
C O ~ S P C U serncjrera
~ ~ ~ C
is subject to di;rn~ssal at the end of tlie term. Dismissal f r o m
the College is not automatic. Each c a w I S reviewed bv the Committee on Student
Stand~ng.A student who has a poor a c a d ~ m i crecord mav b e s~rongtyadvised to
withdraw before t h e end of the term. ,4 studenr who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to
re-enroll.
A student will be placed on probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7
courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer
than 16 courses.
Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses.
Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses.
A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the
minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as a freshman for earning 2
zero grades will be removed from robation if their classification changes to
sophomore and ihev h a v e not earnexadditional zero grades. Students placed on
probation as a sophomore for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation
if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
Study Options, Veterans/43
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point
average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or
equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in
courses offered for credit.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed
two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Independent/Directed Study
Many departments offer opportun~tiesforconscientioussrudents who demonsrrate
sufficient background and preparation i n a given field to carry out upper division
level work on an independent basis. Somed~partmentsalsoofferan opportunity for
directed stud!: on a lower division level. A srudent who resisters for directed or
independent study should normally expect to complete i t in one semester but may
extend i t into the next term by permission of the instrucror. In such ca5es.a grade of
X isgiven a t theend of the f l r 5 t term. and zhestudentwill registerapain forthe course
to receive the final grade.
Student3 interested in registering for directed or independent study must first
secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two
courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35
courses required for the degree.
Srudents may cross-register for inde endent studies at another ACTC school only
when the majorfield in which rheinBcpendenl study i s proposed is not available on
their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs
a~tarhed.Requests for exception to this policvshould be made directly to their own
academic dean.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after anv period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not earn a t least three courses per term, the
rntnirnum for classification as full-time students, It i s the responsibility of each
veteran to report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of
the Registrar, as it i s for all students.
A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below
to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need ro
three courses w i r bc n p o r ~ e d
meet the requirements ol the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
46/Departments, Courses
Departments and Course
Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The
descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise
description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, the
student should consult the inctructors of the courses.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall
and/or Spring terms, unless anerher frrquency isspecified. The Schedule of Classes
published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim and Summer
School are published in separate catalogs.
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit,
are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Afull course has the approximate
value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in
addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are
primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Coursesthat must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed i n the
caurse descrip~ion.A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not
been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the
academic adviser. Consent of the instructor is indicated in some course descriptions
by this sign: (#)
Art
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August
Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson
Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history
courses including 240. One course must be i n 2-dimensional art (118,223,360) and
one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required t o begin their programs
with the Foundations, although advanced placement i s possible with portfolio on
approval by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223
and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history
courses. Consult wirh Department of Education for requirements i n education for
teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificatein Art: 8art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may
be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts i n the urban and world setting. Concern for thevisual content of experience in the
environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects
exploring design problems i n representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and
white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring)
150 Jewelry
An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn
how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals.
221 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective
media.
223 Print hIakhg I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media includingetc hing,silk-screen
and woodcut.
242 Film Making
Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim)
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
330 Visual Communications II
A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and
other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.:225)
351 Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a
continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:llB)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor.
(Alternate years)
368 Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition i n various media, including silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture II
Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the
cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman Period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years,
Fall, 1982)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years,
Spring 1983)
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Alternate years, 1983-84)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis on
19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous
movements. (Alternate years, 1983-84)
Biology
Neal T h o r p e (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg,
Ralph Sulerud
Major - Option 1: 7 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m
each o f t h r e e groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students
i n t e n d i n g t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Major - Option 2: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m
each o f five groups: (I) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476;
Chemistry 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106), 351 and 352. Students w h o plan t o teach i n
secondary schools o f t e n select this major. Licensure f o r teaching i n Minnesota also
requires t r e e courses i n earth a n d life sciences. Students p l a n n i n g t o teach are
advised t o consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n their planning.
Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually
require Chemistry 353.
Minor: 5 courses, including Ill,
112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry
115,116 (or 105, 106).
Honors Major: GPAof 3.5 in biology and 3.0overal1, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
101 Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer
such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
havea niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment?What
influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?(3 hours
lecture, 1-1/2 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both Biology
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor)
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for
Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not
receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What
threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and
non-renewable resources?What are the implicationsof genetic research,scientificracism,
socio-biology, and inequities i n thedelivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply
to the major or minor. Spring)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields
of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #.
Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 Special Topics i n Biology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course
together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon
needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequenceexcept by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
323 Experimental Human Physiology
A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by
experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will
also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective
therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors
(primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112.
Fall 1984 and alternate years)
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,
Spring, 1983 and alternate years)
353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution,
behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Spring)
361 Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Fall)
367 Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry
352 or #. Fall)
440 Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular
plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1984 and alternate years)
471 Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring)
473 Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasison the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class. 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116: Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1983 and
alternate years)
474 Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well
as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours
class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
52/Business Administration & Economics
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered
as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #. Fall)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some
Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall)
491 Seminar
Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research.
(For seniors majoring i n biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor.
Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous
arrangement with instructor)
Business Administration
& Economics
Amin Kader (Chairperson), JamesE. Billings,Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Roy
LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Kenneth Rich, Edward M. Sabella.
Business Administration
Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262,263,
379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one f r o m 258,391,
392). At least three upper division courses a r e required. Far thoseplanningcareers i n
accounting, completion of thetwo remaining courses i n thesequence 381,382,483,
484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and compuTer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Finance: 9 Business Administrat ion courses (101,102,731,267,262,373,379,
478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,257, and one from
258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392,
Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 702,131,145,250,
261, 340, 379, 410, and 373 or 4781; 5 Economics courses (722. 123, 251, 340, 445);
Philosophy 120; Psychotogy 371,373; Sociology 241 and 373 or 383; Speech 111 or
English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is srronglv recommended.
Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261,
330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech
and Communications 351 o r 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 i s strongly
recommended.
Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other
courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above.
Business Administration & Economics/53
M a j o r in l n t e r n a t i o n a l Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,
135,261 a n d 399 o r 499 a n d two f r o m 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123,
379); Political Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses (or demonstrated proficiency) f r o m
o n e o f t h e following: Arabic. C f i n e w , French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated w i t h t h e foreign
language courses) f r o m 103,104,222,322,323,324,331,332,440,474;
8 International
C o r e counes, i n c l u d i n g ~nternsh~p
or i n d e p e n d e n t stud Core courses must be
taken abroad (England and Germany, aiherr ro be addYedi. Erceprionr may b e
p e r m i t t e d with department a proval General descriprions follow. Students who
plan to major in lnternafionaPBusin& should mnract t h e depanment's international adviser. Amin Kader, as s o o n as possible t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f
study.
lnternational C o r e Courses - Required
Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the
comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign
investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc.
European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it;
structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies;
distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S.
Import-Export Operations -The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and
export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and
financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysisof international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations.
Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and
managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiarie; and parent company; ~r~anizational'behavior;
management policy; comparative
industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international
setting.
lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 to b e Elected
Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and
obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure,
land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism.
European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms'of
economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path
to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport;
industrial policy; current membership negotiations.
lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of
domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation.
lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors i n diplomacy; tariff techniques
and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof
economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid
policies; exchange rate policies.
Theory of lnternational Finance -The relevance of international finance; participants i n
the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and
forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the
impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the
performance of monetary policy.
54/Business Administration & Economics
Minor: 6 courses, inchding Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,
379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. Other configurations
for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the
department chairperson.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration.
C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have
corn feted the major i n Busine5s Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting
and !usines, Taw counes offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Phyrici general college
requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more
than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics).
Students who have completed theabove requirements arequalified under the rules
of the Minnesota State Board of Acceuntancy to sit for the examination immediately
after graduation.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged t o
select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order t o carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these have been offered under Business
Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business,
Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer
Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation.
101 Principles of Financial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
102 Principles of Managerial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101)
131 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring)
135 Introduction t o Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and tech~ologicalfactors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Spring)
145 Fundamentals of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control.
The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager. (Fall)
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall)
261 Fundamentals of Finance
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101,102)
Business Administration & Economics/55
262 lntermediate Accounting I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Fall)
263 lntermediate Accounting II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring)
330 Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; research
methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand)
340 Personnel Administration
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand)
373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis
on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 261)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
381 Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102)
382 Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and
various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Fall)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course creditsthrough an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition thestudent will
write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only).
430 Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and
decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product
selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand)
440 Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examplesfrom
service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial
point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
Junior or Senior or #. Spring)
56/Business Administration & Economics
478 Investments and Financial Institutions
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and Institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use
of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods
and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are:
Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis
of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring)
483 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting
and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1983)
295,495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General
Business. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Economics
Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122,123, 251, 258, 454 and three other
upper division); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete
calculus sequence i s very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study
in economics. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming
are strongly recommended.
Major in Applied konomics: I] Economics courses 1122,123,251,258,454 and 445 or
453 and t h r e e other upper division); Business Adrninistrarion 101, f 02, 379, 479:
Philosophy 130; Mathemafics 124,125, 215, 224, 2'14. Mathematics 211 is strongly
recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Admrnistration
379. Thestudent isstrongly encouraged to take ather Economics course^. in addition
t5 those I isted above.
Combined Major in Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses
(122,123,251,258 and one upper division); 6 Business Adm~nistrationcourses (101,
102,261,373,379and one upper division). Courses in data processing and computer
programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to
take additional courses both i n business administration and economics.
Minor: .Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Business Administration & Economics/57
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major f i e l d o f concentration.
the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d
u n d e r 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History o f Economic Thought,
Research Methods f o r Economics, a n d Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d
Decision-Making w i t h f i n i t e Markov Chains,
Notes: I n addition t o
Economics 120,122 a n d 123 w i l l satisfy general education requirements. Economics
120 w i l l satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement.
Students w h o Ian t o major i n t h e d e a r t m e n t are strongly encouraged t o select a
department alviser as soon as porsibre i n o r d e r t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f
study.
120 Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and
Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topirs.
(Economics 120 i s a basic course designed for those studenrswho dn not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Ecunomirs major or
minor. Students who plan to major i n Business Administration andfor Economics should
instead enroll i n 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors)
122 Principles of Economics (Macro)
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken i n the same term i n
order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses.
123 Principles of Economics (Micro)
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics 122or 120. Economics 122and 123 may betaken
i n either order.or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses.
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n economics.
251 lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. (Prereq.: 123)
258 lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
58/Business Administration & Economics
340 Managerial Decision Making
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management
science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is
on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information
systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bus. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents.
Spring, O n Demand)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
391 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall)
392 Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role i n relation t o aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
442 Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective
bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand)
445 Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices i n business. Among the topics
considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an
analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: Econ. 251 or
equivalent or #. Spring, O n Demand)
453 Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the
areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122
or equivalent or #. O n Demand)
454 Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use
of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods
and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented i n the course are:
Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis
of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring)
295,495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Chemistry
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra
Olmsted
Graduation M a j o r in Chemist : 175,176, (or 105,106) 35I,352,353, 361 and one
advanced c a u n e which may inxude Biochemistry; participation i n seminar; Physics
127,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and
physics prerequisires, students shoul plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 i n the
freshman year and Physics 121,122 in the sophomore year.
d'
American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which rhould be taken during the sopromore year).
Reading ability i n German equivalent to one semester also required.
Teaching Literrsure: Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105,
106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352, 353,361, 362,482,491
(Biology 367 may be substituted for362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised t o consult
with the Education Department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition,
medical schools expect at least t w o courses (and usually more) i n biology. Students
should consulr members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a
course program early i n their coilege career.
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (105, 106), 353 and t w o other
chemistry courses above 300 (Biology 367 may be one of the courses).
Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer o r course of approved research; participation i n
seminar.
Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed
beforeenrolling in thegiven course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade
o f 2.0 or higher t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These
requirements also must be met when using the first term o f a two-term course i n
registering for the second term.
Placement i n 105 or 115 i s determined by the score o n the Mathematics Placement
Examination. High school chemistry i s a prerequisite for 115.
105, 106 Principles o f Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major
i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105,
Fall; 106, Spring)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students w h o need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic
and biological chemistry for careers i n allied health areas such as nursing (including
Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical
education, and others. O p e n also t o students in the humanities and social sciences. First
term, general chemistry principles and an introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term,
organic and biological chemistry with special applications t o human physiological
chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward
the major o r minor i n chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both Chemistry 109 and 105
o r 115 nor can credit be earned for both Chemistry 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school
chemistry within the last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring)
115, 116 General Chemistry
A n intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from
inorganic chemistry. Thesecond emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including
kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry, math placement. 115 Fall, 116 Spring)
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis o n mechanisms and multistepsynthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical
bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry
t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 four-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includestrace analysis. (3 hours of lecture,
1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116. Fall)
361, 362 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states o f matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these conceptsto areas
of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122;
Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
399 Internship
Opportunity for off-campus experience as a chemist.
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory.
Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions.
Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of
lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of
German. Fall)
481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring)
482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or #. Spring)
483 Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to
solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules.
Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under
the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to
participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to
participate.
497 Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience beforegraduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (which may be counted as a course). (Juniorstanding).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or
historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding)
62/East and Southeast Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Director)
This program offers two options:
1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental
program which provides a foundation for careers in international business,
government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies,
or graduate study.
Two years of Japaneseare tought on one of the five ACTC campuses, o r Augsburg
students maytake Chinese coursesat Harnline University. Therealso i s a contracrual
arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Xrian Studies Department for
Chinese and lapanese language coursps. Opportunities for language study abroad
are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hon kong and Singapore. Summer
inrii~uterare ava~lablei n ihe Paeple'r Republic ofChina and in the U.S. See the
director for information and procedureto register for any of thesecourses or t ravel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language
courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Ma'or in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic
col ege Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2
courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of
approved electives.
I
Minor in East Asian Studies -5 courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college
Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia;
and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved
electives.
2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. I t is designed t o be
useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from History 322,323,324;
one from Philosophy 355, Religion 356, Sociology 241; one from History 474, Political
Science 351,363, 382; and one from History 226,399,495,499. History 104 is strongly
recommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may
be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
299 Directed Study
(See Director of program)
322 Modern Southeast Asia
(See under Department of History)
323 Modern China
(See under Department of History)
324 Modern Japan
(See under Department of History)
351 Communist Political Systems
(See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis)
363 Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Department of Political Science, International Politics)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
(See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis)
399 Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines t o apply for an internship)
474 The World and The West
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar
(See Director of program)
499 Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
tconomics
See Business Administration and Economics
Education
Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar
Johnson, Lauretta Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Prekindergarten, and Secondary Education.
Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o
Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it i s within the
jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o
determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as
applicable to requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg
College.
Orientation t o Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of
Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the
teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the
spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course.
Students transferring from an education program at another college must be
readmissible to that program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Major and licensure Requirements: M i n i m u m of 8.5 education courses (255, 351.
383, and two profesrional semesters); Health Education 114,775; Library Science347,
358; Academic rnlnor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and
academic rninor,and grades of P in srudent teachin courres required for Iicensure;
fulfill requiiementr of Minnesota Board of Teac\ing 5 MChR 3.041 in Human
Relations. The first professional semester, forjuniors, includes341,352,353.381,382,
384. [Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses. The secand professional
semester includes 481,482 and eleaives (483.484,478,499).
Kindergarten License R e uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 385
and student teaching at t%e Kindergarten level.
Prekindergarten Education
Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator)
License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Sociology 231;
Prychology 351; Elementary Education 325, 425, 483 or 484 (160 hours of student
teach~ng).For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult
with the program coordinator.
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education
Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h~s/her
life in relat~anro the eifects of present-dav society and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innova!ions,Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and
other ~nrerventionsandcompensatorvprograms.Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of ~ e a c h i n
Reading
~
Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources in theteaching of reading
at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
352,353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learningsettings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring)
381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent r-egistrationin
352, 353. Spring)
382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall)
384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resourcesfor social studies and language arts
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
425 Prekindergarten Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsand two hours per
week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
481,482 Student Teaching I
Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels
under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission t o
student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring)
483,484 Student Teaching II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring)
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
498 lndependent Study ('/2 or 1 course)
Study of specific areas i n education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a
teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the
elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet a!! specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure.This consultation is, recommended in addition to conferring with rhe student's major field
adviser.
ticensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for
admittance and acceptance into the Depanment of Education teacher licensure
program. This may be made before, concurrently or after the Orientalion course.
Application formsare available in the Education Department oRice. Belare applving
for admission, studentsshauld receive approval from the department or division of
'their declared major. A student ma take education courses after the Orientation
course only i f he or she has been adYmiited into the program of the Department of
Education: (2) GPA of 2.0 everalt,2.Qin required education couries,and at least 2.5 i n
the major and minor; (3) Applicarion for admittance and acceptance into student
teaching; (41 Completion of Minnrsota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 i n H u m a n
Relations through hugrburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the
required courses 0%t h e education program: Psychology 105: Health Education 114,
115; Educatian 265,354,388,478, specia I methods i n thrl area of t he student's major,
and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching ar required.
Requirementsfor State of Minnesota L-icensurefor Teaching in SecondarySchaols:
(through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): 11) 5.A- or 8.5.
degree; (21 College major or minor in a teaching area; (33 Fulfill hlinnesota Board of
Teaching 5 :MCAR 3.011 in Human Retarions Isucces5ful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirerncnr); (4) Psvchologv 105: (5) Health Education
114,115: (6)2.0 GPA i n professional education courses and a ? i n required s ~ u d e n t
teaching courses, 2.5 GPA in major or minor.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one o f t hese areas follows the secondary educarion program even though he or she
plans to reach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these
special arras will take three courses i n studen1 teaching and do some student
teaching at both rhe secondary and elemen~aryrevels. In addition to 354, the art
major will register for 367,361: rhe Physical Education major i o r 365: and t h e music
major for 373. Arl and Physical Education reacher education programs lead to
licensure in K-12. Music teacher education programs lead l o liccnsure in r h e
following areas: ( 7 ) Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12): 121 Orchestra (K-121
and Classroom Music (5-12): (3) Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9); or (4) Vocal and
C[assroom Music (5-11).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), achievement of at least four "good" and three "minimal" ratings on the
Modern Language Association Competency Tests is required. The candidate will
take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. The results will be
recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education.
The Professional Term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in
one full-time term in professional education, Special afternoon and/or evening
seminars are held during the term aspart of the professional work, kstudent taking
two courses i n student teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study.
AII studenrs are expecred robe ~nvolvedfull-time i n theactivities of tRe prOfR5iOI?a~
term.
265 Orientation t o Education i n an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigate5 various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 Introduction t o Special Education
(See Special Education)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 265, Psychology 105)
N o t e o n Special M e t h o d s Courses: With the general methodology course, one or
more education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department of
the major field. (Prereq.: 265, or Elementary Education 255, and 354or may be taken
concurrently with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2
course.)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the senior high school.
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching i n a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the
Foreign Language Department.)
373 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures i n science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history i n secondary school classrooms.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
410 Health Methods
(See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on thestudy of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
The emphasik in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention
t o urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.:
senior standing)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,except three courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the
approval of education faculty.
Special Education
Barry Franklin (Coordinator)
M i n o r : 6 courses, including 282,491; Psychology 351,357; one course chosen from
Health and Physical Education 354, Music 110 (Interim) or 395, Psychology 362,
Secondary Education 385 (Interim), or Social Work 304 (CHR); and one course
chosen from Linguistics 289, Psychology 352 or 359, or Secondary Education 388.
Biology 103 i s recommended as an additional course.
282 lntroduction to Special Education
lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the mature, causes, and
educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and
giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
I
A supervised field placement i n a facility for an,exceptional population plus on-campus
seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of
instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education
coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall)
Engi neeri ng/69
Library Science
Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood,
James Olson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith
Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective
audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquistion, cataloging, classification, and processing.
Services of the media center and methods of evaluation.( Fall)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Services and Sources
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information
and use libraries effectively. (Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library
situations in the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 Independent Studv
Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of
Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical
University (Houghton, M ichigan),in a Three-Two Plan of studies which w i l l ena l e a
student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an
e n ineering baccalaureate degree f r o m Washington University or Michigan Technokpical University in a five-year period.
6
The first three ears are spent a t Au sbusg followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Stu ents accepted into t e program are guaranteed admission to the
en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, haveaB average,
an8 are recommended by a designated representative of Augrburg College.
d
E
Students receiving financial aid who are participants i n the Three-Two Plan will be
encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing
support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance
as criteria.
M i n i m u m Course Requirements for Admission fo the Three-Two Plan: Math 124,
125,224,226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,176; Computer Science 245; English
111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124,725 and Physics 127,122 are taken in the
freshman year.
Students are encouraged t o apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser i s encouraged.
English
Richard Sargent, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark,
John Gidmark, Ann Goodwin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Grier Nicholl,
Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood
Major: 9 English courses above 717, including 225; one course in American
literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in
British literature,oneon literature before1660 (for exarnpie,331 or438) and one that
surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encauraged ta take Enulish
245 early i n their colllege work and tocrensu~ttheirdeparrmental adviser regular7 A
rtudenrwith a double major or r ecial program that involver considerable w o r t in
the English departrnenr should apo work closely with an adviser in the department.
Major for Teaching Licensure i n English-Language Arts: 10 English courses, includingthose listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2Speech courses,
one from 111,351,352,354 or 355 and either 360 or 366; Library Science 475. Courses
i n early American literature, Shakespeare and film arerecommended. I n addition to
fie1 ' experience and student teaching required by rhe D e p a r t m ~ n of
t Education,
majors rvill be required to gain practical experience in teaching writin
be
arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouragec to rake
courses toward their major d u r ~ n the freshman and ~ophornoreyears, enroll i n
Orientation to Education i n the all term of the sophomore year and applv for
teacher education not later than the fall of their iunior year. i n addition to planning
their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an
adviser in the Department of Education.
'"
B
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing
course.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall, submit program t o
department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty
committee i n senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program.
Noteon Concentration: I n additionto meeting requirementsfor the major, English
majors may, i f they wish,develo an area of emphasis,such as British concentration,
f
American concehtration, worl literature concentration, or writing concentration.
A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives i n the major, by
the designof an independentstudy course that ap lies to the cancentration, and by
the selection of some related courses outside the epartrnent. English majors should
B
work closely with their advisers i n developing a concentration. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a
concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: English 111 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d b u t n o t a prerequisite
f o r a l o w e r division literature course. Prerequisite f o r an u p p e r division course is
successful c o m p l e t i o n o f a l o w e r division literature course o r consent o f t h e
instructor.
101 Developmental Writing
.4preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as
needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be
given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and
thought. P/hl grading only.
111 Effective Writing
The study of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention t o correct usage,
logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either
P/N or2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class
the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized.
Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq.: 111 or equivalent)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include
identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis.
Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the
course's workshop format, in which students'papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models,
theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories,
personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and
development, according to the student's preference.
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news
feature. The student i s first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what
constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and
imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community newsstories. A unit on
the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester,
attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and
stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
241 lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artisticqualitiesand the historical development of the film medium.
The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films.
(Spring)
245 lntroduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted t o developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writersfrom colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention i s also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American literature.
261 Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
-271 European Literature: Homer to Dante
Astudy of majorworksof Greekand Roman literature,for example theepicsof Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles, and Euripides, thecomedies of Aristophanes
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the
Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on
later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern
period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky.
(Spring)
282 Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,authors, or works.
The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year.
331 Chaucer and His Age
While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention
will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry,
romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1983-84)
336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets
to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships
amongthese writersand their influence on one anotherwill be emphasized as well as their
relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and
prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature.
366 Poetry
Study of the poem as a concentrated, esthetic form of human expression and experience.
The course emphasizes modern American and British poetry, but also includes a generous
selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in English and i n translation from
selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods,
themes, and techniques i s represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry
and modern poetry i s examined. (On demand)
Foreign Languages/73
368 Modern Drama
Slgnlflcant worLr of Ameriran.Rritish, and continental dramatlstsof the twent~ethcentury,
wlth emphasls on represen1arlrbcr.from the major movements such as Naturalism,
Ex~stent~al~sm,
T h e a t ~ rof the Absnrd, and Tran~forrnat~onal~sm
Plays by women and
mlnorltles are included. [On demand)
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus
internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey o i the development of the novel in Engiand from its eighteenth century
beginnings up trr the twentieth century. Novels studied wiIl be selected from the works of
such authors as Defoe, R~chardson,Fielding.Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte,Thackeray,
Elio~,H~ardy,and
Butler. Attention will beqiven to theconditionscontributing to therlseof
the novel and its emergence by the twentieth centrrry a5 rhe dominant literary form.
(Alternate years, 1982-83)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays- comedies, histories,tragedies-with attention tothe
development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis.
490,491 English Seminar
Course490, a themeor movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (On demand)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of
Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley,
William Oyler, Madeleine Renaud, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios
Stavrou, Donald Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited t o
their level of preparation.
Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or
equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of languagestudy; 311,four years or
m o r e of that language.
Students should arrange for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a
course above the level determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with
satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112,212, o r 311.
Students who elect t a t a k ~a course below the one in which they are placed by r h e
Language Department may d o so, bat grading for such a course must be P/N only.
The language requirement will b e satisfied only by completion of the course i n
which the studenr was originally placed. Credit and grading far that course may be
traditional.
74/Foreign Languages
For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg Coltege is
required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division nun-kugsburgcourses
may be accepted. No fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad.
For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College i s
required for graduation.
For transfer students intending t o major or minor, a minimum of one upper division
credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses.
Teaching Litensure: Teacher candidates in French. German and 5 anish mug
consult with the Department of Educalion for specific information an enrollment
in rhe program. Methods courses bv language are joinr ACTC offerings and should
be taken in the fall of t h e s ~ n i o year.
r
A 3 0 average in Advanced Conversation and
Composition i s a departmental requirement forteachin? majors. Licensur~requires
successfulcorn letion of the Modern Language As5ociation Competencv Exam. See
Requirements or State of Minnesota ticensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools.
p. 66.
8
P
Chinese
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies
Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director.
French
Major: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in
France strongly recommended.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper
division courses. Study in France strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
011 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand)
111 Beginning French
Designedto introduce thestudent with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught
to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement.
Foreign Languages/75
112 Beginning French
for hose who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms iscompleted to make possible basic communication, b e g i n n i f i ~reading rkills,and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two
hours laboratory work. See above o n placement. (Spring)
211 Intermediate French
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice i n
communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those
who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall)
212 Intermediate French
Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course
works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of
sufficientskiltsro pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures.
habora~orywork. 1Spring1
243 French Literature i n Translation
Major representative works of French literarure read in English translation. Through
individualized background readingand crass discussion.studen1s become acquainted with
artistic qualities and culrvral-hinorical sign~f~cance
of these works. Sophomore standing.
Does not count toward a French major or minor. [Offered o n Demand)
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy,
and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements,
effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A
prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing.
Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for
business and personal use. French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of
writien models. [Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand)
331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political,social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students
Theory and practiceof literarvstudies. A theoreticat component (inEnglish) treats the basic
principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the
practical component, students apply rhe elements of theor), rhrough reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of French li~erature.Recommended for majors and ~ i n o r s .
Open to all qualiiied students. (Prereq.: 311 or Offered on demand)
*.
76/Foreign Languages
352 Creativity and Restraint
A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the
essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports,
and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds
A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and hissuccessors in poetry,and the
literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years)
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive training i n the four skills at an advanced level.
Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and
self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
Demand)
450 French Seminar
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th
Century literature, poetry). Student presentations i n French. (See also Interim offerings.
Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. O n Demand)
451 The French Novel
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert,Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand)
499 Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature
a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required.
Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser.)
German
Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n
311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e d
Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n g 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses b e y o n d 212, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization, and t w o electives. A l l courses must b e u p p e r
division courses. Study i n Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
Foreign Languages/77
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111 i s for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had
111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic
skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals:
ability t o read extended narratives i n simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basicskills into working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructureswith
emphasison extending rangeof vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and
discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall;
212, Spring)
244 German Literature i n Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular
context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to
perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or
minor. (On Demand)
301 German Business Communication
German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.)
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is
supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Earlv Background. Foltows the cultura1 and social development of the German5peaking peoples from the preh~sroricfnda-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Y e a r s h a r (16.131,with emphasison the impact of Roman crvilization, the re-emergenceof
German cultural s e l f awareness d u r ~ n gtheMiddle Agesoandthe intellectual and religious
upheavals o l the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or Alternate years)
*.
332 German Civilization and Culture I1
Survey of significant currents of deveropment which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and swirzerfand since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s
cansidered in view oiits roots in fhe intellectual, geopolitical, artisticand scientific history
o i the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of lirerarvstudies. Arheorctica~cornponent(in English)treatsfhe basic
principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to bitcrarvanafyj~r.In the
practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing
and discussing selected worksof German litesaturc. Recommended far majors and minors
Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or Offered on Demand\
=,
351 German Literature through 18th Century
Brief survey of hemtt. courtly, Reformarion, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Exrenrive rcadingr and discussions in Classic and Romanticperiods. Readings in
German.supplernented by [eaures on the history or German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class djscussrons help to improve students' ability t o express ideas i n
German. (Prereq.: 311 or *. O n Demand)
78/Foreign Languages
-
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, lung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of
the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express
themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature
are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are
designed to aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aimsat developing and refining the student's use of German as avehiclefor expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or#. Alternate years)
451 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramaticworks from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read
assymptomaticof perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
499 Independent Study
Greek
See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg i n history, philosophy, art,
literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration i n cooperation
with Macalester College.
111,112 Beginning Greek
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours
preparation per week required.)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) t r e a t r t k baslc principles of IIterature, literary genres, and different approaches to
literary analysis. In the practical component, the class will divide into small groups
according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through
reading, analyzing, and discuss~ngselected works for foreign literature in the language.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #.
Offered on demand)
Japanese
Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC Easr Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies
Department. See fast and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information.
Foreign Languages/79
Linguistics
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analvsis and general Iingulstic principles, with focus on
[ingutst~c
universals (organtzational principles and features common to all language) and
psycholinguirric5 (inquiry i n to the mechanicsof language learning and thestructure of the
mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questrons will be approached by studying
sarnplesof various Languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand
minors. (Fall)
311 Theories of Grammar
Camparat~vcanalysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic
research w ~ t h
the aim af l[luminaringunderiyingphilosophical assumptions, investigational
criteria, and explanarory goals which dlsringuish them. Jhr rheories wi[l becnntrasred with
those of adjacenrdisciplinessuch asanthr~pology.psy~fiology,logic,and
c~mmunrcation
theory to explore ways In which each theory seeks to overcome rhe inadequacies of
traditional grammar. (On Demand)
Norwegian
a n d 499, a n d o n e
Scandinavian literature course. I n t e r i m o r summer i n Norway recommended.
Major: 8 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g 311,312,331,350,353,411,
Minor: 4 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-com osition, o n e i n
civilization, a n d o n e i n literature. I n t e r i m o r summer study abroaBencouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses u n d e r Scandinavian Area Studies.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stress on spoken ratherthan literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112,
Spring)
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for classdiscussion and exercises.
Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.)
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive praaice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. S a m e anention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between tfretwoofilcial languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field
experience required. (Prercq.: 211 or equivalent.)
312 Old Norse
An introductlon to thestructure of Old West Norse through thestudy of selections from
Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old Easr Norseand aspects of the history of
four modem Nordiclanguages. Knowledge of oneof the latter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as
possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous
population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian
language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
80/Foreign Languages
350 lntroduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical componenr [in English) treats !he basic
principlesof IIrerature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis, fn the
practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or +. Offered on demand)
353 Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings i n contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods e~rendingback ro 01d Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable atnention is given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language,
particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other
ScandirBvian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Russian
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Stucfies Program, which re uires two
years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coor%inator.
111,112 Elementary Russian
Aimed t o develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral
classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance
with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab.
Spanish
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354.
(Study in Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended)
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper
division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian
civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting
courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s
an integral part of the course.
Foreign Languages/81
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic
structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed
for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literarure representing various periods and
movements are read in English iranslarion. Through background reading and class
discussion in English !he strident i s acqualn~edwith the salient artistic qualities and
cultural-hisroricalsignificanc~?
of thereadings, Credit in thiscourse does not count toward
a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand)
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and writlen practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and
facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Labnrarorv work. This course i s a prerequisite for all
upper-division courses. I P r ~ r e q . :211 or equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who havea basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish
and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with
emphasis on conversationaT facility, 5tressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of
grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from
contemporary literary texts and manazine ar~irles.Conducted in 5panish. (On Demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of theSpanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
T h ~ o r y a n dpracticed literarystudier..4 rhcorezical component (in English)treats the basic
principles at lirerarurr, literary gerlres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the
pracricat component.studenrsapply the theorv through reading, analyzing, and dlscusslng
selected works ot Ii~eraturein Spanish. Recammended for majors and minors. Open to all
clualrfed rrudents. (Prrrcq.: 311 or i;. o i i e r e d on demand)
352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written
and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral
reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
82/Geography, Health and Physical Education
456 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Alternate years)
457 Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Geography
Paul Grauer
114 Human Geography
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the
distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment.
Health and Physical Education
Richard Borstad (Chairperson), Ernest Anderson, David Boots, Paul Grauer, Al
Kloppen, Doug Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson, Marilyn Pearson, Ronald
Petrich, Joyce Pfaff, William Ross, Edwin Saugestad, Jeff Swenson, Mary Timm
Health Education
Major: 110, 114, 115, 320, 354, 410; Biology 103, 108, 111; Chemistry 105 or 109;
Psychology 105; Sociology 231, 241.
Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus 355. Students wishing t o
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Minor: 110, 114, 115, 320; Biology 103; Sociology 231
110 Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
114 Health and Safety Education (1/2 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of
school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course.
115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information
about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of scbool age
children.
Health and Physical Education/83
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major
sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and
organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs.
(Prereq.: Physical Education 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests i n health and physical
education. (Spring)
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physical Education
Major: Health Education 114,115,354,355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350,
351, 471, 472, 474,475; Biology 103.
Teaching Major: Health Education 114,115, 354,355; Physical Education 223, 231,
232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biology 103. Students wishing to become
licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements.
Major with Specialization in Corrective Therapy: Health Education 114, 115, 354,
355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,472,474,475,485,487,
491,493; Professional Affiliation Block495-496-497-499; Biology 103; Psychology 105,
355, 362. All C.T. specialists must be accepted bv the education department for
teaching and student teaching in an adapted situation. Approval must be secured by
the corrective therapy coordinator.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department
chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: Health Education 114,115; Physical Education 223,231,232 or 472, and 243.
Coaching Endorsement: 243, 351,475, one of 476-483, and practicum in coaching
(Independent Study 499 i s an optional method for meeting the practicum
requirement).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching
requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota
high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102, 103 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. N o
course credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
84/Health and Physical Education
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances.
Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing
selected social dances. (Interim and Spring)
234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course)
This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school
setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling,
outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some
weekends participating i n these activities. (Spring, even # years)
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of
movement. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles
applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring)
I
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 Modern Dance (1/2 course)
A n introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and
problem solving. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
471 Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical
education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all
apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to
junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test. Fall)
Health and Physical Education/85
475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term)
476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term,
odd #years)
477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim, odd #years)
478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd # years)
479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 cours4
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half
of term, odd #years)
480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (l/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring,
2nd half of term, odd years)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd #years)
485 Applied Adapted Activities
Explores recreation as applied to a corrective therapy program, application of corrective
exercise to the atypical, self care and ambulation, prosthetics and orthotics. Equal attention
i s given to physical and mental habilitation, physical education for the handicapped and
recreation in rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 350,351; Health Education 354. Summer school only)
487 Neurology and Pathology
Astudy of the nervoussystem and the diseasesassociated with it and the nature and cause
of disease involving changes in structures and functions. Equal attention i s given to
neurology and pathology. (Summer School only)
491 Therapeutic Exercise
Exercise techniques as applied to various disabilities, testing muscle strength and range of
joint motion and association of muscle actions as applied to various human movements.
Equal attention is given to human movement, kinesiotherapy and evaluation and research
applied to C.T. and A.P.E. programs. (Prereq.: 350, 351; Health Education 354. Summer
school only)
493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy
A study of organization, administration, history, philosophy and professional ethics as
applied to C.T. intertherapy relations in a rehabilitation setting. Basic supervisory and
personnel management decisions and practices. Most of the course deals with organization and administration of C.T.; about one-sixth of the course deals with intertherapy
relations. (Summer School only)
495,496, 497 Professional Affiliation
Includes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 i s study of Neurology and
Pathology (Prereq.: 485,491 and approval of department.)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior
majors.
History
Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen,
Richard Nelson
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more
information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division.
Honors Major: G P A of 3.6 in t h e major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before rhe end of the first term of the junior year; two years of aforeign
language at the college level (or its equivalent): an honors thesis (equal t o one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: Freshmen should enroll in one or more of the History 101-104 courses.
History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students.
Students are required t o have at least one lower division course before registering
for an upper level course.
There are 17 upper division courses (numbered 300and up) in this department. Five
or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend upon faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present.
104 The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan,
India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective,
responses to impact of modernization and Western education.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered i n the
scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by thedirectingfaculty member
and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n
directed study may be applied to the major.
322 Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area.
A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will
especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of
China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modern japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji
era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban
development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign policy; see History
332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development i s stressed.
345 Scandinavian-American Experience
(See under Scandinavian Area Studies)
353 Select Topics in Minnesota History
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and
political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries.
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization i n the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions.
361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
90/Mathematics/Computer Science
Mathematics
/Computer Science
Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad, Leo Lake
Mathematics Major: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314,324.
Also required:
Computer Science245. The following courses do not count towards this major: 104,
174,121, 122, '131, 242. For teacher licensure in mathematics, courses 351, 373,441
must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to
ronsulr with the Education Department for requirements.
Mathematics Major with Computer Science Concentration: 10 courses, including
Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 355, Computer Science 245, 345, 350 and
Mathematics 226 or Computer Science 261.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent study at an advanced level with participation i n a department seminar.
Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, 224. The following courses do
not coun! towards the minor: 704,114,121,122,131,242. For a teaching minor, the
two additional courses must be selected from 215, 314, 351,373,441.
Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including Computer Science 245,261,345,350
and one of Mathematics 355, Business Administration 479, Sociology 363, Computer
Science 395, 495.
Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling i n any course in this department
the student must have satisfied certain course and/or placement test prerequisites.
A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0or higher to count as a prerequisite.
The Placement Test i s given during col!ege orientation sessions and at other
announced times during the year. Score requirements on the rest for entrv to
courses are: ll {or course 104: [ l l for courses 114,171,122.131,242:lY for course724.
Siudents whose score is V, o r who have taken the College Board Advanced
Placement Euarn, should consult w i t h the department about appropriate courses to
take.
Any exceptions t o course or placement test score prerequisites must be approved by
the instructor.
Mathematics Courses
104 Basic Mathematics I I
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring;
solving equations and inequalitiec in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and
graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not
satisfy the general education requiremen1 in ma~hematics.(Spring)
114 College Algebra and Trigonometry
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Students who have completed 124 may
register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall, Spring)
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences.
(Fall)
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring)
124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of planeand solid analyticgeometry integrated with differential and
integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124,
Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 Mathematics for the Arts
An introduction t o the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical modelswhich
have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not
intending,further study of mathematics. (Fall)
211 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
215 Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of systems of linear equations, determinants,vector spaces, lineartransformations,
and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutionsof ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics
The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on
the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324, 325 Advanced Calculus I, I1
A study of the fundamental concepts of calculusforfunctions of several variables including
the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions.
improper integrals, differential formsand manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324.
Spring; 325, Fall)
351 Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and,non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods with projective axioms as a basis. (Prereq.: 122or 125. Spring 1984
and alternate years)
92/Mathematics/Computer Science
355 Numerical Analysis (Formerly 361 or Computer Science 355)
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedureoriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept
of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224, Computer Science 245)
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and
densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 Internship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
441 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314,
324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983 and alternate years)
481 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science Courses
145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming
An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for
students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor.
245 An Introduction to Computer Science
An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming i s done in machine language, assembly
language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: Mathematics 125)
261 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
345 Computer Systems
Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. lntroduction to operating
systems, including batch, time-sharing, and real-time. Continued development of
competence in structured programming, algorithms, and assembly language will be
emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245)
350 Data Structures and File Processing
Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications to
data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245)
Medical Technology, Metro-Urban/93
395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science
Specifictopics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend o n the topics selected. 395
for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms.
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director t o determine project.
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Medical Technology
Neal 0. Thorpe (Adviser)
This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or
Abbott-Northwestern Hospital.
Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with
which the student plans to affiliate. I t i s important to work closely with the Medical
Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be
accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate
directly with the hospitals involved.
Student5 rransferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalenr should expect to s en two vears a t Augsburq before participating in the
internship year. The MedicaPTcchnologv major I S nor derignrd for persons who
already have the baccalaureate degree from another ~nstitution.
f
Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367and476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116),351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103
(or 121, 122); one math course; one course in immunology.
Metro-Urban Studies
Carry W. Hesser (Director)
Major: 15 courses includinglOcore requirements: Economicsl23; Political Science
122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political
Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or
independent study; two non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least
one of which must be in the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion
354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 111, Biology 105, Philosophy 362, Interdisciplinary Studies 233, 260).
To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks:
GeneraVLiberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Education Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
94/Metro-Urban Studies
Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are
required for the concentration: Economics 120 or 123; Political Science 122;
Sociology 111, 381; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved
internship and/or independent study.
199 lnternship
Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim,
Spring and Summer)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students (Prereq.: # and Sociology 111 or 121. Fall,
Spring, Summer)
399 lnternship
Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed
in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: Sociology
111 or 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: Sociology 111 or 121
and #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are
government and institution publications, journal articles and books.
359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various
fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography,
government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities; transportation, planning and social services.
399 lnternship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract i s developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
Metro-Urban Studies/95
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This p r o g r a m is located at t h e University o f Oslo a n d focuses u p o n Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
272 Norwegian Life and Culture
Language instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course
work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society
i s coordinated with the language instruction.
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Students are placed in intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. An
orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language
instruction.
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian
cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasis i s placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus i s on the
Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester i n t h e city" p r o g r a m is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses u p o n
urbanization a n d development i n t h e Third World.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and
visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City
Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with
field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of
barrios and t o public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
A nine-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent
'study.
383 Field Seminar: San Francisco
(See MUST 359)
399 Internship
(See MUST 399)
499 Independent Study
(See SUST 499)
Music
L. t. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adne Robert E, Beverlev,Michael Brand. haine
Bryce,Siephen Cabrielien, Thomas G ~ h e g , Cymhia G o e f i , James D. lohnron,
Robert Karl&, MeriTee Klemp, Nicholas Cenz, Paul Lohman. Cynrhia Melson,
Robert Metzler, Celeste O'Brien. Alice Preves. Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George
S~ahl,Daniel Sturrn, James ten RenseT. Paul Thomas, D a ~ l Tubergen,
d
Mary Wilson,
Angela Wyatt
See Music Department Handbook for additional and explanatory information
guidelines and requirements. Students wishing to major or minor in music must
apply to the department.
Specific Music Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355,
365 or 375, music elective. French or German.
Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350
or 476, 354 and one of 355, 365, 375. Consult with Department of Education for
requirements in education.
Bachelor of Music: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350,457,458,476,499,354 or
355,365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods
in the last? years,and junior and senior recitals; French or German. Voicestudy - 2
years of foreign language.
Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 354, 360,
382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or 476, one of 355,365,375, and 110 Introduction
to MusicTherapy (lnterimj.5 anish i s recommended. Other requirements: Biology
703, Education 282: 2 Physica Education (232 and 373 recommended); 3 Psychology
and I Sociology, including Psychology 105,362 and Psychology 263 or Sociology 362
(Recommended courses include Psychology 264, 351. 352, 355, 356, 357, and
5ocioIogy 111,121, 231. 241, 362,375); 1 Speech (116 recommended).
P
Music Minor: 5 courses: 101, 102,260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music:
Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent
with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Honors Major: Students may qualify f o r graduation honors if they have earned a
GPA o f at least 3.0 i n music courses a n d have demonstrated leadership i n
performance. H o n o r s may b e achieved by o n e o f t h e following: Senior thesis a n d its
defense b e f o r e a faculty committee; presentation o f an additional senior recital o f
graduate quality; c o m p o s i t i o n o f a w o r k f o r vocal a n d / o r instrumental ensemble o f
n o t less t h a n 15 minutes duration. Application should b e made b e f o r e t h e senior
year.
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors)
1. Courses: 101,102, 223, 224, 260, 261.
2. Applied Music: M a j o r Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters;
Recital appearance.
3. Examinations: 3 M u s i c Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Applied Music
Ensembles: M e m b e r s h i p i s d e t e r m i n e d by a u d i t i o n d u r i n g t h e first week o f t h e fall
semester. Times a n d locations are posted o n t h e d e p a r t m e n t bulletin board. These
organizations exist n o t o n l y f o r t h e benefit o f t h e musicstudent, b u t f o r any student
w h o wishes t o participate:
Augsburg Choir
Chorale
Concert Band
Orchestra
Brass Ensemble
String Ensemble
Jazz Ensemble
Woodwind Ensembles
Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening.
Private Lessons: Vocal and instrumental instruction i s available to all students in any area.
Music students must register on the traditional grading system and take a jury exam at the
end of each semester to fulfill the requirement of private study toward a music degree.
Other students may register for private lessons in the same manner or use P/N grading.
During the junior and senior year, a student accepted by the Department of Music as a
major receives lessons in the area of concentration without extra cost. Instruments are
available for rent.
JuryExamination: All studentstaking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each
semester for a faculty jury.
Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminars and guest
lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly
workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument.
Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend a predetermined
number of designated music events each year.
Recital: One-half recital i s r e q u i r e d o f B.A. a n d B.S. candidates. B.M. students must
present f u l l j u n i o r a n d senior recitals.
Examinations
A l l music majors and minors are required t o pass a Piano Proficiency Test. M u s i c
majors must pass t h r e e M u s i c Repertoire Tests, a n d Music minors must pass two.
101,102,223, 224 Theory
Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224,
Spring)
110 lntroduction to Music Therapy
A survey of the music therapy programs i n the surrounding area, with field trips t o various
institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music
therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways i n which music i s
used as a therapy. (Interim)
230 Introduction to the Fine Arts
The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers f r o m
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
For the non-music major. (Fall)
260 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Romantic and M o d e r n eras, and non-Western topics. (Spring)
325 Scandinavian Music
I n a historical approach t o the study of music i n the five Nordic countries, opportunity is
offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand
music majors. (Fall)
330 Vocal Repertoire
A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 t o the present. The study includessuch
aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring)
331 Diction for Singers
(Spring, alternate years)
350 Choral Technique and Arranging
Fundamentals of voice as related t o choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and
arranging for various combinations of voices and instruments. (Spring)
354 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 Instrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring)
360 Therapeutic Recreational Music
Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational musicactivities
t o clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work.
365 Instrumental Technique
Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 lnstrumental Technique
Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 Music of the Western Church
Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for thegeneral
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring)
382 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project.
383 Psychological Foundations of Music I1
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical
setting. Varioustheories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relatesto music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural,
and biological aspects of musical behavior. Use of music with the mentally retarded and
emotionally ill.
399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association for
Music Therapy for six months. This i s started after completion of the senior year and i s
necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made
nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
435 Music in Therapy
Thestudy and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded,
physically handicapped, geriatric, and gifted populations. (Prereq.: 395)
440 New Music Seminar
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and
history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
457 Conducting
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 Conducting
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
476 Orchestration
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensemblesof varyingsizes
and types. (Fall)
488,489 Piano Teaching Methods
Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course
credit.
495 Practicum in Music Therapy
Volunteer work i n a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. N o credit.
499 Independent Study
Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for i n the
departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced students upon approval of the f_aculty.
100/NaturaI Science
Natural Science
Earl R. Alton (Coordinator)
Major for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492,
and t w o upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, lob), 351, 352, and
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122 or 124and 125; Physics
121,122.
This major i s presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish t o take a
major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for
admission t o most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical
School, and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives
carefully, keeping i n mind the specificrequirementsof the medical schools t o which
he o r she intends t o apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser i s
recommended.
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
t h e Ifcensure program for science teachers and authorized A u ~ s b u r gto recommend
candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical
Science, Chemistry major or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemrstry (rninorl. grades
7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and Science (Grades 5-9).
All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Basic courses and i n
addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle
School Emphasis.
The program of courses IS designed t o provide a broad, basic background in science
and allow for sp~cializationi n an area. The following programs assume t h a t the
student wil[ mee? the general education requirements of the college and, in the
physical science, have at least one year of calculus. ConsuTt with the Department of
Education for requirements i n Education. Early consultation with adviser i s
recommended.
Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, Ii n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 i n Life
Science (Biology Ill,
112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122 and Chemistry 115,
116 or (105,106). To make the program slightly more flexible, i t i s recommended that
students with emphasis i n life science have both courses i n earth science and
substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122.
Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate; 7 Biology courses, including 491
Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or
474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistry seminar,
Chemistry 351,352,353,361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, Physics 245.
Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and
three additional t o e! selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363,481, 486, 488.
Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon
completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science
Emphasis - Physics major. The student licensed i n Physical Science may teach
chemistry and/or physics i n grades 7-12.
Science(Grades.5-9): 7 courses,2 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161, the alternative
course not taken in the Board Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology
courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 353; Physics 245).
Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base; for
Chemistry, 351,352,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics, any four
courses above 122 plus the Broad Base.
Nursing
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Carol Hoffman, Nancy Malcolm, JoEtta A. Vernon,
Helen Woelfel
Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leadingto a Bachelor of Science
degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of
the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or
d ~ p l o m aprogram in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
currenr license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of
courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology,
rnicrcrbiolagy, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory
psychology. Studenrs must take these courses a t Augsburg or another accredited
college or univerritv prios to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite
courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may
apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission ro the major.
I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given
at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing.
Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past
five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2 ) work
experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable
equivalent.
Major: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303,304,310,311,325,330,
350, 403, 404, 423, 427: Psychology 355. ,4 minimum grade of 2.0 i n each nursing
course and a cumulative CP.4 of 2.5 a t the completion of the courses of study are
required. Courses i n interpersonal communications and ethics are supportive to
the major.
Course5 inrhe nursing major aredesignedso that they may becorn leted within two
academ~cyears. However. more than two years may be require to complete t h e
total course of study, depending on rhe number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time nudv, but are
required 10 complete 13 courses, a t Augsburg College. Students inrerested i n
pursuing day, evening, or summer part-time study should consult with an adviser
from rhe nursing depastment for program planning.
8
303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course)
This course i s one of the transitional courses that introduces the student to components of
the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process i s emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their
applicability to changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junioryear.)
304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course)
This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional
development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected
nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear.)
310 Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to
current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Clinical application of course
content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue.
(Fall-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major)
311 Community Health Nursing II
This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics and
cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of
the health team i s explored. This course i s primarily a clinical course. The student will
demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected
caseload of clients. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355)
325 Nursing Process
I n this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment tools
i n the nursing process.Thestudent usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and
negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity to
make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major).
330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course i s designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse.
Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of their
implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junioryear).
350 Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course.
Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its
applicability to nursing practice. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing
major, Math 121 or a course i n descriptive statistics)
403 Contemporary Nursing 111
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursingcare. Content includesfamily asa
group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration i s given to the emerging role of the nurse i n family health care. (Fall-Senior
year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423)
404 Contemporary Nursing IV
This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional nurse
roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system
dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role
development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403. To be taken prior to
or concurrently with 427)
423 Practicum in Nursing I
This course i s a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 i n providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting.
(Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403')
427 Practicum in Nursing II
This course i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity i s
provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected hospital setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403,423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*)
499 Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic
or issue i n depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration.
*If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses,
students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the
theoretical content.
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer
Major: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,343,344, and one course in the400's (other
than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division.
Minor: 5 courses, including t w o courses from 241,242,343,
and 344.
Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors. p r o ram is by recornmendation of the philosophy facuf~y.Suchrecommendations w i l l b e made st rheend of the
junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis o n an approved topicof the
student's choice, involvin research above the cour5e level, and a defense of this
thesis before the faculty ofthe department.
Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general
education requirement.
110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity to
examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to
sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas
and beliefs.
120 Ethics
Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it
i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments.
241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle
How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewasa
timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened
the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discoverthe grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the
worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.)
343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really
know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course
studies the major empiricists of thelBth century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis
of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism by men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.)
344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt
with in a study of the major representatives of linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism,
and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.)
350 Philosophy of Religion
What i s the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can besaid about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s
man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.)
362 Political Philosophy
As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What i s the relation between the
citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its
laws?What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and
the State?This course studies the key concepts of politics found in the tradition of western
political thought.
365 Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?What constitutes scientific knowledge?Are there
certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students
will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Suggested prior course, 130 or one course i n natural science.)
370 Existentialism
Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what i t means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such
themes as absurdity,freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in
philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and
delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and
euthanasia.
410 Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of
individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific
problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May betaken morethan once for
credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from.241,242, 343,344 or #.)
430 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies i n the philosophy of particular philosophers,e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242,
343, or #)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Physics
K e r m i t E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, M a r k J . Engebretson
a n d 395 plus t h r e e courses above
122. I n Planninglheir coursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely w i t h
members o f the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,
125, a n d Physics 721, '122 the freshman year, a n d Mathematics 124 and 226 t h e
s o p h o m o r e year.
Major: 9 c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g 121,122,245,351,362
Teaching Licensure Major: The same'as t h e major. Students are advised t o refer t o
t h e Education Department section o f t h e catalog a n d consult w i t h t h e Education
Department early i n t h e i r planning.
Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 121,122, and t h r e e courses above 122.
Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n independent invertigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense o f t h e w r i t t e n research repbrt.
Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later than rhe first t e r n of the
senior year.
Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter o f Society o f Physics Students
proviJes students t h e o p ortuniiiei of membership i n a national physics society a n d
o f participating i n t h e pl?ysio cornrnunily on a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n
SPS is o p e n t o all students interested rn physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics
h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a
m i n o r i n physics, have a G P A o f 3.0 i n physicsand overal1,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d
o f their class.
101 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures.)
103 Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments areselected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the lifesciences. The course i s designed to serve students in biology, psychology,
physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science
programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall)
106 Introductory Meteorology
A study of thescience and wonders of the atmosphere. The course i s designed to provide a
working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather
and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the
many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation,
thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the
influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky.
The course i s designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will
be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to
discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of elctronics and
computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory.
(3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics,
electrjcity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students
and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
245 Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomicand molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course
indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanic. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half o f
the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103, 111 or 122; and
Mathematics 122 or 125)
270 Optical Physics
The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a
wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction t o the electromagnetic
theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. O n demand)
351,352 Mechanics I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single
par~irle
motion,svsrernsof particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid hndie5, gravttation. kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II
The clasrical electrornagnet~c f ~ e l dtheory IS developed uslng the vector calculus
~ h r o u g h o u t .Eleclrostat~cs,magnetostatlcs, solut~onof Laplace's and Po~sson'sequations,
elecrrrr and magnetic properties of mater~als,and the theory of electromagnet~cr a d ~ a t ~ o n
bared on Maxwell's equatlons (3 one-hour lectures Prereq M a t h 226, 362, Fall, 363,
Sprlnp)
395 Comprehensive Laboratory
A n emphasis nn independent laboratory investigat~ons,including participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum ph\,sic~.
electronics, ~ l e c t r i c i t v magnetism,
,
optics, and modern physirs. (2 three-hour laboraton:
and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. 5pring)
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject i s developed from iwo independent vet complementary viewpoints;
the experimental, macroscopicclassical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Pr~req.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
h development from f i n t principles, including de Brogl~e'spostulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, rvavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and ap-
proximation methods. Spec~iicproblems studied include potential wells and potential
barriers. the harmonic oscIl[ator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
245, 357,352 Fall)
488 Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring)
499 Independent Study
A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem i n experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniors and
seniors with departmental approval.
108/Political Science
Political Science
M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Myles Stenshoel
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r
170; 158; 384; and at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science
Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d f o r that area.
Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division
courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas.
Honors Major: The Honors M a j o r in Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in
t h e major and 3.0overall. Thestudent r n u i r t a k e a n Honors Independent Study and a
seminar, and rnun submit, not later than March 1 of the senior vear. an Honors
Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Studenrs may w o r k with any
m e m b e r o i the Departmenr on their Honors Thesis. For specific r q u i r e m e n r s .
consult the De artmental Chairperson.Students shoukd apply for the H o n o r s ,Major
no later fhan e!t
f i r i t term o f f h e j u n i o r year.
Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t and Politics (11) Comparative
Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory
a n d Analysis. A n y course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements.
Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science
major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state
requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e department chairperson o r t h e Social
Studies Coordinator.
See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121 American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of
participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking;
and current issues in American society.
122 Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making i n the United States;
governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in
the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n
presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in
Political Science or #. Fall term of election years)
Political Science/lO9
342 Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming.
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
(See Section I V for description. Offered alternate years)
421 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:
Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #)
351 Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of thesoviet Union and other communist states in termsof political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or
#.I
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. (Offered on
demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #).
Ill. International Politics
160 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of
the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
363 Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course
i n Political Science or #)
461 Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle.
(Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
llO/PoIiticaI Science
IV. Public Law
170 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political
system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national
government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description)
380 Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the
values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and t o rationalize human
governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed i n Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic
dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged i n the
doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.)
384 Political Analysis
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an
examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research
required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 Internship
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Offered on demand)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq.: #.)
498 Independent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive.~\sternaticand integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
commwniry, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman
Ferguson, Duane Johnson
Major: f 0 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5
courses at Augsburg; Physics 103. Nw mare than two courses from among299,399
and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required f o r a
major. This restricrion applies toward rhe minimum requirement only. The student
may actually take more such courses. The major program should include I05 in the
freshman year, 264 and 265 i n the freshman or saphomore year, 381 or 399 in t h e
junior year and 493 i n the senior year. The major program is planned in consultation
with an adviser i n the ps cholo6y department and is a proved by the department
chairperson. The a v e i a i plan i c d i r e c t e d toward a pasic understanding of the
discipline af psvchology and toward the particular educational, vocational and
professional goals of the individual student. A written plan forthe major should be
completed a n d approved by the beginning of the junior year. It i s recommended
rhal psychology majors rake additional course work from other areas that will
complement and strenpthen their particular interests in psychology; for example,
deiteloping a minor in business admintstration, biology, or communication is
recommended for many studen~s.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more
than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department
chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Certificate In Program Evaluation: 5 courses includ~ng264 (orSociology 362). 399,
450: Sociology 362 and 363. These courses are designed to rovide back round and
skills to p e r f o r m as a research assistan7 for agencies or i r m s which CI program
evaluation or self-assessment programs. See department chairperson for f u r t f i ~ r
f
details.
105 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used i n psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major
sub-areas, is emphasized.
251 Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the
processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and
subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine
intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
264, 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for
credit without continuing i n Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term
immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
299 Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into
practical implications and applications of data and theory in respectto the development of
children. (Prereq.: 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory
related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105. Fall,
1983)
353 Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory
related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes
perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105. Fall, 1983)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in
animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation &
emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course i n
biology. Fall)
356 Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on
behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
357 Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior
change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105)
359 Measurement
Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest,
personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward
personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community serviceagencies will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status of each sex
and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #)
373 Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as
management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social
influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105)
375 Social Psychology
See under Department of Sociology.
381 Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.:
two psychology courses. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
450 Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for
social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of
programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency.
The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation.The role of
evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264orSociology
362; Sociology 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelinesfor a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.:
105 and #. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration
of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5
courses)
499 Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale
and purpose for the proposed study.
Religion
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Richard Husfloen,
Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart, Sheldon Torgerson, Daniel Zemel
Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 7 and 495. the seminar especially for
majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before takrng seminar, each major must
have written one formal research paper and placed I1on file with the department
chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper
division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,362,399,481,354 or
358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other
departments can lead to Augsburg certification.
Program tor Christian D a y Schoof Teachers: Students pursue one of he regular
teacher education programs i n the Department of Education to prepare for
licemure by the Stare of Minnesota. In addit~onto the licensure program, five
courses i n religion a r e required: 771.221. 362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in
both a public school setting and in a Christian D a y School.
This program prepares students who are interested in teaching i n Christian Day
Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation
i s not limited to such schools.
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved
by the department and colloquium with the department.
Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (II1,22'1,356,362,48f, 359 or
358,360 or 483.471 or474,3991; Psychology 105,351,352or 371,485, Sociology 111or
Psychology 373, Sociology 231 1; Physical Education 232; Speech 354 or 355,499.This
program meets or exceeds rhe educational requirements of The American Lutheran
Church, bur certification b the church i s a separate function. By addingrwo or three
courses from appropriate epartments, thestudent can develop special emphases in
parish education. busines management or diaconal work.
d
Notes: Religion 111 or221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chair.
111 Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
221 Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
350 Philosophy of Religion
(See under Department of Philosophy)
353 Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City
The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident i n urban structures.
356 History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including
Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some
discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
357 Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history i n the early, medieval, Reformation, and modern periods.
Some attention will be given to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the
periods i n question.The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and
the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study.
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life i n its varied character with attention directed to Christian education
and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
i n American society. (Spring)
361 Church Fathers
A stucky o f ~ h early
e
Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such
ropics as persecution and martyrdom, the deveIopment of the creeds. Christianity in
conllict with GnoSticlsm and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship: also includingthe rhealogy of several earlv Christian leadersand a special unit on
the life and thought of Augus~ine.(Spring 1983)
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth
century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures.
(Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious
liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country.
(Offered as funding permits)
380 Music of the Western Church
(See under Department of Music)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first
semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
471 Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations
given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship tothe early
church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring, 1984)
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983)
475 Judaism
A survcv of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern
tlrnes, with emphasis placed upon the reJigious development. A special interest i n such
modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The lewirh Chatauqua Society annually
makes a grant to kugsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered i n
the religion department. (Fall)
481 Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as
seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the
Christian Church. (Spring)
482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic
definitions of the church.
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon
moral action. (Fall)
486 Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion i n thecontext of the tradilional Christian
view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the dassia in the field by Freud,
Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by
them. (Spring 1984)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian, Scandinavian Studies/II7
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator)
The major in Russian Area Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to give the studenr the broadest possible
expowre to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and
philosophy. In addition ro providing a good liberal education, the program can
enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as
governmenz. international business, or teaching.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in
Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved
electives.
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course i n Soviet politics; 1 course in
Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Liv Dahl (Director)
Major: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses Fisted in the Augsburg Catalog or
transferred ro Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, I.e.,
courses taughtbva Scandinavian languagedepartment or$ubdepartmentregardless
of r h e ~ content,
r
which may he linguistic, literary or culrural. Students graduating
with a major or minor must a150 present the equivalent of intermediate level
competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department
of Foreign Languages
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses
which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies,
business administration.
272 Norwegian Life and Culture
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. SeeMetro-UrbanStudies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
312 Old Norse
An introduct-ionto the structure of Old U'est None through the study of selections from
Old Norse Ifterature. Some attentron given to Otd East Norseand aspects of the history of
four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the fatter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language majors and mlnors will have special assignments (Alternate years)
325 Scandinavian Music
(See under Department of Music)
118/Scandinavian Area Studies
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable
but not required.
345 Scandinavian - American Experience
The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land,
aspects of Scandinanvian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982)
351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by JonasLie, Sigrid Undset,Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work i n
a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1982)
352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjgrnson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required t o do assigned readings and written work in
a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1981)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(Offered under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
3% Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
(Offered under Department of History)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science, Studies/lIg
Social Science
Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson)
Two emphases exist within the Social Science rnajor: t h e General Major and the
Non-Western emphasis. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and
in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social
Science major is significantly different from the o t h ~ major.
r
General M ajar: 15 courses: 10 required courses (Economics122,123; History 221,222;
Geographv 114: ~ociology127,241; ~ s ~ c h o l o g y l O 5
Political
;
Science158 and I21 or
170); 4 upper division courses in one of the fo[lowing disciplines: Economics,
History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology; a statislia course approved by
r h e department in which the 4 upper division courses are taken. The student should
choose an adviser who i s a member of the department i n which the upper division
courses are to be taken. (For supplemenrary information and alternative ways ro
f uifill the state-approved competency-based rogram for secondary teacher education, see the following recrion on Social S t u g e i for Secondary Educa~ion.)
Non-Western Major: f 4 courses: History 104; 1social science methodofogy course
[Economicr, 379, Psvcholog), 264, Sociology 362 or 365); and 12 counes, in at least 4
discipIines, from the follawing: Economicj 122, 258: Hislory 103, 322, 323,324,440,
474; Political Science 351,363,382,461; Phiiosoph y 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241;
seminars, independent study or interim courses an relevant topics i n History andlar
PoliticaF Science. The student planning to fulfill this social science major should
consult the chairperson of rhe Department of History in choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
Students preparing to reach social studies on the high school level must complete, in
addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the De artment of
Education, a competency-bared program designed to provide a broacffoundation
in the social sciences.
Social Studies Teaching ticensure: 7 courses [Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114,
History 222, Political Sc~ence158, Psychology 105, Sociology 121and247) pIusa major
in one of ftvef~elds- Economics, History, Pol~ticalSc~ence,~ s y c h o l oy or Sociology
O ~
- o r incorporated in a Social Science Major, described in S ~ C T a~ ove).
k
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
120/Social Work
Social Work
Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry
The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social
Work Education.
The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year. However, ir is strongly
advised that the foundation courses required in other departments (see Major,
below) be begun in the freshman or sophomore vears. Advisement should also be
soughtfrom social work Faculty as t o the sequence of thesecourses. All studentsare
adv~sedro rake 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted bv the faculry.
Candidacy: Students planning to major i n Social Work must apply to the department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Candidacy status
i s required for admission into senior social work courses.
Majar: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation
for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program
consists oi 257*, 361*, 363*.364*. 467,462,463,464,465,466 and 4 7 :Biology 101':
Psvchalogy 10Y,351*. and 35?*; Sociology 121*, 231*, 365, 3rS*, and 383*,Ar least
one Conservation of Human Resource; (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A
minimum gradeof 2.0 i s required in each upper division social work courserequired
in the major.
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency.Crime an'd Corrections, Social Miniztries,and Youth are possi ble. Concentration consists of courses
descriptive of functional, dystunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus field work
placement i n the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in
religion with specific coursework is required. CompIetion of a concentration i s
noted on the transcript.
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative
internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political
Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful
completion of Education 388.
257 Practicum in the Human Services
With faculty apgrova1,student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as avolunteer in a
social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service
delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen
and sophomores. Open to all students.
340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population,
older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older
population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior
Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems of Social
Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #. Offered occasionally.)
Social Work/'l21
361 Systems of Social Welfare
A n examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in rhe U.5.
and the roleof social work i n them. Special emphasison analysisof the major assumptions
and movements conrrlbutory to the rise of the welfare state; description olaselection of
modern service systems, the profession of rocial work, its ethicr, value5, and historical
development, Three class periods per week; guest lecrures, research paper. (Sophomore
or f. Fall)
363 Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principlesand techniques of
social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessarv for social work
practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each
week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. 5pring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361,Junior, concurrent with 363.
Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice sk111s through lecture. classroom exercise and
regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphas~son development of
generalist practice skills and c c l e a ~ capproaches. terrures and/or laboratory exercises
each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363and In 364,candidacy status,or=. Concurrent with 462. Fall)
463 Community Development and Organization
locality development and social change through community organization, socIal planning,
and social actron. Emphasis on: 71 survey o i histar~calforms o l soctal change, 2)
understanding the b a r ~ r15suesand strategies relevanr to social protesr and change, 3)
examination of the role oi staff, and o i the functions and interrelationships of cornmunip
organizat~ons.and 4) knowledge of and actual practice In the essenrial principles and
~echniquesof organizing. (Prereq.: senior or *. Fall)
462,464, Field Work I1 and IV:
Progressively responsiblesupervised professional social work experience including work
with individuals, families, groupsandlor communities in a 50c1alserviceagency-Ten hours
per week, plusonesupportive/discursian seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0
i n 361, 362,364. candidacy status: concurrent with 461 and 467: Fall and Spring)
465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formularion and methods of analysis
associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social w o r i
practice. Developmenr and implementation will beviewed f~rsthand through work with a
public policy maker, 4 hours per week. O ~ class
P period per week, reading, analytical
pape:integratingclasscon~epr~
wilh practical experience. [Prereq.:361.463.and senlor or
2. Spring)
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim.
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucraticsurvival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and
practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied i n the course.
The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463,
466, concurrent with 464, or #. Spring)
468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. ( # half or full credit.
Interim)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #)
Sociology
Gordon L. Nelson (Chair erson), Robert Clyde, JerryGerasimo,Garry Hesser,Anita
Kolman, Diane Pike, Joe Torstenson
P
Major: 10 courses including 121, 362,363, 375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR
course, internship,independentstudv or upper division interim course i n sociology.
This recommendation i s made in the hope that thestudent will take advantage of the
variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department
chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.)
Honolr Major: The studenr must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0
overall. Applicarion for honors i n S Q C ~ Q candidacy
~ O ~ ~
shall consist of submission of
roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 nf the junior year.
Candi acy IS
- contingen! upon departmental approval of proposal bv April 30 of
junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for Independent Studv (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be comptcted. Honors
degree i n socialogy will be g r a n r ~ dtea candidate i f heJshe successfully defends the
thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation.
B
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 course including 362 (or Psychology 264), 363,
Psychology 399, 450. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for a enciesor
i ~ r r nwhich
i
do
evaluationror an employee who can develop an4 maintain
ongoing self-assessment programs for a n employer agency. 5ee department
chairperson for further details.
111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the
context of urban institutions and processes.
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer)
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basic aspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection,
marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context.
241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; languageas a major
organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n
different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S.
culture.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer)
300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology
-.
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not
satisfied by regular course offerings. May be offered on campus i n addition to regular
course offerings or off campus i n conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: #)
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high
school algebra. Fall)
363 Research Methods
The second course i n a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research
designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice
doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately
after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of
commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applicattbns to
program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections. Major attention i s focused on the causation
and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.:
121)
375 Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look
at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life -a look atthe trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation
i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course.
(Prereq.: 121 and Psychology 105)
381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course i s upon the major issues confronting the present and
future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches
to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will be
compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally.
Resources includeextensive readings,simulations,films,and outsidespeakers in a seminar
format. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring)
383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention i s focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
485 Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n
sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 111 or
121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and permission of
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 5
Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole,
Howard Liszt, Joel Mugge
Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in rhe major, 3.0 overall, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive examination i n field of concentration. Application to be made early in t h e senior year.
Communication Arts
The communicarion major is a flexible in~erdisciplinarvprogram which allows for
different emphases- jaurnalism,advertisingand publicreIations, radio-televisionfilm, human relations, and supervisorv management. Program guides for each area
are available from the Deparrment Chairperson or rhe Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible t o work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech
111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354,399 and English
225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and
typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech
111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241,375.
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 243,350,351
or 355, 352, 354, 360; Participation in forensics, and a minor i n English.
Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or
243, 350, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students preparing to teach speech i n secondary schoots may specialize i n
any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theaterarts. Any of these must
be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. Thecommunication
major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the
Department of Education for requirements i n Education. Course 116 i s strongly
recommended for students in elementary education.
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and cdtical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
227 Advanced Writing: journalism
(See under Department of English)
225,230 Visual Communications I, I1
(See under Department of Art)
126/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts
-
-
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)
343 Radio-Television Production
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10.
Fall)
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and
listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements
i n modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #.
Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers.
355 Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved i n effective
functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring)
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
495 Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 7
Theater Arts
Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o
major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111,116, and 228. Course 111 i s not
part of the major.
Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, lus Beginning Speech: This major should be
supported by several courses i n gterature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n
Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116,L28,23Z,243,350,360,361,362,366,432,and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n movement, dance, cinema, art,
and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include
6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
B. Directin Ernphxis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the
children's r eater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses i n movement,
cinema art. and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing
emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage
management, and 1 internship.
f
C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429,
plus courses 225 and 290 i n Art.
Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature.
Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 i n
technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship.
Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232, 360,361,366.
Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,116,228,229,
232,241 or 243,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater
arts majors, and a minor i n English.
teach in^
Theater Arts Minor For
the following: 241,243,350; an
Licensure: courses 111,228,232,361,366;
partrclpatlon In dramatic productions.
one of
Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241 o r 243, 350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; articipation i n t w o activities
(forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n 8 a minor i n English.
116 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human
relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy,
and other settings. (Fall)
228 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: i t s organization, crafts, magic, and
art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall)
229 Stage Design I
Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing,
painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in
freshmen and sophomore years. Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
128/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and
drama. (Fall)
361 Theater History
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at
local theater productions. lntroduction to theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Spring, Alternate years)
362 Theater Criticism
A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at
local theater productions; classical, experimental,and new plays. Lectures and discussions
on theory and criticism using theater productionsasfocusfor discussion. (Spring, Alternate
years)
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical
production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play
chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only.
(Spring)
367 Stage Direction II
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental,
musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #.
Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428 Technical Production II
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or
lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall)
429 Stage Design II
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. lntroduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring)
432 Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive
scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare,
French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the
Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years)
499 Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater
Transdisciplinary, Women's and Minority/l29
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining approxriate,portions of
two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Trans lsc~pl~nary
Major
enables students t o respond to a particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not be suitable for those wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic fields.
Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are t o observe the following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in
the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college;
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Student Standing.
Women's and Minority Studies
Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, Khin Khin Jensen, James
Porter
The Women's and Minority StudiesProgram (formerly American Studies) consists of
several interdisciplinary courses. The courses listed below fill the Urban Concerns,
or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses i n several
other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that
requirement. Although no major or minor i s offered, there is a certificate program i n
women's studies.
Certificate in Women'sStudies: Individually planned program with a minimum of 6
courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences
(including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (ljterature, religion, art, music,
philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses,
independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the ACTC
colleges as well as Augsburg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or Norma Noonan for
further details.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
231 Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and
Minority Studies requirement.
130/Women's and Minority Studies
232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the major issues related to the Black
experience in terms of thefamily, education, religion,aesthetics,economics and politics. It
i s designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in
Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American
society.
233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and
historical origins of women's rolesand status i n human society. Emphasiswill be placed on
the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such
North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the
Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and
the middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the American
lndian Program office.
260 Contemporary American Indians
Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the lndian Reorganization Act (1934) with
an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education.
Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected lndian tribes
today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selectionsfrom women's journals,
speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will
collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the
founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and
other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Board for College and University
Services, TALC - 132
Board of Regents - 132
Administration - 133
Emeriti - 134
Faculty - 135
Computer minor opens many avenues
132/Regents, DCUS
-
Augsburg College Board of Regents
Officers
Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman
Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman
James G . Lindell, Treasurer
Norma E. Knutson, Secretary
Members
Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Cowles Media Company,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Nancy Botterniller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota
Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Donald R. Grangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota
Norma E. Knutson (1984). Director of Urban & Ethnic Ministries, DSMA of the American
Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota
Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz,
Minneapolis Minnesota
Chester Lind (1986). Chairman of Executive Committee, Northwest Bancorporation,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
James G. Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota
Gary H. Lohn (1986). Vice President of Employment Preparation Services, Control Data
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis
Minnesota
Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald G. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota,
Washington, D.C.
N. Stanley Stake (1986). Minneapolis Minnesota
Dr. M e r t o n P. Stromrnen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Stanley Thiele (1986). Senior Vice President Administrative Services, 3M Center, St. Paul,
Minnesota
Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term.
Board for College and University Services
The American Lutheran Church
Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin
Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio
Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas
Erwin H. Goldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska
Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington
Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Edwin Gunberg, Bethesda, Maryland
Gustav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan
Ronald Matthias, Director, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Administration
President
President.. ......................................................
Charles S. Anderson
College Pastor.. ....................................................... Lowell Brandt
Executive Secretary to the President
Carolyn Magnusson
................................
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College.. ............. Richard Green
Associate Academic Dean .................................................. Pat Parker
Registrar ................................................................ John A. H i l l
Assistant Registrar.. ....................................................... Carol Stack
Head Librarian. ...................................................
Margaret Anderson
Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator.. ........................ Craig Carnahan
Director of Audio Visual Services.. ........................................ James Olson
Director, American Indian Programs .................................... Bonnie Wallace
Coordinator, Black Student Affairs.. ...................................
Valerie Geaither
Recorder.. ..............................................................
Ralph Bailey
Interim Director ...................................................... D o n Gustafson
International Studies Program Director.. .............................. Mary A. Kingsley
International Student Adviser .........................................
Mary E. Johnson
Secretary to the Dean ................................................. Joanne Hilliard
Finance and Management
...........................
Vice President for Finance and Management
Wayne Pederson
Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services .................... Herald Johnson
Associate Director, Financial Aid .......................................... Virene Luthi
Director of Personnel ..............................................
Bonnie-Jean M o r k
Chief Accountant.. ........................................................ Jeff Kosse
Manager, College Center.. ............................................
M i l d r e d Nelson
Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending ................................
Robert Gores
Director of Plant Services .............................................. Gerald Johnson
Custodial Supervisor ................................................
James Crittenden
Maintenance Supervisor.. .................................................
Rob Curtis
Grounds Supervisor.. ....................................................
Fred Wolter
Manager,IceArena ......................................................
JamesCarey
Secretary to the Vice President ...........................................
Cynthia Lein
Development and Public Relations
Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................... Gerald D. Bjelde
Associate Director of Development.. ..................................... Jeroy Carlson
Assistant Director of Development .......................................... Paul Gens
Director of Parent/Alumni Relations.. ................................... Janice Rykken
Assistant to the Vice President.. ......................................... A. B. Batalden
Planned Giving Associate ........................................ Sigvald V. Hjelmeland
Director of Public Relations.. ........................................... Lois G. Wollan
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information. ......................... Kay Cady
Public Relations Editorial Assistant.. ......................................... Pat Phelps
Manager, Central Services ................................................ JillRaschein
Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Jeanette Keeney
134/Administration, Emeriti
Admissions
............................................
Director of Admissions
John B. Hjelrneland
Assistant Director ........................................................... Bill Ross
Coordinator of Transfer Programs
Jeannette Wittrner
Admissions Counselor..
Eric Anderson
Admissions Counselor.. ..................................................
Sally H o u g h
Admissions Counselor..
Brian Arvold
Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator
Charlene Weidenbach
...................................
................................................
.................................................
..........................
Student Affairs
Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students ................ Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students (on leave). ......................................Rick Thoni
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement .........................
Patricia Garland
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement .........................
Nancy Medcraft
Director of Student Life (Housing) .............................. Linda Schrernpp Alberg
Director of Student Activities .............................................. Joan Slater
Coordinator, Urness Tower ..............................................
Pam Joachirn
Coordinator, Mortenson Tower .....................................
Corinne Hofrnann
Coordinator, Annex Houses ........................................... Ruth Dinerrnan
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ....................................... D o n Warren
Director of Human Development.. ........................................ Judy Essrnan
Counselor/Student Development Specialist .............................. Linda Rodgers
Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Dorothy Gauger
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Seminary
Foundation.
1. Gracia Christensen. Assistant Professor Emerita of English.
Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof. Emeritus of Music. M.M., Manhattan Music School.
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig. Artist i n Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington.
M i l d r e d V. Joel, Professor Emerita, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Esther J. Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
LaVonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland
College.
A. M a y o Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of
Music.
Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John Thut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fac ~ I t y
September, 1981)
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A.,St. Olaf College; MS.,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla M a e Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A..
Northwestern University.
Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Early Childhood Education, lnstructor i n Education. B.S..
MS., University of Wisconsin; Education Specialist, Mankato State University.
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin;
B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York.
Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.:
University of Minnesota.
Deborah Bart* (1980). lnstructor i n Speech. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B. D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary.
Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University.
JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Timothy Blackburn* (1980). Lecturer i n English. B.A., St. John's University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton* (1975). Assistant Professor of Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). lnstructor and Department Chair of Health and Physical Education.
B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Lowell N. Brandt (1974). College Pastor. B.A., California Lutheran College; M. Div., Luther
Theological Seminary.
Maria Brown (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor i n Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English, Director of Women's and Minority Studies.
B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California,Santa Barbara.
The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications
Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of Theater/Speech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of
Technology; Ph.D., Yale University.
Lawrence Copes (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages, Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Durkee (1965). Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics/Computer Science.
B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson(1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State
University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; MS., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Larry Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia
College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. MS., University of Minnesota.
Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., California State University,
Northridge; M.A.T., University of Chicago; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-La Crosse;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College;
M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
John Gidmark* (1980). Lecturer i n English.
Thomas Gilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University.
Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Goetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M.,
University of Cotorado.
Anne Goodwin* (1981). lnstructor i n English. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.T., College of St.
Thomas.
Paul Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia
College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Louisville.
Satya Gupta* (1976). Associate Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Associate Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin Gyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. 13.5, Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer i n Library Science.
Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A.,
Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of
Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Roberts. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chalr of Social Work. B.A.,
Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Carry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies.
B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Notre Dame.
John A. Hill (1980). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., George Washington
University.
Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of
Minnesota.
NormanD.Holen {7964). Professor of Art. B.A.,Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holi (1981), Associate Professor of Rel~gion.B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary, M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale Uniuesitv.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chernisrry. B.A.. St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Richard Husfloen* (1982). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies.
B.A., Rangoon University (Burma); M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron
College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Einar Johnson(1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S.,
Juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Department Chair of Foreign Languages, and
International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S.,
Winona State University.
Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration and Department Chair of
Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo (Egypt); M.S..
University of Michigan.
Robert Karlen (1973). Professor of MUSIC.
B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965)..4ssociate Professor of Fore~gnLanguages. Director of International
Programs. B.A., 51. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
Merilee Klernp* ('1980F.
Studio Artisr/Oboe. B R., Augsburg College.
Al Kloppen (19761.
Asr~stantProfessor of Health and Phvsical Education. B.S., Augustana
College; M A . , University of South Dakota.
Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A..
Un~versityof Minnesota.
Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S..
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Leo Richard Lake (1981). Associate Professor of Computer Science. 8.5, Massachusetts Institute
of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. 8.5, Iowa State University; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Paul W. Lohman* (1981). Director of Chorale. B.A., Augsburg College.
Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H.,
University of Minnesota.
Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Psychology. B.A.,
University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda
University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Marie 0. McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Education. B.S., M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University
of Minnesota.
Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M.Ed., Simpson College; M.M., Northwestern
University.
Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M. Music
Ed., University of Kansas.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
John Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University
of Tennessee.
August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu,
Estonia.
Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communication. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas Nelson (1977). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A.,
University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological
- Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968).
Associate Professor of Historv. B.A., Universitv of Nebraska; M.A.,
~,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Christie Nicholl* (1973). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A.,
University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College,
Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., MS.,
University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A.,
University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University.
Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Sandra Olmsted* (1979). Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry.
James F. Olson (1975). Assistant Professor. Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Carleton College; 8.5,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Facu lty/l39
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965): Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg
College; MS., University of Wisconsin.
Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of
Colorado; MS., University of Illinois.
Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
MS., St. Cloud State University.
Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Lauretta Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed.,
Marquette University.
Douglas Perry (1976). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Diane 1. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D. Yale
University.
JamesPorter* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies.
Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. B.A., Augsburg
College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton
College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Madeline Renaud* (1981). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Roosevelt University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University;
M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A.,
Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Sargent (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., University
of North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Exeter, England.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Irene Schilling* (1973). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A..
University of Minnesota.
Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest.
Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois:
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological
Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M.. Eastman School of Music.
Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D..
University of Minnesota.
Paul Sonnack* (1949). Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.. Augsburg
Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago.
George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M.. Chicago Musical College.
Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College.
Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; Graduate,
Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Bruce Stuart* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., University of North Dakota; M. Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of
Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeff Swenson* (1980). Wrestling Coach. B.A., Augsburg College.
Jamesten Bensel* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist i n Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach.
Sheldon Torgerson (1981). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary.
Joel Torstenson* (1947). Professor Emeritus of Sociology.
David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale
University; Ph.D., New York University.
Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota.
Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). lnstructor i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist i n Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College.
Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S.,
Marquette University.
David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A.,
Ph.D., Bowling Green University. ( O n leave 1981-82)
Angela Wyatt* (1981). Studio Artist i n Music/Saxophone. B.S., St. Olaf College.
Daniel Zemel* (1981). Visiting lecturer i n Religion, B.A., Brown University; HUC-JIR, N e w
York School, M.A.H.L.
-e another national
CIhampionsh
. .
Augsburg is an accessible campus in the city
Academic Adviser ........................... 31
Academic Calendar
31. 144
Academic Enrichment ....................... I7
Academic Information ...................
31-38
Academic Organization
32
Academic Policies and Procedures.. ....... 3836
Accounting Major ..........................
52
Accreditation
6.44
Adapted Physical Education ..................
83
Administration ........................
133-734
Admissions ...............................
9-11
Advanced Placement
42
Advanced Standing .................. .... ... 42
Affiliation ................................ 6. 44
Air Force ROTC
3:
American Indian Programs
27
Application t o Augsburg ...................
9-11
Application for Financial Aid
16-17
Area Studies
East and Southeast Asian
62.63
Russian ............................ .....
. 80
Scandinavian ........................ 117.118
Art History Courses .........................
49
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) ............... 31.36-37,44
Athletics ................................
26, 44
Audio-visual ......................... 31-32, 36
Audit Fee ..................................
13
Auditing Courses
41
.....................
.....................
.............................
........................
............................
...................
..............
................
...........................
Biology ................................. 43-52
Black Student Programs ..................... ZT
Black Student Union ........................ 17
Board for College and University
Services. TALC ..................... .. ... 132
Board of Regents .......................... 131
Board Plans ................................ 13
Books and Supplies ......................... 74
Breakage and Fine Fee ...................... 15
Brief Facts about Augsburg
44
..................
Calendar. Academic ..................... 31. 146
Campus ............................ 2-3.44. 141
Campus Map .............................. 2-3
Campus Tours ............................... 9
Cancellation from College ................... 39
Cancellation of Courses ..................... 39
Career Planning and Placement .............. 27
Center for Student Development (CSD) .... 27. 29
Certification Programs-Art ................ 34. 47
Church Staff Work .................... 34. 114
Program Evaluation ............... 34.111. 122
Women's Studies ..................... 34. 129
Chemical Dependency Program .............. 36
Chinese ................................. 62. 74
Classification .....................
....... 42
Coaching Endorsement ...................... 83
College Center ......................... 2.3. 26
College Pastor .......................... 25. 133
Communication ....................... 126-127
Communications Directory .........
Front Cover
Computer Programming (CDI) ............... 36
Computer Resources ........................ 32
Computer Science ....................... 92-93
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) ................... . 36. 122
..
..
Continuing Education ....................... 38
Coordinators .
Discrimination
or Grievance .................... Front Cover
Corredive ~ h e r a
~ ~
.........................
83
Costs 1982.83 ................................ 13
C.P.A. Certification ......................... 54
Counseling and Guidance ................... 27
Course Descriptions/Majors/Minors ...... 46-130
Art, Art History ........................ 47-49
Biology ............................... 49-52
Business Administration and Economics .. 52-59
Chemistry ............................. 59-61
East and Southeast Asian Studies ......... 62-63
Education ............................. 63-69
Engineering ........................... 69-70
English ................................ 70-73
Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82
Geography ......................... ... .. 82
Health and Physical Education ........... 82-86
History
86-88
Humanities ............................... 89
Interdisciplinary Studies ........ 93-%.12%130
International Relations .................... 89
Mathematics/Computer Science ........ W 9 3
Medical Technology ......................
93
Metro-Urban Studies ................... 93-96
Music, Music Therapy .................. %-99
Natural Science ...................... 100-101
Nursing .................... ....,.... 101-103
Philosophy .......................... 103-105
Physiu ..............................
105-107
Poliliral Science .....................
108-111
Psychology ..........................
111-113
Religion ............................ 114-116
Russian Area Studies ..................... 117
Scandinavian Area Studies ............ 117-118
Social Science ........................... 119
Social Studies ............................
119
Social Work ......................... 120-122
Sociology ...........................
122-124
Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts ....................... 125-128
Transdisciplinary Studies .................. 129
Women's and Minority Studies
129-130
Course Numbering ......................... 46
........
Dean's L~st.........................
... .... 43
Degrees ....................................
31
Departments
Art .. ..................++............. 47-49
Biology ............................... 49-52
Business Administration & Economics .... 52-59
Chemistry .............................
59-61
Education ............................. 63-69
English ................................ 70-73
Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82
Health & Physical Education .............
82-86
History ................................ 86-88
Mathematics/Computer Science ........ 90-93
Music .................................
96-99
Nursing ............................. 101-103
Philosophy .......................... 103-105
Physics ........................... ,
105-107
Political Science ..................... 108-111
Psychology .......................... 111-113
Religion ..................
114-116
..
........,.
144/l ndex
Social Work ......................... 120-122
Sociology ........................... 122-124
Speech. Communication.
Theater Arts ....................... 125.128
Deposits ................................ 14.15
Departmental Scholarships
21-23
Directed Study ............................. 43
Dismissal from College
15. 42
Distinction. Graduation with
43
Distribution Requirements ................... 40
Divisions ................................... 32
Drama ............................. 26. 125-126
Driving to Campus ........................... 3
................
...................
.................
10
Early Admission .............................
Early Decision ........................... 10. 17
East and Southeast Asian Studies
62-63
East Asian Studies ........................ 62-63
Economics .............................. 56-59
Elementary Education .................... 64-65
Emeriti
134
Engineering ............................. 69-70
Enrollment ................................. 44
Evaluation and Grading ......................
42
...........
2.3.7
Facilities ................................
Facts & Figures ..............................
4
Faculty .......................... 37.44.135.142
Fees ....................................... 14
Finance Major .............................. 52
Financial Aid .........................
16.23. 44
Food Service ............................... 28
Foreign Study ........................ 28. 37. 44
...........
74-76
French ...................
Full-time Student ........................... 13
Foreign Language Placement .................
73
..
General Scholarships ..................... 19-20
Geography ................................. 82
German ................................. 76-78
Gifts and Grants
17.18.1 9.23
Grade Point Average (GPA) ............ 10.39. 42
Grading ................................. 41-42
Graduates ..................................
44
Graduation Requirements ................ 39-40
Graduation with Distinction
43
Grants .................................. 17-18
Greek ..................................... 78
...................
..................
Health Education ........................ 82-83
Health Service .............................. 28
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.37.9 3.94
History .................................. 86-88
History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Honors Major (See Departmental listings)
Honors Program ............................ 38
Housing ....................... 2.3.7.14.28. 29
Human Development Seminars ..............
27
Humanities .................................
89
Humanities Division ......................... 3?
.........................
Independent Study
4
Intercollegiate Athletics .................. 26.44
lntercultural Center ......................
17-28
Interdisciplinary Studies
93.96.12 9.130
..........
Inter-Institutional Programs ............... 36-37
Interim ................... 31.37.38.39.44. 146
53
International Business
89
International Relations
International Students
71.28
Internship Program .........................
38
Intramural Athletics
26
.......................
......................
....................
.........................
Japanese ................................
62. 78
KCMR Radio ...............................
Kindergarten Licensure ......................
26
64
27
Learning for Living ..........................
Library/Audio-Visual
32.36. 44
L~braryScience Courses
69
Life'Science Emphasis
100
Lifetime Sports .......................... 40. 83
Linguistics Courses
79
Loan Assistance .............................
18
Location
2.3.6
..................
.....................
......................
..........................
................................
..
Majors and Minors (Also see Courses)
33.39,M
Management Major ......................... 52
Marketing Major ...........................
5:
Mathematics/Computer Science .......... 9b93
Mathematics Placement .....................
90
Medical Technology ........................ 93
Memberships ............................. 6 . 4
Metro-Urban Studies ..................... 93-96
Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) ........... 94
Minnesota State Work Study Program
19
Minority Scholarships ....................... X1
Mission Statement ........................... 4
Mortensen Tower ....................... 2.3. 19
Music ................................... 96-99
Music Organizations ..................... 26. 97
Music Therapy ........................... 96-91)
.........
Natural Science ........................ 1W-101
Natural Science/Mathematics Division ........ 31
Norwegian .............................. 79Numbering of Courses
46
......................
..............
Off-Campus Programs
36.37.38.
Orientation (Summer) .......................
44
27
Parking ................................ 1.3.74
Part-Time Students .......................... 13
Payment Plans .............................. 15
Physical Education ....................... 83-86
Physical Science Emphasis
100
Policies ............................ 6 . 3 W 3 . 4 4
Prekindergarten ......................... 64-65
Pre-Professional Programs ................
34-35
Prerequisites
46
Probation and Dismissal .....................
41
Professional Studies Division
32
Program in Global Community ............ 37. 44
..................
...............................
.................
..........
Re-admission of Former Students
11. 17
Refunds .................................... 15
Registration ............................. 38-39
Registers
Administration ...................... 133-134
Board for College and
University Services. TALC ............... 132
Board of Regents ........................ 132
Emeriti ..................................
134
Faculty .............................. 135.140
Religious & Christian Service Scholarships ..... 20
Religious Life ............................... 25
Residence Life ...........................
28-29
Residence Requirement ..................... 40
Room Rent ................................. 13
ROTC (Air Force) ........................... 37
Russian .................................... 80
Russian Area Studies ....................... 117
San Francisco Summer Term ................. 96
Scandinavian Area Studies .............. 1T7-118
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)...... 95
Scholarships ............................. 77-23
School Social Work Certification ............ '120
Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9) ............... 101
Secondary Education .................. 63-66-69
SEMAPHORE - Student Handbook .......... 26
Semester or Year Abroad .................... 37
Sigma Pi Sigma ............................ Inti
Smiley's Point Clinic ......................... 28
Society of Physics Students .................. 706
South American Urban Semester (SAUS) ...... 94
Spanish ................................. 8042
Special Education ........................... 68
Special Fees ................................
74
Special Interest Houses ........................ In
Special Students (Non-degree) ............... 7 1
Speech ...............................
725-726
........
32
Social and Behavioral Science Division
Sponsored Scholarships .................. 19-23
119
Social Science .............................
Social Studies .............................. 119
Social Welfare Minor ....................... 120
Student Activities ...........................
26
Student Employment ........................
19
Student/Faculty Ratio .......................
44
Student Government ........................
25
Student Life ............................. 25-29
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations (SPAN) ........................ 37. 4 4
Student Publications
26
Student Rights ..............................
29
Student Services ......................... 26-29
Studio Art Courses ....................... 47-48
Study Abroad ...................... 26.37.38,M
Summer Orientation
2;
Summer Sessions ........................ 31. 38
........................
...................... !.
Teaching Licensure ................ 34.63.64. 66
Testscores ..................................
9
Theater Arts ...........................
127-128
9.10. 14
Transcripts ............................
Transdisciplinary Studies .................... 129
Transfer Student Application ................. 10
Tuition .....................................
13
Tuition Deposit
9-10. 14
........................
Urness Tower
Veterans
...........................2.3.
29
...................................
43
Women's and Minority Studies .......... 129-130
Work Study ................................
19
Academic Calendar
1982-83
Fall Semester
Aug. 31-Sept. 1
Registration and Welcome
Classes Begin
Labor Day Recess
Last day to register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term break
Last day t o designate grading option
Interim Registration
Spring Term Pre-Registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Final Grades Due
Sept. 2
Sept. 5
Sept. 16
Oct. 29
Nov. 5
Nov. 8-11
Nov. 15-Dec. 3
Nov. 18
Nov. 25
Nov. 29
Dec. 10
Dec. 13-16
Dec. 22
Interim
Jan. 3
Jan. 4
Jan. 17
Jan. 21
Jan. 27
Feb. 4
Classes Begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day t o designate grading option
Last day to withdraw from a class
Classes end
Interim grades due
1983-84
1983
1982
September
5
12
19
26
6 7
13 14
20 21
27 28
1 2 3 4
8 91011
15 16 17 18
22 23 24 25
29 30
October
3
10
17
24
31
7
14
21
28
4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14
18 19 20 21
25 26 27 28
1 2
8 9
15 16
22 23
29 30
November
1 2 3 4 5 6
8 9 10 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
22 23 24 25 26 27
29 30
January
2
9
16
23
30
6 7
13 14
20 21
27 28
1 2 3 4
8 91011
15 16 17 18
22 23 24 25
29 30 31
3 4 5 6 7
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
24 25 26 27 28
31
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15 1
17 18 19 20 21 22 2
24 25 26 27 28 29 3
31
February
6
13
20
27
1 2 3 4 5
789101112
14 15 16 17 18 19
21 22 23 24 25 26
28
7
14
21
28
March
6
13
20
27
December
5
12
19
26
July
1
8
15
22
29
August
1 2 3 4 5
891011121
15 16 17 18 19 2
22 23 24 25 26 2
29 30 31
September
1 2 3 4 5
789101112
14 15 16 17 18 19
21 22 23 24 25 26
28 29 30 31
1 2
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1
11 12 13 14 15 16 1
18 19 20 21 22 23 2
25 26 27 28 29 30
Aprll
3
10
17
24
1
8
15
22
29
5
12
19
26
4 5 6
11 12 13
18 19 20
25 26 27
7
14
21
28
October
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
May
2 3 4 5 6 7
9 10 11 12 13 14
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30 31
June
1 2 3 4
6 7 8 91011
13 14 15 16 17 18
20 21 22 23 24 25
27 28 29 30
2 3 4 5 6 7
9 10 11 12 13 14 1
16 17 18 19 20 21 2
23 24 25 26 27 28 2'
30 31
November
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
1 2 3
8 9 10
15 16 17
22 23 24
29 30
4
11 1;
18 1
25 21
December
1 2
4 5 6 7 8 9 11
11 12 13 14 15 16 1
18 19 20 21 22 23 2,
25 26 27 28 29 30 3
Show less
............................................ 2
Admissions .............................................. 6
Costs and Financial Policies............... 10
Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17
Student Life ........................................... 24
Academic Information........... Show more
............................................ 2
Admissions .............................................. 6
Costs and Financial Policies............... 10
Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17
Student Life ........................................... 24
Academic Information......................... 30
Introduction
Departments and Course
...................................... 47
Registers .............................................. 141
Index .................................................... 149
Communications Directory............... 151
Academic Calendars.......................... 152
Request for Information ................... 153
Campus Map............. Inside Back Cover
Descriptions
AUGSBURC
COLLE.C E
Catalog 1984-86
USPS #490-310
Volume 115. Number 3
Fall 1984
Published four times a year in Spring. Summer. Fall. and Winter by Augsburg College. 731
21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. M N. Second Class postage paid at Minneapolis. Minnesota.
O l d Main, on the National Register of Historic Places, recalls Augsburg's heritageas the first
U.S. school founded to train pastors t o serve Norwegian immigrants. [Photo by john Louis
Anderson)
Introducing Augsburg
Few liberal arts colleges combine t h e excitement and vitality of a
metropolitan center with t h e smallness and intimacy of the rural
setting. Augsburg is o n e of t h e few, very special Christian colleges
which can offer you both, as indicated in t h e Mission Statement
adopted by t h e Faculty and t h e Board of Regents in 1977.
Mission Statement
Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran
Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities metropolitan area.
The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran
orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious,
cultural and ethnic backgrounds.
For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search
for knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness t o the needs of society and the
world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and
society.
The mission of Augsburg College i s to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in
academic program.
Augsburg College is known for its people, who strive t o be a supportive, informal
and free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment.
The academic program is primarily committed to providing students with a broad
background in a variety of subject areas as well as encouraging personal development. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is a continued goal of the college.
Augsburg College:
Challenges students with a portion of the knowledge and thought which has
been formative within human history and culture through a wide variety of ideas,
disciplines and selected professional and pre-professional programs;
Assists students in developing intellectual skills as well as in selecting a career;
Encourages within students the attitudes and skills necessary t o prepare them
to be learners throughout their lives.
Education at Augsburg is based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to
us for care, exploration and understanding.
As a Christian community the college embraces a wide range of religious expression and participation. As part of its academic program Augsburg seeks t o give
all its students an informed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as
well as an opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In addition t o this intellectual task the aim of the college is t o help students
understand the Christian faith as relevant for their own experience and for participation in the commitment to the role of the Christian community in the modern
world.
Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community.
The quality of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and educational resources provided by its location. The college i s also aware that it has
a responsibility t o contribute t o the larger community. In doing this, the college
directs several of its programs specifically at the metropolitan setting, provides
areas of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers itself as an educational resource for a variety of new student populations.
History - Fjord to Freeway
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany,
in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved
t o Minneapolis in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the
first college graduation was in 1879.
The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with The American Lutheran Church.
Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same
year. Continuing ties with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's Augsburg Room and in replication of the original sign for Old Main. From Fjord to
Freeway, a candid history of the College and its people during the first 100 years,
by Augsburg's Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the College Bookstore.
Location and Campus
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota
West Bank campus and t w o of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent t o the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes
west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus,
or o n bus routes that also connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service t o MinneapolisSt. Paul International Airport include American, Capitol, Continental, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western.
Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
I t i s the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX
of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the
coordinators who are listed in the Communications Directory (page 151) or to the
Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at
Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe t o the Statement of Principles o n Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors
and the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association
for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing.
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran
Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council, and
are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (MHECB).
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located
near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories,
the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building.
Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions
staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains
reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960.
Old Main (19001 is home for the Foreign Langua e and Art departments and has classrooms
used by other de artrnents. Extensively remodgelled in 1980, Old Main combines energy
efficiency with arc!itectural
details from the past. It is included on the National Register of
Historic Pfaces.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Cerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923
to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students,
plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have
several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 321 students. tach$=
is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge,
~ u d and
y utility areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third
presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices.
Music Hall, (1978) newest buildin on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music5ibraries, practice studios and offices forthe musicfaculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building.
Melby Halt, (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach, and head of the Christianity department, providesfacilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general
auditorium purposes,
Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a
temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retains space in the
Little Theater building.
South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area,
provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
Students meet at the kiosk, in the " Q u a d [ P h o t o by Scott Stensrud)
Admissions
Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect
and character which will enable the student to benefit from and
contribute to the college community. Each applicant is judged on
individual merit without regard for race, creed, sex, age, disability,
and national or ethnic origin.
Augsburg's admissions office staff members are available to help
students and parents with college planning. The Admissions Office
is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged
for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitors are asked to write or call
the Admissions Office (612) 330-1001 prior to the visit. The admissions staff will arrange a campus tour, class visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The
Admissions Office is located on the northwest corner of 7th Street
and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
Application Procedures for Freshmen
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it t o the
Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants.
Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application
should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript
upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required t o submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American
College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high
school transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous
academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed
personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of
the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is
complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
6. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100
non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification.
Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked t o make a
$100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance.
Early Decision for Freshmen
An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary
college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year,
test scores, and recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration
for financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required t o complete the
Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial
Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their
award by January 1. This application is available in the Admissions Office.
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100
non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification.
Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish t o accelerate their educational program
may by granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following
completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school.
Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman
applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty,
and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions.
Application Procedures for Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed
work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College
reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work
unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous
college work.
Admission to a major, as well as admission t o the College, is sometimes necessary.
For example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing
must have a 2.5 GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation
tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section
to see if admission t o the major is necessary.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it t o the
Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer
student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent
to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of
college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance.
3. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous
college performance, it may be included with the application or discussed
personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of
the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is
complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
5. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100
non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification.
Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance.
Re-Admission of Former Students
A student who has interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wishes t o return applies for re-admission through
the Registrar's Office. A student who has attended any other institution(s) during
the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one
to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee.
Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree)
In some circumstances, a person may be admitted as a special student (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually a parttime student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by
petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the
Registrar's Office.
Admission for International Students
International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding
the procedures for applying as an international student. All international students
transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must
apply and be accepted for admission t o Augsburg two months prior t o the start
of the semester: July 1 for Fall, November 1 for Spring.
To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to:
Director of Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis M N 55454
U.S.A.
I
r
I _C1-
.?
-
logging along the [Mississippi) River Road is an activity shared by students, faculty and
staff [Photo by john Louis Anderson]
Costs and Financial Policies
Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg
College. The balance of instructional and operating costs comes
from annual contributions from the American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and
foundations.
College Costs 1984-85
Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1984-85 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required.
The college reserves the right t o adjust charges should economic conditions
necessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
....................................................................$5,560.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1984. Students
are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester
terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes
tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable
in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester.
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course
.....................................................775.00
This rate applies t o students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/
or an Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
...............................................390.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
................................................................. 1,210.00
Full Board (19 meals a week) ......................................................................
1,180.00
Room Rent (includes telephone)
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,140.00;
the point plan is $920.00.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
only)
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin)
Registration Change after firsi
5 days (Canceljaddlchange
grade option, or combination
at one time) ................................
........................................... $
5.00
.....................
10.00
Introduction to Cinema Arts
Life Drawing (See lnterim
Catalog for fee)
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee)
5.00
35.00
Music Therapy Internship (one
half course credit)
390.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons)
150.00
Class, per semester .................... 50.00
Radio-Television Production
10.00
Theater Technical Production
35.00
.....................
.............................
Student Teaching (per course)
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs)
..................
15.00
125.00
................................ 775.00
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Application (new and/or
special students)
$ 15.00
Nursing Credit
Validation Tests .......................... 40.00
5.00
Locker Rental (commuters) ...........
..................... ..
Student Parking Lot Permit ...........
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) .............
special Examinations
(schedule
on file in Registrar's Office)
20.00
2.00
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $200 - 250 per year.
Deposits
Enrollment (non-refundable) ......................................................................
$00.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited
t o the student's account when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit
balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the
student. There are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you.
For more information, contact the Admissions Office.
Housing Damage ..........................................................................................100.00
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, t o reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and is returned to
the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the
occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for
Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first
day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due t o
late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled
prior to July 1 for Fall semester or January 1 for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be
forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be
forfeited if cancellation is after these dates.
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated
Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent t o the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester
Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon
application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter. (4) 10-month
Payment Plan - upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 participation fee, the annual charges may be paid in 10 equal installments beginning
June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts
'which are current. An application will be sent upon request.
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account
with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in
which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning
of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a
previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student LoansNDSL and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according t o established repayment schedules.
Refunds
Withdrawal from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed,
or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for
tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule:
700%
40%
80?b
7'0%
- through the first five da s of clasm.
- from the sixth through 7&h dav of classes.
- from t h e I f th through 15th day of classes.
-
from The 76th throu h 20th dav of classes.
600~1- from the 21st fhrau$ 25th day of classes.
50% - from the 26th day o: classes thmugh the mid-point of the term
No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student i s forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include
the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an interim or t o graduate in December are not entitled
to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate
in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and
room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student
Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied t o the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for
a cash refund is determined.
Financial Aid
The financing of post-secondary education may well be one of the more significant
investments that an individual or a family will make in an entire lifetime. Because
this is the case, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in the
selection of an institution, but also in the methods utilized in paying the related
expenses. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, is
committed to help provide students and their families with the needed assistance,
both monetary and advisory, that will protect access t o a quality education in
spite of increasing costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships,
grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with
Federal, State, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs.
For the academic year 1983-84 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg
received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over
$5,800,000 from all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources.
r
0
-=
n
=a
Q
1
=.
I ne amount or assistance Tor wnlcn a stuaent IS ellglDle IS aetermlnea wltn tne
help and analysis of the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College
Testing Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship
Service (CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as
current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts,
retirement needs, and special considerations.
< How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission t o Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made
until the student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (EFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF) from
a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send
it t o the processing agency after January 1 but before March 15 for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. (To be considered,
use code 6500.) Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents
using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014.
3. Within three t o four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time
you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review
your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing
your financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated.
If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be
sent t o you.
I
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered.
New Students - Early Decision
This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early
Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive
the admission decision about December 1.
1. Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish t o complete the
Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the Admissions Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary
award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified
of their award by January 1.
2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after prior
calendar year income information is available. This is after January 1 but before
March 15.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by filing the
application and Family Financial Statement (FFS). Renewal is based on financial
eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather
than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of
aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged t o investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available
in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the
company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs,
and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting
their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for
aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others.
Gift Assistance
Presidents Scholarships - Full tuition Presidents Scholarships and half tuition
College Scholarships are awarded annually to the most academically qualified
full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to
need. Because this is a unified program, full tuition or half tuition is assured, since
the College guarantees the difference between non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and the limit of the award.
The award is renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Special application is due January 15.
Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and half tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded
for each fall to the most academically qualified full-time students who are direct
transfers t o Augsburg College following completion of an A.A. or A.S. degree,
having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded
without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Special application is due March 15.
Lutheran Transfer Scholarhips - Up to seven scholarships are awarded for each
fall to full-time students who have completed the A.A. or A.S. degree at a Lutheran
junior college and are direct transfers to Augsburg College without further coursework at another institution. Awards of $500 are based on academic merit and are
renewable for an additional year. Special application is due May 15.
Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards - Augsburg College
will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran
congregation.
Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available t o students who have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up t o full tuition and fees. A
student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community
involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents who have financial need. For 1984-85, they range from $100 to $3407.
All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered
by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent
resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic
standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission.
Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by
program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1984-85
is $1900 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute.
Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application
form that the necessary information be sent t o the Pell Grant Program.
Bureau of lndian Affairs/Tribal and lndian State Scholarships - American lndian
students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian
Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. Students must be '/4 degree
lndian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants
supplement all other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact
Augsburg's American lndian Program Director or your tribal agency.
Loan Assistance
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - JointAugsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans are interest free during your education. No interest accrues
nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled
at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the
minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The
maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $6,000.
Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan funds
are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide
such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest
charge. Beginning with loans for school periods starting September 13, 1983 and
after, simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the
principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to
10 years. The maximum loan is $2500 per year with the cumulative undergraduate
maximum of $12,500. Applications are available at the college, some banks, and
the Minnesota State Student Loan Office.
Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National
Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled
in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must
have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is
$2500 per year.
Parent Loan Program (PLUS) - PLUS is a loan program t o help parents meet
college costs. Parents may borrow up to $3,000 per year with an aggregate maximum of $15,000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a
simple interest rate of 12% and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application
forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applications
are normally filed with the bank or thrift institution with which your family has
an account.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven financial
need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis
of need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Part-time
work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just as scholarships,
loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week
is recommended.
A l l on-campus w o r k is governed b y policies stipulated i n t h e w o r k contract issued
t o t h e student employee f o r each placement. Payment is made monthly b y check
t o t h e student employee.
College W o r k Study Program and Minnesota State W o r k Study Program - Under
these programs t h e federal o r state government supplies funds o n a matching
basis w i t h t h e College t o provide some part-time w o r k opportunities.
A i d Association f o r Lutherans W o r k Service Program - A special program of offcampus placement i n Lutheran congregations, w i t h w o r k assignments made at
t h e discretion of t h e congregation, which will support t h e life and mission of t h e
congregation.
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by t h e Student Affairs Committee unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by
faculty of t h e department involved. Descriptions o f awards are f r o m statements
03 t h e donors' wishes.
'Indicates endowed scholarships
General Scholarships
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships - a number of awards of
varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and
ability. Established in 1973 by the foundation.
Bremer Foundation Scholarships - awarded annually to students from towns and cities
where Bremer banks are located.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to deserving junior/
senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to two
deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor
her late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to one or more needy and
deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father
by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs.
Clara Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by
Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - given annually
to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
JohnG.Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - awarded annually to freshmen students who without
assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963 by a bequest
of John C.Quanbeck.
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship' - awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters,
E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded annually to able and deserving upperclassstudents
who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
Established in 1966.
Grace Jewellensen Buster Memorial Scholarshtp' - one or more scholarships are awarded
annually to sophomore, junior, or senior Chrnese students who have outstanding academic
records and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. EstabYished in 1983 by family
and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel JensenBuster, a 1922 alumna.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to able and desewing student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need.
Established in 1972 by her husband, Floyd Cleveland, to honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian leader and devoted wife.
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship* - one or more ~holarshipsare awarded annually
to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1979 by members of
his family to honor the memory of Commander David 1. Fomo, 1464 alumnus.
Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarhip* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass international students who have overcome adversity and achieved
excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1981 by her parents,
Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family members and friends in memory of Crace
Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at Augsburg 1971-1973.
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to women students transferring
from Waldorf College, with preferencegiven to those in music andJorelementary education.
Established in 1975 in memory of Catha Jones, 1970 alumna, by her parents, Mr.and Mrs.
Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge
Program.
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The
scholarship is renewable.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a senior student(s)
who has successfully overcome adversity and has achieved excellence in academic and
extracurricular performance. Established in 1977 to honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus,
a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminary who overcame the adversity of early years to earn
his own education and who sewed his fellow men with humanity and wisdom.
Minority Student Scholarships/Grants
Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program - awarded annually to Lutheran
American minority students who show financial need.
The American Indian Achievement Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded
annually to an American Indian upperclass student(s) who has a cumulative gtrade point
averageof 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in 1984 by The Hearst Foundation.
Homecoming Auction Scholarships - awarded annually to two students, one of whom must
be a minority student, who have demonstrated ability to facilitate discussion about issues
of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event
from faculty, staff and students.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually
to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and
friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially
her servtce to students.
National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church) - members of American racial and ethnic minorities who are either
seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college O R are members of an
ALC congregation may be considered.
Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memor~al
Scholarship' - awarded perlodlcally to a tllack American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys JohnsonSimengaard and her Christian
concern for the problems of social injustice.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - awarded annually to students preparing
for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to
honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg
College, and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship* - available to both North American and international students to encourage men and women to enter full-time Christian service.
Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for
Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev. and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student(s) in the
senior class who is preparingfor the ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide
offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church,
1930-1958.
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to an upperclass
student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship' - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest
in Christian service. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually
on the basis of scholarship, service, and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in 1975
by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Cerda Mortensen for five decades of
service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College.
Onesimus Scholarhip* - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson.
johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarhip' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually
to Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in Christian service. Established in
1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory of Johan I. 0. Rodvik and his deep
personal dedication to his calling as a minister as welt as his scholarly research and pioneer
rhought concerningthe Apostle Paul's traditionally rnlsundemtood attitude toward the question of equal rights and equal statcs for women.
The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business
administrator of the college, 1940-1952.
The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church.
Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor the lifelong devotion
that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years.
Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and
deserv~ngjunior/sentor student recommended by the scholarhip committee. Semi-finalists
are interviewed and selected by the donor, the Rev. Caivin 1. Storley. Established in 1965
to honor the memory of Marguerite Hamilton Storley and her interest and concern in the
mission work of the Christian church.
Morris G. C. & Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund' - awarded annually to a
junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church. Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris
C. C. Vaagenes.
04
1
Departmental Scholarships
Art
The Crown Prince Harald Scboiarship - Established by authorization d the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1965 on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this
annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Nomay. The winner is
selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge-Amerika Fareningen.
The Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1978 to honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually
to a talented art student with financial need.
AugustMolder Memorial A r t Sctlofarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to upperclass students majoring In art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends
in memory of Awgun Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at
Augsburg College.
Allen Russel Olson Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an uperclass student(s)
majoring in Studio Arts, on the basis of need and artistic excellence. Established in 1984 by
the family and Albert Hoffmeyer and friends, to honor the memory of Allen Russel Olson,
an alumnus who was an accomplished artist, designer, photographer and writer.
Athletic
The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) partic~patingin the Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average
is below 3.2. Established in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a taIented young
hockey player.
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student
on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966
by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student
at Augsburg College.
Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and desewing male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the
memory of these two Augsburg College students.
David Gronner Memarial Scholar5hip' - Awarded annually to two or more students,,participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or high Chr~st~an
character. The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference In basketball. Established in 3975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, CaroI, and Paul,
and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College
alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
Row lordan Memorial Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annuaIly to
uppercIass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in
the wrestling program. Edablished in 1980 by the William Jordanand Charles Schulz families
in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler.
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established
in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents.
Biology
Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to
honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical
Technology.
Business Adrninistration/Econornics
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* - Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or
senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassedwithin the Department of Business
Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the
business community.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass
students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo
Foundation.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a
junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated
teacher at the College.
Reid Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business and/or education as a career. Established in 1970 by Harvey T. Reid.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in
1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Chemistry Scholarshipsa -Awarded annually to junior and senior fludents whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Mablished in 1968 by
family, friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor:
Manivald A!dre
Dr. W. M. Sandstram
Carl Fosse
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr.
Covey Hendrickson
Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
MinnesotaMiningand Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors
who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979.
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or
professional school goals. Established in 7984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory
of a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry.
His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions,
of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship' - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of
financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pedcrmn English Sfhoiarship" -Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are
majonng in English, with preference given to those who ptan to teach English as a career.
â¬stabtished in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 years
of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College.
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an outstanding student
in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952.
Foreign Language
Mimi Baez Kingley Modern Language Scholarship' - Awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan
to teach languag. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley.
fl
N
1
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - Given annually to a student of any major
who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established
in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered nurse
seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses
Alumni Association.
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to upperclass
ijtudent(s) preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in 1978 in memory of
Eleanor Christensen Edwards*devotion and service in health care by members of her family,
Bernhard Christensen, Efsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen
and Theodore Christensen.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship- Awarded annually t o a history major. Established
in 1980 by Gregory M. Fitzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock.
The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student
for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev.
and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness.
-
1
I
I
H. N. Hendricksan History Scholarship" Awarded annually to students majoring in history
with preference given t o thwe who plan a career in the field, Established in 1969 by Dr.
and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory
of H. N. Hendrirksan, professor of history at Augsburg College, 1900-1952.
Library Science
Library Science Scholarship - Established in 1972 by library and library science instructional
staffs to honor junior or senior students intending to enter the library profession.
Mathematics
Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field
of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department.
Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students
majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco.
Metro-Urban Studies
-
Joel and Franc= Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs'
One or more schola~hipsare
awarded annually t o upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of
Augsbtlrg's Mission Statement relating to the Colfege's urban invofvernent. Established In
1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends t o honor the setvice and leadership of the
Torstensons in community development and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a student of choral
music. Established in 1965 by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson,
an Augsburg College alumna.
Freshman Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence marked ability in their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that
major medium during the first two semesters of performance studies.
-
Awarded annually to two or more students parDavid Gronner Memorial Schlarship'
ticipating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high
Christian character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol
and Paul, and Mrs. EtheI Cronner in memory of David Cronner, Augsburg College alumnus.
demonstrated proficiency inchoral and/or instrumental rhusic,.interest or potential in conducting, and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I. Hertsgaard.
Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* -Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire
musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who
have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia
Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music.
Edwin W. and Edith 0. Norberg Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980
by Edwin W. Norberg t o honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of
piano, organ and choral music.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship' - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student
of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor
Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior PerformanceScholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters
preceding graduation.
Marilyn Solbwg Voice kholatrhip' - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has
music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of
singing. Established in 7955 by her parents, Mr. and ME. lver Solberg, and her brother
Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53.
String Scholarships - awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola,
cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string
ensemble, and orchestra.
John & Vera Thut Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Established in 1980 by John and
Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of
music, three decades of which was at Augsburg.
Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and
children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James.
Physics
Theodore I. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student
majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and
friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students pursuing careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 by Professors
Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel.
Scandinavian Studies
-
lver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship'
Awarded annually to an upperclass studentls) with
academic ab~liy,in the punuit of a degree with concentration in Scandinawan languages,
literature, liistorj and/or culture. Established in 7983 by their children and their [amities
and friends te honor lver and Myrtle Olson on the occasion of their golden wedding
anniversary.
Sociology
Adolph PauIson Memorial Prize' - Awarded annually to a student in the general field of
Christian sociology. Established in 7936 by members of his family to honor the memory of
Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35.
'Day in May'is a traditional break before final exams
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are an important part of your
college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether
you are a resident or commuter student, you will find the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to your
education.
Campus Ministry
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic
and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth i s evident in the opportunities
we encourage and provide for students t o explore their own faith.
Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different religious and
cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning
committees, retreats, Peace and Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts,
plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students,
faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday t o give thanks and
hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night
students gather for Holy Communion.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged
t o gradually change and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college
of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the
basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for
counseling, consulation or information on ways to get more involved in the campus ministry.
Student Government
Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer
relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and
provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides
the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student life at
Augsburg.
Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring, except for freshmen who
elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement
are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities.
If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the student
society in their offices in the College Center.
Social, Cultural, Recreational
Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on
campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special
dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are
on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom
related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, student-operated non-profit radio
station sewing the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in the Mortensen Tower.
P4 ,1
a
Fine Arts
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition
to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles
are available t o cover the entire range of musical styles and previous muscial
experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of
the theater arts department.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)
and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division
Ill. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey,
wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross
country, gymnastics, basketball, track & field, and softball.
lntramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are sewed by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by
the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group
or activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the context in which learning takes place is a critical factor in achieving
optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with
intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the
college on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy of Augsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your
education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for
which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act as a sort of road map.
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of sewices to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you
may wish to participate in are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and pre-register for
classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff
as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to your many questions about college life.
.,
Career Plannine and Placement. You mav be uncertain about where vou want to
be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will
be a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase
of your life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a
counselor.
Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office,
Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporary, and
summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in
the area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help
match students and jobs.
Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered
each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship
to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships),
Choosing a Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity
to register are provided several times during the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops
offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose
your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring
through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience.
Counselors are available t o help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety
of personal growth groups.
Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a
desire to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the
same. This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a College in the city, committed to the values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close
cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these
efforts concentrate in two major areas:
American Indian Program. This program provides direct services and assistance
in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling,
tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program provides advocacy in areas of health, child care and housing, input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison with the Intertribal Student
Union.
Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides
counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process.
Black History Month, contact with the AfricanAmerican Museum of Art, and the
Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and
participation.
I*I
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities
and events to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
r
Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member
who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available.
lnternational Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation
of its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the lnternational
Student Adviser helps t o orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange
program, or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for
international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on
Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for
special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview
Pharmacy at cost. Be sure t o check your family health coverage to determine if
you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food
service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small
table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board
plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders
and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning
environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of
housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as to
discuss personal concerns with individual students.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and
South Hall. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire
school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before
they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the
spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1
in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided
housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they
move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This eleven
story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36
students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students.
Zeta House is a spedal interst house for sophomores, juniors or seniors interested
in living in a chernicalIy-free environment, Residents have either successfully completed chemical dependency treatment, are interested in chemical dependency
issues, or simply desire to live in a house free of alcohol and drugs. A chemicallyfree section of Urness Tower is available for freshmen.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity
to try graup living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way
to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i5to avail yourself
of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of
students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational
impart proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's
Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities
are available in each residence.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in mai-ters of disciplinary action, grievances, and
grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by audents and faculty and serves
to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to
identifv appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President
for Student Affairs.
The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and
Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which
pertain t o them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the
Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letter5 and statements placed
in the record before January 7, 1975, or placed under conditions where students
have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on page 151.
-
-
George Sverdrup Library is a favorite place to study [Photo by john Louis Anderson)
Academic Information
Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide students
with a broad liberal arts background - in the humanities, the natural
sciences and the social sciences - and concentrated major study
in one or more fields. Students are encouraged to plan their own
course of study with the help of faculty advisers.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively, to
be knowledgeable about urban concerns, and to have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. General recreational activities courses acquaint students with and equip them for
lifetime spons. Courses in religion assist in reflection on the meaning
of the Christian Church through study of its beliefs, scripture, and
mission.
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees, The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical
Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded
t o graduates with majors in Music Performance. Majars in Music Education are
awarded the B.M. or B.A. degree. Graduates with majors in athw fields receive
the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a +week January Interim. Students normally take
four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three
courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks
and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus
during the regular term. (See Registration).
january Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty
t o employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog,
published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by
contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, there are
a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad. Independent
or directed study and internships are among the many lnterim options.
Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend
College).
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal
interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 15.9 to 1.
Faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning
their programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed
in each departmental listing, with further information in the Augsburg College
Faculty section of the Registers.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books,
periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference
service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other tocat
sources of information, Special arrangements are made for access by students
with physical handicaps.
The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment
and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of
slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/video tape recordings i s available for
faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape
recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other
advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting
are located in the Center.
Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through
Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
Computer Resources
Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with numerous terminals at several campus locations.
The College also has numerous microcomputers, including Apple Il's, CDC '110'5,
Osborne 1's KIM-1 laboratory micr~computers,and a Tektronix 4051 graphics
microcomputer. Augsburg also has access to Farge computers through the University of Minnesota.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics - Kenneth N. Erickson (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology,
Sociology
Professional Studies - Roberta Metzler (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one
division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier
in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description
section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree.
Majors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Biology
Business Administratian
(Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Mathematics
Medical Technology3 (B.S.)
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (B.A. or B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nursing (B.S.)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Minors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Library Science
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theater Arts
It is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish
to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the
Augsburg Registrar's Office.
1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements
with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian.
2 - Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological
University.
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in Kindergarten-Elementary
Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts,
French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry
or Physics), Science (Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts,
and in the special areas of Art (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades
5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom
Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), and Physical Education
(K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in
the Education Department and the area of their academic major($.
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth:
Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting t o teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson.
Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed t o meet or
exceed criteria used in The American Lutheran Church certification program.
Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required
to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department
Chairperson.
Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing
on women. Interested students should contact the program chairperson.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan t o enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A
faculty adviser is available in each field t o assist students in their planning. Students
who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate
faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2 courses;
BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124;
PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering - This program provides a course of study which enables students to com~leteintroductorv core reauirements in mathematics. science and
the libe'ral art; necessary for e&ineerini Some students in the prigram choose
to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while
others elect to participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student t o earn a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from
either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri;
or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the
liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering.
Pre-Law - Students planning t o pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the
Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the
political science course, Law in the United States, t o help determine whether they
posess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a
high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate
schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C.
Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education
to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments have majors specially designed for premedical students. Both require
CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125; and PHY 121, 122. The Chemistry
major also requires CHM 353, 361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or
more biology courses. The Biology major also requires BIO 111, 112, 491 and
one from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 476),
with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed t o meet
the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology
and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requires a year of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged
to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111, 112;
CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 122; ENG 111 and a second course; MAT 124,125;
PHY 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters
of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy;
and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course; CHM 115,116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1 course; 2
courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign
languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science,
psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area
on several programs.
Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Library
and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community
has access to over 5,000,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the
St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect
a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required
for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect t o
participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better
acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus
shuttles students between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
Fairview Deaconess Hospital Affiliation - Students in the Fairview Deaconess
Hospital School of Nursing receive instruction in biology, chemistry and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission should be made directly
to the hospital.
The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is
composed of colleges and universitiesin Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin.
Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of
the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in
the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology
with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o train specialists
to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center
for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes
offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC
program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement.
Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For
more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program
at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean
of the College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of internationalexperience are available to Awgsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from
the Director of International Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of
students who may study abroad each year it is wise t o apply in the fall prior to
the year one wishes t o participate in an international program. The deadline is
March 1 of the preceding year.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in
the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in
intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take
part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo), the South American Urban
Semester (Bogota), or the Literature Ideology, and Society in Latin America. All
are interdisciplinary and stress cross cultural comparison in development and
planning, including study tours to other nations in their respective regions.
lnterim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued in spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE).
International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity t o spend a year of study in London, Paris
(American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken
at Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses
abroad. See Business Administration-International Business.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month livingllearning program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global
justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural
activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition
for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students
are granted partial scholarships t o enable them t o spend a summer in informal
study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made in
the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of
three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad o n a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return.
Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of
foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; the University of York, England; the
University of Dundee, Scotland; the University o
f Seville, Spain; and the Institute
for American Universities in Avignon, France.
Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish t o
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those
interested in further information should contact the Director of International
Programs.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified students
to pursue an enriched and distinctive course of study. Special seminars, colloquia,
social events and options in completing the general education requirements are
all parts of the Honors Progmm. Inquiries should be addressed t o Dr. Diane Pike,
Honors Director.
Internships and Cooperative Education
I
I
These are college-wide programs that provide students in almost all fields of study
an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests. Placements are available with a variety
of companies, agencies and community organizations. For further information,
contact Patricia Anne Parker, Associate Academic Dean, for internships, or Garry
W. Hesser, Director of Cooperative Education.
Augsburg Weekend College
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students
who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which
men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue
a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may
take from one to four classes each term.
While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day
school program, the curriculum is limited t o selected liberal arts courses and the
following majors: Business Administration (concentrations in management, marketing, finance, accounting, and management information systems), Communication (concentrations in public relations/advertising, human relations and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses,both credit and non-credit, through
its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since
continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses
vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more
about Augsburgs continuing education offerings should call or write the Office
of the Associate Dean.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course in the
interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified
as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact
the Registrar's office t o petition the Committee on Student Standing for
permission.
Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged
for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses
or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
semesters.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office, Summer School
Office, and Weekend College Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar - Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms
Interim Office - Memorial 230, for lnterim
Summer School Office - Memorial 230, for Summer School
Weekend College Office - Memorial 329, for Fall, Winter and Spring trimesters
of Weekend College.
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in
the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the
spring and during the spring for the fall. All students must confirm their registration
at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not t o abandon courses for which they are registered, since
this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or
withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from
college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved
by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from
College form is returned to the Registrar's Office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A
request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of the College. It
must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by
the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must
be turned in to the Registrar's Office.
*
3
=
0
-
.-t!
A Leave of Absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an
extension of a Leave of Absence is needed, it should be requested in the same
manner as the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be turned
in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence,
or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of
their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed
by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or
extend incomplete deadlines.
-5 '
.j
tu
3
1
.
U
Q)
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean
and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
4
1
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior t o the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incomp l e t e ~or open courses on the academic record).
1. Completion of 35 courses.
At least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not
moreahan 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree,
and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose
complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total
must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study; 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses with a grade of
Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits: 2 in the major except
Elementary Education and Nursing; 1 in the minor if approved by the department
chairperson.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
/
2'2. Completion of a major.
,Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or double-major is not required, but is encouraged.(
-\
3. Grade Point average
- 2.0
for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher
grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure
in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social
work.) See the departmental section for details.
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time
students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation
is needed.
5. Distribution requirements (See below)
Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department-of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech, Communication &
Theater Arts (devoted t o the study of
literature)
Psychology-Sociology
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office.
Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at
Augsburg. Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take
one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111
and 112) of another foreign language.
Religious Studies - Three -approved courses in religious studies, of which not
more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number
required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg,
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - One course. Courses
approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registar's Office.
Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
sports.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are
used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 t o
0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0, Students are cautioned t o
use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools
do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a
"C". See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Cemin courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several
interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education
courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system.
English 111 i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.0/N. Some other courses are graded only
P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their registration that they wFsh t o use the P/N
grading option. Any changes in choice or grading system must be made accarding
to dares published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five
days of classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average.
A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the
1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the caw of extreme emergency. 60
receive it, a studerrt must file a petition with the Carnrnittee on Student Standing
stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission i s granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the
teacher along with the incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course or internship that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must
be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record. If X is given, the course must be registered for as 1X in the following term
in order that credit and a grade may be assigned.
A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be
repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not
be repeated for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted
toward graduation and in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering
for Audit 0.Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge
for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course
should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term
t o determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited.
If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W
(Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg.
It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the PIN grading option are recorded, but not computed
in the GPA.
Classification
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students
with scores of 3, 4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should
be addressed t o the Office of the Registrar.
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program)
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The
APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from
another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible
credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, i s appropriate for credit recognition
at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1) it is
relevant t o coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may
have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a
brief description of each of these means of assessment:
The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) is a series of standardized tests
which have been developed by The College Board and are offered to students
for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area
is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile
on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg
College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of
the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students t o use in obtaining
credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question.
B. There is a faculty member designated by the department t o administer the
exam.
C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request t o take the
exam.
Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only, and
there is a charge per exam.
The Credit Assessment Program (CAP) is a credit assessment alternative in which
a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted
by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty
members from fields of study directly related t o the student's previous learning.
Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish t o
prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include
a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a
student's prev?ouslearning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria:
A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous
learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content
material found within liberal arts coursework.
B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition t o the
presenting student.
C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least
four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg
GPA of at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge)
to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit
applied t o the student's transcript.
Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of
courses applied t o graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course
number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements
and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response t o a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom,
this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal
arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourth
of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous
experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment
processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams, and
credit granted through CAP Committee assessment.
Probation and Dismissal
A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or
her achievement is unsatisfactory. A student who has been on probation two or
more consecutive semesters is subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal
from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on
Student Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly
advised t o withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on
probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have
special permission to re-enroll.
A student will be placed on probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer
than 7 courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but
fewer than 16 courses.
Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses.
Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses.
A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the
minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as freshmen for earning 2
zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes t o
sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative
GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for earning 3 zero
grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior
and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade
point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full
courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each student on the Dean's List receives a
certificate and, if permission is given, an announcement is sent t o the hometown
newspaper.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 t o 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude 3.6 up t o but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed
two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Independent/Directed Study
Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out upper
division level work on an independent basis. Some departments also offer an
opportunity for directed study on a lower division level. A student who registers
for directed or independent study should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In
such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will
register again for the course t o receive the final grade.
bruaenrs lnreresrea In reglsrerlng ror alrectea or rnaepenaent stuay must rlrst
secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two
courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35
courses required for the degree.
Students may cross-register for independent studies at another ACTC school only
when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available
on th.eir home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special
costs attached. Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to
their own academic dean.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three courses per term, the
minimum for classification as full-time students. It is the responsibility of each
veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office
of the Registrar, as it is for all students.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after
any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what
they had been certified for.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below
three courses will be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need
to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
Students use computers for many courses [Photos by john Louis Anderson]
-
At Augsburg, a business major can take an art class [Photo by john Louis Anderson)
Departments, Course Descriptions
Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary
program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content
and requirementsfor individual courses, students should consult the
instructors.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes
are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is
specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and
schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School
and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs.
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for
one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester
credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute
periods a week, in addition to laboratories.
Numberin
%
Courses num ered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s areprimarily
for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the
course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not
been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the
academic adviser.
Art (ART)
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman D.
Holen, Dorothy J . Williamson
Majors in Studio Art, Art History and Teaching Ucensure are taught by a faculty
committed t o teaching, creativity and research in the field. Among the programs
available are departmental honors, art exhibitions, independent study and internships in museum and gallery work, communications, graphic design and cornmunrty cultural arts.
Facilities include large work areas; t w o exhibition galleries, an art history slide
library, a curatorial room and a stained glass studio.
Students are encouraged t o acquire broad experience in general education along
with a wide variety of art studies and one or more selected areas of concentration.
Studio Art Major: 9-1 3 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; 3 art history
courses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (118, 223, 360)
and one in 3-dimensional art (150, 221, 250). Majors are required t o begin their
programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
portfolio o n approval by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102, 107, 225; Studio 118, 132, 150, 221,
223 and 250 plus a second course in t w o areas; 240 and two other art history
courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education for
teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including one from 102, 107 o r 225 and 118 or 221.
Honors Majam: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and
development andlor special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made t o the department chairperson before the last term of
the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. U p t o four courses
may b e taken i n one studio area or i n art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world d n g . Concern for the visual content of experience
in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group
projects exploring d e i g n problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such
as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black
and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring)
150 jewelry
An introduction to-the casting of jewelry in pewter and silver.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective
media.
223 Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut.
242 Film Making
Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film. (On Demand)
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
330 Visual Communications II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.:225)
351 Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a
continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting 11
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Alternate years)
368 Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing
of slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within
the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. (Spring 1985)
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate
years, Spring 1985)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years, Fall 1984)
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Alternate years, 1985-86)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis
on 19th and 20th centurv art and its relations hi^ to Eurooean art as well as indieenous
"
movements. (Alternate years, 1985-86)
Biology (BIO)
Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud
The department offers programs to equip students for graduate and professional
study as well as for a variety of career opportunities presently available t o the
biologist. Complementing the course offerings, the department possesses an impressive array of sophisticated laboratory instruments including a gas chromatograph, a scintillation counter, and an electron microscope.
and faculty t o have access t o extensive library and research facilities and seminars
discussing the frontiers of biological research.
Major - Option 1: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course
from each of three groups: (1) 351, 353, 361, 481; (11) 355, 473, 474; (111) 440, 471,
476; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. Students
intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course
from each of five groups: (1) 351, 353; (11) 355, 474; (111) 361, 481; (IV) 471, 473;
M 440, 476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 7061, 351 and 352, Students who plan t o
teach in secondary schaols ohen s e t m this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning
to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually
require CHM 353.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the
research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the
senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses; CHM 115,
116 (or 105, 106).
101 Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer
such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment?
What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?
(3 hours lecture, 1-112 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for
both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor, Spring)
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or consent of instructor; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students.
A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major
or minor)
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our wciety must deal?
What threats are posed by poilution, the prospect of war. and by shortages of food,
water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research,
scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour
lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student
nurses, health majors, or consent of instructor. Prereq.: CHM 109 and concurrent registration in CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Spring. Does not apply to the major or
minor)
109 Special Topics in Biology
Offered periodically through Aup5burg'~Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted aff campus with community pmpfe taking the course together with college students in a ca-fearning mode[. Topics will vary depending upon
needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111, 112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology,
and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by
permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
323 Experimental Human Physiology
A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by
experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will
also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective
therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors
(primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or
112. Alternate years, Fall 1984)
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
112. Alternate years, Spring 1986)
353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution,
behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
112, Spring)
361 Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, 1985-86)
367 Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM
352 or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 lnternship
Upper division internship.
440 Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular
plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring 1985)
471 Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984)
473 Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 or 116; PHY 103 or 122 orconsent of instructor.
Alternate years, Fall 1985)
474 Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during
the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental
as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed.
(3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Fall 1985)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some
Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984)
491 Seminar
Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor.
Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous
arrangement with instructor)
Business Administration &
tconomlcs
Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, Walter Anastas, James E. Billings, John
Cerrito, John Cosgrove, Anne Fosse, Satya Gupta, Gary Hovind, Robert Kramarczuk, Roy H. LaFayette, Thomas Morgan, Mohammed Nouri, Edward M. Sabella
The department is committed t o developing within t h e student a blend o f theoretical and practical tools necessary f o r successful entry and advancement i n the
business and academic communities. T o this end, t h e department affords specialization i n a variety of areas including: Accounting, Economics, Finance, International Business, Management, M a n a g e m e n t I n f o r m a t i o n Systems, a n d
Marketing.
Each o f these areas is dependent u p o n a strong foundation i n the liberal arts w i t h
an emphasis o n solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing t h e occupational realities of t h e business and economic disciplines, t h e department is
equally c o m m i t t e d t o m a i n t a i n i n g a n application o r i e n t e d balance. This is
achieved i n part b y fostering close ties w i t h t h e corporate community, which i n
t u r n provides a wealth of practical expertise and a w i d e variety o f internship
opportunities as well as future j o b prospects.
W e believe w e can best serve b o t h t h e community and t h e student b y providing
training that is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration (BUS)
Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262,
263,379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from
258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers i n accounting, completion of the t w o remaining courses i n the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly recommended.
Major i n Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262,373,
379, 478, and one from 381, 382, 483); 4 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, and
one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. ECO
392, MAT 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major i n Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 145,
250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251,
340,445); PHI 120; PSY 371,373; SOC 241 and 375 or 383; SPC 111 or ENG 223;
SPC 354 or 355. MAT 114 is strongly recommended.
Major i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 Business Administration
courses (101, 102, 145, 250, 261, 375, 475,479); 4 Economics courses (122, 123,
340 or 445,379); MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124); 4 Computer
Science courses (240, 340, 350, 352).
Major i n Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, 250,
261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); PHI 120; SPC
351 or 352 and also 353. MAT 114 is strongly recommended.
Major i n lnternational Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101, 102,131,
135,261 and 399 or 499 and t w o from 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,
123, 379); POL 160; 3 language courses (or demonstrated proficiency) from one
of the following: Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated with the foreign language
courses) from 103, 104, 222, 322, 323, 324, 331, 332, 440, 474; 8 lnternational
Core courses, including internship or independent study. Core courses must be
taken abroad. Exceptions may be permitted with department approval. General
descriptions follow. Students who plan t o major i n lnternational Business should
contact the department's international adviser, Amin Kader, as soon as possible
t o carefully plan their program of study.
lnternational Core Courses
- Required
Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign
investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc.
European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying
it; structure of the European market; market analysis and sales management; pricing
policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed
on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S.
Import-Export Operations - The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import
and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational
and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis
of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations.
Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and
managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative
industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international
setting.
lnternational Core Courses - 3 t o be Elected
Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure,
land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism.
European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path
to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport;
industrial policy; current membership negotiations.
lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation
of domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation.
international Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques
and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economic aspects
of economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid
policies; exchange rate policies.
Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants
in the international payments xene; balance of international payments; spot market
and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity;
the impact of international payments nn the domestic price level; employment and the
performance of monetary policy.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor i n Business Administration: 6 courses, including 101, 102, and one of 261,
373, 379,478 and one of 262, 379, 381; ECO 122 and 123. Other configurations
for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the
department chairperson.
M i n o r i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 courses, including 101, 250,
261,375,475; ECO 123; MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124; CSC
240).
C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior t o fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting and taken all accounting
and business law courses offered. Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation.
Notes: Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged
to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition t o the courses listed below, these have been offered under BUS 295,
495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation
for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, and Discrete
Event Simulation.
-
101 Principles of Financial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
102 Principles of Managerial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101)
131 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
135 lntroduction to Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Fall)
145 Fundamentals of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control.
The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager. (Fall)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
250 Data Processing, COBOL and FORTRAN
An introduction to COBOL and FORTRAN programming.
261 Fundamentals of Finance
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 102)
262 lntermediate Accounting I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
current and non-current assets. (Prereq.: 101, Fall)
263 lntermediate Accounting II
A continuation of lntermediate Accounting I.An analysis of accounting theory pertaining
to investments, tangible and intangible assets, liabilities and stockholders' equities. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.:
262, Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
330 Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research
methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq.: 135, Spring)
340 Personnel Administration
Personnelfunction in business, acquisition and utilizationof human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq.: 145 or consent of instructor. On Demand)
373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case
material. (Prereq.: 261)
375 lnforrnation Systems in the Organization
Design and implementation of organizational structure and structural change. An informational processing point of view to examine design of communication, decision
making and task systems. (Prereq.: 250)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems
in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.)
381 Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,
102, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor)
382 Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals
and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102, Junior or Senior, or consent
of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
. Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable
to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity
to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student
will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
430 Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and
decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: 330, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor. Spring)
440 Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples
from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a
managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation
processes, productivity measurement, Randards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information
systems. (Prereq.: 145, Junior or Senior or consent of instructor)
475 Information Systems Analysis and Design
The process of defining information requirements, construction of a logical &ode1 of
information system and the preparation of a general design. Discussion of the procedures to define program specifications, documentation, and plan implementation.
478 Investments and Financial Institutions
Appraisal of the riskireturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. ECO 392 is strongly recommended. Junior or
Senior or consent of instructor. Fall)
479 lntermedlate quantltatlve Methods tor Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statis~icalresearch methods through
use of the eledronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical
methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the
course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear
Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: 379 or equivalent, Junioror Senior or consent
of instructor. On demand)
483 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls
for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Junior or Senior or consent of instructor. Fall)
484 Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263, Junioror Senior or consent of instructor. Spring)
295, 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with me~mbersof the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General
Business. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in
depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Economics (ECO)
Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three
other upper division); BUS 101, 102, 379; MAT 114. MAT 373 may be substituted
for BUS 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for
those planning graduate study i n economics. I n addition, courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
Major i n Applied Economics: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and
445 or 453 and three other upper division); BUS 101,102,379,479; PHI 130; MAT
124, 125, 215, 224, 314. MAT 211 is strongly recommended. MAT 373 may be
substituted for BUS 379. The student is strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above.
Combined Major i n Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses
(122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division); 6 Business Administration courses
(101, 102, 261, 373, 379 and one upper division). Courses i n data processing and
computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly
encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and
economics.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 i n the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration.
Minor i n Economics: 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted o n consultation w i t h t h e department
chairperson.
Notes: In addition t o the courses listed below, these topics have been offered
under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory and
Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains.
ECO 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 120 will
satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select
a department adviser: as soon as possible in order t o carefully plan their program
of study.
120 Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population ""Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology
and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned
topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major
or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics
should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors.)
122 Principles of Economics (Macro)
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal
policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of 123 or 120. 122
and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student
to progress more rapidly to the other courses.
123 Principles of Economics (Micro)
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of 122 or 120.122 and 123 may be taken in either order,
or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress more rapidly to other
courses.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
251 lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123)
258 lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
340 Managerial Decision Making
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management
science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis
is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information
systems, etc. (Prereq.: 123, BUS 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems
in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.)
391 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy
on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall)
392 Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable
to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity
to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write
a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
442 Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or consent
of instructor. On Demand)
445 Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics
considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and
an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: 251 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Spring)
453 Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to
the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: 251, 258 and at least MAT
122 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand)
454 Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or consent of instructor. On Demand)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through
use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical
methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the
course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear
Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: BUS 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand)
295, 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in
depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Chemistry (CHM)
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted
The goal of the department is to have our students develop into better scientists.
Therefore, significant changes must occur in what they understand and know in
the field of chemistry, how they think and approach scientific problems, and how
they act in experimental work, in communicating their results, and in interacting
with others.
The department is on the list of approved schools of the American Chemical
Society, which has approved its total program. Students who complete the ACS
major are competitive with their peers of the same ability in graduate school,
chemical positions, or medical school. The approved program also meets the
requirements for the chemistry background required by many related fields.
The department provides opportunity for widening students' intellectual horizons,
for developing insight into a field of science for non-majors, and for learning in
an atmosphere which encourages students to remain lifelong learners.
Graduation Major in Chemistry: 115, 116, (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361, 363
and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics
and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take MAT 124, 125 in the
freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
American Chemical Society Approved Major: 12 courses including 115, 116 (or
105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497,499), Chemistry
Seminar participation; MAT 224; PHY 121, 122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester and computer proficiency are also required.
Teaching Major: Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: Recommendation
for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115,116 or 105, 106);
3 courses in earth and life sciences; CHM 351, 352, 353, 361, 363, 364, 482, 491
(BIO 367 may be substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised t o consult
with the Education department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the Chemistry department for assistance in planning
a course program early in their college career.
Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation
in seminar.
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 353 and two other
chemistry courses above 300 (except 399). BIO 367 may be one of the courses.
Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed
with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is
necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a
two-term course in registering for the second term.
Placement I n 105 o r 115 IS determined by t h e score o n t h e Mathematics Placement
Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115.
105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not
major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 to 351,353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
109, 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of general,
organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to students in the humanities and social sciences.
First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not
apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109
and 105 or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school
chemistry within the last 3 years. 109, Fall; 110, Spring)
115, 116 General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples
from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry
including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: High school chemistry, math placement. 115, Fall; 116, Spring)
199 lnternship
Lower division internship.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351, 352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of
chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic
chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1fourhour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116; 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives
an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (3 hours of
lecture, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. Fall)
361, 364 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to
areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester.
(3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121, 122; MAT 124, 125. 361, Fall; 364,
Spring)
363, 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1/2 course each)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and
experimental application of concepts presented in9hysical Chemistry lecture. 363 is to
be taken the first half of the spring semester and involves experiments related to 361.
365 i s to be taken the second half of the semester by all persons taking 364.
399 lnternship
Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist.
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory.
Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3
hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor;
some reading knowledge of German. Fall)
481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or consent of instructor. Spring)
482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques.
(3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or consent of instructor.
Fall)
483 .Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation
to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules.
Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
491 Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under
the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to
participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to
participate.
497 Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in
the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or
historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. Uunior Standing)
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Director)
This program offers two options:
1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepanmental program which provides a foundation lor careers in international business,
government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study.
Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg
students may take Chinese courses at Harnline University. There also is a contractual arradgement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japaneselanguage courses.
Opportunitim for language study abroad are available in japan, China, Taiwan,
Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's
Republic of China and in the W.5, See the director for information and procedure
to register for any of these courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible t o take the Chinese or Japanese language
courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Major in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2
courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a
list of approved electives.
Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1 year) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of
East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of
approved electives.
2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed t o
be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322, 323, 324;
one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 241; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and
one from HIS 226, 399, 495, 499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended.
Note: Interim courses related t o the East and Southeast Asian Studies program
may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
299 Directed Study
(See Director of program)
322 Modern Southeast Asia
(See under Department of History)
323 Modern China
(See under Department of History)
324 Modern japan
(See under Department of History)
351 Communist Political Systems
(See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis)
363 Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Department of Political Science, International Politics)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
(See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis)
399 Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship)
474 The World and The West
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar
(See Director of program)
499 Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
Economics (ECO)
See Business Administration and Economics
Education
Barry Franklin, Chairperson, Sheldon P. Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary
Education and Secondary Education. Students interested in attaining licensure in
any of these areas or in pursuing the study of education as a liberal discipline will
find opportunities in the department, where programs combine the study of educational theory with practice in actual school settings.
Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring to
Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it is within the
jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments
to determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions
as applicable t o requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at
Augsburg College.
Students who wish t o register for student teaching must have been admitted t o
the Education Department. Students are advised to apply for admission in the
spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course.
Students transferring from an education program at another college must be
readmissible to that program.
Elementary Education (EDE)
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351, 352,
381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483; HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college level
mathematics course; academic minor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall
and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses
required for licensure; fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5
MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, for juniors, includes
341, 352, 381, 382, 384, 386. (341, 381, 382, 383, 384 are 112 courses)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Kindergarten-Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295, 495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current
course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Lower division independent study.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective
audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and
the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall)
352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265 or consent
of instructor. Spring)
381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265,
concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265,
concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and
health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255
or EDS 265. Fall)
384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Science (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS
265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten program, exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. (Prereq.: a teaching license at
the elementary level. Summer I)
386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, Language Arts
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Children's Literature and
Language Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
481, 482, 483 Student Teaching I K-6
Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the
supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student
teaching and program approval)
484 Student Teaching II K-6
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481, 482, 483)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
498 lndependent Study (1/2 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a
teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided
for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved
by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty.
Prekindergarten Education (EDE)
This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson.
Licensure Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 325, 425, 160
hours of student teaching; PSY 351; SOC 231. For a Prekindergarten license with
other than an education major, consult with the department chairperson.
325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education
Focus on the young child as a person and the importance of the early years in relation
to the effects of present day society and culture on the child. Current developments
include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
425 Prekindergarten Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child.
The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours
per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
Secondary Education (EDS)
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition
t o conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Licensure Requirements o f the State o f Minnesota f o r teaching i n secondary
schools are met through t h e Augsburg College Education Department licensure
program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major i n an approved teaching area;
265, 354, 388, 478, methods course($ i n major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art,
Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of
2.0 overall, 2.0 i n education courses, 2.5 i n academic major and P i n student
teaching. Application for and acceptance i n t o t h e Augsburg licensure program
required.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing f o r licensure i n
o n e o f these areas follows t h e secondary education program even though h e o r
she plans t o teach at t h e elementary school level. A person w i t h a major i n o n e
o f these special areas will take three courses i n student teaching and d o some
student teaching at b o t h t h e secondary and elementary levels. I n addition t o 354,
the art major will register for 361, 362; the Physical Education major f o r 365; and
the music major for 373.
Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead t o licensure f o r
grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead t o licensure i n the following
areas: I - B a n d (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2-Orchestra (K-12) and classr o o m music (5-12); 3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9); o r 4-Vocal and classroom
music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), achievement o f at least "good" i n t h e listening, speaking, and reading
parts of the M o d e r n Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take t h e MIA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will
b e recorded i n t h e candidate's permanent file i n t h e Department o f Education.
The Professional Term: School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
i n one full-time term i n professional education. Attendance at special afternoon
o r evening seminars is also required. A student w h o elects t o take just t w o courses
i n student teaching may take o n e course i n independent study at this time. All
students are expected t o b e involved full-time i n t h e activities of t h e professional
term.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295, 495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current
course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105)
355 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (1/2 course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques.
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materialsand issues relatingto the teaching of art in the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school.
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with
the Foreign Language Department.)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnemta for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
410 Health Methods
(See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
478 School and Society
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the
development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied.
(Prereq.: senior standing)
481, 482, 483, 484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college
and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses
required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval)
498 lndependent Study (1/2 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a
teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided
for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets
the approval of education faculty.
Special Education (EDE, EDS)
Barry Franklin (Coordinator)
Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282, 491; PSY 351, 357; one course chosen from
HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304
(CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO
103 is recommended as an additional course.
282 lntroduction to Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes,
and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical
disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and
giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus
seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of
instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall)
Library Science (LIB)
This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson.
Minor: Minimum of 4% courses, including 341, 345, 358, 359, 475.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See under Elementary Education)
345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Sources and Services
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information
and use libraries effectively. (Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library
situations in the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondan/ school level, with attention
to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities t o allow
the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota lnstitute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied
Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton,
Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary.
Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg
Engineering Adviser.
University of Minnesota - The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative
arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs:
1. Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) which enables students t o
receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of
Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically
involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further
conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application
to the lnstitute of Technology may be completed during the second semester
of the junior year at Augsburg.
2. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) which enables students to
receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of
Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves
four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A.1B.E. curriculum with the addition of
several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year
to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must
take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The
number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within
a department.
Application for admission into the B.A.1M.E. program should be initiated during
the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.1
M.E. program are not guaranteed admission t o the lnstitute of Technology.
Washington University - Three-Two Plan
Michigan Technological University - Dual Degree Plan
These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a
five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the
engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the ~ n ~ i n e e rAdviser
in~
of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on
these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering
Adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual
degree programs will be encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need
and academic performance as criteria.
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or Three-Two
Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224,226; PHY 121,
122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124, 125 and PHY 121, 122 are taken in the
freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM
351, 352.
English (ENG)
Ronald C. Palosaari, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, John
Gidmark, Walter Howerton, John R. Mitchell, Catherine C. Nicholl, Richard B.
Sargent, David Wood
The English department offers courses in literature, writing, and film. Regular
offerings are supplemented by topics courses and interim courses. The department
sponsors the literary magazine, Murphy Square, and holds a weekly program,
Words'worth on Wednesday, devoted to language and literature. Many students
gain practical experience in writing and teaching through internships.
Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature;
one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British
literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that
surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged t o take ENG
245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly.
A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work
in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the
department.
Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2 Speech
courses, one from 111, 351, 352, 354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in
early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to
field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education,
majors will be required t o gain practical experience in teaching writing, t o be
arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take
courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in
Orientation t o Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for
teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning
their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult
an adviser in the Department of Education.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program.
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing
course.
Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English
majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives
in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the
concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a
concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC
schools will often fit well into a concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: 111 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a
lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the
instructor.
101 Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as
needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be
given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience,
and thought. P/N grading only.
111 Effective Writing
The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct
usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course
is either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a place in the course the student must either
attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business
and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouragedto use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq.: 111 or equivalent)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis.
Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the
course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.:
111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models,
theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories,
personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and
development, according to the student's preference.
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news
feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what
constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real
and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories.
A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the
semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic
media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
241 lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film
medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and
short films. (Spring)
245 Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American literature.
261 Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
271 European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer
and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in
which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be
studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background,
their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern
period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Coethe, Dostoyevsky.
(Spring)
282 Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or
works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule
for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century
Poetry, and Comedy.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
331 Chaucer and His Age
While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention
will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval
poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1984-85)
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years,
1985-86)
336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical
poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and
the major literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships
among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as
their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry
and prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention
is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American
literature.
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works
of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to
the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary
form. (Alternate years, 1984-85)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention
to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned
for reading analysis.
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources
of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
1 Foreign Languages
!I
7
Mary A. Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth L. Aaskov, Leif E. Hansen, Mary E. Johnson,
Gunta Roientals, Natalia Sich, Donald Steinmetz
The study of foreign languages breaks down barriers of space and time. It permits
i us to reach beyond the boundaries of the English-speakingworld t o communicate
with other peoples, t o share their experience of being human. In short, our world
becomes larger, richer, and less provincial.
:
b
: The study of linguistics seeks to penetrate the secrets of language, to reveal the
:
operation of the communicating mind. It is in these ways that the study of foreign
languages and linguistics is central to a humanistic education.
.
1
b
Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in
courses suited t o their level of preparation. Placement is according t o the number
of semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111; 3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211;
7-8 = 212; 9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level
should consult the chairperson.
5
Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take
a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language.
Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are placed by
the department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was
originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional.
,
Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the upper division courses
at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisite t o all upper division courses.
[ Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of one upper
division credit per year attended. See department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must
consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment
in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should
be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation
and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure
requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association Competency
Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply early in the senior
year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis
demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with
the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian
Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director.
French (FRE)
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 312, 331 o r 332, 350 o r 355, 351 o r
353, 450 o r equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including o n e i n conversation-composition, o n e i n
civilization, and o n e i n literature. Interim, summer, o r semester i n France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212, including o n e
i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization. Study i n France strongly
recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog.
01 1 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand)
111 Beginning French
Designed to introduce the French language and culture to the student with one year
or less of high school French study. Aims to develop four skills: understanding, speaking,
reading, and writing. Classroom practice in understanding, speaking, and reading basic
French. Four class meetings a week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
(Fall)
112 Beginning French
For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice,
and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
(Spring)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
21 1 lntermediate French
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing.
For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Laboratory work is an integral
part of the course. (Fall)
212 lntermediate French
Through articles, interviews and literary readings this course works toward the goals
of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills to pursue
general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Laboratory work.
(Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representativeworks of French literature are read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted
with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore
standing. Fulfills only literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a
French major or minor. (On demand)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical
refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate
level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing.
Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics
for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of
written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Spring, On demand)
331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the
modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual
materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics in twentieth-century problems, idhas. Cultural manifestationsthat promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary
scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In
French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis.
In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors
and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
351, 353 Survey of French Literature
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, through the
reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written
reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the
novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports,
and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Upper division internship.
41 1 Advanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level.
Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements
in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement
and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French.
For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
499 lndependent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultationswith French teachers
required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early
with study adviser.)
German (GER)
Major: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Semester in Germany
required.
Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be
upper division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
111, 112 Beginning German
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have
had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing
basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
211, 212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures
with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through
reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of Gerrnan literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular
context of Gerrnan cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to
perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major
or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand)
299 lndependent Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
301 German Business Communication
German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or consent of instructor. On demand)
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the
Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent
of instructor. Alternate years)
332 German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis.
In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors
and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
351 German Literature through the 18th Century
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings
in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural
and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express
ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance
of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in
German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and
express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international
stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing
his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control
of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
451 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and
read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of indtructor. On demand)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Japanese (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with
the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian
Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more
information.
Linguistics (LI N)
199 lnternship
lnternship for lower division credit.
217 ESL Workshop: Building Better English Skills
This course will assist international students in their initial linguistic and academic adjustment to college-level study in the U.S. The course is offered in five modules to meet
the differing needs of students with different kinds of backgrounds. Students register
for the modules corresponding to their needs as indicated by testing. The modules are:
Orientation, Pronunciation, Reading, and Writing.
218 Advanced ESL
The purpose of this course is to prepare international students for college-level studies
in the United States on an equal or near-equal linguistic footing with their American
fellow students. The course is offered in three modules to meet the different ESL needs
of different students: Pronunciation, Reading, and Writing.
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analvis and general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles and featurn cornman to all languages)
and p.jychalinguistics (inquiry in to themechanics of language learning and the structure
of the mind as revealed in language). TheorericaE questions wilt be approached by
studying samples of various languages. No prerequ~site.Recommendedfor all language
majors and minors. (Fall)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
311 Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic
research with the aim of illuminating underlying phiiorophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be
contrasfed with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic,
and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome
the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Norwegian (NOR)
I:
I
Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311, 312 o r 331, 353,411. Study i n Norway
required.
Minor: 4 courses above 211, including o n e i n conversation-composition, o n e i n
civilization, and o n e i n literature. Study i n Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history.
111, 112 Beginning Norwegian
lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall;
112, Spring)
199 lnternship
lnternship for lower division credit.
21 1 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or
equivalent.)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and
field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.)
I
312 Old Norse
An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study of selections
from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the
history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but
not required. Norwegian language majors/minors will have special assignments. (On
demand)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible),
the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language
will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
350 lntroduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis.
In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for
majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
353 Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study
of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres
are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language,
particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: 311 or equivalent. Alternate years)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
41 1 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian
language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Russian (RUS)
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which requires
two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus
Coordinator.
11 1, 112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through
oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab.
Spanish (SPA)
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,
354. Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper
division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in
humanities.
1 1 1, 112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld. Laboratorywork
is an integral part of the course
199 lnternship
lnternship for lower division credit.
21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic
structures of Spanish, and build conversationalskills through class discussions. Designed
for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring)
'1
>
216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See under Program in Global Community)
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation. rhrough background reading and class discussion in English the w d e n t isacquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course do- not count toward a
major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand)
261 Spanish Language
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and
facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in
Spanish a n d wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oraF and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic u a g e and the finer
points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background
from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. ( O n
demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent
of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of fiierary dudies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis.
In the praaical component, students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected w a r h of literature in Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on
the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral
reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
456 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in
the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Alternate years)
457 Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain.
Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
General Studies (GST)
John A. Hill (Registrar), Garry W. Hesser, Joel Mugge, Donald Warren
Some courses help t o integrate learning around topics in ways which are different
from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating
faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education.
005 Freshman or Transfer Seminar
An introduction to college academic life required of all new students at Augsburg. The
seminar meets regularly through the first half of the fall term. No course credit.
107 Integrative Pro-Seminar
The seminar focuses on selected issues, utilizing the insights, theories and approaches
of three disciplines for a more adequate understanding of a particular issue. Community
resource persons, simulations and discussions are used to integrate the disciplines focused on the same topic. No course credit.
140, 141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy
and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also f o c u w on irnproving those skills so impartant to academ~csuccess: reading rate and comprehension.
note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking.
concentration and memodzar~on,conflict management, assertiveness training, career
planning, and making decisions. (140, Fall; 141, Spring)
230 Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community)
Health and Physical Education
Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), David Boots, Paul H. Grauer, Alvin L. Kloppen,
Douglas Nelson, Marilyn Pearson, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Bethany Shifflett
The department prepares students for service in two majors, offers a specialization
in Corrective Therapy, and provides certification for coaching in Minnesota
schools. Students interested in DevelopmentaljAdapted Physical Education
should consult with the department chairperson.
xuaents are aavlsea to consult w ~ t han adviser in the department tor planning
purposes and with the Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher
licensure.
Men and women students interested in participating in intercollegiate sports or
intramurals may inquire with departmental personnel in Melby Hall.
Health Education (HPE)
Major: 110, 114, 115, 320, 354, 410; BIO 103, 108, 111; CHM 105 or 109; PSY
105; SOC 231, 241.
Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus 355. Students wishing to
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Minor: 110, 114, 115, 320; BIO 103; SOC 231.
110 Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual
and the community. (Fall)
199 lnternship
lnternship for lower division credit.
114 Health and Safety Education (1/2 course)
Principl~sand practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems
of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course.
'
115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information
about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age
children.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques ior developing a course of study based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the
major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series and consent of instructor.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional
and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical
education. (Spring)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with
laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years,
Fall, Interim)
485 Applied Adapted Activities
Explores recreation as applied to a corrective therapy program, application of corrective
exercise to the atypical, self care and ambulation, prosthetics and orthotics. Equal attention is given to physical and mental habilitation, physical education for the handicapped and recreation in rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 350, 351, 354. Summer school only)
488 Neurology (1/2 course)
A study of the nervous system and the diseases associated with it. (Summer School
only)
489 Pathology (1/2 course)
The nature and cause of disease involving changes in structures and functions. (Summer
School only)
491 Therapeutic Exercise
Exercise techniques as applied to various disbilities, testing muscle strength and range
of joint motion and association of muscle actions as applied to various human movements. Equal attention is given to human movement, kinesiotherapy and evaluation
and research applied to C.T. and A.P.E. programs (Prereq.: 350, 351, 354. Summer
School only)
493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy
A study of organization, administration, history, philosophy and professional ethics as
applied to C.T. intertherapy relations in a rehabilitation setting. Basic supervisory and
personnel management descisions and practices. Most of the course deals with organization and administration of C.T.; about one-sixth of the course deals with intertherapy
relations. (Summer School only)
495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation
Includes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry,
(2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology
and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of department.)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Physical Education (HPE)
Major: 114, 115, 354, 355; 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 475; BIO
103.
Teaching Licensure Major: 114, 11 5, 354, 355; 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365,
471, 472, 474; BIO 103. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers should
consult w i t h t h e Education Department f o r requirements.
Major with Specialization in Corrective Therapy: 114, 115, 354, 355, 485, 488,
489,491, 493, Professional Affiliation Block 495-496-497-499; 223, 231, 232, 243,
350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474, 475, BIO 103; PSY 105, 355, 362. A l l C.T. specialists
must b e accepted by t h e Education Department f o r teaching and student teaching
in an adapted situation. Approval must b e secured by t h e corrective therapy
coordinator.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department
chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: 114, 115; 223, 231, 232 or 472, 243.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351,475, one of 476-483, and practicum in coaching
(499 is an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching
requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota
high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
002, 003 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement.
(Part-time students should consult with department chairperson) No course credit.
199 Internship
lnterrnship for lower division credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances.
Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing
selected social dances. (Interim and Spring)
234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course)
This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a
school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing,
cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to
spend some weekends participating in these activities. (Even number years, Spring)
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis
of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles
applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Spring)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 Modern Dance (1/2 course)
An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and
problem solving. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
471 Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical
education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in
all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to
junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall)
475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term)
476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd number years,
Fall, 1st half of term.)
477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd number
years, Interim)
478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd number years,
Interim)
479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Odd number
years, Spring, second half of term)
480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Odd
number years, Spring, 2nd half of term)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd number
years, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior
majors.
> History (HIS)
Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson
History study at Augsburg College has led, for a considerable number of graduates,
t o careers in teaching on both the secondary and college levels. Fully as important,
in the minds of the department faculty, is the value of this discipline as one of
the major components of the liberal arts. History, well studied, trains the mind
in a manner that contributes significantly t o any career preparation, t o service in
community and church, and t o life enrichment.
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more
information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a
foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal
t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: Freshmen should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. 221-222
are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Lower division
students are asked to take at least one lower division course before registering
for an upper level course.
There are 17 upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department.
Five or six are offered each term, or I1 per year. Offerings depend upon faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece
and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present.
104 The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of
the last 200 years.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestownthrough the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20fh Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan,
India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective,
responses to impact of modernization and Western education.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the
scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty
member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one
course in directed study may be applied to the major.
322 Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this
area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of
China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modern Japan
An examination of the emergence of lapan as a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course wilt include a study of the distinctive features of the PreMeiji era, modern~zationfactors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China,
urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and
Africa.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see
History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed.
345 Scandinavian-American Experience
(See under Scandinavian Area Studies)
347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community)
353 Select Topics in Minnesota History
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and
political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th
centuries.
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions.
~ b HellenlStlC
1
breece
and Kome to 3 3 A.U.
~
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the
rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the
arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the
changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years
of the Reformation.
399 Internship in History
A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students
majoring in history. See department chairperson.
412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence
of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis is also placed
on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy
and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods.
416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century
The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state.
Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714.
431 European Urban History
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture
of cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific
historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study
majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel.
440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires
and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and
Africa in the last fifty years.
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social
life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration.
474 The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century.
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor.
499 Independent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for
directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
Humanities (HUM)
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), John Benson
The Humanities major provides the opportunity t o reflect across departmental
lines, t o experience the ways in which different academic disciplines approach
similar questions and issues, and t o participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing a theme or
topic you wish to study, and then by taking courses in various departments relating
t o that theme.
The major was created especially t o encourage students not majoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to broaden their
insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second major.
Major: 9 courses, including 275. Six of the courses must be upper division.
Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments - Art,
English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used t o satisfy the requirement.
Each student taking a humanities major will focus on some particular theme or
perspective which will constitute the core of the major program. Six of the nine
courses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to
meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme
or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities
Handbook or can be created by the student in consultation with an adviser in
the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the
Humanities Handbook.
A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component
disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is
significantly different from the other major.
275 Perspectives on the Humanities
An introductionto the humanities which focuses on different themes, depending upon
the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and values from the perspectives
of several of the humanities disciplines.
Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, Program in Global Community, and Women's
and Minority Studies)
International Relations
Norma C. Noonan (Director)
lnternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both
breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of
the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and seven electives
chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged t o consider foreign study for Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required, but many students study two languages.
The goal of the program is t o give students a broad exposure t o international
studies with considerable freedom t o choose options for specialization. Students
In the recent past have focused their studies o n Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia, and others.
*
U
Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a foreign
language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the
International Relations major.
Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: ECO 122 or 123; HIS 103 or 104, 332;
POL 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modern foreign
language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline
may be counted toward the major): HIS 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 350, 351,
381, 382; SOC 241; PHI 355; REL 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC
course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course o n a relevant topic offered in the discipline of
economics, history and/or political science; the fourth term of college work in a
second modern language.
L
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major;
prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 14 required
courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and
disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration
in an area of the world or in one af the major disciplines in the program.
5
1 Mathematics/Computer Science
Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad, Paul Hulse,
Leo Lake, Noel Petit
I
The Department of Mathematics provides a diverse program for students majoring
in mathematics or computer science and for students needing mathematics or
computer science background for other disciplines. Within the mathematics major
a diversity also exists t o provide programs for those interested in pure or applied
mathematics.
The computer science program has been developed to emphasize relationships
to other disciplines in a IiberaE arts curriculum. This program uses a PDP 11/60
computer for most of its curricuIum. Also available are several microcomputers
such as Apple II, Osborne, PLAT0 and Tektronix far use by students throughout
the college.
Mathematics Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: CSC 170 or 270. The following courses d o not count towards this major:
104, 114, 121, 122, 131. For teaching licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be
included. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised t o consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Mathematics Major with Computer Science Concentration: 10 courses: 124, 125,
215, 224, 314, 355; CSC 170, 240, 345, 350. Also recommended, 226.
Computer Science Major: 9 courses including 240,345, 350,445,450; 270 or BUS
250; 3 electives from 340, 352, 395, 495, 497, MAT 355, PHY 261, and BUS 479
or SOC 363. Also required: 170 and MAT 124, 125, 224 or MAT 174, 175; MAT
215; BUS 379 or MAT 373 or SOC 362.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent study at an advanced level w i t h participation i n a department
seminar.
Mathematics Minor: '5 courses, including 124, 125, 224. The following courses d o
n o t count towards t h e minor: 104, 114, 121,122, 131. For a teaching minor, t h e
t w o additional courses must b e selected f r o m 21 5, 314, 351, 373, 441.
Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including 170 (or M A T 175), 240, 345, 350,
and o n e course f r o m BUS 379, any CSC course over 260, M A T 355, PHY 261, o r
SOC 363.
Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling i n any course i n this department
t h e student must have satisfied certain course and/or placement test prerequisites.
A course must b e completed w i t h a grade o f 2.0 o r higher t o count as a
prerequisite.
The Placement Test is given during college orientation sessions and at other announced times during t h e year. Score requirements o n the test for entry t o courses
are: II f o r course 104; 111 for courses 114, 121, 122, 131; IV f o r courses 124, 174.
Students whose score is V, o r w h o have taken t h e College Board Advanced Placement Exam, should consult w i t h t h e department about appropriate courses.
Any exceptions t o course o r placement test score prerequisites must be approved
b y t h e instructor.
Mathematics Courses (MAT)
104 Basic Mathematics II
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring;
solving equations and inequalities in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and
graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does
not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. (Spring)
114 College Algebra and Trigonometry
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. Students
who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applicationsto the social and behavioral sciences.
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit.
(Spring)
124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences.
(Prereq.: 124 for 125; 125 for 224. 124, 224, Fall; 125, Spring)
131 Mathematics for the Arts
An introduction to the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models
which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. (Fall)
174, 175 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science I, II
A study of discrete and continuous mathematicswith applications to computer science,
integrated with learning a higher level programming language. (Prereq.: 174 for 175.
174, Fall; 175, Spring)
21 1 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of the instructor)
215 Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and
matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
314 Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324 Advanced Calculus I
A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of
functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis.
(Prereq.: 224. Spring)
351 Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector
and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Alternate years, Spring 1986)
355 Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general
concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems,
interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224, CSC 170 or 270)
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and
densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
441 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.:
314, 324, concurrent registration, or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1985)
481 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or consent of
instructor. Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science Courses (CSC)
145 Introduction to Computers
An introduction to computers and computer applications. Programming in a general
higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count
toward either a computer science major or minor.
170 Introduction to Structured Programming
An introduction to computer languages and algorithms, including applications from
mathematics, science, business, and other areas, programming in a higher level language
such as Pascal. (Prereq.: 145, MAT 124, or BUS 250. Spring)
174 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science I
(See MAT 174)
175 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science 11
(See MAT 175)
240 Elementary Computer Science
An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions
of components of computer systems. Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq.: MAT 175 or BOTH 170 and MAT 124. Fall)
261 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
270 FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 145, 170, 175, or BUS 250.
Interim)
340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq. 240. Fall)
345 Computer Systems and Assembly Language
Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Development of competence in assembly language programming. Elements of computer operation, including
input-output, interrupts, and an introduction to operating systems. (Prereq.: 240. Fall)
350 Data Structures and File Processing
Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications
to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing,
programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 240)
352 Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (Prereq.: 240.
Spring)
395 Topics
Study of intermediate topics, from such areas as computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata.
399 Internship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, mernon/ and process management, interactions between
major components oi computer swems, and a detailed studv of the effects of computer
architecture on operating systems will he emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.:
345, MAT 215. Spring)
450 Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers
Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and
parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.: 350, MAT 215. Fall)
495 Topics
Study of advanced topics, often more extensive pursuit of an area from one of the other
courses.
497 Research Project
An extensive group or individual project selected in consultation with a faculty member
in the areas of software-hardware interfacing. If directly supervised by a faculty member
the course may be laken for credit, (Prereq.: 345, 350. Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Medical Technology
Neal 0. Thorpe (Adviser); John 0. Swanson, Director, and Dorothy K. Karlen,
Education Coordinator, Metropolitan Medical Center; Nikola D. Kostich, Medical
Director, and Kathleen M. Shields, Program Director, Abbott Northwestern
Hospital.
This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott Northwestern Hospital.
Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital
with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work closeEy with the
Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 72-month internship. Students
must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Students transferring to Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalent should expect to spend two years at Augsburg before participating in
the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons
who already have the baccalaureate degree from another institution.
Required Science Courses: 1) BIO 111, 112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367 and 476); 2 ) CHM 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 351, 352, 353; 3) PHY 103
(or 121, 122); one mathematics course; one course in immunology.
Hospital Internship Courses: During the internship, courses are taken in clinical
chemistry, clinical hematology, clinical immunology, clinical immunohematology,
clinical microbiology, and clinical microscopy for a combined value of nine courses
that are applied to the degree at Augsburg.
Metro-Urban Studies (INS)
Garry W. Hesser (Director), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist,
Satya Gupta, Myles Stenshoel
Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in
sociology, social work, history, political science, economics, psychology, business
administration and education.
This faculty approves Urban Concerns courses t o meet the distribution requirement, provides leadership for the College's urban mission, and assists all departments and programs in using the remarkable metropolitan resources.
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a consortium of 14 college and universities. The
director is sewing a second term as HECUA president. Through HECUA, Augsburg
students have access t o five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional
quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco
and the Twin Cities.
Major: 15 courses, including 10 core requirements: ECO 123, 379 or SOC 362;
HIS 431; POL 122, 384 or SOC 363; SOC 111, 381; a minimum of one course of
internship or independent study; two non-social science courses with an urban
emphasis, at least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include
ART 102, BIO 105, ENG 351, INS 233, 260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356
is highly recommended.
To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks:
GenerallLiberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective
courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide
variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses
at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses
are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 111, 381; an
approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the
director.
199 lnternship
Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim,
Spring and Summer)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and SOC
111 or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer)
399 lnternship
Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course
is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member.
(Prereq.: SOC 111 or 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC 111 or
121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses u p o n t h e Twin Cities metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included
are government and institution publications, journal articles and books.
359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in
various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include:
geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 Internship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This interdisciplinary field learning program is at t h e University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life i n Scandinavia.
272 Norwegian Life and Culture
Language instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course
work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and
society is coordinated with the language instruction.
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Students are placed in intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. An
orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the
language instruction.
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian
cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasisis placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on
the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian
countries.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester i n t h e city" program is located i n Bogota, Columbia. It focuses
u p o n urbanization and development i n t h e Third World.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
361 lntrodudion to Columbia
Overview of Columbia and economic development.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff
and visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City
Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota,
with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various
types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term (SFST)
A nine-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent
study.
383 Field Seminar: San Francisco
(See MUST 359)
399 Internship
(See MUST 399)
499 lndependent Study
(See SUST 499)
E. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA)
This n e w Spring semester program is an interdisciplinary field study that provides
extensive study-travel i n Colombia, Nicaragua, Puerto Rico and Grenada. Immersion i n Spanish language and Colurnbian culture are stressed.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
360 Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Selected works of literature and theater that express writers' and artists' perspectives
on Latin American society and social change. Emphasis on contemporary period with
considerable field study, including interviews with community arts and "street" theater
groups, writers, literary critics, composers, performers and film-makers; small-group
field assignments on current arts activities; site visits to museum and gallery exhibits,
movies, plays, concerts and a variety of community arts events.
1
?
Z
!
364 Latin American Arts and Society
Introduces theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among arts, ideology
and society. Provides historical background through survey of Latin American thought
in major artistic periods: Colonial, Republican, Romantic, Positivist, Modernist, "lndigenismo," Realist and Contemporary. Readings and seminar lecture-discussions.
; 367 Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
!
I
!>
Introduction to the study of ideology and historical overview of Latin American ideologies, especially in relation to issues of development and social change. Comparative
study of current ideological debates and their impact, with special attention to diffusionism, "dependencia," Marxism and liberation theology. Field study emphasizes local
resources, including interview-discussions with proponents of competing ideologies;
interviews with government, business, church and community people; site visits to projects reflecting ideology-in-practice.
1
,:
?
499 Independent Study
By special permission from LlSM faculty, students with advanced Spanish proficiency
can be exempted from Spanish and conduct independent study research instead.
I Music
L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Michael Brand, Laine Bryce, Stephen
Gabrielsen, Thomas Gilkey, Cynthia Goetz, James D. Johnson, Robert Karlkn,
Merilee Klemp, Angela Wyatt Kretschmar, Nicholas Lenz, David Livingston, Paul
Lohman, Steven Lund, Roberta Kagin Metzler, Elizabeth Proctor Murphy, Celeste
O'Brien, Marlene J. Pauley, Pauline Sateren, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George
Stahl, Daniel Sturm, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson
The Department of Music serves the general education needs of students and
offers professional training in music. A vital component of liberal arts education
is provided for students from all disciplines by participation in the various ensembles, private lessons and other course study.
Distribution requirements: The following music courses satisfy the college requirements for:
Art-Music: 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble, 130, 230, 231,
232, 330, 341-342, 432.
Religion: 432
Minority Studies: 330
Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101, 102, 111, 112; 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344;
4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with 4 quarter
courses in performance studies.
Music Majors: Students wishing t o make music their life work may choose a course
of study from among 5 majors in 3 degree programs. Bachelor of Arts-Music Major:
this major offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares students for
the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Bachelor
of Music-Performance Major: this major requires advanced competence and
achievement as preparation for professional performance, private teaching or advanced study. Music Education Major: this program, available in both the B.A.
and B.M. degrees, provides the requirements necessary for licensure and other
music education possibilities. Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major: completion of this major prepares students for the professional certification examination and a wide variety of career opportunities. Consult Music Department
Guides and program advisersfor additional information, requirements and course
sequence outlines.
Honors Major: Candidates tor the honors program are nominated each sprlng
from among those iuniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses.
A faculty cGmmittee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and
certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate
quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15
minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert; or comtjinations of the above.
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program.
Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level II
repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must
then apply, by petition, t o the department before the end of their second semester
of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance
studies. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to
departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. Music Education majors, both B.A. and B.M. programs, must
apply, by petition, t o the department during the sixth term of study. Department
approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the
education licensure program. All transfer students must take the theory placement
examination at the first class meeting of 101 or 102. Freshmen who wish t o be
considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major
performance medium for a faculty panel. Auditions are scheduled, following application, during the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or
at another time preceding initial registration.
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music
elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major
instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a
half senior recital 458.
Music Education Major: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus one half course
credit of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2 half
courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument
or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA
of 2.5 in all music courses;
Vocal emphasis - 251 and one of 252, 253, 254
Instrumental emphasis - 151, 155
Other requirements: 10 112 course credits: PSY 105; HPE 114, 115; EDS 265, 354,
355, 356, 357 or 358, 388, 478, 481, 483. Consult the Education Department,
Music Department Guides and program adviser.
Bachelor of Music
Music Education Major: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance studies - 4 half courses, 2 full courses, and 2 quarter courses in the
major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a
half junior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459; Keyboard proficiency and a
cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium;
Vocal emphasis - 251, 252, 253, 254, 435
Instrumental emphasis - 151, 155 and 1 course credit of music elective
Other requirements: 10 112 course credits: PSY 105, HPE 114, 115, ED5 265, 354,
355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department,
Music Department Guides and program adviser.
Music Performance Major: 20 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance studies - 6 full courses and 2 quarter courses in the major instrument
or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior
recitals 358, 459; Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major
performance medium;
Voice - 251, 252, 253, 254, 435, one course of music elective, 2 courses of
French or German above the B.A. requirements
Piano or Organ - 301, 302, 436, 456, one half course credit of music elective
Instrument - 301, 302, one and one-half course credits of music electives
Bachelor of Science
Music Therapy Major: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit
of music therapy or music elective; two of 151, 155, 156; 271, 274 or 275, 372,
373, 472, 473, 474, 475, 479; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses in the
major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice
and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a minimum grade of 2.0
in each .music therapy course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY
105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National
Association for Music Therapy certification examination.
Core Curriculum and Applied Music
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101, 102, 111, 112, 201, 211, 231, 232,
311, 312, 341, 342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance
studies and recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major.
French or German study as stated in general education requirements.
Ensembles: One quarter course credit per semester is granted t o members of
major ensembles (MUE 111, 112, 121, 141). Other ensembles carry no credit.
Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses.
The general student may register for credit with either traditional or PIN grading,
or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of 2 course
credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies: All students enrolled in Performance studies for credit are
required to satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances,
and listening. The general (non-music major or minor) student must take private
lessons for no credit (PIN grading only) and is not required t o fulfill the additional
performance and listening requirements.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available
for all students in the following categories:
No credit - one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter course credit - one half-hour lesson and 4 hours of practice per
week.
One half course credit - two half-hour lessons and 8 hours of practice per
week.
One course credit (B.M. only) - two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice
per week.
Performances: All students registered in performance studies for credit must perform at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, each year in a general student
recital, and as additionally required by the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit are required
to attend 10 designated music events during the academic year. Failure t o attend
the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade
received in performance studies.
faculty members will deterriline the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a
prerecital hearing for senior B.M. recitals. Concurrent registration in performance
studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance.
B.A. and B.S. Candidates - one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level Ill.
B.M. Music Education Major - one half junior recital 358 at repertoire level
Ill and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV.
B.M. Performance Major - full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals
358, 459.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.M., B.S., and B.A.-Music Education candidates must dem-
onstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by attaining a minimum grade of 2.5 in
155 or in each of two semesters of piano or organ performance studies.
Music Courses (MUS)
Theory
101 Materials of Music 1 (1/2 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. (Fall)
102 Materials of Music 11 (1/2 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. (Spring)
111 Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registration in or completion of 101. Fall)
112 Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111
and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring)
201 Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course)
Continuation of 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102. Fall)
202 Form and Analysis (1/2 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th Century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring)
211 Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 112
and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Fall)
212 Aural Skills IV (1/2 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in 202. (Prereq.: 211 and
concurrent registration in or completion of 202. Spring)
301 Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course)
16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint,
passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201, 211. Fall)
302 Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Spring)
311 Composition 1 (1/2 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges
of and arranging music for voices and instruments. (Fall)
312 Composition 11 (1/2 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types.
(Spring)
341 Basic Conducting (1/2 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and
preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall)
342 Choral Conducting (1/2 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Spring)
344 Instrumental Conducting (1/2 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major in theory-composition
is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music.
401 Counterpoint 111 (1/2 course)
Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall)
402 Counterpoint IV (1/2 course)
Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 401. Spring)
411 Composition 111 (1/2 course)
Individual and class instruction in all styles. (Prereq.: 312. Fall)
412 Composition IV (1/2 course)
Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.: 411. Spring)
History and Literature
130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music
majors.
230 Electronics in Music
Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. For non-music majors.
231 History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 102, 112. Fall)
232 History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 102, 112. Spring)
330 Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For
the general as well as the music student. (Interim)
The following four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music.
(Prereq.: 231, 232.)
331 Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1985)
332 Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1986)
333 Music of the Romantic Period (1/2 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1986)
334 Music of the 20th Century (1/2 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1987)
432 Church Music and Worship
Development and inflence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship
practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. (Spring)
435 Voice Repertoire (1/2 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th Century to
the present. (Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Fall 1984)
436 Piano Repertoire (1/2 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by listening, analyzing
and performing. (Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Spring 1985)
498,499 Independent Study (1/2 course each)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty.
Technique
151 Voice Class Methods (1/4 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155 Piano Class Methods (1/4 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary
to meet specific degree requirements.
156 Guitar Class Methods (1/4 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251 English Diction (1/4 course)
Fundamentalcourse in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with
the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open t o all students registered for vocal
instruction.
The following three courses are continuations of 251 with application for the Italian, 'German
and French languages.
252 Italian Diction (1/4 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1985)
253 German Diction (1/4 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1986)
254 French Diction (1/4 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1986)
358 junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level Ill for Music Education Majors or
full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course credit.
456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various
pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring
1986)
)
I
!
1
i
T
/
458 Senior Recital
Half recital by B.A. or 8.5. candidates at repertoire Level Ill. No course credit.
459 Senior Recital (1/2 course credit)
B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by faculty committee. Repertoire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V for Music Performance
majors.
Therapy
170 Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to
various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major to give students a broad background in the ways in
which music is used as a therapy. (Interim)
271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (1/2 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of recreational music
activities to clinical settings.
274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
1
1
1
1
372 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics
and sociopsychologicalaspects of music. An understanding of the research process and
development of an experimental research project. Practicum experience required as
part of course work.
373 Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musicar talent, and
performance. Practicum experience required as part of course work.
472 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological,
cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of
music therapy.
473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including
discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music.
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (1/4 course each)
Senior year, volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week.
479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (1/2 course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT internship setting for six months. Application for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
(Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
Ensembles (MUE) & Performance Studies (MUP)
Ensembles: These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined
by audition during the first week of fall semester. (Special circumstances may
permit entering at other times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the
discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year
which, on occasion, includes interims.
While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble
experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chorale will satisfy
the major, minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent.
111 Augsburg Choir (1/4 course)
112 Chorale (1/4 course)
113 Chamber Choir (0)
114 Festival Choir (0)
121 Orchestra ( l / 4 course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131 Woodwind Ensemble (0)
141 Concert Band (1/4 course)
142 Brass Ensemble ( 0 )
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Performance Studies: Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas
of study are available to the non-music major or minor on a no credit - P/N basis
only. (Group lessons, at a reduced fee, are available in some areas on the same
basis.) All lessons are adapted t o the individual needs of the student and those
bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation and
other performances. Representative programs of study in private instruction are
outlined in Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V t o
indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study
has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors enter I and attain Ill; B.M.-Education Major - enter II and attain IV; B.M. Performance Major - enter I1 and attain V.
Il x Voice
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon, Clarinet,
Saxophone, Flute, Recorder, Horn
14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone, Baritone, Tuba
15x Piano
16x Guitar
17x Percussion
18x Organ
Note carefully the following provisions:
1. Instrument rental, practice room reservations and performance study registration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office.
2. Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in
their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship
which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters
preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available t o entering freshmen.
3. A semester of study i s 14 weeks of lessons. Any lessons during the interim or
summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
4. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the
teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately
prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
5. The music faculty reserves the right t o limit or even prohibit performance
outside the department if it interferes with musical growth for the student. The
department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the student
and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted only for study
with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department.
.
.
Natural Science
Kenneth N. Erickson (Coordinator)
The Natural Science Licensure Program for teachers is designed t o provide strong
preparation for science teaching and t o satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
In addition t o the broad basic background in science, the program is designed
t o allow for specialization in a major and for study in the liberal arts.
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg t o recommend candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12;
Physical Science, Chemistry major or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemistry (minor), grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and Science (Grades 5-9).
Students planning t o teach Natural Science must complete the Broad Base courses
and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or
Middle School Emphasis.
The program of courses is designed t o provide a broad, basic background in
science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume
that the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and,
in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is recommended.
Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106); 2 in life
science (BIO 111, 112); 4 in physical science (PHY 121, 122 and CHM 115, 116
or 105, 106). To make the program slightly more flexible, it is recommended that
students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and
substitute PHY 103 for 121, 122.
Life Science Emphasis: Broad Base plus 8 courses, 1 cognate; 7 BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353;
(11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: Broad Base plus 7 courses and
chemistry seminar, C H M 351, 352, 353, 361 and 364 (or BIO 367), 482, PHY 245.
Physical Science Emphasis - Physics Major: Broad Base plus 7 courses, PHY 245,
351, 362, 395 and three additional t o be selected from 261, 270, 352, 363, 481,
486, 488.
Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon
completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may
teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12.
Science (Grades 5-9): Broad Base plus 7 courses, 2 in earth science (PHY 101 or
106, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in life science
(and two biology courses above 112); 3 in physical science (CHM 353; PHY 245).
Licensure with Minor: For life science, Broad Base plus 7 courses in Biology; for
chemistry, Broad Base plus 351, 352, 353, 361 and 364 or 482; for physics, Broad
Base plus any four courses above 122.
Nursing (NUR)
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Nancy B. Dillon, Carol Hoffman, Alice Stark, Pamela
Weiss-Farnan, Helen Woelfel
Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates
of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in
Minnesota.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree
or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of
2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and
physiology, microbfology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another
accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The
prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology
listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission to the major.
In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are
given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may
include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent.
Major: 11 courses (10 course credits) in nursing including 303,304, 310, 311, 325,
330, 350, 403, 404, 423, 427; PSY 355 or an approved upper division biology
course. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative GPA
of 2.5 at the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in interpersonal communications and ethics are supportive t o the major.
Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be completed within
two academic years. However, more than two years may be required t o complete
the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from
other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time study.
Students interested in pursuing day, summer, or weekend part-time study should
consult with an adviser from the nursing department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; application to the
department chairperson by November 7 of the senior year; recommendation by
nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April
15. Candidates register for 499 to comple!e the thesis.
303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course)
This course is one of the transitional courses that introduce the student to components
of the professional role and begin the professional socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship
is established and maintained. Interactive and group communication theories are explored for their applicability to changing roles and professional practice.
304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course)
This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional
development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected
nursing conceptual models are examined.
310 Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply
to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Clinical application of
course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community
health issue.
311 Community Health Nursing I1
This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics
and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a
member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The
student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care
to a selected caseload of clients. (Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, PSY 355)
325 Nursing Process
In this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment
tools in the nursing process. The student uses communication skills to obtain a health
history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an
opportunity to make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework.
(Fall-junior year.)
330 Trends and lssues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional
nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of
their implications for nursing practice.
350 Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course.
Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for
its applicability to nursing practice.
403 Contemporary Nursing Ill
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family
as a group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration is given to the emerging role of the nurse in family health care. (FallSenior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior t o or concurrently with
423)
404 Contemporary Nursing IV
This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional
nurse roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system
dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role
development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403. To be taken prior
to or concurrently with 427)
423 Practicum in Nursing I
This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting.
(Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403')
427 Pradicum in Nursing I1
This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity
is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected hospital setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403,423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404')
499 Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected
topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration.
'If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses,
students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the
theoretical content.
Philosophy (PHI)
M a r k Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach
The department offers a full major i n philosophical studies as well as a minor and
supporting courses such as philosophy of science and political philosophy, de'signed t o give students a philosophical perspective o n other disciplines.
Four courses i n t h e history o f philosophy, spanning a period f r o m classical antiquity t o contemporary throught, give students a unique perspective o n t h e discipline through close study o f philosophical texts i n their historical contexts.
The department strives t o teach t h e principles of philosophy i n their o w n right
and stimulate their application i n other areas of learning.
Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, 344, and o n e course i n t h e 400's
(other than 499). Five of t h e courses must b e upper division.
Honors Maior: Admission t o t h e Philosophy H o n o r s program is by recornmendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations w i l l be made at the end
of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
topic of the student's choice, involving research above the'course level, and a
defense o f this thesis before the faculty of the department.
Minor: 5 courses, including t w o f r o m 241, 242, 343, and 344.
Note: 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling t h e general education
requirement.
110 lntrodudion to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been
critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason
for this is that individuats jack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had
little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to wedern culture. The
purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience in examining
ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and
construct a system of ideas and beliefs.
120 Ethics
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it a5 wrong. Why do you
think it is right? Because p u like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something
right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making
moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting
from them.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments.
199 lnternship
Internship for lower division credit.
241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle
How did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what
did they believe?Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important,
and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers
to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
2
242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith,
explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new
methodology of the 7 7th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prlor course, 241.)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowledge begin?In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really
d
have on philosophy? This course
know about the world? What impact d ~ Romanticism
studi- the major empiricists of the '18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hurne]. Kant's synthesis of philosophy, l W h century ideatism, and the reaction to idea'fism by men such
a5 Mam, Kierkegaard and Nieksche. (Fall. Suggested prior c~ucse,241 or 242.)
344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language?Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other iss~resare
dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism,
existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247, 242, or 343.)
350 Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does Cod exist, and what can be said
about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of Cod with human and animal
suffering?Is man really immortal?Are miracles possible?We will conduct a systematic
inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one
prior course in philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.)
362 Political Philosophy
As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the retation between
the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what is the origin of the State andfhe basis
for its laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the
Church and the State? This course studies the key concepts of politics iound in the
tradition of western political thought.
365 Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported t o be profoundly different and
better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?What conRitrrles xierrtific knowledge?
Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the
methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these
questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in
the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.)
370 Existentialism
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such
themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course
in philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and
delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and
euthanasia.
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
410 Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought
of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific
problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once
for credit. (Suggestedprior courses, any from 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor.)
430 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes,
Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggestied prior courses:
241, 242, 343, or consent of instructor.)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Physics (PHY)
Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Cynthia Blaha, Mark J. Engebretson, Kenneth N.
Erickson
The physics department offers a traditional, rigorous major providing in-depth,
undergraduate preparation for successful graduate work and scientific careers.
Approximately two-thirds of our graduates have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a fine selection of universities.
The department supervises the pre-engineering program at Augsburg with degree
programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and the
master's level.
Faculty members are all active i n high quality basic research or consulting activities
related t o their specialties. This continues t o provide outstanding undergraduate
research experience for our upperclass physics majors.
Major: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses
above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged t o work
closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT
124,125, and PHY 121,122 the freshman year, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised t o refer
t o the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report.
Application for the honors major should be made n o later than the first term of
the senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122.
Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students
provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society
and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership
in SPS is open t o all students interested i n physics.
Jlgrna rl Blgrna: MemDersnlp I n r n e nugsDurg cnaprer or rnls narlonal pnyslcs
honor society is open t o those students w h o have completed t h e equivalent o f
a minor i n physics, have a GPA o f 3.0 i n physics and overall, and rank i n t h e upper
third o f their class.
101 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures.)
103 Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology,
psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other
health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution
requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
Elementary algebra. Fall)
106 Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designed to
provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding
weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the
earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and
precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution
requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention
will be given to the interaction of physics and its associatedtechnology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead
up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in
the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121, 122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering
students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures,
3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
199 lnternship
Internship for lower division credit.
245 Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This
course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half
of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in
analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103,111 or
122; and MAT 122 or 125)
270 Optical Physics
The emphasis is on physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for
a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122,On demand)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
351, 352 Mechanics I, 11
A careful study of clasical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
hagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include consewation principles, single
particle motion, systems of part~cles,osciltatory systems, cent ral-force motion, dynam~cs
o i r i ~ bodies,
d
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II
The daaical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnctostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic
radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226. 362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 Comprehensive Laboratory
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in phys
ics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, therrnodynamie, vacuum physics,
electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory
and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor.)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical,
microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates. the Schrwdinger
equation, operators, wavefunaionr, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied indude potential wells and patential
barriers, the hamanic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
245, 351. Fall)
488 Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3
onehour leaures. Prereq.:486. Spring)
499 lndependent Study
An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors
and seniors with departmental approval.
1
r
Political Science (POL)
Milda Hedblom (Chairperson), Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan, Myles
Stenshoel
Firmly grounded in the liberal arts, the department has roots in philosophy and
history and relationship t o the sciences and mathematics through its use of statistical analysis.
Strengths include the balanced expertise of the faculty, with special strengths in
politics and the communications media, politics of communist systems, and the
political interpretation of public law.
The major guarantees a breadth of understanding of the field and one or two
sub-fields, providing a firm foundation for graudate work in political science,
public administration, law and other professions.
Theoretical skills of analysis are supplemented and applied through a highly successful internship program.
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 122 or 160
or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 Political
Science Areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area.
Honors Major: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point werage mud be 3.5
in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study
and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an
Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work
with any member of the department on their Honors Thesis, For specific requirements, consult the departmental chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors Major no Iater than the first term of the junior year.
Minor: 5 courses,,including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division
courses in 3 out of 5 Political Science Areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics (11) Comparative
Politics and Analysis (Ill) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory
and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only
one area toward major or minor requirements,
Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political science
major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with
state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121 American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern
of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society.
122 Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and
meetings with political experts and activists.
325 Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United
States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political
and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1course in Political Science or consent of instructor)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties
in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media
in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course
in Political Science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
342 Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass
media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
421 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial proces;, and policy process
in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or consent of instructor. On demand)
II. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with
some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent
of instructor)
351 Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of
political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or consent of instructor)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. On demand.)
Ill. International Politics
160 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics
of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
363 Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course
in Political Science or consent of instructor)
461 Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy
decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
IV. Public Law
170 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law;
law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political
system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
371 Constitutional Law II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as
applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of
individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section II for description)
380 Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or consent of instructor.)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence
of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the
doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or consent of instructor.)
384 Political Analysis
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an
examinafion of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research
requ~red.(Prereq.: Stat~sticalAnalysis; 158 and two upper division courses, or consent
of rnstructor.)
Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (PIN grading only unless lnternship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
295 Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(On demand)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
399 internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor. PIN grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: consent
of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Program in Global Community
Joel Mugge (Director)
The Center for Global Service and Education offers a Program in Global Community in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is the setting for a spring semester academic
program which brings together undergraduate students from various colleges in
a living/learning community. Its primary focus i s the study of issues related to
global justice and human liberation in light of the Christian proclamation. Courses
are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for three hours a day for six weeks of the semester.
Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director)
INS 311 The Development Process
This seminar focuses on specific global and interpersonal developmental processes.
Particular theories of development and educational approaches are critically examined.
As an integrative seminar, the course attempts to pull together the many aspects of the
overall program. The seminar provides students the opportunity to reflect critically on
their own educational process as well. Applications from Brain-Mind Confluent Education are utilized to help integrate the scope and diversity of experiences. (Required
course)
CST 230 Cultural issues Seminar
This seminar consists of a series of eight mini-courses offered in a number of relevant
topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course consists of 12 hours.
Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS
347 required)
HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective
Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensive view of Mexico's
historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. (Either this course
or CST 230 required)
IN>
ulreaea >way
499 Independent Study
This preferably is in a student's major or minor discipline, developed ahead of time in
consultation with a departmental adviser on the home campus and the program director. The topic a student chooses should be relevant both to the discipline and the
theme of global community. (Optional fourth course)
LYY
RE1 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression
and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the
emerging "Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects
in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: one course in religion or theology. Optional fourth course)
Psychology (PSY)
Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace B. Dyrud, Norman B.
Ferguson, Duane Johnson
The department emphasizes a scientific approach t o understanding human nature.
Faculty expertise is diverse with interests ranging from biological bases of behavior
to psychotherapy.
Psychology majors must have a firm grounding in research methods and statistics.
The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the department
and is approved by the chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic
understanding of the discipline of psychology and the particular educational,
vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year.
Practical experience is available through the department's internship program.
Facilities include laboratory areas, specialized classrooms and computer facilities.
Major: 10 courses including 105, 264, 265, 381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum
of 5 courses at Augsburg; PHY 103. Not more than two courses from among 299,
399 and 499 may be counted toward requirements for a major. It is recommended
that psvcholoav maiors take additional course work from other areas that will
complehent avn'd st;engthen their particular interests in psychology; for example,
developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department
chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not
more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 264 (or SOC 362), 399,450;
SOC 362, 363. These courses are designed to provide background and skills to
perform as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluation
or self-assessment programs. See department chairperson ior further details.
105 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose
of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major
sub-areas, is emphasized.
199 lnternship
lnternship on lower division level.
251 Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the
processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and
subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
264, 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for
credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the
term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
299 Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into
practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development
of children. (Prereq.: 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory
related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105)
353 Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory
related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes
perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in
animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation &
emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105)
356 Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on
behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities.
(Prereq.: 105)
357 Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior
change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105)
359 Mental Testing
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward
personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105.)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status of each
sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or consent of instructor)
373 Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such
as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social
influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105)
375 Social Psychology
(See under Department of Sociology)
381 Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.:
two psychology courses. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
450 Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for
social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency. The
political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation. The role of
evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC
362; SOC 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration
given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses)
490 Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychologythat are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.:
105 and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues.
(Prereq.: 5 courses)
7
499 Independent Study
Limited registration by special permissionfor advanced students in psychology. Students
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale
and purpose for the proposed study.
Religion (REL)
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Stephen H. Pinsky,
Eugene M. Skibbe
The primary orientation of the department is t o provide a series of courses which
will enable students t o become better acquainted w i t h t h e content and character
o f t h e Christian faith and enable t h e m t o reflect theologically o n their o w n religious commitment.
Additionally, the department offers some courses which provide the possibility
for the student to be introduced t o other religious traditions, and some "bridge
courses" which point to the relationships between religion and other disciplines.
Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar especially
for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each major
must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied t o the major. One
upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 358, 360 or 483,
362, 399, 471 or 473, 481. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular
teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, fie
courses in religion are required: 111, 221, 362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in
both a public school sett~ngand in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in Christian Day
Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved
by the department and colloquium with the department.
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the
minor.
Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111, 221, 356, 358, 360 or
483, 362, 399, 471 or 473, 481); HPE 232; PSY 105, 351, 352 or 371, 485; SOC
111 or PSY 373, SOC 231; SPC 354 or 355. This program meets or exceeds the
educational requirements of The American Lutheran Church, but certification by
the church is a separate function. By adding two or three courses from appropriate
departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for
Religion Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chairperson.
111 Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between
the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
199 lnternship
lnternship on lower division level.
221 Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
299 Directed Study
Independent study on lower division level.
s>u rnllosopny or tcellglon
(See under Department of Philosophy)
353 Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects.
Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
356 History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including
Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some
discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
357 Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Refamtation, and modern periods.
Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in
question. The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and the
development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. (Not offered 1984-85)
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education
and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
360 Religion
and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
in American society. (Spring)
361 Church Fathers
A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including
such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity
in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early
Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a
special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring 1985)
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth
century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative
figures. (Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this
country. (Offered as funding permits)
366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
(See under Program in Global Community)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least
first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
432 Church Music and Worship
(See under Department of Music)
471 Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particuSarly the Gospels, dealing with
their context, literary structure and relationships. AtZention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology
-. of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Alternate years,
Spring, 1986)
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought
with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Alternate years, Spring 1985)
475 Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaismfrom the end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such
modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua Society annually
makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered
in the religion department. (Fall)
481 Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today,
as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task
of the Christian Church. (Spring)
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspectivefor critical reflection upon
moral action. (Fall)
486 Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional
Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the
field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have
been influenced by them. (Alternate years, Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission
of instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator), Natalia Sich
Russian Area Studies is an ACTC joint major which seeks to give the student the
broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciplinary and offers perspectives on
Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language
is offered.
This major i s a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government,
teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second
major in a field such as business, economics, history, language, political science
or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political
science, language and literature or international relations.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course
in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved
electives.
a
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in
Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives.
.
Each student's major program must be approved by the coordinator.
!
Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA)
!
b
;iII
I'
:
j
:
Foreign Language Department Chairperson
Major: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or
transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e.,
courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate
level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign Languages.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses
which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies,
business administration.
272 Norwegian Life and Culture
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
312 Old Norse
(See under Department of Foreign Languages - Norwegian)
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable
but not required. (On Demand)
345 Scandinavian - American Experience
The Old World Background and rise of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land,
aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (On Demand)
351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist,
Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and
written work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama
with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Khin Khin Jensen
A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is
significantly different from the other major.
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104; 1 social science methodology course
(ECO 379, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12 courses, in at least 4 disciplines,
from the following: ECO 122, 258; HIS 103, 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 351,
363, 382,461; PHI 355; RE1 356; SOC 241; seminars, independent study or interim
courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning t o fulfill this social science major should consult the chairperson of the
Department of History in choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete,
in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of
Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation
in the social sciences.
Social Studies Teaching Licensure: 7 courses (ECO 122 or 123, HIS 222, POL 158,
PSY 105, SOC 121 and 241) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, History,
Political Science, Psychology or Sociology.
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon
as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies
Coordinator.
51 Social Work
(SWK)
Douglas Perry (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Edwina L. Hertzberg
"Education for Service" has long been a motto at Augsburg College and it exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work department.
The major program prepares graduates for entry-level professional practice in the
field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council o n Social Work
Education, and leads t o a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based o n
a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates t o work with individuals, families, groups and communities.
The Social Welfare minor and electives i n the department allow students t o support another major with knowledge about human needs and growth, human
services, and the methods of effective citizenship.
Excellent field work opportunities exist within the Twin Cities metro area, which
supports a system of human services considered among the best i n the nation.
Major: 9 Core Program courses: 361, 363, 364, 461, 462, 463, 465, 466, 467, 469;
and 9 Supporting Program courses: 257, 260; BIO 101; PSY 105; SOC 12.1, 231,
365, 375, 383. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor i n that discipline.) A
minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course i n the Core Program and the
Supporting Program.
Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core
and Supporting Program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy
review (Exception: SOC 365 may be taken i n the senior year if necessary.)
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361,
463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 383; and one of 465, POL 121, 158, 325.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388.
Elective courses open to all students:
257 Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer
in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals,
social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent
study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended
for freshmen and sophomores.
260 Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth
through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological
factors which influencethe growth of individualsand families in contemporary American
society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human
growth, the impact of "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic
and/or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through
use of their own experiences.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed
study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of
instructor)
340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population,
older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older
population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior
Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor)
361 Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The
major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and
governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and
agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 Internship
Providesfield learning experience for the non-major and supplements the required field
work of majors (Prereq.: consent of department chairperson)
463 Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2)
understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3)
examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community
organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or consent of instructor. Fall)
465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis
associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work
practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with
an elected public policy maker. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper
integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463, and senior or
consent of instructor. Spring)
468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.: consent
of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and
consent of instructor)
Courses reserved for Social Work majors only:
363 Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques
of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work
practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each
week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with
363. Spring)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and
regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development
of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Lectures and/or laboratory exercises
each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and in 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462. Fall)
462 Field Work 11:
Progressively responsiblesupervised professionalsocial work experience including work
with individuals, families, groups andlor communities in a social service agency. Ten
hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy
status; concurrent with 461; Fall)
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461,
462, 463)
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies
and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the
course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.:
Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461, 463.)
469 Field Work IV (formerly 464)
Continuation of 466 during the spring term. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466,
concurrent with 467)
Sociology (SOC)
Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Jerry Gerasimo, Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman,
Diane Pike, Joel Torstenson
Sociology seeks to describe and explain the many patterns which form a society
or social structure, to understand the great variety of institutions within a society,
and to evaluate social institutions and programs.
Sociology can be preparation for a career in law, social work, the ministry, urban
planning, government or business. A sociology minor provides a better understanding of the social processes for majors in psychology, social work, and
education.
The department urges students to use Augsburg's unique urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning.
Major: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, internship, independent study
or upper division interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in
the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models
offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning
areas of concentration.
bf
3.0 overall.' Application f o r honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist
submission o f thesis proposal t o Department Chairperson before April 1 o f t h e junior
year. Candidacy is contingent u p o n departmental approval o f proposal b y April
30 o f junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, t h e student will register f o r
499 t o complete w o r k o n thesis. Honors i n sociology will b e granted t o a candidate
w h o successfully defends t h e thesis before M a r c h 31 o f t h e senior year and maintains t h e CPA through graduation.
Minor: 5 courses including 1 2 1 and t w o upper division courses (i.e.,
above.)
300 and
Certificate i n Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or PSY 264), 363,450;
PSY 399. These courses are designed t o provide t h e cognitive background and
skill development t o perform well as a research assistant f o r agencies o r firms
which d o program evaluations o r an employee w h o can develop and maintain
ongoing self-assessment programs f o r an employer agency. See department chairperson f o r further details.
111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective
of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in
the context of urban institutions and processes.
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and
a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for discovering the world and one's place
in it.
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer)
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection,
marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context.
241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in
the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis of selected aspects
of Western culture.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 121 and consent of instructor.
Fall, Spring, Summer)
300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not
satisfied by regular course offerings. May be offered on campus in addition to regular
course offerings or off campus in conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course in a two-course sequence introduces quantitative analysis. The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors, but recommended for others needing
a background for social science. (Prereq.: working knowledge of high school algebra
and consent of the instructor. Fall)
363 Research Methods
This second course exposes students to the skills involved in research design and measurement techniques. The practice of social research is learned through class activities
and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after
362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation
and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.:
121)
375 Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and
society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in
understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life
- a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction,"
an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the
major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121 and PSY 105)
381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the present and
future metropolis. Particularemphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches
to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will
be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films, and outside speakers
in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN grading only)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: consent
of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course
of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
498 Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
(Prereq.: 111 or 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and
consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts (SPC)
Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Howard Liszt, Gary Parker
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for
different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guidesfor each
area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of Admissions.
Theater study i s more than putting on plays. It is a serious study that combines
the fine arts with many other fields. Minneapolis is an ideal place to study theater,
because the Twin Cities have so many active theaters. In our program, we use
the local theater scene as a learning laboratory. Also, professional theater people
are regularly involved in our program as instructors and as guest directors.
Augsburg offers accredited programs leading toward certification of secondary
school teachers in speech, theater arts, and a combined speech-theater major.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application
to be made early in the senior year.
Communication Arts
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible t o work
out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take
111, PSY 105, SOC 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and ENG
225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing
and typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: 111;
PHI 130; PSY 105; SOC 121 or 241, 375.
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 343, 350,
351, 352, 354, 360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Recommended: 366, courses in theater, participation in drama.
Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the following: 241 or 343,
350, 351, 352, 354, 360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize
in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these
must be combined with at leas an EngIish minor, preferably a major. The communication major o r miner does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult
with the Department of Education far requirements in Education. 716 is strongly
recommended for students i n elementary education,
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
227 Advanced Writing: Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225, 330 Visual Communications I, II
(See under Department of Art)
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)
343 Radio-Television Production
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10.
Fall)
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating,
and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years.
Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements
in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Junior, Senior. Communication
major or consent of instructor. Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers.
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 lnternship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
495 Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
499 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
Theater Arts
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning
t o major in theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. 111 is not
part of the major.
Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus 111. This major should be supported by
several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228, 232, 343,350,360, 361,366,432, and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema art,
and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include
6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
B. Directing Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in movement,
cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing
emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage
management, and 1 internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 228, 229, 361, 366, 428, 429, plus 2 courses in Art. Strongly
recommended: courses in cinema art and dramat~cliterature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2 in technical
supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship.
Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228,
229, 232, 241 or 343, 350, 360, 361, 366, the experience requirement specified
for theater arts majors, and a minor in English.
Theater Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; one
of the following: 241, 343, 350; and participation in dramatic productions.
Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241, 350, 351, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater, broadcasting); and a minor in English.
116 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisationusing stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human
relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy,
and other settings. (Fall)
lnternship for lower division credit.
228 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic,
and art. Practical craft projects,theater tours, and production experience. Open to all
students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall)
229 Stage Design I
lntroduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken
in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
361 Theater History and Criticism
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at
local theater productions. lntroduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and
dramatic criticism. (Alternate years, Spring)
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical
production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play
chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only.
(Spring)
367 Stage Direction II
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental,
musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or
consent of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428 Technical Production II
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or
lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Fall)
429 Stage Design I1
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. lntroduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Spring)
499 lndependent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater.
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary
Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student,
broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or
preprofessional programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the
following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college;
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the
end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of
the Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Student Standing.
Women's and Minority Studies (INS)
Winston Minor (Director), Priscilla Buffalohead, W. Roger Buffalohead, Linda Buck
Myers, Bonnie Wallace
The Women's and Minority Studies Program consists of several interdisciplinary
courses which fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies
requirement. There are courses in several other departments which also focus on
women and which also fulfill that requirement. Although no major or minor is
offered, there i s a certificate program in women's studies.
Certificate in Women's Studies: Individually planned program with a minimum of
6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (literature, religion, art,
music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary
courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. See Winston Minor or Bonnie Wallace for
further details.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
231 Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and
Minority Studies requirement.
232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary mum providing an overview of the major issues related to the
Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art, economio and politics.
It is designed to heighten the student's consciousnws regarding the African retentions
in Black culture, the evolution oi Black cuhute and the impact of Black culture on
American society.
t
.
1
-,
E
E
E
This course will examine a variety 13issues concerning the biolqical, evolutionary and
historical origins of women's roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed
on the comparative roles af women in different cultures. This comparison will include
such North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such
as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe,
Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and
the American Indian Program office.
260 Contemporary American Indians
The situation of lndians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (19343
with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditionsarnong selected lndian
tribes today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the
class will collectively assess the position of black and white women in American culture
from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women,
Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Living on campus provides many options, including apartments in Mortensen Tower
[Photo by john Louis Anderson]
u
9
Augsburg College
Board of Regents
The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of current term.
Charles W. Arnason (1988).Executive Director, Minnesota Technology Corridor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984).St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Nancy Bottemiller (1986).Homemaker, Wadena, Minnesota
Rodney P. Burwell (1988).Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Proform, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Darrell j. Egertson (1988).Executive Vice President of Corporate Development, Apache
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Donald R. Grangaard (1984).First Bank System, Inc. (Retired), Minneapolis, Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986).Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota
Harris W. Lee (1988).Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Gary H. Lohn (1988).Vice President - Employment Preparation Services, Control Data
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Arthur Naftalin (1984).Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Roselyn j. Nordaune (1988). Partner, Nodland, Conn, Judd, Nordaune, St. Louis Park,
Minnesota
Howard E. Olson (1984).St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald G. Oren (1988).President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, Minnesota
Donald G. Padilla (1986).Chairman of the Board, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Carl N. Platou (1984).President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Martin 0. Sabo (1984).Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C.
Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988).Staff Writer - The American Lutheran Church, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
N. Stanley Stake (1986).Honeywell, Inc. (Retired), Minneapolis, Minnesota
Merton P. Strommen (1986).President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Stanley W. Thiele (1986).Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul,
Minnesota
Mary Lou Williams (1984).Senior Social Worker, Hennepin County Community Services,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Officers
Donald R. Grangaard, Chairman
Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman
Charles W. Arnason, Secretary
Darrell J.Egertson, Treasurer
Board for College and University Services
The American Lutheran Church
Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin
Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio
Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Erwin H. Goldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska
Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington
Doris Holman, Los Angeles, California
Gustav Kopka, jr., East Lansing, Michigan
Hamlet Peterson, Rochester, Minnesota
Administration
Office of the President
President .............................................................................................. Charles S. Anderson
Executive Secretary t o the President ...................................................Carolyn Magnuson
David T. Wold
College Pastor ....................................................................................................
Alton C. 0. Halvorson
Director of Church Relations ...............................................................
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College....................... Richard Green
Lois M. Nielsen
Secretary t o the Academic Dean
Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs....... Patricia Anne Parker
Secretary t o the Associate Dean ............................................................Ruth L. Maertens
Richard J. Thoni
Director of Weekend College .........................................................................
Director of Admissions & Public Relations, Weekend College ..................... Sharon A. Stein
John A. Hill
Registrar ...................................................................................................................
Carol Stack
Assistant Registrar ...................................................................................................
Ralph W, Bailey
Recorder
Margaret Anderson
Head Librarian
Brian P. Hackney
Director of Audio-Visual Center
Thomas Reynolds
Music Administrator - Arts Coordinator
Winston Minor
Minority Coordinator (Btack Student Affairs)
Bonnie Wallace
Minority Coordinator (American Indian Program)
Donald R. Custafson
Interim Director
International Studies Program Director........................................................Mary A. Kingsley
International Student Adviser ......................................................................Bradley P. Holt
Director of Faculty Development ...............................................................Norma C. Noonan
.................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................
..................................................................
................................................
................................................
..........................................
......................................................................................
Student Affairs and Admissions
Vice President of Student Affairs and Dean of Students ........................Marianne 8. Sander
Dorothy Gauger
Secretary t o the Vice President ..................................................................
James B. Grubs
Associate Dean of Students .............................................................................
Nancy Medcraft, Joan Slater
Counselors....................................................................................
Director, Academic Enrichment ...............................................................Donald M. Warren
Director of Career Planning and Placement ............................................
Coordinator, Student Employment ...........................................................
Director of Student Life (Housing) .................................................Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg
Director of Student Activities ....................................................................
Coordinator, Urness Tower .......................................................................
Coordinator, Mortensen Tower and Annex Houses ...............................
Director of Admissions ..............................................................................
Catherine A. Thomsen
Secretary, Admissions .........................................................................
Assistant Director of Admissions .................................................................Eric L. Anderson
Assistant Director of Admissions ......................................................Jeannette M. Wittmer
Senior Admissions Counselor ...........................................................................Brian Arvold
Coordinator of Admissions On-Campus/Volunteer Programs .......................... Sally Daniels
Peter J. lmsdahl
Admissions Counselor .....................................................................................
Scott C. Stensrud
Admissions Counselor ...................................................................................
Development and Public Relations
Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................................. Gerald D. Bjelde
Secretary t o the Vice President .......................................................................Nancy Martin
Thomas I.Benson
Director of Planned Giving ..........................................................................
Jeroy C. Carlson
Assistant to the Vice Preident for Development
Ass~cialeDirector of Develapment-Corporatrons/Foundations ...... Adelgund M. Fransen
Assistant Director of Development-Annual Fund ............................................. Mark Zachary
Director of Alumni/Parent Relatzons
Janice A. Rykken
Directat o i Public Relations
Lois G. Wollan
Kay Cady
Director of News Bureau ...........................................................................................
JillRaschein
Manager, Central Services .....................................................................................
Hugh Pruitt
Director of Research...............................................................................................
.........................................
...........................................................
..............................................................................
Finance and Management
Vice President for Finance and Management .......................................... Wayne D. Pederson
Secretary to the Vice President ......................................................................... Cynthia Lein
Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services
Herald A. Johnson
Virene M. Luthi
Associate Director, Financial Aid
Director of Personnel................................................................................... Bonnie-Jean Mork
Michael D. Ranum
Chief Accountant
Manager, Administrative Computer Center ........................................... Daniel R. Cruikshank
Manager, College Center ...........................................................................Mildred A. Nelson
Manager, Purchasing/Book Storepending ................................................... Robert P. Gores
Food Service Director ...................................................................................... Steve Boulka
Director of Plant Services ............................................................................James Strategier
Supervisor, Maintenance .................................................................................. Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena ...........................................................................................ames J. Carey
............................
..............................................................
....................
.
.................................................................
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson. (1963-1980).President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Bernhard M. Christensen. (1938-1963).President Emeritus. Ph.D., The Hartford Seminary
Foundation.
Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson. (1947-83).Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
1. Gracia Christensen. Assistant Professor Emerita of English.
K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof. Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School.
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University
Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington.
Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
LaVonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland
College.
Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Faculty car ot September, 1983)
(beginning year of service on faculty)
'part-time
Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960).Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Robert W. Adney* (1979).Studio Artist/Percussion. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Roger E. Allerson* (1981).Lecturer, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
Earl R. Alton (1960).Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf
College; MS., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959).Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969).Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin;
B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967).Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
,
Raymond E. Anderson* (1949). Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roberta A. Anderson* (1979). Specialist Early Childhood Education, lnstructor in Education.
B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin; Education Specialist, Mankato State University.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Deborah Bart* (1980). lnstructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Joe Bash' (1983). Lecturer in Religion, Weekend College.
John E. Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary.
James E. Billings* (1970). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics, B.A., Michigan
State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Timothy Blackburn* (1980). Lecturer in English. B.A., St. John's University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Blaha* (1983). lnstructor in Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Vern M. Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton* (1975). Assistant Professor of Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Lynn Bollman* (1983). lnstructor in Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern
Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
David W. Boots (1982). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A,, Augsburg College;
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). lnstructor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artistflrurnpet. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown (1980). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead' (1983). lnstructor in CHR Program and Women's and Minority
Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Roger Buffalohead* (1983). lnstructor in CHR Program and Women's and Minority Studies.
B.A., MS., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
John Cerrito* (1983). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island
College.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Community Research
and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of
Iowa.
Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of Theater Arts/Speech. B.A., Custavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Benjamin Cooper* (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of
Technology; Ph.D., Yale University.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
John Cosgrove* (1983). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University
of Minnesota.
Nancy B. Dillon* (1983). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S., Wagner College; MS., University of
Cincinnati.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer
Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State
University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M . Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Larry L. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M.,
Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Henry G. Follingstad .(l962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. MS., University of
Minnesota.
Anne Fosse* (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of
Northern Iowa; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Jo Michelle Beld Fraatz (1983). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., Bethel College;
M.A., Ph.D., Yale University.
Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education.
A.B., California State University, Northridge; M.A.T., University of Chicago; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Bethel College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark 1. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy.
B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Jerry Gerasimo* (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Celia W. Gershenson (1983). Lecturer in Psychology.
John H. Gidmark* (1980). Lecturer in English. B.A., Moorhead State College; H.Dip., Trinity
College, Dublin, Ireland; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Thomas G. Gilkey (1979). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., DePauw University.
Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of History.
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Teague Goetz' (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M.,
University of Colorado.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia
College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University
of Louisville.
James B. Grubs (1983). Associate Dean of Students. B.S., Colorado State University; M. Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Associate Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Custavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Instructor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966).Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg college; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Edwina L. Hertzberg' (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota. (On leave Spring 1984)
Carry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies.
B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Notre Dame.
John A. Hill (1980). Registrar, Coordinator of Institutional Information. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.A., George Washington University.
John B. Hjelmeland (1981). Director of Adminissions. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., Springfield College.
Carol F. Hoffman (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1983-1984)
Norman v. nolen ( i ~ b 4 ) .Proressor ot Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of lowa. (On leave 1983-84)
Brad1.e~P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Gary E. Hovind* (1981). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University
of Minnesota.
Walter Howerton' (1982). Lecturer in English B.A., M.F.A., University of lowa.
Khin Khin Jensen* (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian
Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College B.A., Huron
College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
James D. Johnson (1969). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S.,
Juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. Johnson(1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages and International Student
Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor-and Department Chairperson of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.S., University of
Michigan.
Robert Karlbn (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages, and Director of International Study. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury
College.
Merilee I.Klemp' (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College.
Alvin 1. Kloppen (1976).Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana
college; M.A:, university of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert Kramarczuk* (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A. College
of St. Thomas; M.B.A. University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt Kretschmar* (1981). Studio ArtistIClarinet. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, Weekend College.
Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
Leo Richard Lake (1981). Associate Professor of Computer Science and Director of Academic
Computer Center. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Leimbach* (1983). lnstructor in Psychology.
Nicholas A. Lenz* (1980). Studio ArtistPoice. B.A., Southwest State University: M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Howard P. Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota.
David Livingston* (1983). Studio ArtistIRecorder. B.A., Augustana College, Rockford; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul W. Lohman* (1981). Director of Chorale. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of
Minnesota.
Steven Lund' (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Richard S. Marken (1974). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology.
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Jerie McArthur (1983). lnstructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marie 0. McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of
Nebraska.
M. ~ u s i Ed.,
c University of Kansas.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Winston Minor (1983). Minority Coordinator (Black Student Affairs). B.A., M.A., University
of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon.
Joel D. Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communication, Director of Center
for Global Service and Education. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Elizabeth Proctor Murphy' (1984). Studio Artist/Cello. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music.
Linda Buck Myers' (1983). lnstructor in Women's and Minority Studies.
Douglas Nelson (1977). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College:
M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Gordon 1. Nelson' (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology.
B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson' (1968). Associate Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Christie Nicholl' (1973). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A.,
University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing B.Sl..,
MS., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development.
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Mohammed Nouri' (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. Diplome,
Ecole Centrale de Paris; MS., University of Minnesota.
Celeste M. O'Brien' (1975). Studio ArtistIPiano. B.A., Hamline University.
Sandra L. Olmsted* (1979). lnstructor in Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
James F. Olson (1975). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota. (On leave 1983-85)
Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A., Bethel
College; B. Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gary A. Parker* (1983). lnstructor in Speech. B.A., M.A., University of California-Davis.
Patricia Anne Parker (1960). Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs.
B.A., Eastern Michigan University: M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Marlene J. Pauley' (1983). Studio ArtistIClarinet. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Michigan State
University.
Kermit E. Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin.
Marilyn E. Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Wayne D. Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Lauretta E. Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed.,
Marquette University.
Douglas D. Perry' (1976). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Social Work.
B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of
Women's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Diane 1. Pike* (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D.,
Yale University.
Stephen H. Pinsky' (1983). Visiting Lecturer in Religion. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College;
B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College.
James Porter* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Women's and Minority Studies.
Alice Preves* (1976). Studio ArtistIStrings. B.S., MS., University of Illinois.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
1
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A.,
Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Karen E. Sandness* (1982). ACTC Lecturer in Japanese. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
Richard B. Sargent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina;
Ph.D., University of Exeter, England.
Pauline Sateren' (1974). lnstructor in Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed.,
University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959).Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director
of Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Irene Schilling* (1973). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg (1977). Director of Student Life. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.A., Mankato State University.
Bethany S. Shifflett' (1982). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, Director
of Intramural Sports. B.S., Southern Connecticut State College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of lowa.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Natalia Sich' (1983). ACTC Instructor in Russian. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana W. Skoglund' (1978). Studio Artist/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma W. Small' (1978). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
George Stahl' (1976). Studio Artist/Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College.
Alice J. Stark (1983). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.S., University
of California, San Francisco.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead;
Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A. Ph.D., University of Colordao.
Daniel Sturm' (1979). Studio Artist/Classical Guitar. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; MS.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Mary T. Swanson' (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art. B.A., Concordia
College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of lowa.
Richard J. Thoni (1972).Director of Weekend College. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Neal 0. Thorpe' (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Augsburg
College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Tubergen' (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale
University.
Donald M. Warren' (1978). Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Pamela Weiss-Farnan (1983). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Nebraska;
M.P.H., University of Minnesota.
Dorothy 1. Williamson' (1970). lnstructor in Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Mary E. Wilson' (1969). Studio Artist/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College.
Helen A. Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S.,
Marquette University.
David T. Wold (1983). College Pastor. B.A., St. Olaf College; Diploma, Luther Theological
Seminary.
David Wood* (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A.,
Ph.D., Bowling Green University.
Index
Courses. Majors. M i n o r s (F-Inside Front Cover. B-Inside Back Cover)
Metro-Urban Studies ..................... 99-102
Art. Art History
48-50
Music
102-109
Biology
50-53
Natural Science
110
Business Administration and
Nursing
111-112
53-60
Economics
Philosophy
113-115
Chemistry
61-63
East and Southeast Asian Studies .... 63-65
IPhysin
115-1 17
Political Science
118-121
Education
65-71
Program in Global Community 121-122
Engineering
71-72
Psychology
122-124
English
72-75
Religion
124-127
Foreign Languages (Chinese. French.
Russian Area Studies
127-128
German. Japanese. Linguistics.
Scandinavian Area Studies
128-129
Norwegian. Russian. Spanish)
76-85
Social Science. Non-Western ............. 129
General Studies
85
Social Studies
129
Health and Physical Education ........ 85-89
Social Work
130-132
History
90-92
Sociology
132-1 35
Humanities
93
Speech. Communication and
Interdisciplinary Studies
93. 99.102.
Theater Arts ............................. 135-138
121. 139-140
Transdisciplinary Studies
139
International Relations
93-94
Women's and Minoriw Studies 139-140
Mathernatics/Computer Science
94-98
Medical Technology
98
................................
..............................................
...............................
.........................................
..........................................
.......................................
............................
..........
.....
.....................................
..............................................
............................................
.........
.....................
.....
..............................
Academic Adviser .................................... 31
Academic Calendar..........................31. 152
Academic Enrichment ........................ 27. 85
Academic Information ........................ 30-46
Academic Organization ...........................32
Academic Policies and Procedures .... 39-46
Accounting Major
54
Accreditation ..........................................F. 4
88
Adapted Physical Education
Administration ................................. 142-143
Admissions ........................................... 6-9
Advanced Placement ...............................43
Air Force ROTC.......................................37
27
American Indian Program .......................
Annex Housing ....................................28-29
Application t o Augburg .........................
7-9
Application for Financial Aid .............. 13-14
Assessment of Previous Learning ....... 43-44
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC)
31. 36. 37
Athletics .............................................F. 26
Audio-visual Center ....................... ......... 32
Auditing Courses................................. 43
Audit Fee
11
Augsburg Guide ....................................... 26
25
Augsburgian
..............................
...............,. .
....................
.
.
.
...........
.............................
.................
..........................................
Black Student Program ............................ 27
Black Student Union ................................27
Board Costs ...........................................11
Board for College and University
Services. TALC
.
. 141
Board of Regents ................................... 141
Books and Supplies
12
Business Reply Card .......................
153-154
........................ .......
................................
Calendar. Academic .........................31. 152
Campus Map .............................................. B
Campus Ministry ......................................25
Campus Tours ...........................................6
Campus Work .............................. 16.17. 27
Cancellation of Courses .......................... 39
........................................
.................................
.........................................
....................................
................ ...............,. . .
...........................
...
..............................
........................................
....................
..........
......................................
..................................
.............
.
.
............
....................
...
Career Planning and Placement ............. 27
Center for Global Service and Education
(CCSE).................................................
121
Center for Student Development
(CSD)................................................26-27
Certification Programs-Art ................. 34. 48
Church Staff Work ....................... 34. 125
Program Evaluation .............. 34. 122. 133
Women's Studies..........................34. 139
Chemical Dependency Program ............. 36
Chinese Courses ...................................... 76
Chinwag.............................................. 28
Christian Day School Program .............. 125
Classification ............................................. 43
Coaching Endorsement ........................... 88
25. 28. B
College Center
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP).................................................... 43
College Pastor ..................................25. 142
College Work Study Program ................. 17
Communications Directory ................... 151
Commons ...............................................
28
Computer Programming (CDI) ................ 36
Computer Resources ...............................32
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR)
36
38
Continuing Education
Cooperative Education
38
Corrective Therapy ..................................87
Costs 1985 ................................................
'I1
C.P.A. Certification .................................. 55
Counseling and Guidance ....................... 27
Credit Assessment Program (CAP).......... 44
.............................
....................................................
..............................
............................
.
............... 45
Dean's List ....................... .
Degrees.....................................................31
Departmental Comprehensive Exams..... 44
Departments by Division
32
20-23
Departmental Scholarships
Deposits ................................................. 12
Directed Study ....................................45-46
Dismissal from College ............................ 45
.........................
................
0
LO
:
4
2
Distinction. Graduation with ...................45
Distribution Requirements
41
Divisions ...................................................32
B
Driving t o Campus
Dual Degree Programs
(Engineering)............................. 35. 71-72
......................
...................................
Early Admission of Freshmen.................... 8
Early Decision for Freshmen ..................... 7
25
Echo ..........................................................
Economics............................................58-60
Elementary Education .................. 65.67. 70
143
Emeriti ...................................................
F
Enrollment
English as a Second Language (ESL)....... 81
Evaluation and Grading ......................41-42
..............................................
Fairview Deaconess Affiliation ................ 36
Facilities ..................................................5. B
Facts & Figures ....................................... F
Faculty................................... F. 31. 144-147
11
Fees ..........................................................
12
Finance Charge
54
Finance Major
Financial Aid ........................................13-23
26
Fine Arts ....................................................
Food Service.............................................28
Foreign Study ............................... 28. 37-38
French ..................................................77-79
Freshman Seminar....................................85
Full-time Student ..................................... 11
......................................
.........................................
General Scholarships .............................
17
79-81
German .............................................
Gift Assistance ......................... 15.16. 17-23
Grade Point Average (GPA) .......... 8. 40. 43
Grading...........................................41-42
Graduation Requirements ..................40-41
Graduation with Distinction.................... 45
.
.
................... 15-16
Grants
..........................
Health Service ..........................................28
Higher Education Consortium (HECUA).......
37. 100-102
History of Augsburg College ..................... 4
Honors Major (See Departmental Listings)
Honors Program .......................................38
5, 12
Housing
Human Development Seminars .............. 27
.................................................
.............................
......................
45-46
Independent Study
F. 26
Intercollegiate Athletics
Intercultural Center ............................27-28
Inter-Institutional Programs..................... 36
Interim ...........................31. 37. 38. 39. 152
International Business.................. 37. 54-55
9. 28
International Students
38
Internship Program
Intertribal Student Union ........................27
26
Intramural Athletics
.........................
....................
.
........
............................,
Japanese........................................63.64.
81
KCMR Radio .............................................25
Kindergarten-Elementary
Education .................................. 65.67. 70
Learning for Living ................................... 27
Leave of Absence ................................39-40
LibraryIAudio-Visual ................ F. 31.32. 36
Library Science Courses
70-71
Life Science Emphasis ............................110
Lifetime Sports....................................41. 88
Linguistics Courses................................... 81
Literature. Ideology and Society in Latin
America (LISLA)............................101-102
Loans..................................................16
Location ..................................................
2. B
Lutheran Free Church................................4
.....................
Majors and Minors
(Also see Courses).................. .. 32.33. 40
Management Major .................................54
Management Information Systems (MIS)
54
Major
Marketing Major ......................................54
Married Student Housing ................... 28-29
Memberships ..........................................F. 5
Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)...... 100
Minnesota State Work Study Program ... 17
Minority Scholarships/Grants ............. 18-19
Mission Statement ......................................3
Mortensen Tower .................................29. B
Music Education ..............................102-104
Music Organizations ................26. 108-109
Music Performance .........................102-104
Music Therapy ........................102. 104. 108
Murphy Square ........................................72
.....................................................
Naval ROTC .............................................37
Norwegian ...........................................82-83
Numbering of Courses ............................ 47
Off-Campus Programs
...............................
F
Part-Time Students ..................................11
Physical Science Emphasis..................... 110
.. 12
Payment Options ...................................
Policies....................... .
.
........................
F. 4
67
Pre-Kindergarten Education
34 35
Pre-Professional Proerams
"
Pre-Registration ................................39. 152
Prerequisites .............................................47
Probation ..................................................
45
Program in Global
37. 121-122
Community ...........................
....................
................. .
Re-admission of Former Students ............. 9
Refunds................................................. 13
Registration
39. 152
Religion & Chridian Service
19
Scho!arships
28-29
Residence Life
Residence Requirement...........................41
Room Rent ............................................11
.
.
...............................
37
ROTC
Russian Courses .......................................83
...................................
.........................................
.....................................
....................
San Francisco Summer Term (SFST) ..... 101
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST)..................................................100
Scholarships.............................15.16. 17-23
Science (Grades 5-9) .............................. 110
Secondary Education ................... 65. 67-70
JTlllC51Cl
1 CC1..
.........................................
1 C
Semester or Year Abroad ........................ 38
Sigma Pi Sigma ................................... 116
Smilefs Point Clinic ................................ 28
Social, Cultural, Recreational............. 25-26
Social Welfare Minor ............................. 130
Society of Physics Students ................... 115
South American Urban Semester
(SAUS)
101
South Hall.................................... 28-29,B
Spanish ................................................ 83-85
Special Education............................... 70
Special Interest Houses ........................... 29
Special Scholarships............................ 18-19
Special Students (Non-degree) ................. 9
Sponsored Scholarships...................... 17-23
Student Activities ..................................... 26
Student Employment .......................... 16-17
Student Government ............................... 25
Student Life
25-29
Student Project for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN) ................................................... 37
Student Publications.......................... 25, 72
Student Rights .......................................... 29
Student Services .................................. 26-29
...............................................
.........................................
J.U"~"..1..
.....*.....*...............................
7"
>"
Study Abroad ...................................... 37-38
Summer Orientation
26
Summer Sessions ....................... 37, 38, 152
................................
Teaching Licensure (Also see majors)..... 34
Test Scores
7
Transcripts
7. 8
Transfer Seminar ...................................... 85
Tuition ....................................................... 11
Tuition Deposit
.
.
................. 12
.................................................
..............................................
.......,...........
Urness Tower ....................................... 29. B
Veterans.................................................... 46
........................
..........................................
..................
Weekend College
31. 38. 39
West Hall
29. B
Withdrawal from College
13. 39
Women's and Minority Studies ..... 139-140
Words' Worth on Wednesday (WOW) .. 72
Work Service ............................................ 17
Work Study
16-17
.........................................
Zeta House ............................................... 29
Communications Directory
Augrburg college
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis M N 55454
Area Code: 612
President ...................................................................................................................... 330-121 2
Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) .................................................................... 330-1024
Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ......................................................................... 330-1168
Director of Admissions (Admissions) ........................................................................ 330-1001
Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance. Scholarships) ................................. 330-1046
Director of Student Life (Housing)
330-1905
Registrar (Academic records. transcripts. Veterans' Affairs)
330-1036
Summer School/lnterim Oifice
330-1025
Weekend College
.
.
330-7640
Career Planning and Placement Oob Counseling, Placement Services)
330-1162
College Pastor (Spiritua! fife programs and a c t i v i t i ~ )
330-11 07
330-1029
B u s i n ~ sOffice (Fees and accaunts)
Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ........................................ 330-1171
Director of Public Relations (Information Service, news and publications)............ 330-1180
Director of ParentIAlumni Programs...................................................................... 330-1179
College Center Manager .......................................................................................... 330-1104
Ice Arena Manager ..................................................................................................... 330-1251
Student Gwemment Office ....................................................................................... 330-1110
General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ......................... 330-1000
...........................................................................
.....................................
..................................................................................
........................ ..........................................................................
..................
..........................................
........................................................................
The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance:
Boyd Koehler. Assistant Professor. Library (6121330-1018)-Affirmative Action Coordinator
(matters based on race. creed. national or ethnic origin)
Vern M . Bloom. Director. CHR - Memorial (6121330-1133)
-504Coordinator (mattersbased
on physical or mental handicap)
Marianne Sander. Vice President for Student Affairs. CSD-Memorial(612-330-1168) - Title
IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status)
Bonnie-Jean Mork. Director of Personnel. 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023)Employment
All correspondence should be addressed to the d ~ i g n a t e d
individual. at Augsburg College.
731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis M N 55454.Formal grievance prmedures are described
in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office.
Fall Semester
Sept. 4
Sept. 5
Sept. 18
Oct. 26
Nov. 2
NOV.5-9
Nov. 19-Dec. 2
Nov. 21
NOV.22-25
Dec. 14
Dec. 17-20
Dec. 27
Dec. 28
Registration
Classes Begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term break
Last day t o designate grading option
Interim Registration
Spring Term Pre-Registration
Last day t o withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving Recess
Classes End
Final Examinations
lncompletes due - spring and
summer
Final Grades Due
Sept. 3
Sept. 4
Sept. 17
Oct. 25
Nov. 1
NOV. 4-8
Nov. 18-Dec. 6
Nov. 20
Nov. 28-Dec. 1
Dec. 13
Dec. 16-19
Dec. 26
Dec. 27
Interim
Jan. 3
Jan. 4
Jan. 17
Jan. 21
Jan. 30
Feb. 6
Classes Begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day t o designate grading
option
Last day t o withdraw from a class
Classes end
Interim grades due
Jan. 6
Jan. 7
Jan. 20
Jan. ,22
Jan. 31
Feb. 7
Spring Semester
Feb. 4
Feb. 5
Feb. 18
Mar. 30-April 8
Mar. 29
April 25
April 30-May 4
May 17
May 20-23
May 26
May 29
Validation of registration
Classes begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term/Easter Break
Last day t o designate grading
option
Last day t o withdraw from a class
Pre-registration for Fall
Classes end
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate-Commencement
Final grades due. lncompletes due
- fall and lnterim
Feb. 4
Feb. 5
Feb. 18
Mar. 22-31
April 8
April 24
April 29-May 9
May 16
May 19-22
May 25
May 28
Summer School
June 3-28
July I-Aug. 9
Term I
Term II
June 2-27
June 30-Aug. 8
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog 1986-88
Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofp... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog 1986-88
Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofpubllcatlon, It 1s subJect to
change without notlce. It 1s the responslblllty of each student to know the requlrements
and academlcpollcies In thlspubllcatlon. If you have questlons about anythlng In thls Catalog, consult a faculty advlser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Key ofpces are
llsted at the back of the catalog for correspondence or telephone Inquiries.
Facts & Figures
about A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e
Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in
1869.
Religious Affiliation - The
American Lutheran Church. 59% of
students are Lutheran, 14% other
Protestant, 19% Roman Catholic,
8% other.
Accreditation - North Central
Association of Colleges and
Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Approved by American Chemical
Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for
Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, National League for Nursing.
Member - Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council,
Registered with the Minnesota
Higher Education Coordinating
Board.
Enrollment (1985-86) - 1,802
from 22 states and 24 nations.
Graduates - from 1870
through May 26,1985 - 9,231.
Student/Faculty Ratio - 15.9
to 1.Class size averages 20-30.
Campus - 14 major buildings.
Major renovation 1979-80with special emphasis on accessibility. 9
major buildings are connected by a
skyway/tunnel/enclosed walkway
system.
Library - Over 145,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000
through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex.
School Year - September to
May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January
Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College
- trimesters, September to June.
Mqjors - More than 40 in 20 de-
partments.
Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA),Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program.
Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC),and National Collegiate Athletic Association
(NCAA),Division 111.
Policy -Augsburg College does
not discriminate on the basis of
race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap a s required by Title IX of
the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment
practices.
Financial Aid - Approximately
85% of the students receive some
form of financial aid from the college and many other sources.
Contents
Facts &
Figures
............................
11
Introducing
Augsburg
......................2
Admissions ....................11
College Costs,
Financial Policies,
& Financial Aid
............16
Student Life ................... 30
Academic
Information
.................38
Departments
& Programs
.................59
College
Information:
..............................160
DCUS Board ........................162
Administration ...................162
Faculty Emeriti ...................164
Teaching Faculty ................ 165
Academic
Calendar .........................173
Communications
Directory .........................177
Index...................................1 7 8
lnfonnatlon
Request Card ..................1 9 1
Regents
Augsburg College
Education
in a Real World
S
tudents commonly speak of graduating from college as a
way of getting into "the real world." In fact, Augsburg College provides students with an education in a real world. The diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of
the curriculum, and the academic environment mirror the complexity of life in contemporary society.
The college's location in and involvement with a metropolitan
setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career
experiences, and social realities that enrich students' educations. Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes
that the reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history
from which they come. The real world was not made this moming, and it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our
world a s it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similarly, Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage
as a college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the
creation of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual beings.
T h e C o l l e g e Mission Statement
These qualities of an Augsburg education flow from its mission
statement which declares that the college exists to provide high
quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal
arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church
and by the context of a great metropolitan center.
Augsburg's location in the heart of the city represents the loom
on which the multi-colored fabric of its identity has been woven.
While students are prepared to take a place in and make a contribution to the world in which they live, they are educated to be
critical of the quality of life in their society and to be reflective of
their own values as they respond to it.
". ..based in the liberal arts
"
The academic program emphasizes the continuing validity of
the liberal arts a s a foundation for developing the life of the
mind. Augsburg College's faculty are dedicated to challenging
their students to achieve the highest academic standards while
supporting them in that endeavor with excellent teaching and
individual attention.
Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical
thinking and communication and to gain sensitivity to and
appreciation for their own and other cultures. Each student is
encouraged to contemplate the eternal philosophical and
spiritual questions of human life and of personal values and
ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers, writers, and
artists of the past and present are studied and valued.
Augsburg College considers an understanding of the content
and method of science, a recognition of the place of technology,
and an understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as
important elements of a complete education.
This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts
education reflects a firm belief that human beings are more
than their ability to perform a job. It reflects further a concerted
attempt to direct students toward a full development of the
many facets and capacities of the educated person.
". ..
..
shaped. by the context o f a great
metropolitan center"
Yet, bounded as it is by an interstate freeway and the center of a
vital city, Augsburg College is no ivory tower escape from the
real world. The college community continually interacts with the
city by attending cultural events and civic activities and by
inviting city residents and visitors to the campus as lecturers,
performers, and mentors. The city becomes a laboratory for
experiential learning through internships, professional program
field experiences, and cooperative education placements.
". ..and shaped by faith and values."
This involvement with the real world is a reflection of
Augsburg's spiritual heritage which values all that God has
created. While its tradition supports intellectual freedom in the
search for truth, the college affirms its belief that all students
should reflect upon their ethical and spiritual values a s part of
becoming educated. Students are encouraged through religion
courses and through opportunities on campus for the practice
and examination of spirituality to consider their relationship to
others, to society, and to the world.
Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of
these relationships is contained in the motto: "Mucation for
Service." In these words the college expresses a belief that,
whatever career they pursue, graduates should consider the
duty of citizens to contribute to the common good through
service to others.
\N
ithin the larger community of the city and the world,
Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse
talents: of varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds: and of complementary interests and orientations.
Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff,
Augsburg College builds with its students a real world in which
the whole person can be educated and developed.
Augsburg
College
History
A College o f the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530.Augsburg opened in September 1869,in
Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college
students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was in
1879.
Early Leaders
Establish a Direction
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal
and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of
Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants:
and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for
theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: first - train ministerial candidates, second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that
a good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rqjected ivory tower
concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has
been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the
community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto
"Education for Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later
called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent
congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal
Christianity.This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The F o c u s C h a n g e s
This attitude began to change alter World War I. In 1911Georg Sverdrup
Jr. became President. He worked to develop college departments with an
appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be
ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
college as a teacher and administrator.
The college's mission assumed a double character ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In
1937, Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly
teacher, to be president (1938-1962).His involvement in ecumenical
and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city
life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand
and improve academic offerings. Now the college was a larger part of the
institution than the seminary, and received the most attention.
-
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering
a modern college program based on general education requirements
and elective mqjors. With cumculum change came a long effort to become accredited.
The college reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni
had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that
time.
A study in 1962 defined the college's mission now as serving the good
society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church
second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963.
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980)
continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city, He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all
people. During his years of leadership the college became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music
Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and
Psychology Building.
Since 1980Augsburg has been led by Charles S. Anderson. He has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a liberal arts education,
emphasizing diversity in enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom and an academic program that draws on the resources of the city a s
extensions of the campus and classroom.
Serving the
Non-traditional Student
Augsburg's American Indian Program is recognized as successful. The
program has had the highest retention rate of Indian students in Minnesota -some 85 percent. The Black Student Affairs Program, initiated in
1969,has had a growing number of students and supports a Black Student Union and a newspaper distributed by the office.
The campus is accessible to the physically handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting nine major buildings. In only its second year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students
enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence.
Weekend College, started in 1982with 69students, had an enrollment of
nearly 500 in fall 1985.Through Weekend College, adult students can
work fulltime and pursue a bachelor's degree that has a practical focus
on a liberal arts base.
These programs bring working adults to the campus. They're complemented by the new Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984)
that sends Augsburg students into the workplace. The Co-op Education
Program helps students get career experience in addition to their classroom studies.
Augsburg Today
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community
and church:
education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens:
the city with all its excitement, challenges and diversity, is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great
metropolitan center. There are now more than 11,000Augsburg alumni.
In a world that has changed much since those first days of the college,
Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they
live and work.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown
Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94
which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that
also connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport include American, Continental,
Delta, Eastern, Frontier, Midway, Northwest Orient, Ozark, People's Express, Piedmont, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of
race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions
policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed
in the Communications Directory (p. 177)or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on
Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work
Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member
of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM).
W e are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution.
~ e a i s t r a t b ndoes notmean that credits earned at the institution can be
transfemed to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer.
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the
Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building.
Admissions Omce, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staffand reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library. (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on
the roof was completed in 1960.
Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and
has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled in 1980,
Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It
is included on the National Register of Historic Places.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of
women from 1923 to 1964, h a s 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that
house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge
areas.
Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who
have given several generous gills to the College, provides living quarters for
324 students, Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two
to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, h a s spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for
student government and student publications.
Center for Global Service and Education, located a t 709 23rd Avenue
South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for
those interested in global issues.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices.
Music Hall, (1978)newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall,
classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and
offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the
Psychology department in the former studio building.
Melby Hall. (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena. (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage IITheater. formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust
stage a s a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which
also retains space in the Little Theater building.
South Hall. Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near
the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students,
faculty and staff.
Admissions
A
ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence
and character. We want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community -the college community, and
the larger community.
Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the
campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in
session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call any weekday from
8:00 a.m. to 430 p.m. -Admissions Office(612)330-1001.
We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for any day including Saturdays. Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th
Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis (please call first).
Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to
race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Application Procedures
forApplication
Freshmen
for Admission
1.
Applicants should complete the application for admission and
essay, and retum them to the Admissions Office together with the
non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman
applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students
at the time of application should have their most recent transcript
sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate
Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of
the high school transcript.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the
Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will
suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school
transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the
applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with
the application or discussed personally with an admissions
counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are
notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after
the application tile is complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
6. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to
make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to
the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked
to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of
their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college
housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Decision for Freshmen
Augsburg offers an Early Decision Program for students who select
Augsburg a s a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must
apply by November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1.The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and
recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to
complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which
enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1.This application is
available in the Admissions Office.
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial
aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director
of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to
make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing
must also submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to begin full-timework toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the
senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a
personal interview with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary
Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information.
Application Procedures
for Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having
completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College
credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit
for courses where It: considers the work unsatisFactory, to grant provisional credit for worlt taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require
that certain courses be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on
previous college work.
Admission to a major, a s well a s admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Tor example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of
Science degree in NursEna must have a 2.5 QFA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to
the major is necessary.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission and return
it to the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable
application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office from the
college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer student
applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level
work must have an omcial transcript from their high school sent
directly to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a
year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their
college performance.
3. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the
applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with
the application or discussed personally with an admissions
counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are
notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after
the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
5. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to
make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to
the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked
to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of
their letter of acceptance.
Those students who wish to live in college housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
Re-Admission of
Former Students
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended
any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have
an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee.
Admission as a
Special Student
(Ron-Degree)
In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students
(non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for
credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at
Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must
be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available
from the Admissions Office.
Admission for
International
Students
International students should consult with the Director of Admissions
regarding the procedures for applying a s an international student. All
international students transferring to Augsburg from another United
States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission
to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for
Fall, November 1for Spring.
To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to:
Director of Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
U.S.A.
College Costs,
Financial Policies
and Financial Aid
A
11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality
liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees
cover. The college raises that difference in gifts - from alumni,
faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, and endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended t o supplement those resources.
College Costs 1986-87
The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1986-87 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes a s required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition, Fees, K e n t and B o a r d
Tuition (full-timeenrollment)
.....................................
$6.780.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1986.
Students are considered full-time when they take three or more
courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more
courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees,
facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to
most college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is
payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester.
Tuition (part-timeenrollment) per course
540.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
270.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that
course.
Room Rent (includes telephone)
1.400.00
1,300.00
Full Board (19meals a week)
Other board plans are available a s defined in the housing contract
booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14
meals a week) is $1,260.00:the point plan is 51,020.00.
......................
.................
..................................
........................................
Other Special F e e s (not refundable)
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
.
..........$ 5.00
only) ....................
Late Registration (per day after
classes begin) .................... $ 10.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (Cancel/add/change
grade option, or combination
at one time) .......................$ 5.00
introduction to Cinema
$ 35.00
Arts .................................
Life Drawing (See Interim
Catalog for fee)
Music Therapy Internship (one
half course credit) ..............$270.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) ......................
fi75.00
Class, per semester ..-........$ 50.00
Radio-Television
Production .....................
$
.,.
10.00
Theater Technical
Production .........................$ 35.00
Student Teaching
(per course) ...................... $ 15.00
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ..........$125.00
Student Government Fee ......$ 60.00
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Application (new and/or
special students) ...............$
Nursing Credit Validation
Tests
,...,..... ..........$
Locker Rental (commuters) $
Student Parking Lot
Permit - car .....................$
- motorcyle ..........$
..............
15.00
75.00
5.00
Transcript Fee (per copy after
first, which is free) ..............$ 2.00
Special Examinations, Cap & Gown
Costs (Schedule on file in
Registrar's Office)
40.00
20.00
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $250 - 300 per year.
Deposits
Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable)
...........................
9100.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or
fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office.
Housing Damage
100.00
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to
reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period
covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or
Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first
day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the
new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January
1for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit
a s a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation
is after these dates.
...........................................................
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of
Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by
the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the
Business Office.
Payment Optiona - (1)
Annual payments, due August 20 a s billed;
42) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3)
Payment Plan
upon appllcalion and after College approval, a
three-month plan Is availabke each semester. Details are included
with the Estimate of Charges letler. (4) 10-month Payment Plan upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 1 0 equal installments
beginning June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent
upon request.
-
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of l0/o per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month
payment plan in which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at
the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College
will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student Loans-NDSL
and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established
repayment schedules.
Refunds
Students fill out withdrawal from College forms available in the Center
for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed,
and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw,
change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released Porn a housing
contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except
for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100°/~- through the first five days of classes
(less $100.00 administrativefee).
90% - from the sixth through 10th day of classes.
80% - from the 11th through 15th day of classes.
70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes.
60% - from the 21st through 25th day of classes.
50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund
will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are
not entitled to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges.
Students who participate in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request
forms are available in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and
all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined.
Financial
Aid
Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a
person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise
choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the
methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both
monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies in
providing various aid programs. For the academic year 1984-85 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg received scholarships,
grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $6,200,000 from
all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon
the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student
and family resources.
The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the Amerlcan ~ o l l & eTesting
Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Porn (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS) helps determine the amount or assistance for
which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors a s current income, assets,
number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement
needs, and special considerations.
How and W h e n to Apply
New Students
-Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for ad-
mission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form
(FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete
the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1
but before March 15for priority consideration. Minnesota residents
must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the
FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's
code is 6014.
3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If a t
that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each
college previously attended before financial aid will be offered.
New Students
-
Early Decision
This is for students who select Augsburg a s their primary college
choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1.
1. Early Decision Candidates applying fur financial aid may wish to
complete the Early Decision PinancIal Aid Appljcatlon, available by
writing or ca lllng t h e Admissions OWce. This enables our Financial
Aid Office to colnpute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by
January 1.
2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any nec-
essary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must
be completed after January 1.
Returning Stadenha
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by
filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is
based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund
availability.
K i n d s of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in gen-
eral rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted).
The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are
urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans
that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their
requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible
for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance For Veterans' Children, and others.
Gift Assistance
- Pull tuition 'Presidents Scholarships are awarded an~iuallylo LIIP rnosl academirally quatliied full-tinie freshmen students. Toese scholarships are awarded without regard to wed. Becatue this Is a unified program, Full
tuiLicln Is assured, slnse lhe College guarantees the diFf~renccbetwecn non-Augsburg grants and schofarships (surti as slate sct~olarships,Pell grants. erc,) anti lull
tuition, The award Is renewable Tor Ihrce years hastd oon academic perrorrnance at
Augsburg. Special application is due January 15.
Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and halr tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded
each fall to (lie n~ostacademically qualified full-lime students who are direct transfers to Augsburg Coltcge rollowing completion ol an A.A. or A.5, degrce. having
maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard
to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified program,
full tuition is assured, since the College guarantees the difference between nonAugsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and
full tuition. Special application is due March 15.
Presidents Scholarships
Paired Resources In Ministry and Education (PRIME)Awards - Augsburg College
will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran
congregation. Announcement from the congregation must be made by October 1.
Aupburg TuiHoa Grants - nvallahlt: to sludents who have shmvn academlc potentral and liavc financial need. A yl.aiil may pay up to full tuition and fees, A studenl's
acadetnk pprkorrnanre, f l nanclal need, and high school and community involvcnient
arc laken intn consideration,
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents who have financial need. For 1986-87, they range from $100 to $4115. All
applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
SwpplernentatMucattlonal Opporhrnity Grants - R federal progranl administered
by the College. To bc eligible, n person must: (I)be a U.S. citi7cn or perinanent residenl; (2) llave suiflclent financial need as defirlrd by the program and demonstrated
by Ihc FFS (or FAT): (3)be ci~pablcot mainlaining satisra'actoyacademic standlng at
Ltbe College: and (41 be accepted h r adrriission.
Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program
guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1986-87 is $2100 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. Application is
made by tiling the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the Pell Grant Program.
lmeau of Indian R f f a i ~ / T d h and
l State Indian Scholarships - Americ.an Indian studcnts who meet federal and state requirenlenls may apply for Bureau of Indiati Asfairs, Tribal and/or Stalp Indian Srholanhtp monies. Studcnts musl be lJ4 degree India11ancestry and be ~rirolledwilh a l e d ~ r a lrecognized
l~
Irlhc. Irldlarl grants
sup~lementall nlher sources of fl~tancialaid, For assistance in a ~ ~ l i c a t i ocontact
n
~1;gsbur~'s
Amerlcan Indian Program Dirtlchr or your Lrlhal agen'iy.
Loan Assistance
National Direct Shldent b a n s (RDSL) - Jolnt Augburg Colleg-federally funded
program adminisle.r~dthrough llie College for students who demonstrate financial
eligiblllty. Loans are. Inhrcst free durtngyour educalion. Nn inter~staccrues nor do
payrnents have to be made on Lheprincipal at any lime you areenrolled at least halftin^^., Simple interrst of 5% and repaymcnl ob the priricipal (a1 the mlnlmum of$30
a month) hegln six months after you leavc school. liepayment may extend up to 10
years. Tl~eloan carria a Icacher canr.ellatlon clause, The maximum which may be
barrowctt for undergraduate: study is $6,000,
Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan
funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no inLerEst c h a t g . Reglnningwlth loans For school periods starting Septemkr 7 3. 1983
and alter, simple annual interpsl eT II% on the loan balance anrl repayment oT the
principal brgin six lnonlhs after you leavc sclionl. Repayment may cxtend up to 10
years. The rnaxirnurn loan Es $2500 per year with the cumnlative undergraduaie
nraxlmum of$I 2,500. Applications are available at the college. some banb, and the
Mintlesota State SLudenl Loan ClfKce.
Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our
program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n e d and be rtgistered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per
year.
-
Parent Laan Program (PLUS) P1,US Is a loall program to help parents meet cotlege costs ol lhei~dc.pendcn1 children. Parents may bormw up to $3,000 per srudenl
ol$15,000.Repayment begins withill 60 days
llrr year with an aggregate ma~i~ntrm
oi check dishursettic~itat a simple [nterest rate of 1 2 8 and a niinirnum payment of
$50 per rnonlh. Applicatlorr ronns are avallahle a l Augshurg Colleqe or the tending
fnsll~rrtlons.Applirljlinns are normally filed wilh thc hank or Lhrirt institution wlltl
which your family has an account.
Student Employment
A i ~ g s b u r gCoflege provides work appoflt~nltieslor students with
proveil finallcia! need who are at least one-hall time students. Assign.
ment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in perfomfng the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is
considered financial aid, just as scholarships, loans, arld granls. A
maxiniurn of 15 hours of on-campusemployment per week is recom-
mended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is
made monthly by check to the student employee.
College WorR Study Program and minnesota State Work Study Program - Under tlle~eprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching
bask with Lhe College ta providt! some part-time work opportunities.
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship wlnners are selected by the Sttrdent Affairs Committee of
t h e Faculty unless otherwise s ~ e c l f i e d .For deuartmenla! scllolarships,
winr~ersa;e recommended b y facut ty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are From statemen& or the donors' wlshes,
*Indicatesendowed scholarships
General Scholarships
Clrarles and Lllura nlliss ~XlricationalFoundation Scholarships - A number of awards of
vdryln!t d ~ t i o t ~[~nirtltii~tni
~~ls
S500) are made each year on the basis of tlnancial need and ability.
Established in 1973 by the foundation.
Bremer Foundation Scholarships - Awarded annually to students from towns and cities
where Bremer banks are located.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to deserving junior/
senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two
deservingjunior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her
late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias 6 . Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more needy and
deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by
Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara
Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by
Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who without
assistance would be unable to pursue higher education, Established in 1963 by a bequest of
John G. Quanbeck.
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E.
Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
Special Scholarships
Aid Associalton Tor Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass students
who arthccrtlbcale (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Es-
Lnhlislicrtl in 1968.
The Crown Prince Haraid Scholarship - Pstabllsh~dby authorization of the Augsburg ColIcqe Roar'rl of IIegentr in 1965 on the t ~ c ; l s i onf~ llrc
~ visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual
scllolarship prnvlde~hrll tuition for a Ireshnia~istudcrit from Norway. The winner is selected
from rnrnpctitiort l~uldIrr Norway by t ' n ~Mnrgv-Amerika Foreningen.
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster R~rnorialScholarship* - One or more scholarships are
swartIrtl anri~rallylo sopliotnore,junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding acadmmir rvcords a i ~ darc preparing Irl work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983 by
family allrl irlenda to lior~orLlir ~rfetnoryof Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded d~lntla[lyto able and de-
FrrYlllg sL~id~ril(s)
whn \lave physical disabilities and Isve d~~iionstlated
financial need. EstabHsh~dIn 1972 by hcr huha~td,Iloyd Cleveland. In linnor tlw niernory uC Mrs. Cleveland, Augstl
leader anrl rlt:vnted wlle.
burg ah~rnna,~ o ~ a e c r a l cClirist~au
Davld J. Fanno Aemorial Scholarship*-0nr or niarr schnlarships are awarded annually to
i t I1a5 sucressrk~llyovrrcorllt: adversily and achieved excellence in
a junlor nr qellior s t l ~ d r ~who
at.adcrnlr and rxtrartrrriculdr pcirformancc. Estahlishcd in 1979 by members of his family t o
Diivid .J. Tormn, ID64 alumnrrr.
honnr the memory a i Colnnia~~drr
Grace Anne JohnlFon Memorial Scholarsltip' - Onr nr mare scholarships are awarded annt~dllytn upperrlass Internatlor~alsludcnl? wlro havr overcntrlc adversity and achieved excell ~ n cIn
t acadernlc and PXlrilCuIr i i u k r perrormanrt:. Btabllshrd i n 1981 by her parents, Dr. and
Ars, I:ini~rJuhflsori, and other idrnily nienlbcrs and friprtds in memory of Grace Anne (Gay)
197 1-1973.
Johnroll, a sludenl a l Auqs~~irg
Catha .Ion- nemorial Scholarship' -Awarded alin~lallyto ripprrclass women of high moral
charart~r,wllh prriewnrc (liven In female nr wale 5ttld~ntstranslcrdntl from Waldorf Colleqe
Who (ire In n~~rslc
andfnr e l r n i r n t a edutntion.
~~
Establishrd ill 1g75 111 memory of Catha on&,
1970 alumna, by her parerits. Mr. and Mrs. Kenn~tIiJnnrs, ntlirr IiItnlly and friends, and the
A~~gshurg
CnTIrgr Srnior Clrallt'nge Prograni.
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - Awarded on the basis of
scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The
scholarship is renewable.
The Rev. Horace E. Plyhus memorfal Scholarshfp. -Awardrd annually to a senior student(s)
who lias st~rcessf~rllv
nverromr ndvcrslly ant1 11.~5arhteverl exrrllence in academic and extrarurilcular perfor~rinricr.E ~ t a l ~ l i s tIn
i ~ d1977 l o honnr lhr rlirtnorv of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929
gmrliratr: nf Augshurg Ser~ilnarywl~oovrrramt: Lhr nrlvrrsily or early years to earn his own edtic;lllnn alrd whn served his lcllow nien wllh ht~n~anity
and dsdnm.
Minority Student ScholarshipsJawants
The Hearst Arncrica~tltrdlan Scholarshio' - O ~ ior
r rllnt c sctnlarshios srre awarded annuallv
to an Ameslc iltl 11irIld11ul)prtrlillr~5llldC11I(~)WIIQ lias a ~ u ~ ~ i u l a tgrade
i v e point average of 3.0
or better at Augsburq Collrg. fsli!blished In 1984 hy I l i e nears[ Fout~datlnn,
Homecoming Auction Schol~rshlps-Awarcltrd annually to two students, one of whom must
be a minority student, who 11avedeu~onstraleclability to facilitatediscussion about issues of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event from faculty,
staff and students.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and
friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially her
service to students.
National Scholarship &Grant Program for Minority dtudenb (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) - Mernb~lsof American racial arid cthnic minorities who are either
seeking admission to an America11 I.r~lheranCllklrcl~(ALL) rollegc OR are members of an ALC
congregation may be considered.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to a Black
American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her
Christian concern for the problems of social injustice.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to
honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg
College, and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgas Scholarship* - Available to both North American and international s t ~ r l p n Ll o~CIIcnurage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards
are based on dcri~nnslratrdircadrmic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev, and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen BtrmtvedllSernorialScholarship*- Awarded annually to a student(s) in the
senior class whr~is prrpali~iqInr Ilir mInLslry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide
offering to honor Lllc rrlrnlnry nl Ilr. T , 0,Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church,
1930-1958.
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of
Henning and ~ellstineDahlberg.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest
in Christian sewice. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson.
The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstrate potential and tinancial need, with preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation.
Gerda mottensen Memodal Scholarship* -One or more scholarships are awarded annually
on L 1 1 ~bil!,is of srl~olarslrlp,sewicc. and dcvotlo~ito the Christian faith. Established in 1975 by
tlir Ii~rnilyanrl h u g h u r g Collqf: in nlmlnrj or aerda Mortensen for five decades of service to
Christian higher education at Augsburg College.
Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministly. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson.
Johah H. 0. ROdvik Memorial Scholarship*
-
Onr or more scholarships are awarded an~rq
preparing for a proierslorial career in Christlan service. Established
rtilally lo h u g s t ~ ~studrnts
ill 1976 t)y Mr. nnrl Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in mvriiory nl Jotiatt J. 0.Hodvik and his deep personal ~lrtl[cntIonLo liis ralling as a minister as well as his scholarly research and pioneer
Lhought r o n c r r n l n ~the Apostle Paul's traditionally mlsilntlerstnod atlitude toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women.
The Rev. Olaf R o g e Memorial &holarshlp* - Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian scrvlce. Ectahllshed 111 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952.
The Rev. lawrenre and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - Ont: or Inore scholnrshlps are
to a Ji~nioror senlor prrparing b r a full-time vocation in the churcll. Eshbawarded a~~nually
lished in 1980 by thclr chlldrrn, la~itiliesand hipr~dsLO l~unorLlre lifelonu dt:votlon that Lhc Rcu,
and Mrs. lawre11ceSateren gav? to the cliurch, hugshurg Coll~ye,anrl Augsht~rgSelninaryover
a period a160 years,
Marguerite Hamilton StorIey memorial Scholarship -nwarded allnually to an able and des ~ r v i n g/ ~ l n i o ~ , k ~ ~slutlenl
i I o r r~colnmendedby l l srhnlarship
~
committee. Semi-finalists are
inlerv&d and sclcct~,dby thc dorlar, the flei. Catvili f. Storley. btablirhed in 1965 to honor
the menlory o l Marqucr~lcljamlllon Slorley and licr intetest and cotice~nin the mission work
of the Christian church.
Morris G. C. d ilanna Vaageneu Misslanary Stholarship Fund* - Awiilded annually Lo a
junior/senior student prepdrlng lor servlcc ac a missionary through the World FTlssion Dcparlment of The American Lulhtran Chorch, Lslabllshecl i l l 1969 by the RPV- and Mrs. Morri? 0.C.
Vaagenes.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
The Crown W n c w Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 197n ta honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to
a talented arl student will1 flnnncial need.
Augaet molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to uppcrclass studc~itsmajoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends in
memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg
COI~P~P,
Athletic
The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) particilmling iri Llh: Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average is
below 3.2. Estahtisherl in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young
hockey player.
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on
the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by his
parents, the Rev, and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg
College.
Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Aemorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the bash ol'personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Established in 1966 by the tkv. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the memory of
these two Augsburg College studrnh.
David Granner memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to h a or more students, particpaling in athletics or masic, who have demonstrated llnanrlal nced and/or high Christian character. The allllplicschotarship is for a mate rarlrliddlc only, w l l l ~a prefcrentr in basketball. Esand Mrs. Ethel
tabliskrl In 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and cllildren I{irhard, Caml, and Rt~l,
Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
S, Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the
wrestling program. Established in 1980 by the William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in
memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler,
Magnus and Kristofa Meven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in
1958 by their children in memory of their parents.
Biology
Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology.
Business AdmlnletmtIon/EcenomEcs
A~~gshusg
Brrsiness Rlitmni Scholarship Fi~nd*- Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or
wrrinr 4 1 1 ~ hIIIP t~ldjnri~l!]ilk ally of Hw dress encompassed within the Department of Business
Arltiiini5lration and C.< .ruioniics and b a w l on acad~micrxccllence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business
community.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass
students interested in the field o f business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration, Established in 1980 by members
of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher
at the College.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in 1980 by
Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Chemishy Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1968 by family,
Friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor:
Manivald Aldre
Carl Fosse
Frederick C. and Laura E. Nortensen
Dr. W. N. Sandstrom
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr.
Covey Hendrickson
Minnesota Mining and ManufacturingChemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979.
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or
professional school goals. Established in 1984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of
a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry, His
professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which
the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship* - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financia.1 assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship* - Awarded annually to jtlniorlstnior students who are
majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to t ~ a c hEngllsh as a career. Established in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 ycars nl service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College.
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarshipb- Awarded annually to an outstanding student
in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952.
Foreign Language
Nimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan to
teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-MedicineAward - Given annually to a student of any major
who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in
1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered
nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses
Alumni Association.
-
Eleanor Christensen Cdwards lkmorlal Scholarshipr Awarded annually to upperclass
student(s) prrparing for a ratter in riirdirlne nr health. Established in 1978 in memory of
Eleanor Christrr~senUwards' devotion and s~.rvjccin lieaitli care by members of her family,
Bernhard Chrlsl~nscn.I;isic Christe~isenSchrocder, .le%l~
Cliristensen, Nadia Christensen and
Theodore Christensen.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major. Established in 1980 by Gregory M. Rtzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock.
The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student
for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and
Mrs. 0. J, Haukeness.
H, R, aendrichdn lllsbry Scholarship* --Awarded annually to students majoring in history
with prclrrencc given to llrose who plau a c a m In lhp field, blahlfshed in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs.
Carl II.Chrlslork and aegnrentcd Ily otlier conLributlo~~s
Lo iinnnr Ihe memory of H. N, Hendrickson, pmkssol uf llistory a1 Aussburg College, 1400- 1952,
Library Science
Library Student Assistant Scholarship - Established in 1984 by library staff to honor junior
or senior students who have given outstanding performance as a library student assistant.
Mathematics
Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and desenring student in the field of
mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department.
Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students
majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established
in 1969 by Minnegasco.
Metro-UrbanStudies
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* - One or more scholarships
are awarded annually to upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of
Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982
by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy ChristensenBenson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas 1. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson,
an Augsburg College alumna.
Prwhrnan Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence niarkrrf ablllty In their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that major
nicldium during ihe Rmt two semesters of performance studies.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high Christian
character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and
Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus.
0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, interest or potential in conducting,
and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I, Hertsgaard.
Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* - Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who
have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music.
Edwin W. and Edith 8, Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships arc awardrrl annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. btablish~din 1980 by
Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and ro~iducllngoF piano,
organ and choral music.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student of
outstanding promise in the field o f music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor Henry P.
Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship
which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has
music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs, lver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to
honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53.
String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola,
cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble, and orchestra.
John & Vera Thut Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in performance in voice or piano. Established in
1980 by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the
teaching of music, three decades of which was at Augsburg.
Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student
majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and
friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students oursuina careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 bv Professors Norma
Noonan and ~ j l e s~teishoel.
Scandinavian Studies
lver and myrtle Olson Scholarship'- Awarded antlually to an upperclassstudent@)with acadeniic ah~lltv.in lllc ~ ~ u t s uoti la rtpqwe. wit11 concentration in Scandinavian lanquaqes, literar
and their familks and friends
tulme,h l s l o i ac~rl/orcult~r~~e.
~ t a b l l ! h d In 1903 by l l ~ e lchildren
to honor lver and Myrtlv Olson oa the occaslot~ol their golden wedding anniversary.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* -Awarded annually to a student in the general field of
Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35.
E
xperiences in the classroom are an important part of collene life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the college and the metropolitan
area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their
education.
Campus
Ministry
a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, a s well as
As
academicand social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident
in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore
their own faith.
Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a
similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship
groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and
Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are
examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday
to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy
Communion.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. A s a
college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values
which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an ofice in the College Center to be readily
available for counseling, consultation, support or information.
Student
Government
Through student government students secure a closer relationship
with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and
provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student
government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all
issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg.
Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring
for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of
their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible - program
planning, writing, editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the Student Body in
their offices in the College Center.
Social, Cultural,
Recreational
Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes
place on campus as well a s in the Twin Cities. These activities include
dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook,
the Augsburglan, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite
classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center.
KCMR, a student-operated non-profitradio station serving the needs of
Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located
in the Mortensen Tower.
Fine Arts
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama.
In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg
Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire
range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students
stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the
theatre arts department.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer,
cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf.
Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track & field, and softball.
Intramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well a s individual performance activities. Broomball
has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests is served by groups and clubs and by events spon-
sored by the student government. If you need information or wish t o initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student
Services
~ u ~ i b college
u r ~
doncerned with educating the whole person and
-
is
recognizes t h a t t h e environment for learning is a critical factor in
achieving growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life
styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose
and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to
produce the educational impact of the college on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs supports this task. During the summer
before your freshman year, or a t the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy ofAugsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities
in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different
destinations for which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act a s a
sort of road map.
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services t o
help make yourjourney rich and meaningful. Some of the opportunities are listed below.
Summer Orientation. Students can plan their first academic year and pre-register
for classes. Students and their parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and
staff as well as with the campus. They stay in the dormitory, attend events in the met:
ropolitan area and seek answers to many questions about college life.
Career Planning and Placement. Students may be uncertain about where they want
to be whenthey finish their undergraduate experience, whether their life style will be
a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help with a personal assessment, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase of
life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor.
Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office,
Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporaty, and
summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in the
area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help match
students and jobs.
Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" is offered each
year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others.
Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships),Choosing a
Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are
provided several times during the year.
Academic Enrichment. Students may want to improve their skills in such areas as
reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. Students also will have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose needs. If a particular course proves difficult, students can arrange for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors
are available to help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth
groups.
Learning Disabilities Program. A Learning Disabilities Specialist and trained peer
counselors are available to LD students needing coursework assistance, as provided
for by Section 504. Direct services and advocacy are provided in such areas as diagnostic assessment, admissions assistance, orientation and registration assistance, basic skills remediation, orientation to the College, and tutoring. A Learning
Laboratoty, word processors, study guides, taped textbooks, and a peer support
group are also available to students accepted into the LD Program. A separate brochure detailing services and fees is available through the Center for Student Development.
Intercultural Center
As a College in t h e city, committed t o t h e values and insights ofcultural
diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy a n d counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty a n d
community. At t h e present time t h e s e efforts concentrate in two major
areas:
American Indian Support Program. This program provides direct services and assistance in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids
procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling, tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program
provides advocacy in areas of health, child care, housing, and employment opportunities, with input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison
with the Intertribal Student Union.
Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides
career and personal counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process. Black History Month and the Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and participation.
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from
or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events
to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If students are interested in study abroad, they can consult the faculty
member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available.
International Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of
its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the International Student
Adviser helps to orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange program,
or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work
permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club.
Health Service
The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across
the street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are
available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check
family health coverage to determine if they are included: if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons,situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food serv-
ice facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangleand Murphy
Square.The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who
live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Living on Campus
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the
learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall
program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Staff who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns with individual students.
Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to
live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available
in annex housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive
room assignments the summer before they arrive a t Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit
by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June
1will be provided housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts
when they move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in U r n e s s Tower.
This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
W e s t H a l l contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upper-
class students.
A n n e x H o u s i n g provides an alternative opportunity for group living.
Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One
way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to
bid for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals
on such t o ~ i c sa s Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's
Awareness, 'international Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian
Studies.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen
units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Student
Riahts
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsiY
bilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by
students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs.
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy
Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records,
files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the
Office of the Registrar and the P!acement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have
signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact
the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator a s
listed in the Communication Directory at the end of the catalog.
Academic
Information
',,
1
I . . . '
i!!
A
ugsburg College constructs its cumculum upon the
premise that students must be educated as full human
persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from
which they have come as well a s the world in which they live. By
providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students
with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon
the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for
participation in exercise and sporting activities.
Students choose from over forty mqjor areas of study to gain a
depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or
further study. Thus, through a balance of cumcular activities
supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an
Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a
real world for the real world.
General Information
D e g r e e s Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates
with majors in Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music
Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of
approximately 1 4 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during
Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual
summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on
another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.)
January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students
and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate
questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In
addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of
travel opportunities within the United States and abroad, Independent
or directed study and internships are among the many Interim options.
Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg
Weekend College).
t.
-+
-
4
II
i'
Faculty
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and
all consider their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are
involved in research, including such varied studies a s space physics,
the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and
homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally
on the local and national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in
buildings, galleries, and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty
s e e their research a s supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces
them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act a s academic
advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities.
Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act a s both mentors and models
for students.
Computer R e s o u r c e s
Approximately 50 microcomputers, including Apple Ile's, IBM XT's,
laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are arranged in
networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational needs.
Students and faculty members needing even more computing power
also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library as-
sistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library
houses over 160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library,
standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics,
and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps.
Access to over 1,000,000volumes is available via daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill
Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to
Augsburg faculty and students.
The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and
equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/
video tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment
such a s movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are
located in the Center.
Academic Organization
and programs
Divisions and Departments
The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are
grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities
- Raymond Anderson (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech,
Communication and Theatre Arts
- Earl Alton (Chairperson)
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan
(Chairperson)
Natural Science and Mathematics
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science,
Psychology, Sociology
Professional Studies
-Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social
Work
M q j o r s and M i n o r s
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department,
within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected
by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless
otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree.
Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major,
Mqjors available at Augsburg are:
Applied Economics
Art History
Biology
~ u s i n e s Administration
s
(Accountina, Finance. International
Business, -Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
EngineeringZ
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Kindergarten-Elementary Education
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
.
.
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nursing (B.S.)
Occupational Therapys
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Minors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
International Business
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
It 1s posslble for students to complete other maJors through the Associated Colleges of the Twln Cltles (ACTC). Students who wlsh to complete a maJor oflered a t
one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofpce.
1 - Cooperatlue Program of the Associated Colleges ofthe 7Luln Cities and agree-
ments with the Unluerslty of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beglnning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian.
2 - Dual degree programs with the University ofMinnesota Institute of Technology, Washington Unluerslty School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Mlchlgan Technological Unluerslty.
3 - Dual degree program with Washington Unluerslty School ofMedlclne.
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs a r e offered a t Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education a n d t h e following fields in Secondary Education:
English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry o r Physics), Science (Grades 5-9),
Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, a n d in t h e special areas
ofArt (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Orchestra (K-12) a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Vocal a n d Classroom
Music (K-9), Vocal a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), a n d Physical
Education (K-12). Students planning t o teach o n t h e secondary level
have advisers both in t h e Education Department a n d t h e area of their
academic major(s).
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills a n d knowledge h a v e b e e n established a t Augsburg t o increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance
personal growth:
Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal
circumstancesthan a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art
Department Chairperson.
Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker
major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology,
speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or exceed criteria
used in The American Lutheran Church certification program. Interested students
should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to
complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship.
For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson.
Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include
courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on
women, lnterested students should contact the program chairperson.
Pre-Professional Programs
S t u d e n t s who plan t o enter t h e fields of law, medicine, occupational
therapy, dentistry, t h e ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, o r engineering c a n profit from a liberal a r t s education a t Augsburg.
It i s r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t r e q u i r e m e n t s for a d m i s s i o n to g r a d u a t e
s c h o o l s o r seminaries be reviewed a n d t h e course of study a t Augsburg
planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in e a c h field t o assist
s t u d e n t s in their planning. S t u d e n t s w h o want t o plan a pre-professional program should contact t h e Associate Academic Dean early in
their freshman year t o arrange for help from t h e appropriate faculty a d viser.
Pre-Dentistry- These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2~ourses;810
111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,352; MAT 124; ~ ~ ~ 1 0 5 .
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students
to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal
arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to
participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree
from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity
to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with
the study of engineering.
Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law
in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law studentshould
major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most law-school entrance
requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments
have majors specially designed for pre-medical students. Both require CAM 115,116
(or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125: and PW 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires
CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The
Biology major also requires 810 111, 112, 491 and one from each of three groups
(351,353, 361), 1355,473, 47Y), (440, 471,476), with 353 and 355 especially recnmmenrlccl Tor rnedical school. Designed lo mcet the University TMinnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage coursr.s in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of
Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser
early in the freshman year.
Pre-OccupationalTherapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement with
Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy
Program include ENG 111,BlO 111,112 and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or 115: PW 103;
PSY 105.351.362: SOC 121.336. SOC 362 or MAT 373.
Pre-Pharmacy- Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements
of the Colleae of Pharmacv at the Universitv of Minnesota: BIO 111.112: CHM 115.
116, 351, 352; ECO 1 2 2 : " 1~11
~ and
~ a iecond course; MAT 124, 125: PHY 121,
122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requ~rements.Requirements at other universities may vary.
-~
-~
-
-
-
~
~
0 -
-
~
7
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of
history (Western Civilization);one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and
Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended:
ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course: CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106),
351, 352, 353; 810 111,112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1course; 2 courses in art,
literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in t h e Twin
Cities a r e a o n several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library
consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community
has access to over 5,000,000volumes,
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) - Full-time students at Augsburg
and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may
elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to
participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim
term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa,
and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia,
South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs
are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and
the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international
and experiential education, and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a
chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help
professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are
taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students
are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the
University of ~iniesotaunderan ag;eement between Augsburg, the ~ i i v e r s i of
t~
Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience a r e available to Augsburg students. S o m e of t h e m a r e briefly described below. For application procedures a n d further information, s e e t h e Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit o n t h e number of students who may study
a b r o a d e a c h year it i s wise t o apply in t h e fall prior t o t h e year o n e
wishes t o participate in a n international program. T h e d e a d l i n e i s
March 1of t h e preceding year.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in
the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) - Augsburg students
join students from other colleges and universities in five different full semester programs in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities.
All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of social change and
cross-cultural factors on the human community, HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field trips.
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in
spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE).
International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris
(American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken at
Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses
abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month li~ing~learning
program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice
and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation, Includes intensive Spanish instruction,group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost,
including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Center for Global
Service and Education.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the
writing of a paper upon return.
Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway: Schiller
College in London and Heidelberg: the University of York, England: the University of
Dundee, Scotland: the University of Seville, Spain: and the Institute for American
Universities in Avignon, France.
Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend
a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of International Programs.
Honors Program
The Honors Program a t Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified
students to pursue a n enriched and distinctive course of study. The
major components of the Program include a limited sequence of honors during the freshman and sophomore year, special extra-curricular
seminars, a program of cultural events each semester, and a senior
capstone interim. The Program challenges our finest students to distinguish themselves. Students are ordinarily recruited a s freshmen, but
may enter later by petition. Please send inquiries to Dr. Diane Pike, Director of Honors.
Cooperative Education, Internships
and the Liberal Arts
Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg
College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of
work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career
interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is a n
effective form of career preparation.
Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs
link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience. This on-the-job experience a d d s
breadth and depth t o the liberal arts curriculum and helps students
make more informed career decisions.
Augsburg's liberal arts education is enhanced by the college's metropolitan location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities.
Co-op Ed and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the resulting partnerships among employers, educators and
students.
Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential
education for many years. Both Co-op Education and lnternships are
voluntary and available throughout the cuniculum. Each academic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program
and the amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates the Internship Program with assistance from Career Services.
Co-op Education and lnternships are separate and distinct from programs which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/
or student teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in
Co-op Education and lnternships prior to and following these required
assignments.
Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships are numbered 199. Registration for internships consists of the
followingsteps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate Academic Dean's oflice) must be negotiated with the faculty
member responsible for grading the experience. The grading system,
activities, and appropriate level must be agreed upon. The completed
learning agreement is returned to the Associate Dean's oftlce. An internship card (with the description/location) signed by the faculty
member and Associate Dean must be turned in to the Registrar's Office
at registration time. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until
an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the 35 courses
required for the degree.
Independent/Directed Study
Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who
demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to
cany out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses
are numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to offer '12 course credit under 498. The Speech, Communication
and Theatre Arts department uses 495 for independent study in Communication.) Many departments also offer an opportunity for directed
study on a lower division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed upon, lndependent and directed study
course numbers are used only for study different in content from
courses already listed in this catalog. An agreed title must be reported
on the appropriate form to the Registrar's OWce at registration time.
The faculty member giving the grade must sign the form. Students are
not encouraged to registerladd until an actual study has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of
the catalog under grading. A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-register for independent
studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus,
and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached.
Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their
own academic dean.
Augsburg Weekend College
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for
adult students who work or have other commitments during the week.
It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree,
complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are
three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term.
While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses
a s the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal
arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations in accounting, finance, management, management information systems, and marketing), Communication (concentrations in
human relations, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and noncredit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a
semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to
fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean.
Center for Global Service & Education
The Center for Global Service and Education was founded at Augsburg
in 1982with a commitment to education which both expands our world
view and deepens our understanding of issues related to global peace
and justice. Students can participate in a number of forums, seminars
and conferences that focus on global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, The Program in Global Community, and occasional interims allow more in depth exposure to these topics.
Academic Policies
and Procedures
Registration
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course
in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5
courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the
Committee on Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged
for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the
first five days of a semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Col-
leges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office, and Weekend College Ofice for those sessions at
Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices:
-
Office of the Registrar
Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms
Interim Office - Memorial 230,for Interim
Summer School Office - Memorial 230,for Summer School
Weekend College Office - Memorial 329,for Fall, Winter and Spring
trimesters of Weekend College.
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for
courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring and during the spring for the fall. All students
must confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and
complete financial arrangements.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final
examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in
accounts are effective a s of the date the completed Withdrawal from
College form is returned to the Registrar's Office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal
reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Ofice of the Dean
of the College. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized
representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office.
A Leave ofAbsence may be granted for one term or one academic year.
If an extension of a Leave ofAbsence is needed, it should be requested
in the same manner a s the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and
housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence
does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines.
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied
rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons,
the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a
choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or
using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in
the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there
may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about
requirements for these honors.
1. Completion of 35 courses.
At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s
and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in
certain approved majors - 1 7 (MusicEducation) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 1 8 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing)degree. The course total must include three Interims for students
whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less interim course than
the number of years at Augsburg.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total
courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional
grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary
Education and Nursing: 1in the minor if approved by the department chairperson.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or
higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific
requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2. Completion of a mqjor.
Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental
headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged.
3. Grade Point average
2.0 for most mqjors.
A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and
over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a
higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing,
social work.) See the departmental section for details.
-
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7
courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the
Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
5. Distribution requirements (See below)
Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111)or certification of
demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech,
Communication & Theatre
Arts (devoted to the study of
literature)
Psychology-Sociology
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
.
A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's
Office.
Foreign Languages - Two courses (111and 112) of one foreign
language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a
foreign language will take one additional course at placement level
in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign
language. International students should consult with the Registrar.
Religion - Three approved courses in religion, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at
Augsburg.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are
published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's
Office.
Lifetime Sports - Two different lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency in two different lifetime sports.
English as a Second Language (ESL)Program
Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary
language, or are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (8090 range for exemption) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of English a s a Second Language an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on
this test and the grade eamed in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a
grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG
2171218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will
normally be granted for no more than two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by testing out or by completing the course, will be exempted from the foreign language requirement for graduation.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of
evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on
a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a
grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than
2.0. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since
some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 1 4 traditionally graded courses be eamed at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN
limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383
and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the PIN system or
only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01
N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar
and Lifetime Sports are graded PlO.0.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish
to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system
must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is
charged for any changes after the first five days of classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0
2.6
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee
on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and
date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is
granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete.
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes
last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of
the first term of registration. A grade ofX is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X
extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and
demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to
an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which
the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year).An
instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory
progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping
these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1 X by the student would be necessary if
done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if
done after one year, a new registration would be necessary.
A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received
may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited.
All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for
legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in
the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for
dropping classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so
by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College
Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor
within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have
been met, the course will be listed on the transcript a s having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with
a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (QPA)is based on final grades For all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work tmnsferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/M grading optlon
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of the fall and interim
terms.
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors - 1 6 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted
to students with scores 0f3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the
department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program)
Augsburg College recognizes that learnlng car1 and does tatre place in
many 1lfe sltuations. Some of lhls learning may b e appropriate for
credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provldes a means by which a student's
previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible
credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within
the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition.
The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment:
The College tm-4 Examination Program (CLEP) is a serks or slaridardized tests
which have been developed hy The College Board arrd are offered lo students for a
small Tee at reglorial testing t.enters. (The reglonal testlng center for this area Is the
Unliiererslty or Minnesota,) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a
subject examination may receive academic credlt Tor that suh,ject at Augshutg Col3ege. AddlUonal Information ahout CLEF L e t s Is available from lhe Orflc~of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students to use in obtaining
credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question.
B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam.
C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the
exam.
Credit for departmental exams is available on a passjno credit basis only, and there
is a charge per exam.
The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)is a credit assessment alternative in which a
faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by
the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty
members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's
previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria:
A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material
found within liberal arts coursework.
B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student.
C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four
courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of
at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to
the student's transcript.
Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP
2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student,
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom,
this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal
arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourthof
a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credil that is obtained through previous experiential learning, In camplling the nlne courses or credit for prevlous experiential
leaming, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes
available in the APL program: CLEF exams, departmental exams, and credit granted
through CAP Committee assessment.
Probation and Dismissal
Students will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if
their achievement is unsatisfactory. Students who have been on probation two or more consecutive semesters are subject to dismissal at
the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each
case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Students who
have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. Those on probation for two terms who withdraw from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Students having taken 3 or more Augsburg courses will be placed on
probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken
fewer than 7 courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having
taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses.
Junior - below 1.9cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25
courses.
Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses.
They will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation a s
freshmen for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from probation if
their classification changes to sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7.Students
placed on probation a s sophomores for earning 3 zero grades will be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and
their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional
grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each
student on the Dean's List receives a certificate and, if permission is
given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8to 4.0cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude 3.6up to but not including 3.8cumulative GPA
Cum laude 3.3up to but not including 3.6cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Veterans of Military Setaiice
Augsburg is approved by t h e State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training. Veterans should consul1 with the Office of the Registrar about
cornpl@Lionor Lhe enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period
of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three
courses per term, the minimum for classification a s full-timestudents.
It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Ofice of the Registrar, a s it is for all
students.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn
the equivalent of what they had been certified for.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the
term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans
Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
and IFYogams
Course Descriptions
Maior & Minor Requirements
A
s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates
with a belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated
and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable
parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various
ways to construct mqjors, to create the substance of a broad
general education, and to give students the opportunity to
study areas of particular individual interest.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter covered in individual courses to aid students in planning
a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of
content, approach, and requirements for a particular course can
be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the
educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and its
place in the college's program. A listing of requirements for individual mqjors follows the narrative.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general,
classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is specified. The Schedule of Classes published each
spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for
one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses
numbered 300 and above are classified a s upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course
are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course
when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of
,a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser.
Art
Department (ART)
Art is important as a field of study for our modern age. Our survival as a
culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and
beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have
made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to
the art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life
that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist,
art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to
see.
Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as
taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines.Art as
a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly
significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such
as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science.
A liberal arts college, such as Augsburg College, is an ideal setting for the
study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of
ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area.
Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg
graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public
schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration
and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and museum
work.
The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills
with a breadth of understanding.
Art Faculty:
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman,
Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Dorothy Williamson.
Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with foundations 102,107,
225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2dimensional art (118,223,360)and one in 3-dimensional art (150,
221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the
Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
portfolio on approval by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 7 studio disciplines among Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a
second course in two areas; 240 and two other art history courses.
Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education
for teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2
studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general
growth and development and/or special projects such a s senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the department chairperson before the last term of the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. Up to
four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 EnvironmentalAesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and warld setting, Concern far t h e visual content of
experience in the environment leading toward appreciaLion and criticism.
lndivirlrlal and group projects explnring design prohlcrns In rcpresenta(Ion, symbalism and ahstlaction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such a s color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100,300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used a s a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm.
camera. (Spring)
150 Jewelry
An introduction to the casting ofjewelry in pewter and silver.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
2 2 1 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast,
weld and assemble the respective media.
223 Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silk-screen and woodcut.
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
330 Visual Communications I1
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.::!25)
351 Ceramics 11
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting 11
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Altemate years)
368 Print Making 11
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including
silk-screen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson o r internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture 11
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 lndependent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times, Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts - a s artists,
a s subjects, and a s patrons.
382 ScandinavianArts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D.
(Spring 1987)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting,
sculpture, and architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Fall 1986)
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism
through the present. (Alternate years, 1987-88)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific e m ~ h a s i on
s 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European a r i a s well a s indigenous movements.
Biology
Department (BIO)
Biology is the study of life, and it is natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops
us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an
enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part ofthe biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common
to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is
essential to attain self-understandingand to provide a basis for wise decisions.
Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that
even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp ofbiologists, This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to
years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field
for research for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has
accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been
made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those
at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided
some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on
the findings of basic biological research.
Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based.
Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in
the physical sciences is also important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis
for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine
and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences,
leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic
and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other araduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology.
Biology Faculty:
Neal Thorpe (Chairperson). Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers,
Etwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulemd.
-
O p t i o n 1: 7 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least
one course from each of three groups: ( I ) 351,353,361,481; (11)
355,473,474; (111) 440,471,476; CAM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,
352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. All of the 7 biology courses must
have laboratories except for 367 and 491. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Mqjor
-
O p t i o n 2: 9 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least
one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)
361,481; (IV) 471,473: (V) 440,476: CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
351 and 352. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often
select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires
three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach
are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Mqjor
P r e - M e d i c a l Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical
schools usually require CHM 353.
H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participa-
tion in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no
later than the first term of the senior year.
M i n o r : 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division
courses; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106).
101 Human Blology
llasic t>inloglcalconcepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt ta arlstvcr sucli questions as: What makes man just another member of the hintic Fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What inIlt~eticcdocs man have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urbali envlronment, have on man? (3hours
lecture, 1-112 liours discussion section. A student may not receive credit
for both 1 0 1anrl 103. Docs r1oI apply to the major or minor, Spring)
103 Human Anstomv and PhvsloZolrv
A professional cchrse In h e slruFture and Function of the human body.
Lectl~reand laboratory. (A sttrdenl may not receive credit for both 101and
10.7. lloes not apply lhe maor or minor)
to
105 Blology and Soclety
iVIiat arc some of the biologically-haseclproblems with which our sorlety
inust deal7 R s61rvcyof Lhe cnv!mnmtntal and tiealth impllatlons o f polI~tlion,noii-rericwahlr resource depletion, waste disposal, war. occupatlnnal safety and I~calth.An historical survey of Arneriian agriculture.
worlcl rood supply and biologlal dctcrminism. A critlcal cvaItlntlon of tlie
or bIoloyical colrcepts. (3 hour ~ectum.Does not apply
social applicatio~~
lo the innjoxor minor,)
108 Mlcrablology
basic micinbial features are conslderecl as well as applications of mlcr0biology to thc fields of rnedlctnc and sanltatlon. (5hours lecture. J hours
laboratory. For sludenl nulsrs. heall11 majors, or consent. of inslructor.
Prercq.: CHM 109 and concurrenl rcqlstmtion in CllM 110 or ronsrnlt of instructor. Weekend College. Does not apply to the nrajor or mir~or)
109 Special Topics In Bloloay
Ofrered pel Fodicall y lh rough Augsbt~rg'sConservallon or Human Resources (CI IFt) program, Qcnerally conrlucted off campus wtlh rommirnity
pcoplc tilting the course tqether with coll~ycstlldcnts 111a co-lcamltlg
motiel. Topics will valy depcndlng upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111.112 oeneral Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular hioZogy, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary
n~echanisms.analonly, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationsl-ilpsof organisms. Musl he taken in sequcnce except by permission of inst~uctor.(3 Ilollis lecture; 4 I~nurslaboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
1 9 9 Internship
Lower division internship.
203 Principles of Nutrition
A study n l the six ctasses oinutrfents and thcir digestion, absorption,
transporl. mrtabnlism, iriteractinn, storage. and excretion. A special effort
will bc made to dlrercntiate "fact rrom fiction" irr this controversial biological field. (3hours Iccturc. Prereq.: llZ or conscnt of instructor.)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A sludy of lhe invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology,
txhavior. life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3hours lecture, 4
ho~lrslaboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring)
353 Compamttw Vertebrate Zoology
A comparailve stutly dealing witli Lhe classification, morphology, distrihution, evnlulion, behavior and 1mpulation dynamics of the vertebrates.
(3tio~trslecture, 4 liours laboratory, Prercq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring)
3 6 1 Plant Biology
A su~vcy
of l11emajor cllvlsians or the plant hingdom including the study of
analomy, physiology, lire histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecti11e, 4 Ii011rslaboratory. Prereq.: 112,Altentate years)
367 Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary mstabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 352 or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 Internship
Upper division internship.
4140 Plant PhysioIogy
A corlsidera tion of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in
photosynthesis, respiration, growth and developmeril, and waterrelatlons
in vascitlar and norivascular plants. 'She relationstilps or these processes
to plant structures, (3 tiot~rsclass, 4 Iiours laboratory, Prcrcq.: 112. Alternaic ycars, spring)
4 7 1 Cellular Biology
A study corrclalinq cell Function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microterh6ique, cytological sludies, cell pt~yslologyand tissue culture. (3 I~ourscrass,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.367 or consent of instructor. Spring)
4 7 3 Animal Physiology
A sti~dyof animal lunction with emphasls on the vertebrates. Merevet
posslble, f~lnctinnsare explained on the bask 01 physical and chernlcal
principles. (3tiours class, 4 hours laboratoi'y. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 Or
f 16; I'tlY 103 or 122 or consent of lnslructor. Fall)
474 Devetopmental Biology
A consirleratlnn of the physiological and morphological changes wl~ich
occur during I h e tieveIopment ol arcynisms with emphasis on Ihc vertebrate animals. Experimctital as well as tlcscrlptivcsi~~dles
are included In
the laborato~ywork. In adclilion to elnlsryonic drrveloptnclll, the topics or
are dlsrllsscci. (3 I~oursclass, 4
mallgnoncy, aging, and ~'c~enelallon
hot~rslab. I'rercq.: 112. Sprirlgl
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria
and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morpholocjy, physiology, genetics, and
pathogenicity are considered as well as cert,iin methods. (3hours class,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities: the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their environments. (3hours class.
4 hours lalmratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361or consent
or insLruclor. Alternale years, Fall)
491 Seminar
Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors maJoring in biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor)
Business
Administration
and Economics
Department
The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed
to developing both the theoretical and practical tools necessary for entry
into and advancement in business and other organizations a s well as preparation for graduate sthdy, To thls end, the department offers specialization in a variety of areas including: Accounting, Applied Economics, Economics. Finance, International Business, Management, Management
Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, a s well as a Combined Business
and Economics concentration.
Each of these areas b dependent upon a strong foundation In the liberal
arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skllls. Rec.
ognklng the occupational realities of Me business and economic disciplines, the department is equally commitled Lo maintaining an applicatiomoriented balance. This balance is acllleved In part by fostering close
ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of practical expertise, a wide variety of internship opportunities as well as fbture
job prospects.
Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the
community by contributing to an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration & Economics Faculty:
Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, James Billings, Diane
Busico, John Cemto, Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson,
Richard Herzog, Jane Kammerman, Roy LaFayette, R. McFall Lamm,
Jr., Thomas Morgan, Edward Sabella, Milo Schield, Stanley Solnick.
Business Administration Mqjor (BUS):
Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and
Marketing specializations:
BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391,
ECO 112,113,
313,311or 312 or 315.
Specialization in Accounting:
12 Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or 425.
Specialization in Finance:
12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415.
Specialization in Management:
12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or SOC 301.
Specialization in Marketing:
12 Core courses, 352,450, ECO 415, SPC 353.
Specialization in International Business:
175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391,ECO 112,113,313. Also the
following emphasis to be taken abroad:
Three of:
Comparative Business Law
European Marketing (or International Marketing)
lnternational Business
Import/Export Operations
Multinational Corporation
International Financial Policies
One of:
lnternational Trade and Finance
European Common Market
lnternational Economic Policies
lnternational Economic Institutions
Economics of Developing Countries
BUS 399 or 499 is required, a s well a s three semesters of a foreign
language (or tested equivalent).
Specialization in Management Infomation Systems:
175,221,222,242,252,279,331,310(or CSC 352),375,475,476,
479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174 and 175 or MAT 124 and CSC
170.
Honors Maor:
GPA of3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall: a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Business Administration:
6 courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO 112 and 113. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
department.
Minor in International Business:
6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,and three
lnternational Business courses. Other configurations may be
permitted on consultation with the department.
Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS):
6 courses, including 221,242 or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113.
175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370 and 375. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
department.
C.P.A. Certification:
Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA)
examinaHon prior to fulflIllng the experience requirement must have
c o m ~ l e t e dthe rnaior In BusinessAdministration-Accoun tinq and
taken all accounting and b u d t ~ e s law
s offered. Students mabring In
Business Administration-Accountinu are auallfied under (he nlles of
the Minnesota State Board of ~ c c o & t a n c ito slt For the examination
during their last semester.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration
department are strong!y encouraged to select a department advisor
a s soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study.
In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business
Administration" (BUS 295,495),the department has also offered:
Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer
Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer
Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, and
Micro Computer Accounting.
Business (BUS)
175 Computers for Economics and BusEness
A n i~~lroduction
tn computerized rlala processing. Learn a higher-level
Lcam about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS) and
l a n g ~ ~ a (BASIC).
ge
data bascs (LIOASE). team about word proccssing arid computerized
business graphics. (I'rcreq.: Math I'laccment Group I1 or hlgh school algebra)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and Fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
222 IPrlndples of Aceonntlng II
A conlEnuation of 221. IntroducMon to business activlttes, accounting for
corpoiations. Baslc concepts afld fundamentals of matiagerial accounting, planning and cnntrolllng plucesses, decision-nrahing and behavioral
coilsidcralions. (Prcreq.: I-IUS 221)
242 Principles OF Management
Develol~rnenlof the tl~eoryo i management, organization, staffing, planning, arid control. The nature olaulhority. accountability and responsibility, analysls of the role nl tlle professional manager.
252 Prlnclptes of Marketing
Frinclples of l~aslcpollcy and strategy Issues In marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors a s they afFeet prt~duct.promotion. marketing channel and prictng decisioi~s.
279 Quantttative Methods for Economics and Business
An l~ltrorlirctionto quantltatlve reasoning,descriptive ineasures, probability, sarnpll?rp,distributions. i~rfrrcnce,and estimatlnti with emphasis on
tlielr usc in appticd proble~msin business and economics. (Prereq.: Math
placerrterit groirp Ill nt a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104)
295 Taplcs
I.ectures. discusstnns, meeting wlth members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding rcsearch methodology and readings in the areas of business
adrninistratlon. (Pl'ercq.: Conseril of instructor)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
322 Accorrntfng Theory and Practice I
A n analysis of accountlng theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts. currcnt and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO
113, Fall)
d c c o ~ ~ n t i nheory
gf
and Practice 11
A co~iti~~ualion
or322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to liabllilles, stocltholrlcrs' equities and other accounting issues. Additional
einpt~nsiso n incon~cdetermination considering price level changes.
(Prereq.: BUS 322. Spring)
managerla1Cost Accol~nting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budget in^, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and
bel~avioraltopits. (I'rcrcq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor)
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for
individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: BUS 221,
331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor)
Financial Management
Theory ~Facquisillon,allocation, and management of funds within the
firm. Sourccsand uses or long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
I>udgeting, Icve~age,dividencl policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS
222, L C 0 113)
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable workin relationships: effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the%rmand society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or
consent of instructor)
International Business
Intsoductlon to the problems and posdbllltles of doing business in an inlernatlanal conlext. Ajlpreciation of the prospective required Tor success.
iirl plarining and rnanagemcnt or any cntcrpl-ise operating abroad is emphasired by rorcsccing both (he opportut~iLfcsand the dificullles Inherme
In inlcrnatlonal business. (Prereq.: two business and economics courses
or consent 01 inst~uctor)
Advanced Computing for Budnees md EEodamiw
Crrrrent topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmablc data bas- (D-l3ASI:I. graphics, infomialion retrieval uslng teIecomrnunicatlons. and olher (lackaqes (stallsticalanalysis. project management, expert systems, etc.). Solbe common prnllfems In economics,
finance and marketing. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or
CSC 145,170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.)
Infwmatlon Systems In the Owanlzatlan
Use of systems approach in analytlng the use of Information Systems in
the olganizalioo, AnaIyze busincss needs and Information requirements,
idc~~lliy
relevant solutions atid communicate recomn~etidations.Emphasis on management consulting sE.IIts including wrillcn and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such a s BUS 175 and 370)
391 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
399 Inlernshtp Program
A sludent may receive course credlts through an Enternship program
whlcl~is applicable to graduation, bul not to the major.This program will
P
Lllc opportu~~lty
to spend one rull term worltlng with
atforti L ~ siudenl
snine orgatrlzation. In addition, t h e sludent will write a repart on hislher
activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
423 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall)
425 Advanced Accountina
Accounting for buslness combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring)
433 Piaanclal f heory?Policy and Practice
A system'sapproacli lo financial slructure and policy. Emphasis on deci-
438
450
475
476
479
sion making. presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case
nlalcrlal. (Prereq.: BUS 337 1
Investment Theory
Appraisal or Llic risk return retatlonships of various types of securities
Iwm llir viewpoinl o/bolh individual and instilr~tionalinvertor. Extensive
coverage of capital mar'kets arid portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core
cottrses or cunsen t or instriiclor)
Marketing Management
lnlegralion of rnarketil~gwith ather business f~mctions;marketing managemcqt and decision inalting, planning marltettngprograms, channels of
di*tribulion, pricing. prorluc.l selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS
352)
Information Systems Analysts and Design
AnaIyze inlormation rcq~~irements
and design systems speciflcatlons. Utilize relational data base sofeware to aulcklv imtllement severa! system desians. Utilize ~ r o l e c manaacment'
t
sortware Lo manaac the i i f c cvcle
pi&casinc~udin~'hacumentjiior~
and impternentatinn. (Frereq.:at1 ~dwer
Ievet core murscs. B U S 375, Rcco~~irnended:
BUS 370 01. C S C 35'2)
lnformatlon Systems Projects
Using sltllls developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete an information analysis ntid sysicms design for several business situations. Utilize both case
sludies and actual buslnrsses. IPrereq.: BUS 375, 475. Recommended:
BUS 479)
Intermediate QnanHtatlve Methods for Economics and Business
Utilizing cornpurcl pacl\ages rclcvanL lo slatistical analysis. Frogramming
1001s include soreadsliecls, Minilab, SI'SS and olher statistical packaqes.
Areas or luteresl include slatisticaT descripllons, analysis of v d a n c e and
slatlsllcal InCerenre plus linear models, queing models and Monte Carlo
sln~i~talions.
Prereq.: BUS 175. 279. Math placement group IV or a grade
of at Icas12.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. liecornmended: BUS3701
495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499 Independent Study
'rhc stildcnt may calm independent study credits through individually supcrviscd prqjects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
E c o n o m i c s (ECO):
Mqjor in Economics:
8 Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three other
upper division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114.
The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for
those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in
the use of computers are also strongly recommended.
Mqjor in Applied Economics:
8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and three other
upper division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 1 2 1and PHI 130.
Combined major in Economics-BusinessAdministration:
6 Economics courses (112,113,312,313, and two other upper
division); 8 Business Administration courses (221,222,242,252,
279,331, and two other upper division).
Honors Mqjor:
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Economics:
112,113,312,313, and one additional upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
department.
Notes: Students who plan to major in t h e department are strongly
encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon a s possible in
order to carefully plan their program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been
offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History
of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and
Business, Advanced Economic Theory, and Decision-Making with
Finite Markov Chains.
ECO 110,112, and 113will satisfy general education requirements.
ECO 110 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
110 Economics of Urban Issues
Sturly of econoinic itnplications of many problems faclng a metro-urban
envi~onmenl.Somc nf l l ~ loptcs
e
to be rliscussecl arc: Population "Crisis",
Crl111e Preveniion. Ecology atid Incornr I~istrlbullon;Dislrlhutlng rrce
Drcarl: Mass Transit Systc~~ls,
elc. ~~rnclanic~rtal
rnicroecfino~nictools Introduced to Carllltatc discussion of ttie a hove mentioned topics. (This is a
basic roursc desiglied fnr Itlost: sl~ldtlntswho tlo not plan tr) malor In Econnmlcs or Rusines4 Admlnistratlori. I1 docs no1 apply tclward an Lcotioi~ilr.major or ti~inor.Slrrttcnls wtin plan lo malor in Rusiness Aclminislralion alirlJor Ccoi~ornicsshollld enrnll in KC0 1I'L and t I3 which also
are open to non-majors.)
112 Principles of Macroeconomics
An lnttnduclion 10 macroecono!nirs; national Income analysis, monetary
and fiscal pnlicy, intcrnalional trade, economic growth. Application or elementaiy economic Llicory la current economic prnblems. May be taken
i~~depcndentlyallIJor
110.112and 113 may he taken In clttierorder,or
may bc laltcri In the same lern, Tor the sluder~tto progress rapidly to the
olhcr coutses.
113 Principles of Microeconomics
An Inlroclucllon lo mlcroeconotnics, the theory of the household, firm,
marlret strucltlres and Income rllstributlon, Application of elementary ecorion~ir.lhenqe to marltct policy. May Ile taken independently of 112 or
110. 1 12 at~cl113 may he lalren In either order, or may be taken in the
same tcrni fortiic s t ~ ~ d eto
n tprogress more rapidly to other courses.
175 Computers for Economics and Business
(See under Business).
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
215 Elements of Mathematical Economics
Economic concepts explained using mathematics a s a tool. Examples
from finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.:
ECO 113)
279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business).
295 Topics
Lechrres. discussions, meeting witfi members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding restrarch methodology and current national and international
ecanornics problems and politics. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity: debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall)
312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall)
313 Intermediate microeconomics
Theory orresourccaIlocal~on,analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; lhe pricing of lacto1s of production and income distribution: introdiiction lo welCarc ecol~ornics.(Prereq.: ECO 113)
315 Monev and Banklna
~ u n c l f o nor
l ~tllc
~ ~l<onetary and banking systems, particularly commerclal I>arilcs,the I'cdernl Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
ccono~iilcacttvily. Etnpt~asisplaced on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
318 Management Science
l'rovirles a sounrl conceptual understanding of the modern techniques OF
management scic~lrel o prepare sl~idcnts
LC) malte better I3uslness and economic declsiorrs. I'tt~phasisIs on applications, wl~fcharc Lalte~?from the
arcas nf transportation, markellng. [>oriColioselection. envlronmcntal prw
teclion, thr slinrlest ror~Le,invcrlto~ymodels. InCormatioti sysiems, ctc.
(Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring)
360 International Trade and Pinance
A study ol the unclerlylna roi'ccs afrectlng the economic relations among
of the basts tor international trade: balance of paynatirlris, De~elopln~IIt
rnetils: exchangc ratc systems and comniercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,
1W or cclnsenl of Ensin!clorl
399 linternsltipProwam
A studenl may rcrclve course credits through an Internship program
wllEcli is applirallle to gradualion, h u t not to the major. This program will
alforrl the sluclcnt the opporh~nICylo spend one frill tcrm worlcinq with
so~~~rr
organization. In atlditlori, Llle sludent W111 wrile a report on tiis/l1er
activities. (Prcrcq.: consent ol Instructorl
413 Labor lkonamlcs
Analysis or labor marltels; labor as a factor ofproduction; determination of
wage cotIe.ctivc bargaining: labor legislation and effects upon society.
(l'rcreq.: GCO 515 or cnnsent of instructor. On demand)
414 Wclfarc Economics
Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative rnarlret strrlctures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of econornic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor)
415 Managerial Economics
I~ilrgratrsecononiic theory and corrcspondlr~gpractlces In business.
Amo11.qthe topics considered are theories and practlces in forecasting, esllmniion 01 dcrnand and cosl lunctions, pricc and non-price competition,
protl~lctlonar~dcost co~isideratIons,and an analysis of economic proh!ems or xcleval~cetcl rnarlagelnenl. (Prercq.:BUS 279.CCO 3 13. Spring)
416 Mathematical Fmnonlics
Matlieinalical ecanomlrs wlth emphasis on the application of mathematical tools Lo Lhc areas oCinicro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO
512,31.3 and a l leasl PlAT U2 or equlvalclit or consent of instructor. On
demand)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business).
495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and intemational economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499 Independent Study
'the student tnay earn independent study credits through individually supfwiserl projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some lop6 or isstrc in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Chemistry
Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those
changes and worhlng toward an understanding ofthenz. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas or molecular biology, chemistry
has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire
physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves.
Chemists as scientists must he well versed tn the scfence of chemistry,
knowledgeable in Tact and theory for solving sclentffic problems, capable
of providing a pzrblic understanding of their work including potential problems as well as hrnefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand
themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities,
the arts and the social sciences are imperative if a chemist is to be truly
human and therefore truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists.
1. To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions.
2. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
3. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change alter graduation, and be able to move into new
areas as opportunities arise.
4. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to
seriously study areas outside of the sciences: and
5. To presentthe excitement:of chemtstry to non-science majors as an exampie of the methodolagy of the natural scienca in examining the
world around us, The presenbtion of major concepts underlying the
changes in matter. the apporttlntty to examine change in the pl~ysicat
world, and the reflection of the implications ofsclence In our society
will enhance the ability of non-sciencepersons to make better value
judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty:
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson),Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted
Graduation Mqjor in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,
353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481,
483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121, 122; MAT
124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the
freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year.
American Chemical Society Approved Maor: 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497, 499), Chernlstry Seminar participation; MAT 224: PHY
121,122 (which should be taken during Ihe sophomore year). Reading ability in Cierman equivalent to one semester and conlput~rprofi-
ciency are also required.
-
Teachlng Mqjwr: Physleal Science Emphasis
Chemistry Major: Recotnmendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105,106);3 courses in earth and life sciences: CHM 351,352,353,361,363,364,482,491 (B10 367 may be
substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised to consult with
the Education department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Msy'or: The same as the graduation major.
In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually
more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry
department for assistance in planning a course program early in their
college career.
Honors Mqjor: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathe-
matics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353 and
two other chemistry courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367.
Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106
and 116.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must
be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite
must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise,
permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also
must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term.
Placement in 105 or 115 is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite
for 115.
105,106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116: designed especially for students
who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 1 0 6 to
351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety
of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106,
Spring)
109,110General, Organic and Blolaglcal Chemism
Dcsigtied lor studcnts who nccd a survey of the fundamental principles nl
genc~al,o r ~ a n tand
t hfological cl-iclnistry Tor careers in allied h~a1ll-iareas
slrcli as nursing (Incl~rdingR~~gsbi~rg's
Upper Division I'roqranl), irlhalad
tlon Lherapy, histotecl~riology.physical education, and others. Open also
to studcnts In the humanities and qoctal: Scier~ces.F l r 4 Ierm, general
cllctnistry principles and an introciuctIon 10 organic chemistry. Second
term, o~gaiiicand biolorlictll cIrclnist~ywi(h s p e ~ i aapplications
l
Lo )iltman
y.
pllyslolnglcai cl~cmislry.(3ane-hour Iccturcs, 2 hauls of l a h o ~ a t o ~This
course docs not apply lowarcl the major or minor in clretnlslly. Credit cannot I>e earned 101 110th I09 anrl 105 ar I 15,tior can credit be earned tor
both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years.
Weekend College)
115.I16 General Chemlaby
An Inlenslve celirse ror pre-mdlral students and b t u r e chemists. Firstsernester lriclucles cttcrnical eqtlations and calc~~lations,
enernctics, and
bonding Uicory wlth examplcs from Inorganic chcinistry. Thc second e m
phasi7cs equllibrii~rnand soliltion cheinistry Including ltinelics atirl clectmrhemist~y,(3 one-hour Tectures, 3 hours 01 laboratory. Prereq.: lllgqh
school cheniistry, t n a t l ~placemenl. 115, Fall: 136. Spririg)
199 lnternshlp
Lower division internship.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351.362 Organic Chemlstry
Importar11classes of organic compounds wItI? special emphasls on mechanisms alld ~nulli-stepsynthesis. Descriptive material Is correlaterl by
means of modem tticorIrs olcliemlcal bonds, encrgy relaUons. and reac.
many applicalloris ofot'ganiccllf~i~islrl/
Lo I~iologlcal.entinrl ~necl~anlsm;
vironmenlal and ilidl~striillfielcls. (3 one-hour Zccturcs, L fnur-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116: 351, Fall: 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytlcal Chemistry
Covers tlravlmclrir anrt volumelric. anatysls and solutlnn equlllbrlurn in
Lo electrochemical and spectraptiotomerlelall and gives an i~>LrnducLiot~
tric lech~ilq~les
nT atialysis. Thf laboratory IHVCII\IESq~lantjlaliveanalysis
o i a varicly oCsamplfs, ant! includcs trace analysis. ( 3 hours of tcctrrre. l
four-lloilr laboratory. I'rc~fq.:106 or 1 16. Rall)
361.3641 Pbystcal Chemistry
The basic t\icoreLical concepts of chemistry: therrnodynamlcs, klnctlcs,
quantl~lntheory. atrd statcs oimatlcr are studicd In thc first scmester. Applications orthcse conc:epls to arcas of rno~cct~larstructr~i
e, equilibria and
electrnchemistry In thc s c ~ o r l dscrneslcr. (3 one-hour tectutes. Yrereq.:
JOG or 116: PHY 121. 122; MAT 124, 125.361, Fall: 364, Spring)
363,365 Physical Chemlstry taboratory (112 COllrSE each)
Ptryslcal Chemislry Laboratory introduces students to tect~niquesofdata
collerlfon and cxperiniental i~pplicationorconcepts prcscnlcci In Physical
Chcmlstry lect~lrc.365 is Lo be talten the firs1 lialCol the spring senicstcr
and invnlves expcrinlents relater1 to 361. 565 14 In bc lalrcn l l i P second
half ollhe scmesler by a11 peisans fa hl!igJ64, exccpt Ll~al
special sti~ctdi
ts
may ask deparlnlent tor exelnpllon.
399 Internship
Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors.
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the prohlctns or identlfylng organic cornpotrnds It1 the
laboratory. I.ecture lopic!! Include struclui'e-specLra correlatioris for tR,
UV, MMR, and Inass spectroscopy: tlse al t h e lltcrature [ir~cludlngB c i l ~
stein): atirl Curther stilrly oCorganic rcactinns. Ir~lrarcd,nuclear n~agnetit:
resonance, anrl ~ ~ l t r a v i o lspectra
el
rai~tlnelyuscd. (3 hotm: oF lecture, G
hours ollaboratoly. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of insin~ctor:some
reading k~~owlerlgc
of G e n ~ ~ ar'all)
n,
4BX Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Ernpl?aslsupon advanced equitfhrium theory and prlnclples ofatomic and
fi~olectrIar speclroscopy as applled to analytical mclhods as well as cliro~ n togra1,hIc
a
and eleclroanalytical techniqt~csot analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 (our and one-half-haul laboratory. I'iercq.: J53.361, or consent rrl
i r ~ s t ~ ~ l c tSprlng)
or.
482 Advanced Inomanlc Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reaclio~isusing the electrastatlc, valence bond,
and molecular orhital models. Coordination chemistry Is discussed In
Lcrms of Ilgarrd field tfieoy, The laboratory involves prcpa~ationsor tnorganic coinpm~ndsusing a variety of techniques, (3 one-hour lectures, 1
thrce-hour laboratory. I'rcreq.: 3.52.36J , or consent of i n s t ~ ~ ~ c Fall)
tor.
403 QuanCumChernistsy
I'reser)ls qtlailtilm llleory In terms of Schrodinger's wave equatIon and
uses the equalinn Lo solvc Ehe prnblems 0T R e harmonic osciIIalor and
(tic hydrogen alom. Approximate snlutlons are lntrod~icedand used l o
develop inolecirTar orldtal l l ~ c o r ylor molec~~les.
Inclurles comznutators.
and group Lheory. (3one-how leclrlrcs.
elcctron spin, angular 1iiornc111~1rn
P~rrcq.:36 1ar cansenl or instructor. Sl~ring)
491 Chemistry Seminar
'This seminar, which has no course credil, is a weelcly meetlng of chemistry
majors i~nrlerthe direction of thc Augsbusg Chemistry Society. Juniors
and scniors are expected to participale. wltli seniors pmscnting papers.
Outside visitors are occaslonalIy Invited to participate.
497 lntroductton to ChemIstsy Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience
before gr adualian. Srhch ~ x p e r l e n c emay b e obtained by wurlting on a
sum~nerrcsearrh rolect In Ihe clepartmenl (no( col~nleclas a COLII se) or
by research parlEipalion dtirlrlg Lhe acade~alcyear (which may be
counted as a co~irse).Cooperative Edi~cationis a possibility, (Junior
standing).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing)
East and
Southeast Asian
Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Director)
This program offers hvo options:
1. Mqjor or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and
the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an in-
ter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation
for careers in international business, government, teaching, global
ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate
study.
Two years of Japanese are taught on one ofthe five ACTC campuses, or
Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University.
There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language courses.
Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are
available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedure to register for any of these
courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Mqjor in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2
years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies: and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the Director of the
program.
Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1
year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies: 1course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in
cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. Minor courses
must have the written approval of the Director of the program.
2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area
concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language
component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when
combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from
HIS 322,323,324: one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336: one from HIS
474, POL 351,363,382; and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104
is strongly recommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies
program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of
the Director.
226 Asian and Asian-AmericanWomen in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
299 Directed Study
(See Director of program)
322 Modem Southeast Asia
(See under Department of History)
323 Modem China
(See under Department of History)
324 Modem Japan
(See under Department of History)
351 Communist Political Systems
(See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and
Analysis)
363 Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Department of Political Science, International Politics)
382 Marxist Visions: Past. Present, and Future
(See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis)
399 Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship)
474 The World and The West
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar
(See Director of program)
499 Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
Economics (ECO)
See Business Administration and Economics
',
1
1,
Department f:" .
.
Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education a s a base for advanced study in other careers will find
opportunities in the Department of Education.
Professional mucation combines the study of theory with practice, and
field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location
of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin
Cities.
The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many
classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries.
The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program
serves a s a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education.
Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education
graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales, production, and service areas.
To qualify for state teaching license after July 1,1987applicants are required to have had the course "Reading in the Content Areas" or the
equivalent.
To qualify after April 1,1988for licensure, people are required to have
passed basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of
Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics a s well as a prescribed competency test in the specific area of licensure.
Education Faculty:
Trudi Osnes (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta Pelton,
Mark Schelske
Elementary Education (EDE)
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Kindergarten-ElementaryMajor and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351,
352, 381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483: HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college
level mathematics course: academic minor (major recommended):GPA of 2.0 overall
and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses
required for licensure: fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR
3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, forjuniors, includes 341,352,
381,382,384, 386, 387. (341,381, 382, 383, 384,386, 387 are 112 courses)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
255 Ofienfatfon to Education In an Urban Setting
Investigation or various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity COT in-school worls. Opcn to all students. Membership in one of the
p r ~ r c s s l ~ lleach
~ a l er organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295.495 Topics in Mucation
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Lower division independent study.
341 Media Technology (112 course)
Psycllological arlcl philosophical dimensions of communication through
tlre use or lnstmctlnnal technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evali~allonof cfkcclive audio-visual materials for teachinglleamingsitualions. (5pri1ig)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the
reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall)
352 Creating Learnlng Environmenw Kindergarten-Elementary
The study of stralegies and nlcthods of teaching and learning in the contexts of ed~lcational,psychological and sociological thcotlrs. Membership In one of the professional tcactter organizations Is reqirlred. (Prereq,:
255 or E D S 265 or consent of i ~ ~ s l r ~ l cSp~ing)
to~.
381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:Art, Music (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health
(112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergal ten and elementary levels. Laboratory
experiences. (f'rercq.: 255 or CDS265. Fall)
384 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112
course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112
course)
Examination and preparation or materials and resources ror Children's
Literature at the kindergarten and elementa q' levels. I,ahol.atary expertences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concuncnl reglslralion in 352.Spring)
387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Language
Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6
Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required.
(Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval)
491 Practlcum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
498 Independent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must
be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education (EDS)
Trudi Osnes (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major in an approved teaching area; 265,
354, 388, 478, methods course(s)in major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art, Music,
and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.0 overall,
2.0 in education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg licensure program required.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she
plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these
special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major
will register for 361,362; the Physical Education major for 365; and the music major
for 355.
Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12);2-Orchestra (K-12)and classroom music
(5-12);3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9);or 4-Vocal and classroom music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), achievement of at least "good" in the listening, speaking, and reading
parts of the Modern Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education.
The Professional Tern School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon or
evening seminars is also required. A student who elects to take just two courses in
student teaching may take one course in independent study at this time. All students
are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the profese
sional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: ~ o p h o m o r standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295,495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
341 Media Technology (112 course)
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in o n e of t h e professional
teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105)
355 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills
and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
356. 357. 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds,
Strings (112 course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques.
361 Art Methods (Elementaryand Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and Junior high schoois. For art teactiing majors only.
(Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall)
364 English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (112 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching.
(Consult with the Foreign Language Department.)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12)(112 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom
textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and
references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (112 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary
school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum
development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (112 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and
theatre and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities.
(Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (112 course)
Study of t h e basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary
school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
388 Human Relations (112course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of
the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
410 Health Methods
(See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
478 School and Society
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational
philosophy and the development ofAmerican education, current major iss u e s in education will be studied. Membership in one of the professional
teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: senior standing)
481,482,483,484 StudentTeaching
Observing and dlrettinq leal r~lngat the secondary level under supervision
of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,
except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors.
Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval)
498 Independent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
ecl
must
provided for in the departmental curriculum. A ~ ~ r o ~ e c tprogram
b e outlined which meets the approval of education i a c i ~ l t ~ .
Special Education (EDE, EDS)
Mark Schelske (Coordinator)
Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491: PSY 351,357; one course
chosen ftom HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385
(Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289,
PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended a s an additional course.
282 lntroductionto Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities a s
mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment,
learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population
plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor o r consent of instructor. Students planning t o take this
course should consult with the special education coordinator about a
placement prior to registering for the course. (Pall)
Engineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to
allow the-student to earn a- achel lor of A& degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Insti-
tute of Technology, Minneapolis: Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements
and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg
Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require
the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
University of Minnesota
The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs:
-
1. Bachelor o f Arts/Bachelor o f Engineering (B.A./B.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three
years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that
time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions
necessaly for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the lnstitute
of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at
Augsburg.
2. Bachelor o f ArtsIMaster o f Engineering (B.A./M.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A,/B.E, curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the
number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University
before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses
varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the B.A./M.E, program should be initiated during the
second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program
may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken
during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E, program are not
guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology.
Washington University - Three-Two Plan
Dual Degree Plan
Michigan Technological University
-
These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological
University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the Engineering
Adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work
at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further
information on these and other graduate programs is available from the
Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice
for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria.
M i n i m u m Course Requirements f o r Admission t o the Dual Degree o r ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224, 226; PHY
121, 122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of
27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the
freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM
351, 352.
English
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas,
and iknages helps us understand who we are and who we can become.
Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study
we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the
contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is
concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is
interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language.
With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining
structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective
use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different
times and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English department integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities ofthis vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus.
Students with an Augsburg English mqjor pursue careers in elementary,
secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing,
writing, and other professions and businesses. English majors may start
on a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because of their
broad background, their skill in analysis, and their superior communication skills. Skills in reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance
any career and make life more enjoyable and understandable.
English Faculty:
Barbara Andersen (Chairperson), Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine
Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson.
Mqjor: 9 courses above 111,including 225; one course in American
literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and
three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for
example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,
337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the department.
Mqjor for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language
Arts: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and a course
in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,
354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required to gain practical experience in teaching
writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the
freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in
the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education
not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition'to planning their
courses with the English department chairperson, students should
consult an adviser in the Department of Education.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year, Honors thesis may be
an independent study program.
Minor: 5 courses above 111,including at least 2 literature courses,
one of which must be in British literature, and one advanced writing
course.
Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for
the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such a s British concentration, American concentration, world
literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges
a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the
design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and
courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an
upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor.
101 Developmental Wrltlng
A preparatory course for Ewective Writing for students identified by an ex-
amination a s needing nddltlonal preparation, Instruction and practice in
e
Sturle~rtswill write short papers based on
basic wrlting skills wllt t ~ given.
tlicir own observation, experience, a r ~ r ll~ought.
t
P/N grading only.
111 Effcctlwe Writing
'I'he study ol' cornposltion with emphasis on expository writing. Attention
Lo correcl tlsagc, logical orgar~lzation,and the research paper. The grading system fn~lhis C O ~ I T S E
i~
either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a
pEace in Ihc course the studen( must either attend class the first day or
personally notify the instructor that s / h e cannot be present.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
217.218 English a s a Second Language (ESL)
Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these
courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL
tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their
fluency. Understanding spoken ~ m e r i c a nEnglish, speaking, reading colleae-level materials. and writina are the skills emohasized in these two
c&urses. Testing will determinetlacement in these courses, and testing,
a s well a s other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement
is met. 218 is graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will continue in 218
if an N grade is given. By successfully completing the courses, students
will b e exempted from the foreign language requirement.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and
proposals will b e emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111or equivalent)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and
contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic
modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may
be selected by students for experimentation and development, according
to the student's preference.
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature
and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of
writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature
and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic
media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of
the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both
feature length and short films. (Spring)
245 Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading
and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors
and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention
is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of
American literature.
2 6 1 Modem Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
2 7 1 European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies ofAristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's
Inferno will b e studied a s a work in which the Christian and the classical
traditions a r e combined. These works will be studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to
the modern period, including such authors a s Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring)
282 Topics In Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected For study in any year will be listed
in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, and Comedy.
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
331 British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval Milieu will be studied a s well a s the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance.
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will b e eFamined. (Alternate years)
336 Bnitish Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual,
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic
poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized a s well a s their relationship to their own age and
their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements.
Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city a s setting
and symbol in modern American literature.
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships, Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth
century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors a s Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel
and its emergence by the twentieth century a s the dominant literary form.
(Alternate years, 1986-87)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten o r twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
498 lndependent Study
Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which
makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such a s theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area
of the student's choice.
-
Foreign
Language
Department
The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in
many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The department is committed to the
view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the development of new communications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a nch historic legacy
developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the language
and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of
global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students.
The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and culture
courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in
Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg Students
through the college's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities
colleges.
A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students
in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department.
Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate
the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in this
way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one of the
most intriguing and central facets of the human mind.
Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics,
are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable
special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of
fields such a s foreign language
- teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps,
or international business may require a-foreign language mGor, perhaps
combined with a maior in some other field. In addition. students ~ u r s u i n a
careers in many other fields such as health care, socialwork, the kinistrfy
psychology, or philosophy, ro name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field.
Foreign Languages Faculty:
Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, James Brown, Leif Hansen,
Mary Johnson, Gunta Rozentals, Donald Steinmetz.
Students with previous foreign language study
must register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of high school semesters one has
studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211; 7-8 = 212;
9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level
should consult the chairperson.
Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they
wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies
in that language.
Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are
placed by the department may do so, but grading must be PIN only.
The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the
course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading
for that course may be traditional.
Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division
courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two
of the upper division courses at Augsburg College. 311is prerequisite
to all upper division courses.
Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum
of one upper division course per year at Augsburg. See department
faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, G e m a n and
Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific
information and enrollment in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of the
senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association
Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply in
thejunior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall,
and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one
course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Placement Levels:
Chinese (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of
Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast
Asian Studies Director.
French (FRE)
8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,
350 or 355,351or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim, summer, or
semester in France strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212,
including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended.
Major:
E u r o p e a n History, a seco n d language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog.
011 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand)
111,112 Beginning French
Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way
of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of
the course. (Fall/Spring)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
211,212 Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice
in communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in
reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall/Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion,
students become acauainted with artistic aualities and cultural-historical
significance of thesenworks. Sophomore standing. Fulfills only literature
distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major o r minor.
(On demand)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of
ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intemlediate level. A prerequisite to
other upper division courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking
and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring, On demand)
3 3 1 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings
to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of
French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311
or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that
promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, a n d discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351,353 Survey of French Literature
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes,
oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Upper division internship.
411 Avanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social,
or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four
skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization a s individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. ( S e e a l s o Interim offerings.
Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
499 Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level.
Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included.
(Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.)
German (GER)
8 upper division courses, including 311, 411, one in civilization, and one literature. Semester in Germany required.
Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim,
summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including
one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization,
and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study
in Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
Major:
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111is for students with no previous background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had 111o r equivalent or less than two years of high
school German. Aims a t developing basic skills. Classroom practice in
speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read
extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing basic skills into working knowledge of German.
Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall;
212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and
movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also
discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit
for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore
standing. On demand)
299 Independent Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims a t developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial Qerman. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the
Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca.
3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),with emphasis on the impact of
Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness
during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals ofthe
Reformation. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
332 Qerman Civilization and Culture 11
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment.
The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking
peoples. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 o r consent of instructor. On demand)
351 German Literature through the 18th Century
Br~efsurvey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklhrung and
Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic
and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on
the history of Qerman literature in its cultural and geopolitical context.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in
German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Maturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions
help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in
German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
4 1 1 Advanced Qerman Composition and Conversation
Aims a t developing and refining the student's use of German a s a vehicle
for expressing his o r her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German a s classroom language. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. Fall)
4 5 1 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to
the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre a s a mirror
of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are
discussed and read a s symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Japanese (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director for more information.
Linguistics (LIN)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An lnlroductlan to linguistic analysls and general Ilngulstlc prlndples,wlth
Focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common lo all languages) and psychulinguistics IinquIiy In to the tnechanics
of language learning and llic struclurc of the mind as revEaIed in language),l'l~eoxelicalc~uestionswill be approached b y stud Ing samples 01
various I B I I ~ L I ~ ~ P S . MO piercquisite. Rccoinrnendcd for a i lanquaqe majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
311 Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic researct, wlth the aim of ltluminatlng underlying phllosophleal
assilmptions. i~~vcstigational
criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish tlletn. The theo~ieswill be contrasted with thosc ot adjaccnt discipIincs such as antllropology, psyctiology, logic, and communication l l ~ c ory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand)
399 Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
499 Independent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Norwegian (NOR)
Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411.
Study in Norway required.
Minor: 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory
work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Cal~tlnucdconversation and composition to improve comprehension and
facCIlty of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used a s basis for
class dlscussio~iand exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composltlon
Inte~isivcpractice In spolsen Horwegia~iwith emphasis on pronunciation
and oriqinal cnmposltio~r.Some atlciitlot~givcn to reglonal variations in
spolteti Marweqian ancl lo dikrences bytween the two olTiclal languages of
Mnrway. some lalmratory work and Clflcl experience required. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent.)
312
-- Old
- - - .Norse
.- - - -
331
350
353
399
411
499
An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study ofselections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse
and aspects ofthe history of four modem Nordic laiguages. Knowledge of
one of the latter is desired but not required. Norweg~anlanguage majors/
minors will have special assignments. (On demand)
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of
the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwcglan as far a s possible), the domestic and forelgn Influences at work in
the comparatively homogeneous population or Monvay will be cxaniined.
Wrltten ancl oral reports in the Norwegian language rvlll Ile required along
wlth some Herd work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent ofir~structor.011dernand)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311or consent of instructor. On demand)
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readinas in contem~orarvNorweaian literature ~ r o v i d ea base
for the study of ;riginal works from earlier ceriods extending back to Old
Norse literature. All genres are examlned, and conslderable attention is
given to writings in the Nynorsk lalig~laqe,pnrtlckrlaily poetry. Lectures,
readings, oral and written reports are in florwcgian. (Pterrq.: 311o r equivalent. Alternate years)
Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention
given to the other Scandinavian languages end lo the hislorical development of the Norwegian language. Laljoralnry worlc and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of iirslructor, On demnr~cf)
lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Russian (RUS)
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language
studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program,
which requires two years of language for the mqjor. See Russian Area
Studies Campus Coordinator.
111.112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational
skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short
compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of
the language lab.
211.212 Intermediate Russian
Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking
with a n added emphasis on reading, Introduction of advanced grammar
topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACTC)
Spanish (SPA)
M a o r : 8 courses above 212, including 311,411,456 or 457, two of
352,353,354,331 or332. Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study
abroad strongly recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conver-
sation-composition, one literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or
Latin America recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another lan-
guage, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which
stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4
years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring)
216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See under Program in Global Community)
2 4 9 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various
~ e r i o d sand movements are read in Enalish translation. Throuah background reading and class discussion in English the student is acGuainted
with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the
readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in
Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand)
2 6 1 Spanish Language
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This
course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or
equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them, Intensive practice to improve
oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to
stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements.
In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from
the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311
or 212, with consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. Recommended
for majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. On demand)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 Survey of Spanish Literature I, 11
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language.
(Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to S~anish-Americanliterature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
4 1 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness ofwritten and oral expression through conversations, discussions, ~'epo~ts.
debales, and written
compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prcrecl.: 3 l l or consent of instructor.
4 5 6 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years)
457 Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century
in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Alternate years)
4 9 9 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
General Studies (GST)
John A. Hill (Registrar),Joel Mugge, Donald Warren
Some courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are
different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include
specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar
created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education.
005 Freshman or Transfer Seminar
An introduction to college academic life required of all new students a t
Augsburg. The seminar meets regularly through the first half of the fall
term. No course credit.
140,141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (112 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available a t Augsburg College. The
course also focuses on improving those skills s o important to academic
success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration
and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career
planning, and making decisions. (140, Fall: 141, Spring)
230 Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community)
Health and
Physical Education
Department (HPE)
Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in
their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education.
It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in
professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional player
will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities.
The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide-range of educational experiences, including several mqjor
and minor programs: general education in Physical Education (Lifetime
Sports): men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural
programs for men and women: and athletic facilities for developmental
and recreational activities.
Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA and
community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult
fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty:
Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), David Boots, Marilyn Pearson Florian.
Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Joyce Pfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad
Health Education
Mqjor: 110,114,115,320,354,410:
810 103,108,111;CHM 105 or
109;PSY 105:SOC 231,336.
Teaching Mqjor: Same a s health education major plus 355. Stu-
dents wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
Minor: 110,114,115,320;
810 103;SOC 231.
110 Personal and Community Health
Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to
the individual and the community. (Fall)
199 lnternship
Internship for lower division credit.
114 Health and Safety Education (112 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First
Aid course.
115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (112 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children.
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
(Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200
series and consent of instructor.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (112 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of
functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and
physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (112 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Spring)
399 Internship
lnternship for upper division credit.
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Physical Education
Mqjor: 114,115,354,355;
223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,
474,475;810 103.
Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 114,115,354,355;
223,231,232,243,
350,351,365,471,472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to be-
come licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements.
Mqjor with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: 114,115;223,231,232or 472,243.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351, 475, one of 476-483 (except
481), and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meet-
ing the practicum requirement).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the
coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a
coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics.
002,003 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. (Part-time students should consult with department chairperson) No course credit.
199 Internship
lnterrnship for lower division credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports.
(Spring)
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (112 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international
folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice i n
teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim)
234 Outdoor Education (112 course)
'Thls course wlll loalc at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be
Laught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized:
Canodng. back-pacl$ing,cycling, outdoor cooking catnplng and watcr
safely. Studcnts must Ire prepared to spend somr: wcel~cndsparticiprtling
in these activities. (Even number years, Spring)
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: 810 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training.
(Prereq.: 810 103. Spring)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the
elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
455 Sailing in the Virgin Islands
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in learning
thc art and practlce of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking
the participant to a compctent level of sailboat handling (anchoring,
mooring, Irclming and crewing). (Interim)
471 Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision
making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (112 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and
perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and
skill analysis. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics (112 course)
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety.
Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors.
(Prereq.: Swimming competence a s determined by pre-test. Fall)
475 Preventlon and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injut ips. 'Trcatrnmt of common athletic injuries. Practical expericntc in taping and training-room procedures.
(Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1 s t half of term, and even numbered years, Interim)
476 Coaching of Football (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd
number years, Fall, 1 s t half of term.)
477 Coaching of Basketball (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball.
(Odd number years, Interim)
478 Coaching of Hockey (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd
number years, Interim)
479 Coachina of Track and Field 1112 course)
Theory, t&hnique and adminishitive aspect's of coaching track and field.
(Odd number years, Spring, second half of term)
480 Coaching of Baseball/SoRball(1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching- baseball and
softbail. (Odd number years, Spring, 2nd half of term)
481 Ofilciating of Basketball (112 course)
Mechanics, techniques and practical experience of officiating basketball.
Prepares student for certification by the Minnesota Stae High School Association. (Interim)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball.
(Odd number years, Fall, 1st half of term)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to
junior or senior majors.
History Department (HIS)
History is to society what memory is to an individual: it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished MedievalistJ.R.
Strayer expresses it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are
mled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are
ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common
experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables
us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the
mind by developing concepts and skills that enables one to deal with
masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the
richer eqjoyrnent of travel, cultural events, and the broad reading eqjoyed
by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long held a maljor role in
the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg.
The department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four
main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States, and the
non-western world. The department's graduates are well represented
among professional historians: at present, six are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social
studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history
maljors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides
one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for
personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices.
History Faculty
Richard Nelson (Chairperson),Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson,
Khin Khin Jensen
M a o r : 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must
be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval:
Modem Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
M q j o r f o r T e a c h i n g L i c e n s u r e : Students interested in secondary
education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
M i n o r : 5 courses, a t least three of which must be upper division.
H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in spe-
cial instances, application before the end of the first term of thejunior
year; two years of a foreign language a t the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended
before a faculty committee.
N o t e s : Freshmen should enroll in one o r more of the 101-104
courses. 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Lower division students are asked to take at least one
lower division course before registering for an upper level course.
There are 13 upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Several are offered each term. Offerings depend upon faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world
of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of
the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modem World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present.
104 The Modem Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia
and Africa of the last 200 years.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct
a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to
consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and
events that have created the modern United States.
226 Asian and ~sian-~merican'wornen
in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in
China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii, Includes
cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and
Western education.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to d o readings or study on topics not covered
in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must b e approved by the
directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to
the major.
322 Modem Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modem China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modem Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the
20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role ofwomen and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.history (excluding foreign
policy: s e e History 332). The specific topics to b e offered will b e announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is
stressed.
347 Mexico: a Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community)
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times
through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and
political institutions.
361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development ul Alcxa~idcr'sLmpirc, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as lhc wnl-Id's qrcatest power. Emphasis is
placed on personalities, the 31'1s iliicl S C ~ C I ~ C Carid
S
Rome's contributions
in law and the political process.
370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state
through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation.
399 Internship in History
A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program.
412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714.
The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the
is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of EngC ~ L I I -Emphasis
SC.
la~tcl'ssubsctl~lent1,olein Ihe world economy and on the English literary
~ r r ~ a i s s a ~ofi cEIlzaI~ettrari
c
and early Stuart periods.
416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century
The study of this centurv a s the most critical ~ e r i o din the rise of the mode l . ~statc:
~ L ~ n l ~ h a sisl salso placed on the el;1ergence of modern science
aud I l s efiecl o n lritetlectual history. The chronological boundaries may be
I
listed as 1560-1714.
-
431 European Urban History
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and
the c u l t u l ~of cltics ill L I I I ( ~ I Cfrom the Late Medieval to the 20th century,
with for.1~.or1 spcrifir. tiistorir. cities a s examples. The course is designed
for histnly students, iiil~nnstudy majors, and those who desire a backgrounrl Lo cnrich I ~ ~ l u11r avcl.
c
440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History
This course emphasizes such topics a s Hitler's fascism, the collapse of
colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years.
474 The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and t h e Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of
these imperial systems a t the end of the 18th Century.
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor.
499 lndependent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above in history courses are encouraged
to apply for directed lndependent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major.
Humanities (HUM)
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson),John Benson
The Humanities mqjor provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, t o experience the ways in which different academic disclplines approach similar questionsand issues, and to participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own
mqjor by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study, and then by taking
courses in various departments relating to that theme.
The mqjor was created especially to encourage students not mqjoring in
the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to
broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second
m qjor.
Maor: 9 courses, including 275. Six of the courses must be upper division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments - Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy,
Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. No more
than three courses from any one department can be used to satisfy
the requirement.
Each student taking a humanities major will focus on some particular
theme or perspective which will constitute the core of the major program. Six of the nine courses must be taken in this core. The core
adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be
worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be
approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultation with
an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core
can be found in the Humanities Handbook.
A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the
component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in
the humanities major is significantly different from the other major.
275 Perspectives on the Humanities
An introduction to the humanities which focuses on different themes, dependin upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and
values $om the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines.
'
Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, Program in Global Community, and
Women's and Minority Studies)
International Relations
Norma C. Noonan (Director)
International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or
geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven
courses and seven electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at
Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast
Asia. and others.
Recent students have had double mqjors in History, Political Science, or a
foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the International Relations major.
Major: 13courses. (1)
6 required courses: ECO 122 or 123: HIS 103 or
104; POL 158 or 160; 2 of the following: HIS 332, POL 363, 461; the
fourth term of college work in a modem foreign language. (2) 7 of the
following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be
counted toward the major): HIS 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 350,
351,381,382; SOC 336; PHI 355; REL 356; Comparative Economic
Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, history and/or political science; the fourth term of college work in a second modern
language.
Minor: Required ECO 122 or 123, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158or 160.
One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of foreign language.
Any three courses from the list of approved electives for the major.
Not more than 2 courses from any department could count toward the
minor.
N o t e : Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the
major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited
toward the 14 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration on a geographic
area or in one of the major disciplines in the program.
Mathematics and
Computer Science
Department
At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value ofmathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative thinking, these skills are still essential for any
liberally-educatedperson. Mathematics and computer science courses at
Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills.
Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on
the development of civilization, and the development of computers has begun to influence modem society. To the extent that a liberal education
must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study
of these influences is important.
An increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. To this end, the
department of Mathematics and Computer Science serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields.
Majors within this department are prepared for work in industry, service
professions, or graduate study, with opportunities to focus on either the
theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. The department aims to
provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community
through a variety of careers.
Mathematics/Computer Science Faculty:
Lawrence Copes (Chairperson), Lany Crockett, Beverly Durkee, Henry
Follingstad, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland
Mathematics Mqjor: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314,
324.Also required: CSC 170 or 270.The following courses d o not
count toward this major: 104,114,121,122,131,174,175. For
teaching licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Stu-
dents wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Computer Science Mqjor: 9 courses including 240,345,350,445,
450;270 or BUS 175: 3 electives from 340,352,395,495,497,MAT
355,PHY 261,and BUS 479 or SOC 363.Also required: MAT 174,175
(or MAT 124,125,224and CSC 170);MAT 215;BUS 279 or MAT 373
or SOC 362.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5in mathematics and computer science, 3.1
overall. Independent study at an advanced level with participation in
a department seminar.
Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, (or 174,175)
224.The following courses do not count towards the minor: 104,114,
For a teaching minor, the two additional courses must
121,122,131.
be selected from 215,314,351,373,441.
Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including 170 (or MAT 175),
240,345,350,and one course from BUS 279,any CSC course over
260,MAT 355,PRY 261,or SOC 363.
Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling in any course in
this department the student must have satisfied certain course and/
or placement test prerequisites. A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0or higher to count a s a prerequisite.
The Placement Test is given during college orientation sessions and at
other announced times during the year. Score requirements on the
test for entry to courses are: I1 for course 104;111 for courses 114,121,
122,131;IV for courses 124,174.Students whose score is V, or who
have taken the College Board Advanced Placement Exam, should
consult with the department about appropriate courses.
Any exceptions to course or placement test score prerequisites must
be approved by the instructor.
Mathematics (MAT)
104 Intermediate Algebra
A revicw of basic ari tlimetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions
including cxponc~ils,radlcals, and rational expressions: algebraic
processes lncludinn factoring: solving equalions and inequalltles in one
variabIe, inclurlirig litiear and quadratic; anti graphs of linear and quadralic equations and Ilnear Ineq~iall(lcsin Lwo varlabtes. Does not satrsiy
Lhe getieral etl~tcahinllrcquireincr~lin mathen~atics.Adnllssion only via
Augsl~urgMall~emalicsPlacetnenl Exam. (I'rerecl.: Placement Oroup II,
P/fl gradingonty, Fall)
114 Elementary Functions
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. For sludents planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
(Prereq.: 104 or Placemenl Group I l l )
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group I l l )
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a slngle varlable wlth applications to
the social and behavioral sciences. Sttade!its wlto have compleled 124
may not register for credit. (Prereq.: liI4 or Placcmcnt firotlp I l l )
124,125,224 Calculus I, 11,111
Differential and inlcgtal calarlus, including calculus of several variables
and series, with applications primarily Crom the physical sciences, Inlegrated with Lopics from plane anrl solid analylic geomelly. Prilllarily for
students in thc natiiral sciences. (Prcrcq,: I 1 4 or Placemerit Group IV for
124: 1 2 4 for 125; 1 2 5 for 224.124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
1 3 1 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group Ill. Spring)
174,175 Mathematics for Computing 1. I1
A studv of discrete and continuous mathematics with a ~ ~ l i c a t i o to
n scom.
puter science, integrated with learning a higher level'programming language. Primarily for students planning to major in computer science.
(Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174: 174 for 175. 174, Fall; 175,
Spring)
2 1 1 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A
study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of the instructor)
215 Elementany Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications: solutions by
special integral transforms: systems of differential equations with matrix
algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
314 Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such a s groups,
rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324 Analysis
An introduction to the study of mathematical analysis, Includes a rigorous
study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more
abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
351 Modem Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Alternate years,
Spring 1988)
355 Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of
computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae,
solution of equations, Newton's mettiod, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and intearation. (Prerea.: 175; or 224, CSC 170.
Fall)
-
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit
theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or
224. Fall)
399 Internship
Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project.
4 4 1 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, completion or concurrent registration; or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1987)
4 8 1 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract
algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.:
314,324; or consent of instructor. Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science (csc)
145 Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications,
a s well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with
computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count
towards either a computer science major or minor.
170 Structured Programming and Discrete Mathematles
An ItiLroclucllon to cornl>ule~'
languages and algorithms. and dlscrcte
inatllemalics topics ir~~ltictir~g
loglc, scls, functions, relations, statistlcs.
niatriccs, combinatorics, graphs and trres. Applicatinns from matticmatics, business. and natural scicticcs. I'rognmlniny in a higher lcvel tanguage such as rascal. [Prercq.: MAT 3 24. Spring)
174.175 Mathematics for Computing I, 11
(See MAT 174, MAT 175)
240 Survey of Computer Science
AII Introdiicllon Lo conipil ter organizatiori and structure. assembly and
n~acfilnclanguages, co~nplllerlogic design, number and character represeritallons, arid f~~nctions
ofcoinpoi~entsorcm-rtplltcrsystems. Continued
u t p~cq~clrntni~~t
roncel~ts.( Prereq.: MAT 175, or
clevclnprnenl o f slr ~ ~ c led
AT 12 I, MAT 124, and Vascal
bolh 170 and MA'I' 124: or eqvivulcril
programming course. Fall)
2 6 1 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
270 FORTRAIY
Study ofthe FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 170, or MAT 175.
Interim)
340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Princi~lesand methods of data communications. distributed ~rocessina
systems, network protocols and security, and general compukr interfa;
ing. (Prereq.240. Fall)
345 Comp~rterSystems and Assembly Language
Sill vey nrr:omputess. latigltages, systems, and epplications. Development
or competence in asscrnhly language programming. Elements of compr~te?'
operalion. including input-rlutput, interrupts, and an introduction to
npcrating Tystems. (I'rcrcq,: 240.F.1111
350 Data Strt~cturesand File Processing
Concepts and algorilllms used it1 LIle S O ! U ~ ~ornon-numerical
D~
problems.
Applicalions to cla ta manngetncnl syslelns, file organlzalion, inrormallon
rclricval, list processing, pxogramrninq languages, and storage devices.
(rrereq.:240. Spring)
352 Database Management and Design
Slnic1ul.e afdatahase managelnel!l systems,query facilities, file organi~~Y.
the develepmenl of an elementary database
ration and S E C ~ ~ TInrli~ding
system. (240 is recotnme~~dcd
helore 552 is ialrcn. Spring)
395 Topics
Study of intermediate topics, from such areas a s computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
399 Internship
Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project.
445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements or operating systems, melnoiy aticl process management, interactions nnrong ti~a[orcornpnnelils of conipr~tersystems. and a detailed
sli~rlyof tlte eflecls oir:ompuler arc!iilectlirf rl11 operating systems.
Prereq.: 345, MAT 2 IS. Spring)
~
- - -
4 5 0 Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers
Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and
control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.:
350, MAT 215. Fall)
4 9 5 Topics
Study of advanced topics, often more extensive pursuit of a n area from
o n e of the other courses. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
497 Research Project
An extensive group o r individual project selected in consultation with a
faculty member in the areas of software-hardware interfacing. Ifdirectly supervised by a faculty member the course may b e taken for credit. (Prereq.:
345,350. Spring)
4 9 9 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
MetromUrban Studies (INS)
Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and
other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to blend
classroom and field experience, theory and internships which focus the
content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the
process of urbanization.
The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor are designed to provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in Planning, Architecture,
Law, Public Administration, Environmental Studies, Social Welfare, Government, Community Organization, and Theology. The program and college-wide urban concerns requirement introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs,
equipping students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand the metropolitan community.
Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance
the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan
opportunities afforded by the college's location.
Metro Urban Studies Faculty:
Gany W. Hesser (Director), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue
Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, Myles Stenshoel
Major: 15 courses, including 1 0 core requirements: ECO 123, 279 or
SOC 362; HIS 431: POL 122,384 or SOC 363: SOC 111,381: a minimum of one course of internship or independent study: two non-socia1 science courses with an urban emphasis, a t least one of which
must be in the humanities (current options include ART 102, BIO 105,
ENG 351, INS 233,260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly
recommended.
To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: General/Liberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum ofthree disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims,
internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC
colleges, a s well a s those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
Minor: To b e linked with appropriate majors (such a s business
administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: ECO
120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 111,381;an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study.
Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the director.
199 Internship
Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project.
(Pall, Interim, Spring and Summer)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and SOC 111or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer)
399 Internship
Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor,
Fall, Interim, Spring)
-
498 Independent Study
Metropolitan Resources
An independcnLIy dcsignrd cou~.scra sluclerit (or group ofstudents) develops, ~nalrinqextetisivc, systen~aticancl irrtegraled i~tllizallonof resources
available ir! the metrclpolitarl comin~rnlly.e.y. leclures. symposia, perrorlliab~ces,hearings. 1-hesc resatlrces I)ecolne t h e core of Lhe course,
supplcmcntetl Ily trarlltlonal college resources. The course is designed in
co!iqultallon with anrl evalualed I>y a department faculty member.
.(IJrercti.:SQC 1 I t or 121 and consent or Instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 Independent Study
Student must prescllt written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodoloqy oC Lhe proposed stildy according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC. I l l or 1 2 1 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),a consortium of 16 college and
universities. Augsburg's Metro-Urban director is serving a fourth term a s
HECUA president. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to five
interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in
Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco and the Twin
Cities.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics, Included are government and institution publications, joumal articles
and books.
359 FleId SemlnanTwln CRlea Metropolitan Area
Using llw c~?mrnunTty
as a classroom, slitdents visit agencies, talk with
specialists In varlot~snclds, and investigate current Issues in Lhe Twin Cities area. Topics include: gcograptry. government, econo~mics,historic
ethnic comrnunilies, Lransportallon, planning
prescrvation. pop~~ralions,
and soclal senriccs.
399 Internship
Students are placed in a varlepy of public and private agencies for work experience. A lcarnlng contracl is developect with MUST faculty approval.
Students may choose an intcmshlp of one or two courses.
11. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This interdisciplinary field learning program is at the University of Oslo
and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia.
372 Nonvegian Language
Intensive language i~islmctlonat beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on co~~versalional
listening and speaking skills. Students with
aclvanccd Norwegian Ianguagc proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature.
Note: For Language Credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of
the Foreign Language Department.
377 Scandinavia in the World
Global perspectives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints a s small power nations in a world of super powers and
their role in issues of peace, confllcl resolutinn ancl amls control, EastWest relations, European security, Irade. and the 'l'hird World. Emphasis
on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for
discussions with advocates of competing perspectives.
393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway a s reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits
(theater, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a vanety of media.
394 Urbanizatioq and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices
a s a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional
cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on
Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative perspective.
499 Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option
of conducting independent study research, using Norwegian language
skills, on a topic approved by the GUST Program Director and the appropriate home college faculty adviser.
111. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester in the c i t y program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World.
2 6 1 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
361 Introduction to Columbia
Overview of Columbia and economic development.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid
of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in
the Lalin American City
Structirrcrl licld cnirrsc lncusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor
in Rogc>ta, witti ficld trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparisoti. Visits to varior~stypes of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 Independent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
IV. W o m e n and Work in A m e r i c a n Society (WWAS)
Women and Work in American Society is an interdisciplinary spring semester program in San Francisco. The program focuses on the challenges that
face women today and examines the impact of women in the workplace
and on American society as a whole. (See also Women's and Minority
Studies)
384 Women and Work
Seminar focusing upon the various roles of women from diverse cultures,
social classes, and historic periods through readings, guest lecturers, and
site visits in the Bay Area.
385 Research Seminar
A research seminar in field study through individual and group research i n
the community on work and social change.
399 Internship
(See MUST 399)
V. Literature, I d e o l o g y and
Society in Latin A m e r i c a (LISLA)
This Spring semester program is an interdisciplinary field study that provides extensive study-travel in Colombia, Nicaragua, Puerto Rico and
Grenada, Immersion in Spanish language and Columbian culture are
stressed.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
360 Latin Amerlcan Literature! Ferspecttves on Social Change
Sclcctcd works nT literature and Uiealer illat express wrllers' and artists'
perspeclivcs an Lalin American society anrl social changc. Ernptiasis on
contemporary prriotl wllh cnnsirleral>le flcld stutly. lucl~tdltigInlervicws
w l l l ~corn~nunilysits and "sl reet ll~ealevgroups, wrl tcrs, l i t r ~ a i ycritlcs,
ccrmposcxs, pe~fonnersand film-nialccrs; s~nall-$grouplicld dssignments
on currcnt arts activities: sile vislts lo museLlm and gaite~yext~lllits,inovies, plays, coriccrls arid a v a r I ~ t yafcor~~niutriiy
arts evetits.
364 Lattn American A r t s and Society
Introdclces lheoretical Iramcworlrs for examining Ll?erelationships among
arts. idcology and socicly. rrovidcs historical background tl~rough
survey
of Latin Atncsican tho~1g11C
In nra jor arlisllc periods: CoIonlal, Rcpi~bllcan,
Ron~anlic,I'nsilivisl, Mr~dernlst,"lndlget~lsrno," Ileclllst and C(lntcmpnr a y . Readings ancl seniiriar 3ectui-tl-dlscussion~.
367 IdeoIogles of Sorlal Change In h t l n Amerlca
Introductinn to lhe study (11 ideology and lllslorical overview of Latin
Arncrirall ideologies, especially In relation to issues of developmenl and
soclal change. Cemparativc slirdy of current ideologiral dcbatcs and their
Impacl. with special atlcntion to diff~~sio~lism.
"dcpendencia. ' Marxism
anrl liheralion theology. Field study crnpllasites local resources, incl uding intcrvicw-discussior~swith proponents of compcling icIcnlogies; interviews witti ynvrrnmcrik, huslncss. churcl~and community people: site vlsits Lo psojccts rclierting itIeolagy+ln-pr;lcLlce.
499 Independent Study
By special permission from LlSLA faculty, students with advanced Spanish
proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct independent
study research instead.
Music
Department (nus)
Throughout the ages, music has been seen as an aesthetic expression of
the deepest and highest human emotions and thoughts. Thus music has
long been seen as an integral part of a liberal arts education, offering an
important component of personal, social, and intellectual development.
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and
music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human historv and culture. In addition. all students of the colleae community have the opportunity of
in choral and instruhental ensembles which perform locally, nationally, and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association
of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education
needs of students and offers professional training in music. The music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with a preparation for a
wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Student majors
may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor
of Arts - Music Major: Bachelor of Music - Performance Major: Bachelor
of Music - Music Education Major: and Bachelor of Science - Music
Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music,
and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers.
Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an
excellent preparation for satisfying and effective service in many occupational areas.
Music Faculty:
Rokrt Karlkn (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Michael Brand, Laint: Bryce,
Wayne Dalton, Stephen Gabrielsen. Thomas Gilkey, Medlce Rlemp,
Angela Kretsrhmar, Nichotas Lenz, Cynthia Lohman, Paul Liohman, Steven
Luud, Roberta Metzler, Kathryn PHckelson, Elizabeth Proctor Murphy,
Celeste O'Brien, Marlene Pauley, Pauline Sateren, Dana Skoglund, Emma
Small, Daniel Sturm, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor
of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level 11 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate
approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies.
Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to
departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during
their first semester in residence. Music Education majors must apply,
by petition, to the department during the sixth term of study. Department approval and a cumulative QPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students must
take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 1 0 1
or 102. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for
a faculty panel. Auditions are scheduled, following application, during
the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration.
Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated
each spring from among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at
least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion.
The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior
thesis and its defense: an additional senior recital of graduate quality;
composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15
minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert: or combinations
of the above.
Degree and Major Requirements
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101, 102, 111,112, 201,
211,231,232,311,312,341,342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major
ensemble; Performance studies and recital requirements a s given under each specific degree and major. (See Applied Music section)
French or German study a s stated in general education requirements.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares
the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related
business fields of employment, most often choose this course of
study.
Music Major: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus 1course credit
of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2
half courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the
minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458.
Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101,102,111,112: 231 or 232; 341;
342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble con-
current with 4 quarter courses in performance studies.
Bachelor o f Music
M u s i c Education M a j o r offers students the preparation necessary to
become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework which allows the student to become certified to
teach at the elementary through the secondary levels.
M u s i c E d u c a t i o n M a j o r : 1 7 course credits: Core curriculum plus
202,212; Performance studies - 4 half courses, 2 full courses, and 2
quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in
the minor instrument or voice; a halfjunior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459: Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and in the major performance medium;
Vocal emphasis - 251,252,253,254,435
Instrumental emphasis - 151,155and 1course credit of music elective
Other requirements: 1 0 112 course credits: PSY 105, HPE 114,115, EDS
265,354,355,356,357 or358,388,478,481,482,483.Consult the Education
Department, Music Department Guides and program adviser.
Performance M a j o r is designed for students who display advanced
competence and achievement in music performance. This degree
program is chosen by students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance.
M u s i c Performance Major: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus
202,212; Performance studies - 6 full courses and 2 quarter courses
in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice: full junior and senior recitals 358, 459: Keyboard
proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major performance medium:
Voice - 251, 252, 253, 254,435, one course of music elective, 2 courses of
French or German above the B.A. requirements
Piano or Organ - 301,302,436, 456, one half course credit of music elective
Instrument - 301,302, one and one-half course credits of music electives
Bachelor of Science
M u s i c T h e r a p y M q j o r fulfills all academic and clinical requirements
for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, and
prepares students for the professional certification examination developed by the certification Board for Music Therapists. This course
of study is chosen by students who wish to become registered music
therapists.
M u s i c T h e r a p y Mqjor: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus one
course credit of music elective; two of 151, 155, 156: 271, 274, 275,
372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479; Performance studies 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses
in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a minimum grade of 2.0 in each music therapy
course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105, 362;
BIO 103: SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination.
Applied Music
Ensembles: One quarter course credit per semester is granted to
members of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121, 141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or PIN grading, or may choose
no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of 2 course
credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies: All students enrolled in Performance studies
for credit are required to satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music
major or minor) student must take private lessons for no credit (PIN
grading only) and is not required to fulfill the additional performance
and listening requirements.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories:
No credit - one half-hourlesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter c o u r s e credit - one half-hour lesson and 4 hours of practice
per week.
One half c o u r s e credit - two half-hour lessons and 8 hours of practice per
week.
One c o u r s e credit (B.M.only) - two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice per week.
Performances: All students registered in performance studies for
credit must perform at the end of each semester for a faculty panel,
each year in a general student recital, and a s additionally required by
the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit
are required to attend 10 designated music events during the aca-
demic year. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated
music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies.
Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two
other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. recitals.
Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance.
B.A. a n d B.S. Candidates - one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level Ill.
B.M. Music Education M d o r - one halfjunior recital 358 at repertoire level
111 and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV.
B.M. Performance Major - full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals
358,459.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate
elementary keyboard familiarity by attaining a minimum grade of 2.5
in 155 or in each of two semesters of piano or organ performance
studies.
Music Courses (MUS)
Theory
101 Materials of Music 1 (112 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of
part writing. (Fall)
102 Materials of Music 11 (112 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants a n d simple modulations.
(Spring)
111 Aural Skills 1 (112 co~rrsel
Rhythmic and mclarlic diclation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and Iia~?-nonicdictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registmiinn in or ro~nplelionof 101. Fall)
112 Aural Skills 11 (112 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102.
(Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring)
201 Materials of Music I11 (112 course)
Continuation of 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.:
102. Fall)
202 Form and Analysis (112 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
Century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring)
211 Aural Skills 111 (112 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201.
(Prereq.: 1 1 2 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Fall)
212 Aural Skills N (112 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel pro ress in 202.
(Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion 09202. Spring)
301 Coonterpolnt X (112 course)
lFlh thxnt~gll18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double
countcrpoinl, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211. Alternate
years. Pall 1986)
302 Counterpoint I l ( l / 2 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Alternate years.
Spring 1987)
311 Composition 1 (112 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. (Fall)
312 Composition 11 (112 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. (Spring)
341 Basic Conducting (112 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score
analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature.
(Fall)
342 Choral Conducting (112 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class a s the choir. (Spring)
344 Instrumental Conductina 11/2 course)
Preparation of and conducc& instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major
in theory-composition is accredited by the National Association of
Schools of Music.
401 Counterpoint Ill (112 course)
Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall)
402 Counterpoint N (112 course)
Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 401. Spring)
411 Composition 111 (112 course)
Individual and class instruction in all styles. (Prereq.: 312. Fall)
412 Composition IV (112 course)
Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.:411. Spring)
History and Literature
130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other Rne arts. For
non-music majors.
230 Electronics in Music
Exploration and creatloll of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The
study arid appllcatlori of practical electronic technology used in music will
he comhlncd wilfi acsttielic considerations in the creative aspects of the
art. Vor non-music majors.
231 Hlstorv and Literature of Music 1
A stud; of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 102,
112. Fall)
232 History and Literature of Music I1
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 102,112. Spring)
330 Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general a s well a s the music student. (Interim)
The following four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in
the history of music. (Prereq.: 231,232.)
331 Music of the Baroque Era (112 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1987)
332 Music of the Classical Period (112 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1988)
333 Music of the Romantic Period (112 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1988)
334 Music of the 20th Century (112 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1987)
432 Church Mlrslc and Worship
I3evelopment and innrncc ol cliurch music a s evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. ncsfgnecI lor the general a s well a s the music and theo l o a s t ~ l d c ~(Spring)
~t.
435 Voice Repertoire (112 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Fall 1986)
436 Piano Repedalre (1 /2course)
Study of Ihe pia~lolltcrati~refrorn the 17th Century to the present by listening, analy~ingarrd perlorniin<g.(Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Spring
1987)
498.499 Independent Study (112 course each)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the
faculty.
Technique
151 Voice Class Methods (114 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155 Plano Crass Methods (1/4course)
I3asic Ireyl>oarrl famlliar'ity, sirnptc accompaniment and music reading
slillls necessary to ~necispecilic dcgrce requirements.
156 Guitar Class Methods (114 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251 Englllsh Diction (1/4course)
Furirlarnc~italcourse In correct standard English diction for singing. FamiIiarlzalion with tile Ir~ternatianalPhonetic Alphabet. Open to all students regi~tercdfor vocal ln5tructlon.
The following three courses are continuations of251 with application
for the Italian, German and French languages.
252 Italian Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987)
253 German Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1988)
254 French Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987)
358 Junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111 for Music Education
Majors or full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course
credit.
456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2course)
Principles, melliods, nlatel'iats and techniques for teaching piano. Survey
of vtlriotzs petlngngical scl~onls
or thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor.
Afternale years, Spring IDRR)
458 Senior Recital
Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level Ill. No course
credit.
459 Senior aecltar (112 course credit)
B.M. rarirfidalcs only. I<ccitalmust be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
facully ro~nnliLlec,lieperloire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V
for Mlrslc Yerioi-rnancciria[ors.
Therapy
170 M u s k Therapy: A Cltalcal Overvfew
A suivey of Ll~cmusic. Lhc~apyprograms In Winnesota, with fleld trips to
variotts instllullorls. An Introrluctory course [or the freshmen and sophomores considei'i~i~j
music thcrapy as a major to give students a htoad
bacRgmtrnd 111Llie ways In wliiili irlt~slcis ii.<ed a s a tlierapy. (Intcriln)
271 Musk Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course)
Study of nnn.s)~mphorticinstrutneuts, OrfF-Schulwerk,applications of recreational nlusic activities ta clinical settings.
274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
372 Psycholaglcal Foundations or Music 1
An ol~jectlveapproach Lo musical slimirli and response, with an emphasis
aspecls of music. An understanding
on a r c > ~ ~ s tanrl
l ( ~ sociopsychological
s
of Lhe tcscarrh pmccss and dcvelop~nentof an experimental research
project.
373 Psvcholoalcal PoundaCEons of Music I1
lriii>tenien~mion
of !lrotq>ant1 individual research projects, emphasis on a
ti~~rltidisci~~lir~ary
apploacl~to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talertl, and perlomiance.
374,375 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
472 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy.
473 Rusk Therapy Senior SemOnar
<:lass discirssirrns of theories and research a s they apply to therapeutic
seltings lticl~~diny
discussion ~Tpl'ofessionalethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with n ~ u s i c .
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prereq.: 3 of274,275,374,375)
479 Music Therapy CLinical Znternshlp (1J2 course)
PII~I-time
placemen1 In all MAN?' intcmship setting for six months. Appli~atIonfor In(crns11lp sites must bc made ninc monihs In advance. Sites in
Mln~lcsotaare linlileti. (Prercq.:Co~nplelionof all other graduation requirements)
Ensembles (MUE)
& Performance Studies (MUP)
Ensembles: These musical organizations exist not only for the ben-
efit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of
fall semester. (Special circumstances may permit entering a t other
times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of
the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year
which, on occasion, includes interims.
While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or
Chorale will satisfy the major, minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent.
111Augsburg Choir (114 course)
112 chorale (114 course)
114 Festival Choir (0)
1 2 1 Orchestra (1/4course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131 Woodwind Ensemble (0)
1 4 1 Concert Band (114 course)
142 Brass Ensemble ( 0 )
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Performance Studies: Private instruction for credit is graded tradi-
tionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor on a no credit - P/N basis only. (Group lessons, at a reduced fee,
a r e available in some areas on the same basis.) All lessons a r e
adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearinn
credit are supplementea by accompanying, ensemble participation
and other performances. Representative programs of study in private
instruction are outlined In Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements;
Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - enter I and attain 111;
B.M.-Education Major - enter I1 and attain IV; B.M. Performance Major - enter II and attain V.
l l x Voice
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello,
Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon,
Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute.
Recorder. Horn
l 4 x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,
Baritone, Tuba
15x Piano
16x Guitar
17x Percussion
18x Organ
Note carefully the following provisions:
1. Instrument rental, practice room reservations and performance study regis-
tration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office.
2. Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA average 063.0 in
their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two
semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen.
3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons. Any lessons during the interim or
summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
4. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the
teacher at least 24 hours in advance: otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
5. The music faculty reserves the right to limit or even prohibit performance
outside the department if it interferes with musical growth for the student.
The department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the
student and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted
only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department.
Natural Science
Kenneth N. Erickson (Coordinator)
The Natural Science Licensure Program for teachers is designed to provide
strong preparation for science teaching and Lo ssffsfy Minnesota licensure
requirements. In addition lo the broad basic background in science, the
program is designed to allow fur specialization In a mqjor and for study in
the liberal arts.
Licensurc Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board oFTeaching has approved the Ilcensure program for scknce teachers and au-
thorlzed Augsburg to recommend candidates in Life Science, grades
7-12:Lire Science (minor), grades 7-12: Physical Science, Chemistry
rnaJor or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12:
Physics (minor), grades 7-1 2; and Science (Grades 5-91.
Students planning to teach Natural Science must complete the Broad
Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis.
The program of courses Is designed to provide a broad. basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area, The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements or the coltege and, in the physical science, have at
least one year of calculus. Consull with the I>epartrnenlof Education
for requirements In Eclucatlon. Early consultation with adviser is recommended.
Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106):
2 in life science (810 111,112):4 in physical science (PHY 121,122
and CHM 115,116or 105,106).To make the program slightly more
flexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute PHY 103 for
121,122.
Llfe Science Emphasis: Broad Base plus 8 courses, 1 cognate; 7
RIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following
gwups: (13 351 or 353;(11) 355 or474; (111) 361 or 481: (IV) 471 or 473;
(V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis
Chemistry Maor: Broad Base plus
7 courses and chemistry seminar, CHM 351,352,353,361and 364
(or BIO 367),482,PHY 245.
Physical Science Emphasis
Physics Major: Broad Base plus 7
courses, PHY 245,351,362,395and three additional to be selected
from 261,270,352,363,481,486,488.
Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemis-
-
-
-
Physics ma-jor. The stutry major or Physical Science Emphasis
dent licensed in PRysical Science may teach chemistry and/or
physics in grades 7-12.
Science (Grades 5-9): Broad Base plus 7 courses, 2 in earth science
(PHY 101 or 106,the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base
section); 2 in life science (and two biology courses above 112):3 in
physical science (CHM 353;PHY 245).
Licensure with Minor: For life science, Broad Base plus 7 courses in
and 364 or
Biology; for chemistry, Broad Base plus 351,352,353,361
482: for physics, Broad Base plus any four courses above 122.
Nursing Department (NUR)
Augsburg offers an upper division rnqjor in nursing leading to a Bachelor
of Science degree, The program is accredited by the MationaI League for
Nursing, Graduates of tlie program are eligibte lo apply for Public Health
Nurse Certification in Minnesota.
Requirementsfor admission to the major are: completion of an assuclate
degree or diploma program In nursing with a minimum overall grade point
average of 2.5:a current license to practice as an R,N. in the state af Minnesota: and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or
biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, rnicmbiotogy, English composition, Introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must
take these courses at Augshurg or another accredited college or university
prior to admission to the nursing major, The prerequisite courses in soci-
ology. psychology, English, chemistry and Zrinlogy listed above may apply
toward distribution requirements as well a s toward admission to the major. All prerequisite collrses must have been completed at the 2.0 level.
Courses with gracles k t o w 2.0 must be satisfactortly repeated or chab
lenged.
In addition, each applicant milst successfu!lyvalidate their theoretical
knowledge via d t t e n testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests
are given at Aagsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants
must give evidence of current nursingcllnical practice within t h e past Five
years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work
experlencz, or 3)cornpIetlon of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent,
Nursing Department Faculty:
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marjorie Audette, Helen Woelfel
Mqjor: 1 0 courses in nursing including 305,306, 31.0,311,330,350,
403,404, 423, 427: PSY 355 or an approved upper division biology
course; and an ethics course, either PHI 380 or REL 483.A mfnimrlm
grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the
completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in interpersonal communications are supportive to the major.
Courses in the nursing major are designed s o that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may
be required to complete the total course of study, depending on the
number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time study. Students interested in
pursuing day, summer, or weekend part-time study should consult
with an adviser from the nursing department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall: appli-
cation to the department chairperson by November 1of the senior
year; recommendation by nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for
499 to complete the thesis.
306 Contemporary Nurslng I: Communlcatlon
A l r a n s i l i o ~ ~raol u ~ ~ lhal
s c In2roduccs 111c components of the professional
ralc and bcgins Lhe p ~ o l c s s i n nsocialiration
~~l
process. The c o r n n ~ u ~ ~ i c a tit>llprocess is emphasized as onc mean%by which (he nurse-ctienl rela.
tionsflip Is negotlalcd. Ililesarlive attd grnilp communication Lhcories are
explnr'ecl Inr tllcir appllrallllity to chailginq laIcs and prolession.il practice. (7'rlI<eli~ I I D I LO o r ~ r ~ i ~ ~ t ? i t wlth
e r l lS
i y10).
306 Contemporary N~rrslng
11: WradEgms in Nursing
At? introduction to Lllearies ar~clcc~rlccpli~al
thinlting In Lhe process of
professitma1 developmcllt. The i~lnctionof theoty In guidlng nlirsir~g
practirr i s emphasized. Sclecled nursing cc~nrcplualrrlotlels are sludiccl and
Lhelr applicaticln to praclice is cxiirniricd i ~ s i t the
~ q ntlrsing process fonnal.
( t*~ereq..3051
310 Community Health flursing I
The l o c ~ of
~ s[Iris course is on com~nunityhealth delivery syslems and the
~racticeni uuhlic hcal(l1ni~rsina.Svslerns t l i e n ~
v. chanae and cnnccois c ~ f
i~cal
th are kxalnintd as they apply 10 ctlrrenL co;nmurii~ health prod~cms
atid Iss~res.Cllnical application or course conlenl involves inalting a
heallli assessmetit anti prcpat ing a pilhllc health uurslrig case sludy. Cthical Issues relalcd to r:o~tirnu~~ity
heal111 dcdsion-making wllll rlgg~egalc
graups are explored. (I'rereq.: 505 or concilnen t enrollmen( l
311 Commirnfty Health lYurslng1r: Practtcam*
This course provirlcs a basis for untle~sia~ldirig
community charactcrlstics
ancl c r ~ l l i r ~ rrtiverslty
rl
rulalerl ta t ~ c a l l hcare. The nurse's role as a gcner~t
alist and as a mcrnbe~of the health learn is cxplorerl. The S t i l d e ~ will
detnonstratc hnowl~dgco l ~ o r n m i r t ~ ihealth
ty
concepts in provlditig care
to o selcctcd cascload of clicnts. (PIe~eq.:305,506 nr concurrent cnrotlment, 310,330)
330 Trends and Issues In Nursing
Is designed to Ir~vestl~ate
the current responsibilities of the
prolessinnal nurse. Contem[)orary economic, social, political, and professional trends and Isstics arc explored in relation to their implications for
nursing practice.
T h i s course
350 lntrnduct~onto Nursing Research
The rcseilrrh process ant1 methods appropriate to nursingare the focus of
this course. Issues of etfllts irr tiufiing researcli are exploredmStilrlents crifor its a[lplicability to niirsing practice. (Prereq.:
tique n ~ ~ ~ srcscarcZ~
ing
305,310,330)
403 Contemporary Nursing 1111 Families
Tlri5 course provides a aIlenrPtiwl basls for fainily nursing care. Content
Includes Camlly as a prinrary group and famiIy dy~lamlcsin light of situatiolial clevclopmcnl evcnts. Consirleration is given to the role of the nurse
in fanlily health lare. (ScnIo~'staridlt~g.To Ilc tatten prior to or concurrently with 423)
404 Contemporary Flr~rsIng
N: Leadership and Management
l'his coilrss provlrles a Il~eoretlralbasis lor leadership and managemenl
as crnerging prolessional, nurse roles. Concepls nl change, confllel, comr n u ~ i i c ~ i t iand
o r ~ s p t c n i dynamlcs arecxplorccl. Ethics, accouritahllity arid
advocacy provide Llle basis fm' i'oic dcvelnpmtlrtt arid professir~naIlstn.
(Prereq.: 403)
423 Practicum in Nursina I: Nursina of the Familv*
A clinical practicum o?fering the &dent an opfortunity to apply content
from 403 i n providing complex nursing
- care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.;403)
427 Pxacticum In Nursing [I: Leadershipand Management*
'Fitis cli~ilcalpmctlcum t~llllrfsknnwlr:dge and skills from 404. Opportunity is pi ovidcd lo apply Icarlcrslilp and management theory i n a selected
aqcncy scttin$\. (I'rercq.: 404)
432 Topic5 In Pturslng
course cicsig~ieclto provide In-depth exploration of selected topics in
nttrsinq. The s ~ ~ b ] c csti~died
ts
wlll vary dcpcnding upon the needs and intel'csls ol'the ra~ultyand 3Ltrdents. (Prcrcq.:Senior standing or consent of
Il~struf:tor.On de~nand)
A
499 Independent Study
"Thislearning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study
a seleclcd topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit wiittcn study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior
to registration.
'If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective
theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to
registration regarding review of the theoretical content.
Occupational Therapy
Adaptlng to disabilities and reshaping lives so that they are productive
and meaningful are some of the goals of the occupational therapist. Occupational therapy is an applied s c h c e that teaches people skflls to enable
them to perholm the tasks of everyday living when a physical or emotional
disahflity has arected tllem, The l~ltirnategoal of the occupational tllera.
pist is to provide people with the necessary skills to develop a sense of
wlloleness and independence.
Given the orienbtfon of this applied science to development of the abilities ofthe whole person, it is appropriate that such a career preparation be
founded In the liberal a*. Augsburg College has a cooperative 3-2 arranwment with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri,to allow stu-
dents to earn a achel lor of ~ r t degree
s
from Augsburg College and a
Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University.
Students spend their first three years at Augsburg College pursuing the
academic major of their choice ancl meeting general education requirements in t h e liberal arts. A student may choose any major at Augsburg
College while gaining the minimum prerequisite caurses for the OCCupationat Therapy degree. Students are encouraged to consult the program
adviser and plan their programs carefully dnce tillfflling necessary requirements in three years may he difficult in certain majors, Majors in Dialogy,
Psychology, and Sociology offer the least complicated afternatives.
Students accepted into the 3-2 program are guaranteed admission to the
Washington University program provided they have met course requirements, have at least a 3.0 average, and are recommended by the Augsburg College adviser.
Prerequisite courses for the Washington University Occupational
Therapy Program: ENG 111,810 111,112, and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or
115; PRY 103; PSY 105,351,362; SOC 121,241; SOC 362 or MAT 373.
Philosophy Department (PHI)
The department of Philosophy is devoted to instructing students in the discipline of critical thinking in relation to the traditional areas of philosophy:
theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and logic. By exposing our students to the great thinkers of the past as well as the present, the department of philosophy endeavors to instill a sense of critical analysis and a
love of truth.
Since the object of the liberal arts cumculum aims at promoting proficiency in those actions most condign to human dignity, the Philosophy department, with its emphasis upon the analytical contemplation of truth,
must always play a crucial role in helping students to focus their thinking
with respect to what truth there is to be found in the depth of human experience and in the world both here and beyond, that encompasses human
destiny. By infusing in students the desire to fulfill the maxim of Delphi,
"Know Thyselfl" the study of philosophy furthers in a unique way the
quest of liberal arts to express without constraint the fullness of the human potential for perfection.
At Augsburg the philosophy mqjor is founded upon the principle that philosophy is best learned at the feet of the masters. Therefore, the core of
the mqjor consists of four courses in the history of philosophy leading
from the ancient Greeks and Romans, through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to Modernity. In these courses students are taught how
to read, understand, and criticize the great texts of the finest minds in
Western civilization. In addition, mqjors are expected to prepare themselves in the discipline of philosophy by taking the various seminars which
the department offers as well as exploring the opportunities to study tutorially with the individual members of the Philosophy faculty.
This mqjor has been carefully planned so that students can easfly supplement the study of philosophy with other studies. Maom are educated with
the demands of further graduate study in mind. However, many philoscphy mqjilors plan to go on to other proksdonal studies such as law or medicine. Many enter thc market place, reeling that the study of philosophy
has given thcm the ability to think critically in all areas of human affairs.
Philosophy Faculty:
Mark Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach
Mqjor: 9 courses, including 130, 141, 242, 343, 444, and another
course in the 400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division.
Honors MaJor: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by
recommendalinn of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made a t Lhc end of Lhejunior year. The program will consist of
an honors thesis on an approved topic of the studenl's choice, invofvIng research above t h e course level, and a defense o l this thesis before the faculty of the department.
Minor: 5 courses, including two from 141,242,343,and 444.
Note: 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for hlfilling the general
education requirement.
110 Introdnctlon to Philosophyz Ideas and Method
Though carh person has his or her own set of ldcas and beliefs, rarely
have they beeti critically analyzed or evalualed tor their cnnsislency, adcquacy or lrulli. Onc rcason Tor this is thal indivldl~alslack thc needed
slrills. Another Is that Lhey rnay havc had 1fttIe opportunity to examinccrit.
lrally somc of the ideas basic to western c.ulture. T11r llurposes of this
course are l o prnvide Lhe studcnl with somc cxpcrience i n cxamininq
ideas. slid thereby to sharpen the critical ant1 analylical skills reqr~iredto
evaluate and cnnstrucl a system of ideas and hellcls.
120 Ethics
This course studies the possible grounds for making moral decisions and
moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. I t
also investigates the nature of happiness and its relation to the moral life.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a
particular conclusion. Must YOLIPWhen does a conclusion validly follow
from premises? t lere wc txalnlne the rules which govern valid arguments
and work lo devclop your abiltly to recognize and construct sound arguments.
141 InhoducHon to Phltosophy Readings En Cluss!cal Texts
The writings of Plato atrrl Aristotle are I h e foundatlor~s
of all pfiilosophlcal
t s rcad and anaLheuglrt in westel.tl civilizalion. In this course s t ~ ~ d c nwill
lyze some of Liie ltey worlrs by Plato and Aristotte, In additiol~.o1I1er phltosophical scl~oolsof thought in the ancient rvrrrIrl will bc sturlletl: Stolcisrr~,Epicureanism and Ncoplatonism in order to brnillarize the slttclent
with the other elements that cnrlslitutc classical philnsnphy, hit aclvar~ced
Irllroductery course in Y hiloso~rliy(or honor sllldcnts. Ihose contt~nplaling a philosophy niqlor 01'rnlrior and those slucienls wishing a more indepth approach to phllosnpl~yat Ilic tntrodt~cto!ylevel. Excludes sttidents cnrollecl Tor 110. (Pall)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
242 Hlstory or Phllbsoptryt Meditwal and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middte Ages war; n p e ~ i o dor great assimilatio~~
and synlhcsis O! e i e
nienls of Christian revelation, classical pl~ilosopliy
and Islarriic~ulLure.In
this course sludcnts wi31 rcad wr-ilings by SL. An.jelm, 5I. Rn~iavetiture,Occam, Si. Tliort~asnquinas a ~ r t[Yictrols
l
of L u w In order to unrlerstand the
pi ocess 01p l i l l o s o p l i i r ~assimlfat
l
lor] Involverl In conslnlcting a Cl~risllan
pl~ilosophy.Since ttic Renaissance was a period of ititensifirat!on of the
mcdieval synu~eslssluclcnls will bc exposer1 I n Hie ll,nuglit of Pico, Pfcino
and Oninn. (Spring)
-
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
343 History of Philosophy: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowtedge begin? In Innate Ideas or with cxperlence? What
ran we really Isnaw al)oul tlie world? WIml impact did RornantIclsm have
on phifosophy? This coilrsc studles the inaJor empiricists of the 18th cenhkry (Lache. Berkeley, 3tunie). Kanl's synthesis or pllilvsnphy, 19Lh century idealism, and the reaction to Iclealisr?~by meti such as Marx, ICieritegJ5i-d arid flictzschc. (Fall. Suggested prior course, I4 1 nr 242.1
350 Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what
car1 be said a bout him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God
with hutnan anrl animal suffet'in~?Is man realIy immorlal? Arc miracles
pnssitllc? W e will conduct a sysletnatic Inquiry into Lhese queslions which
fotin the basts of religious beliefs. (S~rggcstecf:
one prior course In philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
362 %IItical Philosophy
By rludying the ivritin~soipolitical philnsaphers Cram antiquity up to the
moriern periorl studenls wlll be asked Lo cxanilne crucial uestions con01 I~urnanS~rieky.The relallon the nature of
cei.niriq Lhc ~r'gal~kaiion
the slijte lo religiort, the home arid lhe clty wilt b t Inohed at through the
eyes of Plato, I\ristoLle, Clcero, Dantv and Maclilaveli.
365 Phllosophy of Science
The scienlist's hnnwleclye of the world is purported to be profoundly different ant1 beller tha~iIirat of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students
will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the
special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural
science.)
370 Existentialism
Studles in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existcnliallsl aulhors. We ucrEIl exatnine what it means to be a being-in-theworld, arid cxplorc such thcmcs as absutdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
pamclox. (Sugqestecl:One prior coursc En philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application nl ethical prlnclples lo problems which arise in the areas of
health care and ~Ielive~y,
human experimentation, human engineering.
l
abortion, care lor (lie [lying a t ~ reulhariasia.
399 Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
410 Topics In Phllosophy
Ad~~anced
s t r ~ d icovering
~s
a speclflc area of phllosopl~y,such a s studies
in the lliouglil or individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the
history o i a t ~idea 01. spcclfic probletn, or interdisciplinaryproblems. SCmInar Format. Mny be 1ahe11morc t h a n once for crcdit, (Suggested prior
courscs, any from 141, 242, 343,44/1 or conscrll of instruclot'.)
4 3 0 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studlcs iri the pliirosophy of particular philosophers, e.g.,Plato,
51. Xl~omas,Marx, fiegel, I<icrkcgaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format.
{Suggested prlor courses: 141. 2/r2, 543,or consent of Instructor.)
444 Contemporary Philosopliy
What ltrs behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is
Cn~Llrtlrat which worlts? Carl we remake philosophy as a rigorous scicncc?
'Tllcse ant! other Issires are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. Seminar format. (Alternate years. Suggested prior course, 141,
242,or 343.)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to
the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
4
Physics Department (pm)
Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well.
Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and
govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers"
in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of
controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis, Physics includes
the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies, and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and expanding
area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in
many of the Liberal Arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing challenge,
the department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts
but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met, and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in
Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees
at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also served as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science,
engineering and medical and health related fields for many physics graduates.
In addition, the physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportive
role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the pre-engineering program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both
the bachelor's and the advanced degree levels.
The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the
non-sciencestudents that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic
starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to
follow new developments with some degree of comprehension.
Physics Faculty:
Mark Engebretson (Chairperson), Cynthia Blaha, Kenneth Erickson,
JeffreyJohnson
Major: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus
three courses above 122. In planning their courses of study, students
are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty.
Normally, students should have MAT 124,125, and PHY 121,122 the
freshman year, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same a s the major. Students are
advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog
and consult with the Education Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An indepen-
dent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written
research report. Application for the honors major should be made no
later than the first term of the senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of
Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership
in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have com-
pleted the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of3.O in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class.
1 0 1 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementa~yalgtbra.
Our solar syslem, stars
and galaxies. The necessary optical Instrrlnicnts are explalncd and use is
made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an tight-inch CelesLron, and a 3inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3one-hour lectures.)
1 0 3 Physics for t h e Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also
to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is
dPslgned to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education
(therapy progranls), riiedical technology and other health science progranls. Tl~ecuurse is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: Elementary algebra. Fall)
1 0 6 Introductory Meteombogy
A study or the scIetlce and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designecl to prnvlclc a working kr~owledgror the basic science principles requlred for undcrslantling wealher a ~ i dcllmate. Attention will be given to
llir overall weather patterns nC the earth and to ~ I I Etnany varled aspects of
weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting,
the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical
phenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring)
111 Phystcs, Computers, ahd Soclety
h study of the historical development of selected topics In physical science. Attention wilt be give11Lo the Interaction of physics anrl Its associaled techr~otogywl t17 philosophy, religion. and cullllre. SLudy of mechani c ~electricity,
,
and dlgilat eleclrorrlcs wlll lead up to discussiori of Ole
meaning o l twentieth century ptiysics and of (he rolc af cleclronics and
computers in modern society, Mitrocompt~terswill be used extensively in
the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121,122 General Physits l,I1
A rigorous study of classical phystcs Including mechanics, wave motion,
themotlynamics. electricity, rnagn~lism,and optlcs, Desfgnerl for pllysics
majors, pre-etiqineciinq studet~lsand other specifled nla]ors. Musl be
takcn In sequence. (3 OIIF.IIOU~ Icctures, 3-klOu1' laborntoly. Prcreq.: MAT
124 or concurrent reglslratlnn. 12 1, Yall: 122 Spring)
199 lnternship
lnternship For lower division credit.
245 Modem Physics
An Introduclion to modern h p t c s from a hlstorlcal and experimental basis. ReTativity, quantum cfPecti atomic and inolrcular physics, nuclear
and solid state physics. This coursc indicates the need for, and develops
t h e experirncntal basts ol quanttirn rnectianics. ( 3 one-hour lectures.
l'rereq.: 122. Talt)
2 6 1 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study oranaiog etectron!cs comprises
the first halfofthe sernestcr,The second hall includesstudv aidialtal eleca h rnicrotronlcs culminaling in analysis and use 01 m4cmproccss~1~s
computer systems. (l'rercq.: lO3,Ill or 122; and MAT 122 ar 125)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351,352 Mechanics I, 11
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion
anrl the Lagrangtan and Hamlllonlan formalisnis. 'roplcs Include conservation prlnciple~,single particlc motion, systems of parlfcles, oscillatory
systems, cerilral-f0rr.r motion. dynamics of rigid bodies. gtmvitatlon, kine.
nratics of two-parllclc systcrns anrl noninertial refcrci~ccframes. (3 oneh o t ~lectures.
r
Prcrcq.: 122, MhT 226.351,Fa!!: 352 Spring)
362,363 Electromagnetic Fields I, 11
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring)
398.396 Comprehensive Laboratory (Ih course each)
A n emphasis on inclcpendenl Iaboratoly invrstigations. including partfclpatian It1 physics seminars. Ex per ln~entsin Lhe 2 1ca of niecllanlcs, ihermodynam~cs,vtlcuuin ptiyslcs, efcctmnics, elcctricity. u~agnctism,optics,
and ~nodcrnptiyslcs. ( 2 tliree-hour laboratory and 1srmir~arIrour per
wcck. Pi ereq.: Jilninr stailding or consellt o l inslruclor.)
399 Internship
lnternship for upper division credit.
4 8 1 Thermal Physics
The study ofj~ropertlesof systems and pmcesses forwhlch temperature Is
an 3mporlatit variable. The siibjcrct is d~velopedFrom Lwn Independent yet
complcrntntary vicwpoii~ts:the expcri~ncnlaI,rnaclnscopic classical therrnoclyr~an~ics
arid the tltcorelical, microscopic stdtlstical mcchar~ics.(3
one-lior~rlectures. Prerecl,: 55 1. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development fram ffrst pri~lclples,lnclirdlng de Rroglle's postulates,
Lhe
Scliroedlnger equalion, operators, wavefunclinris, cxpcctalion values, an.
glllar fiiorncntuni, and approxiination mettiods. Specific problems studied int1t1depoteti tlaI wells and potenLial barriers, the harnioriic nscillator,
and the hyclrogcn atom. (3 o~ic-hourlectures. Prercq.: 245,551.fall)
488 Quantum Physics I1
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular ptiyslw, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prercq.: 486. Spring)
499 lndependent Study
An npportt~t~lty
for str~dentsto expiore systematically a problem in experimenlal nr theoretical pliysIcs, worltecl out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open taJ~uniorsand senlors with departmental approval.
Political
Science (POL)
Firmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in
the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to
mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and significance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science; because
politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives.
The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and
values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare
political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In
the process, the student will he encouraged to relate. Insights from other
liberal arts disciplines such as philosoplly, psychology, economics, his.
tory, and sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-ffelds of political science, the mqjor supplies
the breadth appropriate for graduate work In the dtsctpline, as well as in
public adminstration, public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It
also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and other internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy
reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career.
Augsburg political science students have the benefit oFan experienced faculty that brinpls a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as speciai strengthsin Interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media. communism. and American ~ u b l i claw. The de~artmental
faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, invoiving as it
does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of liberal learnings.
Political Science Faculty
Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson),Joseph Goldman, C. Lea Hall, Milda
Hedblom, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan
.
Mqjor: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362).Required: 121
or 122 or 160 or 170;158;384;and at least 5 other upper division
courses in 4 out of 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar in one of the
five areas may be counted for that area.
Honors Mqjor: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5in the major and 3.0overall. The student
must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must
submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to
be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any
member of the department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the departmental chairperson. Students should
apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior
year.
Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170:158;and a t least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 Political Science Areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics (11)
Comparative Politics and Analysis (Ill) International Politics (1V) Public Law (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more
than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor
requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political
science major in combination with specified social science courses, in
compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the
department chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are
offered.
I. American Government and Politics
1 2 1 American Government and Politics
The polltfcs of American government including the forms of political
ideas; ttie patlenl of partidpation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential ant1 Ili~renucralirpoligmaking; and current issues in American society.
122 Metroporttan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues. arlors, and structurcs influencing public policy in the modcm urban complcx. Discussionlecturc. sl~nulation.and meetings with politlcal cxpcrls and activists.
325 Public Administration
'Slit politics of pul~licitdministratlon and bureaucratic policy-making in
[lie Ut~itcdStates: governmental rcgulatlon, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic intcraction. (Prereq.: 1course in Politkat Strlcncc or consent of instrucloi-)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The politlcal behavior of tlic electorate emphasizing public opinion and
political parties Ln the electoral proccss, Tielrl work with political parties
and ~ntercstgroups anrl rncdia In presidential elections (optional in nonprcsirfenlial election ycars). (Frcrccl.: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Pall Lerm of clecllon years)
342 Mass CommunieaUons In Soctety
LfFccts nfrtiassct~mniiinlcatlonson indlvidi~albehavior: the uses and control of mass rnedla lor polltir:al ar~tfsocial purpnses Inclurling a study of
ccnsorsl~ip,newsmaking. cnlertaitlment and pilllllc affairs programming.
~
otily)
( J ~ ~ n land
o r S e ~ l l oslutle~~ts
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section 1V for description. Alternate years)
3 7 1 Constitutional Law I1
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
4 2 1 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive orjudicial process, and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or statc focus: topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Yolitlcal Science or cansent of instructor. On demand)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
1 5 8 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion
of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The rmergcncc, mnlnletiancc and decline of selected democracies, focusIng 011poiltical behavior. institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:One course
In I'olllical Science or colrsenl of instructor)
3 5 1 C o m m ~ ~ n lPolltlcal
st
Systems
A tornparalive analysis or the Soviet Union and other communist states in
lcrms of polltlml behavior. itrstitutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.:
ORCC ~ L I ~ SinCPolitical Scicncc or consent of instructor)
3 8 1 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
4 5 9 Topics in Comparative Politfcs
Sclcctcd tl~eniesinrluding interpretations of polltlcal systems and compal-ticipotion,
l
comrnunlparisons or political processes such a s p o l i t i ~ ~
caLiotls, polllical developments, poIi tical change. and rcvolulion. Topic to
be lr~cluderlill sul>litle. (Prcrerl.:O ~ i ccourse i r i Pnlitical Science or con.
sent of instructor. On demand.)
111. International Politics
1 6 0 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems.
363 Cammunist Foreign Pollcles
Analysls oF I he motivation, Iormulation, and implementation of foreign
pollcies of Cornrn~~~ilsl
riallons with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
C l ~ l n a (Prereq.:
.
Otie c.oiwse ill Pnlitical Science or consent of instructor)
4 6 1 Topics ln International Politics
Selected tlicmcs including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy dcrislon-malting, simulations of international problems. Topic to
be inclurled in sublillc. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
IV. Public Law
1 7 0 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and s o
ciety: roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law: law a s politics: historic and contemporary legal
issues.
370 Constitutional Law l
The legal-polliical-philosophim1role or the Supreme Court in the American polilIcaI systcrn In signilicanl decisions affecting the allocation of powers 111(Ilf ?iatifl~%al
government and it1 Lhe Cederal system. (Prereq.: 170 or
consent oi Ilistructox. Al terndte years)
3 7 1 Constitutional Law 11
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth
Amenrimcnl as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human
r l g h b arltl civil lihe~ticsof individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Altcniate ypars)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description)
380 Western Political Thouaht
A study of influential po?tical philosophers, emphasizing the values,
goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of
instructor.)
381 Clemocratic Theory and Practice
A stilcly oC tlemocratic thcory and p~lblicpolicy practice with focus on the
emergence of politEral dcn?ocracy, capitalism and the welfare state in
comparative pcr,spective. IPrcrcq.:One course in Political Science or consent ol i~~stmctor.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evoli~tionof Marxlst thcory and rnovemerils emphaslzlng
Marxism asdevclopcd in Russia and china. Consideration oCLhe polIllcal,
social. and ecoliomic dirnet~slonsof the tlieories, wllh somr Coci~soti Lhe
preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158or consent ofinstructor.)
384 Political Analysis
An anatysls ol diffrrenl approaches and theorlcs in the study of politics
including an cx,~n~inatinn
of llle requircmcnts or science as a model for
potILlca1 stitdy; malor rcscarch rcq~iirerl.( I'rereq.: Statistical Analysis: 158
ancl two uppcr division courses, nr consenl of instructor.)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor
grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
295 Lower Dlvlsion Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (On demand)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor. P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor
grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
498 IndependentStudy: Metropolltiin Resources
An indcllendently clesl~n?clcorll se a sLutlcri( (or grnitp ~Cstuderits)develops, tnaljing cxtcnsive, systematic and irltc~~mled
utllizalion o ~ r e s o i ~ r c e s
c.g. la LLI~FS. symp05ld, pel'availfltrlc in the rnctrul>ulltal~romn~i~niiy,
for~nr?nces,l~ca~lnqs.
'l'tiese resources 17ecorr~ethe corc of the course,
supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Program in Global Community
-
Joel Mugge (Director)
The Center for Global Service and Education offers a s ~ r i n semester
n
Program, The Program in Global Community, each year inCuemavaca,
ico. It is an academic program that has as its primary focus the study of issues related to global-jusiiceand human liberation in light of the Christian
proclamation. Students live together as a community, but also with Mexican families in the city, and with villagers in rural Mexico. The semester
also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room,
board and tuition at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed.
-
- -
~-
m
ex-
SPA 216.316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for three hours a day for six weeks of
the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is
taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director)
mS 311 T h e Development Prcrcess
'This seminar focuses 01)~pecllicglobal and Interpersonal developmental
processes. Particular tlicories or developtnenl ancl educational approaches are critically exalrlincd. As an inlegrative seminar, thc course attcnipts to JILIII togetlicr Lhe many aspccts of the overall program, The seminar provldes st~rdenlstlic opportunity lo renecl critically on their own
cducaLIona1process as wcll, ( Rcquircd coi~rsc)
GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists oCa series of eight mini-courses offered in a number
of relevant Lopic areas r'claled to the theme of the program. Each minicourse consists or 12 hours, At~yfour mini-courses fulfill the requirements
of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required)
HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective
Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensive view
of Mexico's historical development from pre-Colurnbian times to the present day. (Either this course or CiST 230 required)
INS 299 Directed Study
499 Independent Study
Tliis prelcrairly is in a student's majar or mlnar dlsclpl[ne, developed
ahead or Ilme E
n co~lsuliationwith a departn~entaladviser on the home
campus arid the program director. The topic a studenl cl~ooscssl~ouldhe
relevat~t110th lo Ihe discipline and the tllcme oiqlollal cnmmnnlty. (Optional fourth course)
EEL 366 The Church and Social Change In Latin hmerlca
This course focuses at1 the rela tionsliip rlf the churcli Lo poverty, polltical
oppression and soclal irijusticc in Latin Anrerica. Cenlml to the course is
an cxamivation of the etnerging "Theology of Libcrallon" as arllculated
by pronlinenl Latin American theologians as well as I,y peopte directly involvcd tn locaT palishes and devclopmcnt projects in Cucrnavaca.
(Prereq,: enc course in religion or tticolngy. Optional fourth courscl
Psychology Department (PSY)
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal
education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other.
The department's courses have three basic goals: (1)
to introduce the student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions: (2)to develop the ability to
analyze, interpret, and evaluate behavioral research, and (3)to provide
practice in the application of these principles. The department program
provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas.
Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the
Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology,
human development, personality and computer applications.
The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills c h be beneficial
in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and
government, as well as in careers such as research, law, and medicine.
Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire
practical, pre-professional experience and develop professional contacts.
This program mutually benefits the students and the community.
Psychology Faculty:
Paul Hirdman (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman
Ferguson, Duane Johnson, Richard Marken
Major: 1 0 courses including 105,264,265,381or 399, and 493. Also
PHY 103. A minimum of 5 courses must be from Augsburg. Students
are also expected to select one course from the DevelopmentaljPersonality courses and other electives to complete the major. Not more
than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted
toward requirements for a major. It is recommended that psychology
majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests in psychology: for example, areas such a s business administration, biology, or communication.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and comple-
tion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the
junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: 5 c o u r s e s including 105,with a minimum of 2 courses a t Augsburg. Not m o r e t h a n o n e c o u r s e from 2 9 9 , 3 9 9 , a n d 4 9 9 m a y b e
counted toward t h e minor.
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 c o u r s e s including 2 6 4 ( o r
SOC 3 6 2 ) , 3 9 9 , CSC 1 4 5 , SOC 3 6 3 , a n d approved elective. T h e s e
c o u r s e s a r e designed to provide t h e cognitive background a n d skill
development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies o r
firms which d o program evaluations o r self-assessment programs.
Systematic a n d periodic assessments of programs for social improvem e n t a r e increasingly expected by government a n d funding agencies.
For further information contact Norman Ferguson.
1 0 5 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for
the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized.
1 9 9 Internship
Internship on lower division level.
2 5 1 Sensing and Perceiving
At1 ecologlcaify oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis o n t h e proressitig of environmental information and how this relales to adaptive behavior and s~lbjcctiveexperience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
2 6 4 , 2 6 5 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I. I1
A two-term sequence Il~cl~tdll~g
c.upcritnenla(ion in human learning, probIcm solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception, Emphasis will
be placecl on holh stalislical dnd expcrirnct~taldesign ~~~rthorlology.
Re+
scarcti Mcthods I may bc I;ilieti for credil withouL continuing in Rcscarch
Mcthods IT. Majors in psychology must take hot11 terms of the two-term
scqucnce: 264 tiiust prrcede 265; 265 should be (altei~In lhc lemi immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
2 9 9 Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study
must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
3 5 1 DevelopmentalPsychology: Child
Ernpt~asison normal ctilld development and behavior. Consideration of
llieorelical systcms used i o ~vlcwing the developmental sequence and
process. Inquiry illto practical inipticalions and applications of d a h and
theory in respecl to the clcvclopmc~rtof childrcn. (I'rcrecl.; 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data
and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: 105)
353 Developmental Psychology: middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on nonnal clevelopme~rLand behavior. Consideration of data
and Ihcory related to tlevelnpmcnt cli~rlngL11e middle atlull and olcler
adill1 periods ol Ilfe. IncIudcs pcrspeclives or1 death and clying. (Prcrecl,:
105)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for
behavior in ai~lnralsand titlnian beings. MaJor topics Incl~ide:sleep &f
wakefulness, mollvalloti d emotion, learning & melnory, and tnenlat disorders. (Prereq.: 105) Additional lab hours required.
356 Environment and Behavior
A s t ~ ~ dnCyIhe Influel~cewhich the envlronment, bath natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics Include: overcrowding and environmerilal slress. terriloriatity, rlefcnsfble space & crlme, and bullt environments such as rooms, I>uildings8t cllics. (I'rereq.: 105)
357 Learning
Leaming concepts. behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.:
105)
359 Mental Testlng
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those
theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnonnaf Psychology
An intrnrl~~ctloti
to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic
and ~~sycltological
poirlts of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agctlcies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105.)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A stud Involving knowledqc uC materials bearing on the development of
sex tllkreilces and rnlcs, Lhe e m r l or socieiy upon values and goals, differenlial Zcgal status of each scx a t ~ dpsychopliysiological data bearing
upon these cllffcrel~ces.(Prerrq.: 105 or consent of instructor)
373 Organlxational Psychology
Theorelicrll conceplual~zalionsof organizational behavior. Factors and
practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of
worlc cCrcctlv~ness,anrl social Influences. An organizational field expericnce. Ifrereq.: 105)
381 Psychology In BfstorEcal PcrspecElve
Historical clcvelopment oipsychoIogical viewpoints and theoretical positions. (I'rereq.: two psycholow courscs)
399 Internship
Prior to the beginning of the term, interested students should consult with
the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Grading is on a P/N basis.
450 Program Evaluation
The appllcat~ori01 scientlRc research techniqtres and stn tistlcal analysls
to prosgrams for social Impmvemenl. Designing infonilatinn systems Cor
tl?e allgolng ~nonitorinyof programs. As?esslrig curnmlinlty needs. Assesslng program ~ffeccivenessatirl cfliciericy, l'he political and organlzalional inntexl or prn:grim monitoring and cvallration. The role of cvatuation research for social p o k y and pmgt am iniprovcmcnt. (PIercq.: 264
or SOC 3KZ: SOC 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Prlnciples. tnetliods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process.
Cousitieratiott {[lver?to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relatlolnhip. (Prereq,:4 courses)
490 Current Topics In Psychology
Study of selected areas and lopics in psychology that are not treated exLcnsiv~lyt l l ~ n u g hcuirenl course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior tn icgislration. (l'rereq.: 105 and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary lssues
Disc~rssianof contcrnporary socEetal issues from a psychological viewpoi~lt.Consideratinn or the apploacfres and methods used by psychologists In studyitlg such t.ssues. (Prcr'eq.: 5 courses)
499 Independent Study
Limited registntion by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Stirdc~itsmust prcscnl a written plan prior to registration including carehrlly cotisldered rationale and purpose for the proposed study.
-,=
-4
'I?'.
'
.' -
II,
,
-
- +'. 9,
41~
I , .<[
. ' l i
)A
-%
-. :.'
-
3, '
-.. ---:
Religion
Department (REL)
I
9-
I
V I -
,
-
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective
from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the western world to a degree
much greater than is sometimes recognized. They have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values, and political structures.
The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other
areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of Biblical history and
that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with theological
thought.
While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the
Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes
more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different
from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other
disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of
the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith and enable them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment.
The College offers both a mqjor and a minor in Religion. Students who
wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of
Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriate for that purpose.
Religion Faculty:
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson Fall 1986),Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson lnterim and Spring 1987).John Benson, Bradley Holt, Curtis Peter, Stephen
Pinsky, James Porter, Paul Sonnack
Major: 8 courses, including 111,221,356,481
and 495,the seminar
especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking
seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper
and placed it on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New
Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,
358,360or 483,362,399,471or 473,481.These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue
one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of
Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five courses in religion are required:
111,221,362,
The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran
Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a
public school setting and in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in
Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran
Church, although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of3.3 in the major and 3.0over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department.
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted
for the minor.
Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111,221,
or 473,481);
APE 232;PSY 105,
356,358,360or 483,362,399,471
351,352or 371,485;SOC 111 or PSY 373,SOC 231;SPC 354.This
program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The
American Lutheran Church, but certification by the church is a separate function. By adding two or three courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chairperson.
,
111 Introduction to Theology
199
221
299
350
353
356
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Internship
Internship on lower division level.
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emeraence
of the church.
Directed Study
Independent study on lower division level.
Philosophy of Religion
(See under Department of Philosophy)
Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations
and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
(Spring)
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
-
- - - - --
357 S m e y of Church Blstury
A suzvey of Christian history In the early, medieval, Reformadon, and modern periocls. Some attention to primary sources, in addltion to interpretallon$ o i the periods in question, The expatision of the church, its inner
life, Ils reIatlon Lo the state, and the development of its dnclrine wlll be
major elements of the sludy.
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Alternate
years)
360 Rellglion and Society
An cxarnlnation of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological a nalyslswith particular emphasis on contemporary sociological
research on rellqious movements in American society. (Spring)
3 6 1 The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early CI~rlstlanChurch In the context of lhe Roman Empire,
Including such toplcs a s persecution and martyrdom, tlre development of
the creeds, Christtanlty In conflict with Crnosticis~nand mystery religions,
InonasLicism anti mysltcism. early crlrlstian worship: also incl~~rlit~g
the
theology nl several early Christian leaders and a special unit o n the Iife
and thaugllt of Rugusline.
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of
the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther
and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the
rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of
religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered a s funding permits)
366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
(See under Program in Global Community)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses,
have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
432 Church Music and Worship
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideralion of the Mew Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their conlexl. literary stntcture and relationships. Attention
fo the varlety or interpretations given Lhe person of Jesus, including the
"quest For the I-listorlcal Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his
writings.
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
475 Judaism
A survey of the history ofJudaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modem times. with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest In such modem Jewish tfilnkers a s Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg
College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion
department. (Fall)
4 8 1 Contempormy ~ h e o f o g y
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thaught Loday. as seen f ~ o m
the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task or Lhe Christian Church. (Spring)
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall)
486 PsychologyoCRellgion and TheoIoSy
A S ~ L Iof
I -currenl
I~
psyclrcllogical views nl rellglon in the context of the traclilional Chrlsllari view nChtunan nature. Special attention will be given to
the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternate
years, Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental
guidelines.
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator), James Brown
Russian Area Studies is an ACTCjoint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The mqjor is interdisciplinary
and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of
two years of the Russian language is required.
This mqjor is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second mqjor in a field such a s business, economics, history.
language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for
graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations.
Major: 11courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or
equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1course in
Marxist theory; 1course in Russian literature; 1course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved electives.
M i n o r : 6 courses: 2 courses (1year) of basic college Russian (or
equivalent competencies); 1course in Russian history: 1course in
Soviet politics; 1course in Marxist theory; 1other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA)
.
-
-- -
-
-
-
Foreign Language Department Chairperson
Mqjor: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
N o t e : Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg
Catalog or transferred to Augsburg a s upper division Scandinavian
Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content,
which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with
a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate
level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian
courses under Department of Foreign Languages.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia,
elective courses which may lead toward a second major such a s English, history, urban studies, business administration.
312 OldNorse
(See under Department of Foreign Languages - Norwegian)
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (On Demand)
351 The Modem Scandinavian Novel
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors
and minors w11 b e required to d o assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
352 The Modem Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandlnaviati drama w l l t ~emphasis o n lbsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and
minors will be required to d o assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
377 Scandinavia in the World
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
393 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
394 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for
study.
Social Science
Khin Khin Jensen (Coordinator)
A student may not list a double mqjor in Social Science and in one of the
component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other mqjor.
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104;1 social science methodology course (ECO 279,PSY 264,SOC 362 or 365):and 12 courses, in
at least 4 disciplines, from the following: ECO 122,258;HIS 103,322,
PHI 355;RE1 356;SOC
323,324,440,474;POL 351,363,382,461;
336;seminars, independent study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning to fulfill
this social science major should consult the chairperson of the Department of History in choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
..
- -
Jerry Gerasimo (Coordinator)
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within
the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences.
Social Studies Teaching Licensure: 7 courses (ECO 122 or 123,
Geography, HIS 222, POL 158,PSY 105, SOC 121and336) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology.
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and
the Social Studies Coordinator.
Social Work
Department ( s m )
-
-
The Social Work mqjor program prepares graduates for entry-levelprofessional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited
by the Council on Social Work Education, and leads to a Bachelor of Sclence degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, and communities.
The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts, with its emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation upon
which social work education is based. As Sir Richard Livingston has said,
"A technician is a person who knows everythingthere is to know about
his/her job, except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Augsburg social work graduates are professionals, not technicians. Social work
mqjors at Augsburg College must be well-grounded in the liberal arts. Effective social workers cannot be technicians.
"Education for Service" has long been a motto at Augsburg College and it
exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work Department. Unique leaming opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is
enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated
populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the
vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for
these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social work
students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and economic
diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand. a ~ ~ r e c i a tres~ect.
e.
and work
with people different from themselves and fdbe enrichedby this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well
as to gain from it. ~ f ~ r o ~ r i a tsocial
e l ~ ,work students have been involved
in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop
a Big BrotherIBig Sister program on campus: mobilizing students to assist
a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center.
The Social Work minor and electives in the department allow students to
support another mqjor with knowledge about human needs and growth,
human services, and the methods of effective citizenship. Students taking
these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about pu6
lic issues and d e v e l o ~
and nurture a ~ e r s ~ e c t ithat
v e sees the central irnportance of diversity 'to the social fabric df this country. But beyond knowledge, students also are encouraged to use their talents and skills to
address the needs of society in the interest of the public good.
Social Work Faculty:
Mary Lou Williams (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Francine Chakolis, Rosalie
Clark, Edwina Hertzberg, Douglas Peny, Charles Williams
Major: 9 Core Program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,
466,467,469: and 9 Supporting Program courses: 257,260: 810 101;
PSY 105; SOC 121,231,265,365,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A minimum grade of2.0 is required
for each course in the Core Program and a 2.0 average is required in
the Supporting Program.
Concentration: Concentration in Aging, Chemical Dependency,
Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible.
Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional, and programmmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the
senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript.
Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list
candidacy a s a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and Supporting Program courses
below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy review (Exception:
SOC 365 may be taken in the senior year if necessary.)
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative),361,463:260 or SOC 375:SOC 265:and one of 465,POL 121,
158,325.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Educationrequired Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388.
Elective courses open to all students:
257 Exploring Human Services
With lacully approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term
as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professional clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations, Independent study with a term paper report and regular class
sessions. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores.
260 Humans Developing
1his coirrse provides the knowledge bask to an understanding OF human
growth through Lhe life cycle, and or the Interplay of socIocullurat, blologthe growth 01 individuals
~cal,and psyclboluglcal factors whlch influe~~ce
aucI larnllie? I n cnnle~nporaryAmet ican society, Ernpltasized Is tlie role or
Ll~e"nurt~trlngenvtronrnenl" in rclatlnn to Iwman growth, the Impact or
"sustalrilng euviroumenl" factors, and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Circlwt h relaled to populations and groups which represent ethnic
and/or Hfe-style rliverslty Is also a focus. Students will gain self-understandlng Ihrough use of their own experiences.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest.
Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257
and consent of instructor)
340 Pollcies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the
older population, older population impact on social policy, services
planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work
with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence.
(Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor)
361 Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of minority professionals and client groups. The
major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the
charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.:
Junior or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 Internship
Provides Reld learning experience for the non-major and supplements the
required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of department chairperson)
463 Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community organizatlon, soclal plannl~~g,
and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey oihistorical forms olcornmunlty organization ancl social clwngc, 2) u~~derslandlng
the Ll~eorics,basic Issttes, and strategies rclevanl to social protest ancl
change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual
practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques
of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or consent of instructor. Fall)
465 Gbetat Policy:Anatysls and Development
Includes the sIudy or tlieorlcs of Soclal Policy formutation and methods of
analysls associaled with needs ancl services, and analysis of the impact of
poll~yon snclal work ~lracticc.Development and implementation will be
virived flrst hand through werlr with an elected public policy maker. Readings, analytical paper Integralion of class concepts with practical experieuce. (Prereq.: 361,463, atid senior or consent of instructor. Spring)
468 Special Topics (112 to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim)
-
498 IndependentStudy
Metropalltan Resorlrces
An Independenlly dcslgned course a student (or group orstudents) develops, lnalrlng extensive, systematic and Integrated utllizatio~lof resources
avallahle in the metropolitan comm~tnlty,e.g, lecttlres, symposia, periortnances, hearings. Thcse resources become the core of t h e course,
supplemented I>y lradtlior~alcollege resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated Ily a facutty rnernlrrer ~Fthedeparlrnent.
(Prereq.:
257 and consent of inst~uctor)
499 Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prercq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
Courses reserved for Social Work majors only:
363 Methods and Skllls of Social Work
Rasic features or Lhe helping process: theoretical foundations, principles
and techniques orsoclal work inlerventlve methods, and pnctica! expcrience necessary for social work practice with indivlduals and small groups
with a rliversity orprofessl~nalsand client groups: devclopment of the s h dent's repcrloire of relationship building sl<itIs.tect~~re-disc~~ssion
scsslons and/or taboratory exercises cacli wcek. [Prereq.: 361, Junior.
Spring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours
per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week.
(Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and rcnnemcnt 01 practice sldlls recognizing adaptations of
the prnblern.solving mode! to dlverse populslllons through Iccturc, classmom excrclse ahid tegular class work. I-:nla!gement aC social groilp worls
sltflls, emphasts on development of gencrallsl practicc sltills and eclectic
approaches with a focus on cllversily of proCcsslonals arid clienl populations. Lectures aild/or laborato~yexercises each week. (I9rereq.: 2.0 in
365 and in 364,candidacy staLLls. Concurrent with 462. Fall)
462 Field Work 11:
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a
social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status: concurrent with 461;
Fall)
466 Field Work 111 (112 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 ('12 course option during Interim. Prereq.: Candidacy
status, 2.0 in 461,462,463)
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Eth tcal practice, bureaucratic survival, professtonalJob attainment,affirm.
ative actlon and sexual harassment issues, personnel policles and practices, alganizalional theory. and resource devclopment will bc stlrrlicd in
the course. T h e field work practice becomcs the laboratory For class exerclscs. (Prereq.:Candidacy statrls, 2.a in 461,463.)
469 Field Work IV
Continuation of 466. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent
with 467)
Sociology Department (soc)
Sociology is a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively
young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme
which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum,
namely the theme that humans are "social animals." Sociology emphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes
to exhibit regularized patterns over time. These patterns together form a
society or a social structure.
Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociology also
seeks to understand patterns within the great
variety of institutions that
exist in a society.
The Sociology Department at Augsburg is designed to help students think
sociologically in terms of obtaining an understanding of society and developing skills in evaluating social institutions and programs.
Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such as internships, independent study, interim courses, and the co-learningcourses offered through the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)program. The Department urges students
to use Augsburg's urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning.
A mqjor in sociology can prepare one for a variety of careers or for advanced professional studies. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the personnel departments of both government and private corporations, in industrial relations work, and in
program evaluation. Others have used their mqjors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, and urban
planning.
The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a
liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding
and appreciating the often taken-for-grantedaspects of our world.
Sociology Faculty:
Gordon Nelson (Chairperson),Jeny Gerasimo, Gany Hesser, Barbara
Johnson, Diane Pike
Mqjor: 1 0 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485, Highly recommended: a Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, intemship, independent study or upper division interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will
take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of
concentration.
Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy
shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon
departmental approval of proposal by April 30 ofjunior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to complete
work on thesis. Honors in sociology will be granted to a candidate
who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior
year and maintains the GPA through graduation.
Minor: 5 courses including 1 2 1 and two upper division courses (i.e.,
300 and above.)
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or
PSY 264), 363,399, CSC 145, and approved elective. These courses
are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well a s a research assistant for agencies or firms
which do program evaluations or self-assessment programs. Systematic and periodic assessments of programs for social improvement
are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For
further information contact Diane Pike.
111 Human Community and the Modem Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the
perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities
of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes.
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology is a unique way of irnderstanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles,
groups, iti(erac1iot1, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for
discovering tile world and orie's place in it.
199 Internship
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer)
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family a s a social institution. The process of dating,
mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the
family to its institutional and cultural context.
265 Racial and Minority Group Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN
grading only)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 1 2 1 and consent of
instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in SocIoIogy
h variety ot 10pIcs offcclrd periodically depending o n nmds and Interests
which are not satisfied by regularrourscofFFTirigs. May be offcred on cam.
pus in atldllIon to reqular course offerlnqs or on campus In conji~nctlon
wllh A u ~ s l ~ i t r gConscrvatlon
's
of Ilu~li;lnResources (CIIR) I'rograrn.
( P W - g . : consent of lnst~uclor)
336 Introductionto Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we s e e
and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the
ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to
culture. An analysis ofselected aspects of Western culture.
360 Rellglon and Society
All cxnn~lnallo~i
or tlic Interaction of religion and 5dclely In terns oisociological arlalysls with particular emphasis on conlernporary sociological
ttse;krch on r e l i g l o ~ movements
~s
and instllultnns In Amerlcan soclely.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course in a two-course sequence introduces quantitative analysis. The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social
sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors,
but recommended for others neccling a I~ackg~'orlnd
for social science.
(Prereq.: working knowledge of h i g l ~
scllotll algebra arlcl consent or llle instructor. Fall)
363 Research Methods
This second course exposes students to the skills involved in research design and measurement techniques. The practice of social research is
learned through class activities and individual projects. Focus on learning
usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent
of instructor. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
l o ~ r s ~ r n iovcrvlew
cr
of melhods nforgazilzing, comparlng and interpreting
quanlita tlve lnfonnatlo~l.Use of data-processing rquipment lor statisttcal
analysis. Dvcrvlcw or commonly -user1 rcsearclr mctltods, especially expcxirncntrll designs arrd appllcat~onsl o proqranl evaluations. Desiqncd for
social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency,
and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121)
375 Social Psychology
An examination ol the Idea oT"gsoup." its relatlonshlp to tndlvldual behaviol' and society. A n analysis of the Ideas 01 "self" and "identity" and
wtral part they play In underslantllng Interpersonal relations and human
behavior. A sociological view of mental health, A look at the major assumplions and processes i~tiderlyinysilr everyclay lire - a Innlc at [he trivlal. (lie ordlna~yand the lake~vfor-granlecl,"Sytnbollc interaction," an 1111Ilortalll olienlallon In social psychology, wlll l x used as a way of deallng
with the tnajor lssucs In [tie caursc. (I'rcreq,: 121 and PSY 105.juni01 or
senior studcrlts only)
381 The City and Metro-UrbanPlanning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the
present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current
developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted
to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources
include extensive readings, simulations, films, and outside speakers in a
seminar format. (Prereq.: 111or 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 Modem Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Fall)
498 Independent Study
- Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g, lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course,
supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.:
1
1
1or 1 2 1and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 Independent Study
Studcnt nil~stpresent written proposal cantalning rationale, objectives
and methodorogy or the p~oposedstudy according to department guidelines. (l'rcrcq.: 121 and conscnl ol Instrur~or.Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech/Communication
and Theatre Arts
Department (SPC)
Communication
Communication technology vastly increases our ability to influence human thought and behavior. While these powers are often used to deceive
and exploit, they can be used to liberate, enoble, and to enhance life.
Speech, communication, and theatre arts at Augsburg are humane studies
designed to promote sensitivityand wisdom in the use of communication,
since true communication aims to foster informed, responsible choice and
shared understanding.
The primary aim of the department is to help students to communicate effectively through both speaking and writing. The courses are designed (1)
to promote the intellectual disciplines required for research, exposition,
and argument: (2)to develop writing and speaking skills: (3)to build confidence, creativity, and ethical sensitivity: and (4)to provide a wide variety
of realistic communication experience.
Communication careers call for a broad liberal education, so the communication mqjor at Augsburg stresses the studies of logic, psychology, sociology, literature, writing, and public speaking. For breadth we recommend
double mqjors, and for practical experience we recommend participation
in co-curricularcommunication activities throughout the college years, climaxing in internships under professional supervision.
This mqjor is also used as preparation for other fields, such as religion,
politics, and law. The speech mqjor is designed to prepare students for
teaching in the secondary schools.
Theatre Arts
Theatre is not primarily an extra-curricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory that uses all of the liberal arts, theatre enhances
a liberal education. By reliving how other people throughout history were
thinking, feeling and struggling, actors have a greater understanding of
their own humanitv. Theatre enables students to ex~eriencethe beauty,
mystery, and ambi$uity of life.
Minneapolis-St.Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one of
the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand
their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by working in
the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities. Our theatre
faculty has professional experience which enables them to provide realistic guidance to students.
The Augsburg program provides three possible emphases-acting, directing, and design-but encourages students to participate in all aspects of
theatre production. While the program is primarily designed to prepare
students for educational theatre, graduates go into many other fields,
such as professional theatre, television, film, advertising, business, and religion.
-
-
-
-
-
Speech. Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty:
Julie Bolton (Chairperson), Mark Arnbroz, Raymond Anderson, Judith
Kirk, Gary Parker
Honors Major: GPA of3.25in the major, 3.0overall, two independent
study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in a t
least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in
field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year.
Communication
Prospective mqjors should contact the department as early a s possible to
work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen
should take 111,PSY 105,SOC 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 o r 352,
354,399and EMG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227,and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses
required but not counting toward the major: 111;PHI 130;PSY 105;
SOC 121 or 336,375.
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,
354,360:Participation in forensics, and a
241 or 343,350,351,352,
minor in English. Recommended: 366,courses in theater, participa-
tion in drama.
Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the followand participation in forensics.
ing: 241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360
Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech, theatre arts, and speechtheatre arts. Any of these must be combined with a t least an English
minor, preferably a major. The communication major or minor does
not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of
Education for requirements in Education. 116 is strongly recommended for students in elementary education.
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division cre it.
227 Advanced Writing: Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225.330 Visual Communications I, 11
(See under Department of Art)
2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science) Junior and Senior students
only.
343 Radio-TelevisionProduction
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's
role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and
lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Not offered 1986-87)
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating,
articulating, and listening: introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertlslng and promotlon a s important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.:
Junior, Senior. Communication major or cnlisent of instrt~ctor.Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages: emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communication barriers.
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
495 lndependent Study In Communication
Selected tooics in soeech and communication. with e m ~ h a s i on
s the use
of primary sources and methodology of research.
499 Independent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Theatre
Mqjors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen
planning to mqjor in theatre arts should begin with courses 111,116,232
and 228.111 is not part of the mqjor.
Theatre Arts Mqjor: 10 courses, plus 111. This major should be sup-
ported by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and
Modem Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116, 228, 232, 343, 350, 360, 361, 366, ad-
vanced acting, and the children's theatre interim. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6
units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
8. Directing Emphasis: 116, 228, 229,232,350, 360,361,366,
367, plus advanced acting and the children's theatre interim. Courses
strongly recommended: courses in movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in
stage management, and 1internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,366,428,429,plus 2 courses
in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in cinema art and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5
units in crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1in design, and 1 internship.
Theatre Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232,360,361,366.
Theatre Arts Mqjor For Teaching Licensure: 1 0 courses, including 111,116,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor in
English.
Theatre Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: courses 111, 228,
232,361,366; one ofthe following: 241,343,350; and participation in
dramatic productions.
Speech-TheatreArts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses,
111,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361,366;
participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater,
broadcasting); and a minor in English.
1 1 6 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts,
the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theatre,
school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall)
1 9 9 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
2 2 8 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theatre: its organization,
crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theatre tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or
sophomore years. (Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall)
229 Stage Design I
Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer
(drafting,drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all
students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Alternate
years, Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall)
361 Theatre History and Criticism
Overview of theatre history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theatre productions, Introduction to theories of drama,
dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. (Spring)
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals
and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a
one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring)
367 Stage Direction I1
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic,
experimental, mkrsical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a
longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
4 2 8 Technical Production 11
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall)
429 Stage Design 11
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring)
432 Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration
Comedy, Realism and Ron-Realism, Epic and the Absurd.
499 Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theatre.
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own mqjor by combining appropriate
portions of two mqjors may consider the Transdisciplinary Mqjor. The
Transdisciplinary Mqjor enables students to respond to a particular career
interest. While such an individually developed mqjor may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad mqjors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some
academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Mqjor are to observe the following:
A. The mqjor program should include at least two-thirds of the courses re-
quired in the normal mqjor programs of two mqjor fields offered at the college:
6. The student should design and sign a contract for such a mqjor prior
to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in
the Office of the Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the
Faculty Committee on Student Standing.
Women's and
Minority Studies (INS)
Faculty:
Priscilla Buffalohead, Grace Dyrud, Ronald Libertus, Winston Minor, James
Porter, Bonnie Wallace
The Women's and Minority Studies Program consists of several interdisciplinary courses which fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses in several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement.
Although no mqjor or minor is offered, there is a certificate program in
women's studies.
Certificate in Women's Studies: Individually planned program
with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives:
3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses
from humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2
other courses such a s biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the
ACTC colleges a s well a s Augsburg. See Winston Minor or Bonnie Wallace for further details. See also WWAS under Metro-Urban Studies
No. IV.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
231 Rellglon in Afrfcan-AmedcanHlstory
An examination of selected topics 1 elated to the black experience, e.g. Afr i ~ a nbaclqrounds, religion utldcr slavery, evangelicalism. Meets one reliqlnn requirement or thc IJrhan Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies
requirement.
232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-AmericanStudies
An interdisciplinary course providing an overvtew of Lhe major Issues related to the Black experience in terms of Lhe Family, education, religion,
art, economics and politics. It is designed lo heighlen the student's consciousness regarding the African rrtcntinns in Rlaclc culture, Lhe evolution
of Black culture and the impact of K l d ~ l ccuILurc on Ainerican society.
233 Womtnr Across-Culturat Perspective
'I his course will examinc a varirty ot issues concemlng the biological. evolr~tinnaryand historical orlglns olwnmen's roles and status In human society, Emphasis will be placed on Lhe cornparalive roles o l women in difrerent cultures. This camllarison will inclllde such Morth Amerlcan models
as 111~Nava-]~,OJiI>wc,
and Iroquois. Arrican modcIs such as the Pygmies
and other trlbal gmups, and the peasan1 soclelies oC eastem Europe, Mexico, and the 1nlclr2leEasl and rural China. Offered periodically through
C1iR ancl the Ainerican Indian Program olflce.
260 ContemporaryAmerican Indians
The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and erlucation. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions anlong selected lndlan Lrlbcs today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's J o ~ ~ r n a lspeeches.
s,
articles, short stories. poems. pla s and
ollwr aeslliclic rres tions, the class will collectively assess the pos8ion of
black and white wornen In American culture From the founcling of Ll?e cob
ortles t o Lhc present. Cnntribuiions b y Indlan women, Chicanasand other
"i~wisibIc"women rninoritics will he inclr~cted.
'ma
: Caley
say iIn
Augsburg College
Board o f R e g e n t s
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration
date of current term.
Chair
Donald R. Grangaard
Secretary:
Charles W. Amason
Vice Chair:
The Reverend Hams W. Lee
Treasurer:
Darrell J. Egertson
The Hon. Pamela Q. Alexander (1990)
Judge, Municipal Court, Minneapolis, MN
Charles W. Amason. J.D. (1988)
Attorney, Head and Truhn, Minneapolis, MN
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1990)
Vice President for Medical Care, Hospital Corp. of America,
Nashville, TN
w e l l Bergh (1990)
President, Borton Volvo, Inc., Minneapolis, MN
Nancy Bottemiller (1992)
Homemaker, Wadena, MN 56482
Rodney P. Bunvell(1988)
Chairman, Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, MN
H. David Dalquist, I11 (1990)
President, Northland Aluminum Products, Inc., St. Louis Park, MN
Darrell J. Egertson (1988)
Executive Vice President of Corporate Development, Apache Corp.,
Minneapolis, MN
Julian P. Foss (1990)
Retired Businessman, Mesa, AZ
Donald R. Grangaard, J.D. (1990)
First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, M N
Richard R. Green (1992)
Superintendent, Minneapolis Public Schools, Minneapolis, MN
Raymond A. arinde (1990)
Partner, Klohn Design, Inc., St. Paul, M N
Carolyn T. Groves (1990)
Administrator, S. J. Groves and Sons Company, Minneapolis, MN
Elling B. Halvorson (1990)
Chairman of the Board, Halvorson Osbome Construction Co.,
Kirkland, WA
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1988)
Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, MN
Catherine E. Johnson (1990)
Homemaker, Minneapolis, MN
George 0. Johnson. Ph.D. (1990)
Associate Professor & Director, Hospital & Health Care Admin.,
Minneapolis, MN
Harris W. Lee, D. Min. (1988)
Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd,
Minneapolis, M N
Mr. Gary H. Lohn (1988)
Control Data Business Advisors, ~ a n k a t oMN
,
Mildred I. Mueller, Ph.D. (1990)
Director of Education Statistics, MN Dept, of Education, St. Paul, MN
Mr. Louls E. Navin (1990)
Vice President & Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Honeywell,
Inc., Minneapolis, MN
Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1990)
Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, MN
Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune, J.D. (1988)
Partner, Nodland, Conn, Nordaune, & Perlman, St. Louis Park, MN
Mr. Howard E. Olson (1990)
Executive Director, Lyngblomsten Foundation, St. Paul, M N
Mr. Donald a. Oren (1988)
President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, M N
Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1990)
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, MN
Mrs. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988)
Writer, Minneapolis, M N
Gladys I. Strommen (1990)
Homemaker, St. Paul, M N
Merton P. Strommen (1996)
Founder, Search Institute, Minneapolis, MN
Leland N. Sundet (1990)
Chairman 61 Chief Executive OWcer, Century Manufacturing Co.,
Bloomington, MN
David L. Swanson (1990)
Vice President, Grudem Brothers Co., St. Paul, MN
Stanley W. Thiele (1992)
Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul, MN
William A. Urseth (1992)
Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Communications, Minneapolis, MN
Board for College and
University Services
The ~merican
Lutheran Church
David L. A n d e r s o n , Minneapolis,
Minnesota
R o b e r t B o r g w a r d t . Madison,
Wisconsin
Sylvia B o s s e , Saginaw, Michigan
Erwin H. G o l d e n s t e i n , Lincoln,
Nebraska
Marilyn H e m s t a d . Olympia,
Washington
D o r i s H o l m a n , Los Angeles, California
G u s t a v K o p k a , Jr., East Lansing,
Michigan
H a m l e t P e t e r s o n , Rochester,
Minnesota
R u t h Vogel, Seguin, Texas
Administration
-
OFRce of the President
..........................................................................
Charles S. Anderson
..........................
Carolyn S. Magnuson
.....................
.
.
.................................................
David T. Wold
...........................................
A n C. 0,Halvorson
President
Executive Secretary t o t h e President
College Pastor
Director of Church Relations
Academic AfFairs
....
............................
Vice President for Academic Affairs a n d Dean of t h e College
Ryan A. LaHurd
Lois M. Nielsen
Executive Secretary t o t h e Academic Dean
Associate Dean of t h e College a n d Director of Special
,
cia A. Parker
Programs
Director, Weeltend Co!lege
Richard J. Thoni
Sharon A. Stein
Operations Manager, Weekend College
Registrar
J o h n A. Hill
Donna D. McLean
Assistant Registrar
R a l p h W, Balley
Recorder
Frlstitulional Research Analyst
Robert W,Clyde
Hcatl Llbrilrlan
M a r g a r e t Anderson
Brian P. Hackney
Director, Aadio.VTgua1 Center
W. Willston Minor
Minority Cnarclinator (Black Student Affairs)
Minority Coordinator (American Indian Support Program)
Bonnie A. Wallace
Donald R. Gustafson
Interim Director
Director, Internatkana1Programs
Mary A Kingsley
Bradley P. Holt
Internatio~islStudent Adviser
Norman C. Noonan
Director, Faculty Development
Director, Cooperative Education
G a n y W. Hesser
......................
.........,......,..
...................................................
........................
.
.......
..............................................
................................................................
.............,,.,,.............,.,,,.........
..................................................
.....................................
.................................................
..........................
....
...................................................
.........................................
.....................
.
.
.
......................
............................................
..............................................
Development and College Relations
...........J e a n n e L. Narum
.......................... Curtis J. Tilleraas
......................................................
T h o m a s I. Benson
...................
......
......................Jeroy C. Carlson
......................Victoria J, Hoshal
.................................~+... . . . .Douglas J. A d a m
................... .............Jeffrey Swenson
............................................Mary A d a m s Forsberg
........................
..........................................
Kay 1. Cady
........................
Morgan K. Brooke
.......................
.
.
.
........J o h n Bruemmer
Vice President for Development a n d College Relations
Executive Secretary t o t h e Vice President
Director, Planned Giving
Senior Development Officer
Director, Corporate a n d Foundation Relations
Development Officer
.,
Director, Alumni/Parent Relations
Director, College Relations
Director, Publications
Publication Specialist
Development Officer/Annual Fund
Finance and Management
.......................
.......................................................
........
.............................................................
................................................................
............................................................................
.......................
.......................................................
..................................
..............................................
..............................................
......................................
...........................................................
.................................................................
Vice President for Finance and Management
Wayne D. Pederson
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services
Herald A. Johnson
Financial Aid Counselor
Karen D. Plom
Director, Personnel
Sandra Jacobson
Controller
Laurie J. Johnson
Director, Administrative Computer Center
Daniel R. Cruikshank
Manager, College Center
Mildred A. Nelson
Manager, central Services
Charles E. Christopherson
Director, PurchasindBook Store
Robert P. Gores
Director, SAGA ( ~ o g Services)
d
Robert Ollerman
Director, Plant Services
James Weninger
Supervisor, Maintenance
Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena
J a m e s J. Carey
Student Affairs and Admissions
..........
..........................
.......................
.
.
........................
.................
.............................................
..............
.......................
...........................
.......................................
.....................................................
...................
.......
............
..........................................
.................
...... ....................
..............................................
........................................
...................................................................
Vice President of Student AtTairs and Dean of Students
William R. Rosser
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Dorothy M. Gauger
Associate Dean of Students
James B. Grubs
Co-directors, Counseling
Nancy G. Medcraft, Joan W. Slater
- Services
Director, Academic Enrichment
Donald M. Warren
Director, Career Plannina and Placement
Tina M. Waaner
Coordinator, OfFcampu&tudent Employment
.Lois A. Olson
Director, Student Life and Housing
Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg
Director, Student Activities
L i s a L. Woodruff
Coordinator, Urness Tower
Ava J. Young
Coordinator, Mortensen Tower
Sue J. Hohenstein
Director, Admissions
.....
C a r o l A. Stack
Assistant Director, Admissions
Eric L. Anderson
Assistant Director, Admissions
Scott C. Stensrud
Assistant Director, Admissions
Jeannette M. Wittmer
Admissions Recruiter
Sally Daniels
-
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Courtland Agre Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Valeria Baltina Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister d e r
Philosophia, University of Latvia.
Carl Chdslock Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen Assistant Professor Emerita of English.
Ailene Cole Professor of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A., G u s t a w s Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
K. Berner Dahlen Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of
Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School.
Theodore J. Hanwlck Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of
Washington.
Bernhardt J. Kleven Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Martha J. Mattson Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Fdor C. Nelson Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
LaVonne J. Peterson Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical
Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College:
D. Mus., Lakeland College.
Paul T. Steen Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Teaching
Faculty
,.
Correct as of April 30,1986.
(beginning year of service on faculty in parenthesis)
Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University o f Wisconsin; B,Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New
York.
Ryan A. LaHurd (1985).Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean o f the College.
B.A., Mt. Carmel College: M.A., University o f Chicago; Ph.D., University o f WisconsinMadison.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A..
Middlebury College: Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lori J. Abrams (1985). Assistant Professor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., University
of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Speech Communication, University of Minnesota.
Robert W. Adney (1979). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Roger E. Allerson (1981). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota.
b r l R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College:
M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Mark T. Ambroz (1986). Lecturer, part-time, and Theater Arts. B.A., University o f Minnesota, Duluth.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A.,
Morthwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Instructor, part-time, Art. A.B., Oberlin College.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lucie Arbuthnot (1986). Lecturer in Interdisciplinary Studies, part-time, Weekend College. B.A.,
Connecticut College For Women; M.A., University of Chicago; M.A., New York University.
Marjorie Audette (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Nursing. 6,s.. Marquette University: M.A., University
of Iowa.
.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Deborah Bart (1980). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Catherine Bakken (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., United Theological Seminary; M. Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Joe Bash (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion, Weekend College.
John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary: M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
James E. Billings (1970). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Blaha (1983). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Vern M. Bloom (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Lynn Bollman (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado: M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1975). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theater. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
David W. Boots (1982). Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical
Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Brand (1979). Studio Artistprumpet, part-time. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
James E. Brown (1985). ACTC part-time lnstructor in Russian. B.S.. University of Michigan; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota. (Part-time internship, 1986-87)
Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women's and Minority
Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A,, Kent State University.
C.
John Cerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode
Island College; MS., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College:
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
RosalieV. Clark (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
James Cleary (1986) Lecturer, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A.,
Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
John Cosgrove (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend
College. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Larry Crockett (1985). Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific
Lutheran University: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., University of Redlands; M. Th., Ph.D.,
School of Theology at Claremont.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota: Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Grace 6. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A.,
Luther College: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., Michigan State
University: Ph.D., Colorado State University.
-
-
-
-
-
Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin.
Larry L. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Concordia College: M.A., M.B.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980), Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.E.E., M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Stephanie C. Franz (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Physics, Weekend College. LA,, Augsburg College:
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Robert Mederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College: M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jeny Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College: M.A., Ph.D., University
o f Chicago.
Thomas G. Gilkey (1979). Assistant Professor of Music. B,M., DePauw University,
Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Gerald Glatzmaier (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., St.
Cloud State University; M.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Northeastern University.
Joseph R. Goldman (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor of Political Science. B,A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota: Ph.D. University of Kansas.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Assistant Professor of English. A.B., Washington University: M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Associate Professor o f Business Administration and Economics, B.S., M.S,,
Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
C. Lea Ha11 (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A.. Macalester College: M.M.T., Antioch-New England Graduate School: M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., The American University.
Leif E, Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College, Moor
head; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jay Hanson (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BOA.,University of Minnesota; M. Div. Virginia Theological Seminary.
Nilda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (Part-time leave, 1986-87)
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f
Nebraska.
Edwina L. Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Richard C. Herzog (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
Washington University; M.B.A., St. Louis University.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). ksodnte Prnressor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies, Director of Cooperative Edl~catlonFmgram, R.A.. Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Fotre Dame. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1987)
Paul T. Hirdman (1985). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology. A.A.,
WaldorfJunior College: B.A., Augsburg College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of North Dakota.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University
of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion and International Student Adviser. B.A.,
Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1986-87)
Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian
Studies. B.A.. Rangoon University, Burma: M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Barbara E. D. Johnson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Carla Johnson (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., Bethel College.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College;
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
James D. Johnson (1969). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; MS., Juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith College;
M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Administration
and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt: M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Jane Kammerman (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of California: J.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert Karldn (1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M., New England Conservatoly: M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages,
and Director of International Programs. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.A., Middlebury College.
Judith A. Kirk (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Speech, Communication, Theater. B.S., Indiana University.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Studio ArtistIOboe, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College.
Alvin L. IUoppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana
College: M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College: M.A., University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt Kretschmar (1981). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Hamline University: M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota.
R. McFall Lamm. Jr. (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A.,
M.A., North Carolina State University: Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University: MS..
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., Southwest State University: M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald 1. Libertus (1985). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women and Minority Studies.
B.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Windham College.
Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., M.M., University o f Minnesota.
Paul W. Lohman (1981). Director o f Chorale, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artistprombone, part-time. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Lecturer, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith College; M.A.,
Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies: Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
M.
Richard S. Marken (1974). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los
Angeles: Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. (On leave 1986-87)
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota: M.A.,
University of lowa.
Jerie McArthur (1983), Instructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College: M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dan McNamara (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BSIE, University of Dayton: M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Marie 0. McNeff (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Me.
braska.
Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974).Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M.
Music Ed., University of Kansas. (On leave Fall 1986 and Interim 1987)
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University of Minnesota.
Kathryn S. Mlckelson (1985). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Music. B.S., Augsburg College; M.M.T.,
Southern Methodist University.
Jan Miner (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Speech/Communication, Weekend College. B.A., Lycoming
College; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
Winston Minor (1983). Minority Coordinator (Black Student Affairs). B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968).Associate Professor of English. B.A., Malyville College: M.A., University o f
Tennessee.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. BS., Juniata College; M.B.A,, University of Denver; MS., University of Oregon.
Elizabeth Proctor Murphy (1984). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968).Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of
Nebraska: M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Christie Nicholl(1973).Associate Professor, part-time, English. B.A., Hope College;
M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J, Nilsson (1977).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing B.Sl.,
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A.,
University of Pennsylvania: M,A., Ph.D., Indiana University,
Patricia Nortwen (1985). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mohammed Nouri (1982). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. Diplome, Ecole Centrale de Paris: M.S., University of Minnesota.
-
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., Hamline University.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Instructor in Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Trudi A. Osnes (1984).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education. B.A., Anderson College; M.S., City University of New York; Ed.D., Ball State University.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; 8. Div., Bethel Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gary A. Parker (1983). Instructor in Speech, Communication and Theater. B.A., M.A., University of
California-Davis.
Marlene J. Pauley (1983). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.M., Michigan
State University.
Lauretta E. Pelton (1970).Associate Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College:
M.Ed., Marquette University.
Paul render (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.A., M.B.A,,
University of Wisconsin.
Douglas D. Perry (1976).Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Curtis Peter (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College: M. Div., WartburgTheological Seminaty.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College:
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Women's
Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.M., University o f Minnesota.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College: Ph.D., Yale Universi ty.
Stephen H. Pinsky (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College:
B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College.
Richard A. Ploetz (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend
College. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Colorado State University.
Shirley Polejewski (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.S.,
College of Great Falls: M.A.C., Utah State: Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Craig L. Polsfuss (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., U.S. International University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
James Porter (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Religion. B.A., University of Missouri-Kansas City: M.A,T.,
Converse College: B.Th., B. Div., Teamer, Religious and Educational Enterprises, Inc.: Hon. L.L.D.,
Cuyahoga College.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson (Fall 1986) of Religion. B.A.,
Augsburg College: B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminaty: M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. (On leave Interim and Spring 1987)
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College: Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College: M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University
of Rhode Island: Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Lecturer, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College:
M.M.M., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor o f Health and Physical Education and Director o f
Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mark T. Schelske (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Education. B.A., Carleton University; M.A., College
of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Iowa
State University: M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
Majorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor, Librarian, part-time. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor and Department Chairperson (Interim and Spring 1987) of
Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.Th., Luther Theological Seminaty; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana W. Skoglund (1978). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma W. Small (1978). Studio ArtistJVoice, part-time. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Stanley H. Solnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado.
Paul G. Sonnack (1954). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; C.T., B.Th., Augsburg Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago.
Donald 6.Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend
College. B.S., MS., Long Island University.
Daniel Sturm (1979). Studio Artist/Classical Guitar. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace 6. Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: MS., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Kathryn Swanson (1985).Assistant Professor of English. B.A,, St. Olaf College: M.A,, University of
Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art, B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College:
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor, part-time, Music. B.A., Hope College: M.M., Yale University: Ph.D., New York Universlty.
Donald N. Warren (1978). Lecturer, part-time, lntro to Liberal Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Charles R. Williams (1984). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.A., North Carolina Central
University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Nary Louise Williams (1978: 1984). Instructor and Department Chairperson of Social Work.
B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Dorothy J. Williamson (1970). Instructor, part-time, Art Education. B.A., Asbury College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mary E. Wilson (1969). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.A., B.M., Nacalester College.
Helen A. Woelfel (1978).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University: M.S., Marquette
University.
Academic
Calendar
FALL 1986
.................................................M. Sep 1
................................................Sa. Sep 6
........................................ S u Sep 7
............................................................
M. Sep 8
Labor Day recess
Upperclass validation
Freshmen registration
Classes begin
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperflower division course
to upper division
Mid-term break
Last day to designate grading option
or move upperflower division course
to lower division
Interim registration
Spring term pre-registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgivingrecess begins
Classes resume
Classes end
.................................F.
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
Flnal grades due and
lncompletes due from spring
and summer '86
..................... ...................F. Sep 19
.................
....... . . . ...................F. Oct 24
.
........................................... F.Oct 31
...................................................M. Nov 3 .F. Nov 7
...................................M. Nov 17 .F. Dec 5
........................... .F.Nov 21
.......................................Th. Nov 27
....................
.
............................M. Dec 1
....................
.
.
.
Dec 12
..........................................M. Dec 15
.........................................Th. Dec 18
.................................................M. Dec 29
Interim 1987
............................................................
Classes begin
M. Jan 5
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperflower division course to
.................Jan
... 6
upper division
Last day to designate grading option
or move upperflower division course to
lower division
M. Jan 19
Last day to withdraw from a class
W. Jan 21
Classes end
F. Jan 30
Interim grades due
F. Feb 6
....................................
.....................................................
..............................
...............................................................
...................................................
Spring 1987
....Tu.Feb 3
....................... .
.
.
.
........................................................... W. Feb 4
Validation of registration
Classes begin
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperllower division course to
upper division
Mid-term break begins
Classes resume
Last day to designate grading option
car move upperllower division course to
lower division
Easter break begins
Classes resume
Last day to withdraw from a class
Early registration for fall
Classes end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
Baccalaureate
Commencement
Final grades due and
lncompletes due from
fa11 '86and Interim '87
................................................. ....Tu.Feb 17
.................
S a. Mar 21
.................................................... M. Mar 30
.................................................... F. Apr 3
...................... .....................F. Apr 17
........ .,....,........,.M Apr 20
........................
.
..............................F. Apr 24
.....
.......M. Apr 2 7F. May
....................
.
.
.
- 8
...........................
...........
J.
May 15
...................
.
.
.................M. May 18
......................................... . T h May 21
............................................... Su. May 24
................... .
.
.
.
..
W. May 27
Summer School 1987
.......................................................................M. Jun IT.Jun 26
........................... .
....................................M. Jun 29.F. Aug 7
Term 1
Term 11
Upperclass validation
and Freshmen registration
Classesbegin
Labor Day recess
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperllower division course to
to upper division
Mid-term break
Last day to designate grading option
or move u .~ ~. e.r l l o wdivision
er
course to
lower division
Interim registration
Spring term pre-registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving recess begins
Classes resume
Classes end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
Final grades due and
Incompletes due from spring
and summer '87
.....................................Tu.Sep 1
....................
.
............................ ..W. Sep 2
.......................................................M. Sep 7
.................................................W.Sep 16
................................... .............F. Oct 23
.....................................................F. Oct 30
.......................................... M. Nov 2 .F. Nov 6
................................... .M.Nov 16 .F. Dec 4
..............................W. Nov 25
......................................Th. Nov 26
.........................................................M. Nov30
...............................................................F. Dec 11
..........................................
M. Dec 1 4
.............................................Th. Dec 17
...........................................
M. Dec28
Show less